Bulletin & Curriculum Change Documents Office of Academic Affairs

Portland State University PDXScholar

1999 Bulletin: General Catalog Issue 1999-2000

Portland State University

Follow this and additional works at: https://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/oaa_bulletin Let us know how access to this document benefits ou.y

Recommended Citation Portland State University, "Bulletin: General Catalog Issue 1999-2000" (1999). Bulletin & Curriculum Change Documents. 15. https://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/oaa_bulletin/15

This Bulletin is brought to you for free and open access. It has been accepted for inclusion in Bulletin & Curriculum Change Documents by an authorized administrator of PDXScholar. Please contact us if we can make this document more accessible: [email protected].

Information •print copies of the information for your own personal use, © Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, •store the files on your own computer for per- 1999 Career Guidance Foundation sonal use only, or •reference this material from your own docu- CollegeSource digital catalogs are derivative ments. works owned and copyrighted by Career Guid- ance Foundation. Catalog content is owned The Career Guidance Foundation reserves the and copyrighted by the appropriate school. right to revoke such authorization at any time, and any such use shall be discontinued immedi- While the Career Guidance Foundation pro- ately upon written notice from the Career Guid- vides information as a service to the public, ance Foundation. copyright is retained on all digital catalogs. Disclaimer This means you may NOT: CollegeSource digital catalogs are converted from either the original printed catalog or elec- •distribute the digital catalog files to others, tronic media supplied by each school. Although every attempt is made to ensure accurate con- •“mirror” or include this material on an version of data, the Career Guidance Founda- Internet (or Intranet) server, or tion and the schools which provide the data do •modify or re-use digital files not guarantee that this information is accurate or correct. The information provided should be without the express written consent of the used only as reference and planning tools. Final Career Guidance Foundation and the appropri- decisions should be based and confirmed on ate school. data received directly from each school.

601 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY BULLETIN 1999-2000 (USPS 439-380), Vol. 33 No. 4, Summer 1999

Periodicals postage paid at Portland, Portland State University supports Oregon. Published four times a year: equal opportunity in admissions, edu- quarterly (fall, winter, spring, and sum- cation, employment, and use of facili- mer) at Portland State University, ties by prohibiting discrimination in 1721 SW Broadway, Portland OR. those areas based on race, color, creed (POSTMASTER: Send address or religion, sex, national origin, age, changes to Portland State University disability, sexual orientation, or vet- Bulletin, P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR eran status. This policy implements 97207.) state and federal law (including Title Copies of this catalog may be IX). Inquiries or concerns about it obtained by mailing $5.00 plus $3.00 should be directed to the Office of postage and handling to the PSU Affirmative Action, 122 Cramer Hall, Bookstore, General Book Department, 725-4417; TDD: (503) 725-6503. 1880 SW Sixth Avenue, Portland, OR 97201. Other countries: $5.00 plus air- Printed on recycled paper. mail postage. Cover photos by Jerry Hart and Information in this Bulletin is accu- Michael Mathers. rate as of February 1999. It has been compiled with care but may contain errors. Any errors discovered should be reported to the Office of Academic Affairs. The Portland State University Bul- letin is not a contract but rather a guide for the convenience of students. The University reserves the right to change or withdraw courses; to change the fees, rules, and calendar for admission, registration, instruction, and graduation; and to change other regulations affecting the student body, at any time.

Portland State University Bulletin General Catalog Issue

1999-2000

Portland State University P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR 97207-0751 (503) 725-3511, Toll free: 1-800-547-8887 www.pdx.edu/

ACADEMIC CALENDAR

FALL 1999 WINTER 2000 SPRING 2000 SUMMER 2000 FALL 2000

International application Priority Filing Dates March 1 July 1, 1999 Sept. 1, 1999 Dec. 1, 1999 March 1

Graduate study application April 1 Sept. 1, 1999 Nov. 1, 1999 Feb. 1 April 1

Undergraduate application or re-enrollment June 1 Oct. 1, 1999 Feb. 1 May 1 June 1 Priority Filing Dates

†Advance registration begins, touchtone May 17 Nov. 8, 1999 Feb. 16 ‡April May 17 phone and Web Access

Continuous registration and adjustments Oct. 8 Jan. 18 April 10 June 23 Oct. 8 until

Classes begin (day and evening) Sept. 27 Jan. 5 March 27 June 19 Sept. 25

Last day to enroll in classes, add a class, Oct. 8 Jan. 18 April 7 varies Oct. 6 or make section changes

Late payment fee begins Oct. 11 Jan. 19 April 10 ¤ Oct. 9

Last day of refund period and drop without Oct. 22 Jan. 28 April 21 Oct. 20 course recorded

Last day to make changes in grading option, drop from a class without permission Oct. 29 Feb. 4 April 28 varies Oct. 27

Last day to drop a class with department Nov. 19 Feb. 25 May 19 varies Nov. 17 permission

Final examinations Dec. 6-11 March 13-18 June 5-10 ◊Aug. 10-11 Dec. 4-9

††Commencement days June 11 Aug. 12

Term ends Dec. 11 March 18 June 10 Dec. 10

Holidays Nov. 11 Nov. 11 Nov. 25-26 Jan. 17 May 29 July 4 Nov. 23-24 Changes are published in the quarterly Schedule of Classes. †Advance registration beginning dates are tentative. Refer to the quarterly Schedule of Classes for dates and procedures. ‡Summer Session catalog available in April. ¤One week after session begins. ◊For eight-week courses. ††The annual Commencement Day is in June, and there is a summer ceremony in August; there are no ceremonies in fall or winter.

4 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PROGRAMS OF STUDY

Minor Certiﬁcate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

Accounting ■ 1

Administration of Justice ■■■

Anthropology ■■■ 2

Applied Linguistics ■■■■ 3 Teaching English as a Second Language

Architecture ■■

Art ■■■ 5 Options: Art History; Drawing/Painting/Printmaking; Graphic Design; Sculpture

Athletic Training ■

Biology ■■■6

Black Studies ■■

Business Administration ■ ■■2 Undergraduate options: Accounting; Advertising Management; Finance; General Management; Human Resource Management; Information Systems; Marketing; Supply and Logistics Management Food Industry Management Certiﬁcate ■

Chemistry ■■■6 Undergraduate option: Biochemistry

Chicano/Latino Studies ■

Child and Family Studies ■

Civil Engineering ■■■2, 6 Environmental Engineering minor Graduate option: Civil Engineering Management

Community Development ■■

Computer Applications ■

Computer Engineering ■

Computer Science ■■■

Conﬂict Resolution ■

Economics ■■■2, 6, 7 Graduate options: General Economics; Applied Economics

Education8 ■ Elementary Education Secondary Education Specialist Program options: Counseling; Curriculum and Instruction; Media/Librarianship; Policy, Foundations, and Administrative Studies; Special Education ■ Educational Leadership Options: Administration; Curriculum and Instruction; Postsecondary Education; Special and Counselor Education

Electrical Engineering ■■

Electrical and Computer Engineering ■■

Engineering Management ■ 2 Options: Project Management, Technology Management

English ■■■ Professional Writing

Minor Certiﬁcate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

Environmental Management ■

Environmental Sciences and Resources ■■ Options: Biology; Chemistry; Civil Engineering; Economics; Geography; Geology; Physics

Environmental Studies ■■

European Studies ■

Foreign Languages ■■■■ Undergraduate options: Chinese, French; German; Japanese; Russian; Spanish; combination of two or more of these languages Certiﬁcate: Teaching Japanese as a Foreign Language Graduate: French; German; Spanish

Foreign Literature and Language ■

Geography ■■■6, 7

Geology ■■■6 Undergraduate option: Environmental Geology minor Graduate option: Geohydrology

Gerontology ■ 9

Health Education ■■■ Undergraduate options: Community Health; Health and Fitness Promotion; Health Sciences; School Health; M.P.H.: Health Education/Health Promotion

History ■■■

International Business Studies ■

International Economics ■

International Management ■

International Studies ■■ African Studies; East Asian Studies; European Studies; Latin American Studies; Middle East Studies

Latin American Studies ■

Liberal Studies ■ Options: Arts and Letters; Science; Social Science

Manufacturing Engineering ■ (joint degree with Oregon State University)

Mathematics ■■■2 Graduate option: Statistics

Mathematics Education ■

Mechanical Engineering ■■2

Middle East Studies ■

Music ■■■ Jazz minor Graduate options: Performance, Conducting

Philosophy ■■

Physics ■■■6

Political Science ■■■7

Psychology ■■■2, 7

Public Administration ■ M.P.A. option: Health Administration; M.P.H. option: Health Administration and Policy

6 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Minor Certiﬁcate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

Public Administration and Policy ■

Science ■ Options: Biology; Chemistry; Environmental; General; Geology

Social Science ■

Social Work ■■

Sociology ■■■2, 7

Software Engineering (Oregon College of Engineering and Computer Science) ■

Speech Communication ■■■ Options: General Speech Communication; Speech and Hearing Sciences

Systems Science ■ Options: Anthropology; Business Administration; Civil Engineering; Economics; Engineering Management; General; Mathematics; Mechanical Engineering; Psy- chology; Sociology

Theater Arts ■■■

Urban Studies and Planning ■■■ Graduate option: Regional Science

Women’s Studies ■■ 1■

Writing ■ Options: Fiction, Non-Fiction, Technical Writing

Preprofessional Programs: agriculture; chiropractic; clinical laboratory science; cytotechnology; dental hygiene; dentistry; forestry; law; medicine; naturopathic medicine; nuclear medicine technology; nursing; occupational therapy; optometry; osteopathy; pharmacy; physical therapy; physician assistant; podiatry; radiation therapy; veterinary medicine

1Postbaccalaureate certiﬁcate. 4The M.F.A. is offered only in painting and sculpture. 7M.A./M.S. offered by Graduate School of Education. 2Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral 5Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral M.A.T./M.S.T. offered in cooperation with appropriate program of systems science. program of environmental sciences and resources. department. 3Offered by Department of Applied Linguistics as Teach- 6Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral 8Graduate certiﬁcate. ing English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL). program of urban studies.

CONTENTS

Welcome to Portland State University 9 The University, Academic Resources, Undergraduate Admissions, Undergraduate Requirements, Expenses, Financial Aid, Housing, Campus Life, Student Services, University Services Graduate Studies 45 General Information, Graduate Governance, Graduate Degrees, Admission to Graduate Studies, Graduate Fees, Financial Assistance, Enrollment Policies and Credit Regulations, Academic Standing, Academic Honesty, General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Procedures for Doctoral Degrees, General Requirements for Mas- ter’s Degrees, Summary of Procedures for Master’s Degrees, Systems Science Courses College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 61 University Studies, Anthropology, Applied Linguistics, Biology, Black Studies, Chemis- try, Chicano/Latino Studies, Child and Family Studies, Economics, English, Environmen- tal Programs, Foreign Languages and Literatures, General/Liberal Studies, Geography, Geology, History, International Studies, Mathematical Sciences, Philosophy, Physics, Preprofessional Programs, Psychology, Science Education, Sociology, Speech Communi- cation, University Honors Program, Women’s Studies, Interdisciplinary Studies School of Business Administration 169 Undergraduate Programs, International Business Studies Certiﬁcate, Food Industry Management Program, Postbaccalaureate Certiﬁcate in Accounting, Graduate Programs, Courses Graduate School of Education 187 Degree Programs, Programs Leading to Licensure, Courses School of Engineering and Applied Science 209 Undergraduate Programs, Graduate Programs, Engineering Management, Manufacturing Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Science, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Courses School of Fine and Performing Arts 235 Architecture, Art, Music, Theater Arts Graduate School of Social Work 253 Graduate Programs, Extended Studies, Child Welfare Partnership, Courses, Regional Research Institute for Human Services College of Urban and Public Affairs 261 School of Community Health; School of Government: Administration of Justice, Political Science, Public Administration; School of Urban Studies and Planning; Research Insti- tutes School of Extended Studies and Summer Session 295

Institutional Programs 297 Ofﬁce of International Affairs; Supplemental Programs: Army ROTC, Challenge, PSU LINK, Chiron Studies Directories 305 Oregon State Board of Higher Education, Portland State University Ofﬁcers of Administration, Academic Faculty Index 336

WELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

THE UNIVERSITY

Portland State University is a comprehen- reflect issues important to the metropolitan sive public university of growing distinc- region. tion. The University has more than 15,000 Presidents who have served the Univer- enrolled students and serves 40,000 indi- sity are John F. Cramer, 1955 to 1958; viduals in credit or noncredit classes each Branford P. Millar, 1959 to 1968; Gregory year, including nearly one-third of the B. Wolfe, 1968 to 1974; Joseph C. Blumel, Oregon University System’s enrolled grad- 1974 to 1986; Natale A. Sicuro, 1986 to uate students. PSU is Oregon’s primary 1988; Roger N. Edgington (interim presi- vehicle for meeting higher education, dent) 1988 to 1990; and Judith A. Ramaley, research, and public service needs through- 1990-1997. Daniel O. Bernstine took office out the Portland metropolitan area. Its August 1, 1997. research and study programs are essential elements in the development of the state CAMPUS, CITYSCAPE and the region in the decades ahead. The institution serves Oregon’s population and The PSU campus is a cityscape, designed commercial center through academic pro- to meet student needs. gram flexibility, intellectual creativity, and Occupying 41 buildings in a 49-acre dedication to lifelong learning. area, the campus is built around the Park Portland State University is at the center Blocks, a greenway area reserved for of a dynamic community. Almost 60 per- pedestrians and bicyclists. The Park Blocks cent of Oregonians live within commuting are well used by PSU students. Landscaped distance of the campus and the population to combine utility with natural beauty, they of greater Portland has grown to nearly two provide a place for students and the com- million people. With its excellent parks, munity to gather, talk, study, or put on an cultural facilities, transportation systems, impromptu concert or lecture. and cityscape, Portland is one of the finest Elevated walkways connect many of the cities in the United States. As Oregon’s buildings, bridging city streets and provid- economic and population center, and as a ing fast, easy routes for busy students. An gateway to the Pacific Rim, Portland offers underground tunnel network serves the unique opportunities for business, industry, same purpose and contains shops, game government, and the University to enhance rooms, and eating places. partnerships that promote economic, At the edge of campus, the University social, cultural, and international develop- merges easily into downtown Portland. The ment. areas immediately surrounding the campus The University’s mission is to enhance contain private student housing, shops, tav- the intellectual, social, cultural, and eco- erns, convenience stores, dry cleaners, the- nomic qualities of urban life by providing aters, and restaurants which primarily serve access throughout the life span to a quality the University. liberal education for undergraduates and to Commercial and governmental centers, an appropriate array of professional and as well as cultural and entertainment graduate programs especially relevant to resources, are within easy walking distance the metropolitan area. The University of campus. Among them are the Oregon actively promotes the development of a History Center, Performing Arts Center, network of educational institutions that Portland Art Museum, Multnomah County serves the community, and it conducts Library, Portland Center with its noted research and community service to support Lovejoy and Keller fountains, Civic a high quality educational environment and

10 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Stadium, Civic Auditorium, theaters, and administrative, ofﬁce, and technical programs in civil, electrical, and mechani- restaurants. personnel. cal engineering are accredited by the Engi- The campus is located within 90 min- neering Accreditation Commission/ utes’ driving time of snow-covered Mt. ACCREDITATION Accreditation Board for Engineering and Hood to the east and the famed Oregon Technology. coastline to the west. Portland State University is accredited by In the Department of Speech Communi- the Northwest Association of Schools and cation, the training program in speech FACULTY Colleges, the ofﬁcial accrediting agency for pathology is accredited by the Education the region. Portland State is a member of and Training Board, American Board of PSU faculty members are engaged in the Association of American Colleges and Examiners through the American Speech- teaching, research, and related academic Universities. Language-Hearing Association. The work. Many also put their expertise to work Various schools and departments within speech and hearing clinics have accredita- in community affairs, consulting with local the University also are accredited by spe- tion in both speech pathology and audiol- business concerns, holding key assign- cial agencies. The undergraduate and grad- ogy by the Professional Service Board, ments in professional, cultural, and civic uate programs and the accounting program American Board of Examiners in Speech groups, working cooperatively with social of the School of Business Administration Pathology and Audiology through the agencies, or otherwise serving the are accredited by the American Assembly American Speech-Language-Hearing community. of Collegiate Schools of Business. The Association. Faculty members come from colleges Graduate School of Education teacher edu- In the College of Urban and Public and universities throughout the United cation programs are accredited by the Affairs, the Master of Urban Planning States and from foreign countries. The fac- National Council for Accreditation of degree is accredited by the Planning ulty includes more than 500 full-time and Teacher Education and by the Oregon Accreditation Board, and the Master of several hundred part-time members. More Teacher Standards and Practices Commis- Public Administration degree is accredited than 80 percent of the full-time faculty sion. by the National Association of Schools of have doctoral degrees. Many of the part- The Graduate School of Social Work Public Affairs and Administration. time members from the community lecture program is accredited by the Council on The Department of Music is accredited in specialized courses while actively Social Work Education. The Department of by the National Association of Schools of involved in their professions.The faculty is Chemistry is accredited by the American Music. Programs in the Department of Art supported by about 600 non-teaching Chemical Society. The School of Engineer- are accredited by the National Association ing and Applied Science’s undergraduate of Schools of Art and Design.

ACADEMIC RESOURCES

The major academic units of the University professional programs, and secondary edu- YEAR-ROUND STUDY, are the College of Liberal Arts and Sci- cation programs supplement the major DAY AND EVENING ences, the College of Urban and Public studies and provide many diverse opportu- Affairs, and the professional schools of nities. Students achieve the understanding Three 11-week terms, Summer Session, Business Administration, Education, Engi- and knowledge necessary to participate and Extended Studies make up PSU’s year- neering and Applied Science, Fine and Per- fully in the social, political, and cultural round study program. The programs and forming Arts, and Social Work. activities of the community. courses described in this catalog are Operating from a solid base of liberal Master’s degrees are offered in numer- offered throughout the year. Students may and professional arts and sciences, the Uni- ous disciplines, and the University offers enter PSU at the beginning of any term. To versity encourages innovative curricula eight doctoral degrees. One is in engineer- enroll for 9 credits or more during fall, both on the undergraduate and the graduate ing, one is in education, one in mathemat- winter, or spring, formal admission to PSU levels through its degree, certificate, and ics education, one is in social work and is required; nonadmitted students may take preprofessional programs. New programs social research, and four are interdiscipli- a maximum of 8 credits per term. In sum- are initiated to meet educational needs as nary degrees in which approximately a mer, students may take a full academic load they are recognized. dozen departments participate. These pro- without being admitted formally. See the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Sci- fessional advanced degrees enable stu- academic calendar on page 3 for important ence degrees are available in a wide variety dents to make valuable contributions to dates. of fields from the academic colleges and society through the use of new knowledge professional schools. The Bachelor of and enhanced awareness of its concerns. Music degree is available for those seeking See pages 4-6 for a list of the programs a professional music degree. Additionally, offered at PSU and consult the index for specialist certificate programs, minors, pre- further information about these programs.

W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 11

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS

113 Neuberger Hall (ACT) are required. The applicant is 2. Admissions Test Requirement. P.O. Box 751 responsible for seeing that test scores are Must submit scores of the Scholastic Apti- Portland, Oregon 97207-0751 submitted directly to PSU from the testing tude Test (SAT) or American College Test (503) 725-3511 board. For more information on these (ACT). Note: Students graduated before www.pdx.edu/ examinations, contact the College Board, 1975 are not required to provide the SAT 1947 Center Street, Berkeley, CA 94704; or ACT. HOW TO APPLY: The American College 3. Subject Requirements. Must sat- Testing Program, Iowa City, IA 52240; or isfactorily complete 14 units (one year DOMESTIC STUDENTS PSU Counseling and Psychological equal to one unit) of college preparatory Services, M343 Smith Memorial Center, work in the following subject areas: Domestic students should submit the fol- (503) 725-4423. lowing information to the Office of Admis- a. English (4 units). Shall include sions and Records. 5. The number of students admitted for the study of the English language, litera- any term is subject to the availability of ture, speaking and listening, and writing 1. Application Form and Nonre- space. When space is limited, selection with emphasis on and frequent practice fundable Fee. Copies of the official may be based on grade point average, date in writing expository prose during all form may be obtained from the PSU Office of application, intended major, etc. four years. of Admissions and Records and at the 6. Altered Transcripts and Falsi- b. Mathematics (3 units). Shall counseling offices in most Oregon high include first-year algebra and two addi- schools and community colleges or on-line fied Applications. Students who know- tional years of college preparatory math- at http://www.pdx.edu. To assure consider- ingly submit altered transcripts or falsified ematics such as geometry (deductive or ation for admission, the application should applications jeopardize their admission descriptive), advance topics in algebra, be submitted by the dates listed on the status and could have their registration trigonometry, analytical geometry, finite form and must be accompanied by a non- canceled. All records submitted, filed, and mathematics, advanced applications, cal- † accumulated in the Office of Admissions culus, probability and statistics, or refundable $50 application fee . The appli- courses that integrate topics from two or cation and the nonrefundable $50 and Records become the property of the University. more of these areas. (One unit is highly application fee are valid for one calendar recommended in the senior year.) Alge- year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS bra and geometry taken prior to the ninth 2. Admission Validation. If the stu- Entering Freshmen—Residents grade will be accepted. dent does not validate admission by regis- and c. Science (2 units). Shall include a tering for classes within one calendar year, Nonresidents. To be admitted as fresh- year each in two fields of college prepa- the student must submit a new application men, students need to fulfill each of the ratory science such as biology, chemis- and pay the $50 fee again. To validate your requirements (or alternatives to each) as try, physics, or earth and physical science; one recommended as laboratory admission, you must register and pay for at specified in items 1-4 below. science. least one credit in the term for which you 1. High School Graduation d. Social Studies (3 units). Shall were admitted. Requirement. Must have graduated include one year of U.S. history, one year 3. Official Transcripts. Transcripts from a standard or accredited high school. of global studies (world history, geogra- must be submitted directly from each high Students who have not graduated from phy, etc.), one year of social studies elec- school or college attended. Transfer stu- high school or from a standard or accred- tive (government highly recommended). dents who have earned fewer than 30 credited high school may meet entry require- e. Foreign Language (2 units). its of college transfer coursework are ments through alternative testing. Shall include two years of the same for- required to submit high school transcripts. Alternative testing includes successful eign language. Since all official transcripts submitted completion of the Test of General Educa- Alternatives to the Subject become the property of PSU and cannot be tion Development (GED) with a minimum Requirements. (Any one of the fol- copied or returned to the student, students overall score of 46 and a minimum score lowing.) are encouraged to obtain unofficial copies of 40 on each of the five sub-tests. Stu- i. Score an average of 470 or above of their transcripts from prior institutions dents may also meet the high school grad- (1410 total) on the SAT II subject for advising or personal purposes. uation requirement with a minimum score exams (English Composition, Math 4. Official Scores of College of 1,000 on the Scholastic Aptitude Test Level I or IIc, and a third test of the student’s choice). Board Scholastic Aptitude Test or (SAT) or 21 on the American College Test ii. Take make-up coursework for spe- American College Test. For new (ACT) and an average of 470 or above (1,410 total) on each of SAT II subject cific subject requirements missed in freshmen entering PSU directly from high high school and achieve a passing school or who have earned fewer than 30 tests for English, Math Level I or IIc, and grade. Note: Satisfactory completion of credits of college transfer work, scores one additional subject test of the student’s Math 95 or its equivalent (Intermediate from the College Board Scholastic Apti- choice. Algebra) fulfills in total the subject tude Test (SAT) or American College Test requirement in mathematics.

† Fees subject to change without notice.

12 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

4.Grade Point Average Require- Scholastic Standards Committee for a English as a Second Language ment. To be admitted, students must have waiver of this policy. Test. Applicants who are admitted to Port- a 2.50 grade point average in all graded land State may take an institutional TOEFL subjects taken toward graduation in four HOW TO APPLY: on campus. Call the Testing Office, (503) years of high school. INTERNATIONAL 725-4428, for dates and details of the test- Alternative to the GPA Require- STUDENTS ing program. ment. (Either of the following.) Intensive English Language i.1000 SAT or To be considered for admission to Portland Program. Persons seeking English lan- ii.21 ACT State University for a full course of studies, guage training only, who do not wish to 5.Special Admissions. A limited non-U.S. citizens must submit an Interna- continue toward university-level academic number of students who do not meet the tional Student Application, a $50 (U.S. dol- study, may apply for admission to the admissions requirements or alternatives lars) nonrefundable application fee, and Intensive English Language Program listed above may be admitted through spe- academic documents to show that the stu- (IELP). cial action of an admissions committee. To dent meets the admission requirements The IELP provides non-credit classes be considered on this basis, contact: Port- described below. All international students only; therefore, no university-level aca- land State University, Office of Admis- must provide evidence of adequate finan- demic credit will be offered. Students must sions and Records, P.O. Box 751, Portland, cial resources to pay for their PSU educa- have earned the equivalent to a U.S. high OR 97207-0751. tion and their expenses. school diploma for admission consider- Candidates for admission are given pri- ation. Prospective students must be in legal Admission of Students Gradu- U.S. immigration status at the time of ated in 1984 or Before ority if complete applications are filed by: ■ March 1 for fall term application. Students who graduated from high school Contact the Department of Applied in 1984 or before will not be required to ■ July 1 for winter term ■ September 1 for spring term Linguistics, (503) 725-4088, for additional meet the 14 units of prescribed subjects. requirements. They will, however, need to meet the ■ December 1 for Summer Session requirements (or alternatives) effective fall Applications will be considered for all term 1984. Students who attend a college terms subject to department and/or Univer- VETERANS’ ADMISSION or a university in the interim between high sity restrictions and/or course availability. REQUIREMENTS school graduation and admission will be Students applying for graduate study (503) 725-3876 required to meet the transfer requirements should contact the appropriate academic in effect at the time of their transfer. department for specific departmental appli- Portland State University is approved for cation information. the training of veterans. Entering Transfer Students Veterans considering entering PSU are Oregon Resident. To be admitted as a ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS expected to meet admission requirements transfer student, resident applicants must Applicants must satisfy an English lan- appropriate for their educational back- have a minimum GPA of 2.00 in 30 quarter guage competency requirement and an grounds. (Please see Veterans’ Services credit hours of transferable college work. academic preparation requirement. under Student Services for instruction in Students who have accumulated up to 29 English Language Competency how to apply.) credits of college work must also meet the Requirement. The English language Academic Credit. Credit may be freshman admission requirements. competency requirement applies to all granted for some types of military service Nonresident. To be admitted as a undergraduate students. It may be satisfied courses on the college level where equiva- transfer student, nonresident applicants by scoring 525 on the Test of English as a lency to Portland State courses can be must have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in 30 Foreign Language (TOEFL). Effective fall shown. Veterans should provide transcripts quarter credit hours of transferable college term 1996, only the international TOEFL from appropriate military schools and a work. Students who have accumulated up examination or the PSU institutional copy of VA form DD214 to the Admissions to TOEFL examination will be accepted. and Records Office upon application to 29 credits of college work must also meet Applicants who do not satisfy the English PSU. the freshman admission requirements. language competency requirement may be Satisfactory Progress Stan- Transfer Evaluations. A copy of considered for admission in the English as dards. In order to maintain satisfactory the transfer evaluation is sent after the a Second Language (ESL) program; stu- progress, the student veteran must com- transfer student has been admitted. dents assigned to the ESL program as a plete the following credits: Academic Probation/Disqualifi- condition of admission are restricted to Certified for:. .Undergraduate: . . .Graduate: cation. Academic probation/disqualifica- ESL courses until they attain satisfactory Full time...... 12 credits . . . . .9 credits tion will not affect the admissibility of a proficiency in English. Information on Three-quarter time. . . . .9 credits . . . . .7 credits student whose complete academic record TOEFL test dates, cost, and location of One-half time...... 6 credits . . . . .5 credits meets the minimum admission require- testing centers is available from TOEFL, The GPA required to maintain satisfac- ments in effect at the time of application. A P.O. Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08540, or tory progress at Portland State University is student who fails to meet the minimum from www.toefl.org. 2.00. One hundred and eighty (180) credits admission requirements must petition the Academic Preparation Require- are required to graduate with a baccalaure- Office of Admissions and Records. ment. Undergraduate students: by com- ate degree (the total is greater in some pro- Disciplinary Disqualification. A pleting academic (university preparatory) grams). Incompletes, withdrawals, student who has been disqualified from U.S. secondary school education or equiva- and audits do not count toward credits another institution for disciplinary reasons lent at an acceptable standard determined completed and may result in a VA must be eligible to re-enroll at that institu- by the Office of Admissions and Records; overpayment. tion to be considered for admission to Port- or, as a transfer student, by completing 30 For reporting purposes, the last date of land State University. Students with college credits, excluding ESL courses, attendance is the same as the date of offi- extenuating circumstances may petition the with a 2.50 GPA or better at an accredited cial withdrawal from class or classes, date American college or university. of student notification of a change in cred- W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 13

its to the Veterans’ Clerk, or the date of check with the department. Often the STUDENTS RETURNING determination of unsatisfactory progress, department will waive the prerequisite for TO PSU AFTER AN whichever is earliest. This date determines individuals with equivalent experience or the amount of overpayment, if any, learning in the field. ABSENCE incurred by a student not maintaining satis- Evening classes on campus at Portland Former Portland State University students factory progress standards. State University are a continuation of the who have attended another college or uni- Courses may be dropped during the regular daytime offerings. Credit courses versity since leaving PSU and who wish to drop periods, but student veterans are still have the same academic value whether enroll after an absence must submit a re- responsible for reporting any changes in taken by day or in the evening. enrollment application form to the Office credits which affect the rate of VA certifica- Library privileges are available to part- of Admissions and Records. Official tran- tion. The number of credits completed is time students and they may use their fee scripts must be submitted from each insti- checked against the number of credits for receipt to obtain or revalidate a library tution attended since leaving PSU. The which the veteran is certified each term by card. This is done at the Circulation Desk deadline for application is the same as for the Veterans’ certification clerk. in Millar Library. Part-time students are new students. Failure to maintain satisfactory progress encouraged to obtain an ID card in the standards at Portland State University will Neuberger Hall lobby. result in the termination of G.I. benefits. Senior citizens, persons 65 or older not ADMISSION TO Please contact Veterans’ Services, (503) enrolled as regular students, may take PROFESSIONAL PRO- 725-3876, 118 Smith Memorial Center, for classes on a space-available basis at no GRAMS AND SCHOOLS more information. charge other than for special materials, if any. The University does not maintain any Admission to Portland State University PART-TIME STUDENTS/ records of senior citizen enrollments, but does not automatically admit students to its NONADMITTED STUDENTS the registration receipt may be used to professional programs and schools. Stan- obtain a library card. Contact the Senior dards for admission and evaluation of (503) 725-3511 Adult Learning Center, 113A Urban and transfer credits often exceed general Uni- versity requirements. Students should A student may take up to a maximum of 8 Public Affairs Building. check this catalog under the appropriate credits per term without applying for academic unit to determine if a unit has formal admission. However, a first-time ETENTION OF STUDENT R special admission requirements. registrant must complete and provide a DOCUMENTS Quick Entry Form to the Office of Admis- sions and Records so a file can be created All documents submitted to PSU become TRANSFER on the database. Credit work taken as a the property of the University and may CREDITS part-time student is acceptable in degree not be copied or returned to a student. programs subject to University regulations. Transcripts from other institutions cannot Accredited Colleges and Universi- Students who plan to earn a degree at PSU be copied. ties. The Office of Admissions and should be admitted formally as soon as Records evaluates credits from accredited possible. Nonadmitted students are not eli- RELEASE OF STUDENT colleges and universities. Portland State gible to receive financial aid. INFORMATION University accepts college-level credits Non-admitted students are allowed to earned in academic degree programs at col- register after all other students. Space can Please note: The privacy laws do not leges and universities accredited by be limited in a course or a term. permit the University to discuss a student’s regional accrediting associations and as A student may earn most University application with anyone other than the recommended in Transfer Credit Practices degrees as a part-time student. Some applicant. All inquiries must originate with of Designated Educational Institutions. All degrees may be earned by taking courses the applicant. courses are evaluated to be either equiva- exclusively at night. Students who wish to lent or parallel to PSU courses. Equiva- lent means that the catalog course earn a degree should apply for admission at TUDENT RECORDS or before their junior year. Part-time stu- S description is substantially equal to that in dents, especially, should meet regularly the Portland State University Bulletin. The University Student Records Policy, in Parallel means that the course is in a dis- with an adviser for up-to-date requirements accordance with the federal Family Educa- and University policies. cipline which is offered by Portland State, tional Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as even though PSU does not offer the spe- The Schedule of Classes, published Amended, governs the collection, use, and each term, contains information needed to cific course. disclosure of student records with the goal Unaccredited and Foreign register as a part-time student. Part-time of ensuring their privacy. Generally it pro- students may follow the same advance reg- Institutions. Departmental representa- vides the right to nonrelease of confidential tives, working through the Office of Admis- istration, touchtone telephone, and Web information except as directed by the stu- access procedures as full-time students. sions and Records, are authorized to dent in a transcript request, or as provided evaluate credits transferred from unaccred- Fee payment is required by published by law; the right to inspect educational deadlines. ited or foreign colleges and universities or records maintained by the University; and International Baccalaureate (IB) Diplomas Students are responsible for making the right to correction of errors, and a hear- sure that prerequisites have been met. Stu- after a student has been admitted to PSU. ing if necessary. Copies of the full Student International students requesting transfer of dents should consult schools and depart- Records Policy are available from the ments regarding admission to upper- credit from foreign institutions must supply Office of Student Affairs and the Office of catalogs and/or documentation of course division courses. Prerequisites are listed in Admissions and Records. individual course descriptions in this cata- content from those institutions before con- log. If a student has not taken the necessary sideration of transfer evaluation can be prerequisites but feels confident of per- made. Work from unaccredited schools is forming the coursework, the student should evaluated in accordance with the institutions 14 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

and policies listed in Transfer Credit Prac- AFROTC Program. Under a coop- (NMT), Mayo School of Health Related tices, published by the American Associa- erative agreement with the University of Sciences in Rochester, Minn., (CYT) and tion of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Portland, Portland State University stu- Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center Officers. Credit given for a particular course dents may participate in the Air Force in New York (CYT), credits will be trans- will not exceed credit given for the equiva- Reserve Officers Training Corps ferred to Portland State University in a lent or corresponding PSU course. (AFROTC) program offered on the Univer- manner equivalent to academically based Co-admission Programs. Portland sity of Portland campus. The purpose of the programs. State University has established co-admis- program, which is administered by the sion programs with Clackamas Community Aerospace Studies faculty at the University THE ENROLLMENT College and Mt. Hood Community Col- of Portland, is to select and train students to PROCESS lege. Each co-admission program allows serve as officers in the United States Air (503) 725-3412 students to be simultaneously enrolled by Force. AFROTC offers to men and women both PSU and the community college cam- a two-year and a four-year program, both Registration. Before registering, a stu- pus. In addition, the program provides for of which lead to an Air Force commission. dent should consult the Schedule of PSU academic advising and, if qualified, Students who qualify may elect to pursue Classes, which is available each term, one financial aid for both PSU and the commu- either of these programs. Scholarships are month prior to the beginning of classes and nity college courses. Students in this available on a competitive basis for those in the spring for fall term. The Schedule of program are initially restricted to eight or who qualify. The ROTC credits earned are Classes contains the up-to-date informa- fewer credit hours per term at the PSU accepted as transfer credits to meet Port- tion for course selection and registration. campus. Applicants should contact land State University’s total credit require- Clackamas Community College at (503) ments for graduation. For more 657-6958, ext. 2770, or Mt. Hood Commu- information, see the University of Portland nity College at (503) 669-6996, or the Port- catalog or contact the professor of aero- land State University Office of Admissions space studies, University of Portland, Port- and Records at (503) 725-3511 for more land, Oregon 97203, (503) 283-7216. information. Army ROTC. For information on the Associate Degree Transfers. Stu- Portland State Army ROTC program, see dents who upon admission have completed page 303. an Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer National Student Exchange (AAOT) degree at an accredited Oregon Program. Portland State is a member of community college or another PSU- the National Student Exchange Program, approved associate degree, have met all which enables sophomores, juniors, and lower-division general education and Uni- seniors to attend state-supported institu- versity requirements. Wr 323 is waived. tions in other areas of the nation for up to The student must still fulfill any outstand- one academic year. Students pay in-state ing upper-division general education tuition. Call (503) 725-3511 for applica- requirements. The transfer A.A. may not tions. satisfy all requirements for admission to College Courses Completed professional schools. Please check with before High School Graduation. each school for specific admission require- College courses taken before a high school ments. diploma is received are accepted in transfer Vocational and Technical provided the student receives grades of C- Schools. Portland State University gener- or above in the courses and the grades are ally does not grant credit for courses which posted on a college transcript. are deemed vocational-technical that are Health Science Professions. Stu- not applicable toward a four-year baccalau- dents who have completed preprofessional reate degree. A student may petition to programs at PSU may transfer up to 48 have up to twelve lower-division voca- credits of their professional health science tional-technical credits transferred to PSU work from schools accredited by a regional as general elective credits, subject to aca- association and/or as indicated in Transfer demic requirements committee review and Credit Practices. The health science stu- approval. dents may not receive a bachelor’s degree Correspondence Credit. A maxi- from PSU and from the professional school mum of 60 correspondence credits is when both degrees are based essentially on acceptable in transfer from schools recog- the same credits completed by the student. nized as institutions of higher education. The residence credit requirement is satis- Community and Junior Col- fied by completing 45 of the last 60 credits leges. The number of lower-division cred- at PSU, after admission to PSU and prior to its to be accepted in transfer from formal enrollment in the qualifying profes- regionally accredited junior colleges and sional program. The student must be within the Oregon community colleges is limited 48 credits of receiving a bachelor’s degree to 108. from PSU at the time of matriculation into Military Service Courses. Credit the professional program. may be granted for military service courses Through affiliation agreements from on the college level where equivalency to fully accredited programs at the Veterans Portland State courses can be shown. Administration Medical Center in Portland W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 15

Advance registration is accomplished by using the Touchtone Telephone Response (TTVR) or the PSU homepage KEY TO COURSE Web access via www.pdx.edu registration system. Advanced registration is scheduled DESCRIPTIONS according to the priority dates published in Ê the Schedule of Classes. For Web access, ➊ ➋ ➌ ➍ go to PSU homepage, www.pdx.edu, click Art 489/589 Metal Sculpture (3) on “Registration,” at the bottom of the Bronze or aluminum sculpture cast by the lost wax process. Welded metal sculpture fabrica- page. tion using gas, electric, and heliarc welding methods. Experimental materials, methods, Registration and changes are continu- and concepts optional, consistent with the facilities and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. ous. Students may register until the end of Prerequisite: 12 credits in elementary sculpture or consent of instructor. the second week of the term. A preregis- ➎ tered student must drop all courses prior to ➏ the first day of the term in order to avoid a refund percentage charge. Changes in ➊ grading option are done via Web access or Course prefix/Subject. These letters indicate the department or academic unit which offers the course. at the Admissions and Records windows, Neuberger Hall lobby. ➋ Course numbering system. Courses throughout the Oregon University System (OUS) A student is formally registered only are numbered as follows: when the procedures listed in the Schedule 0-99 Noncredit courses or credit courses of a remedial, terminal, or semiprofes- of Classes have been completed and tuition sional nature not applicable toward degree requirements. and fees have been paid for the term. Stu- 100-299 Courses on the lower-division level. dents are financially responsible for all 300-499 Courses on the upper-division level. classes and credits in which they are registered on or after the first day of the term. 4xx/5xx Master’s level graduate courses which are also offered as courses for undergraduates. The academic regulations which govern drops and withdrawals are described in 5xx Graduate courses offered in support of master’s degree level instructional programs. Ordinarily employed for units whose majors have access to detail on page 20 under “Grading System master’s programs or for courses populated by master’s students. for Undergraduates.” Students who with- 5xx/6xx Graduate courses offered in support of doctoral degree level instructional draw or drop may be entitled to certain programs which are also offered as courses for master’s level students. refunds of fees paid. See page 24 for more 6xx Graduate courses offered in support of doctoral degree level instructional information. programs. Ordinarily employed for units whose majors have access to doc- The University reserves the right to torate programs or for courses populated by doctorate students. drop students who do not attend classes or 7xx Postbaccalaureate courses which may not be applied toward an academic do not have the proper prerequisites. degree. Concurrent Enrollment. Port- 8xx In-service courses with limited application toward advanced degrees and land State University students paying full no application toward undergraduate degrees. tuition may enroll for courses in other units of the Oregon University System through a In addition, the following number system is generally in effect in all OUS institutions: concurrent enrollment program. Details 100 to 110 and 200 to 210 courses are survey or foundation courses in the liberal arts and of policies and procedures are available at sciences in the disciplines covered. The following numbered courses are repeating courses (they may be taken for more than one term under the same number), with credit the Admissions and Records Office, being granted according to the amount of work done: 199/299/399, Special Studies; 401, 113 Neuberger Hall. 501, 601, 801, Research; 402, 502, 602, 802, Independent Study; 503 Thesis/603 Disser- ID Cards. All students (full time, part tation; 404, 504, 604, 804, Cooperative Education/Internship; 405, 505, 605, 805, Read- time, extended studies) may purchase a ing and Conference; 406, 506, 606, 806, Special Problems/Projects; 407, 507, 607, 807, photo ID card by presenting their paid Seminar; 408, 508, 608, 808, Workshop; 409, 509, 609, 809, Practicum; and 410, 510, tuition receipt at the ID center, located in 610, 810, Selected Topics. Other repeating numbers are assigned to activity courses, such the south end of the Neuberger Hall lobby. as art, music, and physical education. Certain senior level courses are taught concurrently See the Schedule of Classes for operating with their graduate-level counterparts. Hence this course may be offered for either gradu- hours. ate or undergraduate credit. (See quarterly Schedule of Classes for specific offering.) In the graduate credit course, additional work appropriate to the graduate level of study will be assigned. CROSS-LISTED ➌ Course title. The official title of the course is listed next to the course number. A subtitle COURSES may be used as part of an omnibus course title. Whenever an academic department agrees ➍ Credits. The numeral or words in parentheses indicate the number of credits granted for with a program or school to cross-list a one term of study in a particular course. Where approved departmental combinations of course, that course may be used toward sat- courses are listed together, the first number in parentheses refers to the first course isfaction of undergraduate major require- number and so on respectively. Example: Art 373, 374, 375 Creative Sculpture (3, 3, 3). ments regardless of which course prefix the ➎ Maximum credits. This designation, which appears in descriptions of activity courses, student had used for registration. A cross- such as art, music, and physical education, means that students may continue to earn listed course may only be taken once for credit in this course for more than one term up to specified limits. credit. ➏ Prerequisites. Prerequisites, expressed either in terms of specific courses or more general experience, are intended to assure that students are prepared for the work of the course. A student who lacks these specific prerequisites but feels prepared for the course for other reasons should consult the instructor before enrolling. 16 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

UNDERGRADUATE REQUIREMENTS

Portland State University is committed to teaching Japanese as a foreign language, REQUIREMENTS FOR providing for its students maximum oppor- urban studies, or women’s studies. A certif- BACHELOR S DEGREE tunities for intellectual and creative devel- icate program is only available upon gradu- ’ opment within the context of its urban and ation or as a postbaccalaureate. Students will be graduated according to the international mission. Students earning a A minor in administration of justice, requirements of the PSU catalog in force baccalaureate degree will complete a rigor- anthropology, architecture, art, athletic when they enroll at PSU or any other ous program of study leading to mastery of training, biology, black studies, business accredited postsecondary institution, sub- the chosen field of study at the undergradu- administration, chemistry, community ject to the seven-year rule (see below). ate level. In addition, Portland State Uni- development, computer applications, com- Once admitted and enrolled, students may versity is committed to providing the puter science, economics, electrical engi- graduate under the guidelines of any cata- foundation for continued learning after neering, English, environmental log issued after their first admission and completing the baccalaureate degree. This engineering, environmental studies, foreign enrollment, whether or not the student was foundation includes the capacity to engage languages, geography, geology, health edu- enrolled during the year in which said cata- in inquiry and critical thinking, to use vari- cation, history, international economics, log was in effect. This requirement applies ous forms of communication for learning international studies, jazz studies, linguis- to all PSU students regardless of whether and expression, to gain an awareness of the tics, mathematics, music, philosophy, phys- or not they are transfer students. broader human experience and its environ- ics, political science, professional writing, Seven-Year Rule: No catalog is ment (local, national, and international), psychology, sociology, speech communica- valid for longer than the summer term fol- along with an ability to appreciate the tion, theater arts, and women’s studies. lowing the seventh academic year after responsibilities of individuals to them- A nondegree preprofessional issuance of the catalog. The 1999-2000 cat- selves, each other, and community. program in agriculture, chiropractic, alog will expire at the end of summer term, To accomplish these goals, the Univer- clinical laboratory science, cytotechnology, 2006. A student must meet the require- sity requires all students to complete the dental hygiene, dentistry, forestry, law, ments of a catalog for which the student is requirements for the major, the general medicine, naturopathic medicine, nuclear eligible and which is valid at the time of the education requirements or the Honors medicine technology, nursing, occupational student’s graduation. This applies to a first Program, the appropriate bachelor’s degree therapy, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, bachelor’s degree, to a second bachelor’s (Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Arts, or physical therapy, physician assistant, degree, and to certificates which may be Bachelor of Music), and a sufficient podiatry, radiation therapy, and veterinary earned by undergraduates and by postbac- number of elective courses to complete all medicine. calaureate students. degree requirements. Highly motivated students may wish to Students working toward a bachelor’s Undergraduate students at Portland complete an undergraduate degree program degree must complete the (1) University State University may work toward a Bache- through the independent study and individ- requirements, (2) Bachelor of Arts, Bache- lor of Arts, a Bachelor of Science, or a ualized learning of the University Honors lor of Music, or Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Music degree, with one or Program, 1632 SW 12th Avenue. Interdis- requirements, (3) general education more majors. See the “Programs of Study” ciplinary studies are available through sci- requirement, and (4) requirements for a chart on pages 4-6 for majors leading to a ence and humanities courses. For further major. Students majoring in General Stud- baccalaureate degree. information, contact the honors program. ies Option II do not need to meet the gen- Students working toward a bachelor’s For more information on any of these eral education requirement and upper- degree may wish to supplement their major degrees or programs, see the individual division requirement in the academic distri- coursework with: curricula listings in this catalog. bution areas. Specific requirements for a A certificate program, a concen- baccalaureate degree are detailed by the tration of courses in one of the following chart on page 17. Students pursuing sup- specialty fields: biotechnology, black stud- plementary programs must complete addi- ies, Chicano/Latino Studies, European tional requirements as specified in the studies, international business studies, curricula of these programs. Latin American studies, Middle East studies, teaching English as a second language, W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 17

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES

REQUIREMENTS FOR ■ Senior Capstone BACCALAUREATE DEGREES This 6-credit capstone course is the culminating general education experience for seniors. Students join an interdisciplinary To earn a baccalaureate degree a student must complete (1) Univer- team, develop a strategy to address a problem or concern in the sity requirements, (2) general education requirements, (3) speciﬁc community, and implement this strategy over one, two, or three requirements for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, or Bach- quarters of work...... 6 credits elor of Science Degree, and (4) requirements for a major. Students bear ﬁnal responsibility for ensuring that the courses ATTENTION TRANSFER STUDENTS: taken are applicable toward satisfying their degree requirements. Please note: All students who commenced study at an institution of higher education on or after fall 1994 will be required to complete the 1. UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENT University Studies requirement. ■ Minimum number of credits (lower-division plus ■ Transfer students who have earned less than 30 quarter credit upper-division): ...... 180 (180-205 in engineering) hours of transfer work are required to complete all of the Uni- ■ Minimum number of upper-division credits versity Studies program requirements, including the entire (300- and 400-level): ...... 72 sequence of Freshman Inquiry. ■ Complete General Education Requirements (Not required ■ Transfer students who have earned 30-44 quarter credit hours of for Liberal Studies or the Honors Program): List 2a for students transfer work are required to complete the Transfer Transition graduating under post-1994 Bulletins including transfer stu- course (UnSt 210) and the University Studies program begin- dents who commenced study at an institution of higher educa- ning with Sophomore Inquiry. tion on or after fall 1994; list 2b for continuing students and ■ Transfer students who have earned 45-89 quarter credits of transfer students who commenced study at an institution of transfer work are required to complete the University Studies higher education prior to fall 1994 and are graduating under program beginning with Sophomore Inquiry as follows: 45-59 pre-1994 Bulletins only. credits, three courses; 60-74 credits, two courses; and 75-89 2a.UNIVERSITY STUDIES (GENERAL EDU- credits, one course. (The upper division cluster must come from CATION REQUIREMENT) one of these Sophomore Inquiry classes.) University General Education Requirement for students graduating ■ Transfer students who have earned 90 or more credits of trans- under post-1994 Bulletins. See University Studies, page 63. fer work are required to complete the University Studies program beginning with an upper-division cluster. The purpose of the general education program at Portland State University is to facilitate students in acquiring and developing the 2b.GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT knowledge, abilities, and attitudes which form a foundation for (For continuing students and transfer students graduating under pre- lifelong learning. This foundation includes the capacity and the 1994 Bulletins. Students who by catalog qualify for the pre-University propensity to engage in inquiry and critical thinking, to use various Studies model of general education, and who return to school after an forms of communication for learning and expression, to gain an absence of one or more terms, not including summer, may enroll in the awareness of the broader human experience and its environment, University Studies model. They will be placed as a transfer student using the cumulative earned credit hours. They may still use a pre-Uni- and appreciate the responsibilities of persons to themselves, to each versity Studies catalog subject to the seven-year rule.) other, and to community. A student must earn a minimum of 4 and a maximum of 12 credits To accomplish this purpose all freshmen entering with less than in each of only two departments in each of the three academic dis- 30 prior university credits are required to complete the following tribution areas (arts and letters, science, social science). In each of program (See current Schedule of Classes for course descriptions the three academic distribution areas the total credits earned in the and capstone offerings): two departments must be a minimum of 16 credits. The general ■ Freshman Inquiry education requirement must be met by courses which are outside One year-long course which must be taken in sequence the student’s major department and which are not on the general (UnSt 101,102,103) ...... 15 credits education exclusion list. A student majoring in a foreign language may use credits in a second language toward the arts and letters ■ Sophomore Inquiry part of the general education requirement. Students are required to choose three Sophomore Inquiry courses, each from a different University Studies cluster GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT for a total of 12 credits...... 12 credits EXCLUSION LIST ■ Upper-Division Cluster (Junior and Senior Years) The following courses are excluded from meeting the general Students are required to select three or four courses (for a total education requirement: of 12 credits) from one upper-division cluster which is directly All courses listed as 199, 299, 399, and 401-410, and all 500-level linked to one of the three Sophomore Inquiry classes they have courses; transfer courses with omnibus numbers; Anth 304, 305, taken previously. Note: Students transferring into PSU with 90 350; D 235, 255, 335, 435, 455; Ec 470, 471, 480, and 481; or more credits should complete the Sophomore Inquiry course Eng 474; G 211, 300; Ling 110, 120; Mth 95, 100, 191, 192, 193; directly linked to the upper-division cluster they choose. . . . 12 USP 420, 422, 423; and Wr 115, 120, 121, 211, 222, 227, 323, 327, credits 426, 427, 429, and 472.

Continued on next page 18 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Continued from previous

Note: Mathematics courses accepted in transfer as Mth 199 ■ For the Bachelor of Music Degree: Students must complete (waives Stat 243 or 244) and foreign language courses accepted in the program of music and applied music as prescribed by the transfer as Hum 199 or FL 199 are exceptions and count toward the Department of Music. general education requirement. ■ For the Bachelor of Science Degree: Students must complete No one departmental course number may be taken for more a minimum of 12 credits in the science academic distribution than six credits to count for the general education requirement. area (excluding mathematical sciences/statistics) a minimum of ENGLISH COMPOSITION 12 credits in the arts and letters and/or the social sciences distri- Wr 121 and Wr 323 English Composition. Wr 323 may not be bution areas, and 4 credits in mathematical sciences/statistics. A taken until student is a junior and must be passed with a grade minimum of 8 or the 12 credits in the science distribution area equivalent to C minus or better. A Writing Intensive Course (WIC) must be in coursework with integrated or associated laboratory with a grade of C- or better will substitute for Wr 323. or field work. Unless otherwise specified, only courses within Note: Wr 121 may be met by passing an examination with a the science distribution area that have an explicit indication of grade equivalent to C minus or better. A portfolio assessment lab or field work as part of the catalog description will satisfy allows students to demonstrate competence and may confer credit the B.S. degree requirement for lab/field work. in Wr 323. For students entering PSU with an Associate of ArtsÐ ACADEMIC DISTRIBUTION AREAS Oregon Transfer degree, Wr 323 will be waived. ■ The arts and letters academic distribution area consists of HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION undergraduate courses from the following: Applied Linguis- PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life. tics, Architecture, Art, Black Studies (BSt 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425, 426, 427 only), English (except for Wr 115, 120, THE UPPER-DIVISION REQUIREMENT IN 121, 222, 227, 323), Foreign Languages and Literatures, Gen- THE ACADEMIC DISTRIBUTION AREAS eral Arts and Letters, Music, Philosophy, Speech Communica- A total of 16 upper-division credits must be earned in the academic tion, Theater Arts. distribution areas with no more than 12 credits in one department. ■ The science academic distribution area consists of under- These 16 credits may all be in one, be split between two, or be split graduate courses from the following: Biology, Chemistry, among all three academic distribution areas. These credits may also Environmental Studies, Geology, Mathematics/Statistics, Phys- be counted toward the General Education courses (except Wr 323) ics, Science Education. offered in the three academic distribution areas. For students ■ majoring in a department, these 16 upper-division credits must be The social science academic distribution area consists of earned in courses outside the student’s major department; for stu- undergraduate courses from the following: Administration of dents majoring in General Studies Option I, these upper-division Justice (AJ 220 and 330 only), Anthropology, Black Studies credits must be earned in courses outside the major academic dis- (except BSt 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425, 426, 427), Eco- tribution area. nomics, General Social Science, Geography, History, Interna- tional Studies, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, Urban DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT Studies and Planning, Women’s Studies. Students graduating with the general education distribution requirements and using the 1992-93 catalog or a later catalog must 4. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS meet the University diversity requirement which requires students Students majoring in a department: see department description in to successfully complete two courses (minimum of six credits) of the Bulletin. diversity coursework from the approved list. The two courses must Students majoring in Arts and Letters, Science, Social Science or be taken from two different departments. The list is available from Liberal Studies: see General Studies/Liberal Studies section of the the Degree Requirements Office in the Neuberger Hall lobby, the Bulletin. quarterly schedule of classes, and from academic departments and GENERAL LIMITATIONS advisers. Courses taken to satisfy the Diversity Requirement may ■ Maximum number of credits transferred from regionally also be used to meet any other accredited two-year institutions: ...... 108 requirements if they conform to the regular qualification for those ■ requirements. Maximum number of correspondence credits (transferred from schools recognized as institutions of higher learning): . . . . .60 3. REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF ■ Maximum number of credits graded P (pass) that may be ARTS, BACHELOR OF MUSIC, BACHELOR counted for graduation: ...... 45 OF SCIENCE DEGREES(Students must choose one.) Note restriction on P (pass) grades used for residence requirements. Courses taken to satisfy BA/BS requirements may also be used to meet any other requirements if they conform to the regular qualifi- ■ Maximum number of Cooperative Education credits that may cation for those requirements. be applied toward degree requirements: ...... 12 ■ For the Bachelor of Arts Degree: ■ Minimum cumulative grade point average: 2.00 on all residence Students must complete 28 credits to include a minimum of 12 work and 2.00 on all courses, no matter where taken, in major credits in the arts and letters academic distribution area, with a field (some departments require a GPA greater than 2.00 in the minimum of 4 credits in the area of fine and performing arts; major). a minimum of 12 credits in the science and/or social science ■ Residence credit: 45 (excluding credit by examination) of the distribution areas, with a minimum of 4 credits in the science final 60 or 165 of the total credits presented. Restriction: At distribution area; and 4 credits in a foreign language numbered least 25 of the last 45 credits must be for differentiated grades. 203 or higher (conducted in the target language). Credits earned by participation in the Oregon State Inter-institutional Program at the Malheur Field Station, some Oregon State System Programs of Study Abroad, and some National Student Exchange programs also count as residence credit. WELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 19

ALTERNATIVE MEANS OF DOUBLE MAJOR of any change of address while a degree MEETING SOME candidate. Students with two or more departmental or Based on the application, baccalaureate UNIVERSITY REQUIRE- candidates are mailed a complete Degree MENTS school majors must satisfy the University distribution requirements for only one of Audit before their last term. Part-time students may request a Degree Audit prior to Writing 121 Requirement. A system the majors. The student must identify the departmental or school major for which the application upon completion of 150 credits. of regular examinations allows students to (Advanced degree candidates should see demonstrate competence and may confer University requirements are to be satisfied. When a double major includes both a their adviser concerning the required credit in Wr 121. Times and places of the GO-series forms.) examinations are available from the departmental and a general studies Option II major, the University distribution All University academic requirements Department of English. must be satisfied before any degree will be Writing 323 Requirement. (1) A requirements are to be satisfied for the departmental major. conferred and all financial obligations must portfolio assessment allows students to be met before any diploma will be released. demonstrate competence and may confer credit in Wr 323. Information is available ASSESSMENT in the Department of English. (2) A “Writ- POSTBACCALAUREATE ing Intensive Course” with a grade of C- or Students at Portland State University par- STUDIES better will substitute for Wr 323. ticipate in assessment activities within their (503) 725-3438 Foreign Language Require- programs of study. Assessment activities ment for the B.A. Degree. The B.A. may include standardized testing, place- Second Baccalaureate Degree. A language requirement is not defined in ment tests, surveys, portfolios of student candidate for a second baccalaureate credits, but in terms of competence: for work, group or individual interviews, or degree must complete the following: graduation, a student must demonstrate classroom research. Results are used to 1.Residence credit after earning first competence equivalent to that normally inform the process of teaching and learn- degree: if the first degree was from Port- attained after two years of college study. ing, the design and implementation of pro- land State University, 36 credits; if the first Students with no previous knowledge of a grams and curricula, and efforts to describe degree was from another college or univer- foreign language are advised to complete and improve the student experience at Port- sity accredited by a recognized regional 24 credits (two years) in a language. land State University. association, 45 credits. Restriction: At least Students who already possess sufficient Incoming students to PSU may be 25 of the 45 credits must be for differenti- competence (or who wish to prepare them- required to take a writing assessment and, ated grades (A-F). selves outside of formal classes) may meet based on the results of that assessment, 2.a.Bachelor of Arts degree: if the first the B.A. language requirement in any of take an assigned writing course. degree was not a B.A., students must the following ways: (1) Completion in any complete two years of college-level work foreign language of 203 or its equivalent APPLICATION FOR in a foreign language or demonstrate with a grade of C-, P, or above; (2) comple- A DEGREE equivalent proficiency. tion in any foreign language of a course b.Bachelor of Music degree: if the first (AND DEGREE AUDIT) degree was not a B.M., students must that has 203 or higher as a prerequisite; (3) (503) 725-3438 Demonstration of proficiency in a foreign complete program in music and applied language equivalent to that attained after music as prescribed by the Department of An admitted student who intends to be Music two years of college study. There are three graduated from Portland State University ways to demonstrate equivalency profi- c.Bachelor of Science degree: if the must file an application for a degree first degree was not a B.S., 36 credits ciency: a) in French, German, or Spanish, (undergraduate or graduate) with the from the science area or 36 credits from by passing the CLEP examination with a Degree Requirements section of the Office the social sciences. score high enough for second-year level of Admissions and Records. Commence- 3.Requirements for a major: Courses credit (see page 22); b) in other languages ment day is in June, a summer commence- taken as a postbaccalaureate student or as regularly taught by the Department of For- ment is held in August, and degrees can be part of the first degree program count eign Languages and Literatures by passing issued each term. Quarterly degree applica- toward the major. Students do not need to a departmental examination with a score tion deadlines are published in the Sched- meet the general education requirement. high enough for second-year level credit; c) ule of Classes. Applications received after a in any language for which the Department Admitted postbaccalaureate students deadline are considered for the next avail- must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.00 of Foreign Languages and Literatures has a able graduation date. qualified tester by passing a non-credit on all work taken at PSU. Failure to do so General University degree requirements will result in academic probation and departmental examination. English satisfies are checked by the Degree Requirements the B.A. language requirement for students disqualification. section. All special requirements for a Postbaccalaureate students who do not whose official transcripts demonstrate that degree in a major will be checked and their secondary education was completed hold a degree from a university where the approved by the department, college, or language of instruction is English must sat- in a foreign language. Such students may school offering the major program. not enroll in first- or second-year courses in isfy the Wr 323 requirements before gradu- Students bear final responsibility for ation from PSU. the language in which they received their ensuring that the courses taken are applica- secondary education. (See page 102.) Certificate Candidates Holding ble toward satisfying their degree require- a Baccalaureate Degree. ments. They are also responsible for A candidate for a certificate holding informing the degree requirements section a baccalaureate degree must complete the following: 20 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

■ If the first degree is from Portland GRADING SYSTEM FOR 3. Reasons for assigning an I must be State University, credits in residence UNDERGRADUATES acceptable to the instructor. The student needed to complete the certificate does not have the right to demand an I. The requirements. The undergraduate grading system applies circumstances must be unforeseen or be ■ If the first degree is from another only to undergraduate courses. beyond the control of the student. An accredited college or university, 30 The undergraduate grading system instructor is entitled to insist on appropri- credits in residence at Portland State gives students the choice of taking certain ate medical or other documentation. University, including that work needed courses designated by departments for 4. Consultation must have occurred and to complete the certificate requirements. either differentiated (A, B, C, D, F) or a formal agreement must be reached Postbaccalaureate students who do not undifferentiated (pass or no pass) grades. between instructor and student. hold a degree from a university where The following grading scale is A written record of the remaining work the language of instruction is English employed at the undergraduate level: and its completion date should be kept by must satisfy the Wr 323 requirements A = 4.00 B- = 2.67 D+= 1.33 both instructor and student. The instructor before completion of a certificate pro- may specify the highest grade that may be gram. A- = 3.67 C+= 2.33 D = 1.00 B+= 3.33 C = 2.00 D- = 0.67 earned. This should not exceed the level of B = 3.00 C- = 1.67 F = 0.00 achievement displayed during the normal ACADEMIC CREDIT course period. Evaluation of a student’s performance is The deadline for completion of an A credit is the basic unit of measurement of determined by the following grades: Incomplete can be no longer than one year. educational accomplishment. One credit A—Excellent The instructor may set a shorter deadline normally connotes 10 hours of lecture-reci- B—Superior which shall be binding. An agreement to a tation or 20 or more hours of laboratory, C—Average longer period must be by petition to the studio, or activity work. The majority of D—Inferior Scholastic Standards Committee. courses at Portland State University F—Failure An Incomplete mark becomes part of involve three or four hours per week of lec- P—Pass the permanent transcript record after the ture-recitation. PSU is on the quarter- NP—No pass deadline expires. To remove an I, an system calendar. Semester credits trans- The following marks are also used: instructor must file a supplementary grade ferred from other accredited schools may report. Note: Other colleges and universi- I—Incomplete be converted to PSU’s credits by multiply- ties may treat a permanent incomplete as a IP—In Progress (UnSt 421 only) ing by 1.5. failure. W—Withdrawal A student should enroll for an average Withdrawals. Withdrawal from a Au—Audit of 15 credits per term in order to be gradu- course must be initiated by the student. It is X—No basis for grade/No grade received ated within the normal 12 terms. Employed the student’s responsibility to withdraw students should make sure they are not The Schedule of Classes identifies properly by the deadline dates published in overloading themselves. They may want to courses as offered under the differentiated the Schedule of Classes. To avoid having to plan to spend more than 12 terms to com- or undifferentiated option. Students elect- pay a check-in fee, students should check plete degree requirements. Undergraduate ing the undifferentiated grade option when in any assigned laboratory or studio desks. students desiring to take more than 21 it is offered are graded pass or no pass. In A student may withdraw with no course credits must obtain approval as the majority of instances, a pass grade is record on the transcript up to the end of the follows: equated to a C- grade or better (some fifth week of the term. As a courtesy, stu- 22-25 credits: Obtain approval of adviser on departments accept only C or better). dents are advised to notify the instructor Consent for Overload form available at the Please check with the department. Neither concerned of the intended or completed Registration window, Neuberger Hall lobby. pass nor no pass grades are used in com- withdrawal. 26 or more credits: Petition to Academic puting a student’s GPA. A maximum of 45 A student may withdraw for any reason Requirements Committee. Forms are available at credits graded P may be applied toward before the end of the fifth week, but with- the registration window, Neuberger Hall lobby. Portland State’s baccalaureate degree. Stu- drawal between then and the end of the Such petitions must be submitted by the last day dents elect grade options for specific eighth week requires instructor approval. A to pay without a late fee. courses during registration and will not be student withdrawing after the end of the Class Standing. Class standing is permitted to change after the regular dead- fifth week shall have a W recorded on the based on the number of credits a student line for making a change in grading option transcript. has completed, according to the following as listed in the Schedule of Classes. The A student wishing to withdraw after the schedule: undifferentiated grade option may not be eighth week must petition the Deadline used to repeat a course previously taken for Acceptable Status credits completed Appeals Committee or Graduate Council. Freshman ...... 1-44 differentiated grade or for major require- A W is recorded if the petition is allowed. Sophomore ...... 45-89 ments in some departments. Reasons for withdrawal beyond the eighth Upper-division standing ...... 90 or more Incompletes. A student may be week must be beyond the student’s control, Junior ...... 90-134 assigned an I mark by an instructor when and medical reasons must be documented. Senior ...... 135 or more all of the following four criteria apply: Instructor’s comments are required on the Postbaccalaureate...... Hold a degree 1. Quality of work in the course up to that petition. from an accredited college or university point is C- level or above. Deadline dates for drops and withdraw- 2. Essential work remains to be done. als are given on the calendar page of the “Essential” means that a grade for the Schedule of Classes. Date of withdrawal is course could not be assigned without drop- the date it is received by Registration. ping one or more grade points below the Eight-week Summer Session classes will level achievable upon completion of the use three- and six-week deadlines instead work. of four and eight weeks. WELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 21

If a student, to the best of the instruc- and foreign institutions. on probation. A student’s status at any term tor’s knowledge, has never attended class, when on probation does not change by the name on the grading register may be Honors degrees are inscribed on diplo- repeating courses. assigned an X grade. An auditor may also mas and candidates’ names are published Academically disqualified students are be assigned an X for insufficient attendance in the Commencement program. not permitted to register for any Portland only. Grade Requirements for Grad- State University day, evening, summer, or A student who has participated in a uation. In order to earn a bachelor’s Extended Studies credit classes. course but who has failed to complete degree, a student must earn 180 credits Reinstatement. A student who is essential work or attend examinations, and (more required in some programs) with disqualified may be readmitted to the Uni- who has not communicated with the grades of A, B, C, D, or P. versity upon petition to and approval by the instructor, will be assigned an D, F, NP, or A student must earn at least a 2.00 GPA Scholastic Standards Committee; the stu- whatever grade the work has earned. on residence credit, that is, credit taken at dent’s proposed academic program must Grade Point Average (GPA). The PSU. have the approval of an academic adviser. registrar computes current and cumulative A student must earn at least a 2.00 GPA GPAs on student grade reports and tran- on all courses taken in the student’s major APPEALS AND scripts, according to the following scale: field. As some departments have additional GRIEVANCES A = 4, B = 3, C = 2, D = 1, F = 0. A plus conditions, check Requirements for Major grade increases the points by 0.33, a minus in the major department description in the Grievances and requests for exceptions to decreases it by 0.33 (e.g., B- = 2.67). Bulletin to determine the minimum GPA University requirements may be filed with Cumulative grade point averages include required for your major and whether D or P committees which deal with specific stu- all credits and points earned at PSU. Sepa- grades may be counted toward the major. dent concerns. rate GPAs are printed for undergraduate Note: Even though PSU does not accept courses and for graduate courses. For fur- credits in transfer when a D or F was UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS ther details on academic standing, see the earned, the GPA for the major will include Academic Requirements Commit- quarterly Schedule of Classes. Ds and Fs earned in the major field at other tee. This committee develops policies and GPA Repeat Policy. A grade of D+, colleges unless the course is repeated at adjudicates petitions regarding academic D, D-, or F may be disregarded in the GPA PSU. The GPA Repeat Policy is then regulations such as credit loads, transfer calculation if the student repeats the course applied. credit, and graduation requirements for all once for a differentiated grade (not P/NP) A student completing a minor must undergraduate degree programs. It also at PSU and earns another grade. Only the meet the GPA prescribed in the description develops and recommends policies and first D or F in a given course is subject to of the minor. adjudicates student petitions regarding ini- this policy. If course credit has changed, A maximum of 45 credits graded P may tial undergraduate admissions, including credit is granted according to the repeated be counted toward the 180 credits required entering freshmen. course. Complete a Notification of Repeat for graduation. At least 25 of the last 45 Scholastic Standards Commit- of Course with D or F Grade form at the credits must be taken for differentiated tee. This committee develops and recom- Registration Window, Neuberger Hall grades. mends academic standards with a view to lobby, by the middle of the repeat term. Academic Standing: Proba- maintaining the reputation of the under- The last grade received and its credits tion, Disqualification, and Rein- graduate program of the University. It contribute toward graduation. However, for statement. The faculty Scholastic advises the Registrar in academic matters graduation honors only the first grade is Standards Committee has the authority to concerning transfer students or students used. No grades are changed on the stu- place on academic probation or disqualifi- seeking readmission after having had scho- dent’s academic record. cation any student according to the follow- lastic deficiencies. It assists undergraduate Note: Other colleges and professional ing standards: students who are having difficulty with schools may have a different policy with Academic Probation. Any student scholastic regulations and adjudicates stu- respect to calculating a GPA when a class whose cumulative GPA† at PSU is below dent is repeated. the following scholastic requirements shall petitions that request the waiving of Honors Degrees. In order to be eli- be placed on academic probation: regulations on suspensions (academic readmission). gible for baccalaureate honors a student Total Credits Including must have a minimum of 45 residence Transfer Credits 12 or more GRADUATE STUDENTS credits in courses with differentiated Minimum PSU GPA Graduate Council. This council rec- grades. To be graduated “With Honors” a † Probation Levels 2.00 ommends policies and standards for gradu- student must have a minimum resident Academic Disqualification. Any ate courses and programs and coordinates grade point average of 3.50 and an overall student with 12 total credits enrolled at all graduate activities of instructional units cumulative grade point average of 3.50. To PSU while on probation will be automati- and programs. It develops and recommends be graduated “With High Honors” a stu- cally disqualified at the end of the term in University policies, establishes procedures dent must have a minimum resident GPA of which the student has not met at least one and regulations for graduate studies, and 3.75 and an overall cumulative GPA of of the following requirements: adjudicates petitions regarding graduate 3.75. If a course has been repeated for † regulations. credit, the first grade only is used in com- 1.Raised the cumulative PSU GPA puting honors. For the purpose of deter- above the probation level, or UNDERGRADUATE AND mining a student’s eligibility for graduation 2.Earned a GPA for the given term of GRADUATE STUDENTS with Honors or High Honors, overall 2.25 or above. Academic Appeals Board. This cumulative grade point averages include If only the second of these requirements board hears appeals from students who credits and points earned at all accredited is met, the student will be continued on claim to have received prejudiced or capri- colleges and universities but do not include probation subject to the same requirements cious academic evaluation and makes rec- credits and points earned at unaccredited as those specified above for any initial term ommendations on cases to the Provost. In

† The Scholastic Regulations use a GPA combining the undergraduate GPA with any graduate coursework. 22 PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

such cases the student should first consult 3.a.A student may attempt to acquire Qualifications for CLEP with the instructor. If the grievance is not credit by examination only once for any Transfer. resolved, the student should then contact course. Students who have taken CLEP examina- the department chair, then the dean of the b.A student who has taken but not tions prior to entering Portland State may college or school. If the grievance is still passed a course may subsequently transfer such credit provided they have not resolved, the student may then appeal attempt credit in that course by examina- passed the examination with scores at or by writing a letter to the Academic Appeals tion. Only one such attempt is permitted. above the minimum accepted by PSU and In the event of failure, results will not be Board. Appeals may be filed in the Office recorded on a student’s academic record. provided the University has approved the of Student Affairs, 433 Smith Memorial Should an examination not be passed, examinations for credit. Center. credit can be obtained by repeating the Application for Credit before Deadline Appeals Board. A stu- course. Coming to PSU. Students may request dent may petition this board to be 4.In assigning grades for credit by exami- an official transcript be sent to Portland exempted from published deadlines. Cases nation, the departments, college, or schools State University, Office of Admissions and most often handled involve deadlines for determine whether to use an undifferenti- Records. The request should be sent to Col- waiving late registration fees and for ated (P for pass or NP for no pass) or a dif- lege Examinations Entrance Board, Atten- changing classes. Petitions may be submit- ferentiated grade, from A (excellent) to F tion: CLEP Transcript Service, Princeton, ted before or after the deadline date and (failing). NJ 08540. The transcript request should must include documentation of the reason 5.Credit earned by examination at other include Social Security number, date and for missing the deadline. institutions of higher education may only place of test and fee. Fees are set by the Petition forms may be obtained at the be transferred with the approval of the Educational Testing Services and are sub- Office of Admissions and Records in the appropriate Portland State department, col- ject to change. Phone request number is Neuberger Hall lobby. For further informa- lege, or school and the Academic Require- (609) 771-7865. tion students may call (503) 725-3511. ments Committee. Where to Apply for CLEP Examinations. Students planning to 6.Credit by examination does not count take CLEP examinations should apply for CREDIT BY EXAMINA- toward residence credit. TION (503) 725-3511 them at least one month in advance with Courses and Examinations Given the Testing Office of PSU’s Counseling and Undergraduate students may obtain Credit for Credit Psychological Services (M342 Smith by Examination in three basic ways: 1.Students should contact the appropri- Memorial Center) or with other recognized CLEP testing centers. The Testing Office I.Examinations in Portland State Univer- ate departments, college, or schools to sity courses approved for Credit by Exami- determine the availability of particular supplies descriptive brochures and other nation and administered by Portland State courses for credit by examination. information on CLEP examinations. departments or schools. 2.The examinations administered vary The Testing Office also supplies infor- II.Examinations approved by Portland according to the departments, college, or mation and administers CLEP examina- State and available through the College- schools which administer them, and may tions to nonadmitted or nonenrolled Level Examination Program (CLEP). include midterm and/or final examinations students. Fees for CLEP examinations are set by the Educational Testing Services and III.Advanced Placement Program. in current courses or special examinations designed for students “challenging” are subject to change. I.PORTLAND STATE courses whether or not the courses are cur- Relation between CLEP and UNIVERSITY COURSES rently being offered. Advanced Placement (AP) Pro- gram. Prerequisites for Credit by Exam- Application for Credit by Exami- ination (PSU courses) Students cannot acquire duplicate credit nation (PSU courses) and Cost through CLEP in the subjects for which 1.Students must be formally admitted (in 1.Students wishing to take examinations writing) to Portland State, and they have acquired Advanced Placement for Portland State courses may obtain an credit. To the extent that a student’s high 2.Be currently registered or have com- application with detailed instructions from school does not offer Advanced Placement pleted one Portland State course. the Office of Admissions and Records work, CLEP becomes a supplement or sub- Guidelines Governing Credit by (Neuberger Hall lobby). stitute for Advanced Placement credit. Examination (PSU courses) 2.The fee for credit by examination is $40 per course examination. III.ADVANCED PLACEMENT 1.Not all courses in all departments are PROGRAM open to challenge. Each academic unit II.CLEP EXAMINATIONS Students who complete college-level work decides which of its courses are available CLEP (College-Level Examina- in high school under the Advanced Place- to undergraduates for credit by examina- ment Program sponsored by the College tion. The determination by the department tion Program) includes nationally Entrance Examination Board and who is final. No courses numbered 199, 299, receive creditable grades in examinations 399, or 401 to 410 inclusive are eligible for normed examinations. CLEP has (1) subject matter examinations, administered by that board may, after credit by examination. Wr 323 is not avail- admission to PSU, be granted credit toward able. and (2) general examinations. A table of CLEP examinations accepted by a bachelor’s degree in comparable college 2.Credit earned by examination may not PSU is available from the Admissions and courses. Students may request an official be received in a course which: Records Office, Neuberger Hall lobby. transcript be sent to Portland State Univer- a.Duplicates credit previously earned Eligibility for CLEP. CLEP sub- sity, Office of Admissions and Records. by a student, or ject or general examinations may be taken The transcript request should be sent to b.Is more elementary, as determined by prior to entering the University. If the indi- Advanced Placement Program, PO Box departmental, college, or school regula- vidual passes a CLEP examination, the 6671, Princeton, NJ 08541-6671. tions, than a course in which the student Students entering from high schools not has already received credit. University accepts the amount of credit indicated in the CLEP table, but only after participating in the Advanced Placement admission is granted and the student is (or Examinations may, on their own initiative, has been) enrolled in Portland State apply to the College Entrance Examination courses. Board for permission to take the Advanced W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 23

Placement Examinations. If they receive majors to enroll in Ch 223 and 229. A cred- 3 confers 12 credits for the first year creditable scores, they may be granted sim- itable grade in these two courses will sequence; a score of 4 confers 12 credits ilar credit after admission. confer 10 credits in Ch 221, 222, 227, and for the second-year sequence and 3 addi- Credit Awarded for Advanced 228. A score of four or five will entitle the tional upper-division foreign language Placement. The amount of credit a stu- nonmajor to 9 credits in chemistry, unas- elective credits for a total of 15 credits; and dent may receive for Advanced Placement signed; these 9 credits will count toward a score of 5 confers 12 credits for the first- Examinations and the scores required for the distribution requirements in science. and second-year sequences, plus 8 credits the award of credit vary according to Computer Science. A score of 4 or in the third-year sequence, for a total of 20 department as described below under indi- 5 will lead to a conference with an adviser credits. vidual department headings. Important: to determine whether credit will be con- Mathematics. Calculus AB: A score Any student with a score of four or five (or ferred for CS 161 and CS 162. of 4 or 5 confers 8 credits in Mth 251 and three in mathematics) must arrange an English. A score of 4 or 5 on the 252. A score of 3 confers 4 credits in Mth interview with the department head for pur- Advanced Placement English Literature 251. Calculus BC: A score of 4 or 5 will poses of further guidance. and Composition examination will confer a confer 12 credits in Mth 251, 252, and 253. Art History. With a score of 3 or total of 15 lower-division credits: 3 credits A score of 3 will confer 8 credits in Mth better and the completion of the accompa- in Wr 121 and 12 credits in Eng 104, 105, 251 and 252. nying year-long course in high school, will 106. A score of 3 will confer 3 credits in Music. Music Theory: A score of 4 or confer 9 credits in ArH 204, 205, and 206. Wr 121. A score of 3, 4, or 5 on the 5 confers 12 credits for Mus 111, 112, 113; Biology. A student with a score of 4 or Advanced Placement English Language a score of 3 confers 4 credits for Mus 111. 5 will be permitted to enroll in advanced and Composition examination will confer 9 Music History/Literature: A score of 4 courses in biology with waiver of the intro- credits: 3 credits in Wr 121 and 6 unas- or 5 confers 8 credits for Mus 201, 202. ductory courses. This waiver does not signed credits in lower-division writing. Physics B. A score of 4 or 5 confers reduce the total number of credits required European History. A score of 4 or 12 credits in Ph 201, 202, and 203. in biology courses for a major but gives the 5 confers 8 credits in Hst 101 and 102, and Physics C. A score of 4 or 5 confers student opportunity to gain greater depth 3 credits in history, unassigned. 8 credits in Ph 211 and 212. and scope. Foreign Languages. French, Ger- United States History. A score of Chemistry. A score of 4 or 5 qualifies man, and Spanish Language Test: A score 4 or 5 on the examination confers 8 credits science, health science, and engineering of in Hst 201 and 202.

EXPENSES

Tuition and Fees/Student Status. ular student is also entitled to admission to dents taking 4-8 hours may opt to purchase Entering and continuing students at Port- PSU home health services and insurance. Residency land State University should plan their athletic events (with the exception of play- and admission requirements are waived for study programs and work loads with a off games and social events) and coverage students in this category. knowledge of the fee and tuition schedules by a basic health insurance plan. No reduc- All students registered for coursework of the institution. The Oregon State Board tion in the total charge is made to those stu- on or after the first day of the term have a of Higher Education reserves the right to dents who do not intend to use specific financial obligation in the form of an change the schedule of tuition and fees resources or services. All regular students accounts receivable. The financial obliga- without notice. Additionally, certain are required to be currently admitted to the tion is the maximum load enrolled after the charges set by the University are also sub- University. start of the term. ject to change. However, no change made All part-time students , admitted All tuition and fees may be paid at the after a term begins will become effective and nonadmitted, taking 1 to 8 credits pay Cashier Windows located in Neuberger within that term. tuition and fees according to the level of Hall lobby, or in accordance with the Most laboratory and class materials are the course(s) in which they enroll. Courses instructions received with the monthly bill- included in the tuition and fees payment, numbered 499 or below are assessed at the ing statement. For specific deadlines refer but certain classes do require special undergraduate rate; courses numbered 500 to the appropriate Schedule of Classes pub- deposit charges, surcharges, or costs to and above are assessed at the graduate rate. lished each term. Tuition and fees must be cover materials. These charges are listed in Part-time students are entitled to such ser- paid in full each term; however, students the Schedule of Classes. vices as the University Library, Smith may elect to pay in installments by making A regular student is defined as a Memorial Center, Student Development a one-third payment at the beginning of the resident or nonresident undergraduate, programs, and use of the open recreation term with the balance due by the term’s end postbaccalaureate, or graduate student areas of the Peter Stott Center. They are not (Revolving Charge Account Plan). First- enrolled for 9 credits or more. A regular entitled, however, to incidental fee privi- time participants must sign an agreement student is entitled to use the resources of leges, such as free admission to most ath- which is available at the Accounts Receiv- the University, including the Library, the letic events or subsidized use of the Helen able office, Neuberger Hall lobby. Health Service, and use of the open recre- Gordon Child Development Center, or ation areas of the Peter Stott Center. A reg- health services or insurance; however, stu- 24 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Tuition and Fee Schedules/Reg- When courses are added, tuition is cal- Self-Support, Extended Stud- ular Tuition Schedule. Note: The culated upon the difference between the ies, and Non-Credit. Enrollment in 1999-2000 tuition and fee schedules have original credit-hour payment and total these courses may not be combined with not been set by the Oregon State Board of credits. When credits exceed 8, tuition regular PSU credit courses for fee calcula- Higher Education. The charges listed in the policy for 9 credits or more applies. tions. Self-support courses have fees that chart on the following page are effective Tuition and Fee Calculation— are assessed in addition to any other tuition during the 1998-99 academic year. Stu- 9 Credits or More. All students taking paid to the University. dents should consult the tuition and fee list- 9 credits or more are assessed tuition and Senior Citizen Fee Schedule. ing in the PSU Schedule of Classes for up- fees according to their undergraduate/ Senior citizens are defined as persons age to-date information and applicable tuition graduate and residency status. The level 65 or older who do not wish to earn course and fees. of courses in which students enroll is credit. Such persons are authorized to Students who enroll incur an accounts immaterial. attend classes on a space-available basis receivable obligation and are financially Tuition Reciprocity. Under an without payment of tuition. Charges for responsible for all classes and credits in agreement between the states of Oregon special materials, if any, must be paid. which they are registered on or after the and Washington, a limited number of Incidental and Health Service fee privi- first day of the term. All classes dropped Washington students may be eligible to leges are not provided and the University are subject to the refund schedule. Students attend PSU and pay Oregon resident tuition does not maintain any records of enroll- are required to pay for any tuition, fees and and fee rates. To qualify for tuition reci- ment. The registration receipt may be used charges remaining on their account. procity, Washington students must: to obtain a library card. Tuition and Fee Calculation—8 ■ Be legal residents of the state of Late Fees. Late payment fees apply Credits or Fewer. Part-time students Washington. on the fifteenth day of the term counting enrolling in courses numbered 499 or ■ Be a junior or senior level student with from the first day of the term. A late fee of below pay undergraduate tuition and fees. at least 90 credits or an A.A. degree. $40 is charged after the second week of the Students enrolling in courses numbered ■ Be formally admitted PSU students. term, with an additional assessment of $59 500 and above pay graduate tuition and ■ Enroll in and satisfactorily complete a after the eighth week. fees. minimum of 8 credits per term at PSU. Resource Fee. This fee is a manda- For students enrolling in classes both Audit credits do not count for credit. tory enrollment fee. All students are for undergraduate and graduate credit, the ■ Maintain permanent residence in the assessed a technology fee per credit hour. instructional fee for each is combined and state of Washington. In addition, students admitted to some aca- added to the single building, technology, The Office of Admissions and Records demic programs are assessed a program- and incidental fee to arrive at the total can provide additional information about specific resource fee per credit. charge. the program. Other Special Fees. Special fees and fines are subject to change. Up-to-date information on special fees and clarification of charges can be obtained from the TUITION AND FEES Office of Business Affairs, 167 Neuberger Hall, (503) 725-3443. (Charges for 1998-99) Revolving Charge Account Plan Graduate Graduate (RCAP). An installment payment option Undergrad Undergrad Student Student is available to all students (except those Credits Resident Nonresident Resident Nonresident who owe the University money from previ- Full-time: ous terms or who are receiving financial 12-18 $1,146.00 $3,771.00 ...... aid). 9-16 ...... $2,033.50 $3,481.50 Part-time: Students may elect to pay installments 1* 151.00 151.00 279.50 279.50 by making a one-third payment at the 2* 231.00 231.00 484.00 484.00 beginning of the term with the balance due 3* 311.00 311.00 688.50 688.50 by the term’s end. The balance is subject to 4* 391.00 391.00 893.00 893.00 5* 471.00 471.00 1,097.50 1,097.50 interest at the rate of 12 percent per annum. 6* 551.00 551.00 1,302.00 1,302.00 First-time participants must sign an agree- 7* 631.00 631.00 1,506.50 1,506.50 ment which is available at the Accounts 8* 711.00 711.00 1,711.00 1,711.00 Receivable Window, Neuberger Hall lobby. 9 879.00 2,847.00 ...... 10 968.00 3,155.00 ...... In the event of withdrawal, any refunds 11 1,057.00 3,463.00 ...... due are applied to the outstanding balance, Over-time: Each and any remaining balance due remains additional credit 75.00 294.00 198.00 359.00 payable. Failure to pay in full may also Graduate assistants pay $249.50 per term (plus hourly overtime fee above 16 credits). result in denial of registration, graduation, Postbaccalaureate students pay undergraduate fees, when registered for 9 credits or and transcripts as well as additional assess- more. ment for collection charges and attorney’s Admission is required in order to register for 9 credits or more. fees. Note: The appropriate fee is determined by total credits of registered coursework Withdrawals and Fee Refunds. (credit and audit). Complete withdrawal or dropping one or *Tuition for carrying loads of 8 credits or fewer is determined by the level of the more classes can be accomplished before course(s) taken. Residency is not considered. classes begin via touch-tone phone or Web See the quarterly Schedule of Classes for further details and for registration policies access with a 100 percent reversal of that affect carrying load, such as auditors and overloads. charges. After classes begin, withdrawals and class drops are accomplished via W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 25

touch-tone phone, Web access, or Special obligations will have any refund due them obtained at the Registration window. Allow Registration Form at the Registration win- applied against the obligation. four to six weeks between withdrawal/drop dows in the Neuberger Hall lobby, with the Students on financial aid will have their and receipt of refund. Action cannot begin applicable tuition percentage charge refund credited back to the appropriate until the two-week Add period has passed. remaining due and payable. Refund consid- grantor or agency making the award. Stu- Refund Schedule for Complete or eration is automatic; no special request is dents receiving financial aid who withdraw Partial Withdrawal necessary. completely from school before the end of Before the beginning of classes ...... 100% Fees for the purchase of a student health the term may be required to repay a portion Before the close of the 14th calendar day insurance plan are nonrefundable. Refunds of their financial aid award. The amount to after classes begin ...... 85%† of special course fees must be approved by be repaid will be calculated by the Student Before the close of the 21st calendar day departments. Physical education, speech, Financial Aid Office based upon the date after classes begin ...... 50%† and music special activity course fee the student withdraws. Before the close of the 28th calendar day † refunds are subject to the schedule for Refund calculations are based on total after classes begin ...... 25% complete withdrawal listed on page 25. tuition and fees. Special fees are nonre- There is no refund after the close of the Complete withdrawal or dropping fundable. Refunds are computed from the 28th calendar day following the start of coursework does not cancel a student’s date of official withdrawal or drop; they are classes. This schedule applies to all stu- obligation to pay a student loan, balance of not based on when attendance in class dents, whether making a complete with- Revolving Charge Account Plan (RCAP), ceased. Students who are delayed in withdrawal or just reducing hours. The or any other financial obligation owed the drawal process for reasons beyond their appropriate percentage is applied to the dif- University. Students with such outstanding control may petition for an earlier drop ference between the initial official tuition date via a Deadline Appeals petition and fees figure and the figure applicable to

FINANCIAL AID

174 Neuberger Hall Underlying the awarding of financial Applications for Aid. Applications (503) 725-3461 aid at PSU is the nationally accepted phi- for financial aid must be submitted annu- e-mail: [email protected] losophy that parents are the primary source ally for the academic year and/or summer www.ess.pdx.edu/fao responsible for helping dependent students aid. The professional staff of the Student Finan- to meet educational costs. The amount of Applications are accepted by the Stu- cial Aid Office is ready to help students to the contribution expected from parents is dent Financial Aid Office at any time determine the level of their financial need related directly to a family’s financial during the year, with priority given to and to plan for the most efficient use of strength as reflected by adjusted gross admitted applicants who submit their their financial resources for education. income, number of dependents, allowable FAFSA in January or February and who expenses, and assets. Both dependent and provide all requested information independent students also have a responsi- promptly. It is not necessary to wait for STUDENT BUDGETS bility to make a reasonable contribution formal admission to the University before toward their costs from earnings and sav- submitting the financial aid application; To assist the student in financial planning ings. Financial aid resources serve to sup- however, students new to Portland State and in determining eligibility for assis- plement these primary resources. Aid must be admitted before processing of the tance, the following expenses are taken into eligibility is determined through a federally application for financial aid may occur. consideration: tuition and fees, books and established formula. Funds will not be disbursed until the appli- supplies, room and board, transportation, Students should apply annually using cant has been accepted for admission to the child care costs and personal/miscella- the Free Application for Federal Student University. neous expenses. Specific allowable student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA can be filed on- In order to be eligible to receive state or expense budgets are shown in the Applying line at www.fafsa.edu.gov. FAFSA forms federal financial aid, students must remain for Financial Aid brochure (available in the are available at high schools or at college in good academic standing as defined in the Financial Aid Office) and the Schedule of financial aid offices. University Scholastic Standards Policy, and Classes. Note: All tuition and fee costs are Graduate Students. Graduate stu- enroll for the minimum credits specified by subject to change by the Oregon State dents may receive consideration for finan- their Award Notification Letter. Students Board of Higher Education. cial assistance through the Federal Perkins also must meet the Satisfactory Academic The Student Financial Aid Office pro- Loan, Federal Work-Study, and Federal Progress Policy requirements described in vides needy, qualified students with finan- Direct Stafford Loan programs. the Financial Aid Guide. The student must cial aid in the form of loans, grants, and International Students. Interna- be in a degree or certificate program and employment. In order to make the best use tional students are not eligible to partici- must be a U.S. citizen or be an eligible of available funds, awards normally consist pate in federal financial aid programs. non-citizen. of a “package” of two or more of these forms of financial aid.

† Less nonrefundable health insurance for regular students. 26 PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CONFIRMATION AND considering each candidate’s ability, eligi- The following is a list of donors of Port- bility, finances available, and the need of land State Loan Funds: DECISION NOTIFICATION the particular sport. Each coach submits a Beaverton Business and Professional Applicants will be advised of the decision list to the Director of Athletics of those ath- Women’s Club Fund on their financial aid application by an letics students qualifying for grant-in-aid. Division of Continuing Education Loan Award Notification Letter. Those awarded Fund aid will be required to sign and return a EDUCATIONAL East Side Rotary Club Student Loan Fund reply copy of their award letters. LOANS East Side Rotary Women Loan Fund The Student Financial Aid Office Louis Gevurtz Memorial Student Loan awards aid to eligible students from the fol- Federal Perkins Loans. This feder- Fund lowing federal, state, institution, and donor ally funded loan program is available to Albert Joe Ingalls Memorial Fund sources. undergraduate and graduate students who Grace Irish Memorial Loan Fund demonstrate exceptional financial need. Dan Jones Memorial Loan Fund This is a long-term, low-interest loan for Nina Mae Kellogg Loan Fund for Girls EDUCATIONAL Karl Kemper Memorial Loan Fund GRANT PROGRAMS which repayment commences nine months after the student is no longer enrolled on at Lents Lodge No. 156 AF & AM Masonic least a half-time basis. Educational Revolving Fund Federal Pell Grants. This federally Hugh B. McGuire Memorial Student Loan funded grant program is designed to pro- Federal Direct Stafford Loans. Loans are available to PSU students Fund vide assistance to eligible undergraduate Patrons of Mu Phi Epsilon (Alpha Lambda students. The amount of the grant is deter- through the cooperation of the University and the U.S. Department of Education. Chapter) mined by the federal government with the Adelia Pritchard Scholarship Loan Fund of University acting as the disbursing agent. Both interest subsidized and unsubsidized loans are available. Subsidized loan eligi- the Business and Professional Women’s Eligibility is based upon financial need. Club of Portland Federal Supplemental Educa- bility is based upon the demonstration of financial need. Repayment begins six PSU Co-op Loan Fund tional Opportunity Grants. This is a PSU Women’s Association Loan Fund federally funded grant program under months after the student drops below half- time status or leaves the University. The Sandy Business and Professional Women’s which eligible applicants are selected for Club Loan Fund awards by Portland State University. Eligi- federal government pays the interest on subsidized loans while the student is in School of Social Work Loan Fund bility is based upon exceptional financial Frida D. Wahlgren Loan Fund for Girls need and awards are limited to undergradu- school. Unsubsidized loan eligibility is based upon the difference between the stu- Ellis T. Waring Memorial Loan Fund ate students only. West Linn Lions Club State Need Grants (Oregon res- dent’s cost of attendance and financial aid idents). All undergraduate students need- awarded. Repayment begins while the stu- ing financial aid are eligible to apply for dent is still enrolled. The federal govern- FEDERAL the Need Grant awarded by the Oregon ment does not make interest payments. WORK-STUDY State Scholarship Commission. Awards are Annual loan maximums for both loan types based upon financial need. Awards are combined are $2,625 for freshmen; $3,500 The Federal Work-Study Program is a renewable for 12 terms provided satisfac- for sophomores; $5,500 for juniors, need-based program in which the federal tory academic progress and financial need seniors, and postbaccalaureates; and government pays from 50 to 90 percent of continue. $8,500 for graduate students. Independent student wages and the employer pays the Oregon University System Sup- students may borrow additional unsubsi- remainder. Work-Study is available to plemental Tuition Grants. This is a dized Stafford Loans up to these maxi- undergraduate and graduate students. state-funded program that provides tuition mums: $4,000 for freshmen and Employment opportunities are on-campus assistance to eligible Oregon resident sophomores; $5,000 for juniors, seniors, and off-campus. On-campus jobs are with undergraduates. and postbaccalaureates; and $10,000 for nearly every academic and administrative Athletic Grants-in-Aid and graduates. The interest rate varies annually, department. Off-campus jobs are with gov- Scholarships. Athletic grants-in-aid and with a maximum of 8.25 percent. ernment agencies and non-profit groups; scholarships are administered by the Direc- Federal Direct PLUS Loans. many are community service jobs that tor of Athletics. Each varsity coach is These loans are available to the parents of involve directly serving the community, responsible for selecting the recipients dependent students who wish to borrow while providing good work experience. based upon their athletic ability and eligi- more funds than the Federal Direct Stafford The America Reads program which tutors bility. The national governing organization, Loan eligibility allows. Parents may young children in public schools is one of NCAA, sets forth the exact eligibility and borrow the difference between the stu- these programs. The Office of Human financial aid regulations for men’s and dent’s cost of attendance and all other aid Resources lists openings for on-campus women’s the student receives. Repayment begins 60 and some off-campus jobs. The Career athletics. days after the last disbursement. The inter- Center refers students to community ser- Any prospective Portland State student est rate varies annually, with a maximum of vice jobs. may apply for an athletic grant-in-aid. 9 percent. For other student employment opportu- Upon application, the student is required to nities, contact the Student Employment fill out a Department of Athletics question- Short-Term Loans. Short-term Office within the Career Center, (503) 725- naire. Once the eligibility status of the stu- loans of up to $200 are available through 4958, 402F University Services Building. dent athlete is determined, an interview is the Accounts Receivable Office for educa- arranged with the particular sport coach. tionally related expenses with proof of full The coach then selects the recipients after payment of tuition and fees. Eligibility is based on proof of ability to repay. WELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 27

UNDERGRADUATE Army ROTC Scholarships. A sig- CHECKS AND † TUITION CREDITS Academy of American Poets nificant number of students receive Army Award. An annual award presented for ROTC scholarships while at PSU. The Financial aid funds and tuition credits are the best poem or group of poems submitted scholarships are available on a competitive disbursed by the Cashier’s Office each by a Portland State University student. The basis to all qualified undergraduate or grad- term. Available financial aid will be auto- Department of English Prize Committee uate students, and are available for all aca- matically credited to pay tuition and other may choose to make either a graduate or demic majors. (University of Portland, PSU charges. Students may complete the undergraduate award. (Department of Military Science Program, 283-7353.) Direct Deposit form to authorize the cash- English, 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) ASCE (American Society of ier to electronically deposit any remaining A-DEC Scholarship. Awarded to Civil Engineers) Oregon Section aid to the student’s bank account. Direct admitted junior- or senior-level School of Scholarship. Scholarship is granted to a Deposit forms are included with the stu- Business Administration students inter- senior civil engineering student (must be in dent’s Award Notification Letter. Students ested in marketing. (240 School of Busi- their junior year in June of the year appli- who do not choose this option go to the ness Administration, 725-3712.) cation is made) with a 3.00 GPA or above. cashier in person to receive a check for any AFROTC Scholarships. Portland (Department of Civil Engineering, 138 Sci- remaining aid. Federal Work-Study is State University participates in a crosstown ence Building 2, 725-4282.) earned on a monthly basis and paychecks Air Force ROTC program with the Univer- Maria Balogh Scholarship. are issued at the end of each month. sity of Portland. Students who qualify may Awarded to an undergraduate computer sci- compete for AFROTC scholarships, which ence major. (Department of Computer Sci- are awarded on a competitive basis. Schol- ence, 120 PCAT Building, 725-4036). ADDITIONAL arships are available in numerous academic Bernard V. Burke Awards in INFORMATION disciplines and are open to students on the History. Applicants must be declared his- basis of demonstrated academic abilities tory majors with at least a 3.00 overall GPA Additional details on the federal aid pro- and leadership potential. (AFROTC and a minimum 3.25 GPA in history. grams are available in The Student Guide, Detachment 695, University of Portland, (Department of History, 441 Cramer Hall, published annually by the U.S. Department 283-7216.) 725-3917.) of Education. Students will also receive a Marjorie Albertson Scholar- Boeing Engineering Scholar- Financial Aid Guide with their Award Noti- ship. Awarded to a senior student with a ships. Two awards. Applicants must be fication Letter, which gives a detailed 2.80 GPA or above majoring in music. The full-time undergraduate students at PSU explanation of the conditions for receiving individual is selected on talent and scholar- who are majoring in engineering and have aid, student rights and responsibilities, and ship. (Department of Music, 231 Lincoln achieved or shown the potential to achieve other information of which aid applicants Hall, 725-3011.) satisfactory or better academic accomplish- should be aware. Copies of these guides are †Noury Al-Khaledy Scholar- ments. Minimum GPA is 3.00. Applicants available through the Student Financial Aid ship in Arabic Studies. Established must be authorized to work in the United Office, 174 Neuberger Hall. in 1995 in recognition of the contributions States on a full time basis for other than of the late Professor Noury Al-Khaledy training. (School of Engineering and SCHOLARSHIPS who led the Arabic Language instructional Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Building, AND AWARDS program at PSU for over two decades. Suite 20, 725-4631.) Open to all full-time PSU students of all Phyllis and Tom Burnam Cre- Portland State University has a number of majors who have formally studied Arabic ative Writing Awards. Awards are scholarships and awards which are admin- in an accredited college for at least two made annually for the best works of fiction istered by individual academic depart- years; had an outstanding performance in by students enrolled in any writing class ments, the Scholarship Committee, or previous Arabic studies; 3.40 GPA or which is taught by a member of the PSU special committees developed for specific higher; and a commitment to successfully Department of English. (Department of scholarships. Scholarships generally are complete third-year Arabic at PSU. School English, 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) awarded on the basis of academic achieve- performance and financial need are a major Caribbean Studies Scholarship. ment, promise, and financial need. The fol- consideration. (Department of Foreign Annual award for any major (undergradu- lowing list represents some of the Languages and Literature, 393 ate or graduate) in a field related to Carib- individual scholarships and awards admin- Neuberger Hall, 725-3522.) bean Studies, based on scholastic istered by Portland State University. Addi- achievement, community service, and tional information is available in the Richard Apfel Scholarship. This merit. (Department of Black Studies, 308 Scholarship Handbook, printed by the scholarship is granted to a full-time, upper- Neuberger Hall, 725-3472) Office of Academic Affairs and available in division engineering student, based on Earle A. Chiles Scholarship. 349 Cramer Hall; or, contact the depart- scholarship and financial need. (School of Awarded to a junior French Language ment or person mentioned after each schol- Engineering and Applied Science, Fourth major showing academic excellence, lead- arship description. Avenue Building, Suite 20, 725-4631.) ership, and financial need. Selection is APWA (American Public Works based on a 350-word statement (in French), Association) Oregon Chapter transcripts, financial need, and two letters Scholarship. Scholarships granted to of recommendation. (Department of For- full-time civil engineering students based eign Languages and Literatures, 393 Neu- on scholarship and financial need. Recipi- berger Hall, 725-3522.) ents must be Oregon residents for at least The Frank Andrew Clarke and four years. (Department of Civil Engineer- Helen Clarke Memorial Award. An ing, 138 Science Building 2, 725-4282.) undergraduate award offered annually by the Department of English for a work of excellence submitted as a regular course assignment by a Portland State University

† Also for graduate students. 28 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

student. Department of English faculty ship provides up to full remission of resi- ence, Fourth Avenue Building, Suite 20, members may nominate one or more note- dent instructional fees for a maximum of 725-4631.) worthy student papers. Also, students may 15 terms (academic year only). Students C.G. Fanger Scholarship Fund. directly submit essays which they have are provided academic support services, Awards made to outstanding mechanical written for English courses during the aca- are monitored for completion of at least 12 engineering students based on scholarship, demic year to the Department’s Prize Com- credits per term, and must maintain a 2.50+ need, and potential success in the profes- mittee. (Department of English, 405 college GPA. Priority is given to Oregon sion. Restricted to upper-division engineer- Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) residents. (Educational Equity Programs ing students. (Department of Mechanical Barry Commoner Scholarship/ and Services, 725-4457.) Engineering, 118 Science Building 2, Paul Croy Scholarship. Each scholar- Diversity Achievement Under- 725-4290.) ship awarded to junior or senior students graduate Scholarships for Col- D. Paul Fansler Memorial with academic and career interests in the lege Students (with 30+ college Scholarship in International area of environmental science. Applicants credits.) A specific goal of the Diversity Affairs. Two awards, for juniors and must have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or Achievement Scholarship is to enrich the seniors majoring in political science and above, be enrolled full-time, be in need of diversity of Portland State’s educational international studies who intend to pursue financial assistance, and be able to articu- environment by recognizing and retaining careers in international affairs. Applicants late academic and professional goals outstanding students from racially and eth- should demonstrate high academic related to environmental policy or science. nically diverse backgrounds and experi- achievement and show strong evidence of (Environmental Sciences and Resources, ences. Students with 30 or more college community service. (Division of Political 218 Science Building 2, 725-4980). credits and a cumulative GPA of 2.50 (min- Science, 117-A Cramer Hall, 725-5974.) Coral Sales Company/D.P. imum) are eligible to apply for the award. Farmers Insurance Group of Daniels Civil Engineering Schol- Each scholarship provides up to full remis- Companies Scholarship. Scholar- arship. Recipients must intend to pursue sion of resident instructional fees for a ships are awarded to undergraduates who a career in highway/transportation engi- maximum of 9 terms (academic year only). have completed at least 45 credits, have a neering or highway construction. No GPA Students receive academic support services major field of study relating to the insur- requirements. Leadership qualities and par- and must complete at least 12 credits per ance industry, and have a minimum GPA of ticipation in extra-curricular activities, both term, maintaining a 2.50+ cumulative GPA 2.50. Financial need is a consideration. civic and professional, will be considered. with a 2.70+ GPA in their major area of Recipients must be full-time students when Evidence of work experience in highway/ study. Priority is given to Oregon residents. receiving the award. (School of Business transportation field is an asset. The recipi- (Educational Equity Programs and Ser- Administration, 240 SBA, 725-3712.) ents must have lived in the Northwest for at vices, 725-4457.) Mathilda Goldsmith Scholar- least 10 years and have junior or senior Dawn Dressler Health Sciences ship. This scholarship is for women who standing. (Civil Engineering Department, Award. This award was established in are returning to college after a significant 138 Science Building 2, 725-4282.) honor of Dawn Dressler, who was a phys- interruption in studies. Applicants must be Corporate Associates Scholar- ics professor from 1962-88 and chaired the Oregon residents and maintain a minimum ship. One scholarship awarded to an out- Health Sciences Advisory Committee. GPA of 3.00. (Women’s Studies, 401 standing junior- or senior-level Awarded to a senior-level or post-bac stu- Cramer Hall, 725-3510). undergraduate student admitted to the dent who has been accepted for study in the Goodman Scholarship. One full- School of Business Administration. Mini- health science or allied health professions. tuition, renewable scholarship is awarded mum 3.25 GPA required. (240 School of Applicants must have completed their to an incoming freshman from among Jef- Business Administration, 725-3712.) required studies in general physics at Port- ferson, Madison, Marshall, or Roosevelt †Deutsche Sommerschule am land State to be considered. (Health Sci- high schools in Portland. Finalists are rec- Pazifik. Scholarships are awarded to ence Advising, College of Liberal ommended by high school faculty or students attending the German Summer Arts and Sciences, 490 Neuberger Hall, administrators and are based upon aca- School Program. (Department of Foreign 725-3822). demic promise and financial need. Must Languages and Literatures, 393 Neuberger Elizabeth Ducey Fund. For any have minimum 2.50 GPA. (Office of Hall, 725-3522.) student intending to study for a specialty in Admissions and Records, 113 Neuberger Hulda DeVaughn Scholarship. Middle East Studies; must be enrolled and Hall, 725-3511.) Awarded annually to a female Spanish making satisfactory progress in a Middle Hatfield Prize in Political Sci- major with a minimum 3.25 GPA in the Eastern language. (International Education ence. Yearly award to a PSU undergradu- major. (Department of Foreign Languages Services/Study Abroad Programs, Sixth ate political science major. Applicants will and Literatures, 393 Neuberger Hall, Avenue Building, 725-4011.) submit a 10-20 page essay addressing a 725-5291). David Evans & Associates topic chosen by the unit. (Division of Polit- Diversity Achievement Under- Scholarships. Three scholarships are ical Science, 117 Cramer Hall, 725-3921.) graduate Scholarship for Fresh- awarded to full-time, upper-division Civil Walter D. Hershey Memorial men. A specific goal of the Diversity Engineering students based on scholarship Scholarship. Four awards given to out- Achievement Scholarship is to enrich the and need. A 3.00 GPA or above is required. standing junior- or senior-level business diversity of Portland State’s educational (Department of Civil Engineering, 138 Sci- majors with a minimum GPA of 3.25. environment by attracting and recognizing ence Building 2, 725-4282.) Financial need also a consideration. (240 outstanding students from racially and eth- H.C.M. Erzurumlu Scholar- School of Business Administration Build- nically diverse backgrounds and experi- ship. This is an annual award of full resi- ing, 725-3712.) ences. For the freshman award, graduating dent tuition to an upper-division student Paul W. Howell Award. Tri-annual high school seniors and others with less majoring in engineering or computer sci- award is made to students working on than 30 college credits must meet regular ence, based on scholarship, need, and bachelor’s degrees in the Department of admission requirements and have a high potential for success in the profession. Geology. Based on academic records and school GPA of at least 2.75. Each scholar- (School of Engineering and Applied Sci- written recommendations of two faculty

† Also for graduate students. WELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 29

members. (Department of Geology, 17 †Drew Lippay Scholarship in maintain a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 Cramer Hall, 725-3022.) Human Resource Management. the term he or she is receiving the scholar- Arthur M. James Scholarships. Scholarship to an outstanding undergradu- ship. (International Education Services, Three scholarships are made to full-time, ate or graduate student in human resource Sixth Avenue Building, 725-4094.) upper-division civil/structural engineering management. Must be a member of the Richard Muller Art Scholar- students, based on scholarship and need. Human Resource Management Associa- ship. Annual award to a full-time declared (Department of Civil Engineering, 138 tion. (240 School of Business art major at PSU who has completed 20 Science Building 2, 725-4282.) Administration Building, credits in art courses. The recipient is Jantzen/Zehntbauer Scholar- 725-3712.) chosen on the basis of a portfolio, need, ship. One award for an upper-division Robert and Rosemary Low and GPA. Applications are available spring computer science student. This scholarship Memorial Music Scholarship. term. (Department of Art, 239 Neuberger includes a summer internship at Jantzen Awards given to undergraduate music Hall, 725-3515). prior to the recipient’s senior year. (Depart- majors based on need and outstanding Richard L. and Maurine B. ment of Computer Science, 120 PCAT, musical ability. (Department of Music, 231 Neuberger Scholarship. Applicants 725-4036.) Lincoln Hall, need a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above, Clyde R. Johnson Chemistry 725-3011.) show potential for civic leadership, and Award. Award is made each spring term LSI Logic. Three renewable awards. have a proven desire to serve their commu- for the succeeding year to a superior PSU Applicants must be upper-division students nity. In receiving the award, Neuberger chemistry student in the junior class. Con- pursuing a degree in electrical engineering, Scholars shall be made aware of the service sideration is given to qualities of character. computer engineering, computer science, of the Neuberger family to PSU, the state Nominations for this award are made by or mechanical engineering, and interested of Oregon and the nation. (Office of Aca- faculty members of the Department of in working in the semiconductor field, demic Affairs, 349 Cramer Hall, 725- Chemistry. (Department of Chemistry, 262 including the fields of process, manufactur- 5251). Science Building 2, 725-3811.) ing, modeling, and/or circuit and systems †Thomas M. Newman Scholar- Nina Mae Kellogg Awards. design. In addition, applicants must be ship. Annual award for a graduate or Annual awards to undergraduate students willing to complete an internship at LSI as undergraduate anthropology major. The who demonstrate excellence in the use of part of the award. Award is renewable for student must be admitted and enrolled at the English language. The senior award is senior year, provided recipient continues to the time the award is made. The student limited to English majors; the sophomore meet award requirements. (School of Engi- will have demonstrated focus and interest award is open to any full-time PSU stu- neering and Applied Science, Fourth in studies in the Pacific Northwest which dent—regardless of major—who demon- Avenue Building, Suite 20, 725-4631.) can be addressed through any of the sub- strates proficiency in writing. Invitations to Mackenzie Family Scholar- fields of anthropology. (Department of compete are based on grade point average. ship. This award provides support for Anthropology, 141 Cramer Hall, 725- Eligible students should not hesitate to single adult women students with job or 3081.) approach faculty about nomination. (For family responsibilities pursuing an aca- †Helen Oliver Memorial Fel- more information, contact the Nina Mae demic degree. Applicants must have a GPA lowship Award. An annual cash award Kellogg Committee, Department of of 3.00 or above, sophomore standing or given to a graduating student with an offi- English, 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) above by the time of award, and must dem- cial degree (B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S., Jean Kendall-Glazer Art Schol- onstrate financial need and potential to M.A.T., Ph.D.) who demonstrates promise arship. Annual award to a full-time contribute to the community through of being a responsible and mature civic declared art major at PSU who has com- school, family, civic, or similar activities. leader. Award is not based on need or scho- pleted 20 credits in art courses. The recipi- (Women’s Studies, 401 Cramer Hall, 725- lastic attainment, although good scholar- ent is chosen on the basis of a portfolio, 3510). ship is assumed, but rather on good need, and GPA. Applications are available Vergil V. Miller Corporate character and dedicated spirit. (Office of spring term. (Department of Art, 239 Neu- Associates Scholarship. Awarded to Academic Affairs, 349 Cramer Hall, 725- berger Hall, 725-3515). an outstanding junior- or senior-level stu- 5251.) Patricia and Gary Leiser Schol- dent admitted to the School of Business Oregon Logging Conference arship in Middle Eastern Lan- Administration; 3.25 GPA minimum Scholarship. Awarded to senior-level, guages. Annual award of $500 to an required. (240 School of Business Admin- high academic achievers in the College of undergraduate engaged in the study of Ara- istration, 725-3712.) Liberal Arts and Sciences programs. Stu- bic, Turkish, or Persian language at Port- John P. and Miriam C. McKee dents must have a cumulative GPA of 3.25 land State University. Applicants must be Award. Annual award given to an out- or above, complete 120 credit hours by the enrolled in a course in one of the above lan- standing undergraduate student, generally a time award is made, be enrolled full time guages during the year for which the schol- senior, majoring in geology. (Department during the period of the award, and have arship is granted, complete the course with of Geology, 17 Cramer Hall, 725-3022.) demonstrated interest in the future of the a passing grade, and have an overall grade The Keith Morden Memorial Oregon timber industry. (College of Liberal point average of at least 3.25. Applicants Scholarship. Established to assist non- Arts and Sciences, 491 Neuberger Hall, must also demonstrate serious interest in resident foreign students completing their 725-3514.) the Middle East by taking courses on the undergraduate degree at PSU. Applicants Oregon State Sheriffs Associa- region, and be a U.S. citizen. (Middle East must have a cumulative GPA of at least tion Scholarship. For full-time admin- Studies Center, Sixth Avenue Building, 3.00 at the beginning of the last term of istration of justice majors completing 90 to 725-4074). their junior year and be currently enrolled 130 credits (the majority at PSU), complet- in sufficient credits to qualify for senior ing specific AJ courses, and having a mini- standing prior to the fall term of the follow- mum 3.00 cumulative GPA. Award by ing academic year. The recipient must be faculty nomination. (Division of Adminis- enrolled for and complete 12 credits and tration of Justice, 313 UPA, 725-4018.)

† Also for graduate students. 30 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Joseph J. O’Rourke Accounting lio and GPA. Applicants must be full-time provide funds for tuition, fees, books, and Scholarship. Scholarship awarded to an PSU declared art majors with at least 20 some living expenses. It is renewable for outstanding junior in accounting with a credit hours in art. Applications available up to four years provided certain criteria minimum 3.25 GPA. (240 School of Busi- spring term. (Department of Art, 239 Neu- are met. (Women’s Studies, 401 Cramer ness Administration Building, 725-3712.) berger Hall, 725-3515.) Hall, 725-3510.) Oregon Laurels Undergradu- †PSU Department of Art †Florence Saltzman-Heidel Art ate Scholarships. The Oregon Laurels Graphic Design Scholarship. Scholarship. Annual award to a full- Program provides resident instructional fee Awarded to a declared full-time art major time declared art major at PSU who has remission scholarships to academically concentrating in graphic design at PSU completed 20 credits in Art courses. The qualified applicants. These scholarships are who has completed lower-division require- recipient is chosen on the basis of a portfo- available to graduating high school seniors, ments in the graphic design program. lio and GPA. Applications available spring to students transferring to Portland State Selection is made on the basis of portfolio, term. (Department of Art, 239 Neuberger University from other institutions of higher need, and GPA. Applications available Hall, 725-3515.) education, and to students currently spring term. (Department of Art, 239 Neu- Kayo Uchida Sato Memorial enrolled at Portland State University. They berger Hall, 725-3515.) Scholarship. Awards made to full-time are renewable for up to 12 academic terms, PSU Department of Music PSU students or high school seniors plan- depending upon the status of the recipient Scholarships. Awards are given to ning to attend PSU full time who are Asian at the time of the award. (Office of music majors based on demonstrated musi- or other ethnic minority and are majoring Academic Affairs, 349 Cramer Hall, cal abilities on voice or instrument. Deci- in mathematics or the natural sciences and 725-5251.) sions made by a committee of the have a 3.00 GPA or above. U.S. citizenship Donald D. Parker Award. Appli- Department of Music faculty. Minimum or resident alien status is required. Finan- cants must be junior- or senior-level stu- 3.00 GPA required. (Department of Music, cial need is a primary consideration. (Edu- dents with a 3.50 GPA or above admitted to 231 Lincoln Hall, 725-3011.) cational Equity Programs and Services, the School of Business Administration. PSU Department of Theater 725-4457.) Awarded to a student with an outstanding Arts Scholarships. Limited funds are Daniel J. Scheans Scholarship. scholastic record. (240 School of Business available to continuing undergraduate the- Annual award for an undergraduate anthro- Administration, 725-3712.) ater majors. Awards are based on merit as pology major. The student must be admit- Portland Society of Financial decided by Department of Theater Arts ted and enrolled at the time the award is Analysts Scholarship. Awarded to faculty. (Department of Theater Arts, made. The student will demonstrate a focus junior- or senior-level finance majors. Stu- 127 Lincoln Hall, 725-4612.) and interest in studies of any of the sub- dents must be admitted to the School of Julie and Bill Reiersgaard fields of anthropology. (Department of Business Administration and have an inter- Mechanical Engineering Scholar- Anthropology, 141 Cramer Hall, 725- est in investments. (240 School of Business ship. This scholarship is for a female 3081). Administration, 725-3712.) mechanical engineering major with junior Jack S. Schendel Commemora- Portland Teachers Program. or senior status; who works part time; has a tive Scholarship. Awarded to an out- Tuition waivers are available to African- minimum 3.00 GPA; and intends to remain standing health education major with a American, Asian-American, Native-Ameri- in Oregon after graduation. (School of minimum 3.25 GPA. (School of Commu- can, and Hispanic students who have Engineering and Applied Science, Fourth nity Health, 212 Peter Stott Center, 725- attained junior level standing. Students Avenue Building, Suite 20, 725-4631.) 4401.) must be committed to completion of the †William A. and Edith Rockie Henry and Janice Schuette degree and basic teaching certificate at Scholarship: Geography. Awarded to Engineering Scholarship. Recipient PSU and seek subsequent employment as a geography majors completing a minimum will be chosen based on academic achieve- teacher in the Portland Public School Sys- of 18 credits in geography and who have ment, financial need, and student’s demon- tem. (Educational Equity Programs and junior, senior, or graduate student standing stration of leadership qualities in civic and Services, 725-4457.) at effective time of award. (Department of professional activities. Preference will be Presidential Scholarships. Geography, 424 Cramer Hall, 725-3916.) given to applicants studying mechanical Awarded to academically qualified high †William A. and Edith Rockie engineering. (Dean’s Office, Engineering school seniors in the spring of their senior Scholarship Fund: Geology. A tri- and Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Build- year. It is open to students who have a min- annual award to a student majoring in geol- ing, Suite 20, 725-4631). imum 3.75 cumulative GPA and a SAT ogy based on merit of a research project Wilma Sheridan Scholarship. score of no and competence. Award is made to senior- Annual award of $1,000 for a student less than 1150 or ACT of 27. (Office of level undergraduates and to graduate stu- majoring in one of the Fine and Performing Academic Affairs, 349 Cramer Hall, dents. (Department of Geology, 17 Cramer Arts departments and who has achieved 725-5251.) Hall, 725-3022.) junior or senior standing. (Additional infor- Professional Engineers of Nancy Ryles Scholarship. mation available in the Office of the Dean, Oregon (PEO) Scholarships. Awarded annually to women working School of Fine and Performing Arts, 349 Awarded to engineering or computer sci- toward undergraduate degrees who, due to Lincoln Hall, 725-3105.) ence majors with upper-division standing. financial need, family responsibilities, or Georgia M. Sherman Award for Must have graduated from an Oregon high other obstacles, have had their education Excellence in Human Resource school, be an Oregon resident, and a U.S. interrupted. Applicants must be female, Management. Cash award to a senior citizen. (Dean’s Office, Engineering and U.S. citizens, residents of Oregon, admitted demonstrating outstanding potential in the Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Building, to PSU, and either entering college after a field of human resource management. Suite 20, significant period since graduating from Applicants will usually have been admitted 725-4631). high school or continuing after a significant to the School of Business Administration. †PSU Department of Art Schol- interruption in their college education. The (240 School of Business Administration, arship. Annual award based on a portfo- scholarship, a grant of about $5,000, will 725-3712.)

† Also for graduate students. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 31

Nancy O’Rourke Tang Scholar- Harry J. and Rhoda White port research activities. (College of Urban ship. Awarded to students in the School of Scholarship. Awarded to an outstand- and Public Affairs, 101 UPA, 725-4043.) Business at the junior level or beyond who ing, upper-division engineering or com- Clinical Social Work Council are working toward a four-year degree, a puter science student admitted to a specific Scholarship. The Clinical Social Work post-baccalaureate accounting certificate, degree program. (School of Engineering Council of the Oregon Chapter of the and/or a master’s degree with an account- and Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Build- National Association of Social Workers ing concentration. This scholarship is ing, Suite 20, 725-4631.) awards a $1,000 scholarship to a student restricted to returning students who have The Harold Zeh and The Rev. enrolled in the M.S.W. program. This had a significant break in their education. James G. Anderson Chemistry scholarship is provided to encourage the Special consideration may be given to Award. City-wide award by the American development of clinical social work skills. single-parent applicants. Both full- and Chemistry Society, Portland Section, to an The student selected must have completed part-time students are eligible. (SBA Stu- outstanding student who will be graduating one full year of study including field dent Services, 240 SBA Building, 725- the following year and is majoring in instruction, be preparing for clinical prac- 3712). chemistry. tice, and demonstrate financial need. (Janet Grant Thornton Scholarship. Eligibility by faculty nomination only. Putnam, Graduate School of Social Work, Awarded to outstanding juniors in account- (Department of Chemistry, 262 Science 400 University Center Building, ing. (240 School of Business Administra- Building 2, 725-3811.) 725-5021.) tion Building, 725-3712.) Dale and Coral Courtney GRADUATE Elizabeth and S. John Trudeau † Scholarship. Annual awards to admitted Scholarship for the Fine and Per- Undergraduate scholarships with an ( ) are graduate students in the Department of forming Arts. Annual award of at least also available for graduate students. Geography at Portland State University. $600 for a student entering junior or senior Alice Armstrong Scholarship. (Department of Geography, 424 Cramer year enrolled in a minimum of 12 credits Awarded to the female graduate student Hall, per term toward a degree in architecture, that demonstrates the highest likelihood of 725-3916.) music, theater, or art. (Office of the Dean, becoming a business leader and role model Paul Emmett Graduate Fellow- School of Fine for other professional women. Applicants ship. This city-wide fellowship from the and Performing Arts, 349 Lincoln Hall, must have completed at least 24 credit American Chemistry Society is awarded to 725-3105.) hours in the MBA program. (SBA Student a graduate student in the Department of 3rd Regiment Drum and Bugle Services, 240 SBA Building, 725-3712). Chemistry and includes a stipend to aug- Corp Brass Scholarship. Awarded to Robert Garner Cameron ment the student’s other support. All admit- one brass or percussion student each year. Memorial Scholarship. Awarded to ted graduate students are automatically (Department of Music, 231 Lincoln Hall, the PSU graduate student who exemplifies nominated for this fellowship, as long as 725-3199.) Cameron’s dedication to the community they have at least one year left in the pro- †UPA Memorial Award. Award is and his ethical business practices. (School gram. The designee will be selected by the given annually to an undergraduate or of Business Administration, 240 School of department faculty; among the criteria are graduate student (on alternate years) in the Business Administration, 725-3712.) academic excellence, research perfor- School of Urban and Public Affairs who is Casey Family Program Schol- mance, and dedication. (Department of recommended by their department and arship. The Casey Family Program pro- Chemistry, 262 Science Building 2, chosen by a faculty committee. (College of vides one stipend annually in the amount of 725-3811.) Urban and Public Affairs, 101 UPA, 725- $6,000. To qualify for this stipend you Philip H. Ford Memorial Fund. 5140.) must be a minority student enrolled in the Annual award given for the best submitted Jane Wiener Memorial Alumni Graduate School of Social Work entering piece of original scholarship or criticism Scholarship. Awarded to the son or your second year of field placement and written for graduate credit in an English daughter of alumni who obtained a degree have demonstrated interest in work with course at PSU. (Department of English, from PSU. Full tuition and fees for up to 15 children and families. Application deadline 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) terms of undergraduate study; documenta- is March 1. (Janet Putnam, Graduate Graduate Studies in Early tion of financial need; community service School of Social Work, 400 University Intervention or Early Childhood component; minimum 2.5 GPA. (Alumni Center Building, 725-5021.) Special Relations Office, 725-5073.) Christie School Scholarship. Education. Applicants must be admit- †Lucille S. Welch Art Scholar- One award of $3,000 is made to a first- or ted to the Special Education and Early ship. second-year PSU student in the M.S.W. Intervention Program. (Special Education Full-time declared art majors at PSU who program. The recipient must agree to fulfill Program Office, 204 School of Education have completed a minimum of 20 credits in a three-term, two-day-per-week field Building, 725-4632). art courses. Selection made on the basis of instruction assignment at the Christie Carl E. Green Graduate Fel- portfolio, need, and GPA. Application School. Applications must be submitted lowship. Awarded to a graduate student available spring term. (Department of Art, before March 1; the award is announced specializing in environmental/geotechnical 239 Neuberger Hall, 725-3515.) approximately mid-August for each aca- engineering or environmental geology Phyllis Robideaux Wiener demic year. (Janet Putnam, Graduate based on scholarship, potential success, Memorial Scholarship. An award School of Social Work, 400 University and financial need. (Department of Civil will be made to a scholar selected on merit, Center Building, 725-5021.) Engineering, 138 Science Building 2, 725- without regard to financial circumstances, Maurie Clark Fellowship. 4282.) who is a graduate of an Oregon public Annual award to an outstanding full-time Tane Hunter Award. The Oregon school, enrolled at PSU presently and graduate student enrolled in a Ph.D. pro- Chapter of the National Association of returning, a junior or senior in the fall, and gram in the College of Urban and Public Social Workers provides a $1,000 stipend a political science major maintaining a Affairs. Recipient must be a doctoral can- to a graduate student enrolled in the minimum 3.50 grade point average in polit- didate with approved dissertation outline M.S.W. program. Applicants may be in ical science subjects. (Division of Political who intends to use the fellowship to sup- their first or second year of field instruc- Science, 117 Cramer Hall, 725-3921.) tion, must be U.S. citizens and come from

† Also for graduate students. 32 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY one of the following minority group back- students from Oregon and Southwest awards. Deadline is April 15 for the follow- grounds: African American, American Washington on the basis of financial need ing academic year; information is available Indian, Asian American, or Hispanic. Crite- and demonstrated interest in policy devel- after March 1. (Office of Graduate Studies, ria include potential for success in graduate opment and child and family services. 111 Cramer Hall, 725-8410, or contact studies, promise for future contributions to Applicants must be enrolled or admitted to your major department.) the profession, and financial need. (Janet the Graduate School of Social Work. Oregon Sports Lottery Gradu- Putnam, Graduate School of Social (Graduate School of Social Work, 400 Uni- ate Scholarship Program. Annual Work, 400 University Center Building, versity Center Building, 725-5021). awards for full-time PSU master’s or doc- 725-5021.) Minority Graduate Student toral students, with preference given to stu- Elsa Jorgenson Awards. For full- Pipeline Support Fellowships. dents in areas supported by PSU doctoral time PSU graduate students majoring in Annual awards of $10,000 for master’s stu- programs. All awards are merit-based; half English, foreign languages, and science dents and $11,000 for doctoral students, of the awards are given to students who (including engineering); applicants must plus resident instructional fees, for students also demonstrate financial need. Amount also receive full tuition remission from who intend to pursue an academic career in and number of scholarships are dependent another source and demonstrate financial higher education. Each nominee must be a upon the funds available from the Sports need. As many as two awards are given in member of an ethnic minority group, a full- Lottery in any given year. Nominations are each year that funds are available. Deadline time student, admitted to a PSU graduate accepted from the departments only, with a for applications is April 15 for the follow- degree program, in good standing, and deadline of April 15 for the following aca- ing academic year; information is available nominated by a faculty member. Funded by demic year; information is available after after March 1. (Office of Graduate Studies, the Oregon University System. (Office of March 1. (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 111 Cramer Hall, 725-8410.) Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer Hall, 725- Cramer Hall, 725-8410.) Robert and Rosemary Low 8410.) Frank Roberts Community Ser- Memorial Award. One award is given James R. Nattinger Scholarship vice Scholarship. A one-year renew- in years in which funds are available. Award. Annual award to an outstanding able grant of $2,000 plus resident Scholarship to give special recognition to graduate student in applied linguistics. Cri- instructional fees awarded to a PSU gradu- academically qualified graduate students teria for nomination are academic excel- ate student who demonstrates a commit- with physical handicaps. Student must be lence and potential for scholarly ment to community or public service. admitted to PSU as a regular graduate stu- contributions to the discipline of linguis- Applicants must be admitted to a PSU dent. Selection will be made on the basis of tics, theoretical and applied. (Department graduate degree program, in good aca- scholarship and academic potential. Finan- of Applied Linguistics, 467 Neuberger demic standing, and enrolled for at least 6 cial need may be considered, but is not a Hall, 725-4098). credit hours per term. They must also have requirement. Deadline for application is Oregon Laurels Graduate excellent undergraduate portfolios and April 15 for the following academic year; Tuition Remission Program. Annual demonstrate financial need. (Office of information is available after March 1. awards of tuition credit equivalent to the Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer Hall, 725- (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer instructional portion of resident graduate 8410.) Hall, 725-8410.) fees for full- and part-time PSU graduate Gladys McCoy Fellowship. This students. Awards are merit-based. Financial fellowship is awarded to ethnically diverse need is a consideration for some of these

HOUSING

College Housing Northwest, 1802 ing Northwest housing provides excellent West Hall, a new nine-story apartment SW 10th Avenue, (503) 725-4333 access to all of the amenities of Portland’s building, features 189 one-bedroom units. www.chnw.org urban core. Three buildings have apart- Located on campus, these well-insulated, Housing for Portland State University stu- ments which have been modified to meet carpeted apartments rent for $534 to $543. dents is provided through College Housing the needs of students with physical chal- Although some utilities are included, stu- Northwest, a private, nonprofit corporation lenges, and two others are completely dents must pay for their own electricity. located on the PSU campus. The goal of wheelchair-accessible. The buildings, The modern Goose Hollow building PSU and College Housing Northwest is to which vary in architectural styles and floor offers carpeted studio, one-, and two-bed- provide desirable and affordable housing to plans, house approximately 1,600 students, room apartments. Monthly rental rates are students of the University. A wide range of domestic partners, and dependents. $412 for a studio apartment, $542 for a housing is available, including small, fur- The campus apartments consist of eight one-bedroom apartment, and $697 for a nished sleeper units and programs geared refurbished buildings which offer a unique two-bedroom unit, exclusive of electricity toward the different needs of the diverse charm within the urban setting of the cam- charges. The Goose Hollow is located just student body of PSU. College Housing pus. Several of the buildings are located on eight blocks off campus via a bike path that Northwest also provides living options for the picturesque South Park Blocks. connects the apartment building to campus. PSU students that are less expensive than Monthly rents for unfurnished accommo- Off-street parking facilities and a recre- comparable private housing options in dations in the campus buildings range from ation area for children are available for res- downtown Portland. $208 to $393 for a sleeping room (shared idents. Eleven buildings on campus and four bath facilities), $328 to $400 for a studio Montgomery Hall, which consists of buildings off campus are available to PSU apartment, $423 to $524 for a one-bedroom 138 single- and six double-occupancy students, offering more than 1,100 units in unit, and $618 to $643 for a two-bedroom units, is popular with traditional as well as all. The central location of College Hous- unit. Rental rates include heat and utilities. international students. The historic hall W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 33

offers many educational and social pro- year in July to keep up with rising costs. Guest rooms for overnight visitors to grams geared toward introducing new stu- Tenants are given a 30-day notice of rental the University are available on a year- dents to life at PSU. Rooms are furnished increases. In addition to rent, College round basis. Conference housing is avail- with a standard or loft bed, dresser, desk, Housing Northwest requires a refundable able year round. and sink. Single occupancy units rent for security deposit and a nonrefundable clean- Incoming students are advised to make $264 per month and double-occupancy ing fee on all apartments. their housing plans six to 12 months prior units rent for $312 per month. To be eligible for student housing, to starting school at the University. Occa- The Ondine, across the street from the undergraduate students must successfully sionally some units are available immedi- Portland State Bookstore, features fur- complete a minimum of 6 credits per term ately, but most apartments and the nished sleepers and bachelors. In this com- for three out of four successive academic residence hall have waiting lists of varying munity-oriented building, sleepers include terms. Graduate students in all units are lengths. College Housing Northwest a private bath—but no kitchen facilities— required to complete a minimum of 6 cred- requires a $20 application fee from stu- and rent for $304 per month, including util- its per term for three out of four successive dents before they are placed on any waiting ities. Bachelors share bathroom and academic terms or provide documentation lists. For information and a housing appli- kitchen facilities with an adjoining apart- that they are working toward an advanced cation, contact: College Housing North- ment and rent for $330 per month, includ- degree. Student status is checked at the west, 1802 SW 10th Avenue, Portland, ing utilities. beginning of every academic term and ten- Oregon 97201, (503) 725-4333; or (800) These rental rates are projected for ants are required to provide veriﬁcation of 547-8887, ext. 4333. spring 1999, but rates usually increase each their eligibility upon request.

CAMPUS LIFE

STUDENTS at the Institute on Aging, finding a part- MUSIC time job, or interning in city government Many musical organizations contribute to The nearly 15,000 students who attend are just a few of the opportunities. A visit the cultural life of the University commu- Portland State University form a diverse to the Littman Gallery on campus, with its nity. They include the PSU Piano Recital group, with many age groups and cultures local and traveling exhibits, a lunch hour Series, the Florestan Trio (artists-in-resi- represented. The great majority are Orego- listening to free-form jazz at a Brown Bag dence at PSU), and Trio Viento (faculty nians, but almost every state in the Union Concert, a presentation at the Lunchbox woodwind trio); the PSU Orchestra, Sym- and more than 70 foreign countries are also Theater, or an impromptu forum in the Park phonic Band, Pep, and Jazz lab bands; Uni- represented. Approximately 29 percent Blocks are among the options open to PSU versity Chorus and Chamber Choir; Opera of the students are enrolled in graduate students. Workshop; and several chamber groups. studies. Opportunities exist for all levels of stu- Each year they provide a rich experience of The student population also reflects the dent involvement at PSU. Below is a sam- music in performance during free noon enrollment of many older students—nearly pling of currently active programs and concerts as well as occasional evening pro- 80 percent are in the 22-and-older age groups. New activities are initiated contin- grams for the benefit of music scholarships group; more than half are 25 years and uously according to student interests. at the University. older; and 25 percent are 35 or older. MULTICULTURAL CENTER The Music Committee works closely with The average age of students at PSU is 26 SMITH MEMORIAL about 29 years. CENTER, the Department of Music to present weekly Many students take a full load of (503) 725-5547 Brown Bag concerts. These Tuesday and courses while also being employed in posi- The Multicultural Center is a focal place on Thursday noon programs are free and open tions either on or off campus, with over campus that welcomes all students, faculty, to all. They feature exceptional student and three-fourths of the students working while staff and community members to share in professional performers in a variety of solo attending school. dialogue and activities that further under- and ensemble literature. Each Wednesday standing among people of different cul- and Friday at noon the Popular Music tures. The Center presents programs and Board sponsors performances by the CAMPUS Northwest’s finest rock and jazz musicians ACTIVITIES events that promote appreciation for cultural diversity and serves as an informal and hosts national musical acts as well. Campus-centered activities, supported by gathering place for all members of the Uni- the changing resources of the city, make for versity’s extended family. Student organi- dynamic and contemporary choices for the zations, academic units, and community Portland State student. Most students plan groups collaborate to offer a rich array of their schedules to allow time to take advan- educational and cultural activities open to tage of the numerous opportunities, which all. may include organized cultural affairs, outdoor activities, or a multitude of other experiences available on campus or in the community. Conducting volunteer research 34 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Student rates are available for many Special committees arrange for such other concerts, including those of the events as foreign language theater and Friends of Chamber Music, Portland other programs in the performing arts Symphonic Choir, Oregon Symphony which visit Portland State. PSU students Orchestra, and Portland Opera Association. work with representatives of the other Port- In short, music is a vital force at Port- land-area colleges and universities to bring land State, providing extensive opportuni- the finest in cultural events to the commu- ties for participation to student performers nity. and to all listeners. SPORTS PUBLICATIONS PSU sponsors 16 intercollegiate varsity Student publications include the Vanguard, sports, eight for men and nine for women. the daily University newspaper; and The Men’s sports are football, basketball, cross Portland State University Review, the country, golf, outdoor track, indoor track, campus literary magazine. The two publi- tennis, and wrestling. Women’s sports are cations strive to provide a service to the cross country, basketball, golf, softball, University community and to provide an soccer, tennis, outdoor track, indoor track, opportunity to students to learn about the and volleyball. publications business. Portland State is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES (NCAA) Division I. PSU competes in the The Campus Christian Ministry represents Big Sky Conference in all sports except eight faiths: Baptist, Christian (Disciples of wrestling, which is a member of the Christ), Episcopal, Lutheran, Methodist, PAC-10, and softball, which plays an inde- Presbyterian, Roman Catholic, and United pendent schedule. Church of Christ. Campus Ministry is Football games are played at Portland located at SW Broadway and Montgomery. Civic Stadium, indoor sports are played in There are also a variety of religious the Rose Garden arena off campus and in student organizations that invite participa- the Peter W. Stott Center on campus, and tion in educational events. track and field events take place at Duni- The Center for the Study of Religion way Park. (CSR) at PSU has an office, library, and Free admission to all PSU men’s and internet services in the basement of the women’s intercollegiate home athletic Campus Ministry. CSR arranges PSU events, with the exception of playoff classes, as well as lectures, symposia, and games, is accorded to all Portland State stu- forums to increase public knowledge and dents who hold a valid ID card. Extra foot- understanding of the religious traditions of ball reserved tickets are also available prior the world, while also supporting inter-faith to each home game. dialogue in the quest for meaning and A wide range of intramural and club wisdom. sports for men and women are also offered. SPECIAL EVENTS Recreational hours for gymnasium, hand- Conferences and programs bring noted ball court, swimming pool, and weight authors, actors, and political figures to rooms are scheduled each term. campus to lecture and/or participate in STUDENT GOVERNMENT— group discussions. These events are orga- ASPSU nized by students and faculty working All students registered for at least one together and are open to the entire metro- credit are members of the Associated Stu- politan community. dents of Portland State University Student committees, with faculty con- (ASPSU). The ASPSU advocates for stu- sultation, plan and present continuing pro- dents’ interests, officially represents stu- grams in film, poetry, photography, art dents before internal and external bodies, exhibitions, and music. The Outdoor Pro- and is the vehicle through which students gram, World Dance Committee, the may participate in the governance of the Women’s Union, and other student organi- University. There are many opportunities to zations provide a variety of co-curricular become involved with student government services. Film programs feature classics at Portland State. Students may run for and new forms of expression, showing a office, serving on the Student Senate or as caliber of excellence not often seen in pop- president, vice president, or treasurer, or as ular theaters. a member of the Student Fee Committee. Students may also volunteer to work on specific-issue task forces on events such as the Student-to-Student Book sale, or be appointed to a University-wide committee to represent the student body. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 35

THEATER STUDENT RIGHTS, The Student Conduct Code, which Opportunities for extensive performance FREEDOMS applies to all students, prohibits all forms and production experience are available to , of academic cheating, fraud, and dishon- students through productions by the Port- RESPONSIBILITIES, esty. These acts include, but are not limited land State University Players. Studio the- AND CONDUCT to, plagiarism, buying and selling of course ater, graduate theses, and Lunchbox and assignments and research papers, perform- Supperbox Theater (short pieces offered at The policies of the University governing ing academic assignments (including tests noon and on weekend evenings) are stu- the rights, freedoms, responsibilities, and and examinations) for other persons, unau- dent-directed. conduct of students are set forth in the thorized disclosure and receipt of academic All students, not just theater arts Statement of Student Rights, Freedoms, and information, and other practices commonly majors, are invited to audition for any Responsibilities, as supplemented and understood to be academically dishonest. departmental production. Tryouts are amended by the Portland State University Allegations of academic dishonesty announced regularly in the Vanguard. Student Conduct Code, which has been may be addressed by the instructor, may be issued by the President under authority of referred to the Office of Student Affairs for the Administrative Rules of the Oregon action, or both. Allegations referred to the STUDENT PARTICIPATION State Board of Higher Education. The code ON FACULTY BOARDS AND Office of Student Affairs are investigated governing academic honesty is part of the following the procedures outlined in the COMMITTEES Student Conduct Code. Students may con- Student Conduct Code. sult these documents in the Office of Stu- Students are encouraged to share in the Acts of academic dishonesty may result dent Affairs, 433 Smith Memorial Center. in one or more of the following sanctions: a policy-making processes of the University Observance of these rules, policies, and by becoming members of University failing grade on the exam or assignment for procedures helps the University to operate which the dishonesty occurred, disciplinary boards and committees. Students should in a climate of free inquiry and expression contact the Office of Student Affairs which reprimand, disciplinary probation, loss of and assists it in protecting its academic privileges, required community service, solicits names of interested persons, or environment and educational purpose. ASPSU for more information regarding the suspension from the University for a period nomination process. ACADEMIC HONESTY of up to two years, and/or dismissal from Academic honesty is a cornerstone of any the University. meaningful education and a reflection of Questions regarding academic honesty each student’s maturity and integrity. The should be directed to the Office of Student Office of Student Affairs is responsible for Affairs. working with University faculty to address complaints of academic dishonesty.

STUDENT SERVICES

The mission of the Enrollment and Student teaching, research, and public service staff is sensitive to the cultural diversity Services unit of PSU is threefold: to pro- mission. among PSU’s population and considers this vide programs that facilitate and enhance The Vice Provost and Dean of Enroll- diversity when advocating for and provid- student learning through intentionally con- ment and Student Services also serves as ing assistance to students. necting parts of the student experience into the administrator of numerous student ser- New Student Orientation programs are a meaningful whole through collaborative vices and activities including the Office of located in the Office of Student Affairs. All partnerships with faculty and other institu- Student Affairs, Career Center, Counseling newly admitted PSU students, whether tional agents and by bridging organiza- and Psychological Services, Educational freshman or transfers, are invited to attend tional boundaries; to enrich and Equity Programs and Services, Enrollment the New Student Orientation programs. All complement student learning by providing Services, Information and Academic Sup- newly admitted students will receive a spe- opportunities for involvement in meaning- port Center, Student Health Service, and cial mailing describing the programs the ful activities within the University commu- Student Development. term prior to their first enrollment. At these nity and the larger urban community; and sessions students will learn how to use the to provide services that facilitate student OFFICE OF PSU Bulletin, be advised about the general transition to the University and remove bar- STUDENT AFFAIRS education requirements, will learn how to riers to student success. find an adviser, and how to register for Within the unique setting of PSU as the 433 Smith Memorial Center classes. Another important orientation major metropolitan university in Oregon, (503) 725-4422 component is the campus life session student service programs, organizations, which describes programs and resources and activities serve as focal points for stu- The personnel in the Office of Student available to students. Fall New Student dent success, personal growth and develop- Affairs provide support and assistance to Week is an expanded program including ment, multicultural understanding, students in dealing with the administration, both the advising and student life community service, and leadership oppor- faculty, staff, and other students. They are components. tunities, as well as support the University’s the primary route of appeal in questions of unfair treatment or disciplinary action. The 36 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

INFORMATION AND are encouraged to use the tutorial services dents. The Mentor Program also assists or to attend workshops. women who are planning to return to col- ACADEMIC SUPPORT Students can obtain services by making lege and works with local community col- CENTER a direct request to the program staff or lege programs to encourage returning through faculty and special program women students to consider a bachelor’s 118 Smith Memorial Center referral. degree as an educational goal and to facili- (503) 725-4005 The Tutorial and Learning Skills Pro- tate their transfer to PSU. The Information and Academic Support gram also offers tutor training and super- Center (IASC) provides direct services to vised tutoring experience to upper-division STUDENT ATHLETE newly admitted and enrolled students to aid ACADEMIC ADVISER, 118 and graduate students who have a mini- SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, in the University’s retention efforts. The mum 3.00 GPA in the subject area in which (503) 725-4005 IASC maintains a library of resources rele- they wish to tutor. Tutoring can be done Student athletes coming to PSU will be vant to the needs of students and provides voluntarily, through the College Work- able to work directly with an adviser to referral to other University services and Study Program, or for credit. Training is assist them in academic advising and departments. Specific programs are offered required and can be completed through scheduling. Referral, advocacy, problem to meet the various needs of students. special tutor training workshops. solving and monitoring of progress for General Education Requirements The program fosters academic success those with academic difficulty are also Advising. Students who have not declared through individualized attention. Its peer- available. a major are provided advising as it pertains tutoring program helps personalize the uni- to the University General Education versity experience, opens channels for cul- VETERANS’ SERVICES Requirements. Students majoring in a tural exchange, and presents a valuable 118 SMITH MEMORIAL department are provided appropriate refer- opportunity for students to become CENTER, (503) 725-3876 ral to the advising available within the aca- involved in one another’s intellectual All veterans applying to Portland State demic department. Workshops and other growth and social development. University are encouraged to take advan- media resources provide needed informa- Students who need tutorial assistance or tage of the services and opportunities open tion with individual appointments available who are interested in becoming a tutor are to them. Veterans’ Services provides exten- for specific needs assessment. encouraged to contact the Program’s staff. sive academic counseling, and welcomes Academic Support Program. the opportunity to aid PSU veterans in any Students who find themselves academically DISABILITY SERVICES FOR University-related problem they may disqualified may petition to participate in STUDENTS, 118 SMITH encounter. The Veterans’ coordinator is MEMORIAL CENTER, (503) 725- the Academic Support Program (ASP). If available in 118 Smith Memorial Center, 4150, TDD (503) 725-6504 (503) 725-3876. In addition, the personnel accepted, they will receive extensive advis- Disability Services for Students (DSS) is a ing, monitoring and support while address- welcome the chance to talk informally with University resource promoting barrier-free veterans about any aspect of federal veter- ing academic deficiencies. Students are environments (physical, program, informa- required to maintain standards which lead ans’ benefits. tion, attitude), which means ensuring the Certification for VA Benefits. to increased academic performance rights of students with disabilities and enhancing the likelihood of success in peti- Veterans intending to use their education assisting the University with meeting its and training eligibility at PSU should tioning the Scholastic Standards Commit- obligations under federal and state statutes. tee for formal reinstatement. obtain proper certification forms from the Disability Services for Students works Veterans’ Clerk in the Registrar’s Office Tutorial and Learning Skills to ensure access to University courses, pro- Program. The Tutorial and Learning (725-3411). This process should be started grams, facilities, services, and activities by at least one month prior to registration. Skills Program coordinates a variety of documenting disabilities and providing or supportive instructional and tutorial oppor- Portland State is approved for the train- arranging reasonable accommodations, ing of veterans under Title 38, U.S. Code, tunities for students, including: academic adjustments, auxiliary aids and ■ A peer-tutoring program for Portland Section 1501 (for disabled veterans), Sec- services, training, consultation, and techni- tion 1651 (Veterans’ Readjustment Bene- State University students who desire cal assistance. Students who have a disabil- supplemental, individualized academic fits Act of 1966), and Section 1700 ity are encouraged to contact DSS for (Survivors and Dependents Educational assistance in lower-division courses. further information. Tutoring sessions are available on a Assistance). drop-in basis. MENTOR PROGRAM FOR Tutoring. For some veterans, tutorial ■ Workshops covering basic university- RETURNING WOMEN funds are available. Basic requirements of level skills. These workshops are open STUDENTS 118 SMITH the program are that the veteran be enrolled to any Portland State University student MEMORIAL CENTER, (503) 725- for at least 6 credits and be receiving VA who desires further information and 5471 educational benefits. skill development. The PSU Mentor Program for Returning Women Students provides support and These tutorial opportunities are information to women returning to college EDUCATIONAL EQUITY designed to assist students who are experi- after an interruption in their formal educa- PROGRAMS AND SER- encing academic difficulty because of ini- tion because of family and/or work respon- VICES, tial anxiety about college, who find sibilities. The program is a resource for themselves insufficiently prepared for uni- women at both the undergraduate and the 120 Smith Memorial Center, versity coursework, or who have limited graduate level. Any returning woman 724-4457 English-speaking ability. Returning stu- undergraduate new to PSU can be matched Educational Equity Programs and Services dents who need basic skill review can also with a trained student mentor. In addition (EEPS) manages various programs and ser- benefit from tutorial assistance, as can stu- to matching individual women with student vices that increase access for, and improve dents who face cultural and economic bar- mentors, the program also sponsors weekly the retention of, students from low-income, riers to their educational goals. All students drop-in support groups, hosts special orien- ethnic, and other disadvantaged groups that desiring to upgrade their academic skills tations for potential new students, and are underrepresented in postsecondary edu- offers specific activities for graduate stu- cation. This office also administers scholar- W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 37 ships for underrepresented students and STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES, sity. The program serves a total of 600 stu- provides general advising, advocacy, and EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY dents at Cleveland, Franklin, and Marshall counseling for ethnic students. PROGRAM (SSS/EOP), M107 high schools and Sellwood, Hosford, Lane, SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, and Binnsmead middle schools in South- DIVERSITY ACHIEVEMENT (503) 725-3815 east Portland, and Glencoe and Hillsboro SCHOLARSHIPS/ SSS/EOP is Portland State University’s high schools and Thomas and Poynter UNDERREPRESENTED federally funded academic and personal MINORITIES ACHIEVEMENT junior high schools in the Hillsboro School support services program. It is designed to District. The program is designed to SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM/ provide special assistance to those who PORTLAND TEACHERS increase the number of diverse, under- PROGRAM have traditionally had limited access to a served students continuing in and graduat- Students admitted to PSU who are recipi- college education. Specifically, students ing from middle and secondary schools. It ents of the Underrepresented Minorities who are low-income, who have a disability, seeks to increase the number of these stu- Achievement Scholarship Program, the or whose parents did not graduate from dents enrolling in postsecondary education. Portland Teachers Program, and the Diver- college can receive assistance from SSS/ Students in this program will have access sity Achievement Scholarships are pro- EOP if they have a need for academic sup- to free services provided by professional vided tuition waivers and support services port. The program provides counseling, role models and educational advisers in the through a special advisement component of skill development courses, and tutoring that areas of motivation, career and college the Educational Equity Programs and Ser- is designed to help the student achieve his information, leadership skills, mentoring, vices unit. Applications are accepted in or her educational goals. and tutoring as needed. Students are February for first-time freshmen and trans- The program’s goal is to provide sup- assisted with admissions and financial aid fer or continuing college students with 30 port services that will facilitate an increase preparation for post-secondary study. or more college credits. Applications may in the retention and graduation rates of pro- be accepted throughout the year, depending gram eligible students who, historically, UPWARD BOUND PROGRAM, 239 SHATTUCK HALL, on availability of funds. have a higher attrition rate than most students. (503) 725-4010 The recipients receive academic advis- The PSU Upward Bound Program attempts ing, advocacy, priority registration, tutor- Students should consider applying for the Student Support Services/Educational to generate skills and motivation necessary ing, one-on-one counseling, and for success in education beyond high mentoring, and may participate in informa- Opportunity Program if they feel they will benefit from the additional academic and school among low-income and potential tional and social group activities. In addi- first-generation college students who are tion, the students’ academic progress is personal support the program provides. Only admitted PSU students can apply for enrolled in high school. monitored from term-to-term to promote To be eligible, students must: academic success. participation in SSS/EOP. Applicants will be selected on the basis of their need for ■ Be enrolled in 9th through 11th grade at ETHNIC STUDENT SERVICES the educational services SSS/EOP provides Franklin, Grant, Jefferson, Lincoln, Students who prefer advising and counsel- and their desire to fully participate in the Madison, Marshall or Wilson High ing from a multicultural staff can obtain program’s activities. Once selected, partici- School in Portland. these services from staff in EEPS. An pation is voluntary and determined by the ■ Come from a low-income family in ethnic student adviser assists underrepre- individual needs of the student. Students which the parents did not graduate from sented students—primarily students of interested in SSS/EOP are invited to con- a four-year college. American Indian heritage. In addition to tact the SSS/EOP office. ■ Be in need of academic assistance. meeting individually with students, the Student Support Services/EOP is a U.S. ■ Have a desire to pursue higher educa- adviser provides guidance to several Amer- Department of Education Title IV TRIO tion. ican Indian organizations on campus, such program. PSU’s Upward Bound Program offers: as the United Indian Students in Higher ■ Preparation for postsecondary Education and the campus chapter of the HEALTH CAREERS CONNECTION OUTREACH education American Indian Science and Engineering COORDINATOR, 120 SMC, (503) ■ Assistance from tutors during the Society. The adviser also participates in 725-4457 academic year outreach activities. The Health Careers Connection Outreach ■ Individual and group counseling ■ An intensive six-week nonresidential PROJECT CONNECT: Coordinator serves pre-college and college MENTORS FOR NEW underrepresented students of color who are summer program (one week is a STUDENTS, 120 SMITH interested in pursuing careers in medicine, residential Outdoor Learning Lab) MEMORIAL CENTER, (503) 725- dentistry, and nursing. The coordinator, ■ Assistance in completing college 8031 funded through a partnership of the Oregon admissions and financial aid applica- Project Connect, a mentoring project for Area Health Education Centers Program/ tions new students, matches students who are Oregon Health Sciences University and ■ Special workshops, field trips and new to Portland State with successful PSU, helps students establish critical con- college visits junior and senior students (“student nections to programs and personnel in edu- ■ Incentives: stipend checks, awards, bus guides”). These student guides help new cational institutions and in the health tickets, high school credit students, especially those who are first gen- professions. In addition to career and aca- eration college students, adjust to univer- demic advising, the coordinator links stu- STUDENT sity life and provide the initial and dents to resources and activities that DEVELOPMENT important individual connections to the promote academic success in high school campus. Student guides, in turn, develop and college. 443 Smith Memorial Center leadership and mentoring skills and are (503) 725-4452 “connected” to faculty mentors. TALENT SEARCH: PROJECT PLUS PROGRAM, 219 In the program area of Student Develop- SHATTUCK HALL, (503) 725- ment, student organizations, committees, 4458 and a staff of advisers in the Office of The PSU Project PLUS program is the Student Development work together to pro- latest of the TRIO programs at the Univer- vide PSU students with: 38 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

■ Student participation on campus and in sity. It is the goal of the Black Cultural Literary Arts Committee / 442 the metropolitan community. Affairs Board to create an environment that SMC / 725-5666. The Literary Arts ■ Resources and expertise for campus makes the attainment of knowledge possi- Committee brings poets and fiction writers cultural, academic, recreational, and ble and gratifying for all students and to of national and international stature to community service programs. support the associated needs of black stu- campus for readings and hosts writing ■ An open atmosphere for student dia- dents. workshops. logue, debate, experimentation, and Chiron Studies / 451 SMC / Music Committee / 442 SMC / action on problems and issues affecting 725-5662. Chiron Studies is a student- 725-5666. The Music Committee works the University and the wider run program which provides incentive and closely with the Department of Music to community. support for students to teach University present weekly Brown Bag concerts. These ■ Specific services such as bulletin boards courses, with faculty sponsorship, which Tuesday and Thursday noon programs are and displays for University and commu- are not offered by the academic depart- free and open to all. They feature excep- nity announcements, scheduling and ments. Stop by to learn more about Chiron tional student and professional performers coordination of all student events, and a or to discuss an idea for a course you in a variety of solo and ensemble literature. contact point for independent student would like to teach. OSPIRG / S18C / 725-4500. The clubs and organizations. Club Sports / 441 SMC / 725- Oregon Student Public Interest Research ■ Opportunities for out-of-class learning 5663. Administered by students, the Club Group at PSU is part of a statewide and applied experience which compli- Sports program is designed to provide stu- research effort operating at several colleges ments in-class learning. dents with the opportunity to compete in and universities. The group investigates ■ The student locker rental program and sports including water polo, korfball, ten- such areas as consumer and environmental the University lost and found programs nis, table tennis, tae kwon do, bowling, protection, concentrating on local prob- are administered through this office. fencing, volleyball and soccer. Clubs travel lems. ■ Community-service and leadership regionally and provide an excellent basis Outdoor Program / 423 SMC / activities on and off campus. for improving one’s knowledge of a sport. 725-5668. This program provides stu- All students within the University are Dance / 442 SMC / 725-5670. dents with the opportunity to take part in encouraged to participate in Student Devel- The World Dance Committee sponsors a outdoor activities including team-led kay- opment activities as members of student wide variety of local, international, and aking, canoeing, rafting, camping, wilder- boards and committees. These activities national guest artists. Featured artists per- ness hiking, cross country skiing, and snow give students opportunities to sharpen their form in concerts and lecture-demonstra- camping trips. The program maintains an skills in leadership, budgeting, program- tions. Events are free or offered at a extensive inventory of outdoor equipment ming, communication, and relations with nominal cost to students. which students, faculty, and staff may rent the public. Students with Disabilities for a small fee. Educational programs Art Exhibition Committee / Union / 434 SMC / 725-5664. The include films, lectures, demonstrations, etc. 250A SMC / 725-5656. Juried art Students with Disabilities Union is coordi- Popular Music Board / 452 shows featuring local and traveling exhibits nated and staffed by students who provide SMC / 725-5661. The PMB sponsors is coordinated by students. Paintings, the PSU community with disability/ability weekly concerts every Wednesday and sculpture, prints, ceramics, and graphic programs and advocacy to eliminate attitu- Friday at noon, featuring the top rock and design are shown in the Littman Gallery of dinal and architectural barriers to academic jazz groups in the Northwest. In addition, Smith Memorial Center. Photographs are achievement. There is no charge or disabil- special concerts featuring internationally exhibited in the White Gallery, also on the ity requirement to be an SDU member. The acclaimed artists are presented periodically second floor of Smith Center. A program of SDU offers advocacy, awareness seminars, in the University’s auditoriums. The PMB art education, including gallery talks and complaint forms, procedures, and referrals. strives to present excellent musicians and a studio visits, accompanies the exhibitions. Film / 510 SW Hall / 725-4470. wide spectrum of popular music, including Association of African Students The PSU Film Committee presents enter- rock, new wave, blues, reggae, Latin, funk, / 449 SMC / 725-5659. The AAS pro- taining and edifying films, foreign and and jazz. motes fellowship and cultural exchange domestic, to students and the public Queers and Allies / 441A SMC / among its members and organizational throughout the year at the Fifth Avenue 725-5681. The Q&A provides a support- affiliates. Activities are aimed at increasing Cinema. ive environment for lesbian, gay, and bisex- and enhancing the understanding of the KPSU/S18E SMC/725-5669. ual students. It also acts as an advocate for economic, political, social, and cultural KPSU provides students with an educa- sexual minority students and promotes gay, issues of Africa. tional opportunity to learn about radio lesbian, and bisexual visibility through Black Cultural Affairs Board / broadcasting. KPSU is Portland’s only activism and educational programs. 459 SMC / 725-5660. The Black Cul- city-wide college radio programming, Speakers Board / 446 SMC / tural Affairs Board (BCAB) is one result of which makes it a unique experience for stu- 725-5654. The Speakers Board is a stu- the efforts of the black community, black dents, the University, and the community. dent-faculty committee which brings to students, and Portland State University to La Raza / 448 SMC / 725-5665. campus high-caliber speakers of broad address the needs of black students on the La Raza in an umbrella for two student appeal to students, faculty, and staff. Each University campus. The purpose of the groups: Mecha, which focuses on the Mex- term the board selects a guest speaker. Lec- Black Cultural Affairs Board is to provide ican-American community, and Mujeres, turers have included nationally known poli- educational and cultural enrichment, with which addresses the needs of Latino/Chi- ticians, economists, journalists, poets, and primary emphasis on the black experience cano women. La Raza provides students others. Persons who would like more infor- for PSU students and community residents. with the opportunity to learn about Chi- mation about the board may call 725-5654 In addition to its theatrical productions, art cano and Latino cultures with a variety of or drop by 446 Smith Memorial Center. exhibits, dances, speakers, debates, etc., the programs including speakers, films, tradi- BCAB also provides resource information tional celebrations, and weekly meetings. about student services to help incoming The program maintains a close link with and returning black students accustom the Latino and Chicano communities of themselves to the logistics of the Univer- Oregon. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 39

Students Building Better Com- HONORARY, PROFESSIONAL, Iota Sigma Psi munities / 460A SMC / 72LEADR. SOCIAL AFFILIATIONS Women in Chemistry This organization assists students in finding Portland State has chapters of the following Contact: Carole Gatz, Department of Chemistry volunteer opportunities and placements in honorary and professional organizations: Students must have a 3.00 GPA overall, a 3.00 the Portland metropolitan area. GPA in chemistry, and one year in advanced Alpha Phi Sigma chemistry beyond organic chemistry. Student Organization Commit- Administration of Justice tee / 451 SMC / 725-5657. The Stu- Contact: Annette Jolin, Department of Kappa Delta Pi dent Organization Committee assists Administration of Justice Education Contact: Loyde Hales, School of Education student organizations with all aspects of Students must have completed one-third of the credits necessary for graduation, have a 3.20 School of Education graduate level students operation and registration with the Univer- must have completed a minimum of 30 gradu- sity. Resources the SOC can provide to reg- GPA in administration of justice, and have a 3.00 cumulative GPA. ate-level credits at Portland State University in istered groups include up to $400 of an approved certificate and/or master’s degree financial support, desk space, and assis- Beta Alpha Psi program or a minimum of 18 graduate-level tance in any matter regarding the operation Accounting credits at Portland State University in an Contact: Mike Henton, School of Business of a student group or the formation of a approved program for the Doctor of Education. Administration Students must have an overall GPA of no less new group. Students must have taken the first term of inter- Student Resource Center / 115 than 3.75 on graduate-level hours, exemplify mediate accounting, have a 3.00 GPA overall worthy educational ideals, express an intention SMC / 725-4402. Operated by students, and a 3.00 GPA in accounting. to continue in the field of education, manifest the Student Resource Center is a bureau of Beta Gamma Sigma desirable personal qualities, and give evidence resources and information that provides Business of leadership attributes. answers and help on virtually all phases of Contact: Tom Gillpatrick, School of Business Mu Phi Epsilon life at Portland State. In those instances Administration Music where the staff cannot provide the needed Students must be in the upper five percent of the Contact: Marilyn Shotola, Department of Music help, referral will be made, directing the junior class, the upper 10 percent of the senior Students must be music majors or minors, have a student to the specific person or group who class, or the upper 20 percent of master’s can- 3.00 GPA in music, and show promise in can give assistance. didates. music and service. United Indian Students in Delta Pi Epsilon Phi Alpha Theta Higher Education / 439 SMC / Business Education History 725-5671. UISHE provides information Contact: Rosanne Mohr, School of Business Contact: Thomas Luckett, Department of Administration and programs concerning Native American History Students must have a 3.00 GPA in 12 hours of Students must be juniors or seniors with 45 cred- customs, traditions, history, and literature graduate work in business teacher education. to PSU students. Annual events include a its at PSU; have 18 credits in history, with a Eta Kappa Nu 3.00 GPA overall with no more than three Salmon Bake and a series of Pow Wows. Electrical Engineering incompletes on their transcripts. Graduate stu- UISHE works closely with many Indian Contact: Lee Casperson, Department of Electri- dents must have 15 credits in history, with a organizations in the community in order to cal Engineering 3.50 history GPA, with no more than two have as many tribes as possible represented Students must be in the upper quarter of the incompletes on their transcripts. at its celebrations. junior class, the upper third of the senior class, Phi Kappa Phi Women’s Union Safewalk / or the upper half of M.S. or Ph. D. candidates. Overall disciplines-general honorary 460A SMC / 725-5682. The Women’s Financial Management Association Honors Contact: Kathy Greey, Education Floor, Millar Union Safewalk will escort anyone to or Society Library from a campus-related activity anywhere Finance Law Students must be in the top 5 percent of the within a 15-minute walking radius of PSU. Contact: Beverly Fuller, School of Business senior class or in the top 5 percent and in the The service uses trained volunteers who Administration third term of the junior class. Graduate stu- work in gender-sensitive (one male, one Students must have a 3.00 GPA overall, 90 cred- dents must have a 4.00 GPA. its at PSU, and have taken FinL 358 or 359. female) teams. Participants call or stop by Phi Sigma Iota Student must have 3.00 GPA in finance Foreign Languages to arrange for the service. classes. Women’s Union Resource Contact: Suwako Watanabe, Department of Golden Key National Honorary Foreign Languages and Literatures Center / 460A SMC / 725-5672. Overall disciplines, general honorary Students must be juniors and foreign language Developed by and for women students, the Contact: Duncan Carter, Department of English; majors, have a 3.00 GPA in foreign language. union sponsors cultural, social, and aca- Susan Hopp, Student Development Students must undergo an interview in the lan- demic activities. The union also acts as a Students must be in the top 15 percent of their guage. referral center for needs such as child care, junior or senior class. Full- or part-time and Pi Mu Epsilon community services, and scholarship infor- traditional or nontraditional students are eligi- Mathematics mation. The office is a place to study, relax, ble. Contact: Leonard Swanson, Department of and meet friends. Volunteers are welcome Human Resource Management Association Mathematical Sciences as office staff and organizers of union Human Resource Management Students must have two years of college-level events. Contact: Alan Cabelly, School of Business mathematics, including calculus; a 3.00 GPA Administration in mathematics; and be in the top third of their GREEK SYSTEM Membership is open to any undergraduate or class overall. Sophomore students may join if The PSU fraternities and sororities encour- graduate student with an interest or emphasis they have five terms of college-level mathe- age scholastic achievement as well as pro- in human resource management. The student matics, including two terms of calculus. They mote leadership and teamwork. chapter is affiliated with the Portland chapter must have a 4.00 GPA and be in the top fourth Campus chapters of social sororities are of the Northwest Human Resource Manage- of their class overall. Graduate students must ment Association and the national organization have mathematical work at least equivalent to Alpha Chi Omega, Delta Chi Sigma, and of the Society for Human Resource Manage- that required of the undergraduate and have Phi Sigma Sigma. Fraternities include ment. maintained a 3.00 GPA in mathematics during Kappa Sigma, Phi Delta Theta, and Tau their last school year prior to their election. Kappa Epsilon. For further information, contact the Office of Student Development, 725-5654. 40 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Pi Sigma Alpha As a laboratory preschool/extended day sion, students taking 1 or more credit hours Political Science program, the center enables students from are eligible for services. Contact: David Smeltzer, Department of Politi- education, psychology, and related fields to CAPS also offers a testing service that cal Science complete course requirements through coordinates national tests (LSAT, MCAT, Students must be graduating seniors and have a observation, practicum, or research activi- GRE, GMAT) and administers other 3.50 GPA in political science. ties at the center. Interested students should admissions, aptitude, and specialty tests. Sigma Xi contact the center’s office. The service is available to PSU students Scientific research society of North America and to members of the greater community. Must be a major in a discipline that can be clas- ASPSU CHILDREN’S CENTER There are fees for testing which vary sified as a science, be it a natural science or a 126 SMITH CENTER social science. (503) 725-2273 depending on the test. Contact: Thomas Hard, Department of Chemis- The Children’s Center provides child care The CAPS Outreach/Consultation Pro- try, Scott Burns, Department of Geology for children (ages 3 through 9) of students, gram sponsors various workshops through Students must be invited to join and must have staff, and faculty on a part-time, flexibly the year on topics of general and specific the sponsorship of two regular (faculty) mem- interest; these are well advertised and are bers. Students must demonstrate an ability to scheduled basis. This facility is for part- time care, and time may be scheduled in usually open to students and community do scientific research and indicate the potential members. Consultation services (e.g., of future scientific work. blocks of up to four hours a day with a maximum of 20 hours of care per week. training, mediation, conflict resolution, Tau Beta Pi program development) are available to stu- Engineering Honor The Children’s Center is fully licensed and staffed by professionals. Call (503) 725- dents and faculty in groups or individually. Contact: Herman Migliore, Department of To learn more about our services or to Mechanical Engineering CARE for information and enrollment Engineering students are scholastically eligible procedures. take advantage of a specific service, call or if their overall GPA is in the top 20 percent for come by the CAPS office Monday through juniors, 20 percent for seniors, and 12.5 per- STUDENT PARENT SERVICES Thursday, 8 a.m. to 6 p.m., and Friday, cent for graduate level. The student chapter 401D SMITH MEMORIAL 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., to make an appointment. will also evaluate candidates for other factors CENTER, (503) 725-5655 Walk-in appointments are available. such as minimum number of PSU credits and Student Parent Services (SPS) is a resource potential for active membership. and referral, networking and educational center designed to help student parents STUDENT HEALTH STUDENT LEGAL SERVICES SERVICE 401C SMITH MEMORIAL manage their roles and responsibilities as CENTER, (503) 725-4556 both parents and students. SPS services include the PSU Child Care Cooperative (a D4 Neuberger Hall, Confidential, professional advice and coun- (503) 725-3462 seling on a wide range of legal issues is networking service); parent education available through Student Legal Services. classes, workshops and materials; and child Student Health Services is staffed by physi- The attorney and staff are qualified to pro- care information, education and referral. cians and nurses who are available for vide students with assistance in under- SPS also provides individual consultation. diagnosis, treatment, consultation and standing and dealing with legal problems SPS is funded through Incidental Fees and referrals for illnesses and injuries. they may encounter. The office also main- there is no charge for direct services. Stu- Women’s health care is available for annual tains a resource file of community agencies dent parents can use SPS by calling (503) gynecological exams, pap smears, family and referral services. 725-5655 or dropping by the SPS office in planning counseling, and contraception. This office also offers mediation ser- room 401D, SMC. The Student Health Service is an outpatient vices for students who want an alternative facility open 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday process for resolving disputes in a con- COUNSELING AND through Thursday and 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Fri- structive, non-adversarial atmosphere. The day. PSYCHOLOGICAL SER- Each term Student Health Services goal is to provide a safe, neutral environ- VICES ment where students can come to resolve offers a variety of physical assessment conflicts with other students, other mem- screens, lectures and workshops that M343 Smith Memorial Center, address health-related issues. These events bers of the PSU community, or the commu- (503) 725-4423 nity at large. are advertised on bulletin boards around Counseling and Psychological Services the campus. A wellness resource center and (CAPS) provides assistance to PSU stu- a self help clinic are available and provide CHILD CARE dents in the following areas: educational material and assessment tools RESOURCES ■ Crisis counseling on health-related issues pertinent to stu- ■ Brief individual, couple or family coun- dents. Assessments and counseling are HELEN GORDON CHILD seling, group counseling, general and available to assist students to live a health- DEVELOPMENT CENTER topic specific, psychiatric assessment ier lifestyle. 1609 SW 12TH AVENUE, and treatment including medication Health Services and Counseling and (503) 725-3092 ■ Career counseling including testing Psychological Services work closely to The Helen Gordon Child Development ■ Screening for learning disabilities enhance the students’ educational experi- Center is a University-operated service that ■ Stress management ences by recognizing the importance of provides a quality educational laboratory ■ Test anxiety maintaining physical and mental health at preschool/extended day program for chil- ■ Alcohol and other drug use assessment, the optimal level. dren two to six years of age. The center is education and referral Students taking 9 or more credits fall, accredited by the National Academy of winter, and spring terms are eligible for Early Childhood Programs, a division of These services are available to students services, and a basic health insurance pro- the National Association for the Education taking 9 or more credits during the regular gram is provided. Students taking 4-8 of Young Children. The center is open from academic year. Students taking 4-8 credit credit hours may pay the health fee within 7:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. daily. Children of hours who wish to be eligible for CAPS 15 days of the beginning of the term. PSU students, faculty, and staff are eligible and Student Health Services, may become Included in the basic benefits are partial for enrollment in the program. Enrollment so by paying the Health Fee within the first payments for hospitalization, physicians’ is based on the date of application. 15 days of the term. During Summer Ses- home and office visits, ambulance service, W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 41

diagnostic work, surgery, and pregnancy ■ Individual career and job search The Oregon Career Information System expenses. An optional supplementary counseling. is a computerized program to help students insurance, available at extra cost, covers ■ Workshops and individual assistance on assess their skills and explore occupations. major medical and dependent care. career decisions, resume writing, inter- The Career Center library contains Insurance coverage is available for stu- viewing, and job search strategies. career information as well as information dents during summer session, even if they ■ An extensive career library with infor- on employers in both the public and private are not enrolled, providing that they were mation on careers, internships, employ- sectors, in print, on videotape, and via the eligible spring term. Students eligible ers, and job-search resources. Web. Also available for use at any time are spring term and who are returning fall term ■ An on-campus recruiting program in employer directories, school and college may use the Health Services on a fee-for- which students interview with employ- vacancy notices, information concerning service basis during the summer. Basic ers, both public and private. employment trends and patterns, and job- insurance is not automatic during Summer ■ PSU CareerNet, an on-line service fea- seeking techniques, including sample Session. It must be purchased individually turing full- and part-time job listings, resumes and letters of application. by the student taking one or more credits. on-campus interview scheduling, and For further information, contact the Pamphlets explaining the insurance resume forwarding. Career Center or visit the Web site: coverage and insurance forms are available ■ Placement file/dossier service for edu- www.career.pdx.edu. in Health Services. Questions regarding cators and other majors. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT, insurance benefits may be directed to ■ Off-campus part-time or temporary 402F UNIVERSITY SERVICES Health Services at (503) 725-3462. employment for eligible students (see BUILDING, (503) 725-4958 PSU is not responsible and will not pay listing for Student Employment). Student employment provides referrals on- bills from physicians, hospitals, and labo- ■ Off-campus Federal Work-Study Com- line and in person to internships, part-time, ratories incurred by the student contrary to munity Service, “America Reads” and temporary, and summer jobs off campus, the provisions of the prepaid medical plan. “America Counts” programs. including Federal Work-Study Community For further information regarding ■ Annual Career Information Day in Service positions. Opportunities are services, call or come by Student Health February and Part-time/Summer/ diverse, including entry-level and para-pro- Services. Temporary Job Fair in April. fessional positions. Most offer flexible ■ Portland-area Peace Corps office. hours, and many are walking distance from CAREER CENTER Workshops are offered regularly to campus. Some employers arrange employ- assist students with career decision mak- ment interviews with students in the Career 402 University Services Building ing, resume writing, interview preparation, Center. Check with PSU CareerNet regu- (503) 725-4613 and effective job seeking techniques. larly, as job postings and employer inter- www.career.pdx.edu Appointments may be arranged to discuss view schedules change daily. Individual The Career Center offers assistance to career plans, employment opportunities, appointments for job counseling are also Portland State University students (who are resumes, and application materials. Prac- available. Employment is not guaranteed, formally admitted and registered for tice interviews with video-taped feedback but listings are plentiful, and every effort is classes) and alumni. Services and resources may be scheduled. made to assist students. include:

UNIVERSITY SERVICES

Nearly 15,000 students attend Portland ropolitan Portland. Tri-Met tickets and Wheelchair and bicycle paths, and park- State-each one with a special set of circum- passes are available at the Transportation ing areas for bicycles, are located through- stances, concerns, interests, and aims. and Parking Services’ or Cashier’s ofﬁces out the campus. Automobile parking is Finding the right people to answer ques- and at numerous other locations throughout provided in permit-only structures, surface tions and provide help and support is made the city. Monthly passes entitle riders to lots, limited short-term meters, and on- easier by organizations and channels set up unlimited travel and transfer privileges and street city metered spaces. to respond to the various needs. offer a reduction over the purchase price of The campus offers special programs for individual fares. The Portland metropolitan carpools, disabled parking, and others with ACCESSIBILITY area is divided into zones which determine special needs. the price of monthly passes. Park and Ride For more detailed information on trans- Accessibility is the keynote of Portland Stations, located throughout the suburban portation, parking, or securing a permit, State: the campus is on the edge of down- areas, allow commuters to park their cars inquire at the Parking Ofﬁce, (503) town Portland and within the freeway loop. and ride the bus into the city. The campus is 725-3442. Tri-Met, the local transit agency, serves within Fareless Square, a large section of the three counties—Multnomah, Washing- downtown Portland within which bus travel ton, and Clackamas—which make up met- is free. 42 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

AFFIRMATIVE ACTION television and audio visual services. The development and use of multimedia pre- FFICE Office of the Executive Director is located sentations and material. O in 445 Neuberger Hall. Information Tech- Hoffmann Hall is Portland State (503) 725-4417 nologies consists of the following areas: University’s new high-tech classroom facil- Computing and Network Ser- ity. It was designed to accommodate large It is the mission of the Affirmative Action vices (Shattuck Hall Annex) operates and classes without sacrificing the interaction Office to: (1) promote a campus environ- maintains all centralized computer sys- between instructor and student by the use ment that supports and celebrates the diver- tems, providing support for the academic of cutting-edge multimedia technology. sity of the PSU community; (2) ensure a and administrative functions of the Univer- Three large rear-projection screens are visi- good faith affirmative action effort and sity and specialized applications such as ble from anywhere in the hall, giving the equal opportunity in all aspects of employ- Portals (Portland Area Library System), the instructor the choice of projecting video, ment; and (3) ensure fair and equitable campus library system, and the World Wide film, television, slides, computer presenta- treatment for all PSU community mem- Web. tions or a combination of any of the above. bers. Information Systems (120 Shat- Combined with a powerful sound system To accomplish this mission, the office tuck Hall) supports the University’s micro- and touch-screen that controls all functions provides the following services: complaint computer and local area network and including lighting and shades, the instruc- processing and investigation; campus maintains the University’s Home Page tor has an almost unlimited number of recruitment facilitation; Affirmative Action (http://www.pdx.edu). options to present course material to as Plan development; and workshop and event The Help Desk provides assistance in many as 400 students. When not scheduled development for students, staff, and faculty the use of hardware and software and for classroom use, the hall can be rented for in employment and diversity-related areas. issues accounts to students for Internet a multitude of functions. Auxiliary Ser- For more detailed information about our access and electronic mail. Computer vices can help with scheduling Hoffmann functions and policies, including grievance accounts are available to all currently Hall. Additional information can be procedures and the sexual harassment pol- enrolled students upon request. obtained from the Information Technolo- icy, contact the office by phone at (503) Instruction and Research Ser- gies home page (http://www.oit.pdx.edu/). 725-4417 or via the Internet at http:// vices (B18 Smith Memorial Center) con- Telecommunications (M107F www.afm.pdx.edu. The Affirmative Action sists of Academic Consulting, Educational Smith Memorial Center) provides the Uni- Office is located in 122 Cramer Hall and Media Services, the Instructional Comput- versity, including student housing, with is open Mondays through Fridays from ing Center, the University Micro Labs, and telephone services including data connec- 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. the University Studies Labs. The Univer- tions and support to other Oregon Univer- sity Studies Labs (first and second floors, sity System (OUS) facilities located in the BOX OFFICE/ Cramer Hall) provide access to microcom- Portland metropolitan area. TICKETMASTER puters in the support of the University (503) 725-3307 Studies Program. University Micro Labs LIBRARY RESOURCES (UML) are general access microcomputer (503) 725-4617 The Box Office is located at 510 S.W. Hall labs available for student use with current Street across from the PSU Bookstore. ID. Labs are located in 107 Shattuck Hall, The Portland State University Library is Tickets are for sale to PSU cultural events 112 Shattuck Hall, and the Millar Library. located on the west side of the park blocks, and activities, as well as to intercollegiate UML facilities consist of both Intel based across from Neuberger Hall and next to the athletic home events. This office also (Windows) and Macintosh desktop com- Health and Physical Education Building. serves as a Ticketmaster outlet where tick- puters and laser printers. Other microcom- The Branford P. Millar Library, named in ets to most major events and performances puter labs maintained by the Office of honor of PSU’s president from 1959 to occurring in the metropolitan area may be Information Technologies such as the Uni- 1968, was dedicated on May 10, 1975. A purchased. versities Studies Labs, the Training Labs major addition which nearly doubled the (321 Cramer Hall) and the Learning Labs size of the original building was dedicated CAMPUS PUBLIC (96 Neuberger Hall) are available for gen- on November 3, 1991. SAFETY OFFICE eral student use when not scheduled for During fall, winter, and spring terms the (503) 725-4407 classroom use. The Instructional Comput- library is open until 11 p.m. Sundays ing Center (ICC) maintains labs for spe- through Thursdays and until 7 p.m. on Fri- The Campus Public Safety Office is located cialized applications such as the CAD/GIS days and Saturdays. The library opens at 8 adjacent to Shattuck Hall at SW Broadway Lab and the Electronic Conference Room. a.m. Mondays through Fridays, 10 a.m. on and College streets. The office is open ICC also provides technical support for Saturdays, and 11 a.m. on Sundays. These year-round, 24 hours a day to assist with Hoffmann Hall. hours are subject to change; up-to-date personal safety, crime prevention, escort Educational Media Services consists of information on library hours can be services, and limited vehicle services, and Audio Visual Services (B18 Smith Memo- obtained by calling (503) 725-3065. to provide general University information. rial Center), Television Services (501 Neu- To borrow material from the library it is Public safety officers patrol the campus berger Hall), and Multimedia Development necessary to have a valid PSU photo identi- continually to assure a safe and comfort- (B18 Smith Memorial Center). Audio fication card. Bring this card to the library’s able environment. visual material may be checked out to sup- Circulation Desk on the ground floor where port classroom or campus-related activi- you will be entered into the library’s auto- INFORMATION ties. Television Services is responsible for mated circulation system. the production and distribution of televi- Library resources consist of more than TECHNOLOGIES sion support material, including support of (503) 725-4441 one million volumes, including approxi- on-campus distance education classrooms mately 10,000 serial subscriptions, a grow- and delivery of distance learning presenta- The Office of Information Technologies ing number of CD-ROM and on-line tions. Multimedia Development provides computer databases, and an extensive col- provides support for computing, voice, and advice and technical assistance in the data communications, multimedia, and lection of government documents. Music W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 43

recordings and scores are also housed in The library’s ground floor contains the guided by a volunteer Board of Directors, the library. Reserve Library of short-term loan material representative of civic, business, and cul- The library issues a number of informa- selected by instructors for required and tural leadership in the metropolitan area. tion guides to instruct and assist library supplemental reading, the Music Room, The board oversees the Foundation’s activi- users. These are available from display housing the music CD, phonodisk, and ties, recruits financial and other support on racks throughout the building. phonotape collection with listening room the University’s behalf, and serves as a Access to the library’s collection is and listening stations, the Interlibrary Loan vital link between Portland State and the through an on-line catalog which lists Department, and the library’s administra- community. about 90 percent of the books and other tive offices. A 40-station computer lab for resources. The missing 10 percent consists PSU students, featuring both IBM clones SMITH MEMORIAL mainly of books, media, and non-Roman and Macintosh machines, is operated by CENTER alphabet materials cataloged prior to 1977, the Office of Information Technologies. (503) 725-4522 which are listed in the card catalog. Termi- TALN/IACD (Technology Access for Life nals connected to the on-line catalog’s Needs/Information Access Center for the Smith Center, 1825 SW Broadway, serves computer are located on the ground floor Disabled) have offices on the ground floor as the campus focal point for students, fac- and elsewhere in the library. The catalog of the library as well. ulty, staff, and the University community. It can also be searched by using personal The PSU Library augments its own is a gathering place for students to meet computers from remote locations via the resources by cooperation with other librar- and plan activities, take advantage of recre- Web. For details obtain a copy of the infor- ies. Students and faculty have library privi- ational and social areas, attend events, seek mation bulletin titled “How to use the PSU leges at any school in the Oregon State help or information, or just relax and get On-line System of Higher Education. Through a food and refreshment. Catalog.” program known as Metroloan, direct access The organization of the library is based to other college and university libraries in on four divisions, each devoted to a general the Portland area can be arranged. The subject area. The divisional libraries offer a Portland Area Library System (PORTALS) reference desk, open shelving of all books is a formal organization of libraries dedi- and periodicals, photocopy machines, and cated to resource sharing, cooperative col- special equipment for using microform lection development, and other materials. The divisions are: collaborative pursuits. Before using other Business and Government Doc- libraries it is always advisable to call in uments (Basement). Accounting, busi- advance to determine local policies and ness administration, career development procedures. and resume writing, consumer information, economics, finance, government publica- OMBUDS OFFICE tions, law, management, statistics, taxation, (503) 725-5901 and a collection of telephone directories. Social Science and Education The mission of the Ombuds Office is to (Second Floor). Bibliography (gen- ensure that all members of the campus eral), children’s literature, college catalogs community receive fair and equitable treat- and directories, dissertations and theses, ment within the University system. The education, financial aid information, gen- office serves as a confidential, independent eral periodicals, newspapers in microform, resource to students, faculty, and staff who library science, medicine, physical educa- need assistance in resolving problems and tion, psychology, and speech; the reference conflicts that may arise. The Ombudsper- collections for administration of justice, son considers all sides of a question in an anthropology, social work, sociology, and impartial and objective way and assists urban studies; and a current newspapers community members is resolving conflicts, room. sorting through policy, presenting options, Arts and Humanities (Third and mediating issues. The Ombuds Office Floor). Art, communication, film, foreign is located in 169 Cramer Hall and is open languages, literature, music, philosophy, Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. photography, religion, theater arts, and special collections; the reference collections for biography, book reviews, history and PSU FOUNDATION political science. (503) 725-4911 Science and Engineering (Fifth The Foundation is committed to creating Floor). Agriculture, architecture, biology, greater financial strength and stability for chemistry, computer science, earth sci- the University by engaging in development ences, engineering, forestry, mathematics, activities in a manner designed to facilitate military and naval sciences, and physics; or enhance the mission of Portland State the reference collection for geography. University. The Foundation administers The fourth floor has no reference desk funds raised and earned and provides them and no reference collections. It contains the to PSU to support a range of activities, circulation stacks for administration of jus- including scholarships, endowments, fac- tice, anthropology, geography, history, ulty development and travel, educational political science, social work, sociology, and research equipment, and special pro- urban studies, and the map collection. grams and speakers. The Foundation is 44 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

The Smith Center ballroom and other Tri-Met bus passes and tickets may be MARKETING AND meeting and conference rooms host a vari- purchased from either the Transportation COMMUNICATIONS ety of activities, including conferences, lec- Office or the Cashiers Office, both located The mission of the Office of Marketing tures, meetings, dances, concerts, and other in the Lobby of Neuberger Hall. Currently and Communications is to build stronger events involving the University and the enrolled students, faculty, and staff may relationships with key constituencies by metropolitan community. Most campus purchase an “all zone” bus pass for a dis- (1) enhancing the University’s ability to activities, other than credit classes, are counted price upon presentation of current sense, serve, and satisfy needs and scheduled by the campus Scheduling PSU ID. We hope to be able to continue to (2) increasing public awareness of the Office, located in the Smith Center admin- offer this pass in 1999-2000. strengths and benefits of PSU. istrative offices. PUBLICATIONS Smith Center is home to many student UNIVERSITY The Office of Publications produces the organizations, including Associated Stu- RELATIONS official University publications, including dents of Portland State University the Portland State University Bulletin; (ASPSU), student publications, and a vari- 341 Cramer Hall, commencement programs; the faculty-staff ety of other student clubs and boards. It (503) 725-4478 newsletter, PSU Currently; PSU Magazine; also houses the Student Resource Center, and many other major and specialized pub- Multicultural Center, and the Offices of The mission of University Relations is to lications. The office works closely with Student Affairs and Student Development. communicate the value of PSU to the departmental and administrative offices to Smith Center provides diverse services community and to build public and finan- respond to the publications needs of the and amenities to enhance campus life— cial support for the University. University University. Portland Teacher’s Credit Union, Co-Head Relations is composed of Alumni Rela- Salon, Littman and White Galleries, Viking tions, Government Relations, Marketing UNIVERSITY DEVELOPMENT Bowl and Billiards (including video games and Communications, Publications, and The Office of University Development is and television lounge), Parkway Com- University Development. responsible for managing and coordinating mons, and University Market. Parkway ALUMNI RELATIONS the University fund development program, Commons, Smith Center’s food court, fea- The Office of Alumni Relations enables working in collaboration with the deans tures Starbucks Coffee, Taco Bell, Subway, Portland State’s 80,000 alumni to maintain and constituent development directors in The Wokery, pizza, pastas, and made to a strong and continuing relationship with the schools and colleges, and the PSU order daily specials. University Market, the University. The office is responsible for Foundation. The office is responsible for located on the ground floor near the SW promoting communication between alumni conducting planned giving, corporate and Montgomery Street entrance, stocks paper- and the University and for providing ser- foundation relations, annual giving, stew- back books, magazines, pens, calculators, vices to alumni, such as the Alumni VISA ardship, and prospect research, tracking paper supplies, candy, soft drinks, and PSU Card, the Alumni Benefit Card (ABC), and clearance programs, and provides the memorabilia. Smith Center also offers the alumni travel, and a variety of insurance unifying impetus for a strong, cohesive, Browsing Lounge, a quiet area for students programs. The ABC card provides gradu- and ever-accelerating University-wide to study or simply relax and admire the ates access to a variety of benefits and Uni- fund-raising program. Park Blocks. versity facilities, including the Library and Smith Center East is the location of the physical education facilities. VISITOR INFORMATION Information and Academic Support Center The 30 volunteer members of the CENTER (IASC) Telecommunications, Equal Alumni Board of Directors initiate and pro- Opportunity Program and Counseling and mote many programs on behalf of the 1939 SW Broadway, Psychological Services (CAPS). Alumni Association and the University. (503) 725-4407 The board hosts an annual PSU Weekend, Campus maps, brochures, class schedules, which includes a day of seminars, a nation- TRANSPORTATION AND and registration forms are available 24 ally-known speaker, a pre-football game PARKING SERVICES hours a day in the Portland State University party, and a variety of other events. The (503) 725-3442 Visitor Information Center, 1939 SW Alumni Board also sponsors an endowed Broadway. scholarship for children of alumni; over- The Transportation and Parking Services The office is in the Campus Public sees an alumni advocates program; selects Office sells faculty, staff, and student park- Safety Office, and staff are available to give outstanding alumni award winners; works ing permits and is responsible for coordina- directions to visitors looking for the with student and campus groups; and pro- tion of campus transportation programs. Library, the bookstore, and other campus motes numerous other activities. Parking permits, good in any of the Univer- points. sity parking structures designated as “per- GOVERNMENT RELATIONS Street signs in the University district mit” parking, as of 1998-99 cost $171 for The Office of Government Relations, direct motorists to the center. Parking full term, $57 per month for faculty/staff, located in the President’s Office, has prin- spaces are available for visitors to park and $6.50 daily (with limited space avail- cipal responsibility for liaison and commu- their cars briefly while visiting the center. able). Various other types of permits are nication between the University and local, available. For full information on types of state, and national governments and agen- permits, times to purchase permits, and cies. The office helps build governmental where to park, please refer to the Transpor- support for the University and identifies tation and Parking Information Brochure, opportunities for faculty and staff to con- available at the Transportation and Parking tribute to the public policy process. Services Office.

GRADUATE STUDIES

WILLIAM H. FEYERHERM, VICE PROVOST FOR RESEARCH AND DEAN OF GRADUATE STUDIES 111 CRAMER HALL, 725-3423 www-adm.pdx.edu/user/oaags/

GENERAL INFORMATION ducting the affairs of the Office of Gradu- 725-8410 ate Studies and Research and for certifying to the Registrar candidates who have ful- Portland State University graduate pro- filled the requirements for advanced grams offer a variety of opportunities for degrees. advanced study and research, including Student Responsibility. The stu- preparation for academic or other profes- dent is responsible for knowing all regula- sional careers, continuation and improve- tions and procedures required by the ment of skills for in-service professionals, University and the advanced degree pro- and personal intellectual enrichment and gram being pursued. In no case will a regu- professional development. More than 4,000 lation be waived or an exception granted graduate students are enrolled in the Uni- because of ignorance of the regulation or of versity’s colleges and schools, and nearly the assertion that the student was not 1,000 graduate degrees are awarded annu- informed by the adviser or other authority. ally in the more than 50 master’s and the The student should be familiar with infor- eight doctoral programs. mation The Office of Graduate Studies and published in the Portland State University Research oversees the University’s gradu- Bulletin, including the section on Graduate ate programs in the interest of ensuring Studies and the section listing the require- quality instruction and research and pro- ments for the degree and the offerings and moting the highest achievement of gradu- requirements of the major department. The ate students. Located in 111 Cramer Hall, it department chair appoints a faculty adviser is the principal resource concerning for each graduate student to assist in devel- advanced degree requirements, degree sta- oping the course of study, determining defi- tus, petition procedures, thesis or disserta- ciencies, planning the program, and tion preparation, and final oral clarifying special regulations. Depart- examinations. ments can be expected to have additional The Office of Admissions, in the lobby degree requirements beyond those listed in of Neuberger Hall, receives and processes the Bulletin. general inquiries related to graduate admis- A graduate student may petition the sions. Complete application packets for Graduate Council for the waiver of a Uni- admission to particular graduate programs versity graduate academic regulation or are available in the academic departments. degree requirement. The responsibility of Individual academic departments respond initiating the petition rests with the student. to inquiries seeking information about The petition must be approved by the fac- graduate degree program requirements, ulty adviser and graduate committee and is admission to their graduate degree pro- forwarded to the Office of Graduate Stud- grams, and the availability of graduate ies and Research. The petition must be assistantships in their subject areas. accompanied by supporting documentation provided by the department and approved by the chair of the department/ GRADUATE school/college graduate committee. Peti- GOVERNANCE tion forms are available in the Office of Graduate Studies and Research. All matters of graduate study are subject to The University reserves the right to the policies and procedures established by require the withdrawal of any student who the Faculty Senate upon recommendation fails to accept responsibilities, as evidenced of the Graduate Council. The Dean of by conduct or scholastic achievement. Graduate Studies is responsible for con-

46 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

GRADUATE Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) Under the Western Interstate Commis- with an option in health administration; sion for Higher Education (WICHE) DEGREES Master of Public Health (M.P.H.), a joint Regional Graduate Program agreement, The advanced degrees offered by Portland program with Oregon Health Sciences Uni- residents of Alaska, Hawaii, Idaho, Mon- State University are listed below: versity and Oregon State University, with tana, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, Wash- options in health education/health promo- ington, and Wyoming admitted to the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) tion and health administration and policy; doctoral program in environmental sci- Electrical and computer engineering; Master of Social Work (M.S.W.); Master of ences and resources or in urban studies pay environmental sciences and resources Urban and Regional Planning (M.U.R.P.); resident tuition fees. (with options in biology, chemistry, civil Master of Urban Studies (M.U.S.). engineering, economics, geography, geology, and physics); mathematics education; DOCTOR OF public administration and policy; social DOCTOR OF EDUCATION work and social research; systems science PHILOSOPHY (with options in anthropology, business The Doctor of Education degree is granted administration, civil engineering, The Doctor of Philosophy degree is in recognition of mastery of theory, prac- economics, engineering management, awarded for scholastic achievement based tice, and research in education. The criteria mathematics, mechanical engineering, upon the candidate’s proven comprehen- for the award of the degree are the candi- psychology, and sociology); urban studies. sive knowledge in a recognized specialized date’s demonstrated comprehensive knowl- field of study and for creative scholarship edge of designated fields of concentration Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) through independent research. Judgment of and specialization and the successful pre- In educational leadership: administration; such attainments is based upon evaluation sentation and defense of a dissertation postsecondary education; curriculum and of a dissertation grounded in independent embodying the results of original investiga- instruction; special and counselor research and the passing of prescribed writ- tion which demonstrates the candidate’s education. ten and oral examinations. ability to conduct independent investiga- Master of Arts (M.A.) or Master Doctor of Philosophy programs consist tion. The dissertation is a contribution to of of formal coursework, guided individual knowledge or a constructive result of sig- Science (M.S.) study in a chosen field or discipline, study nificance and value for educational prac- Administration of justice (M.S. only); in cognitive areas, and original research tice. In addition to the area of anthropology (M.A. only); biology; chem- which serves as the basis for a scholarly specialization, which includes the leader- istry; civil engineering; computer science dissertation. Before being admitted to can- ship core and the specialty studies core, the (M.S. only); conflict resolution; econom- didacy for the Ph.D. degree, each student student’s program of study includes work ics; education (with options in counseling; must pass written comprehensive examina- in related fields outside education and the curriculum and instruction; educational tions; some programs also require demon- use of systematic inquiry leading to the policy, foundations, and administration; strated competency in at least one foreign dissertation. media/librarianship; special education); language. Advancement to candidacy for Candidates for the Ed.D. degree may electrical and computer engineering; engi- the Doctor of Philosophy degree requires, fulfill the residency requirement after neering management (M.S. only); environ- among other prerequisites, certification by admission to the doctoral program in one mental sciences and resources (M.S. only); the responsible program coordinator/direc- of three ways. All require three consecutive English (M.A. only); foreign languages tor that specified coursework has been or terms of full-time approved graduate study (M.A. only) with options in French, Ger- will be completed and that the proposed at PSU (at least 9 credits per term). The man, and Spanish; foreign literature and research can be adequately supported and options for fulfilling the residency require- language (M.A. only); geography; geology directed. The Dean of Graduate Studies ment are: coursework, the study of practice (with an option in geohydrology); health retains final approval authority for (i.e., field-based work) or dissertation. For- education; history (M.A. only); mathemat- advancement to candidacy. eign language competency is not required ics (with an option in statistics); mechani- In addition to the general University for the Ed.D. degree. The equivalent of cal engineering; physics; political science; admission and degree requirements, each three years of full-time study beyond the psychology; sociology; speech communi- doctoral program has special requirements baccalaureate is required. cation (with an option in speech and hear- and/or policies concerning admissions and The Ed.D. in educational leadership ing sciences); TESOL (M.A. only); theater awarding of the Ph.D. degree. Information program prepares highly qualified profes- arts (M.A. only); writing. on specific admissions requirements, pro- sional educators for positions in teaching, Master of Arts in Teaching cedures, and other aspects of the program supervision, and administration in elemen- (M.A.T.) or Master of Science in can be obtained from the following: Dean, tary and secondary education, in commu- Teaching (M.S.T.) School of Engineering and Applied Sci- nity and four-year colleges and English (M.A.T. only); general arts and let- ence, Electrical and Computer Engineering universities, and in other educational insti- ters; environmental science; science; gen- Doctoral Program; Director, Environmen- tutions, both public and private. eral social science; mathematics; music. tal Sciences and Resources Doctoral Pro- Information concerning admission gram; Director, Mathematics Education requirements, procedures, and other Professional Degrees: Doctoral Program; Director, Social Work aspects of the program can be obtained Master of Business Administration and Social Research Doctoral Program; from the Dean, Graduate School of (M.B.A.); Master of Education (M.Ed); Director, Systems Science Doctoral Pro- Education. Master of Engineering in Manufacturing gram; and Dean, College of Urban and Engineering (M.E.), a joint program with Public Affairs, Urban Studies Doctoral Pro- Oregon State University; Master of Envi- gram and Public Administration and Policy ronmental Management (M.E.M.); Master Doctoral Program. of Fine Arts (M.F.A.): Art, with options in painting, sculpture, and painting/sculpture; Master of International Management (M.I.M.); Master of Music (M.M.), with options in performance and conducting;

G RADUATE STUDIES 47

MASTER OF ARTS AND In general, admission requirements are of their language requirement. Options equivalent to admission requirements for include preparing for and passing one of MASTER OF SCIENCE the M.A. and M.S. degrees. these evaluations: The University offers programs leading to A minimum of 45 graduate credits is a. Oral proficiency interview (manda- the Master of Arts and the Master of Sci- required. tory for M.A. TESOL students) ence as shown in the Graduate Degrees The program of study includes the b. A written test (mandatory for M.A. section. In all programs leading to these following: TESOL students), such as degrees, the primary emphasis is placed 1. At least 24 graduate credits must be i. The Graduate Student Foreign upon the student’s scholarly development devoted to selected courses in academic Language Test through formal coursework, seminars, fields which strengthen the candidate’s ii. The CLEP exam research, and independent study. The pro- scholarship in a teaching field and related iii. A special exam, administered by the area. This minimum may be higher at the Department of Foreign Languages and grams are designed to develop a mastery of Literatures subject matter in a chosen discipline and to department’s discretion. At least 12 credits c. Coursework after admission: taking a provide training and experience in in residence at PSU at the 500, 500/600, or 600 level must be completed successfully. course at level 203 or above (for M.A. research. TESOL students using Chinese or Japa- Candidates for the Master of Arts and The remainder of the required courses may nese only, achieving a grade of B or Master of Science degrees must earn a min- be 400/500 courses taken for the 500-level better in a third-year course taught in the imum of 45 credits in approved graduate number. foreign language is equivalent to option courses. A thesis may be required, depend- 2. At least 9 credits of courses in educa- b. above). ing on the program. The Master of Arts tion are required. d. Overseas intensive courses or other degree requires a demonstrated proficiency 3. A final written examination covering intensive courses in one or more foreign languages. Foreign the academic teaching field and profes- e. Special reading courses, if available. language proficiency is not required for the sional education courses is required. The Department of Foreign Languages Master of Science degree. Programs of 4. A final oral examination is required of and Literatures will teach and test only in study are built upon appropriate baccalau- all students except in music and math languages in which it has expertise. How- reate preparation and include a major disci- M.S.T. programs. ever, off-campus arrangements may be pos- pline; if a thesis is included in the program sible with the cooperation of other of study, the discipline and thesis represent Information on admission and other aspects of a program may be obtained by institutions. Certification of having passed the major portion of the program of study. a foreign language examination from an Applicants for admission must meet the contacting the department identified with the field of interest. institution other than Portland State Uni- University requirements for admission to versity must be approved by the Depart- graduate study. For further information on ment of Foreign Languages and Literatures admission, as well as other aspects of a OPTIONS FOR MEETING at Portland State University prior to accep- specific master’s degree, the appropriate THE GRADUATE FOREIGN tance as fulfillment of the University’s department should be contacted directly. LANGUAGE REQUIRE- master’s degree foreign language compe- MENT FOR M.A. AND tency requirement. MASTER OF ARTS IN M.A.T. A student whose native language is not TEACHING AND MASTER STUDENTS English may meet the foreign language OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING requirement in English, except for students The Department of Foreign Languages and in two programs: (1) students in the M.A. For students interested in specializing in a Literatures will accept the following ways in French, Spanish, or German, who must particular teaching field at the secondary of satisfying the graduate foreign language be tested in a language other than English level, the Master of Arts in Teaching competency requirement: and other than the language of their M.A. (M.A.T.) and/or the Master of Science in 1. Equivalent coursework: Students who program; and (2) students in the M.A. in Teaching (M.S.T.) are offered in the fol- have passed a course equivalent to PSU Foreign Literature and Language, who are lowing fields: English, general arts and let- level 203 or higher in a foreign language required to demonstrate fluency in two for- ters, science, environmental science, within the four years prior to their admis- eign languages other than English at the general social science, mathematics, and sion into their PSU graduate program will time of admission and are not required to music. be deemed to have met the language demonstrate additional competency except The fundamental purpose of the M.A.T. requirement. The Department of Foreign as necessary to complete their degree and M.S.T. programs is the improvement of Languages and Literatures will issue a cer- requirements. the quality of teaching in the schools. To tificate of completion upon evaluation of this end, the programs are developed and the student’s academic record. M.A. and ADMISSION TO administered within flexible guidelines to M.A.T. students are responsible for GRADUATE STUDIES match the needs of students with varying making their academic records available to OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS backgrounds and professional plans. The the chair of that department in the first 725-3511 programs permit the prospective or in-ser- term of admission and requesting evalua- vice teacher to work toward satisfying the tion and certification. Note: This option is Application to graduate programs at Port- requirements for a teaching certificate if not available to students in the M.A. land State University requires two com- desired and, in addition, to devote a sub- TESOL program. plete (but different) admissions packets, stantial portion of the program of study to 2. Students who do not meet the require- one sent to the Office of Admissions and coursework in selected academic fields. All ment under 1. above should make an one sent to the department. Complete M.A.T. degrees require a demonstrated appointment with the Department of applications are available from the individ- proficiency in at least one foreign lan- Foreign Languages and Literatures during ual academic departments. guage. Foreign language proficiency is not the first term after their admission to make required for the M.S.T. degree. an individualized plan for the completion

48 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

A student must be admitted formally to and is considered nonresident credit for Application Documents. In order graduate status (regular, conditional, certif- which all transfer limits and requirements to expedite the graduate admission process icate) for a program of study to be planned apply. for domestic applicants, Portland State with the assistance of a faculty adviser. University Requirements for University requires that the applicant send Admission to regular or conditional degree Admission to Graduate Courses two complete (but different) application status should be obtained at the earliest and Programs. To be admitted to Port- packets, one packet to the Admissions possible time in order to avoid loss of land State University for the purpose of Office and the other directly to the depart- credit applicable to a degree. Courses taken pursuing graduate work, applicants must ment. Incomplete packets sent either to the at PSU in postbaccalaureate status or non- satisfy minimum University requirements Admissions Office or to the department admitted status are transfer courses and and be accepted by the department in will seriously delay completion of the must meet all transfer limits and which the graduate work is proposed. Any graduate admission process. Students may requirements. applicant whose native language is not call the PSU Touch-tone Admission Status Regular Status. Students who meet English and who has not received a bacca- Reporting System at 725-ADMT (2368) to the University requirements and are fully laureate degree from a U.S. institution determine the status of their admission accepted by their departments or schools as must pass the Test of English as a Foreign applications. Questions about the admis- potential degree candidates are given regu- Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score sion process should be directed to the lar status. Students must have regular status of 550. department. to be appointed graduate research or teach- Portland State University will not 1. The application packet sent to the ing assistants and to graduate with any confer active admission status to any grad- Admissions Office must include: degree or certificate. uate student pending an expected baccalau- a. the University application form; Conditional Status. Students who reate degree without formal written b. the application fee; do not meet all requirements for regular notification from the Registrar of the con- admission to the University are given conferring institution confirming that all c. one official transcript from every college or university attended (except PSU), ditional admission status if they are fully requirements for the degree have been met including junior colleges and commu- accepted by their departments (see Quali- and stating the date the degree will be con- nity colleges; fied Status below). After completing 9 ferred. If admitted on this basis, an official d. the measles immunization form. graduate graded hours with a 3.00 or better transcript showing the degree will be 2. The application packet sent to the GPA, these students will be given regular required during the term of admission or department must include: status. Students on conditional status may the admission will be canceled. not be graduate research or teaching assis- To be considered for admission as a a. the departmental application form; tants. Students admitted to the University regular degree student, the applicant must b. a copy of each transcript (or official conditionally who do not achieve a 3.00 present a baccalaureate degree from an transcripts, if required by the GPA after completing 9 graded graduate accredited institution with either a mini- department); hours will be dropped from their graduate mum cumulative GPA of 2.75 in all under- c. other departmental requirements, programs. graduate courses or a cumulative GPA of at which may include recommendations, resume, personal statement, essay, test Qualified Status. Students whose least 3.00 in all graduate credit earned at scores, portfolio, and/or departmental department has imposed departmental pre- accredited institutions (a minimum of 12 checklist. requisites, GPA, or other requirements but credits). The department evaluates the file and who are eligible for a regular University To be considered for admission as a recommends admission or denial of the admission are given qualified status. These conditional degree student, the applicant applicant. Some departments evaluate students are eligible to be graduate assis- must present a baccalaureate degree from admission applications periodically, tants. A student may have both a condi- an accredited institution with a minimum and other departments wait until the tional and qualified admission status. cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all undergradu- application deadline before evaluating all Certificate Status. All students ate courses. applications. working in a planned program leading only To be considered for admission as a cer- Upon admission, the student will be to a postbaccalaureate certificate are given tificate student, the applicant must present assigned to a departmental or school fac- certificate status. Certificate students may a baccalaureate degree from an accredited ulty adviser. be admitted to other categories of graduate institution with either a cumulative GPA of The application and the non-refundable study and concurrently pursue a certificate. 2.75 in all undergraduate courses or at least application fee are valid for one academic This status includes students working on 12 credits with a cumulative GPA of 3.00 year. To validate admission, a student must teaching certificates. in graduate work in the proposed field of register and pay for at least one credit in Postbaccalaureate Status. Stu- study earned subsequent to receiving the the term for which she/he was admitted. If dents not currently working for a degree baccalaureate degree. the student does not validate admission for but who wish to register for more than 8 Departmental Requirements. A the admission term, that admission will be credits of graduate credit courses may be department may have special admission cancelled unless the student contacts the admitted to postbaccalaureate status. A requirements based on previous academic Admissions Office and requests that the postbaccalaureate student wishing to be achievement scores on Graduate Record admission be updated to another term admitted to regular degree status must Examinations or other tests, letters of rec- within the year. If the student does not vali- apply in the same way as any other appli- ommendation, a portfolio, or an autobio- date admission within one calendar year, cant and must meet the general University graphical statement. Information regarding the admission will be cancelled, and the requirements and be fully accepted by the departmental requirements may be student must submit a new application and department or school. A postbaccalaureate obtained directly from the specific depart- new application fee. student may find departmental enrollment ment. The number of students admitted to a Admission of Foreign limitations on many courses. Transfer of particular program is limited to the Applicants. courses completed in a postbaccalaureate resources available. All graduate students are expected to be status is not automatically applied toward a proficient in the use of English. An appli- graduate degree; each course must be eval- cant whose native language is not English uated and recommended by the department and who has not completed undergraduate

G RADUATE STUDIES 49

degree requirements at an accredited U.S. member of the admitting department, one Tuition and fees may be paid in full at institution must present the following: member of the Graduate Council, and a the time of registration; however, the Uni- 1. A complete and accurate chronological representative of the Office of Graduate versity offers a deferred tuition plan which outline of all previous college-level Studies and Research. The panel will eval- allows for a partial payment at registration education. uate the educational background and prep- with the balance due in two installments. 2. Authorized school or university aration of the applicant and review Admission application fee records, transcripts, certificates of degrees, documents including letters and written (nonrefundable) ...... $50.00 etc., showing all courses taken and all testimony of persons who serve as refer- Tests grades and degrees received. The records ences or are cognizant of the circumstances Graduate Record Examination (GRE) must be either the original documents or of the applicant’s situation. The panel may General...... 96.00 certified copies (i.e., copies certified by a determine that an equivalency of a bacca- Graduate Management Admission Test notary public or a U.S. Embassy official). laureate degree was earned and, if so, may (GMAT)...... 125.00 Miller Analogy Test ...... 45.00 An official translation must be attached to recommend that the student be admissable these records if they are in a language in regular or conditional status; or it may Tuition (1997-98) other than English. determine that an equivalency of a bacca- Oregon residents laureate degree was not earned, and, if so, 8 credits...... 1,653.00 3. A minimum score of 550 on the Test of it may recommend that specific additional Full time (9 to 16 credits)...... 1,956.00 English as a Foreign Language, which is preparation be required in order to meet the Each additional credit ...... 192.00 administered by the Educational Testing admission standard. The Dean of Graduate Nonresidents 8 credits...... 1,653.00 Service at testing centers established Studies shall make a final determination throughout the world. Students who cannot Full time (9 to 16 credits)...... 3,362.00 based upon the recommendation and the Each additional credit ...... 349.00 obtain a TOEFL bulletin and registration evidence presented. form locally should write, well in advance, Microfilming Re-enrollment. Students who have Dissertation (required) ...... 55.00 to: Test of English as a Foreign Language, not been enrolled for three terms (exclud- Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08540. The mini- Thesis (optional) ...... 45.00 ing summer) after admission to graduate Copyrighting (optional) ...... 45.00 mum acceptable TOEFL score is 550. study and who have not attended another The applicant must have earned the Transcript college or university in the interim, must Official ...... 5.00 equivalent of a U.S. bachelor’s degree, with complete a re-enrollment request and Each additional copy ordered at same first-class marks, from an approved institu- submit it to the Office of Admissions. time ...... 1.00 tion. The applicant must present certifica- Students who have not been in continu- Unofficial/advising...... 1.50 tion of the availability of sufficient funds to ous enrollment after admission to graduate Catalog ...... 5.00 meet all costs while studying at the Univer- study, but who have enrolled in coursework Note: All tuition and fee costs listed above are sity. Contact the Admissions Office for an elsewhere, must complete the re-enroll- accurate as of January 1, 1999, and are subject to estimate of expenses. ment request; in addition, they must change by the Oregon State Board of Higher Funds for graduate assistantships and request that each institution attended since Education or the independent institutions fellowships are limited, and the chances of leaving PSU send two transcripts directly involved. a foreign student obtaining such aid during to the Office of Admissions. A GPA of at the first year of residence are minimal. Stu- least 3.00 in all graduate work taken subse- FINANCIAL dents from other countries are expected to quent to admission to Portland State Uni- ASSISTANCE carry a full academic load of 9 credits versity is a prerequisite for re-enrollment. during the regular school year and are cau- To assure that registration materials can Graduate Assistantships. The Uni- tioned not to plan to supplement funds by be prepared on time, the re-enrollment versity offers graduate assistantships for part-time off-campus employment during request form and supporting documents teaching or research on a competitive basis this period. should be received by the Office of Admis- for students working toward advanced Application deadlines for foreign stu- sions no later than three weeks prior to degrees in most areas. To qualify and to dents are fixed. Applications for admission registration. remain eligible for an appointment, a stu- and complete credentials should reach the dent must be admitted to regular or quali- Office of Admissions at least 6 months ASIC GRADUATE fied status and be in good academic prior to the opening of the term. Please B standing in a graduate degree program at note that the application must be accompa- FEES PSU. Graduate assistants must be regis- nied by a $50 (U.S.) nonrefundable appli- The basic fees associated with graduate tered for and satisfactorily complete a min- cation fee. study at PSU are listed in the following imum of 9 graduate credits each term the Exceptional Admission Proce- table. The admission application fee is assistantship is in effect, except Summer dures. In situations beyond the control of required and is nonrefundable. For many of Session, and show satisfactory academic a foreign applicant, when transcripts and the graduate degree programs, the appli- progress in fulfilling the requirements of documents are not available to confirm cant is required to submit a recent test the degree program. The student’s depart- completion of a baccalaureate degree in a score on one or more of the designated ment chair or graduate coordinator may foreign university, the Vice Provost may standardized tests. The graduate tuition allow up to 4 undergraduate credits within employ a special admissions procedure. fees depend on the total number of credits the 9 credits if the undergraduate credits Upon referral by the Admissions staff in enrolled classes, resident or nonresident are needed as prerequisites for graduate responsible for foreign student admission status in the state of Oregon, and the stu- courses or are important to the student’s and recommendation of the admitting dent’s status as graduate assistant or non- plan of study. Any request for a student to department, a special panel consisting of graduate assistant. Further details on take more than four undergraduate courses three faculty may be appointed to review graduate fees are available by contacting must be approved by the Dean of Graduate the materials available and interview the the Office of the Registrar, 132 Neuberger Studies. Graduate assistants are provided a applicant. The panel shall consist of one Hall. salary on a regular periodic basis as com- 50 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

pensation for the service provided and A—Excellent 4. A written agreement, signed by both receive a remission of the instructional fee B—Satisfactory the student and the instructor, should portion of tuition each term of appoint- C—Below graduate standard include a statement of the remaining work ment. Students wishing to apply for gradu- D—Failure to be done to remove the I grade, and the ate assistantships must correspond directly F—Failure date, not to exceed one year from the end with the appropriate academic department The following marks are also used: of the term of enrollment for the course, by chair. The Office of Graduate Studies and which work must be completed in order to Research does not award graduate assis- P—Satisfactory completion (B- or better) earn credit toward the degree. The instruc- tantships. NP—No credit, unsatisfactory tor may specify the highest grade which Oregon Laurels. The Oregon Lau- I—Incomplete may be awarded upon completion; the rels Graduate Tuition Remission Program IP—In progress grade awarded should not exceed the level provides remission of the instructional fees W—Withdrawn of achievement attained during the regular at in-state rates to academically qualified X—No grade received/No basis for grade course period. students on a competitive basis with prefer- Although grades of C+, C, and C- are An Incomplete grade becomes part of ence given to Oregon residents. The tuition below the graduate standard, they may be the permanent transcript record after the remissions are available to admitted gradu- counted as credit toward a graduate degree deadline expires, unless a retroactive with- ate students, both full time and part time, at with the specific approval of the depart- drawal is approved by petition to the Grad- Portland State University. The Oregon Lau- ment. The student must have a B average uate Council. To remove an I an instructor rels is a merit program; financial need is (3.00 GPA) on the courses fulfilling the must file a supplementary grade report. also a consideration for some of the degree requirements (courses listed on the Withdrawals. Withdrawal from a awards. The application deadline is April GO-12 form for master’s students), and course must be initiated by the student. It is 15 for the following year. Information will departments may establish a more rigorous the student’s responsibility to withdraw be available after March 1 from the Office standard. Grades of D or F indicate clearly properly by the deadline dates published in of Graduate Studies and Research in 111 unacceptable work and carry no graduate the Schedule of Classes. Cramer Hall. credit. A student may withdraw with no record Scholarships. Portland State Univer- The grades of P/NP are used by only a on the transcript up to the end of the fourth sity has a limited number of scholarships limited number of departments which have week of the term. As a courtesy, students available to graduate students. Scholarships received special authorization and may be are advised to notify the instructor con- are awarded to students in attendance at the counted as credit toward a graduate degree cerned of the intended or completed with- University on the basis of academic in resident credit only. drawal. achievement, promise, and financial need. A mark of IP may be used for 501/601 A student may withdraw for any reason A computerized data base of scholar- Research and for 506/606 Project when a before the end of the fourth week, but with- ships, both national and local, is available student is progressing in an acceptable drawal between then and the end of the on the second floor of the library. Informa- manner toward completion of the work; eighth week requires instructor approval. A tion on scholarships related to specific final grades for 501/601 and 506/606 are student withdrawing after the end of the departments should be made to the specific assigned by the instructor on a Supplemen- fourth week shall have a W recorded on the department involved. tal Grade Report. A mark of IP must be transcript. Educational Loans and Work. used for 503 Thesis/603 Dissertation when A student wishing to withdraw after the Graduate students may apply for educa- a student is progressing in an acceptable eighth week must petition the Deadline tional loans through the Federal Perkins manner; final grades for 503/603 are Appeals Board. A W is recorded if the peti- Student Loan program, the Federal Direct assigned by the instructor on the Recom- tion is allowed. Reasons for withdrawal Stafford Loan program, the Federal Unsub- mendation for the Degree form (GO-17) beyond the eighth week must be beyond sidized Stafford Loan program, and the and posted after acceptance of the thesis/ the student’s control, and medical reasons federal College Work-Study Program. dissertation by the Office of Graduate Stud- must be documented. Instructor’s com- Details and application materials are avail- ies and Research. ments are required on the petition. able from the Student Financial Aid Office, Incompletes. A student may be Refunds are automatic and are calcu- 176 Neuberger Hall. Priority consideration assigned an I grade by an instructor when lated from the date of official course load for Federal Perkins Student Loan and fed- all of the following four criteria apply: reduction. The refund is 100 percent before eral College Work-Study will be given to 1. Quality of work in the course up to that the first day of the term. those who have completed the application point is C level or above. If a student, to the best of the instruc- process earliest, while funds are available. 2. Essential work remains to be done. tor’s knowledge, has never attended class, “Essential” means that a grade for the the name on the Grading Register may be ENROLLMENT POLICIES course could not be assigned without drop- assigned an X grade. An auditor may also AND CREDIT REGULA- ping one or more grade points below the be assigned an X for insufficient atten- TIONS level achievable upon completion of the dance. work. A student who has participated in a Graduate Grading System. The fol- 3. Reasons for assigning an I must be course but has failed to complete essential lowing grading scale is employed at the acceptable to the instructor. The student work or attend examinations, and who has graduate level: does not have the right to demand an I. The not communicated with the instructor, will A = 4.00 B- = 2.67 D+ = 1.33 circumstances must be unforeseen or be be assigned an F, a D, or whatever grade A- = 3.67 C+ = 2.33 D = 1.00 beyond the control of the student. An the work has earned. B+= 3.33 C = 2.00 D- = 0.67 instructor is entitled to insist on appropri- Repeat of Graduate Courses. If B = 3.00 C- = 1.67 F = 0.00 ate medical or other documentation. In no a required course is repeated, the grades awarded both times are included in the The grading system at the graduate case is an “Incomplete” grade given to GPA; however, credit toward the number of level is defined as follows: enable a student to do additional work to raise a deficient grade. credits required for the degree is counted G RADUATE STUDIES 51

only once. Repeating courses to raise the approved by the Office of Graduate Studies a matriculated graduate student in a PSU GPA is not acceptable. and Research. advanced-degree program and be regis- Audit. Graduate students may take Residence Credit. In a 45-credit tered for PSU credit the same term the JC any course for which they have the prereq- program, a master’s candidate must earn a 510/610 course is taken. A maximum of 15 uisites and which is open to them on the minimum of 30 graduate credits in courses JC credits may be applied toward a PSU basis of their admission category on an on the PSU campus during the student’s graduate degree program. Forms are avail- audit (no-credit) basis. The tuition and fees admitted graduate degree status (regular, able from the assistant director in the for auditing courses are the same as for conditional, or qualified) and graduate cer- Office of Registration and Records in the taking the courses for credit, but a student’s tificate status. In a degree program greater lobby of Neuberger Hall. Courses offered load (total credit hours) does not include than 45 credits, a master’s candidate must by Extended Studies and Summer Session audit enrollments. earn a minimum of two-thirds of the are ineligible for this program. Courses taken more than once on an required credits in courses on the PSU Transfer Credit. If transfer credit is audit basis cannot be repeated for graduate campus during the student’s admitted grad- to be presented, the Proposed Transfer credit. During the add-drop period a stu- uate degree status (regular, conditional, or Credit for Master’s Degree form must be dent registered for a course for audit may qualified) and graduate certificate status. A filed in the Office of Graduate Studies and change to credit status or vice versa minimum of 12 credits in a 45-credit pro- Research for approval, and must be accom- through the official methods; thereafter the gram (or 25 percent of the required credits panied by an official sealed transcript from change cannot be made. in a degree program greater than 45 credits) the institution if it has not been sent to the Television Course Credit. Gradu- must be taken in residence in 500, 500/600, University previously. It is suggested that ate credit earned through enrollment in or 600 course level categories. The remain- this form be submitted early in the stu- television courses (closed-circuit TV der of the required credits may be 400/500 dent’s program, but it must be submitted excepted) will not be acceptable toward an courses taken for the 500-level number. and approved before the Office of Graduate advanced degree, except when approved in In a doctoral program, a minimum of Studies and Research will review the Grad- advance by the graduate adviser, the three consecutive terms must be spent in uate Degree Program form, which is due in department, and the Dean of Graduate full-time residence (minimum 9 graduate the first week in the term of graduation. Studies. credits each term) after admission to the Transferable credits may include graduate Correspondence Credit. Under doctoral program. credits graded A or B received from: (1) no circumstance will graduate credit A maximum of 12 graduate credits PSU prior to admission to a PSU graduate earned through correspondence study be acquired by an undergraduate student at degree program, except courses reserved acceptable toward an advanced degree. Portland State University through the grad- for graduate credit; (2) other accredited Academic Load. The normal term uate credit reservation procedure will be institutions. Credit from foreign institu- load for a student devoting full time to counted as residence credits if approved tions is generally not transferable into a graduate study is 12 credits including for inclusion in the student’s graduate graduate program at Portland State coursework and thesis. Graduate students program. University. must seek approval of registration in excess Residence requirements are intended to The acceptability of transfer credit of 16 credits. A student registering for 17 to ensure that the candidates work in close toward an advanced degree at PSU is deter- 19 credits must obtain the approval of the association with other graduate scholars in mined by the student’s department with the department chair or faculty adviser. A stu- the intellectual environment of the approval of the Office of Graduate Studies dent registering for 20 credits or more must University. and Research. Courses approved for gradu- obtain the approval of the department chair Credit Distribution and Limi- ate transfer credit from another institution or faculty adviser, the student’s academic tations for Master’s Degrees. Limi- are not entered on PSU’s graduate tran- dean, and the Dean of Graduate Studies. A tations are placed on the use of credits in scripts and are not considered in the com- graduate assistant registering for more than 501, 503, 505, 508, and 509 courses. In a putation of grade point averages for the 16 credits must obtain approval from the 45-credit program, the limits are as fol- purposes of determining continued admis- department chair and the Dean of Graduate lows: a maximum of 12 credits in 501 and sibility and graduation. Graduate courses Studies. Overload approval forms may be 505 combined; a maximum of 9 credits in taken at PSU while in nonadmitted or post- obtained from the departments or the 508 and 509 combined; a range of 6 to 9 baccalaureate status are considered transfer Office of Graduate Studies and Research. credits in 503. credit if used toward a graduate degree; Minimum Enrollment. The Uni- Courses applied to the degree must be they must meet all transfer requirements versity requires that graduate students who 500 or 600 level. The 700- and 800-level and are subject to transfer limits. are involved in activities requiring faculty courses are not acceptable in graduate Credit cannot be transferred for the fol- time or the use of University facilities reg- degree programs, with the exception of the lowing: (1) courses for which a grade lower ister each term. master’s degree programs in the School of than B- was received; (2) courses graded The student’s department will deter- Education as well as some M.A.T./M.S.T. Pass; (3) correspondence courses, televi- mine the exact number of credits for which programs; these programs may allow a sion courses, and some short-term courses; the student must enroll in any given term in maximum of 6 credits at the 800 level. (4) courses completed at a date which relation to the amount of time required of Joint Campus Program. Graduate exceeds the time limits prescribed for the faculty or the use of University facilities students at Portland State University may, degree program; (5) courses used for any during the term. with adviser, department, and registrar other degree at any institution; (6) courses A minimum of one credit is required approval, take graduate courses at any of not acceptable into graduate academic when taking any comprehensive or final the other institutions in the Oregon State degrees without qualification at the origi- examination. A minimum of one credit of System of Higher Education. A student nating institution; (7) undergraduate registration is required when engaged in registers for these courses with the PSU courses. any phase of research, such as developing registrar, who records each grade on the The maximum transfer credit accepted or collecting data, or any aspects of a thesis academic record under Joint-Campus toward a master’s degree is one-third of the or dissertation until its final acceptance is Course (JC 510/610). The student must be number of credits required for the degree. 52 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Departments may require stricter limits on Leave of Absence. A student admit- ment or school in which they do not hold transfer credit; therefore, students should ted to a graduate program and in good an appointment. seek advice concerning individual program standing may petition for leave of absence requirements. Certain professional master’s for one calendar year. Leave of absence ACADEMIC programs have special transfer credit status assures the student a continuation of STANDING allowances resulting from accreditation the student’s admission in the program requirements and interinstitutional agree- during the period of the leave of absence. Academic Probation. All students ments (e.g., M.S.W. program). Application for leave of absence, endorsed admitted to graduate studies (regular, con- Reservation of Work for Grad- by the department chair or program direc- ditional, and graduate certificate) at Port- uate Credit. Only credits earned at PSU tor, must be filed in the Office of Graduate land State University must maintain a GPA can be reserved for graduate credit. A Res- Studies and Research not later than the last of at least 3.00 for all graduate credit ervation of Graduate Credit form must be day to register for classes in the term for earned at PSU. An admitted student is filed in the Office of Graduate Studies and which the application is made. A leave of placed on Research after admission to a graduate pro- absence is granted only to graduate stu- probation if: gram, preferably the term following admis- dents in good standing and does not consti- 1. The student’s cumulative graduate GPA sion. Reserved graduate credit is limited to tute a waiver of the time limit for at Portland State University, based on the 12 completed and graded graduate credits completion of the graduate degree at PSU. completion of 9 graded graduate credits of A or B earned within the last 45 credits A student may petition for a second after admission to the graduate/postbacca- prior to the award of the baccalaureate leave of absence from a graduate program, laureate level at PSU, is below 3.00 at the degree and not used to fulfill the require- but approval is required from the depart- end of any term, or ments for the baccalaureate degree. ment chair or program director and gradu- Approval to accept a course reserved ate committee of the college or school. 2. The student’s term graduate GPA, for graduate credit toward a graduate Cancellation of Admission to based on a minimum of 6 graded graduate degree is within the province of the depart- Graduate Program. If a student does credits, is below 2.67 for a given term. ment or authorized director of the degree not validate admission by registering and While on academic probation the stu- program. Such courses then can be used to paying for at least one credit in the term of dent will not be permitted to graduate, to be partially fulfill the residence requirements admission, that admission will be cancelled advanced to doctoral candidacy, to receive for the degree. unless the student contacts the Admissions approval of the master’s degree program Dual Master’s Degrees. No cred- Office and requests that the admission be (GO-12 form), or to receive or continue to its applied toward a master’s degree, once updated to another term within the calendar hold a graduate assistantship. It is recom- that degree is achieved, may be applied to year. If the student does not validate admis- mended that students on probation not reg- the earning of another master’s degree, sion within one calendar year, the admis- ister for more than a total of 9 credits in except for the special arrangement pro- sion will be cancelled and the student must any term. Removal of academic probation vided for the dual master’s degree program. submit a new application and a new appli- occurs if the cumulative graduate GPA is In the case of the dual master’s degree cation fee. brought to 3.00 within the next 9 graduate program, a graduate student may work con- A student with validated admission to a credits in graded courses in the case of pro- currently toward the completion of the graduate program who during a one-year bation due to a low cumulative GPA, or requirements of two master’s degrees in period 1) does not have an approved leave both cumulative and term GPA of 3.00 or complementary disciplines where an over- of absence and 2) does not successfully above in the case of probation due to a low lap of coursework or research (not thesis) complete a graduate course in the approved term GPA. occurs. The dual degree program is program of study for the degree may have Disqualification. A student who is planned in consultation with and approved admission to the degree program canceled. disqualified may not register for any gradu- by the advisers from each program. The For further information, students are urged ate courses at PSU for at least one calendar courses to be accepted dually for the two to contact individual departments for year. Disqualification occurs if: degrees shall be determined by the depart- departmental restrictions. 1. The student on academic probation for ment(s) involved but may not exceed one- Degree Application. Candidates low GPA fails to achieve a cumulative third of the required quarter credits for a must file a Degree Application card with graduate GPA of 3.00 or higher within the degree. If the two master’s programs have Graduate Studies by the first Friday of the next 9 graduate credits in graded courses; different totals for course credits, the one- anticipated term of graduation. The degree or third limit is determined by the smaller will not be conferred unless the student has 2. The student on probation for a term course total. To ensure time for adequate attained a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 GPA below 2.67 does not receive at least a planning, applications for admission to the for all graduate credits earned at Portland 3.00 term GPA and does not achieve a 3.00 dual degree program are made early in the State, as well as a GPA of at least 3.00 on cumulative GPA within the next 9 credits graduate studies. Admission to the second the courses fulfilling the degree require- of graded graduate coursework; or program in the dual degree program must ments (courses listed on the GO-12 form be attained no later than the term prior to for master’s students); departments may 3. The student becomes subject to aca- the term in which the final coursework is establish a more rigorous standard. demic probation for a second time. completed for the first degree. A memo of Limitations for Faculty Mem- Readmission After Disqualifica- agreement signed by both advisers and list- bers. PSU faculty members are encour- tion. ing the specific courses which will be used aged to pursue additional advanced degrees A disqualified student may petition for for both degrees must be approved by the at other institutions. Specifically, faculty readmission as a degree-seeking student in Office of Graduate Studies before gradua- members above the rank of instructor are a graduate program after one calendar year. tion with the first degree. These forms are not eligible to receive an advanced degree Readmission after the mandatory one-year available in the Office of Graduate Studies in their own department or school at the period is initiated by the student’s filing of and Research, 111 Cramer Hall. University; however, in special circum- a petition for readmission to the Graduate stances, they may earn a degree in a depart- Council through the Office of Graduate Studies and Research. Readmission is not automatic. To be readmitted the student GRADUATE STUDIES 53

must meet all current admission require- 3.Selling or Offering to Sell 4.Denial or rescinding of the award of the ments, with the exception of the graduate Course Assignment Materials. graduate degree. In cases involved with a GPA. Selling or offering to sell material to thesis, dissertation, or other research sub- If the student’s graduate program has another person; knowing, or under circum- mitted in partial fulfillment for the require- recommended readmission, the Graduate stances having reason to know, that the ments for an advanced degree, the graduate Council may grant readmission, with or whole or a substantial part of the material degree may be denied or rescinded. If a without additional academic requirements, is intended to be submitted in student is found to have committed aca- or may recommend continued disqualifica- fulfillment of a course requirement. demic fraud, the graduate degree may be tion. If the Graduate Council approves denied or rescinded. readmission, the student must submit a re- 4.Academic Fraud. Furnishing false After action by the Graduate Council enrollment request to the Office of Admis- or incomplete information to the Univer- the material is forwarded to the Office of sions. The readmitted graduate student is sity with the intent to deceive; forging, Student Affairs to determine if violations of subject to all University and program altering, or misusing University docu- the Student Conduct Code have occurred. requirements in effect at the time of read- ments or academic forms which serve as mission. The student must raise the PSU the basis for admission, course study, or GENERAL REQUIRE- graduate GPA to 3.00 or better with 12 graduation; misrepresenting a person’s MENTS FOR DOCTORAL credits of graded graduate coursework after identity to an instructor or other Univer- readmission, or she/he will be disqualified. sity official. DEGREES Graduate courses completed at any Allegations of violation of the graduate institution while a student is under disqual- Advisory Committee. An advisory policy on academic honesty and integrity committee for the doctoral degree student ification at PSU will not be applied toward not resolved within the department (or a graduate program at PSU. shall consist of at least three faculty mem- appropriate academic unit) shall be submit- bers representative of the student’s field of ted to the Dean of Graduate Studies. If the study. When a student enters the doctoral ACADEMIC HONESTY Dean concludes there are grounds to program, a faculty adviser shall be desig- believe that the allegations are well nated by the program director to advise the Graduate Policy on Academic founded and is unable to resolve the matter student and to meet in regular consultation Honesty and Integrity. Graduate stu- to the satisfaction of all parties, the Dean concerning the program of studies and dents have a primary, unique relationship shall refer the matter to the Graduate Coun- research. The additional members of the and responsibility to the faculty of the aca- cil. advisory committee shall be appointed at a demic departments, the faculty upon whose Following procedures established by time not later than six months prior to recommendations graduate degrees are the Graduate Council, the allegations and the completion of the comprehensive awarded. A major feature of the graduate the student’s response shall be considered. examinations. student’s responsibilities to the faculty is If the violation of the graduate policy on Residence Requirements. A min- the adherence to academic honesty. The academic honesty and integrity is estab- imum of three academic years of satisfac- Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty and lished, academic actions shall be taken. tory graduate study beyond the Integrity assumes that the student is honest, The Graduate Council shall consider such baccalaureate is required. A minimum of that all coursework and examinations rep- information as it deems relevant to the con- three consecutive terms must be spent in resent the student’s own work, and that all sideration of the allegations. The academic full-time residence, with registration for 9 documents supporting the student’s admis- decisions of the Graduate Council on viola- or more credits each term, after admission sion and graduation are accurate and com- tions of the Graduate Policy on Academic to the doctoral program at Portland State plete. Academic honesty is a requirement Honesty and Integrity are final. University. for all graduate activities. Any violation of The following constitute academic Language Requirement. For the academic honesty and integrity is grounds actions which the Graduate Council may Ph.D. degree, the student may be required for academic action. In addition, a student take as a result of violation of the Graduate to demonstrate competency in at least one found in violation of this policy may be Policy on Academic Honesty and Integrity: foreign language. The requirement of for- subject to disciplinary sanction 1.Denial or rescinding of credit for the eign language competence for the Ph.D. as provided in the University Student course in which the violation occurred. degree is determined by the governing unit Conduct Code. 2.Academic probation for a period of one of the student’s program, department, or Violations of the policy include but are school. Any foreign language requirement not limited to: calendar year. While on academic probation the student will not be permitted to must be completed before the comprehen- 1.Cheating in Examinations and apply for advancement to candidacy, to sive examinations. Course Assignments. The willful use receive or continue to hold a graduate Preliminary Examination. Early or provision to others of unauthorized assistantship, or to register for more than 9 in the doctoral program the student may be materials in written or oral examinations or graduate credits per term. required to take preliminary examinations. in course assignments. 3.Academic disqualification for a period The scope and content of the examination, 2.Plagiarism. The appropriation of lan- of one to three calendar years. While on and the standard of performance, shall be guage, ideas, and products of another academic disqualification the student determined by the department concerned. author or artist and representation of them cannot register for any graduate courses at Comprehensive Examination. as one’s own original work; failure to pro- PSU, and no coursework completed at Before advancement to candidacy and not vide proper identification of source data; PSU or other institutions during the aca- less than one academic year before all use of purchased or borrowed papers in demic disqualification can be applied to requirements for the doctoral degree are graduate courses without complete identifi- any graduate degree or certificate pro- expected to be completed, the student must cation of the source. gram. The student’s admission to any grad- pass a series of comprehensive examina- uate degree or certificate program will be tions in the field of specialization. The canceled. The student must petition for examinations may be written, oral, or both. readmission after the completion of the The comprehensive examinations may not period of academic disqualification. be taken until the language requirement, if 54 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

any, and substantially all the coursework ies retains final approval authority for Doctoral students may wish to copyright for the degree have been completed. advancement to candidacy. their dissertations. The charge for this Advancement to Candidacy. Human Subjects Research optional service is $45. After passing the comprehensive examina- Review Committee. All research Final Oral Examination. After tion and the identification of the disserta- involving human subjects conducted by tentative approval of the dissertation, the tion proposal, and after the student faculty, staff or students in any program at candidate’s dissertation committee, includ- completes a preliminary draft for approval PSU must have prior approval of the ing the representative of the Office of Grad- from the Human Subjects Research Review Human Subjects Research Review Com- uate Studies and Research, shall conduct a Committee, a dissertation committee— mittee. This policy, established by the final oral examination, which may be consisting of the dissertation adviser, a Office of the President of Portland State scheduled only during the regular sessions minimum of three and a maximum of five University, applies to all research under the or during the eight-week Summer Session. additional faculty from the doctoral pro- auspices of the University, including sur- The final examination shall not be given gram, plus the representative of the Office veys and questionnaires, whether sup- until coursework and residence require- of Graduate Studies—shall be formed to ported by grant, contract, gift, University, ments have been completed. The final take the place of the advisory committee. or personal funds. Even if a student’s defense of the dissertation may be held no At this time the faculty adviser is super- research is exempt from full Human Sub- later than five weeks prior to the conferring seded by the dissertation adviser. The chair jects Research Review Committee review, of the degree. The final doctoral oral exam- of the dissertation committee and the Grad- the student must still file an application ination, which is open to the public, is the uate Office Representative must be regular, with the HSRRC. The decision to waive culminating experience in the doctoral full-time PSU faculty, tenured or tenure- review is made by the HSRRC chair or a studies. The candidate is expected to pre- track, assistant professor or higher in rank; designated member of the HSRRC. The pare and present orally a formal statement the other three committee members may student should allow a minimum of six on the research methodology and results. include adjunct faculty. If it is necessary to weeks for the approval process. The oral presentation should not exceed 30 go off-campus for one committee member Dissertation Presentation. With minutes. Following the oral presentation, with specific expertise not available among guidance of the dissertation committee, the the candidate must defend the dissertation PSU faculty, a curriculum vitae (CV) for candidate shall present a dissertation writ- as a worthy contribution to knowledge in that proposed member must be presented. ten in acceptable form setting forth the its field and must demonstrate a mastery of All committee members must have doc- results of original and independent investi- the field of specialization as it is related to toral degrees. A written dissertation pro- gation. The dissertation must constitute a the dissertation. The questioning and disposal shall be presented to the dissertation contribution to knowledge, significantly cussion are for the purpose of: (1) further committee for discussion, evaluation, and enlarging, modifying, or reinterpreting enlightenment of the candidate and the suggested modifications. The final proposal what was previously known. The candidate committee of the significance and limita- submitted to the committee for approval is expected to register for dissertation and tions of the research, and (2) demonstration should be sufficiently detailed and clear to the related research for a minimum of one that the candidate has met the high expecta- provide a blueprint for the study to follow. full-time academic year. Until the degree is tions of the University for the award of the The proposal is expected to include the fol- granted, the student enrolls for the number doctoral degree. lowing: of credits appropriate to the amount of Uni- All committee members or alternates 1. General nature and present status of versity services utilized, as determined by approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies knowledge of the problem. the dissertation adviser, with a minimum of must be present for the final examination. 2. The theoretical and empirical frame- one credit each term. Ph.D. students must For dissertation approval there may be no work within which the proposed problem register for a minimum of 27 hours of dis- more than one dissenting vote on the doc- exists. sertation (603) credits before graduation; toral final examination. If the final oral Ed.D. students must register for a mini- examination is not satisfactory, the advi- 3. The significance of the proposed mum of 18 hours of dissertation (603) sory committee may recommend that the research and its likely contributions. credits before graduation. A minimum con- Dean of Graduate Studies permit the candi- 4. The research methodology to be used. tinuing enrollment of one credit is required date to take another oral examination after Upon final approval of the dissertation through the term a student graduates. The a period of further study. proposal by the dissertation committee and dissertation must be prepared in accor- Dissertation in Absentia. With approval of the research plan and proce- dance with the University’s Information the written approval of the doctoral pro- dure by the Human Subjects Research Regarding Thesis and Dissertation gram chair, the Dean of Graduate Studies Review Committee, the program shall Approval, available in the Office of Gradu- may authorize the dissertation to be pre- request advancement to candidacy. ate Studies and Research. pared in absentia. The student must register Changes in the original proposal are per- Microfilming. Portland State Univer- at Portland State University at the begin- mitted, but the student is expected to pro- sity subscribes to the services offered by ning of each term and conduct the research vide a sufficiently complete formulation of University Microfilms International, under the direction of the dissertation the proposal and to keep modifications to a enabling degree candidates to have their adviser. minimum. All major modifications of the doctoral dissertations microfilmed and Time Limitation. A doctoral candi- approved dissertation proposal must be abstracts published in the Dissertation date has a minimum of four months and a reviewed and approved by the dissertation Abstracts International. Microfilming is maximum of five years from the effective committee and the Human Subjects mandatory for doctoral candidates. An date of advancement to candidacy to com- Research Review Committee. If the student abstract, not to exceed 350 words, must be plete all requirements for graduation, has not satisfied the residency requirement submitted to the Office of Graduate Studies including defense of the dissertation and its by the time of advancement to candidacy, a and Research with the microfilm agree- final acceptance by the Office of Graduate plan for doctoral residency must accom- ment form. The charge for this service is Studies and Research (within this time pany the program’s recommendation for $55, payable at the Cashier’s office, after frame, doctoral programs may have stricter advancement. The Dean of Graduate Stud- picking up the necessary forms in the requirements). Candidates must be contin- Office of Graduate Studies and Research. uously enrolled during that period. Failure G RADUATE STUDIES 55

to meet the five-year limitation will invali- chair of the dissertation committee and the 4. At least two weeks prior to the final date passing of the comprehensive exami- Graduate Office representative must be oral examination, the chair of the disserta- nations and remove the student from regular, full-time PSU faculty, tenured or tion committee submits copies of the final candidacy. Readmission to candidacy tenure-track, assistant professor or higher draft to each member of the committee. requires the passing of the regular, or a spe- in rank; the other three committee mem- 5. The final oral examination must be cial, comprehensive examination. Approv- bers may include adjunct faculty. If it is passed and degree requirements com- als for readmission are required from the necessary to go off-campus for one completed no later than five calendar years academic program and the Dean of Gradu- mittee member with specific expertise not after advancement to candidacy for the ate Studies. available among PSU faculty, a CV for that doctoral degree. Candidates must be proposed member must be presented. All continuously enrolled. SUMMARY OF committee members must have doctoral 6. Three copies of the dissertation and PROCEDURES degrees. The adviser submits one copy of four copies of the abstract in final FOR DOCTORAL DEGREES the Appointment of Final Oral Examina- approved form (some departments require tion Committee (GO-16D) to the Office of four copies of the dissertation and five The following outline summarizes the Port- Graduate Studies and Research for copies of the abstract) must be submitted land State University procedural require- appointment of the representative of the to the Office of Graduate Studies and ments for the doctoral degree. Additional Office of Graduate Studies and Research Research no later than three weeks before requirements may be imposed by specific and approval of the committee by the Dean graduation. Required corrections must be programs. of Graduate Studies. The dissertation topic made before graduation. Deadlines for must accompany this request, along with a each term are available in the Office of PRE-CANDIDACY FOR DEGREE copy of the preliminary draft for approval Graduate Studies and Research. 1. After admission to a specific program, from the Human Subjects Research 7. Microfilming of the dissertation is man- each student is assigned to a faculty Review Committee. datory for doctoral candidates. An abstract, adviser by the program director. A prelimi- 8. The student prepares a written disserta- which may not exceed 350 words, must be nary course of study is developed in con- tion proposal and submits it to the submitted to the Office of Graduate Stud- sultation with the adviser. approved dissertation committee for evalu- ies and Research with the University 2. Upon satisfactory completion of 9 cred- ation, modification, and final approval. Microfilms International agreement form. its of coursework and not later than six When the dissertation committee accepts The charge for this service is $55, payable months prior to the completion of the com- the proposal, it recommends the student at the Cashier’s Office, after picking up the prehensive examinations, an advisory com- for advancement to candidacy to the Dean necessary forms in the Office of Graduate mittee consisting of at least three members of Graduate Studies. This request must be Studies and Research. Copyrighting of the is appointed by the program director. accompanied by a copy of the approval of dissertation is optional, at an additional 3. A program of study is prepared by the the research plan and procedure by the charge of $45, payable at the Cashier’s advisory committee in consultation with Human Subjects Research Review Com- Office. the student. The student’s program is rec- mittee. If the student has not satisfied the residency requirements, a plan for doc- 8. The National Research Council Survey ommended to the program director; after of Earned Doctorates must be completed approval, copies are distributed to the stu- toral residency compliance must also accompany this request. by the student and returned to the Office of dent, adviser, program director, and Dean Graduate Studies and Research. There is of Graduate Studies. 9. The student is informed by the Dean of no charge involved. 4. In some programs the student may Graduate Studies of advancement to candidacy for the doctoral degree. The candi- 9. Incomplete or In Progress grades in any be required to pass a preliminary course (excluding dissertation, see 10 examination. date has a minimum of four months and a maximum of five years from the effective below) which is in the approved program 5. Foreign language examinations, if date of advancement to candidacy to com- must be removed no later than two weeks required, must be passed before the complete all requirements for graduation, before graduation. prehensive examination. Notice of passing including defense of the dissertation and 10.The doctoral program completes the of the examination is sent to the Dean of its final acceptance by the Office of Gradu- Recommendation for the Degree form Graduate Studies. ate Studies and Research. Candidates must (GO-17D) which is forwarded to the 6. The comprehensive examinations are be continuously enrolled during that Office of Graduate Studies and Research scheduled and administered in accordance period. no later than the last week of the term of with established rules of the program. The graduation. In-progress grades for required results of the examination are sent to the CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE 503/603 dissertation credits are changed Dean of Graduate Studies. 1. Under direction of the chair of the dis- on this form, eliminating the need for the 7. After the student has passed the com- sertation committee, and in consultation Supplemental Grade Report for these prehensive and foreign language examina- with the members of the dissertation com- courses. tions, and after identification of a mittee, the candidate prepares a prelimi- 11.The Dean of Graduate Studies certifies dissertation research problem, a disserta- nary draft of the dissertation. that all requirements for the degree have tion committee consisting of the disserta- 2. The draft is revised and corrected as been met and recommends the awarding of tion adviser and a minimum of three and a directed by the dissertation committee the degree. maximum of five additional faculty from until it meets the approval of the 12.Graduation. the doctoral program is recommended by committee. the program director. This committee is 3. The candidate files the Application for selected with regard to both faculty skills the Degree form with the Office of Gradu- and knowledge required by the research ate Studies and Research no later than problem and the regulations of the specific the first week of the anticipated term of academic program and the University. The graduation. 56 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

GENERAL REQUIRE- proposed member must be presented; that should allow a minimum of six weeks for member must be in addition to the required the approval process. MENTS FOR MASTER’S three PSU faculty members. All committee Thesis. The presentation of a thesis as DEGREES members must have master’s degrees. In partial fulfillment of the requirements for the case of a non-thesis oral examination, the master’s degree is required in certain Program of Study. Prior to the com- the committee shall consist of at least two departments. If a thesis is presented, the pletion of 18 credits, the degree student members of the student’s department, student must register for 6 to 9 thesis cred- prepares a program of study with the assis- including the candidate’s adviser. At the its in the appropriate department. Final tance of the faculty adviser. The purpose of discretion of the department, a faculty grades for thesis credits are not recorded the planned program of study is to present member from another department may be until the thesis has been approved. IP is the an organized, individualized plan for added; that member would be selected by interim grade reported. When the thesis is coursework, practicums, and research the adviser, the department chair, or the required, it becomes a major factor in activities consistent with the requirements departmental graduate committee chair, determining the eligibility of the candidate for the proposed degree and approved by according to department policy. For M.A.T. for the degree. Each school, college, and the faculty adviser. Successful completion and M.S.T. candidates, one member of the department defines the nature of research of the committee is required to be added from the and scholarship accepted for a thesis, but in program of study should demonstrate a School of Education. all cases a high level of resourcefulness, high level of academic and professional The chairperson of the final oral exami- productivity, and mature perception of the performance required in the graduate nation committee will schedule the time discipline is expected. The quality of the specialization. and place of the examination after agree- culminating work must meet University The final, approved program of study ment has been reached among all members standards and reflect those of other leading must be received in the Office of Graduate and the candidate. All committee members universities. Studies not later than the first week of the or alternates approved by the Dean of The subject of the thesis must be within term of graduation. Graduate Studies must be present for the the major field of the candidate. Although Language Requirement. The lan- final oral examination. The final examina- the thesis is not required to show original guage requirement for M.A. and M.A.T. tion is open to the University faculty. Pass- results, it must reveal independent investi- students must be passed before the stu- ing of the final oral examination requires a gation, including the knowledge and appli- dent’s program (GO-12) or committee can majority approval. In case of failure of the cation of the accepted methods of be approved and before final exams can be final oral examination, the department has scholarship and research methodology. The taken. (See “Options for Meeting the Grad- the option of disqualifying the candidate thesis represents the independent work of uate Foreign Language Requirement for from the master’s program or permitting the candidate for the degree and must be M.A. and M.A.T. students,” page 47.) the candidate to appear for re-examination developed under the direction of a faculty Final Examination. If a final after a period of at least three months. The member approved for graduate instruction. examination is required by the student’s result of the second examination is final. The student must be registered for at least major department, it shall be taken after If a final written examination is one credit in every term in which the stu- successful completion of any required for- required, the student must pass all sections dent is working on any phase of thesis, eign language examination and after at of the examination. If the student fails the including data development or collection, least 30 credits have been completed. The entire examination or any section thereof, writing, revision, defense, and finalization examination is not a re-examination over the department may dismiss the student through acceptance by the PSU Library coursework but rather a test of the candi- from the degree program, or permit the stu- and the Office of Graduate Studies and date’s ability to integrate material in the dent to repeat the entire examination, or the Research. major and related fields, including the work section that was failed, after a minimum of Three copies of the thesis (unbound), in any thesis or research project. three months. The result of the second prepared in accordance with the Univer- If a final oral examination is required, it examination is final. sity’s Information Regarding Thesis and may be scheduled only during the regular Human Subjects Research Dissertation Approval, and four copies of sessions or the eight-week Summer Ses- Review Committee. All research an abstract of not more than 350 words sion and no fewer than two weeks before involving human subjects conducted by must be filed with the Office of Graduate the close of the term of graduation. If a faculty, staff, or students in any program at Studies and Research not later than three thesis is being presented, the required oral PSU must have prior approval of the weeks prior to the close of the term in examination must be scheduled no later Human Subjects Research Review Com- which the degree will be granted. Dead- than five weeks prior to the close of the mittee. This policy, established by the lines for each term are available in the term in which the degree will be granted. Office of the President of Portland State Office of Graduate Studies and Research. When a thesis is presented, the final oral University, applies to all research under the Two copies of the thesis will be bound by examination is conducted by a committee auspices of the University, including sur- the Library. The third copy will be for- of at least three and not more than five fac- veys and questionnaires, whether sup- warded to the major department. It is wise ulty members, including the candidate’s ported by grant, contract, gift, University, to clear with the Office of Graduate Studies adviser as chairperson and a representative or personal funds. Even if a student’s and Research before undertaking the final of the Office of Graduate Studies who is research is exempt from full Human Sub- preparation of the thesis. appointed by the Dean of Graduate Studies. jects Research Review Committee review, Thesis in Absentia. With the writ- The chair of the examination committee the student must still file an application ten approval of the department or program and the Graduate Office representative with the HSRRC. The decision to waive chair, the Dean of Graduate Studies may must be regular, full-time PSU faculty, ten- review is made by the HSRRC chair or a authorize the thesis to be prepared in ured or tenure-track, assistant professor or designated member of the committee. absentia. The student must register at Port- higher in rank; the other committee mem- HSRRC applications may be obtained from land State University at the beginning of bers may include adjunct faculty. If it is the Office of Graduate Studies and each term and conduct the research under necessary to go off-campus for one com- Research in 111 Cramer Hall. The student the direction of the thesis adviser. mittee member with specific expertise not available among PSU faculty, a CV for that G RADUATE STUDIES 57

Microfilming. The University sub- degree are to be considered for use in the Final Oral Examination Committee form scribes to the services offered by Univer- graduate program, the Reservation of (GO-16M) for appointment of the repre- sity Microfilms International, enabling Graduate Credit form (GO-10) must be sentative of the Office of Graduate Stud- degree candidates to have master’s theses filed in the Office of Graduate Studies and ies and Research by the end of the first microfilmed and abstracts published in the Research no later than the term following week of the term of graduation (earlier in summer term). The chair of the examina- Master’s Abstracts. The microfilm agree- admission to a graduate degree program. tion committee and the Graduate Office ment form and further information may be (Valid only for courses completed at representative must be regular, full-time obtained from the Office of Graduate Stud- Portland State University.) PSU faculty, tenured or tenure-track, ies and Research. It is not required that 5. If transfer credit from another accred- assistant professor or higher in rank; the master’s theses be microfilmed. Upon the ited institution is to be presented, the Pro- other committee members may include recommendation of the department chair, posed Transfer Credit for Master’s Degree adjunct faculty. If it is necessary to go however, selected theses may be accepted form (GO-11) must be filed in the Office off-campus for one committee member with specific expertise not available for microfilming. In such cases an abstract of Graduate Studies and Research for of not more than 150 words must be sub- among PSU faculty, a CV for that pro- approval. It is suggested that this form be posed member must be presented; that mitted to the Office of Graduate Studies submitted early in the student’s program; it member must be in addition to the and Research with the microfilm agree- must be approved before the Graduate required three PSU faculty members. All ment form. The charge for this service is Degree Program (GO-12) can be approved. committee members must have master’s $45, payable at the Cashier’s office after 6. If admitted to conditional or qualified degrees; picking up the necessary forms in the status, remove all deficiencies and/or con- c. the oral examination must be sched- Office of Graduate Studies and Research. ditions. Adviser will submit a Petition for uled at least five weeks prior to the end Time Limitation. All coursework Change of Status form (GO-7) to change of the term and the Graduate Office representative must receive a complete copy submitted for the master’s degree program from qualified to regular status; condi- approved by the department must be com- of the thesis at least two weeks prior to tional admission will automatically be the examination date (for Summer Ses- pleted within the seven years prior to the changed to regular status after completion awarding of the degree (e.g., a course sion, the oral examination must be held of the first 9 graded graduate hours with a during the regular eight-week session); started in the fall term of 1992 will be 3.00 or better GPA. beyond the seven-year limitation at the d. student must check with faculty adviser and thesis committee chair to close of fall term 1999). The formal appli- 7. If a foreign language is required, pass the foreign language exam. This require- assure completion of requirements prior cation for the degree must be filed with the to final examinations; Office of Graduate Studies and Research ment must be met before the GO-12 or oral exam committee can be approved and e. three copies of the unbound thesis and no later than the first week of the antici- four copies of the abstract, in final pated term of graduation. Deadlines for before any final exam may be taken. (See “Options for Meeting the Graduate For- approved form, must be submitted to the each term are available in the Office of Office of Graduate Studies and Research Graduate Studies and Research. eign Language Requirement for M.A. and at least three weeks prior to close of the Validation of Out-of-Date M.A.T. Students,” page 47.) term in which the degree will be granted. Graduate Credit. Credits offered for a 8. Submit a final Graduate Degree Pro- Deadlines for each term are available in master’s degree program that were earned gram form (GO-12), planned with and the Office of Graduate Studies and beyond the seven-year limitation must be approved by the faculty adviser and signed Research. Required changes must be made before graduation. validated by a written examination pre- by the department chair or department pared and administered by the academic graduate committee chair, to the Office 12.In the case of a non-thesis oral exami- department in which the coursework was of Graduate Studies and Research no later nation, the committee shall consist of at completed. Only credits earned at Portland than the first week of the term of least two members of the student’s depart- State University may be validated. graduation. ment, including the candidate’s adviser. At 9. File Application for Degree form in the the discretion of the department, a faculty Office of Graduate Studies and Research member from another department may be SUMMARY OF PROCE- added; that member would be selected by DURES FOR MASTER’S no later than the first week of the term of graduation. Deadlines for each term are the adviser, the department chair, or the DEGREES available in the Office of Graduate Studies departmental graduate committee chair, and Research. according to department policy. For The following outline summarizes the Port- M.A.T. and M.S.T. candidates, one land State University procedural require- 10.A minimum enrollment of one credit is member of the committee is required to be ments for master’s degrees. Additional required during the term in which oral or added from the Graduate School of Educa- requirements may be imposed by specific written exams are taken. A thesis student tion. The oral examination must be sched- programs. must be registered for at least one credit in uled no less than two weeks before the end 1. Apply for admission about six months every term in which the student is working of the term. on any phase of thesis, including data prior to registration. Check with the spe- 13.If there are any changes in the approved cific department about deadlines. development or collection, writing, revision, defense, and finalization through program, a Change in Graduate Degree 2. Prior to registration, become familiar acceptance by the PSU Library and the Program form (GO-13) must be filed. with general regulations and procedures Office of Graduate Studies and Research. 14.Schedule and pass final master’s exami- for the master’s degree as described in the 11.If thesis is to be submitted: nations, if required, at least two weeks Bulletin. before date of graduation. Deadlines for 3. Prior to first term registration, meet a. thesis proposal, Human Subjects each term are available in the Office of Research Review Committee approval, with faculty adviser assigned by program and appointment of the departmental Graduate Studies and Research. director and plan a preliminary program of thesis committee must be completed 15.An Incomplete or In-Progress grade in study. before submission of the GO-12 (see 8 any course, excluding thesis (see 16 4. If graduate courses taken as an under- above); below), which is on the approved program graduate and not used in the bachelor’s b. adviser submits the Appointment of 58 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

(GO-12) must be removed no later than Research no later than the last day of the 17.The Dean of Graduate Studies certiﬁes two weeks before graduation. term of graduation. In-Progress grades for that all requirements for the degree have 16.Adviser is responsible for the comple- required thesis credits are changed on the been met and recommends the awarding of tion of the form Recommendation for the form, eliminating the need for the Supple- the degree. Degree (GO-17M), which is forwarded to mental Grade Report for these courses. 18.Graduation. the Ofﬁce of Graduate Studies and

SYSTEMS SCIENCE

Systems Science Building, neural networks, artificial life, systems discipline (or disciplines), adequate prepa- 1633 SW 11th management and planning, general systems ration in mathematics (including calculus, 725-4960 and cybernetics, and other areas. statistics, and computer programming), and www.sysc.pdx.edu/ There are two options for study in the the potential to pursue advanced study and Systems Science Program. research for the Ph.D. Students are admit- Ph.D. Core Option: The student pursues ted to the program in fall, winter, and interdisciplinary studies with a strong spring terms. Prospective applicants should Systems science is the study and applica- emphasis on systems coursework. Exam- write to the Office of Admissions and tion of general methods of problem solving ples of study topics appropriate for inclu- request the Application to Doctoral Pro- and general principles governing systems sion in such a program are: intelligent gram form. The Office of Admissions must of widely differing types. Systems con- systems; information, structure and dynam- receive: (1) the completed Application to cepts and techniques are used extensively ics; organizations, decision making and Doctoral Program form, (2) the application for both applied and research purposes. In optimization; modeling and simulation; fee, and (3) one copy of all undergraduate industry and government, considerable systems philosophy; systems approach; and graduate transcripts to be sent by the demand exists for professionals who are and related topics in the study of complex institutions to Portland State University. skilled in modern methods of decision systems. The applicant must arrange for the Admis- making and systems design and who are Departmental Option: The stu- sions Committee for Systems Science to capable of managing complex social and dent undertakes advanced academic prepa- receive: (1) the completed Application to technical systems. In mathematics, engi- ration primarily in a single department or Doctoral Program form, (2) one copy of all neering, business administration, and the school. Discipline-oriented studies are sup- undergraduate and graduate transcripts to natural and social sciences, systems theo- ported by systems coursework and lead to be sent by the institutions, (3) GRE apti- rists continue to make important contribu- research on a systems-related topic. This tude or GMAT scores, (4) three letters of tions to the growth of knowledge within option is currently available in the above recommendation from faculty and/or pro- academic disciplines and to the application listed departments in the College of Liberal fessionals acquainted with the applicant’s of knowledge across disciplinary Arts and Sciences, the School of Engineer- abilities and record, (5) statement of the boundaries. ing and Applied Science and the School of student’s expectations of the program, and In 1970, the Systems Science Ph.D. Business Administration. (6) TOEFL score of 575 or other evidence Program was established at Portland State Both of the options facilitate the design of English competency if a foreign student. University. The program encompasses both of curricula which are individually tailored Applicants who meet the requirements applications and theory-oriented aspects of to the needs and interests of the students. to enter the graduate degree program in the field. It is designed to prepare students systems science are admitted to regular sta- for professional practice in industrial, gov- ADMISSION AND tus. In exceptional cases a student who ernmental, and public service organizations ADVISING meets the required standards for admission and for research and teaching in academic except for a minor gap in subject matter institutions. Students with high academic standing and background, such as deficiencies in com- The School of Business Administration, with a baccalaureate and/or master’s degree puter and mathematics knowledge or intro- the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may apply for admission to the doctoral ductory courses in relevant disciplines, (Departments of Economics, Mathematics, program. Generally, applicants should have may be admitted to conditional status in Sociology, Anthropology, and Psychol- a combined GRE score of 1100 (quantita- systems science. The student must immedi- ogy), and the School of Engineering and tive and verbal, or analytical and verbal) or ately remove the background deficiency Applied Science (Departments of Civil GMAT score of 550. Applicants must (with grades of B or better) or be dropped Engineering, Engineering Management, submit scores (preferably taken within the from the graduate program. Mechanical Engineering, and Computer last five years) for either the GRE aptitude Each applicant who has received formal Science) participate in the program. In or GMAT test to verify their national notice of admission to the Systems Science addition to the systems courses offered by ranking. Doctoral Program should contact the pro- these departments (e.g., cost-benefit analy- In considering an applicant for admis- gram office for initial advising. Adviser(s) sis, operations research, systems analysis sion, the Admissions Committee for will be appointed to assist and consult with and synthesis, mathematical modeling, Systems Science seeks evidence of demon- the admitted student regularly in planning etc.), the systems science core faculty strated intellectual capacity, undergraduate the program of study and research. A com- offers courses in information systems, and/or graduate training in an appropriate prehensive examination committee is dynamical systems, information theory, appointed for each student to give required GRADUATE STUDIES 59

oral and written examinations. A research Credit for graduate work done elsewhere COURSES committee supervises the research and (with a grade of B or better) may also be preparation of the dissertation. approved. However, at least 27 credits of Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not coursework (not including dissertation offered every year. PROGRAM credits) must be taken at Portland State SySc 501 REQUIREMENTS University. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Students are required to be enrolled Research which is normally not part of the A discussion of general requirements for continuously, except if a leave of absence is thesis. doctoral degrees is on page 53. Minimum formally requested and approved by the SySc 503 requirements specific to the Ph.D. in sys- program director. Failure to take courses Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) for a year, or failure to maintain continued All aspects of the thesis including thesis research tems science include: and writing of dissertation. Systems Component. Students in progress after coursework is completed will result in a student being dropped from SySc 505 both the core and departmental options are Reading and Conference (Credit to be required to complete 16 credits of systems the program. arranged.) science coursework as the minimum sys- Scholarly examination of literature including tems component of the program. All stu- Language Requirement. Foreign discussion between student and professor. dents must satisfy the first 8 credits by language competency may be required of SySc 507 taking two of the following courses: departmental option students in some Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) SySc 511, SySc 512, SySc 513, SySc 514. departments which also determine the level Discussion of recent and current research and/or of competency and testing procedures. presentation of progress and final reports of Any combination of two of the courses, studies performed in SySc 508. except SySc 512 and 514 is acceptable. (Consult the appropriate department for further information.) There is no foreign SySc 508 SySc 511 and 512 explore systems con- Workshop (2-6, 2-6) cepts in more quantitative terms than language requirement for the core option. Provides (1) the students with experience in SySc 513 and 514. Consequently, students If required, the foreign language examina- actual interdisciplinary systems analysis and taking SySc 511 and 512 should have tion must be successfully completed before planning, and (2) the community with a service. stronger quantitative background. the student is allowed to take the compre- Local government agencies or industrial firms To fulfill the remaining 8 credits of the hensive examinations. determine potential systems problems for analy- systems component, students must take Comprehensives. Written and oral sis in the workshop. The workshop operates on a two systems science courses numbered 515 comprehensive examinations are required team concept with an advanced student as team leader and a faculty member as adviser. Credit through 599 or 610 and above. These elec- in appropriate areas. Quality and breadth of academic competencies must be for the second term of SySc 508 will be based tive courses are either advanced systems upon evidence of successful team leadership by science courses or integrative courses. The demonstrated. the student. Undergraduates will be admitted to integrative courses have emerged from the Internship. Internship in a public or participate as junior members of the workshop. interdisciplinary nature of the program. private organization or an equivalent expe- Prerequisites: SySc 511, 512, 513. They are taught jointly by faculty from rience may be required of core option SySc 510 Systems Science and participating depart- students. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) ments, and the topics covered illustrate Research. All students must establish SySc 511 specific applications of systems concepts. competency in appropriate research meth- Systems Theory (4) Additional Coursework odology before beginning thesis work. Surveys fundamental systems concepts and cen- Requirements. Beyond the systems After this and all other requirements have tral aspects of systems theory. The course begins with an overview of the systems paradigm and component described above, additional been met, the student prepares a proposal for independent research leading to a sig- the systems field as a whole. Topics then include graduate courses in approved areas are introductions to set-and information-theoretic required as shown below. nificant and original contribution to knowl- multivariate relations and structures, discrete Requirements in addition to systems edge in the systems field. When the dynamic systems; model representation and sim- components (16 credits) proposal is accepted, the student is ulation; decision analysis, optimization, game advanced to candidacy, and then focuses theory; artificial intelligence, complex adaptive Unit Entering Additional exclusively on research. Students must reg- systems. Readings drawn from mathematics, the Degree Credits ister for at least 27 credits of dissertation natural and social sciences, and the professional Core Option BA/BS 12 SySc + 44 research after advancement to candidacy. disciplines (e.g., engineering, business). Course SBA BA/BS 48 Dissertation. Completed research is content derives both from “classical” general BA/BS 72 for concur- presented in a dissertation which must be systems theory, cybernetics, and operations rent MBA research as well as from contemporary systems approved and successfully defended in a research, which is organized around the themes MBA 18 final oral examination. CLAS BA/BS 45 of nonlinear dynamics, complexity, and adapta- The student can anticipate approxi- tion. Prerequisites: graduate standing, calculus, EAS MS or 9 mately four to five years of full-time study equivalent probability, computer programming. coursework beyond the baccalaureate degree in order to SySc 512 satisfy the program requirements. Detailed Quantitative Methods of Systems Science (4) These are minimum requirements. additional information on requirements and An introduction to the quantitative representa- Additional coursework may be required to procedures are contained in the document, tion and investigation of systems with a focus strengthen the student’s academic back- “Systems Science Program Information,” that emphasizes tools more than applications. ground and to prepare the student for com- and should be obtained by contacting the Topics include linear dynamics, optimization, and uncertainty. The level of presentation prehensive examinations and thesis director, Systems Science Ph.D. Program. assumes familiarity and facility with calculus. research. Notions from linear algebra unify the topics and Courses taken to satisfy the systems those notions will be presented. Required core and additional coursework require- coursework includes both calculations to be ments must be at the 500 or 600 level. done on a computer and calculations to be done 60 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

by hand. Prerequisites: one year of calculus, necks and how to alleviate them. Such models adapting to the external environment, and probability and familiarity with computers, grad- are used to study, for example, manufacturing participatory design. Prerequisite: graduate uate standing. systems, business systems, and engineering sys- standing. SySc 513 tems. Students apply the concepts to projects SySc 572/672: Concepts on experimental design Systems Approach (4) within their fields of interest. Prerequisite: grad- applied to the design and use of databases. Stu- Provides practitioner-oriented definition of sys- uate standing or consent of the instructor. dents will have an opportunity to go through tems, including: importance of observer depen- *SySc 531, 532 each stage of the design process needed to dence and context, and ideas of meta-systems, Systems Decision Making I, II (3,3) upgrade an existing system or design a new one. subsystems; notion of value system and associ- Decision making under certainty, risk and uncer- Prerequisites: SySc 571 and Mth 243, 244, or ated optimization/sub-optimization; aspects of tainty; decision criteria; subjective probability equivalent. life-cycle project management; the underlying and Bayesian concepts, utility theory; risk analy- SySc 573/673: A general framework of informa- notions of inquiring systems; and key aspects of sis; decision trees, policy capturing. Prerequi- tion systems (ISs) that provide a perspective learning (human) organizations. Qualitative sites: knowledge of probability, statistics, and useful in understanding, designing, and/or evalu- tools for the system's practitioner, including linear algebra. ating ISs, and provides a perspective from which graphical tools, basic ideas of modeling/simula- SySc 541/641, 542/642 to ask questions of a type not examined in the tion and structural modeling. Also, the multiple Dynamic Systems I, II (4, 4) traditional IS literature. Includes basic ideas perspectives aspect of the systems approach. The fundamental concepts of modeling time from pattern recognition and the new mathemat- Prerequisite: graduate standing. dependent deterministic systems, including ics of imprecision (Fuzzy Set Theory). SySc SySc 514 applications of dynamic models to various types 571/671 and 572/672 not prerequisites. of systems including electrical, mechanical, eco- System Dynamics (4) SySc 575 AI: lntroduces concepts and a methodology for ana- nomic, and ecological. Computer methods are Neural Networks I (4) lyzing the behavioral dynamics of systems that used as illustrations and as tools for analysis. Introduces approach for developing computing consist of complex “webs” of feedback loops. Prerequisites: familiarity with high-level com- devices whose design is based on models taken Primary emphasis is on building computer puter languages, applied linear algebra, differen- from neurobiology and on notion of “learning.” models of these systems and using these models tial equations, and multivariable calculus. A variety of NN architectures and associated to enhance understanding, make predictions, and SySc 545/645 computational algorithms for accomplishing the find ways to improve the performance of sys- Information Theory (4) learning are studied. Experiments with various tems and processes. Models are defined in terms Establishes theoretical limits on the performance available architectures are performed via a simu- of a set of “rate” equations that are numerically of techniques for compression or error correc- lation package. Students do a major project on integrated to simulate behavior over time. The tion of signals. This course focuses on communi- the simulator or a special programming project. process of applying this methodology to real cations applications, specifically source coding Prerequisite: graduate standing. world situations is discussed in detail. Prerequi- and channel coding for discrete signals. Topics site: graduate standing. SySc 576 AI: will include: Entropy and Mutual Information, Neural Networks II (4) *SySc 515, 516 Asymptotic Equipartition (the Ergodic Theorem Focuses on applications. Topics in fuzzy set the- Communication of Complex Ideas in Systems of Information Theory), Entropy Rates of Infor- ory, control theory, and pattern recognition are Work I, II (3,3) mation Sources, Data Compression, and Chan- studied and incorporated in considering neural Effective use of the systems approach in com- nel Capacity. networks. A design project (using NN simulator) municating complex ideas: holistic communica- SySc 551/651 in selected application area is done by each stu- tion, the computer as a communications device, Discrete Multivariate Modeling (4) dent. Prerequisite: SySc 575. group problem solving, models of change (per- This course focuses on information theory as a *SySc 580, 581, 582 sonal, organizational, and societal), project tool for modeling and multivariate analysis and implementation and interpersonal behavior sys- Advanced Systems Seminar I, II, III (3, 3, 3) as a general framework for the study of structure Each term focuses on one significant subject or tems, cognitive style discrepancies, graphics and and organization. The course examines the use other communications aids. problem. From multiple points of view, the pos- of set- and information-theoretic techniques for sible value of the systems approach, and the dif- SySc 520, 521, 522 the analysis of constraints in qualitative, as well ferences between a discipline-oriented and Operations Research I, II, III (3,3,3) as quantitative, data. Also covered are software transdisciplinary attack are examined. Prerequi- Convex sets, linear, dynamic, and integer pro- implementations, relations to log-linear meth- sites: an approved core sequence which includes gramming. Markov chains, steepest descent, ods, and applications in the natural and social SySc 511/611. maxima and minima, calculus of variations, sciences and the arts. Prerequisite: SySc 511/611 search techniques, queuing theory, inventory the- or consent of instructor. SySc 601 ories, case studies. Prerequisites: knowledge of Research (Credit to be arranged.) SySc 552/652 calculus, probability, statistics, and linear SySc 603 Game Theory (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) algebra. Study of cooperation, competition, and conflict SySc 527/627 in social systems and associated issues of ratio- SySc 605 Discrete System Simulation (4) nality. Emphasis is on game-theoretic models, Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) The primary focus is on the application of dis- particularly of dilemmas of collective action, crete system simulation to real world problems their possible solutions, and their applications to SySc 607 using the Arena simulation language. The math- social, economic, and political phenomena. Also Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ematical basis for discrete system simulation is covered are social choice theory, differential SySc 608 probability theory and queuing theory. It is used equations models of competition and conflict, Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) extensively in the fields of operations research, and other systems-theoretic approaches to simi- SySc 610 civil engineering, and industrial engineering. lar problems. Prerequisite: SySc 511/611 or con- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Students apply the tools to projects within their sent of instructor. fields of interest. Prerequisite: graduate standing *SySc 571/671, 572/672, 573/673 or consent of the instructor. Information Systems I, II, III (3,3,3) SySc 529/629 SySc 571/671: Concepts, tools, and background Process Modeling and Simulation (3) examples necessary to design advanced informa- The primary focus is on the application of tion systems for business, government, and non- system simulation to process flow problems. profit organizations. Emphasis placed on Extend, a special-purpose computer simulation assessing information needs, scanning and language, is used to develop models to describe and analyze both continuous and discrete flow processes in order to better understand bottle-

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES

MARVIN A. KAISER, DEAN NANCY A. PERRIN, ASSOCIATE DEAN CHARLES WHITE, ASSOCIATE DEAN FOR UNIVERSITY STUDIES 491 NEUBERGER HALL, 725-3514 www.clas.pdx.edu/

The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences UNDERGRADUATE provides an opportunity for students to PROGRAMS obtain a liberal education—an education that both broadens and deepens their The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences is understanding of the major areas of knowl- a large and diversified unit offering more edge and scholarship, and develops their than 20 majors (some with additional expertise in an area of specialization. A lib- choices of sub-specialization), several aca- eral education is an education for life. It demic certificates and teaching endorse- prepares students to make informed deci- ments, and numerous departmental minors, sions about their lives and to think criti- as well as minors in computer applications cally and analytically. and professional writing. All students—Liberal Arts and Sciences The College also offers a selection of majors as well as those from professional alternative programs for students who are schools and programs—take a selection of highly motivated and who have a record of courses that represent the three areas of the high scholarly achievement. Students may College: arts and letters, science, and social obtain information concerning any one of science. Course offerings range from those several departmental honors programs designed to provide a foundation for all from the participating department, or they baccalaureate degrees to those of an may apply to the University Honors Pro- advanced, specialized nature. gram. These programs generally allow an Acquiring a balanced and integrated lib- accelerated exposure to higher education, eral education requires planning and con- thereby broadening the experience of the sultation with an adviser. Faculty advisers student. in each department and program are avail- The College’s Dean’s List recognizes able to help students structure their aca- high scholastic achievement on a quarterly demic careers so they may get the most basis. The students who qualify for the from their college experience. Dean’s List are those who meet or exceed The instructional units of the College the following criteria within a given term include Anthropology, Applied Linguistics, of study: Biology, Black Studies, Chemistry, Chi- ■ Undergraduate standing with a major in cano/Latino Studies, Child and Family one of the College’s programs. Studies, Economics, English, Environmen- ■ Completion of at least 12 graded credits tal Programs, Foreign Languages and Lit- within the grading period. eratures, Geography, Geology, History, ■ A 3.50 cumulative GPA and a 3.75 GPA International Studies, Mathematical Sci- for the term. ences, Philosophy, Physics, Psychology, Science Education, Sociology, Speech LIBERAL ARTS AND Communication, University Honors, Uni- SCIENCES MINORS versity Studies, and Women’s Studies. The following departments and programs Undergraduate and in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences graduate degree programs and certificates offer academic minors: Anthropology, available through the College are listed on Applied Linguistics, Biology, Black Stud- pages 4-6. ies, Chemistry, Economics, English, Envi- ronmental Studies, Foreign Languages and

62 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Literatures, Geography, Geology, History, gram of study that allows them to pursue International Studies, Mathematical Sci- CERTIFICATE OPTIONS their particular interest. The requirements ences, Philosophy, Physics, Psychology, Specialized academic certificates are of each discipline are listed under the Sociology, Speech Communication, and offered by several units in the College of departments that have the M.A./M.S. Women’s Studies. (Students majoring in a Liberal Arts and Sciences: Applied Lin- option available. field of study outside Liberal Arts and Sci- guistics/ESL, Biotechnology, Black Stud- ences also may declare an academic minor ies, Chicano/Latino Studies, Foreign MASTER OF ARTS IN Languages/Teaching Japanese, Interna- TEACHING AND MASTER OF in one of these programs.) The require- SCIENCE IN TEACHING ments for these minors are indicated within tional Studies, and a postbaccalaureate cer- DEGREES the appropriate department sections of this tificate in Women’s Studies. (Refer to the The Master of Arts in Teaching and the Bulletin. appropriate department for certificate Master of Science in Teaching are degrees Requirements for the professional requirements.) Requirements for these cer- available to students who wish to obtain a writing minor are listed in the Department tificates are met concurrently with comple- continuing teaching license in secondary of English information. Requirements for tion of a major in a selected field. education as well as continue advanced a minor in international economics are Secondary teaching licenses allow the studies in the area of their choice. The pro- listed in the Department of Economics student to teach the selected discipline at gram of study for these degrees should be information. specified grade levels in public schools in carefully designed and must be approved Oregon. Recommended courses for those COMPUTER APPLICATIONS by an adviser. The specific requirements of preparing to be teachers are listed under each discipline are listed under the depart- MINOR—COLLEGE-WIDE appropriate departments. The computer applications minor may ments for which the M.A.T./M.S.T. option accompany any departmental major. This BACCALAUREATE DEGREES is available. (For the General Studies minor is designed to encourage and empha- All majors in the College of Liberal Arts option see page 113.) size the application of computer technol- and Sciences, along with University and DOCTORAL PROGRAMS ogy and to acquaint the student with general education requirements, lead to a Many departments in the College of Lib- hardware and software function and design bachelor’s degree. Requirements for each eral Arts and Sciences participate in one or appropriate to modern academic disci- major are listed under the appropriate more multi-disciplinary doctoral programs: plines. The minor is tailored to the specific department. (Students wishing to empha- Environmental Sciences and Resources, needs and interests of the student. size a broad study in arts and letters, sci- Systems Science, and Urban Studies. They All students who declare this minor ence, or social science may do so by also offer the doctorate in mathematics must coordinate their program through an majoring in Liberal Studies. For these education. The doctoral degree is for the assigned adviser in one of the following options see page 112.) person who wants the most advanced aca- departments: Anthropology, Applied Lin- DEGREE COMPLETION demic degree, generally with a life-long guistics, Biology, Chemistry, Economics, objective of expanding the scope of knowl- English, Foreign Languages and Litera- In addition to an increasing range of evening and weekend courses on campus, edge of a specialized field of study. The tures, Geography, Geology, History, Math- specific requirements of each available ematical Sciences, Physics, Psychology, the College offers innovative degree completion options at two off-campus sites; the option are listed under the participating Sociology, or Speech Communication. departments and programs. Selection of a department constitutes a CAPITAL Center in Beaverton and the student’s declared emphasis. Salem Center, located in Salem on the campus of Chemeketa Community Col- Requirements for the Minor Credits lege. The CAPITAL Center allows upper- Three lower-division, adviser-approved division students to complete a degree in computer science courses selected from, but general studies: social sciences with an not restricted to, the following: CS 105, CS 106, CS 107, CS 161, CS 162,CS 163, CS 199, optional minor in business administration. CS 200, CS 201, CS 202, CS 207, CS 208, The Salem Center provides upper-division CS 250...... 10-12 students with an option of majoring in Four adviser-approved courses in advanced com- either child and family studies or in social puter applications, with at least 3 credits out- sciences. side the student’s major department. These courses may come from any unit in the Univer- sity but may not include 405 reading/confer- GRADUATE ence courses ...... 12 PROGRAMS A one-term, adviser-approved senior practicum or seminar ...... 3 There are many options available for grad- Adviser-approved, upper-division research uate study within the College of Liberal project ...... 3 Arts and Sciences. Currently students may specialize in any one of the many master’s Total 28-30 programs, or three doctoral programs. MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREES Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees are designed for the student who wishes to conduct advanced studies in a particular discipline. Generally the programs are flexible enough for students, with the aid of an adviser, to design a pro-

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 63

UNIVERSITY STUDIES

245 Cramer Hall FRESHMAN INQUIRY SOPHOMORE 725-5890 (UNST 101, 102, 103) INQUIRY www.ous.pdx.edu/ See current Schedule of Classes for course See current Schedule of Classes for course Please see page 17 for University Studies descriptions. descriptions. (general education) baccalaureate Freshman Inquiry consists of a year-long After the freshman year, students and fac- requirements. course developed by a team of faculty from ulty continue to emphasize the interdisci- The purpose of the University Studies pro- different disciplines. Freshman Inquiry has plinary approaches integral to University gram at Portland State University is to a maximum class size of 40 students and Studies, further developing the four goals facilitate the acquisition of the knowledge, each class is divided into three small- of communication, human experience, abilities, and attitudes that will form a group, peer mentor sessions lead by spe- inquiry, and critical thinking, while con- foundation for lifelong learning among its cially selected upper-division students. tinuing to affirm the ideas of ethics and students. This foundation includes the Class material is introduced and explored social responsibility. At the sophomore capacity and the propensity to engage in during the full class sessions and then level, students select 12 credits of course- critical thinking, to use various forms of assignments are developed and discussed work in Sophomore Inquiry from a variety communication for learning and expres- in the peer mentor sessions. of interdisciplinary courses. Sophomore sion, to gain an awareness of the broader While the themes and content of the Inquiry provides the student with a sam- human experience and its environment, and Freshman Inquiry courses differ, the over- pling of the upper-division course clusters to appreciate the responsibilities of persons all objectives are the same. Each of these in Environmental Studies, American Stud- to themselves, each other, and their com- classes emphasizes the building of a foun- ies, Culture of the Professions, Science in munities. dation of communication skills for learning the Liberal Arts, and other additional areas To achieve this purpose the faculty have and expression. Writing is the core, but of contemporary relevance. designed a four-year program of study communication also includes emphasis on required of all students planning to gradu- improving oral, numeric, and graphic/ UPPER-DIVISION ate under the specifications in the 1994-95 visual modes of communication. Freshman CLUSTER and subsequent University Bulletins. This Inquiry is also designed to help students nationally recognized program offers stu- learn and effectively use current informa- See current Schedule of Classes for course dents a clear opportunity to acquire the tion technologies. Both in the large groups descriptions. foundation for the academic and problem and in the smaller peer mentor sessions, Upper division students pursue a program solving skills needed to succeed in the 21st students are introduced to the Internet and of 12 credits within one cluster area of century. University Studies offers students e-mail, as well as word-processing and cal- interest they began in Sophomore Inquiry. a program of connected educational oppor- culation software. Students will also learn This focus on a specific cluster area is tunities. how disciplines from the sciences, social intended to complement the undergradu- University Studies begins with Fresh- sciences, humanities, and professional ate’s major area of study. Upper-division man Inquiry, a year-long course introduc- schools approach problems in different cluster courses may not be used to fulfill a ing students to different modes of inquiry ways and how they work together to student's major or program requirements. and providing them with the tools to suc- improve understanding of complex issues. ceed in advanced studies and their majors. When students complete Freshman At the sophomore level, students choose Inquiry they will have learned a great deal CAPSTONE three different courses, each of which leads about the content of the course and how the REQUIREMENT into a thematically linked, interdisciplinary knowledge of different fields of study con- cluster of courses at the upper-division tributes to the content. They will also be The culmination of the University Studies level. Students are required to complete expected to be able to apply writing, program is the capstone requirement. This 12 credits from one of these course clus- numeracy, speech, and visual/graphic skills 6-credit, community-based learning course ters. Finally, all students are required to to problems requiring analysis and discov- is designed to provide students with the complete a “capstone” experience which ery. Freshman Inquiry will expand aware- opportunity to apply, in a team context, consists of teams of students from different ness of academic potential, provide the what they have learned in the major and in majors working together to complete a foundation of necessary academic skills, their other university studies courses to a project addressing a real problem in the and prepare students to move on to increas- real challenge emanating from the metro- Portland metropolitan community. ingly rigorous and sophisticated levels of politan community. Interdisciplinary teams inquiry. of students address these challenges and produce a summation product under the guidance of a PSU faculty member.

64 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

The capstone’s purpose is to further TRANSITION: by student peer mentors. This 5-credit, one- enhance student learning while cultivating UNIVERSITY INQUIRY term course is designed to assist transfer crucial life abilities that are important both students in improving their communication academically and professionally: establish- (UNST 210 OR 310) skills, learning the process of inquiry from ing connections within the larger commu- the perspectives of several different disci- University Inquiry is a course specifically nity, developing strategies for analyzing plines, and building a foundation for the designed and recommended for students and addressing problems, and working effective and efficient application of infor- transferring to Portland State University with others trained in fields different from mation technology resources, such as the from other post-secondary institutions. The one’s own. Internet and e-mail. thematically based course is designed by faculty from different disciplines assisted

ANTHROPOLOGY

141 Cramer Hall interested in graduate study in the University limitations on the maximum 725-3914 discipline. number of hours taken pass/no pass) or for www-adm.pdx.edu/user/anth/ Requirements for Major. In addi- a letter grade. However, students who take tion to meeting the general University these courses for a letter grade must earn a B.A., B.S. degree requirements, the anthropology C- or better. Students must earn a cumula- Minor in Anthropology major must meet minimum departmental tive grade point average of 2.00 or better in Secondary Education Program— requirements as follows: all courses required for the anthropology Social Science Credits bachelor’s degree (including those courses M.A. Anth 101 Introduction to Physical taken outside the department as part of Ph.D. in Systems Science— Anthropology ...... 4 departmental requirements). Anthropology Anth 102 Introduction to Archaeology ...... 4 Limitations. Students majoring in Anth 103 Introduction to Social/Cultural anthropology should seek assignment to a Anthropology ...... 4 department adviser no later than the begin- UNDERGRADUATE Anth 304 Social Anthropology ...... 4 ning of the junior year. Selection of appro- PROGRAM Anth 305 Cultural Anthropology ...... 4 priate courses to supplement the student’s Anth 350 Archaeological Method and major work should be made in consultation Anthropology is concerned with two basic Theory ...... 4 Anth 372 Human Variability (4) or Anth 370 with the adviser. No student majoring in questions: How is it that human beings are Paleoanthropology (5)...... 4-5 anthropology will be permitted to offer both like and unlike other animals? And Ling 290 or Stat 244 ...... 4 more than 72 credits of work in anthropol- how is it that there are so many sorts of Upper-division anthropology electives ogy for the bachelor’s degree. This limita- human beings both like and unlike one (5 courses, see below) ...... 20 tion will be waived only through petition to another in different societies and cultures? the department. Total anthropology coursework 52-53 In seeking answers, anthropologists deal Requirements for a Minor. To with prehistoric and historic times and with All anthropology students (B.A. or B.S.) must earn a minor in anthropology a student such topics as human evolution, compara- complete two years of a foreign language or must complete 28 credits (12 credits of demonstrate equivalent proficiency. tive primate behavior, language, and which must be taken in residence at PSU), human ecology. Elective Requirements. Upper- to include the following: The curriculum in anthropology is division electives shall be selected from at Credits designed to develop an understanding of least two subfields of anthropology (physi- Anth 101 Introduction to Physical human life from these various perspectives. cal, social/cultural, or archaeology) and Anthropology ...... 4 It does this by providing, both in general include at least one methods course (i.e., Anth 102 Introduction to Archaeology ...... 4 survey courses (Anth 101, 102, 103) and in 412, 452, 453, 454, 455, 456, 478, 479). At Anth 103 Introduction to Social/Cultural its departmental major program, a balanced least 8 of the 20 credits must be in formally Anthropology ...... 4 view in terms of the anthropological sub- numbered 400-level courses (i.e., not One of the following courses: ...... 4-5 fields of physical anthropology, archaeol- including 401, 404, 405, 407, 410). Note: Anth 304 Social Anthropology (4) ogy, linguistics, and socio-cultural In exceptional circumstances, the depart- Anth 305 Cultural Anthropology (4) anthropology. ment may permit a student to apply a maxi- Anth 350 Archaeological Method and Theory (4) The departmental major program is of mum of one lower-division course to the Anth 372 Human Variability (4) or Anth 370 benefit to the liberal arts student in provid- upper-division elective requirement. Paleoanthropology (5) ing the most broadly based view of human All anthropology courses used to satisfy Upper-division anthropology electives— adaptation, variation, and achievement. A the departmental major requirements must three courses. (Upper-division electives variety of ethnographic courses is offered be taken for a letter grade and must have must include at least one 400-level for persons with particular regional or area been assigned a grade of C- or better. course, excluding courses numbered interests, such as East Asia, Latin America, Courses taken outside the department as 401, 404, 405, 407) ...... 12 part of departmental requirements (i.e. Africa, and the Pacific Northwest. Finally, Total 28-29 the major provides the necessary general Ling 290 or Stat 244, Foreign Languages) anthropological background for those may be taken pass/no pass (subject to the

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 65

All anthropology courses used to satisfy Admission Committee. To facilitate sched- lowing admission to the program. Students the departmental minor requirements, uling of graduate courses, students ordi- who fail to meet this requirement will be whether taken in the department or else- narily are admitted for fall term only. dropped from the program. where, must be graded C- or above. Stu- Degree Requirements. Of the 48 4. Presentation and approval of thesis. dents must earn a cumulative grade point required credits, 36 must be in anthropol- 5. Passing of an oral defense of thesis. average of 2.00 or better in all courses ogy and must include: required for the anthropology minor Credits PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— (including those courses taken outside the Anth 511, 550, 570 Core Seminars in ANTHROPOLOGY department as part of departmental require- Anthropology ...... 12 The Department of Anthropology partici- ments). Graduate-level Anthropology Electives pates in the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- 3 courses)†...... 12 gram. Students interested in seeking a SECONDARY EDUCATION Approved graduate-level electives Ph.D. in Systems Science—Anthropology PROGRAM (Anth, non-Anth)†...... 8 should contact the Department of Anthro- Adviser: V.A. Butler An adviser-approved, graduate-level course in ‡ ...... 4 pology for further information on areas of (See General Studies: Social Science, research methods concentration, e.g., systems applications in page 112.) Anth 501 (thesis research) ...... 4 Anth 503 (thesis) ...... 8 archaeology, systems applications in physical anthropology. Applicants must be GRADUATE Total 48 simultaneously admitted to the anthropol- PROGRAMS Five calendar years from the term of ogy graduate program and the Systems Sci- admission will be the maximum time ence Ph.D. Program. MASTER OF ARTS allowed to complete all requirements for a The Department offers a program leading master’s degree. Terms on approved leave COURSES to the Master of Arts degree. The program of absence will be charged against the five- is designed to give the student a graduate year limitation. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not level of competence in general anthropol- In addition to formal course require- offered every year. ogy, including the major subfields of physi- ments, the following are also necessary: Anth 101 cal anthropology, archaeology, and social- Introduction to Physical Anthropology (4) 1. Fulfilling the foreign language require- The biological side of anthropology: primate cultural anthropology. At the same time, ment. Ordinarily the examination is taken the program will permit the student to paleontology, human evolution, modern human in French, Spanish, or German. Other lan- variation, and primate behavior. pursue a special interest in one of the sub- guages may, upon departmental approval, fields. The M.A. degree candidate is Anth 102 be substituted. Students must complete the Introduction to Archaeology (4) required to do research in an area of special foreign language requirement no later than The study of ancient and prehistoric cultures of interest and prepare a thesis based upon it. one calendar year following entrance to the the world. Introduction to the theories and tech- The master’s program has been planned program. niques of archaeological investigation. for students who hold an undergraduate 2. Advancement to candidacy involves Anth 103 degree in general anthropology or its successful passing of a written examina- Introduction to Social/Cultural equivalent in course coverage. Under these Anthropology (4) tion in general anthropology (covering circumstances, the master’s degree, includ- Study of modern and recent societies in cross- archaeology, physical anthropology, and ing research and thesis, may be completed cultural perspective. Focus on methods for sociocultural anthropology). This examina- understanding social and cultural differences and in two to three years. The undergraduate tion is normally given as part of the core similarities. major is not required, however, for admis- seminars (Anth 511, 550, 570) in the sion to the program. In the latter case, com- Anth 300 respective fields. Advancement to candi- The Modern World in Anthropological pletion of the degree may require a more dacy can only be accomplished before the Perspective (4) extended period of study. Students without Examination of anthropological approaches to close of the next-to-the-final term of work. an adequate background in anthropology cultural diversity in a global context. Include will be required to take certain selected 3. Approval of a thesis topic and the cultural contact between the Fourth World and undergraduate courses to remove deficien- appointment of the thesis committee. The the industrialized world; health, nutrition, and cies. These courses normally do not offer student develops a thesis proposal and sub- poverty in different world areas; ecocide and mits it to the department faculty for ethnocide; political movements in the Fourth graduate credit. World; racism; and sexism. For admission to graduate study the stu- approval and for the formal appointment of dent must have a minimum of a 3.25 grade the thesis committee. In addition to advis- Anth 304 ing and guiding the student’s research and Social Anthropology (4) point average in anthropology courses and Human social organization is examined in cross- an overall GPA of 3.00. In addition, appli- thesis preparation, the chairperson of this cultural perspective. Analysis of kinship systems cants must submit GRE scores, a 500-word committee files a graduate degree program in stateless societies and of the state and other statement indicating why he or she is inter- with the Office of Graduate Studies and institutional arrangements in complex societies. ested in pursuing a graduate degree in Research. Students must have a master’s Attention to the historical development of major anthropology, and a sample of written work thesis proposal submitted to and approved theoretical approaches to social organization: (e.g., a term paper). All applicants must by the department faculty as soon as possi- structural functionalism, structuralism, human ble following admission to the program, ecology, sociobiology, political economy, post- also arrange to have three letters of recom- modernism. Designed for anthropology majors mendation indicating professional promise but in no case later than the end of the seventh term (excluding Summer Session) fol- and minors. Note: This course is not approved sent directly to the Department’s Graduate for distribution credits. Prerequisite: Anth 103.

† At least three of these courses (12 credits) must be in formally numbered graduate-level courses (i.e. courses numbered between 510-597 or 610-697). With graduate adviser approval, the remaining two courses (8 credits) may be in courses numbered 504 or 505 (i.e. Internship, Reading and Conference). ‡ This course must be formally numbered and described in the PSU Bulletin. It may not be a course numbered 501/ 601, 502/602, 503/603, 504/604, 505/605, 506/606, 507/607, 508/608, 509/609. 66 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Anth 305 Anth 350 †Anth 372 Cultural Anthropology (4) Archaeological Method and Theory (4) Human Variability (4) Explores the historical development of the con- A survey of current techniques and conceptual The causes and significance of biological varia- cept of culture within anthropology and exam- models applied in the discovery and analysis of tion in contemporary human populations- ines how this concept and the theories based on archaeological materials. The fundamentals of genetic, environmental and cultural factors. Pre- it have shaped both fieldwork practices and pro- archaeological research design, field survey, requisite: Anth 101. duction of ethnographic texts. Designed for excavation, dating, cultural reconstruction, and Anth 399 anthropology majors and minors. Note: This the application of interdisciplinary studies. Pre- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) course is not approved for distribution credits. requisite: Anth 102. Prerequisite: Anth 103. Anth 401/501 *Anth 361 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Anth 311 European Prehistory (4) Consent of instructor. Peoples and Cultures of Latin America (4) Methods and results of the study of prehistoric Introduction to the peoples and cultures of Latin cultures of Europe from the earliest traces until Anth 404/504 Cooperative Education/internship America, including Mexico, Central and South the advent of written records. Prerequisite: Anth (Credit to be arranged.) America, and the Caribbean. Course topics 350. include religion, ecology, race and ethnicity, Anth 405/505 *Anth 362 Reading and Conference (Credit to be gender, urbanization, conflict, and social change. African Prehistory (4) arranged.) Anth 312 Methods and the results of the study of prehis- Consent of instructor. toric cultures of Africa-with an emphasis on Southeast Asian Societies and Cultures (4) Anth 407/507 Introduction to the societies and cultures of those south of the Sahara-from the earliest traces Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Southeast Asia, the area encompassed today by until the first historical records. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. the nations of Burma (Myanmar), Thailand, Anth 350. Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, Malaysia, Singapore, Anth 410/510 *Anth 364 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Brunei, Indonesia, and the Philippines. Course Pacific Northwest Prehistory (4) Consent of instructor. topics explore the religious and cultural diversity The prehistory of northwestern North America of the area, as well as historical and cultural from its earliest occupants to the arrival of Euro- Anth 412/512 themes that traverse this region. Prerequisite: Research Methods in Social and Cultural peans, with emphasis on developments during Anthropology (4) students are strongly encouraged to complete the last 5,000 years. Prerequisite: Anth 350. Methods and techniques of research involving Anth 103 before enrolling in this course. Anth 365 primary contacts with people, institutions and Anth 313 North American Prehistory (4) communities. The initiating and developing of Indian-White Relations (4) A survey of pre-contact cultures north of Mex- projects designed to produce data for basic eth- Consideration of North Americans since 1500: ico, from the first prehistoric migrant popula- nographic, as well as applied, anthropological problems of social and cultural survival and tions and early hunter-gatherers to the complex research. Prerequisite: 12 credits in anthropol- change, as well as changing governmental poli- agricultural societies encountered by 15th and ogy (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). cies, population, non-Indian conceptions of “The 16th century European explorers. Prerequisite: * Indian.” Anth 414/514 Anth 350. Culture and Ecology (4) Anth 314 *Anth 366 A critical analysis of the interrelations of culture, Native Americans (4) Mesoamerican Prehistory (4) social structure, and human ecology. Social Ethnographic survey of North American Indian Early cultures of Mesoamerica with an emphasis organization as influenced by characteristic pat- cultures-from simple hunter-gatherers to com- on the domestication of plants and animals and terns of resource exploitation. The uses of natu- plex empires-illustrating the patterns of adapta- the development of civilization, focusing on the ral environment from the viewpoint of the tions to the variety of landscapes and historical Maya and Highland Mexico. Prerequisite: members of societies. Prerequisites: Anth 304, processes. Anth 350. 305. * Anth 315 *Anth 367 Anth 415/515 American Culture (4) East Asian Prehistory (4) Applied Anthropology (4) Central beliefs and core values of modern Amer- The archaeology of China, Japan, and Korea The application of anthropological knowledge to ican society are examined from an anthropologi- from about 1 million years ago to the establish- various kinds of projects and action programs in cal perspective. Considers: value of constructs ment of the Yamato State in Japan. Focuses on which cultural factors are critical elements. An such as individualism and conformity; creation developments during the past 18,000 years, examination of problems produced by rapid of public images; kinship and friendship; pri- including the domestication of plants and ani- technological, social and cultural change, con- vacy; schools and neighborhoods; and conflicts mals, the spread of agriculture, and the develop- flicts of values, and unequal access to resources involving ethnicity, social class, and gender. ment of civilization and regional states. in multi-ethnic societies and “developing” Questions the role of culture in our own lives, Prerequisite: Anth 350. nations; research leading to possible solutions is thereby gaining a greater understanding of social *Anth 368 considered. Prerequisite: 8 credits in anthropol- experience and of the concept of culture. Oceania Prehistory (4) ogy (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). Anth 316 Reviews issues related to the peopling of Austra- *Anth 416/516 Traditional East Asia (4) lia about 40,000 years ago, and subsequent voy- Urban Anthropology (4) Comparative ethnographic examination of peas- aging and colonization of all parts of the South Cross-cultural examination of urban phenomena ant cultures in East Asia (China, Japan, Korea) Pacific. Examines prehistoric cultural develop- including: variability in cultural and institutional prior to World War II. Prerequisite: students are ments in Hawaii, New Zealand, Easter Island, patterning of cities, acculturation processes strongly encouraged to complete Anth 103 and island groups in Micronesia. Examines evi- affecting urban populations, migration and before enrolling in this course. dence of human modification of island ecosys- social accommodation of rural and tribal peoples *Anth 319 tems. Prerequisite: Anth 350. to urban settings, and the varieties of new sub- Traditional Cultures of Africa (4) †Anth 370 cultures that emerge in urban society. Prerequi- A survey of the culture history and characteris- Paleoanthropology (5) site: 8 credits in sociocultural anthropology or tics of the traditional (before Western influence) Method and theory in paleoanthropology. A allied social science (Anth 304, 305 strongly rec- cultures of African peoples. study of hominoid and human evolution from the ommended). Miocene to modern times. Emphasis will be placed on the interactions between biology and culture in the evolution of the human species. Prerequisite: Anth 101.

† Anth 370 and Anth 372 are offered in alternating years. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 67

Anth 417/517 *Anth 451/551 *Anth 464/564 Indians of North America (4) History of Archaeology (4) Topics in Northwest Prehistory (4) An advanced study of the aboriginal peoples of A chronological survey of developments in the In-depth exploration of current problems in the North America, linguistic and cultural relations, field of archaeological inquiry: major schools of study of Northwest Prehistory, particularly as it selected problems in the reconstruction of cul- thoughts, innovations in method and theory, key articulates with general theories of hunter-gath- ture history and in the interpretation of native personalities and their contributions. Prerequi- erer adaptations and cultural evolution. Prerequi- social systems. Prerequisite: 8 credits in anthro- sites: Anth 350 plus at least one additional site: Anth 364. pology (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). upper-division archaeology course. *Anth 471/571 *Anth 425/525 Anth 452/552 Advanced Topics in Paleoanthropology (4) Medical Anthropology (4) Lab Methods in Archaeology (4) In-depth exploration and analysis of current An examination of how health-related beliefs Techniques and their applications in the analysis problems in the study of Paleoanthropology. and practices relate to biological factors and to of materials recovered from archaeological sites. Emphasis on articulation of evolutionary theory wider systems of belief. Healing in traditional Course content will vary, emphasizing the study with fossils and other relevant evidence. Prereq- societies; origins and culture of scientific medi- of various artifact types-lithics, ceramics, tex- uisites: Anth 370. cine. A comparison of traditional and scientific tiles, botanical remains, etc. (May be repeated *Anth 472/572 medical systems and the impact of scientific with departmental consent. Maximum 8 credits) Population Dynamics (4) medicine on traditional healers. Examples drawn Prerequisites: Anth 350 plus at least one addi- The study of the principles of Mendelian and from both Western and non-Western societies. tional upper-division archaeology course. population genetics as they apply to the evolu- Prerequisite: 8 credits of sociocultural anthro- Anth 453/553 tion of human populations and the maintenance pology (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended. Archaeological Field Methods (4) of diversity in modern populations. Emphasis Anth 101 helpful). The theory and practice of contemporary archae- also is placed on the articulation of genetic *Anth 428/528 ological field investigation-research design, methods with evolutionary theory. Prerequisites: Political Anthropology (4) survey and reconnaissance, site excavation, sam- Anth 372; 2 years of high school algebra or Survey of major anthropological approaches to pling and recording techniques, cultural resource equivalent; Bi 341 as a pre- or co-requisite. politics and power. Coverage includes structural management. Prerequisite: Anth 350. *Anth 478/578 functionalism, evolutionism, action theory, Anth 454/554 Human Osteology (4) structuralism, political economy, and post-struc- Archaeological Field School (6) The identification and interpretation of human turalism. Ethnographic cases include both primi- Archaeological excavation of prehistoric or his- skeletal material from archaeological sites: the tive politics and contemporary ethnic, class, and toric archaeological sites; or reconnaissance, determination of age, gender, and population gender struggles in heterogeneous societies. Pre- survey and mapping of sites during a summer affinity; an introduction to paleopathology and requisites: 8 credits sociocultural anthropology field project. Approximately 40 hours of field the recognition of genetic and cultural variation. (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). work per week for 6 weeks, with a week of labo- Prerequisites: Anth 350 and Anth 370. *Anth 430/530 ratory work. Prerequisite: Anth 350. *Anth 479/579 Myth, Ritual, and Symbol (4) Anth 455/555 Forensic Anthropology (2) A critical examination of both classic and recent Analysis of Faunal Remains (5) Advanced techniques of human skeletal identifi- anthropological theories in the cross-cultural Reviews issues of recovery, identification, quan- cation and their application to the solution of study of symbolic forms. Prerequisite: 8 credits tification, and interpretation of archaeological medico-legal (forensic) problems. Prerequisites: in sociocultural anthropology (Anth 304, 305 faunal remains. Seminar component involves Anth 478/578 or consent of instructor. strongly recommended). discussion and critical review of recent faunal Anth 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) * studies. Laboratory component introduces stu- Anth 431/531 *Anth 511 Advanced Topics in Latin American dent to skeletal anatomy of vertebrates (with Core Seminar in Social and Cultural Anthropology (4) focus on fishes and mammals) and basic proce- Anthropology (4) In-depth exploration of a current topic in Latin dures used in faunal analysis. Prerequisite: A seminar that provides a methodological, theo- American anthropology, especially in relation to Anth 350. retical, and substantive review and integration of the study of social change. Course materials will Anth 456/556 anthropological materials in social and cultural cover both theory and ethnography. Prerequisite: Issues in Cultural Resource Management (4) anthropology. Prerequisites: graduate standing in either Anth 311 or two courses related to Latin Examines the current cultural, legal and regula- anthropology and consent of instructor. America. tory issues, problems, and frameworks affecting * * Anth 550 Anth 432/532 the management of cultural resources in North Core Seminar in Archaeology (4) Women, Culture, and Society (4) America and elsewhere in the world. Course A seminar that provides a methodological, theo- A cross-cultural examination of sex roles and coverage will include such topics as the laws retical, and substantive review and integration of gender beliefs including political, social, eco- affecting antiquities trafficking, and the relation- anthropological materials in archaeology. Pre- nomic, and ideological aspects of the position of ships between indigenous peoples and archaeol- requisites: graduate standing in anthropology the sexes. Prerequisites: upper-division standing ogists. Prerequisite: Anth 350. and consent of instructor. and at least one basic course in sociocultural *Anth 461/561 * anthropology (Anth 103, 304, or 305). Anth 570 Advanced Topics in Archaeology (4) Core Seminar in Physical Anthropology (4) Anth 446/546 In-depth exploration and analysis of a major cur- A seminar that provides a methodological, theo- Chinese Culture and Society (4) rent problem in archaeology. Problems may be retical, and substantive review and integration of Issues in the study of Chinese societies today, substantive or theoretical. Prerequisite: Anth anthropological materials in physical anthropol- including those found in the Chinese mainland, 350. ogy. Prerequisites: graduate standing in anthro- Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Southeast Asia. In- pology and consent of instructor. depth examination of questions surrounding kinship organization, religious practice, ethnic iden- tities, gender relations, and economic and political change. Prerequisite: 8 credits in sociocultural anthropology (Anth 304 and 305 strongly recommended). 68 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

APPLIED LINGUISTICS

467 Neuberger Hall involved in the ability to write and read? Credits 725-4088 How does language relate to other facets of Ling 390 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 4 www-adm.pdx.edu/user/ling/ culture and society? What sorts of prob- Ling 411 Syntax or Ling 492 Structure of the lems develop when language doesn’t work English Language ...... 4 as it should, such as in various language Ling 490 History of the English Language . . . .4 B.A. Linguistics electives (upper-division level) . . .16 Minor in Linguistics disorders? How do computer scientists use Intensive Program in English as a linguistic descriptions for natural language Total 28 understanding systems? Second Language All courses used to satisfy the depart- The Department of Applied Linguistics Program in English for Non- ment minor requirements must be graded offers a B.A. in applied linguistics, a minor Native C- or above, and the overall GPA for such in applied linguistics, a TESL certificate, Residents courses must be 2.00 or above. Courses and an M.A. in TESOL (Teaching English Certificate in Teaching English as taken under the undifferentiated grading to Speakers of Other Languages). It also a Second Language option (pass/no pass) are not acceptable administers the English as a Second Lan- M.A.—Teaching English to toward fulfilling department minor require- guage Program and the English for Non- Speakers of Other Languages ments. M.A.T and M.S.T. (General Arts Native Residents Program. and Letters) The major in applied linguistics would serve either as preparation for graduate INTENSIVE PROGRAM IN study, or as an organizing theme for a rich ENGLISH AS A SECOND UNDERGRADUATE undergraduate education. The graduate LANGUAGE (ESL) PROGRAMS degree prepares students to become teach- LING 110 ers, language consultants, and researchers Linguistics is the study of one of the most in the field of language learning and teach- As an intensive course, Ling 110 is important human characteristics: lan- ing. The English as a Second Language and designed to develop the student’s compe- guage. It is an interdisciplinary field that the English for Non-Native Residents pro- tence in listening, speaking, reading, and involves the sciences, the social sciences, grams are designed to develop non-native writing for academic purposes. and the humanities. English speakers’ competence in English. Ling 110 is a year-round intensive pro- Studying linguistics is not a matter of Requirements for a Major in gram. It is offered throughout the regular learning lots of different languages, but Applied Linguistics. In addition to academic year as well as during the sum- rather is the study of language in general, meeting the general University require- mer. There are five basic levels: beginning, of the essential nature of any human lan- ments and those for the B.A. degree, lower-intermediate, intermediate, upper- guage. The questions that linguists ask are majors must complete an adviser-approved intermediate, and advanced. such as these: How do linguistic structures program to include: Students may earn from 3 to 12 credits relate to the sounds we utter, and how do Credits per term depending upon the parts of the these relate to the meanings that we Ling 390 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 4 program in which they enroll. Full-time express? What is the structure of these Ling 407 Senior Seminar ...... 4 students usually register for 12 credits. Stu- sounds, and how are they articulated? What Ling 411 Syntax ...... 4 dents in levels 1 and 2 may not take other is the nature of the syntactic structure of a Ling 435 Applied Linguistics ...... 4 academic courses. Students in level 5 may sentence, and how is a grammar correctly Ling 490 History of the English Language . . . .4 enroll in some non-ESL courses with the stated? How can children master language Linguistics electives (upper-division level) . . .20 approval of the program coordinator, if as quickly as they do, even though the Two terms of a non-Indo-European their academic record allows. language ...... 10 number of sentences appears to be infi- Specifically, the Ling 110 course is nitely many? What does this remarkable (If the language used to fulfill the University language requirement is non-Indo-European, divided into four major parts: capacity tell us about the mind? How does the student may choose any other language for Part A: Grammar and sentence patterns human language differ from the communi- this requirement.) Part B: Reading and vocabulary cation systems of animals? How does lan- development guage change through time? By what Total 50 Part C: Writing processes does a language diverge into two All courses used to satisfy the depart- Part D: Oral communication skills mutually incomprehensible languages, as ment major requirements, whether taken in Time is also devoted to American cul- did Latin into Rumanian and French? In the department or elsewhere, must be tural patterns and academic and cultural turn, how can the prehistory of a language graded C- or above, and the overall GPA orientation. be reconstructed? for such courses must be 2.00 or above. To reinforce classroom instruction, stu- The Department of Applied Linguistics Requirements for a Minor in dents spend up to 10 hours a week in the is concerned with these as with related, Linguistics. To earn a minor in linguis- language and computer laboratory, and in more practical questions: How can a lan- tics a student must complete 28 adviser- individual tutorials if necessary. guage best be taught and learned? How can approved credits (12 credits of which must An essential function of the program is it best be translated? How does one invent a be taken in residence at PSU), to include orientation of the international student to practical orthography (alphabet and spell- the following: American life. Students are encouraged to ing system) for a language? What is take part in a series of social and educa- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 69

tional activities, both on campus and in the dents or while completing degree require- approved courses are required. (For those community, each term. ments in an academic major. students who have completed the Certifi- cate in TESL as undergraduates, certain ADMISSION ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS adviser- approved courses will be used to The student must submit a completed 1. Admission to Portland State University. substitute for some of the following application form and other materials 2. English proficiency in spoken and writ- requirements.) requested on the application to the Office ten English if the student is not a native of Admissions at Portland State University. Group A: Credits speaker of English (a TOEFL score report Ling 511 Syntax ...... 4 If the student is accepted, the I-20 or other is required). The student is to be tested appropriate form will be issued. Upon 4 credits from the following ...... 4 upon arrival. (Required for both certificate Ling 507 Seminar arrival the student must take a Placement and M.A. programs.) Ling 512 Phonology Test in English administered by English as 3. Two years’ proficiency in at least one Ling 513 Linguistic Semantics a Second Language/Applied Linguistics. foreign language if the student is a native Ling 514 Linguistic Pragmatics Placement into courses will be based on speaker of English. Ling 516 Discourse Analysis these test results as well as TOEFL score Ling 520 Historical and Comparative reports if students have them. COURSE REQUIREMENTS Linguistics Qualified students interested in English- In addition to fulfilling minimum Univer- Ling 545 Linguistics and Cognitive Science only study can participate in an Intensive sity or graduate school requirements, the Ling 590 History of the English Language English Language Program offered through following adviser-approved courses are Group B: a partnership between Applied Linguistics required: Ling 538 Second Language Acquisition ...... 4 4 credits from the following ...... 4 and the School of Extended Studies. For Credits information and application materials, con- Ling 510 Selected Topics Ling 390 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 4 Ling 532 Sociolinguistics tact the Department of Applied Linguistics. Ling 438 Second Language Acquisition ...... 4 Ling 533 Psycholinguistics Ling 492 Structure of the English Language . . .4 Ling 537 First Language Acquisition PROGRAM IN ENGLISH Ling 477, 478 TESOL Methods...... 8 Ling 570 Grammar for TESOL Linguistics electives (upper-division) ...... 12 For the remaining 4 credits in linguistics, FOR NON-NATIVE Literature and cultural studies (at least one RESIDENTS (ENNR) choose from Group A or B above, or from course in each area)...... 8 Group C ...... 4 LING 120 Total 40 Group C: Ling 539 Language Testing As a semi-intensive course, Ling 120 is All courses used to satisfy certificate Ling 565 Administration of ESL/EFL Programs designed to develop the student’s compe- course requirements must be upper division Ling 574 ESL in the Workplace tence in writing, reading, and grammar. It and graded C- or above, and the overall Ling 575 Curriculum Design and Materials is available to any non-native resident. GPA for such courses must be 2.00 or Development Students earn 4-6 credits per term. above. Ling 581 World Englishes Sections are limited to small groups Ling 594 Linguistics and Literature The TESL certificate can also be used in divided according to their level of English obtaining the ESL/bilingual endorsement Total credits for groups A, B, and C 20 proficiency. In addition to ENNR credits, for public school teachers. Students seek- students normally register for 6 to 9 credits Literature and Cultural Studies (at least one ing this endorsement must plan a program in non-ENNR courses. course in each area)...... 8 through a departmental adviser and must Literature requirement is adviser-approved There are three basic levels: lower- complete 100 hours of practice in the K-12 class in contemporary American or British intermediate, intermediate, and advanced. setting. literature, or other literature originally An essential part of the program is gen- written in English. eral academic advising. Students are given Cultural Studies requirement is SP 515 Prob- guidance in planning course schedules and GRADUATE lems in Intercultural Communication, Ling in choosing non-ENNR courses appropri- PROGRAMS 571 Culture Learning in the Classroom, or ate to their level of English proficiency. other adviser-approved elective. Placement in the advanced or interme- The Department of Applied Linguistics TESOL Methods and Supervised Practice. . . . .8 diate courses is based on scores received on offers graduate work leading to the Master Ling 577 Methods I Ling 578 Methods II standardized placement tests. of Arts in Teaching of English to Speakers of Other Languages (M.A., TESOL). All students must submit a portfolio documenting 70 hours of practicum experience CERTIFICATE IN TEACH- MASTER OF ARTS Research ING ENGLISH AS A SECOND M.A., TESOL (Teaching English Ling 560 (This course must be taken within the first year of study) ...... 4 LANGUAGE (TESL) to Speakers of Other Languages) Thesis ...... 6 Admission Requirements The program is administered by the 1. Admission to graduate study at Port- Total 46 Department of Applied Linguistics. It is land State University. No later than the end of the first quarter specifically designed to prepare persons to after admission to the program, the student teach English to speakers of other lan- 2. Proficiency in English if the student is is required to consult with the TESOL guages in the United States and abroad. not a native speaker of English. adviser to select the appropriate courses In contrast with the M.A. TESOL, this 3. At least two years’ proficiency in at and areas of concentration. The entire pro- certificate will fit into the programs of least one foreign language if the student is gram must be approved by the adviser and majors in a wide variety of fields, such as a native speaker of English. the Department of Applied Linguistics foreign languages, speech, education, and COURSE REQUIREMENTS Graduate Committee. the social sciences. Candidates may enroll In addition to the minimum graduate Upon satisfactory completion of course- in the program as postbaccalaureate stu- school requirements, the following adviser- work, the student in consultation with a 70 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

research adviser completes a thesis that Ling 405/505 †Ling 422/522 deals with a specific aspect of TESOL. The Reading and Conference (Credit to be How Do People Learn a Second thesis requires a proposal that must be arranged.) Language (3) Gain a historical perspective of language teach- approved by the research committee before Ling 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ing and look at current language learning and the research is undertaken. Upon success- Ling 408/508 teaching models. Examine variables involved in ful completion of the thesis, the student Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) first and second language acquisition, including will be eligible for the final oral the effect of the first language, individual socio- Ling 409/509 examination. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) economic factors, and instruction. Analyze natu- Persons interested in applying for the ral language collected from second language Ling 410/510 learners. Appreciate the complexity of learning M.A., TESOL Program should write to the Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) and studying in another language so you can Department of Applied Linguistics for Ling 411/511 additional information. understand and effectively help your LEP stu- Syntax (4) dents learn successfully. Introduction to modern grammatical theory and MASTER OF ARTS IN research. Presents basic results of linguistic †Ling 423/523 TEACHING OR research in syntax, and methods of investigation Taking Stock: Assessment and Evaluation MASTER OF SCIENCE IN and argumentation used to establish those in Programs With Language Minority TEACHING results. Constitutes a foundation for advanced Students (2) For information on the Master of Arts in work in syntax and semantics, provides back- Consider ways to expand the assessment domain Teaching and the Master of Science in ground for understanding much recent work in so that it describes the full range of student work applied linguistics and in such allied fields as and includes all populations. Learn about techni- Teaching (General Arts and Letters), see cal standards needed to ensure fair, accurate, and page 113. psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. Prerequi- site: Ling 390. meaningful information. Discuss using assessment results to focus school and district services Ling 412/512 for language minority students. COURSES Phonology (4) An introductory course in the analysis and Ling 432/532 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not understanding of the basic nature of the sound Sociolinguistics (4) offered every year. systems of natural languages. Prerequisite: Ling An examination of language in relation to social and interpersonal interaction. Prerequisite: Ling 110 390. Ling 390. English as a Second Language Ling 413/513 (4-12 each term) Linguistic Semantics (4) Ling 433/533 An intensive course to develop the non-native Survey of approaches to meaning in linguistics, Psycholinguistics (4) speaker’s competence in listening, speaking, including influence from logic and philosophy of A survey of psycholinguistics and the psychol- reading, and writing. For students enrolled in the language. Addresses general questions of mean- ogy of language, focusing on the general ques- ESL program only. ing, methods proposed for studying it, and relation of the relation between human language and Ling 120 tionship of semantic theory to theories of syntax human beings. Prerequisite: Ling 390. English for Non-native Residents (6) and pragmatics. Prerequisite: Ling 390, 492, or Ling 435/535 A three-level course in English for non-native 411 recommended. Applied Linguistics (4) residents to develop their competence in writing, An examination of current areas of applied lin- reading, grammar, listening comprehension, and Ling 414/514 guistic research. Prerequisite: Ling 390. Linguistic Pragmatics (4) note-taking. Placement in a given level, lower- A study of current theories of language use, par- *Ling 437/537, 438/538 intermediate or upper-intermediate or advanced, ticularly contextual and functional aspects of the Language Acquisition (4, 4) depends on English Placement Test scores. For communication process. Prerequisite: Ling 390, Introduction to main aspects of first and second non-native residents only. 411 or 413 recommended. language acquisition from sociolinguistic and Ling 199 psycholinguistic perspectives. Examines com- Ling 415/515 prehension and production, stages in acquisition, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Linguistic Phonetics (4) Ling 290 Introduces the sounds of the world’s languages cognitive processes, linguistic environment, Introduction to Language (4) with a concentration on English. Practical exer- individual variables, relationship between first General introduction to structure of languages of cises designed to develop skills in production, and second language acquisition. Research the world, how they are used, and how they discrimination, and phonetic transcription. projects based on collection and analysis of lan- change through time and space and social con- Examines applications to speech technology guage-learner language. Ling 437/537: study of text. Designed for non-majors. (speech synthesis and speech recognition) and first language acquisition; Ling 438/538: study of second language acquisition. Prerequisite: Ling 390 speech pathology. Ling 390. Introduction to Linguistics (4) * Ling 416/516 * A general introduction to the study of linguistics, Discourse Analysis (4) Ling 439/539 including a basic survey of phonology, morphol- An exploration of forms and functions in the Language Testing (4) ogy, syntax, and semantics, brief overview of analysis of discourse. Practice with using variety Examination of recent theory and research on other topics such as language acquisition and of analytic procedures for description of dis- language testing, including selection, evaluation, language in social contexts, a brief sketch plac- course, particularly in relation to language learn- and interpretation of language proficiency tests ing English in historical perspective, and a pre- ing and teaching. Prerequisite: Ling 390. and test results; development of classroom tests; comprehensive assessment of language pro- liminary examination of principles in modern * language study. Ling 420/520 grams. Prerequisite: Ling 390. Historical and Comparative Linguistics (4) Ling 399 Study of linguistic change and language rela- *Ling 445/545 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tionships. Topics include genetic classification of Linguistics and Cognitive Science (4) Presents current developments in linguistic the- Ling 401/501 languages, language families, language and pre- Research (Credit to be arranged.) history, methods of historical reconstruction, ory, and in psychological theories of perception, types of sound change, types of semantic cognition, and information processing (with spe- Ling 404/504 cial focus on language processing). Examines Cooperative Education/Internship change, evidence of borrowing. Prerequisite: (Credit to be arranged.) Ling 390. the fusion of linguistic and psychological theo-

† Ling 422/522 and Ling 423/523 are to be used only for ESL/bilingual endorsement for public school teachers, offered through Continuing Education. These courses cannot be used as linguistics electives or toward the TESL certiﬁcate or TESOL master’s degree without explicit approval by the Applied Linguistics department. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 71

ries into the rapidly growing field of cognitive English language program. Covers structural, *Ling 494/594 science. Prerequisite: Ling 390, 433 recom- notional and communicative, task-based, and Linguistics and Literature (4) mended. content-based syllabus. Prerequisite: Ling 390. Studies in the linguistic analysis of literature, both poetry and prose, from the perspectives of Ling 470/570 Grammar for TESOL (4) Ling 477/577, 478/578 A study of how to teach difficult grammatical TESOL Methods (4, 4) syntax, phonology, morphology, speech acts, structures in English, how to resolve problems Approaches, methods, and techniques in teach- discourse analysis, and dialectal variation. Pre- and questions that frequently arise in the ESL ing English to speakers of other languages. Stu- requisite: Ling 390. classroom, and how to adapt and supplement dents are required to tutor, observe, and teach in Ling 503 ESL grammar tests. Prerequisites: Ling 390, an approved ESL program. Ling 477/577: Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) 492. Emphasis is on macro-level variables and intro- Ling 560 duction to instructional methodology; Ling 478/ Ling 471/571 Research Design for Applied Linguistics (4) Culture Learning in the Language 578: Emphasis is on techniques for teaching lis- Methods for qualitative and quantitative research Classroom (4) tening, speaking, reading, writing, and grammar. in TESOL and other areas of applied linguistics. Study of the relationship between language Courses should be taken in sequence. Previous Measurement concepts, major types of research learning and culture with emphasis on learning study equal to at least one class in linguistics is designs, alternative types of research in TESOL, about the cultures of English as a Second Lan- required. introductory statistics, evaluation of published guage (ESL) and English as a Foreign Language Ling 481/581 research, review of literature, and preparation of (EFL) students and teaching cultural compe- World Englishes (4) proposal. Prerequisites: completion of at least tence in a language classroom. Prerequisite: Explores the role of English as a world language. two terms in the M.A. TESOL program, Ling Ling 390. Using film, audio tapes, and English language 390. * *Ling 474/574 newspapers from around the world, students will Ling 565 ESL in the Workplace (4) become familiar with such Englishes as Malay- Administration of ESL/EFL Programs (4) Theory and practice in developing programs to sian English, Indian English, Nigerian English, Analyzes models of intensive and non-intensive teach English language programs in the work- and Filipino English. Prerequisite: Ling 290 or programs in terms of goals, students, levels, place. Students observe workplace programs, 390. staff, schedules, materials and approaches based examine case studies, and work in teams to Ling 490/590 on resources and facilities available. Discusses assess needs, write curriculum, and develop History of the English Language (4) theoretical, financial and pedagogical issues in materials for a local company employing non- A survey in which the development of English designing and maintaining a successful program. native speakers. Prerequisite: Ling 477 or teach- phonology, morphology, vocabulary, and syntax Prerequisite: Ling 390. ing experience. is studied through the application of modern lin- *Ling 585 *Ling 475/575 guistic criteria and methodology. Prerequisite: Semiotics (4) Curriculum Design and Materials Ling 390. Study of modern critical theories based on lin- Development in TESOL (4) Ling 492 guistics, especially structuralism. Prerequisite: Principles of curriculum design and instructional Structure of the English Language (4) 3 credits of linguistics. materials development in teaching English to A study of English structure and modern speakers of other languages. Students work in approaches to grammar. This course satisfies teams to assess needs, design syllabus, develop state standards for teaching English. Prerequi- lessons and materials, plan evaluation for site: Ling 390.

BIOLOGY

246 Science Building II in health sciences, nursing, agriculture, for- Oregon. Biology majors are encouraged 725-3851 estry, and other applied fields. It also pro- to spend a summer at one of these www.esr.pdx.edu/environ/env- vides the necessary background for institutions. bio.html (environmental) prospective teachers and for advanced Requirements for Major. In addi- www.orgbio.pdx.edu/ (organismal) study leading to graduate degrees in the tion to satisfying general University more specialized fields of the biological requirements, a student majoring in biol- B.A., B.S. sciences. ogy must meet general departmental major Minor A student planning to enter medicine, requirements and specific requirements in Secondary Education Program dentistry, or other professional fields one of the biology major options. General M.A., M.S. should consult the catalog of the profes- requirements are completion of two terms M.A.T. and M.S.T. (Science/Biol- sional school to which the student intends of statistics or calculus; three terms of sci- ogy) to apply following preprofessional work in ence majors’ introductory chemistry with Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences biology and other sciences at Portland laboratory; two terms of organic chemistry and Resources: Biology State. Biology is also a teaching endorse- with laboratory; and three terms of college- ment area in the program of secondary edu- level physics with laboratory. All biology cation. majors must complete at least 50 credits in UNDERGRADUATE The Oregon University System main- biology, including three terms of science PROGRAMS tains the Institute of Marine Biology near majors’ introductory biology with labora- Coos Bay and the Hatfield Marine Sciences tory. Of the 50 credits in biology, at least The biology program is designed to pre- Center in Newport on the Oregon coast. 35 must be upper division, including one pare students for careers in biological PSU also participates in programs at the term of genetics (Bi 341, Introduction to research, development, and teaching, and Malheur Field Station in southeastern Genetics, or equivalent) and fulfillment of 72 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

requirements in one of the options listed Genetics sub-area: Credits Area III: Ecological and Evolutionary below. Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics ...... 4 Biology Biology courses taken under the undif- Bi 428 Human Genetics (requires Bi 341) . . . .4 Bi 357 General Ecology ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) Bi 427 Evolutionary Genetics (requires Bi 341, Bi 360, 361 Introduction to Marine Biology and are not acceptable toward fulfilling depart- Bi 426 recommended) ...... 4 Laboratory Bi 423 Microbial Ecology Ecology/evolution/behavior sub-area: Credits mental major requirements, with the excep- Bi 426 Evolution tion of Bi 401, 404, 405, 406, and 407. Of Bi 357 General Ecology ...... 4 the 50 credits required in biology, at least Bi 360, 361 Introduction to Marine Biology, Total 30 36 credits must be in courses other than Bi Marine Biology Laboratory ...... 3, 1 Bi 426 Evolution ...... 4 Courses taken under the undifferenti- 401, 404, 405, 406, and 407. The remain- Bi 475 Limnology and Aquatic Ecology . . . . .4 ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not ing 14 credits may include no more than a Bi 476 Population Biology ...... 4 be accepted toward fulfilling department total of 6 credits in Bi 401, 404, 405, and Bi 412 Animal Behavior ...... 4 minor requirements. Bi 401, 404, 405, 406, 406. Option III: Microbiology and and 407 are not allowed for the minor. Biology majors interested in the Biol- Molecular Biology/Biotechnology Additional courses may be required as pre- ogy Honors program may obtain informa- There are two possible routes of study to requisites. tion on that program in the Science Support complete this option: i) Completion of a Office. SECONDARY EDUCATION two-year Associate of Applied Science Adviser: R. Tinnin, M.C. Carter Option I: General Biology degree in biotechnology at Portland Students selecting Option I are required to Community College, followed by a transfer Students who wish to teach biology in sec- take the following courses: into the third (junior) year of this option, ii) ondary schools should complete one of the two programs shown. Courses are to be Credits Completion of all four years at Portland Bi 335 Principles of Physiology ...... 4 State University. taken for differentiated grades, except for Bi 357 General Ecology...... 4 Students selecting Option III are those offered for pass/no pass only. Stu- required to take Biochemistry (Ch 350 or dents must have at least a 3.00 GPA in the In addition, students must take at least recommended science courses and must one other upper-division course in any two Ch 490, 491, and 492) and the following upper-division biology courses: Bi 338 earn at least a C in each course of the of the three following areas: botany, zool- endorsement area. Students should also ogy, microbiology. Introduction to Molecular Biology, Bi 487 Immunology, Bi 430 and Bi 431 Theory of take Ed 420 Introduction to Education and Several different avenues of study may Society; Psy 311; and one of the following: be followed under the general track. These Recombinant DNA and lab, and 6 credits of Bi 401 Research in Biotechnology. In Sp 100, 229, 220, 262, or 324. include emphases in ecology, evolution, Biology Majors. The student must botany, microbiology, and field biology. addition, they are required to take at least 7 credits from the following list: complete a biology major’s program as Please consult your adviser for more outlined above, to include a course each in details. Credits microbiology, ecology, genetics, and evolu- Bi 420 Microbiology ...... 6 Option II: Zoology/Physiology tion. (See adviser.) Students selecting Option II are required to Bi 421 Virology ...... 4 Bi 423 Microbial Ecology ...... 4 Credits take Bi 335 Principles of Physiology or Bi Bi 424 Molecular Genetics ...... 4 Biology (see above) ...... 50 336 Cell Biology and at least one 300- or Bi 336, 337 Introduction to Cell Biology, Cell Mathematics (see above) ...... 12 400-level course in each of the following Biology Laboratory...... 4, 1 Chemistry (see above) ...... 23 sub-areas: Requirements for a Minor. To Physics (see above) ...... 15 Geology (see adviser) ...... 3 Systems/cell physiology sub-area: Credits earn a minor in biology, a student must Bi 301 Human Anatomy and Physiology . . . . .4 complete at least 27 credits (at least 9 cred- Total 103 Bi 302 Human Anatomy and Physiology . . . . .4 its of which must be taken in residence at Nonbiology Majors Bi 303 Human Anatomy and Physiology. . . . . 4 PSU), to include the following: Bi 418 Comparative Animal Physiology . . . . .4 One year-long sequence in introductory Bi 419 Animal Physiology Laboratory ...... 4 Credits biology ...... 9 Bi 422 Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology 4 Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology ...... 15 Bi 234, 235 Elementary Microbiology ...... 6 Bi 437 Cell Physiology ...... 3 Upper-division credits to include at least One course each in both anatomy and Bi 445 Algal Physiology ...... 4 one course from each of the following three physiology...... 8 Bi 462 Neurophysiology ...... 4 areas ...... 15 Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics ...... 4 Bi 487 Immunology and Serology ...... 4 Area I: Cellular Biology Bi 357 General Ecology ...... 4 Bi 335 Principles of Physiology Bi 426 Evolution ...... 4 Structure/systematics/development Bi 336 Introduction to Cell Biology Biology elective in botany or field-oriented sub-area: Credits Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics course ...... 4 Bi 326 Comparative Vertebrate Embryology . .5 Bi 420 Microbiology Bi 328 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy . . . . .5 Area II: Organismal Biology Biology total 39 Bi 387 Vertebrate Zoology ...... 6 Bi 301, 302, 303 Human Anatomy and Bi 413 Herpetology ...... 6 Physical science electives as approved by Physiology adviser ...... 18 Bi 414 Ornithology ...... 6 Bi 326 Comparative Vertebrate Embryology Bi 415 Mammalogy ...... 6 Bi 328 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy Total 57 Bi 416 Marine Mammals ...... 6 Bi 334 Systematic Botany Bi 451 Parasitology ...... 4 Bi 370 Mushrooms Bi 452 Parasitology ...... 4 Bi 387 Vertebrate Zoology GRADUATE Bi 455 Histology ...... 5 Bi 432 Morphology of Nonvascular Plants and PROGRAMS Bi 461 Invertebrate Zoology ...... 5 Fungi Bi 433 Morphology of Vascular Plants The Department of Biology offers graduate Bi 434 Plant Anatomy study leading the Master of Arts or Master Bi 455 Histology of Science, and the Master of Arts in Bi 461 Invertebrate Zoology Teaching or Master of Science in Teaching C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 73

Science/Biology. The department also par- lish the degree program before the comple- Bi 163 ticipates in the Environmental Sciences and tion of 15 credits of coursework. The Organic Gardening (3) Resources Doctoral Program. Specialized program must include a minimum of 45 An in-depth study of the principles and practices of modern home gardening. Plants, soils, and cli- studies in the basic principles and tech- credits in approved graduate courses, to mates are studied in relation to the production of niques of the discipline, when combined include a minimum of 24 credits in the area vegetables, herbs, flowers, and perennial food with multidisciplinary environmental sci- of concentration. At least 9 credits, but no plants. The organic and chemical approaches to ences courses and seminars, will partially more than 15 credits, must be in education gardening are discussed with the goal of helping fulfill the requirement for the Ph.D. in envi- courses. In order to fulfill requirements for students to formulate intelligently their own phi- ronmental sciences and resources. For the degree, the student must satisfactorily losophy of gardening. Not intended for biology information relative to the Ph.D. program complete the degree program and pass both majors. in environmental sciences and resources/ a final written examination and a final oral Bi 175 biology, see page 98. examination. Evolutionary Concepts (3) Admission Requirements. In This class is designed to provide background in evolutionary concepts for nonmajors and to addition to the instructions for admission to CONTINUING TEACHING LICENSE address current issues in evolution as they are the graduate program as they appear on The requirements for the continuing teach- perceived and are being investigated by various page 47, the department requires the fol- ing license include satisfactory completion members of our faculty in biology and geology. lowing information from each applicant to of 45 credits of upper-division and gradu- It is a combined lecture and discussion class and the M.A./M.S. program in biology and the will include occasional guest lecturers present- ate work earned subsequent to receipt of Ph.D. program in environmental sciences ing their research and views on various topics in a bachelor’s degree. The 45 credits are in and resources: evolution. addition to those required for the initial 1. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Bi 199 teaching license. For the continuing Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Record Examination (GRE), to include endorsement in biology, the student must results from the aptitude test and the Bi 234 take at least 15 credits of adviser-approved Elementary Microbiology (4) advanced biology examination. graduate-level work distributed to Introduction to the basic and applied aspects of 2. Three letters of evaluation from per- strengthen the student’s background in microbiology, with special emphasis on the role sons qualified to assess the applicant’s science. Although no specific courses in of microorganisms in human affairs. Such fields promise as a graduate student. science are required for the continuing as nursing, environmental protection, food tech- endorsement, combined undergraduate and nology, and public health are given special atten- The student should contact the depart- tion. Topics will include microbial growth and ment for a statement of current admission graduate preparation must include at least death, human disease, environmental microbiol- policy. 36 credits in biology and must include spe- ogy, food and industrial microbiology, microbial The prospective student should realize cific courses. Each student’s program is tai- aspects of water and sewage treatment, aspects that a high GPA and acceptable GRE lored to meet the needs of the individual of microbial gene flow, genetic engineering, and scores do not guarantee admission to the and the requirements of the continuing vaccine development. graduate programs in biology. This is endorsement and the continuing license. Bi 235 because of the many departmental factors See page 191 for the required Elementary Microbiology Laboratory (2) which must be taken into consideration, education courses. The laboratory is designed for science majors and others who need practical experience in cul- such as availability of appropriate advisers turing and observation of microorganisms. and research space. COURSES Topics will include culture techniques, use of the Degree Requirements. University microscope for observation of microorganisms, master’s degree requirements are listed on Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not and procedures for study of microorganisms in page 56. Specific departmental require- offered every year. the laboratory and field. Two 2-hour laboratory ments are listed below. Bi 101, 102, 103 periods. Prerequisite: Bi 234 or concurrent General Biology (3, 3, 3) enrollment in Bi 234. MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER The fundamental principles of life as they apply Bi 251, 252, 253 OF SCIENCE to both plants and animals. If taken after com- Principles of Biology (5,5,5) Satisfactory completion of at least 45 cred- pleting courses with similar materials credit will Study of the basic principles of living organisms. its of approved graduate-level courses is be restricted. The course will study both plants and animals required for a master’s degree. The student Bi 104, 105, 106 and topics will include cell structure, energy pro- must complete at least 30 credits in the General Biology Labs (1, 1, 1) duction synthesis, nutrition, genetics, evolution, field of biology. No more than 9 credits Laboratory to accompany General Biology (Bi classification, excretion mechanisms of 101, 102, 103). Previous or concurrent enroll- may be in Bi 503 Thesis. No more than a response, reproduction and development, and ment in 101, 102, 103 is required. One 2-hour ecology. Lab investigations will use laboratory, total of 15 credits may be in seminar, read- laboratory per week. field study, and special readings. Four hours lec- ing and conference, research, and thesis. A *Bi 161 ture and one 3-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Ch maximum of 15 credits may be pro- Food, Plants, and People (3) 221, 227 or concurrent enrollment in Ch 221, grammed as electives in fields related to The role of plants in human affairs as sources of 227. biology in consultation with the degree food, fiber, fuel, beverages, and drugs. This Bi 301, 302, 303 adviser. Successful completion of a final course does not satisfy the Department of Biol- Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4, 4) oral examination and a thesis is required. ogy botany course requirement and is intended Fundamental principles of microanatomy, mac- for nonmajors. roanatomy, genetics, embryology, and physiol- MASTER OF ARTS IN *Bi 162 ogy, as applied to the human organism will be TEACHING OR Indoor Plants (3) presented and correlated to provide a compre- MASTER OF SCIENCE IN An in-depth study of the botany, identification, hensive understanding of man as a functionally TEACHING cultural characteristics, propagation, care and integrated biological entity. One 3-hour labora- The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences maintenance, and effective utilization in interior tory period. A previous course in chemistry is offers the M.A.T./M.S.T. degrees in Sci- design of common foliage plants. Not intended recommended. Prerequisite: one year of college ence/Biology. In consultation with the for biology majors. biological science. graduate adviser, the student should estab- 74 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Bi 326 *Bi 361 *Bi 416/516 Comparative Vertebrate Embryology (5) Introduction to Marine Biology Marine Mammals (6) Comparative study of the development of repre- Laboratory (1) Study of the distinguishing features, classifica- sentative vertebrates, including the cellular Laboratory and field work in marine biology. tion, origins, evolution, physiology, anatomy, mechanisms responsible for early morphogene- One 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: com- behavior, ecology, and status of groups of sis. One 4-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: pletion of or concurrent enrollment in Bi 360. marine mammals. Two 2-hour lectures, one 3- one year of introductory biology. *Bi 370 hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi 387. *Bi 328 Mushrooms (4) *Bi 417/517 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (5) An introduction to the distribution, systematics, Mammalian Physiology (4) Gross dissection and comparison of organ sys- identification, ecology, morphology, and life his- Physiology of the mammalian cardiovascular, tems in representative vertebrate forms. Two 4- tories of visible fungi (mushrooms). Two 3-hour respiratory, renal and digestive systems with hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 252. laboratory periods; field trips. Prerequisite: one emphasis on homeostatic control and integration *Bi 332, 333 year of biology. of these systems in normal and pathophysiologi- Plant Morphology (4, 4) Bi 387 cal states. Prerequisite: upper division physiol- Study of the structure and life history of repre- Vertebrate Zoology (6) ogy course. sentatives of the algae, fungi, and bryophytes (Bi Introduction to the classification, anatomical Bi 418/518 332) and the vascular cryptogams (Bi 333). Two characteristics, distribution, and life habits of Comparative Animal Physiology (4) 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 253. fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mam- Physiology of metabolic, respiratory, circulatory, *Bi 334 Systematic Botany (4) mals. Two 2-hour lectures, two 2-hour laborato- excretory, muscle, and nervous systems with Identification and classification of the vascular ries. Prerequisite: one year of college-level emphasis on a comparative ecological approach. plants represented in the local flora. Two 3-hour biology or zoology. Prerequisite: upper division physiology course. laboratory periods. Bi 399 Bi 419/519 Bi 335 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Animal Physiology Laboratory (4) Principles of Physiology (4) Bi 401/501 Laboratory experiments on the physiology of An introduction to the physiology of plant and Research (Credit to be arranged.) animals from the cell through organismic levels. animal cells with emphasis on basic chemical Bi 404/504 Two 3.5-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: and physical characteristics. Prerequisites: Bi Cooperative Education/internship Bi 335, 417 or 418. May be concurrent. 253, Ch 331 or Ch 334. (Credit to be arranged.) Bi 420/520 Bi 336 Bi 405/505 Microbiology (6) Introduction to Cell Biology (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Fundamental concepts and techniques of micro- An introduction to structural, physiological, bio- arranged.) Pass/no pass only. biology. The general principles of cell structure chemical, and molecular biology of cells. One Bi 406 and function, classification and diversity of hour recitation; and three lecture hours. Prereq- Laboratory Project (Credit to be arranged.) microorganisms, biochemical processes in cells uisites: one year of introductory biology and Bi 407/507 with the various regulatory patterns and the chemistry. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) genetic basis of microbial growth and evolution are emphasized. Two 2-hour laboratory periods. Bi 337 Selected topics in biology. Cell Biology Laboratory (1) Bi 410/510 Principles of Physiology or Introductory Bio- Experiments in cell biology to complement lec- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) chemistry is recommended. Prerequisites: one ture. One three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. year each of majors level general biology and general chemistry; two terms of organic prior completion of/or concurrent enrollment in *Bi 412/512 Bi 336. Animal Behavior (4) chemistry. Bi 335 or one term of biochemistry is recommended. Bi 338 An evolutionary approach to the study of animal Introduction to Molecular Biology (4) behavior. The importance of ecological, physio- Bi 421/521 The principles, concepts and methods of molec- logical, and social variables will be examined in Virology (4) ular biology with focus on structure, biochemis- relation to the behavior of the individual animal. A study of the classification, structure, genetics, try, biosynthesis, and regulation of cellular Prerequisites: one year of introductory biology molecular biology of replication, cell interac- macromolecules-DNA, RNA, and proteins. and upper-division standing. tions, and host response of representative groups of bacterial, plant, and animal viruses, and the Topics covered include DNA/RNA technology, *Bi 413/513 gene structure and function, macromolecular Herpetology (6) medical aspects of important human viruses. interactions, expression and regulation of gene Study of the distinguishing features, anatomy, Prerequisite: Bi 338. function, DNA replication and repair, mutagene- physiology, origins, evolution, and ecology of *Bi 422/522 sis, viruses, and oncogenes. Prerequisite: Bi 341, amphibians and reptiles. North American species Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology (4) and either Bi 335 or one term of college-level are emphasized. Two 2-hour lectures, two Neuroendocrine and endocrine mechanisms in biochemistry. 2-hour laboratories. Prerequisite Bi 387. vertebrates with an emphasis on the comparative * physiology and morphology of endocrine sys- Bi 341 Bi 414/514 tems. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry, Princi- Introduction to Genetics (4) Ornithology (6) A study of the mechanism of biological inherit- Study of the diversity, characteristics, evolution, ples of Biology. ance. One 2-hour recitation period. Prerequisite: structure, function, distribution, and life habits *Bi 423/523 one year of biological science. of birds. North American species are empha- Microbial Ecology (4) sized. Two 2-hour lectures, two 2-hour laborato- Study of the interaction of microorganisms with Bi 357 each other and plants and animals; soil and General Ecology (4) ries. Prerequisite: Bi 387. aquatic systems; microbial evolution; cycles of The study of the interrelationships of plants and Bi 415/515 animals with their environment. Emphasis is on Mammalogy (6) matter; biodegradation and microbial pest con- basic ecological principles and concepts, not on Study of the diversity, characteristics, evolution, trol. Prerequisite: Bi 420. current environmental problems. Prerequisite: structure, function, distribution, and life habits *Bi 424/524 one year of biological science. of mammals. North American Species are Molecular Genetics (4) The nature of the gene and its mode of action, *Bi 360 emphasized. Two 2-hour lectures, two 2-hour Introduction to Marine Biology (3) laboratories. Prerequisite: Bi 387. organization of the genetic material, and the reg- Introduction to the marine environment and its ulation of gene action. Prerequisite: Bi 338. life forms. Survey of organismal diversity with emphasis on structural and physiological adaptations to the marine realm. Prerequisite: one year of biological science. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 75

Bi 426/526 Bi 441/541 *Bi 471/571 Evolution (4) Plant Physiology (5) Plant Ecology (4) Examination of micro- and macroevolutionary An introduction to the metabolic activities of A study of the interrelationships between plants patterns in the evolution of life, with an empha- plants. Two 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequi- and their environment with emphasis upon indi- sis on the mechanisms of evolution. One 2-hour site: Bi 335 or one term of biochemistry. vidual adaptation and community dynamics. recitation period. Prerequisite: Bi 341. *Bi 442/542 One 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: *Bi 427/527 Plant Physiology (3) Bi 357 or equivalent. Evolutionary Genetics (4) Biochemical activities of plants, photosynthesis, *Bi 472/572 An introduction to population genetics theory and respiration. Course is intended to be taken in Natural History (3) and an examination of the genetic techniques sequence with Bi 441. Prerequisite: Bi 441. A study of plant and animal interrelationships, that are used to look at populations, speciation, Bi 445/545 emphasizing maintenance of proper field and phylogenetic relationships. Prerequisite: Bi Algal Physiology (4) records, identification, distribution, and ecology 341, Bi 426 recommended. Physiological basis for phytoplankton ecology. of vertebrates in Oregon. Includes one two-hour *Bi 428/528 Examination of photosynthesis, nutrient trans- laboratory. Prerequisite: one year of biology. Human Genetics (4) port, regulation and cell division processes. *Bi 475/575 The organization of the human genome, pedi- Three lectures and one recitation. Prerequisites: Limnology and Aquatic Ecology (4) gree analysis, gene mapping, chromosome Bi 335, 357. Kinds, origins, and ecological features and abnormalities, sex determination, and gene *Bi 451/551, 452/552 dynamics of freshwater environments. Prerequi- defects (metabolic and hemoglobin). Topics are Parasitology (4, 4) site: Ch 223. discussed from the point of view of clinical Study of the biological inter-relationships of par- *Bi 476/576 applications and current research. Prerequisite: asites and their hosts. An introduction to the Population Biology (4) Bi 341. morphology, physiology, and life cycle of repre- A study of classical and modern theories of the Bi 430/530 sentative parasites. One 3-hour laboratory growth and regulation of natural populations of Theory of Recombinant DNA Techniques (3) period. Prerequisite: two years of biology. plants and animals. Emphasis will be placed on Lectures on the principles and theory of recom- *Bi 453/553 quantitative models. Topics will include: age- binant DNA and molecular cloning techniques. Biology of Aging (3) specific population growth; population growth in Topics will cover use of restriction and other The study of molecular and structural changes in a limited environment; competitive and predator- DNA modifying enzymes, host-vector systems, animals as a function of age. Emphasis is on the prey interactions; biotic diversity; data collection DNA fragment and plasmid isolation techniques, basic biological factors which limit life-span. and mathematical modeling of actual popula- gene mapping, subcloning techniques, in vitro Prerequisite: Bi 335 or biochemistry. Recom- tions. Includes one-hour recitation. Prerequisite: mutagenesis, cDNA and genomic cloning, mended: Bi 487. Bi 357. screening of clones, blot hybridizations, DNA Bi 455/555 Bi 477/577 transfection and use of reporter genes, DNA Histology (6) Limnology Laboratory (2) sequencing and PCR. Prerequisite: Bi 338. Systemic study, description, and identification Techniques in field and laboratory analysis of Bi 431/531 of histological structures. Two 3-hour laboratory freshwater systems. Pre- or corequisite: Bi 475/ Recombinant DNA Techniques periods. Prerequisite: two years of biology. 575. Laboratory (2) *Bi 461/561 *Bi 481/581 Laboratory of recombinant DNA and molecular Invertebrate Zoology (5) Microbial Physiology (3) cloning techniques. Corequisite: Bi 430/530. A survey of the invertebrates, protozoa to inver- Physiology and biochemistry of microorgan- *Bi 432/532 tebrate chordates with an emphasis on the major isms. Modern contributions to microbiology Morphology of Nonvascular Plants and Fungi groups. Two 3-hour laboratories; field work out- emphasized. Micro- and macro-molecular anat- (4) side of class hours. Prerequisites: Bi 251, 252, omy of microbial cells; energy metabolism, bio- Study of the morphology, structure, and life his- 253. synthetic pathways and their regulation, kinetic tory of algae, bryophytes, and fungi from an evo- and molecular aspects of growth, genetics, evolutionary point of view. One 3-hour laboratory. Bi 462/562 Neurophysiology (4) lution, and ecology. Prerequisites: Bi 420 and Prerequisite: Bi 253. Lectures covering the basic anatomy of the ver- either Bi 335 or one term of biochemistry. * Bi 433/533 tebrate central nervous system (CNS) and the Bi 483/583, 484/584 Morphology of Vascular Plants (4) cellular bases for resting, graded and action Microbiology Laboratory (1, 1) Study of the gross morphology, development, potentials. Also, chemical and electrical signal- Application of the principles of microbiology in and structure of roots, stems, leaves, and flowers ing between cells of the nervous system is dis- the laboratory. One 3-hour laboratory period. from an evolutionary point of view. One 3-hour cussed, including pharmacological intervention Prerequisite: concurrent with Bi 481, 482. laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi 253. in the CNS. Lastly, several model systems for *Bi 486/586 Bi 434/534 integrative neuroscience are described including Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) Plant Anatomy (5) the visual and somatosensory systems, learning, Study of bacteria pathogenic to humans and their Study of the structure of meristems, cells, tis- memory, and simple motor pattern generators. relationship to infectious disease. Emphasis on sues, and tissue systems of roots, stems, leaves, Prerequisite: Bi 335. the biochemical mechanism of infection and lab- flowers, and fruits from the developmental and oratory diagnosis. Prerequisite: Bi 420. comparative standpoint. One 3-hour laboratory. Bi 463/563 Sensory Physiology (4) Bi 487/587 Prerequisite: Bi 253. An exploration of the range of animal senses Immunology and Serology (4) *Bi 437/537, 438/538 with lecture and discussion of the principles of The study of resistance to infectious disease and Cell Physiology (3, 3) sensation and sensory communication in gen- the properties and behavior of antisera formed A study of the basic functions in biological sys- eral, and the detailed physiology of transduction within an animal in response to foreign antigenic tems at the cellular and subcellular levels of for mechanical, electromagnetic, chemical, noci- substances. Prerequisite: Bi 420. organization. Prerequisite: Bi 335 or one term of ceptive, and thermal senses. Prerequisite: Bi Bi 503 biochemistry. 491/591. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) * Bi 439/539, 440/540 *Bi 470/570 *Bi 543 Cell Physiology Laboratory (2, 2) General Ecology II (3) Advances in Plant Physiology (3) Studies on cells, subcellular organelles, and The study of the principles which characterize Lectures and discussions on selected topics in enzymes. Two 3-hour laboratory periods. Pre- ecology, such as populations dynamics, competi- plant physiology; evaluation of current trends in requisite: concurrent enrollment in Bi 437, 438 tion, predator-prey dynamics, and dynamics of this field. Prerequisite: Bi 442 (or concurrently). respectively. isolated systems such as islands. Prerequisite: May be repeated once for credit. Bi 357 or equivalent. 76 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Bi 585 tomical adaptations, echolocation, population *Bi 596 Advances in Microbiology (3) structure and dynamics, and behavior. Prerequi- Advanced Topics in Evolution (2) Analysis of new developments in microbiology site: Bi 416. New developments in evolution. A study of one including metabolic pathways, anaerobic sys- or more advanced topics relating to the patterns *Bi 593 tems, mechanisms of pathogenicity, and the Cytogenetics (3) and processes of microevolution and macroevo- exploitation of microorganisms to generate prod- Structure and function of chromosomes, mitosis lution. Prerequisite: Bi 426. ucts for mankind. Prerequisite: Bi 420. and meiosis, the major chromosomal changes of *Bi 597 *Bi 590 plant and animal evolution. Prerequisite: Bi 341 Advanced Topics in Mammalogy (3) Advanced Comparative Physiology (4) or equivalent. Study of one or more advanced topics in mam- Advanced topics and current research on various malogy. *Bi 594 aspects of comparative physiology. Prerequi- Cytogenetics Laboratory (1) Bi 601 sites: Bi 417 or Bi 418 and Bi 419. Normal and aberrant forms of nuclear division; Research (Credit to be arranged.) Bi 591 major techniques in preparation of chromosomes Bi 603 Advances in Phycology (2) for microscopic examination. One 2-hour labo- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Lectures, seminars, discussions. Recent ratory. Prerequisite: current enrollment in Bi Bi 604 advances in phycology with an emphasis on cul- 593. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to tivation, morphology, physiology, genetics, and *Bi 595 be arranged.) sexuality of algae. Prerequisite: Bi 445. Advanced Topics in Genetics (2) Bi 605 Bi 592 New developments in genetics. Topics to include Reading and Conference (Credit to be Advanced Topics in Marine Mammals (2) current research in the areas of genetics, human arranged.) A study of one or more advanced topics in genetics, evolutionary genetics, and molecular Pass/no pass only. marine mammals; covering new developments in genetics. Prerequisite: Bi 341. Bi 607 regard to their evolution, physiological and ana- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Bi 610 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.)

BLACK STUDIES

308 Neuberger Hall can descent and their contributions to 2. Completion of 12 credits of lower-divi- 725-3472 world civilization, a Black Studies Certifi- sion courses with consent of adviser and www.clas.pdx.edu/black_studies/ cate has practical applications. approval of faculty. These 12 credits must ■ It may be utilized as the foundation for relate to black studies areas of specializa- Certificate in Black Studies graduate studies in the social sciences, tion listed below. Minor in Black Studies liberal arts, and some professional pro- 3. Completion of 24 credits of upper- grams. Examples of such careers are The Department of Black Studies is an division courses in an area of specializa- teaching, counseling, social work, poli- academic interdisciplinary unit within the tion within a program constructed with tics and government, law enforcement, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The consent of adviser and approval of faculty. health planning, and urban planning. primary focus is on the social sciences and Areas of specialization include: ■ It provides background for students liberal arts. The Department of Black ■ Black culture and civilization (history, interested in the field of social welfare Studies is devoted to the exploration and art, music, literature, etc.) as a vocation. analysis of the history and culture of Afri- ■ Black social development (sociology, ■ It provides added dimension to the can people in the United States, the Carib- political science, psychology, etc.) study of education, and it is especially bean, and Africa. It seeks to objectively All courses used to satisfy certificate crucial for those persons considering explore the black experience, to illuminate requirements need not be black studies teaching in inner-city communities. the contributions of African people to courses, but can include appropriate world culture, and to provide an alterna- Certificate Requirements. Candi- courses in other departments as approved tive to traditional approaches to the study dates for the Black Studies Certificate must by an adviser. of world history that have bypassed the satisfy the requirements outlined below as Students may focus on the American, African experience. well as meet the general requirements for a Caribbean, or African experiences. The objectives of the Department of degree in any field. Completion of 36 cred- Courses taken under the undifferenti- Black Studies are to provide comprehen- its is required for certification in black ated grading option (pass/no pass) are sive learning programs aimed at greater studies. It is recommended that of these 36 acceptable toward fulfilling certificate understanding by all people of the African credits, 24 credits be Department of Black requirements. experience, past, present, and future. Studies course offerings. Twenty-four cred- Languages. There are no special lan- The Department of Black Studies seeks its will be upper-division courses within an guage requirements for a Black Studies to expose students from all cultural, reli- area of specialization constructed with the Certificate. However, students interested in gious, and ethnic backgrounds to academic consent of the adviser and approval of the travel to Africa, the Caribbean, or South experiences beyond those usually found in faculty. America are encouraged to acquire skills in traditional college curricula. 1. Completion of all requirements for a African languages, French, Spanish, or In addition to providing a heightened major with a B.A. or a B.S. degree. Portuguese. sense of awareness about persons of Afri- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 77

Requirements for a Minor. To survey of major themes and issues in the history *BSt 351, 352 earn a minor in Black Studies a student of the African continent, the course will consider African-American Literature (4, 4) must complete 28 credits (12 credits of the rise of complex societies, indigenous African A study of African-American literature from its towns, agricultural and technological achieve- oral and folk beginnings to the present. which must be taken in residence at PSU), Prerequisite: BSt 221 or Eng 256. to include the following: ments, African state systems, and the impact of international trade and Islam on Africa. BSt 362 Credits BSt 206 African Prehistory (4) Two courses chosen from: ...... 8 Introduction to Caribbean Studies (4) Methods, sources of evidence, and the results of BSt 203, 204 Introduction to African- Interdisciplinary examination of the historical the study of prehistoric cultures of Africa from American History and cultural experience of the circum-Caribbean the earliest traces until the first written records; it BSt 205 Introduction to African Studies regions. Special attention will be given to issues includes human origins (physical and cultural BSt 206 Introduction to Caribbean Studies in the creation of multicultural society, such as evolution), the earliest civilization, peopling of BSt 221 Introduction to African-American the dynamics of resistance and the interplay of Africa, migrations, earliest settlements, origins Literature cultural identity and political domination. of agriculture and metallurgy. Prerequisites: BSt 205, Anth 102. Four courses chosen from ...... 12 *BSt 221 BSt 302 African-American Experience in the Introduction to African-American Literature BSt 397 20th Century (4) Preparation for International Experience (4) BSt 305 African History, Before 1800 An overview of African-American fiction, Examination of communication-based, cultural, BSt 306 African History, 1800-Present poetry, drama, and expository prose. economic, emotional, physical, political, reli- BSt 362 African Prehistory *BSt 261 gious, and social aspects of an overseas or com- BSt 412 Oregon African-American History The African-American Economic Experience munity-based international/intercultural BSt 413 Slavery (4) experience. Presentation of strategies for devel- BSt 414 Racism The role of African-Americans in the American opment of an appropriate level of preparation to BSt 417 African-American Family economic system. Employment, wage differen- meet challenges of working and traveling in an BSt 419 African-American Women in tials, welfare payments, and the ghetto economy international/intercultural setting. Emphasis on America are examined. general methodology and process required to BSt 421 African-American Writers BSt 302 develop personal awareness and resources for BSt 424 African-American/African Culture in African-American Experience in the 20th successful international field experience. Also Cinema Century (4) offered as Intl 397; may be taken only once for BSt 430 African-American Political Thought An upper-division course designed to examine credit. BSt 440 Caribbean Studies the history of the black experience in the 20th BSt 399 BSt 470 African Art century. Primarily a discussion-reading format Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) BSt 484 African-American Community augmented with speakers and films. Special con- BSt 401 Development sideration will be given to developing in the stu- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Eight adviser-approved credits chosen from dent the skill to re-examine traditional concepts Consent of instructor. related courses within departments in the and approaches to the study of the black experi- BSt 404 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ...... 8 ence within the broader context of mainstream Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to developments in American life and history. Pre- be arranged.) Total 28 requisite: BSt 203. BSt 405 No more than 12 credits taken under the BSt 305 Reading and Conference (Credit to be undifferentiated grading option (pass/no African History, Before 1800 (4) arranged.) pass) are acceptable toward fulfilling An upper-division course designed to survey the Consent of instructor. department minor requirements. history of the African continent from the period BSt 406/506 of European exploration to the eve of colonial- Overseas Experience (4) ism. Using a lecture/discussion format, the Provides community-based learning in an inter- COURSES course will examine the impact of the European national context through immersion in depart- presence on African institutions and trade, and mental programs in Africa and/or the Caribbean. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not the relative importance of the environment, tech- The fee-based programs provide students with offered every year. nology, and indigenous social systems on the rich, multicultural environments in which to BSt 199 transformation of African society prior to 1800. learn and serve international communities. Stu- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) This course is the same as Hst 312; course may dents will be asked to apply for admission to the BSt 203, 204 be taken only once for credit. Prerequisite: overseas programs focused in the Caribbean and Introduction to African-American History (4, BSt 205. Africa. 4) BSt 306 BSt 407/507 An introductory sequence designed to provide African History, 1800-Present (4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) students with a factual framework and concep- An upper-division course designed to survey the Consent of instructor. tual foundation to analyze the history of the history of the African continent from 1800 to the BSt 408 black race in the New World. Primarily a lecture- present, with emphasis on the colonial period, Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) discussion format augmented with speakers and independence and post-independence. This Consent of instructor. films, the course will trace the pertinent contacts course is the same as Hst 313; course may be between the African and European worlds from BSt 409 taken only once for credit. Prerequisite: BSt 205. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) ancient times to the present. Special consider- BSt 319 Consent of instructor. ation will be given to developing the student’s Traditional Cultures of Africa (4) skill to re-examine traditional historical concepts Survey of African cultures. Some of the main BSt 410 and information from the perspective of the Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) features examined include: environment and Consent of instructor. black experience. people, oral traditions, time and seasons, naming * and numbering systems, language and communi- BSt 411/511 BSt 205 African-American History Seminar (4) Introduction to African Studies (4) cation systems, religious, political and legal This course will provide an in-depth analysis of An introductory course designed to provide stu- institutions, music, dance, and family. critical topics and issues in African-American dents with an understanding of methods and Prerequisite: BSt 205 or Sophomore Inquiry. history. The focus will be topical rather than sources used by the historian of the African past. chronological and the approach will emphasize Museum visits, guest speakers, and films will specific periods, individuals, or relevant devel- supplement the lecture format. In addition to a 78 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

opments for a concentrated treatment in a semi- *BSt 419/519 the influence they have on the traditions of nar environment. Prerequisites: BSt 203 or 204; African-American Women in America (4) cinema history relative to the Black experience. Hst 201, 202. A course designed to investigate the evolution of Prerequisites: BSt 203, 204, or 302. the African-American female experience from BSt 412/512 BSt 427/527 Oregon African-American History (4) preslavery to the present period. African-Ameri- African-American Films and Film Makers (4) An examination of the black experience in can pioneers will be viewed as participants in Examination of films made by African-Ameri- Oregon history. The course will include cover- antislavery, suffrage, and civil rights movements. cans from the early years of cinema history age of the slavery controversy in early Oregon Modern complexities of psychological conflicts down through contemporary films. Examination development as well as the individual contribu- and insecurities, economic survival, liberation, will include a focus on the internal structure and tions of blacks to the growth of the state. Addi- club movement, and sexual jealousies are exam- content of the films as well as consideration of tional topics will include the black migration of ined. Information relative to the development of the larger social, cultural, economic, and politi- World War II, Vanport flood, and various legisla- African-American women as part of the total cal context of the society in which the films were tive actions related to black status in Oregon. human experience will be emphasized. Prerequi- produced. Prerequisites: BSt 203 or 204; or Hst 201, 202. site: WS 101. * * BSt 430/530 *BSt 413/513 BSt 420/520 African-American Political Thought (4) Slavery (4) Caribbean Literature (4) An examination in-depth of the political theory An examination of the institution which has A selection of poetry and fiction from the of African-American leaders in America played a central role in establishing the status English and French speaking Caribbean (in between 1850-1920 and the impact of that and position of the modern black population in translation where necessary). Prerequisites: One thought on American political thought. Prerequi- American society, both in physical and psycho- previous African-American literature course and site: consent of instructor. logical terms. The course will attempt to put 12 additional literature credits. * BSt 440/540 information and understandings of slavery in the BSt 421/521 Caribbean Studies (4) proper and accurate context of an institution African-American Writers (4) Interdisciplinary examination of historical or which has been a part of the human experience A concentrated examination of significant Afri- cultural issues in the Caribbean experience. since the ancient world and which has a legacy can-American literary figures and their impact Emphasis will be on issues and dilemmas related and implications far beyond the racially associ- on American arts and letters. The course will to the creation of a multicultural society. Prereq- ated perceptions usually attached to it. The identify each term a particular author or literary uisite: BSt 205 or 206. approach will be through the comparative analy- period of writing and then read, analyze, and discuss the major works and the background infor- BSt 450/550 sis of the numerous forms the institution of sla- Topics in African/Caribbean History And very has assumed in human history. mation of that period. Special consideration will Culture (4) Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102 be given to the relationships between the topic of In-depth exploration of selected topics in African focus and the larger spheres of American and *BSt 414/514 and/or Caribbean cultural history. Special atten- Racism (4) world writing. Prerequisites: BSt 221; Eng 107, tion will be given to thematic issues of broad A survey of the pertinent social-psychological 108, 253, 254. application to the understanding of cultural literature on individual and cultural forms of *BSt 422/522, 423/523 interaction, continuity, and change. racism in America. The rationalizations, pro- African Fiction (4, 4) *BSt 464 cesses and machinery of oppression as con- Readings in African fiction in regional, cultural, Minority Business Perspectives (4) structed by white European and American generational, and gender contexts. Prerequisites: This course is designed to prepare the student for governments which control and exploit the One previous African-American literature course a role as a proprietor of an enterprise, as an resources of non-white peoples will be exam- and 12 additional literature credits. administrator in a related public or social agency ined. Special attention will be paid to the theo- BSt 424/524 or to conduct research in an economic area retical social-psychological explanations of African-American/African Culture in which has very special problems and constraints black/white differences. Prerequisites: Psy 342, Cinema (4) for the minority entrepreneur or professional. 343 or Soc 342, 343. An examination of the treatment accorded black The traditional elements of small business opera- culture and individuals in the evolution of the *BSt 416/516 tion will be examined within the framework of African-American Urban Education cinema industry. Coverage will include review reference, progressing from basic organization Problems (4) and analysis of classic film productions from the and feasibility studies through marketing, gov- Course examines the education systems in major infancy of Hollywood through to the black urban ernmental contracting, contract compliance, and cities being inherited by African-Americans. The films of the modern period. Emphasis will focus special governmental assistance to minorities. relationship between public and private educa- on the relationships between racial stereotypes * and the creation of majority culture perceptions BSt 467/567 tion will be studied for impacts on African- African Development Issues (4) Americans. Educational system response to of the black experience. Prerequisite: upper-divi- An examination of the causes of poverty and African-American enrollment will be discussed. sion standing. underdevelopment of the African continent. A Moreover, pertinent literature, e.g., the Coleman BSt 425/525 comparative analysis of pre-colonial, colonial Report, Jensen’s thesis, and others will be intro- Black Cinema: the 1970s (4) and post-colonial circumstances will be con- duced with respect to their overall effect on the Examination of the treatment of Black themes, ducted. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202, 203. curricula available to the African-American issues and characterization during the decade of the 1970s in the cinema industry. Particular BSt 470/570 child. Topics of concern include community con- African Art (4) trol, citizen involvement, alternative education attention will be focused on the genre of the Examination of selected African art forms, forms, race relations, faculty-staff responses, blaxploitation film as an industry response to the styles, and traditions. Emphasis on the context of modern trends, etc. Prerequisite: junior, senior, rapidly shifting social and racial dynamics of the art and artist, and their relationship to politics or graduate-level standing. American culture as the Civil Rights era wound and society in African history. Prerequisites: *BSt 417/517 down. Prerequisites: BSt 203, 204, or 302. ArH 204, 205, 206, BSt 205. This course is the The African-American Family (4) BSt 426/526 same as ArH 470/570; course may be taken only A review of the present-day life-styles of Afri- Contemporary African-American Cinema (4) once for credit. can-American families in the United States. Spe- Examination of the treatment of Black themes, * cial attention is placed on cultural variations by issues, and characterization in the contemporary BSt 484/584 African-American Community Development class as they relate to the African-American fam- cinema industry. Particular attention will be (4) ily. A careful study of the appropriate social sci- focused on the development of new Black actors, Designed to investigate processes of community ence literature commonly used to describe the directors, and producers. The impact of these development for their application to urban Afri- African-American family will provide more new factors in the industry will be analyzed for can-American communities. Topics include accurate insights. Prerequisite: Soc 461. community development, community organization, ghettos as colonies, citizen participation, C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 79

roles of change agents, social planning, and tates the study of the past and present expe- enlightening intellectual atmosphere in the social change implications. Prerequisite: consent riences of black America. Portland community, contributing to of instructor. Among the goals of the center is to act greater understanding and cooperation as a forum between faculty members and between races. A lecture series brings to CENTER FOR students of different disciplines who share the campus and the Portland community BLACK STUDIES an interest in black studies; to collect and black speakers of different disciplines and disseminate information which accurately philosophies who have made notable con- 308 Neuberger Hall reﬂects and helps improve the black experi- tributions to society. The center promotes 725-4003 ence; and to link the University and black national and international activities in this communities by maintaining an active role area through the generation of grants, pro- Established in 1969, the Center for Black in community service. posals, and programs that combine Univer- Studies at Portland State University facili- The center provides the University and sity staff, money, and expertise with the broader community with cultural activi- resources from the government and the pri- ties and the stimulation of an exciting and vate sector.

CHEMISTRY

262 Science Building II other science areas, such as biology or particularly for students who plan to pursue 725-3811 health-related occupations. graduate studies in chemistry. www.chem.pdx.edu/ The curriculum, faculty, library, and Option II: Biochemistry Credits facilities of the department are approved by Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry ...... 12 B.A., B.S. the American Chemical Society. Graduat- Ch 227, 228, 229 General Chemistry Minor ing chemistry majors are eligible for certi- Laboratory ...... 3 Secondary Education Program fication to become members of the ACS Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 M.A., M.S., M.A.T. and M.S.T. after two years of professional experience. Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 339 Organic (Science/Chemistry) Requirements for Major. A stu- Chemistry ...... 17 Ch 416, 417 Physical Chemistry for the Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences dent majoring in chemistry is required to take a minimum of 70 credits in the subject Biosciences ...... 8 and Resources: Chemistry Ch 426, 427 Instrumental Analysis ...... 6 and will take courses in the core areas of Ch 490, 491, 492, 493 General general chemistry, analytical chemistry, Biochemistry ...... 12 UNDERGRADUATE organic chemistry, physical chemistry, Approved 400-level science electives ...... 7 PROGRAMS inorganic chemistry, and biochemistry. For transfer students, a minimum of 20 credits Total in chemistry 70 Chemistry has helped to provide us with a in upper-division chemistry courses must One year of Physics, with laboratory . . . . 12-15 way of life never before known. Chemistry be earned at PSU. Calculus through Mth 253 or equivalent . . . . .12 is the study of the reactions of atoms and In addition to meeting the general Uni- molecules, the stuff from which people and versity degree requirements, the major in Total in other fields 24-27 their physical environment are made.With chemistry must meet the following depart- Study of a foreign language, although a relatively small knowledge of atoms and mental requirements: not required, is highly recommended, par- molecules, it is possible to have a consider- ticularly for students who plan to pursue able understanding of many chemical phe- Option I: Chemistry Credits graduate studies in biochemistry. Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry ...... 12 nomena we see and use. A comprehensive Ch 227, 228, 229 General Chemistry All courses used to satisfy the depart- knowledge of chemistry is essential for the Laboratory...... 3 mental major requirements, whether taken person who wishes to help solve the prob- Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 in the department or elsewhere, including lems of today—problems of illness and Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 339 Organic courses from supporting departments (i.e., disease, problems of wise use of our Chemistry ...... 17 mathematics and physics), must be graded resources—and for the person who wants Ch 426, 427 Instrumental Analysis ...... 6 C- or above, with a combined GPA of 2.25 to do basic research in chemistry or who Ch 436, 437 Spectrometric Analysis ...... 4 or higher, except for those major course wants to work in the chemical industry. Ch 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445 Physical requirements offered only on a pass/no The Department of Chemistry is com- Chemistry ...... 16 pass basis (e.g., General Chemistry Approved 400-level chemistry courses ...... 7 mitted to maintaining a teaching program Laboratory). If an unsatisfactory grade is of excellence at the undergraduate level as Total in chemistry 70 received in an upper-division course well as having a strong graduate program. One year of General Physics with Calculus with offered in the Department of Chemistry, a Courses tailored for the student desiring laboratory ...... 12 student will be allowed to retake the course only an introduction to the field are offered Calculus through Mth 254 or equivalent . . . . .16 to improve their grade only once. on a regular basis. A wide variety of other A student will be certified by the Amer- courses in the program are designed to Total in other fields 28 ican Chemical Society and is eligible to offer fundamental training for students Study of a foreign language, although become a member of the society after grad- majoring in chemistry or for students in not required, is highly recommended, uation, if the 400-level chemistry electives include Ch 411 and a lab course that 80 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

includes at least 30 clock hours (including schools also teach physics, so it is recom- vious coursework. Any three of these Ch 401 and 406). mended that additional physics courses be examinations must be passed by the end of Requirements for a Minor. To taken in preparation for eventually adding a the first three academic terms of residence. earn physics endorsement to the license. The candidate must complete a mini- a minor in chemistry a student must com- Courses should be taken for differenti- mum of 45 credits in approved graduate plete credits in one of two options; at least ated grades, except those offered only on a courses. In addition, the student must com- 10 credits of these must be taken in resi- pass/no pass basis. A positive departmental plete 6 credits of coursework outside of the dence at PSU. recommendation for admission to the fifth- major area of interest but within the year teacher-education program will Department of Chemistry. All students par- Option I: Chemistry Credits depend on at least a C- in all chemistry and ticipate in a one-term course entitled Semi- Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 physics courses, as well as a combined nar Preparation as well as present to the Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 338 Organic Chemistry or Ch 331, 332, 337, 338 2.25 GPA for these courses. department one seminar on an acceptable Elements of Organic Chemistry ...... 12-16 topic. If the student has not successfully Ch 416, 417 or 440, 441, 442 Physical GRADUATE completed one academic year of German, Chemistry ...... 8-9 PROGRAMS Russian, or French at the undergraduate Approved 400-level chemistry electives ...... 9 level, the student must show competence by examination. The language requirement Total 34-39 The Department of Chemistry offers graduate work leading to the following degrees is waived for students whose native lan- Option II: Biochemistry Credits and licenses: continuing secondary license guage is not English. Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 Each candidate for the M.A./M.S. Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 338 Organic with an endorsement in chemistry; Master of Arts or Master of Science; Master of degree in chemistry must complete a thesis. Chemistry, or Ch 331, 332, 337, 338 The thesis, an experimental or theoretical Elements of Organic Chemistry ...... 12-16 Arts in Teaching or Master of Science in Ch 416, 417, or Ch 440, 441, 442 Physical Teaching (Science); and Ph.D. in environ- research project resulting in an original Chemistry ...... 8-9 mental sciences and resources/chemistry. contribution to chemical knowledge, must Ch 490, 491, 492, 493 General The M.A./M.S. program is designed for be defended in an oral examination. The Biochemistry ...... 12 the student who wishes to pursue a career examination is not restricted to the thesis as a professional chemist or a scientist in material alone but may cover any aspect of Total 37-42 other allied disciplines. The program chemistry or related fields. Courses taken under the undifferenti- involves work in advanced courses with ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not MASTER OF ARTS IN training in research techniques. An integral TEACHING OR acceptable toward fulfilling department part of the program is the individual MASTER OF SCIENCE IN minor requirements for either option. research project and thesis. TEACHING SECONDARY EDUCATION The M.A.T./M.S.T. is offered to provide The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences PROGRAM scientific training for teachers in secondary offers the M.A.T/M.S.T. degrees in Sci- Adviser: G. Shusterman schools. The program is composed of ence/Chemistry. In consultation with the Students who plan to obtain a teaching courses intended to increase the sophistica- graduate adviser, the student should estab- license with an endorsement to teach tion of the student in chemical principles lish the degree program before the comple- chemistry at the high school level should and to acquaint the student with current tion of 15 credits of coursework. The complete a baccalaureate degree with a techniques in teaching methods. program must include a minimum of 45 major in chemistry (preferred) or in general The program leading to the Ph.D. in credits in approved graduate courses, to studies/science. The degree program environmental sciences and resources/ include a minimum of 24 credits in the area should include the following courses: chemistry combines basic training in a par- of concentration. At least 9 credits, but no ticular chemical discipline with courses more than 15 credits, must be in education Credits and seminars relating to environmental top- courses. In order to fulfill requirements for Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry...... 12 ics; dissertation research is devoted to a the degree, the student must satisfactorily Ch 227, 228, 229 General Chemistry project with distinct environmental impli- complete the degree program and pass both Laboratory...... 3 Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 cations. Students complete the program a final written examination and a final oral Ch 334, 335, 336, 337 or 331, 332, 337, 338 prepared to pursue a career in chemistry or examination. Organic Chemistry ...... 12 or 14 a career more directly related to environmental science or environmental problems. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN Ch 416 or 440 Physical Chemistry . . . . . 4 or 3 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES The program is part of the Environmental Subtotal 35-38 AND RESOURCES Sciences and Resources Doctoral Program In addition to the program requirements Ph 201, 202, 203 or 211, 212, 213 General in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Physics ...... 12 or 9 listed on page 98, the candidate must pass For more information, see page 98. entrance examinations as in the M.A./M.S. Ph 204, 205, 206, or 214, 215, 216 Physics Degree Requirements. University Laboratory ...... 3 program and cumulative examinations master’s degree requirements are listed on which serve as the departmental compre- Subtotal 12 or 15 page 56; requirements related to the Envi- hensive examination. The cumulative ronmental Sciences and Resources Doc- Chemistry or Physics elective ...... 3 or 4 examinations are administered on a regular toral Program are given on page 98. basis, and the candidate must pass at least Total 50-57 Specific departmental requirements are one of the first six, three of the first 12, and Those majoring in general studies/sci- listed below. a total of six out of 18. The candidate must ence are advised to strengthen their prepa- MASTER OF ARTS OR satisfy a seminar requirement as in the ration for teaching by taking additional MASTER OF SCIENCE M.A./M.S. program and also present an chemistry and physics courses as their Prior to initial course registration in the environmental sciences seminar dealing degree programs permit. Consult with the M.A./M.S. program, the student must take with the candidate’s proposed research. secondary education adviser for suitable entrance examinations in those areas of courses. Chemistry teachers in many chemistry represented in the student’s pre- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 81

228 for 202 unless waived by adviser. Prerequi- Ch 337 COURSES site: Mth 111 or concurrent enrollment. High Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (2) school chemistry is recommended. Laboratory work to accompany Ch 331 or 335. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not One 4-hour laboratory period. Concurrent † offered every year. Ch 221, 222, 223 enrollment in Ch 331 or Ch 335 is Students registering for laboratory courses General Chemistry (4, 4, 4) recommended. should purchase a breakage ticket to apply Fundamental basis of chemistry for science, engineering and health professional students Ch 338 toward the cost of any breakage or loss of labo- Organic Chemistry Laboratory II ratory equipment; the unused portion of this (such as predental, premedical, premedical technology and veterinary students). Requires con- (nonmajors) (2) breakage ticket is refundable upon satisfactory Laboratory work to accompany Ch 332 or Ch current enrollment in Ch 227 for Ch 221, check out from the laboratory at the end of the 336. Not open to chemistry majors. One 4-hour Ch 228 for Ch 222, and Ch 229 for Ch 223 term. Students registering for Ch 107, 108, 109, laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ch 337. unless waived by adviser. Prerequisite for 227, 228, or 229 will have a $3.00 non-refund- Concurrent enrollment in Ch 332 or 336 is Ch 221: Mth 111 or concurrent enrollment. High able insurance fee added to their tuition ($5.00 recommended. school chemistry or equivalent is recommended. deductible per item broken or lost). Students reg- Ch 339 istering for all labs must attend the first lab Prerequisite for Ch 222: Ch 221; for Ch 223: Ch 222. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II meeting. (chem majors) (3) † †Ch 104, 105, 106 Ch 227, 228, 229 Laboratory work to accompany Ch 336. More Introductory Chemistry I, II, III (4, 4, 4) General Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1, 1) extensive laboratory course than Ch 338; A survey of chemistry for students in nursing, in Laboratory work to accompany Chemistry for required for chemistry majors. Two 4-hour labo- allied health fields such as dental hygiene, in for- Engineering Majors (Ch 201, 202, 203) or Gen- ratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 337. Concurrent estry, and in the liberal arts. This course is not eral Chemistry (Ch 221, 222, 223). Concurrent enrollment in Ch 336 is recommended. enrollment in the appropriate lecture course is intended for science or engineering majors. Ch Ch 350 104, 105: three lectures, one recitation; Ch 106: recommended. One 3-hour laboratory. Pass/no Biochemistry (4) four lectures. Must be taken in sequence. Prereq- pass only. Biochemistry for students having a limited back- uisite for Ch 104: two years of high school alge- Ch 250 ground in physical chemistry. Prerequisites: Ch bra or Mth 95. Nutrition (4) 229 and 332 or 336. Nutritive value of foods from the standpoint of * †Ch 107, 108, 109 Ch 355 newer scientific investigations; nutritional Biochemistry of Women (3) Introductory Chemistry Laboratory I, II, III requirements for normal human beings; selec- (1, 1, 1) Structure, synthesis, mode of action, and effects Laboratory work to accompany Ch 104, 105, tion of an optimal diet for health; present-day of female sex hormones. Relationships between 106 respectively. Concurrent enrollment in the problems in nutrition; recent trends in American developmental, mature functional, and meno- appropriate lecture course is required. Ch 107, dietary habits. pausal phases of woman’s life and hormonal bal- 108; one 2-hour laboratory period. Pass/no pass Ch 320 ance. Effect of female hormones upon glucose only. Ch 109: one 3-hour laboratory period, Quantitative Analysis (3) utilization, fat metabolism, bone metabolism, graded. Fundamental principles of quantitative analytical energy balance, and mental function. Biochemis- chemistry. Prerequisites: Ch 223 and 229. try of pregnancy and lactation. Prerequisite: one *Ch 160 Physical Science (4) Ch 321 year of college chemistry or biology. An integrated survey of fundamental principles Quantitative Analysis Laboratory (2) *Ch 371 of physics and chemistry. The course is designed Basic quantitative analytical laboratory work Environmental Chemistry (4) for students majoring in fields other than chem- including volumetric instrumental methods. Two Current environmental problems. Stratospheric istry, physics or geology who wish a broad view 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 320 ozone, greenhouse effect, photochemical smog, of the principles of several physical sciences or concurrent enrollment. particulates, acid rain, and trace metals, water needed. Elementary algebra is used in this ‡Ch 331, 332 resources, pollution, and treatment; oil spills; course. Elements of Organic Chemistry I, II (4, 4) solid waste disposal; hazardous chemicals. Pre- requisite: one term of college chemistry. *Ch 167 Chemistry of the carbon compounds, the aliphat- Physical Science Laboratory (1) ics, aromatics, and derivatives. Generally meets *Ch 375 Optional lab work to accompany Ch 160. Enroll- predental, premedical technology, and preveteri- Environmental Chemistry Laboratory (1) ment in the laboratory requires concurrent or nary requirements. Three lectures and one recita- Optional laboratory work to accompany Envi- prior enrollment in the lecture. One 2-hour labo- tion. Prerequisites for Ch 331: Ch 203 or 223; ronmental Chemistry (Ch 371). For elementary ratory. concurrent enrollment in Ch 337 is education and non-science majors. Concurrent recommended. Prerequisite for Ch 332: Ch 331; enrollment in Ch 371 is required. One 2-hour *Ch 170 Fundamentals of Environmental Chemistry concurrent enrollment in Ch 338 is laboratory. (4) recommended. Ch 399 Special Studies (Credit to be A course designed to increase the scientific ‡Ch 334, 335, 336 arranged.) knowledge of the non-science major. The inter- Organic Chemistry I, II, III (4, 4, 4) Ch 401/501 action between science and society, the nature of A comprehensive study of the chemistry of the Research (Credit to be arranged.) matter and chemical reactions. Energy, radiation, compounds of carbon. Meets chemistry major Consent of instructor and chair of department. and nuclear power. requirements. Three lectures, one recitation. Credit will only be awarded after filing in the Ch 199 Concurrent enrollment in Ch 337 laboratory is department office a well-written, detailed report Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) recommended for Ch 335; concurrent enroll- approved by the instructor and the department *†Ch 201, 202, 203 ment in Ch 338 or Ch 339 laboratory is recom- chair. Ch 501 pass/no pass only. Chemistry for Engineering Majors I, II, III mended for Ch 336. Prerequisites: Ch 203 or Ch 404/504 (3, 3, 3) 223. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Fundamental aspects of chemistry particularly be arranged.) adapted for students in engineering. Requires concurrent enrollment in Ch 227 for 201 and in

† A maximum of 16 credits will be allowed for ﬁrst-year chemistry. Students will be allowed credit for only one ﬁrst-term, one second-term, and one third-term course. First-year chemistry courses are Ch 104, 105, 106; Ch 201, 202, 203; and Ch 221, 222, 223. ‡ Ch 331, 332 duplicate to some extent Ch 334, 335, 336. No more than 12 credits will be allowed in organic chemistry lecture. 82 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Ch 405/505 GLC thermal conductivity detectors. Two 3-hour †Ch 444/544, 445/545 Reading and Conference (Credit to be lab periods. Requires concurrent enrollment in Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) arranged.) Ch 424/524. Laboratory work to accompany Ch 441/541, Consent of instructor and department chair. 442/542. One 4-hour laboratory period. Prereq- Ch 505 pass/no pass only. Ch 426/526 Instrumental Analysis (3) uisites: Ch 321 and concurrent enrollment in Ch Ch 406 Theory and application of modern instrumental 441/541, 442/542 respectively. Chemical Preparations (Credit to be methods, including visible spectroscopy, atomic Ch 490/590, 491/591, 492/592 arranged.) absorption, fluorometry, polarography, conduc- General Biochemistry (3, 3, 3) Methods of synthesis of compounds in the fields timetry, and gas-liquid chromatography. Prereq- Professional biochemistry course for majors. of inorganic, organic, or biochemistry. Maxi- uisites: Ch 321 and either Ch 416 or Ch 442/542. Structure, metabolism, and function of the major mum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instruc- (Ch 416 or Ch 442/542 may be taken concur- components of living cells. Prerequisites: Ch tor and chair of department. rently with Ch 426/526.) Requires concurrent 229, 332 or 336, 416 or 442/542. Ch 407/507 enrollment in Ch 427/527. Ch 493/593 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Biochemistry Laboratory (3) Consent of instructor. Ch 507 pass/no pass only. Ch 427/527 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (3) Laboratory work to accompany Ch 491/591. Ch 410/510 Laboratory work to accompany Ch 426/526. Introduction to general techniques of biochemis- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Two 3-hour laboratory periods. Requires concur- try including purification and characterization of Consent of instructor and chair of department. rent enrollment in Ch 426/526. enzymes. One 4-hour laboratory period, plus one Ch 411/511 *Ch 430/530, 431/531 hour of lecture. Prerequisite: Ch 490/590 or con- Chemical Bonding (4) Advanced Organic Chemistry (4,4) current enrollment. Atomic orbitals, ionic bonding, valence bond Advanced treatment of general organic reactions *Ch 494/594, 495/595 theory, molecular orbital theory, crystal field the- and structure; emphasis on bonding, stereochem- Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) ory, and introduction to coordination theory. Pre- istry, the correlation of structure and reactivity, Advanced laboratory projects carried out on an requisites: Ch 223, Ph 203, Mth 253, and scope and mechanisms of organic reactions clas- individual and group basis. Two 3-hour labora- Ch 417 or Ch 442. sified by reaction type. Prerequisite: Ch 336 and tory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 493/593. * Ch 412/512 442/552, or 416/417. Ch 430/530 is a prerequi- Ch 503 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (4) site for 431/531. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Ligand field theory, coordination chemistry, Ch 436/536 Pass/no pass only. transition metals, organometallic chemistry, Spectrometric Analysis (3) acids and bases, nonaqueous solvents, and Ch 601 Ultraviolet, infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance Research (Credit to be arranged.) descriptive chemistry of the elements. Prerequi- and mass spectrometry in the analysis of molec- Pass/no pass only. site: Ch 411/511. ular structure. Prerequisites: Ch 336 and 339. Ch 603 Ch 416, 417 Ch 437/537 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Physical Chemistry for the Biosciences I, II Spectrometric Analysis Laboratory (1) Pass/no pass only. (4, 4) Use of infrared spectrometers and nuclear mag- Ch 604 Intended primarily for students in the biological netic resonance spectrometers. One 3-hour labo- sciences and allied medical health fields. The Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to ratory period. Prerequisite: Ch 436/536 or be arranged.) emphasis is on the application of modern physi- concurrent enrollment. cal chemistry to problems of biological interest. Ch 605 * Ch 416 includes the study of heat, work, energy, Ch 438/538 Reading and Conference (Credit to be entropy, vapor pressure, chemical equilibrium, Advanced Spectrometric Techniques (3) arranged.) Use of the mass spectrometer in analysis of Pass/no pass only. and transport phenomena. Ch 417 covers chemi- organic molecules. Discussions of high resolu- cal and enzyme kinetics, photochemistry, and Ch 607 tion infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Courses must be taken in Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) spectroscopy and their applications to molecular sequence. Prerequisites: Ch 223 or 203 and Ch Pass/no pass only. structure. Prerequisites: Ch 436/536 and Ch 437/ 229, Ch 320, 321, a year of general physics, and Ch 610 537. Requires concurrent enrollment in Ch 439/ two terms of calculus. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) 539. * *Ch 615 Ch 418/518 * Advanced Chemistry Laboratory (4) Ch 439/539 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3) Advanced techniques and their use in the prepa- Advanced Spectrometric Laboratory (1) Current topics in inorganic chemistry such as ration of compounds. One lecture; two 3-hour Laboratory work to accompany Ch 438/538. advances in oxidation, solution chemistry, and laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 338 or 339. One 3-hour laboratory period. Requires concur- fluorine chemistry. As subject matter varies, rent enrollment in Ch 438/538. course may be repeated with consent of instruc- *Ch 424/524 † tor. Prerequisite: Ch 411/511. Electronics and Instrumentation for Chemists Ch 440/540, 441/541, 442/542 (2) Physical Chemistry (3, 3, 3) *Ch 620 Selected topics in chemical instrumentation will The study of thermodynamics, phase and chemi- Selected Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3) be presented at a basic level. Representative cal equilibria, solutions, electrochemistry, reac- Current topics in analytical chemistry such as topics are current and voltage measurements, tion rates and mechanisms, quantum mechanics, chromatographic theory and methods, electroan- voltage dividers, simple filters, introduction to spectroscopy, and statistical mechanics. Ch 440/ alytical methods, electrochemical kinetics and operational amplifiers and digital circuits. 540 requires concurrent enrollment in Ch 443/ analytical applications of spectroscopy. As sub- Requires concurrent enrollment in Ch 425/525. 543. Prerequisites: Ch 320, Mth 254, Ph 213. ject matter varies, course may be repeated with Prerequisites: Ch 320, 321, Ph 203, and Ch 416 †Ch 443/543 consent of instructor. Prerequisites: graduate or 440/540. Computational Chemistry (3) standing and consent of instructor. *Ch 425/525 The study of programming methods, statistical *Ch 621 Electronics and Instrumentation analysis of experimental data, and numerical Advanced Analytical Theory (3) Laboratory (3) methods of common importance in physical Modern methods of analysis and their applica- Laboratory work to accompany Ch 424/524. chemistry. Concurrent enrollment in Ch 440/540 tion to the analytical chemistry of elements. Pre- Assignments will include measurements with a required. requisites: Ch 425/525 and 442/542. variety of transducers including ion selective electrodes, thermistors, phototransistors, and

† Carries graduate credit only for nonchemistry degrees. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 83

*Ch 622 *Ch 660 *Ch 666 Trace Metal Analysis (3) Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) Solution Thermodynamics (3) Analytical methods for detecting and studying Current topics in physical chemistry such as irre- Partial molar quantities, activities, stability theo- the chemistry of trace metals and ions, including versible thermodynamics, advanced topics in rems, thermodynamics of surfaces. Prerequisite: optical, electrochemical, X-ray, neutron activa- spectroscopy, group theory, and kinetics. As sub- Ch 663. tion, mass spectrometric and gas chromato- ject matter varies, course may be repeated with *Ch 670 graphic techniques. Use in studies of consent of instructor. Prerequisite: consent of Atmospheric Chemistry (3) complexation, precipitation, redox and reaction instructor. Physical chemistry of the earth’s atmosphere, rates of trace metals. Prerequisites: Ch 320, 321, *Ch 661 including global chemical budgets, atmospheric 426/526. Photochemistry (3) thermodynamics, photo-chemical reactions in *Ch 623 An introduction to the chemistry of the interac- the lower and upper atmosphere, chemical prop- Advanced Instrumental Analysis (3) tion of light with matter. Absorption and emis- erties of aerosols, and global climate change. Application of instruments to chemical research sion of light, photochemical and photophysical Prerequisite: Ch 442/542. and analysis with emphasis on modern spectro- processes, photochemical kinetics and mecha- *Ch 693 metric techniques. One lecture; two 3-hour labo- nisms. Reactivity of excited states of molecules Enzyme Structure and Function (3) ratories. Prerequisite: Ch 426/526. and atoms. Prerequisite: Ch 441/541. Chemical and physical properties of enzymes; *Ch 633 *Ch 662 energetics, kinetics, and mechanism of enzy- Organic Synthesis (3) Chemical Kinetics (3) matic reactions. Prerequisite: Ch 492/592. Organic reactions, mechanisms and stereochem- Chemical kinetics in the gas phase and in solu- *Ch 695 istry with application to multi-step synthesis. tion, catalysis, and absolute rate theory. Prereq- Advances in Biochemistry (3) Prerequisite: Ch 431/531. uisite: Ch 442/542. Current topics in biochemistry such as neurobio- *Ch 634 *Ch 663 chemistry, membrane structure, differentiation, Advanced Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) Chemical Thermodynamics (3) metabolic regulation, bioenergetics, nucleic Current topics such as stereochemistry, natural The laws of thermodynamics and their applica- acids. As subject matter varies, course may be products, pericyclic reactions, carbonium ions, tions. Prerequisite: Ch 442/542. repeated with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: heterocyclic and polycyclic compounds, organic *Ch 664 Ch 492/592. photochemistry. As subject matter varies, course Quantum Chemistry (3) *Ch 696 may be repeated with consent of instructor. Pre- Principles of quantum mechanics with applica- Molecular Structure and Spectra (3) requisite: Ch 431/531. tions to chemical systems. Prerequisite: Ch 442/ Quantum theory applied to molecular structure *Ch 635 542. and to the interpretation of rotational, vibra- Physical Organic Chemistry (3) *Ch 665 tional, electronic and magnetic-resonance spec- Modern concepts of physical-organic chemistry Statistical Thermodynamics (3) tra. Prerequisite: Ch 442/542. and their use in the study of mechanisms of Foundations of the subject with application to organic reactions and reactivities of organic the equilibrium thermodynamics of gases, liq- compounds. Prerequisites: Ch 431/531. uids, and solids. Prerequisite: Ch 664.

CHICANO/LATINO STUDIES

188 Cramer Hall involved in all aspects of American life and Latino Studies must complete 40 credits to 725-8442 or 725-4447 have made major contributions in all areas be distributed as follows: of society. In comparison with long-estab- Credits Certificate in Chicano/Latino lished, recognized academic fields, Chi- ChLa 201 Introduction to Chicano/Latino I. . . .4 Studies cano/Latino Studies is still developing its ChLa 202 Introduction to Chicano/Latino II . . .4 critical perspectives and the formulation ChLa 203 Introduction to Chicano/Latino III . .4 Chicano/Latino Studies is the interdiscipli- and application of new approaches and ChLa 301 Chicano/Latino Communities ...... 4 nary study of social, cultural, political, eco- methodologies. ChLa 302 Survey of Chicano/Latino nomic, and historical forces that have Graduates with a certificate in Chicano/ Literature...... 4 shaped the development of the people of Latino Studies will have augmented their ChLa 303 Chicana/Latina Experience ...... 4 Mexico and other Latin American countries Span 301, 302 Third-Year Spanish ...... 8 major field of study by broadening their Upper-division approved electives...... 8 in the United States over the past 300 scope of knowledge. They will have gained years. Emphasis is on the experience of the important insight into a very different cul- Total 40 Chicano and other Latinos as residents and ture within U.S. borders. This increased Electives will consist of Chicano/Latino citizens in the United States and not in their awareness and insight will lead to success- Studies courses or closely related courses countries of origin or descent. ful interaction on many levels of society. in arts and letters and social sciences The Chicano/Latino experience pre- Graduates also will be better prepared to approved by Chicano/Latino Studies advis- dates from the mid-19th century when ter- enter the work force with its rapidly chang- ers. These courses may be Chicano/Latino ritories belonging to Mexico were occupied ing demographics. Studies courses which harmonize with the by the United States. The Chicano and In addition to meeting the general PSU student’s major plan of study. Students may other Latinos living in the United States requirements for a degree in any field, stu- take 8 credits of the following: have, over the years, developed a rich and dents pursuing a certificate in Chicano/ extensive literature. They have been 84 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ChLa 399 Special Studies (Credit to be ChLa 203 ChLa 407 arranged) Introduction to Chicano/Latino III (4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ChLa 401 Research (Credit to be arranged) An introductory course designed to examine the Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor cultural heritage of Chicanos and Latinos in the ChLa 408 ChLa 405 Reading and Conference (Credit to be United States. Drawing from a wide range of Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) arranged) Consent of instructor disciplines, including anthropology, folklore, lit- Consent of instructor. ChLa 407 Seminar (Credit to be arranged) erature, film, and linguistics. Examines both folk ChLa 410 Consent of instructor and popular culture as well as the combination Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) and integration of various cultural traditions in ChLa 408 Workshop (Credit to be arranged) ChLa 411 Consent of instructor Latino communities in the United States. Chicano/Latino History Seminar (4) ChLa 410 Selected Topics (Credit to be ChLa 301 This course will take an in-depth look at the his- arranged) Chicano/Latino Communities (4) tory of Chicano/Latino experience in this coun- ChLa 411 Chicano/Latino History...... 4 Contemporary sociological studies and theory try examining such issues as the Treaty of ChLa 412 Chicano/Latino Theater...... 4 used to understand and explain the status of Chi- Guadalupe-Hidalgo and its affect on Latinos. ChLa 413 Chicano/Latino Cinema ...... 4 canos and Latinos in the U.S. Topics will include Additional topics will include issues dealing ChLa 414 Chicano/Latino Literature...... 4 family, gender relations, immigration, work and with why the Puerto Rican and Cuban experi- employment, inter- and intra-ethnic and racial ence has been different than for other Latinos in COURSES relations in the community. this country. Prerequisite: ChLa 201. ChLa 302 ChLa 412 ChLa 201 Survey of Chicano/Latino Literature (4) Chicano/Latino Theater (4) Introduction to Chicano/Latino I (4) A representative overview of Chicano/Latino lit- An examination of the Chicano Theater move- An introductory history of Latinos in the United erature covering poetry, theater, novel, short ment of the 1960s and 1970s with an in-depth States. Beginning with Spanish colonization and story, and essay. The course will include literary study of the work of Luis Valdez and El Teatro moving to the recent migration of Latin and techniques, modes of expression, trends in Chi- Campesino. Additional topics will include the South Americans in the 1970s, 1980s, and early cano and Latino creativity, critical approaches, work of the Nuyorican Playwrights and the 1990s. Special attention will be given to particu- and will expose students to available biblio- Latino New York Shakespeare Festival. Prereq- lar events that shaped and influenced the Latino graphic resources in the field. uisite: ChLa 302. experience, such as the Mexican-American War, ChLa 303 ChLa 413 Repatriation, Bracero Program, World War II, Chicana/Latina Experience (4) Chicano/Latino Cinema (4) War on Poverty, the Chicano Movement, and The social, political, and literary experience of An examination of the Chicano/Latino issues, U.S. foreign policy in Latin America. women in the Chicano and Latino communities. themes, and struggles as presented by Chicano/ The women’s perspective and position in histori- ChLa 202 Latino filmmakers. The course will further Introduction to Chicano/Latino II (4) cal events, community organizing, and social examine stereotypes created by the film industry An introductory course designed to look at the issues will be explored through literature, art, of the Chicano/Latino people and their place in social, political, and economic status of Latinos. music, and social science research. contemporary society. Prerequisite: ChLa 203 or Includes an examination of the political and eco- ChLa 399 302. nomic structure and organization and U.S. soci- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ChLa 414 ety and the status and class position of various ChLa 401 Chicano/Latino Literature (4) Latino groups. The course will include a demo- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Examination of the works created by some of the graphic profile and an overview of current social Consent of instructor. leading Chicano/Latino novelists, poets, and issues. ChLa 405 short fiction writers from the 1960s to present Reading and Conference (Credit to be day. The course will look at the impact of their arranged.) work and how it impacts how Latinos view Consent of instructor. themselves and their place in American society. Prerequisite: ChLa 203 or ChLa 302.

CHILD AND FAMILY STUDIES

317U Cramer Hall sity and Oregon Health Sciences Univer- systems and the diverse sociocultural con- 725-3976 sity in cooperation with community texts in which children and families www.cfs.pdx.edu/ agencies and institutions. The Child and develop. The program offers an opportu- Family Studies program attends to the nity to acquire knowledge and skills in one B.A., B.S. needs and varied professional goals of stu- or more specialization areas. Majors may dents desiring broad and socially relevant pursue careers as early childhood teachers, NDERGRADUATE preparation for work with children and caregivers, program assistants, preschool U families. Program content is directed and child care administrators, parent edu- PROGRAM toward competencies for a range of profes- cators, early intervention specialists, and sional roles. Coursework in child and program directors for community agencies Child and family studies is an academic family studies reﬂects the socioeconomic providing services to young children and major for a baccalaureate degree. The pri- and cultural diversity of children and fami- their families. The Child and Family Stud- mary focus is on young children and their lies in the metropolitan area. ies program also provides a foundation for families. The program was collaboratively Majors in child and family studies will those students who intend to pursue gradu- designed by faculty and professionals from develop a broad understanding of family varied disciplines at Portland State Univer- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 85

ate work in education, counseling, social with families will be developed with sensi- All courses submitted to satisfy the work, or related disciplines. tivity to the diversity of family structures, requirements for a major in child and The program represents an integration traditions, and dynamics. family studies must be passed with a grade of theory, research, and practice related to Child in Society of C or above. In addition, courses taken children and families. The unique program Advisers: Ann Weikel, History, Candice under the undifferentiated grading option strengths include interdisciplinary semi- Goucher, Black Studies (pass/no pass) will not be accepted toward nars and extensive and diverse practicum This specialization is designed to examine fulfilling department major requirements. experiences. societal contexts within which children live Requirements for admission to the child and which influence the treatment of chil- COURSES and family studies major include an appli- dren. Children will be studied in the con- cation, letters of reference, and an inter- text of economics, politics, culture, work CFS 409 view with members of the Consortium for Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) issues, anthropology, and history. The Supervised community-based learning experi- Children and Families. Applicants may be effects of gender and racial bias on child- admitted during spring for the following ence in organizations and agencies that serve hood will be explored. children and families. One credit equals 30 fall quarter. Deadline for submission of hours. Includes reflective, integrative seminar. application materials is February 25. Infor- Preparation for Administration of mation and application forms can be Programs for Children and Fami- CFS 480 lies Societal Influences on Professional Practice obtained by calling 725-8241. (4) Requirements for a Major in Advisers: Sorca O’Connor, Educational Policy, Individuals preparing for human or social ser- Child and Family Studies. In addi- Foundations, and Administration; Ellie Nolan, vices professions have been influenced by family Helen Gordon Child Development Center tion to meeting the general University and societal events, values, beliefs, and assump- requirements, majors must complete an This specialization is designed to develop tions which have interacted with their lives. Stu- adviser-approved program to include: understandings and strategies for program dents will examine those influences (including administration, specifically for young chil- gender, culture, and socioeconomic status) for Child and Family Studies Core— dren and their families. There is a focus on the purpose of gaining insight into the ways their 31 Credits communication, with sensitivity to issues professional practice might be affected. Projects will include a “professional practice action Psy 311 Human Development ...... 4 of culture, race, and economics. PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for plan.” Children and Youth ...... 4 Preparation for Early Childhood CFS 497 Psy 460 Child Psychology ...... 4 Education Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Children SpEd 418 Survey of Exceptional Learners . . . 3 Advisers: Christine Chaille, Curriculum and and Families (4) Hst 343 American Family History ...... 4 Instruction, Early Childhood Education, Cari This seminar, for majors in child and family Soc 461 Sociology of Family ...... 4 Olmsted, Head Start Regional Training Office studies, examines contemporary issues, research, and resources regarding children and families in Soc 337 Minorities ...... 4 This specialization is designed to develop Ed 420 Introduction to Education and urban settings from multiple disciplines and Society...... 4 understandings and approaches for work- multicultural perspectives. Promotes a synthesis ing with children and their families in early Child and Family Studies of understandings and professional reflection of childhood education settings. This area of child and family issues in the context of commu- Specialization—15-20 credits study will focus on developmentally appro- nity-based service learning. Participants also Majors may meet with a program adviser priate curriculum and guidance, and the investigate leadership, empowerment, and advo- for guidance in the selection of an area of development of relationships with families. cacy roles within the child and family profes- specialization and are required to complete sion. Preparation for Early Interven- a minimum of five courses within the area. CFS 498 Majors may study more than one special- tion Professional Development in Child and ization area. The lists of courses recom- Settings Family Studies (4) mended for each specialization area do not Advisers: Ruth Falco, Leslie Munson, Special This seminar, for majors in child and family limit course selection for the major. The Education and Counselor Education studies, is directed to the development of professional perspectives, roles of advocacy and lead- specialization adviser will assist the stu- This specialization is designed to develop a repertoire of understandings and ership, and reflective practice. Students will be dent in tailoring a program of courses to actively involved in self-directed learning, self- meet career goals and to accommodate pre- approaches necessary for accommodating assessment, community involvement, the legisla- vious professional experience. children with special needs in developmen- tive process, and group presentations. tally appropriate settings. Coursework Human Development includes a focus on normal and abnormal Adviser: Cathleen Smith, Psychology development, a survey of disorders, and The specialization is designed to focus on understandings of families with children development in the social, cognitive, physi- with special needs. cal, and emotional domains. Theory and research related to development will extend Practica—10 credits to current issues of diversity and to impli- Majors will select practicum experiences cations for professionals working with chil- from a range of community organizations dren and families. and agencies, federal and local preschool and day care programs, and early interven- Family in Society tion centers. The program advisers will Advisers: Kathryn Farr, Sociology; Carol assist in the selection and scheduling of Morgaine, Child and Family Studies practica with consideration of coursework, The specialization is designed to examine experience, and career goals. societal contexts within which families Seminars—8 credits live. Families will be studied from the per- CFS 497 and CFS 498. spectives of culture, gender, health, and socioeconomics. Approaches to working Total minimum 64 credits

86 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ECONOMICS

241 Cramer Hall Credits Required Courses 725-3915 Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 www.econ.pdx.edu/ Ec 375 Macroeconomic Theory...... 4 Ec 440 International Trade Theory and Policy .4 Ec 376 Microeconomic Theory ...... 4 Ec 441 International Monetary Theory and Ec 370, 456, 457, 460 (any one course) ...... 4 Policy ...... 4 B.A., B.S. Minor in Economics Electives 20 Upper-division economics electives ...... 12 Minor in International Economics A minimum total of 22 credits of 400-level Chosen from: Secondary Education Program— coursework including not more than two Ec 442 The Multinational Enterprise in the Social Science courses numbered 401 to 410. Ec 370, 456, World Economy M.A., M.S. 457, and 460 may be counted toward these Ec 445 Comparative Economic Systems M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General credits when not used to satisfy the 4-credit Ec 446 Economic Systems of the Western Social requirement immediately above...... 22 Pacific Rim Science) Ec 447 Transitional Economies Total in economics (minimum) 42 Ph.D. in Systems Science-Eco- Ec 450 Third-World Economic Development BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial nomics Total 28 Ph.D.—Participating department Accounting ...... 4 Mth 241 Calculus for Management and Social Courses taken under the undifferenti- in Urban Studies Doctoral Pro- Sciences; Stat 243, 244 Introduction to Proba- gram ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not bility and Statistics; Stat 366 Introduction to acceptable toward filling department minor Experimental Design, or CS 106 Computing requirements. NDERGRADUATE Fundamentals ...... 16 U SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAMS Total in other fields 20 PROGRAM Majors must take a minimum of 16 Adviser: T. Potiowsky The program in economics is designed to credits of coursework in residence from meet four major objectives: to provide a (See General Studies: Social Science this department and must maintain at least page 112.) basic knowledge of economic analysis for a 2.00 grade point average in work com- the student intending to do undergraduate pleted in this department. work in preparation for a professional All courses used to satisfy the depart- GRADUATE career in business or government; to serve mental major requirements, whether taken PROGRAMS as the core of a liberal arts program for stu- in the department or elsewhere, must be dents planning to enter business or industry graded C- or above. The Department of Economics offers grad- directly upon graduation; to provide Requirements for a Minor in uate work leading to the Master of Arts and courses preparing students for graduate Economics. To earn a minor in econom- Master of Science degrees. The department work in economics; and to present courses ics a student must complete 26 credits (12 also participates in the Urban Studies Doc- that offer insight into the economic prob- credits of which must be taken in residence toral Degree Program. Specialized theoreti- lems of the day. at PSU), to include the following: cal and applied courses in economics, The major in economics is required to when combined with urban studies general take 42 credits in economics courses, plus Credits seminars, partially fulfill the requirements specified courses in basic accounting, Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 for the Ph.D in Urban Studies with an †Upper-division economics electives...... 18 mathematics, and statistics. Many majors emphasis in economics. The Department of concentrate their electives so that they in Total 26 Economics participates in the Systems Sci- ence Ph.D. Program. Candidates for the effect establish a minor in either business No more than 6 credits of Ec 410 will Ph.D. in Systems Science-Economics are administration, engineering, or one of the be accepted (no other omnibus courses will encouraged to enroll in advanced courses other fields in the social sciences. be accepted). in economics, and may elect economics as As soon as students decide to become Courses taken under the undifferenti- a major or minor field of study within that economics majors, they should consult the ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not program. For information relating to the department secretary for referral to the acceptable toward fulfilling department Ph.D. programs, see pages 58 and 285. appropriate adviser. Economics majors minor requirements. Admission to the master’s program in who anticipate that they may do graduate Requirements for a Minor in the Department of Economics requires, in work in economics should consult their International Economics. To earn a addition to the University admissions adviser to develop a proper background minor in international economics a student requirements: program. must complete 28 credits (12 credits of Requirements for Major. In addi- which must be taken in residence at PSU), 1. A minimum of a 3.00 GPA in overall tion to meeting the general University to include the following: coursework and a minimum of a 3.00 GPA degree requirements, the major in econom- in economics coursework. ics must meet the following departmental requirements:

† Additional prerequisites may be required.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 87

2. Completion of the core undergraduate 5.Urban-Regional Economics and its should contact the departmental office courses in the Economics program at Public Finance for advising. Portland State University, including the- Ec 530 Regional Economics ory, statistics, and econometrics, or present Ec 531 Urban Economics PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— ECONOMICS equivalent competence. Ec 534 Regional Economic Structure* Ec 535 Public Spending and Debt Policy The Department of Economics participates 3. Have a cumulative GPA of 3.50 in all Ec 536 Taxation and Income Policies in the Systems Science Ph.D. Program. graduate credit earned at accredited institu- Ec 537 Seminar in Public Finance* Students interested in seeking a Ph.D. in tions. Ec 582 Poverty, Welfare, and Income Systems Science-Economics should con- Distribution* tact the Department of Economics for fur- MASTER OF ARTS OR Ec 583 Impact Assessment* MASTER OF SCIENCE Ec 585 Cost-Benefit Analysis* ther information. Elective fields include: Students must complete a minimum of Ec 586 Project Evaluation* international economics, urban-regional economics, mathematical economics, and 52 credits (13 courses in which a maximum 6.Quantitative Economics of six 400/500 level courses are allowed). Ec 571 Advanced Econometrics* economic development. Applicants must be Each student completes a three-course core Ec 572 Econometric Forecasting and Simulation admitted simultaneously to the economics requirement, three-course field require- Ec 573 Seminar in Quantitative Economics* graduate program and the Systems ment, research methods and project, and Ec 580 Mathematical Economics Science Ph.D. Program. major elective courses. Upon completion of Ec 583 Impact Assessment* the program, each student must take the Ec 585 Cost-Benefit Analysis* COURSES comprehensive exam on core theory Ec 586 Project Evaluation* courses and write a field project. In order to complete the field require- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not The core courses requirement includes ment, each student must submit a written offered every year. the following (*) indicates courses offered research project on the field subject, super- Economics does not allow credit for Ec 201, 202 only at the 500-level or above: vised by the faculty members specialized in after credit has been earned in an upper-division Ec 570 Econometrics* the field and methodology. The following economics class for which Ec 201, 202 is a Ec 575 Advanced Microeconomics* courses are required: prerequisite. Ec 576 Advanced Macroeconomics* Ec 595 Research Methods* Ec 201 Ec 596 Research Project* Principles of Economics (4) Courses for the field requirement con- A study of the market system, involving the sist of a minimum of 12 graduate credits In addition to the core and field require- essentials of demand and supply analysis; (three courses) with at least one course in a ments in economics as defined above, the competition and monopoly; labor public policy graduate seminar. Fields must be chosen remaining 20 graduate towards business; the distribution of income; from the following: credits (five courses) are electives. These international trade and commercial policy; 1.Labor Economics and Income Distribution: elective courses must include at least one comparative advantage, tariffs, and quotas. Ec 517 Women in the Economy additional graduate seminar in economics. Ec 202 Ec 519 Economics of Race and Ethnicity Courses outside of economics may be used Principles of Economics (4) Ec 565 Economics of Labor Markets to meet the elective requirements, subject A study of factors affecting the level of national income: the essentials of money and banking; Ec 566 Labor Institutions and Policy to approval by a faculty adviser. Ec 567 Seminar in Labor Economics* the role of government expenditure and taxation A working knowledge of mathematics in achieving economic stability, growth, and Ec 582 Poverty, Welfare, and Income and statistical methods is required for all Distribution* development; international monetary issues students. This requirement may be fulfilled including exchange rates and the balance of pay- 2.Industry Economics and Regulation: by examination or by the successful comments. Ec 510 Energy Economics pletion of courses in mathematics and sta- Ec 525 Economics of Industrial Organization Ec 340 International Economics (4) Ec 526 Economics of Regulation tistics approved by the department. Examines trade and financial relations among Ec 527 Seminar in Industrial Organization* Differential and integral calculus and linear countries with an emphasis on policy perspec- Ec 532 Environmental Economics algebra are highly recommended. tives. Outlines international policy options and Ec 585 Cost-Benefit Analysis* Conditionally admitted students must the principles that govern world trade and finan- Ec 586 Project Evaluation* fulfill all conditions within the first two cial arrangements. Regional and international trade organizations and currency arrangements 3.Monetary Economics: terms of their program unless special will be discussed. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. Ec 520 Money and Banking exemption is granted by the department Ec 521 Monetary Theory and Policy Ec 370 graduate committee. Introduction to Quantitative Economics (4) Ec 524 Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy* In addition to the general requirements General survey of quantitative techniques useful Ec 541 International Monetary Theory and for advancement to candidacy, the student for economic analysis. Focus on the applications Policy must complete 12 credits in residence work of mathematical tools and simple regression 4.Global Economics for graduate credit in economics analysis in economics. Quantitative topics will Ec 540 International Trade Theory and Policy with a GPA of at least 3.00 and be recom- be introduced systematically with hands-on case Ec 541 International Monetary Theory and mended by the graduate committee of the studies and examples. Prerequisites: Ec 201, Policy department. 202, Mth 241, Stat 243 and 244. Ec 542 Multinational Enterprise and Economic Any transferred graduate credits that Ec 375 Integration Macroeconomic Theory (4) Ec 544 Seminar in International Economics* satisfy University requirements may be Social accounting practices and problems. Fac- Ec 545 Comparative Economic Systems applied toward major electives. Under no tors influencing the levels of output, employ- Ec 546 Economic Systems of the Western circumstances can the core and field ment, and prices. Comparison of Keynesian and Pacific Rim requirements be waived or substituted for pre-Keynesian thought. Fundamentals of the Ec 547 Transitional Economies with coursework from other PSU depart- theory of business cycles, economic growth, Ec 550 Third World Development ments or from other institutions. Students inflation. The role of government in dealing with Ec 553 Theory of Economic Growth with questions concerning transferred cred- these and related problems. Prerequisites: Ec 587 Economic Planning* Ec 201, 202.

88 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Ec 376 Ec 425/525 international monetary policies and problems. Microeconomic Theory (4) Economics of Industrial Organization (4) Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202; Ec 375 Theories of consumer behavior and demand, Study based upon the application of microeco- recommended. production and cost, the firm and market organi- nomic theory to the analysis of firms, markets, zation and functional income distribution. Pre- Ec 442/542 and industries. Search for economic explana- The Multinational Enterprise in the World requisites: Ec 201, 202. tions for the structure of markets and for the Economy (4) Ec 399 behavior of the firms which trade in them. Seeks The study of the multinational (transnational) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) also to explain the internal organization of firms enterprise as a form of direct foreign investment. Ec 401/501 and to assess the efficiency of the market in Analysis of theories of direct investment; the Research (Credit to be arranged.) determining organization. Prerequisite: Ec 201; impact of the multinational enterprise on the Consent of instructor. Ec 376 recommended. national and international economy and the rela- Ec 404/504 Ec 426/526 tionship of such firms to the concept of the Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to Economics of Regulation (4) nation-state. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. be arranged.) Study of government regulation designed to con- Ec 445/545 Ec 405/505 trol—or at least to influence—the performance Comparative Economic Systems (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be of the market in specific ways. Historical and Analysis and appraisal of contemporary eco- arranged.) economic analyses of three main forms of regu- nomic systems: capitalist, socialist, fascist, com- Consent of instructor. lation: direct regulation of monopoly and communist. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. petition, and social regulation to protect the Ec 407/507 Ec 446/546 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) environment and the individual. Prerequisite: Ec Economic Systems of the Western Pacific Rim Consent of instructor. 201. (4) Ec 409 Ec 431/531 A comparative systems approach to the econo- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Urban Economics (4) mies of Japan, China, South Korea, Taiwan, By prior arrangement with the department, Functions of the urban economy: the market Hong Kong, and Singapore. Will include such economics majors may receive a maximum of 3 sector and the public sector. Economic analysis topics as Japanese management, economic credits in their total undergraduate program for of issues such as land use, environmental quality, reform and modernization in China, and the economics research done in the community in transportation, housing, income distribution, and dynamic development programs of the newly conjunction with guided reading and regular the organization and financing of urban public industrializing countries. Prerequisites: Ec 201, consultations with the practicum instructor. services. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. 202, Ec 445 is recommended. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202, and consent of *Ec 432/532 Ec 447/547 instructor. Environmental Economics (4) Transitional Economies (4) Ec 410/510 An examination of the alternative and sometimes Examines the formation of the Soviet-type eco- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) conflicting evaluation and decision-making cri- nomic system in the 1920s and 30s and its dis- teria of economics and physical sciences as they *Ec 417/517 semination after World War II to Eastern Europe, Women in the Economy (4) pertain to the material environment. An evalua- China, and other selected countries. Emphasis is Different economic theoretical perspectives are tion of policy alternatives. Prerequisites: Ec 201, placed on the history of ideas and the historical presented to account for women’s particular eco- 202. setting which gave rise to the Soviet model. nomic roles currently and historically. Emphasis Ec 435/535 Includes the examination of the internal contra- on women’s responsibility for child rearing and Public Spending and Debt Policy (4) dictions of the model, the “unwinding” of housework; women’s relatively low wages; Analysis of the role of the state in a competitive planned socialism, and the prospects for the occupational segregation by gender; economic economy. Development of decision rules for move toward mixed market economies. Prereq- differences among women due to ethnicity, gen- state economic action. Includes a detailed study uisite: Ec 201, 202. eration, and class; and policy issues with particu- of the principles of voting, public budgeting Ec 450/550 lar importance for women’s economic situation. including cost benefit analysis and PPBS, the Third-World Economic Development (4) Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. theory of fiscal federalism and the theory and Characteristics of less developed countries. Pop- principles of public debts. Prerequisites: Ec 201, Ec 419/519 ulation problems and other obstacles to eco- Economics of Race and Ethnicity (4) 202. nomic development. Roles of agriculture, Survey of the economic history of ethnic groups Ec 436/536 industry, and foreign trade. Foreign investment in the United States, various economic theoreti- Taxation and Income Policies (4) and economic aid. Theories of economic devel- cal perspectives advanced to account for past Principles and problems of government financ- opment and underdevelopment. Prerequisites: Ec and current experience of people of color in the ing. Critical analysis of alternative taxes as 201, 202. U.S. economy, and examination of selected eco- sources of public revenue with emphasis on the- Ec 453/553 nomic policy issues. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. ories of incidence and economic effect. Prereq- Theory of Economic Growth (4) uisites: Ec 201, 202. Ec 420/520 Introduction to the theory of economic growth. Money And Monetary Systems (4) Ec 440/540 This course will emphasize the theoretical basis Functional and empirical definitions of money International Trade Theory and Policy (4) and the models developed to measure growth and near moneys. Role of bank and nonbank Theories of international trade. Analysis of the and change in modern industrial societies. Pre- financial institutions in the economy. History normative aspects of trade including the gains requisites: Ec 201, 202. and organization of commercial banks and the from trade and the effect of trade on economic †Ec 456/556 Federal Reserve System. Instruments of mone- welfare. Examination of international trade American Economic History: the First tary control by the Federal Reserve. Alternative policy and issues of economic integration, eco- Century (4) arrangements for international payments and nomic growth, and current trade problems. Pre- The economic background of the War of Inde- their implications for domestic monetary con- requisites: Ec 201, 202; Ec 376 recommended. pendence and the seeds of the Civil War. Indus- trol. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. Ec 441/541 trialization, urbanization, and development of the frontier. Rise of big business and organized Ec 421/521 International Monetary Theory and Policy (4) Monetary Theory and Policy (4) Balance of payments theory including balance of labor. Laissez-faire, federalism, and the gradual Theories of the relationship between changes in payments accounting and foreign exchange mar- emergence of the national government in eco- the supply and demand for money and changes ket; theoretical models of fixed and flexible nomic policy. Changes in foreign trade and in in income, employment, and price levels. Prob- exchange rate systems using both Neoclassical the international position of the U.S. Prerequi- lems of choosing objectives, targets and tools in and Keynesian approaches. Historical evolution sites: Ec 201, 202. monetary policy. Domestic and international of the international monetary system. Current monetary reforms. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202.

† Also offered as Hst 438/538, 439/539.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 89

†Ec 457/557 finance. Integrates the theory of public finance Ec 551 American Economic History: the 20th with policy applications. Limited to graduate Applied Econometrics for Financial Analysis Century (4) students in public administration. (4) Economic impact of U.S. involvement in World The application of econometrics for financial War I. Postwar structural changes. Waning of Ec 514 analysis and forecasting. Includes the applica- Money, Financial Markets, and the Economy laissez faire. Causes of the Great Depression. (4) tion of statistical regression, hypothesis testing, Economic policies of Hoover and Roosevelt Study of the financial component of macroeco- and simulation of econometric models with administrations. The New Deal reforms. World nomics: financial institutions and markets that underlying theories. Emphasizes model con- War II and emergence of the administered sys- facilitate the flow of savings to investment. Inter- struction and efficient use of economic and tem. Evolution of the mixed economy and grow- est rate determination, structure of interest rates, financial data, and the development of applica- ing role of the government. The industrial- changing scope of financial instruments, and tions that avoid the problems of model misspeci- military complex. Social imbalance. Prerequi- impact of regulation and legislation. The Federal fications. Students will obtain data from public sites: Ec 201, 202. Reserve’s role in controlling the money supply data sources and develop models. Some familiar- *Ec 460/560 and monetary and fiscal policy effects on finan- ity with computer applications, spreadsheets, History of Economic Thought (4) cial markets and aggregate economic activity. and calculus are assumed. Selections from the economic writings of vari- Prerequisite: limited to students admitted to *Ec 554 ous thinkers from antiquity through the Refor- graduate programs in business administration. Seminar in Third-world Economic Issues (4) mation. A survey of the work of the most Discussion in a seminar context of the meaning *Ec 524 important economic theorists of the 18th, 19th, Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (4) of underdevelopment, the relevance of the his- and 20th centuries including Adam Smith, Theories of demand and supply for money and torical experience of more developed countries, Ricardo, Marx, Marshall, Veblen, and Keynes. of inflation. Integration of monetary and value theories of development and underdevelopment, Readings include original writings and interpre- theories and empirical work in monetary eco- agricultural and industrial development, and tations by later economists. Scholars will be nomics. Major policy issues. Prerequisites: Ec external economic relations. Prerequisite: studied in terms of their historical context and 375, 420, 421. Ec 450. the contemporary relevance of the theories and * Ec 567 policy recommendations. Prerequisites: Ec 201, Ec 527 Seminar in Industrial Organization (4) Seminar in Labor Economics (4) 202. Analysis of organization and operation of a Discussion of recent theoretical research on Ec 465/565 market economy. Focus on debates between advanced topics in labor economics will serve as Economics of Labor Markets (4) major “schools” of economic thought, their the context for student research. Topics vary. Investigates questions in labor economic theory research programs, and their analysis of policy Prerequisites: Ec 375, 376; Ec 465/565 or 466/ from the perspectives of the major schools of toward matters involving antitrust and public- 566 recommended. economic thought. Issues emphasized: sources utility-type regulation. Prerequisites: Ec 425, Ec 570 of unemployment, the way wages are deter- 426. Econometrics (4) mined, and the reasons demographic groups fare The theory and application of statistical regres- differently in the labor market. Prerequisites: Ec Ec 534 Regional Economic Structure (4) sion, hypothesis testing, and simulation of 201, 202. This course focuses on methods of analyzing econometric models. Emphasizes model con- Ec 466/566 why regions differ economically, how they inter- struction and efficient use of economic data. Labor Institutions and Policy (4) relate and why and how they react to changes in Problems of multicolinearity, heteroscedasticity, An overview of the history and contemporary economic policies and conditions. Part of the autocorrelation, and distributed lags are dis- organization of work and industrial relations in course will be devoted to a study of models of cussed. Some familiarity with calculus, matrix the United States. Paid and unpaid work, the regional structure and growth, such as economic algebra, and computer applications are assumed. development of trade unions and collective bar- base or input-output, and the strengths and Prerequisite: Ec 370. gaining, and new directions in the organization weaknesses of each in modeling the regional Ec 571 of work and the labor market such as employee economy. The remainder of the course will be Advanced Econometrics (4) participation and automation. Prerequisites: Ec concerned with the development of models for Topics on econometric applications in consump- 201, 202. use in regional forecasting and/or evaluation of tion and production models, Baysian economet- Ec 472/572 policy changes on regional development. Prereq- rics, nonparametric estimation and prediction. Econometric Forecasting and Simulation (4) uisite: Ec 430. Prerequisite: Ec 570. This course covers time series analysis and sim- * *Ec 537 Ec 573 ulation, emphasizing techniques of identifica- Seminar In Public Finance (4) Seminar in Quantitative Economics (4) tion, estimation, forecasting and econometric Analysis of the role of government spending and Explores techniques of advanced mathematical simulation. Various techniques of moving aver- taxation in a market economy. Discussion of the and statistical analysis as applied to economic age, differencing, and autocorrelation adjust- various methods of measurement of the size and problem solving. Examples from recent litera- ment will be introduced in order to identify the influence of the government. Evaluation of the ture on mathematical economics and economet- time series. Estimation methods and diagnostic principal schools of thought on the role of the rics will be used. Prerequisites: Ec 570, 580. checking following the identification will pro- government in the economy. Review of the liter- Ec 575 vide the base model for forecasting and simula- ature on the principles of taxation and the analy- Advanced Macroeconomics (4) tion. Prerequisite: Ec 370. sis of its shifting and incidence. Prerequisite: Theories of national income, employment and Ec 480/580 Ec 376. price levels with special emphasis on recent Mathematical Economics (4) *Ec 544 developments in analytical techniques and Mathematical characteristics of linear economic Seminar in International Economics (4) empirical findings. Prerequisite: Ec 375. models including input-output analysis and Discussions of recent theoretical and quantita- Ec 576 linear programming. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202, tive international economic analysis will provide Advanced Microeconomics (4) 370. a context for student research. Research areas Theory of consumer behavior and of the firm. Ec 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) will include international trade theory and pol- Market and multimarket equilibrium and stabil- Ec 512 icy, international monetary theory and interna- ity. Varieties of imperfect competition. Prerequi- Public Finance (4) tional economic integration and development. site: Ec 376. Economic issues in public finance. Federal, Prerequisites: Ec 440, 441. state, and local tax policy, efficiency and equity in government, fiscal policy and debt management, and intergovernmental taxation and

† Also offered as Hst 438/538, 439/539.

90 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Ec 582 *Ec 586 field-related topics; individual development of a Poverty, Welfare, and Income Distribution (4) Project Evaluation (4) research project, i.e., selection of a subject and An in-depth study of poverty standards and mea- Cost and benefit evaluation. Choice of projects. plan of study; and periodic reporting of individ- sures of income and wealth inequality. Impact of Case studies related to water resources, transpor- ual research progress projects. Prerequisite: Ec taxes and welfare transfers on the distribution of tation, and industrial projects. Prerequisite: Ec 595. income in the U.S. Prerequisite: graduate status 376. *Ec 675 in urban studies or economics. *Ec 587 Advanced Macroeconomics II (4) Ec 583 Economic Planning (4) Extended analysis of macroeconomic theory Impact Assessment (4) Aspects of the economic planning process covering static, deterministic models through Empirical techniques employed in measuring the including target setting, tests of feasibility, con- recent dynamic and stochastic macro modeling. impacts associated with land use change. Topics: sistency, and optimality, and plan implementa- Analytic tools in both theoretic and empirical goals achievement matrix approaches to impact tion. Prerequisite: Ec 376. models are illustrated in the study of inflation, assessment; trade-offs between community and Ec 595 unemployment, growth and government policy. regional welfare; distance and times in urban Research Methods (4) Prerequisite: Ec 575. analysis; estimating the social profitability of Application of economic analysis and economic *Ec 676 land development; cost-benefit analysis applied methodology to field research problems. Ana- Advanced Microeconomics II (4) to freeway location techniques for valuation of lytic and quantitative methods used by econo- Extended analysis of microeconomic theory cov- nonpriced resources; measuring municipal reve- mists, including the estimation and testing of ering individual and social choice issues. nue and expenditure impacts; gravity models and econometric models; the use of other statistical Selected topics of interest and significance transport demand estimation; economic base procedures for model description and inference; include but are not limited to: rational choice analysis for employment and population impact nonlinear specification and estimation; linear behavior of consumers and producers, theory of assessment; and estimating air and noise pollu- and nonlinear system models. Data resources the market, partial and general equilibrium anal- tion associated with land development. Prerequi- available to the practicing economists will be ysis, welfare economics, and economics of infla- site: Ec 376. covered. Prerequisite: Ec 570. tion. Prerequisite: Ec 576. *Ec 585 Ec 596 Cost-benefit Analysis (4) Research Project (4) Identification and estimation of direct and indi- Intended for graduate students to complete the rect inputs and outputs. Valuation of commodi- field project requirement. Course activities ties and of factors. Present social value and time include: independent reading on researchable discounting. Uncertainty. Prerequisite: Ec 376.

ENGLISH

405 Neuberger Hall high levels of literacy and critical thought Lower-division Courses: 725-3521 are required. Various concentrations in lit- Two courses selected from the following: . . . . .8 www.english.pdx.edu/ erature and writing allow students ﬂexible Eng 201 Shakespeare ways to combine interests in the literary Eng 202 Shakespeare Eng 204 Survey of English Literature B.A.—English arts with personal and professional goals. Indeed, the breadth of knowledge and the Eng 205 Survey of English Literature B.A., B.S.—General Studies: Arts Eng 253 Survey of American Literature and Letters communication skills that English majors Eng 254 Survey of American Literature Minor in English typically acquire make them attractive to Wr 200 Writing about Literature Minor in Professional Writing many potential employers and prepare Secondary Education Program them for graduate work leading to profes- Total lower-division credits 8† M.A. sions such as law. Upper-division Courses: M.A.T. For those who wish to teach, the Group A—Theory M.A./M.S. in Writing English Department prepares majors for Eng 300 ...... 4 graduate work leading to teaching certiﬁca- Elective in advanced criticism and practice tion or for entry into graduate master’s or (see list for Group A) ...... 4 NDERGRADUATE U doctoral programs in English. PSU gradu- Group B—Literatures of Ethnicity, Gender, PROGRAMS ates in English have gone on to succeed in Class, and Culture advanced degree programs at many major Elective (see list for Group B) ...... 4 The study of English has long been consid- universities. Group C—Period Studies in British and ered one of the best ways to obtain a liberal Requirements for Major. In addi- American Literature (to include at least 8 cred- education. Courses are designed to tion to meeting the general University its at the 400 level) improve students’ abilities to analyze and degree requirements, the English major Pre-1800 literature (see list of acceptable produce complex texts, to develop critical will meet the following requirements for courses) ...... 4 capabilities, and to understand diverse cul- the B. A. degree: Electives (see list for Group C) ...... 8 tures. The department prepares its majors for careers in writing and teaching, as well as for a variety of professions in which

† Adviser-approved lower- and upper-division credits may be substituted for some or all of these lower division credits.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 91

Group D—Writing, Rhetoric, Composition, Group D: option and must have been assigned a and Linguistics Eng 413 Teaching and Tutoring Writing grade of C or above. One upper-division writing course...... 4 Eng 414 Contemporary Composition Theories ■ No more than 12 credits of coursework Elective (see list for Group D) ...... 4 Eng 415 Research Methods in Composition taken for the Professional Writing Group E—Electives Eng 425 Practical Grammar Minor may be applied to the English Electives in theory, literature, writing, and Eng 490 Rhetoric † Eng (appropriate adviser-approved course major. rhetoric. May include up to four ■ A minimum of 24 credits in English adviser-approved, lower-division credits) . .12 offered under omnibus number) Ling (adviser-approved, upper-division course) and/or writing at PSU is required. Group F—Senior Capstone Wr 312 Intermediate Fiction Writing Any Wr, Eng, or UnSt capstone...... 6 Typical Freshman Program Credits Wr 313 Intermediate Poetry Writing Eng 204, 205 Survey of English Literature . . . 8 Wr 319 Planning and Producing Publications Total upper-division credits 50 Sequence in foreign language ...... 15 Wr 327 Technical Report Writing Electives in English and other disciplines . . . .12 Wr 328 News Editing Freshman Inquiry...... 15 Total credits in major 58 Wr 330 Desktop Publishing I English majors will be expected to Wr 333 Advanced Composition Requirements for a Minor. To choose their courses in consultation with Wr 412 Advanced Fiction Writing earn a minor in English a student must their advisers. For upper-division course- Wr 420 Writing: Process and Response complete 28 adviser-approved credits (12 work in the several groups, consult the fol- Wr 425 Advanced Technical Writing credits of which must be taken in residence lowing lists of acceptable courses (each Wr 427 Technical Editing at PSU). Wr 428 Advanced News Writing group is assumed to contain appropriate ■ Twelve credits must be literature Wr 430 Desktop Publishing II courses. omnibus-numbered courses, available for Wr (appropriate adviser-approved, upper-divi- ■ Sixteen credits must be at the selection by students with adviser sion course) approval): upper-division level. Pre-1800 Courses: ■ No more than 8 credits total and no Group A: For upper-division courses with content prima- more than 4 credits in each of the fol- Eng 491, 492 Literary Criticism rily concerned with materials before 1800, lowing may be applied to the English Eng 494 Topics in Critical Theory and consult the following list of acceptable Methods courses: minor: Eng 199, 399, 401, 405, 408, 409, Wr 199, 399, and/or 405. Group B: Eng 311 Tragedy ■ With the exception of upper-division Eng 308 Cultural Studies in Literature Eng 312 Comedy and Satire Eng 309 American Indian Literature Eng 314 The Epic creative writing courses, any course Eng 351, 352 African-American Literature Eng 317 Greek Mythology used to satisfy departmental minor Eng 420 Caribbean Literature Eng 318 The Bible as Literature requirements must be taken under the Eng 421, 422 African Fiction Eng 319 Northern European Mythology differentiated grading option and must Eng 443, 444 British Women Writers Eng 320 English Novel (ﬁrst term of sequence) have been assigned a grade of C or Eng 445, 446 American Women Writers Eng 401 Research (as appropriate) above. Upper-division creative writing Eng 467, 468 American Literature and Eng 405 Reading and Conference (as courses assigned a grade of pass may Culture appropriate) apply to the minor. Group C: Eng 407 Seminar (as appropriate) Eng 320, 321 The English Novel Eng 410 Selected Topics (as appropriate) Note: The following courses will not Eng 364, 365 American Fiction Eng 411, 412 English Drama count as part of the English minor: Eng 384, 385 Contemporary Literature Eng 426, 427 Medieval Literature Wr 115 Introduction to College Writing Eng 411, 412 English Drama Eng 430, 431 Renaissance Literature Wr 121 English Composition Eng 426, 427 Medieval Literature Eng 440, 441 Seventeenth-Century Wr 211 Writing Practice Eng 430, 431 Literature of the Renaissance Literature Wr 222 Writing Research Papers Eng 440, 441 Seventeenth-Century Eng 447 Major Forces in Literature Wr 323 English Composition Literature (as appropriate) Requirements for a Minor in Eng 447 Major Forces in Literature Eng 448 Major Figures in Literature Professional Writing. To earn a minor Eng 448 Major Figures in Literature (as appropriate) Eng 450, 451 Eighteenth-Century Literature in professional writing, a student must Eng 450, 451 Eighteenth-Century Literature complete 28 credits (12 credits of which Eng 458, 459 Literature of the Romantic Period Eng 458 Literature of the Romantic Period (ﬁrst Eng 460, 461 American Literature: term of sequence) must be taken in residence at PSU), to Beginnings to 1865 Eng 460, 461 American Literature: include the following: Eng 463, 464 American Literature: 1865-1955 Beginnings to 1865 Group I: Foundation courses Credits Eng 475, 476 Literature of the Victorian Period General: Three courses chosen from the following:. . . 12 Eng 477, 478 American Poetry ■ English majors in upper-division Wr 227 Introduction to Technical Writing Eng 480 Modern British Literature English courses are expected to be able Wr 228 News Writing Eng 482 Contemporary British Literature to write a library research paper when Wr 327 Technical Report Writing Eng 484 Modern Drama Wr 328 News Editing Eng 485 Contemporary Drama required. The department recommends that majors without prior training in Wr 427 Technical Editing Eng 486 Contemporary American Novel Wr 428 Advanced News Writing Eng 487 Contemporary American Short Story research paper writing enroll in Wr 222. Students interested in news writing are encour- Eng 488 Contemporary American Poetry ■ Upper-division credits may not include aged to take Wr 228, Wr 328, and Wr 428. Wr 472 or Eng 474. Students interested in technical writing in ■ Any course used to satisfy departmental science and industry are encouraged to take major requirements, whether taken in Wr 227, Wr 327, and Wr 410, Technical the department or elsewhere, must be Editing. taken under the differentiated grading

† Courses to be selected from any upper-division English course (with the exception of Eng 474) or from any writing course listed under Group D. 92 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Group II: Electives RADUATE PROGRAMS Four adviser-approved courses chosen G MASTER OF ARTS from the following ...... 16 IN ENGLISH For the M.A., the department requires a Eng 425 Practical Grammar minimum of 32 graduate credits in English, The Department of English offers graduate Wr 330 Desktop Publishing I including Eng 596 Problems and Methods work leading to the Master of Arts and the Wr 404 Internship and Cooperative Education of Literary Study and Eng 507 Seminar. Wr 410 Special Topics in Writing. Topics vary, Master of Arts in Teaching degrees. The remainder of the student’s program including: Legal Writing, Writing for Pre- Degree Requirements. University may, with the approval of the adviser, sentations, Publications Project Manage- master’s degree requirements are listed on include coursework in fields related to ment, Information Technology for Writers, page 56. Department requirements are English. A minimum of 45 graduate credits Multimedia Production described in detail in the Department of Wr 425 Advanced Technical Writing is required for the M.A. in English. English brochure, M.A. in English, which Wr 429 Writing Computer Documentation In every case, the student’s program is available upon request. Wr 430 Desktop Publishing II must be approved by the departmental One writing-intensive course ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: adviser and the coordinator of graduate Any adviser-approved, upper-division exposi- M.A. studies. The student will have a choice of tory writing, creative writing, or professional writing course. Students accepted to the master’s program three tracks: I, the three-areas, non-thesis One course from another department approved normally hold the B.A. in English, with a option, emphasizing general coverage of for inclusion in the professional writing minor minimum GPA of 3.25 in all English literary material; II, the critical thesis (see list in English Department) courses. option, permitting more specialized schol- Any course used to satisfy requirements Applicants whose bachelor’s degree is arly research; or III, the creative thesis for the professional writing minor must be not in English may still be considered for option, offering an opportunity to focus taken under the differentiated grading admission if they have taken 20-30 credit upon creative writing skills. For students option and must have been assigned a hours in British and American literature pursuing tracks II or III, the thesis may grade of C or above. and in writing (to include British and count for a maximum of 9 credits upon American literature survey courses, as well proper registration. SECONDARY EDUCATION as upper-division coursework in literature Students pursuing option I must com- PROGRAM and writing), with a 3.25 GPA, and submit plete at least 8 graduate credits in literature At the time of entering, the time of com- an analytical essay from one of their litera- before 1780. They must also select for their pleting student teaching, and the time of ture courses. final written examinations three areas completing the secondary teaching pro- Those who do not meet either of these chosen from the list below. One of these gram, the student must hold a minimum requirements may be considered for condi- areas must be in British literature. Students 3.00 GPA in English and writing courses. tional admission. They will need to provide who write theses also take a three-hour Those who do not meet this GPA require- satisfactory evidence of preparedness to general examination testing their overall ment may request that their adviser initiate undertake advanced work, to include some knowledge of English and American litera- proceedings for a special evaluation by the combination of: ture. The examination areas are as follows: Department of English teacher education ■ 3.25 GPA in four or five graduate British Literature: Beginnings to committee. English courses 1500; 1500-1660 (excluding Milton); Students who complete a major in ■ three letters of academic 1660-1780 (including all of Milton); 1780- English and wish to teach English in sec- recommendation 1830 (Romantics); 1830-1910 (Victorian/ ondary schools must be accepted into the ■ satisfactory GRE scores Edwardian); 1910-present. program in the Graduate School of Educa- ■ explanation of undergraduate record tion and complete specific requirements in and purpose of study both English and education. ■ two samples of written work from Students must consult with an English recent English courses education adviser to learn the requirements Students whose native language is not for the initial teaching license. English must score at least 600 on the TOEFL examination.

Susan Danielson, English C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 93

American Literature: 1607-1798 described in detail in the Department of writing. The M.S. differs from the M.A. in (Colonial/Puritan); 1798-1890 (19th Cen- English brochure, M.A./M.S. in Writing, that students completing the M.S. are not tury); 1890-1940; 1940-present. which is available upon request. required to demonstrate proficiency in a Other areas: Literary criticism; rhet- language other than English. The M.S. oric and composition; women’s literature; ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: option applies to the professional/technical M.A./M.S. IN WRITING ethnic literatures; post-colonial literature; strand. Students accepted into the master’s pro- genre studies (poetry/drama/prose fiction); In every case, the student’s program gram must provide satisfactory evidence of or, by petition, other special topics. must be approved by the departmental preparedness to undertake advanced work, Successful completion of the written adviser and the coordinator of graduate to include a B.A. or B.S. degree from an examination makes the student eligible for studies or his/her designee. The student accredited college or university and the fol- the final oral examination. will have a choice of three tracks: I, cre- lowing. For students in theses options, the thesis ative writing; II, nonfiction writing; and III, ■ Departmental application form. defense will form part of this oral examina- professional/technical writing. For students ■ One transcript from each post-second- tion. Students in the three-areas (non-the- pursuing tracks I and II, the thesis may ary institution attended. sis) option must submit to their count for a maximum of 8 credits upon ■ 3.25 GPA in undergraduate work. examination committee two substantial proper registration. ■ Three letters of recommendation. papers written in regular graduate course- Creative Writing. Students typi- ■ One-page personal introduction, includ- work in English at PSU. cally will complete 24 core credits (6 ing background as a writer, statement of courses), 16 elective credits (4 courses), goals, and proposed plan of study. MASTER OF ARTS IN and 8 thesis credits (2 courses). Core TEACHING ■ Typed or word-processed manu- courses include workshops, craft-semi- The department requires a minimum of 28 script(s) in the applicant’s primary nars, and literature courses in the Depart- credits in English at the graduate level. The genre(s) or form(s). Previously pub- ment of English. Writers are encouraged to distribution of these credits is determined lished, single-authored work will be supplement their core courses in creative by the student in conference with the accepted in the form in which it was writing with electives from within profes- adviser. A final written examination is originally published. sional/technical writing, nonfiction writing, required, based upon a reading list distrib- In creative writing: 15 pages of or literature. Adviser-approved courses uted by the department. Successful com- poetry, 30 pages of fiction, or 30 pages from outside the department may also pletion of the written examination makes of screenplay, double-spaced as in count as electives. Credits taken while the candidate eligible for the final oral manuscript form. Manuscripts should completing the creative thesis must be dis- examination. Prior to the oral exam, the demonstrate mastery of basic craft and tributed over two or more terms. A creative student submits to his or her committee unmistakable literary promise. thesis will be supervised by one of the cre- two substantial papers written in regular ative writers in the department. After com- graduate courses at PSU. In addition, the In nonfiction writing: 30 pages of pleting their workshops, students should student’s program must present a minimum news features, magazine articles, or cre- draw up a thesis proposal in collaboration of 8 graduate credits in education and an ative nonfiction, double-spaced as in with one of these faculty members. The initial teaching license from the state of manuscript form. Manuscripts should length of a creative thesis will depend upon Oregon. One cannot teach with a B.A. and demonstrate mastery of basic craft and its genre and an M.A.T. in Oregon. One must also have promise of success in nonfiction writ- format. an initial teaching license, which at PSU is ing. Nonfiction writing. Students typi- earned in the Fifth Year Program in the In professional/technical writ- cally will complete 24 core credits (6 Graduate School of Education. The M.A.T. ing: 15-30 pages from customary courses), 16 elective credits (4 courses), is considered a terminal degree. genres, including (but not limited to) and 8 thesis credits (2 courses). Core The student who also seeks continuing descriptions, specifications, computer courses include workshops, craft-semi- licensure must present academic credits documentation, proposals, memoranda, nars, and literature courses in the Depart- that will satisfy the PSU licensure program formal reports, newsletters, on-line doc- ment of English. Writers are encouraged to as well as the minimum state department umentation, Web pages. Manuscripts supplement their core courses with elec- norm for the field; the student must specifi- should demonstrate mastery of basic tives from within creative writing, profes- cally determine with the aid of the adviser craft and promise of success in professional/technical writing, or literature. whether the program is satisfactory. Final sional/technical writing. Adviser-approved courses from outside the approval of the program must be agreed While there is no conditional admission department may also count as electives. upon by both the Department of English to this program, applications not fulfilling Credits taken while completing the nonfic- and the Graduate School of Education. the requirements stated above may be tion thesis must be distributed over two or For continuing licensure requirements see reconsidered after the student has met cer- more terms. A nonfiction thesis will be page 191. tain conditions (e.g., additional preliminary supervised by one of the nonfiction writers coursework) as specified by the coordinator in the department. After completing the GRADUATE PROGRAMS of graduate studies or his/her designee. workshops, a student should draw up a IN WRITING MASTER OF ARTS/ thesis proposal in collaboration with an MASTER OF SCIENCE appropriate faculty member who has exper- The Department of English offers graduate For the M.A. and the M.S., the department tise in the genre of the student’s choice. work leading to the Master of Arts in writ- requires a minimum of 32 graduate credits The length of the thesis will depend upon ing and the Master of Science in writing in writing. The remainder of the student’s its genre and format; with adviser approval, degrees. program may, with the approval of the a student can substitute a series of shorter Degree Requirements. University adviser, include coursework in fields works in place of a book-length thesis. As master’s degree requirements are listed on related to writing. A minimum of 48 gradu- with the creative writing emphasis, the stu- page 56. Department requirements are ate credits is required for the M.A./M.S. in 94 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

dent’s work must be of publishable quality Eng 204, 205 Eng 316 in a professional context. Survey of English Literature (4, 4) The Short Story (4) Professional and Technical From Beowulf to 1900: Eng 204, Beowulf to A survey of the short story as it developed from Milton; Eng 205, Enlightenment through Victo- the tale, the legend, and the anecdote to its Writing. Students typically will com- rian period. modern form. Although fiction from many litera- plete 16 core credits (4 courses), 16 elec- Eng 253, 254 tures will be studied, all works will be read in tive credits (4 courses), and 16 credits (4 Survey of American Literature (4, 4) English. courses) in a specialization that may American literature from its beginnings to the Eng 317 involve coursework in another discipline present. Greek Mythology (4) (e.g., Management, Marketing, Informa- *Eng 256 Greek mythology as recorded by Homer, tion Systems). Students will be required to Introduction to African-American Literature Hesiod, Ovid, and various of the Greek play- submit a final project in addition to com- (4) wrights and philosophers. Special attention is pleting their coursework. This project typi- An overview of African-American fiction, given to the Greek legacy of ideas, themes, fig- cally will be a portfolio of their work poetry, drama and expository prose. ures, and images. demonstrating competence at a profes- *Eng 260 Eng 318 Introduction to Women’s Literature (4) The Bible As Literature (4) sional level, but with adviser approval, may Introduction to the texts and contexts of A study of the various kinds of literature con- be a single, substantive work. Note that women’s literature. tained in the Bible. An analysis of the ways in core courses include Management 550, Eng 300 which the Biblical expression reflects the cul- Organizational Management, which is Critical Approaches to Literature (4) tural and historical milieu of the Hebraic-Chris- offered through the School of Business Study of analytical and evaluative methods tian experience. Administration. Electives include seminars through application of critical theories to literary *Eng 319 and workshops on a variety of topics. Writ- works. Recommended for, but not restricted to, Northern European Mythology (4) ers are encouraged to supplement their core English majors. Prerequisite: upper-division A study of Nordic (Germanic) and Celtic myths, courses in creative writing with electives standing and 8 credits in literature. their literary development, and fusion with from creative writing, nonfiction writing, Eng 306 Christian themes in Arthurian romance and Beowulf. or literature. Adviser-approved courses Topics in Literature and Popular Culture (4) Study of a variety of expressive forms in relation from outside the department may also Eng 320, 321 to popular culture. Such topics as Detective English Novel (4, 4) count as electives. Fiction, Film, American Humor, and Frontier The English novel, from its beginnings to the Literature. present. COURSES *Eng 307 *Eng 351, 352 Science Fiction (4) African-American Literature (4, 4) Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Study of recent science fiction, both novels and A study of African-American literature from its offered every year. shorter fiction by American, European and other oral and folk beginnings to the present. writers. Prerequisites: Eng 256 or BSt 221 and upper- *Eng 100 Introduction to Literature (4) Eng 308 division standing. Introduction to the study of short stories, plays, Cultural Studies in Literature (4) Eng 364, 365 poems, and essays. Includes representative Study of a variety of cultural and historical American Fiction (4, 4) approaches for studying literature and writing issues as they appear in literary texts. Such American narrative, short story, and novel, with about it. Recommended especially for students topics as Literature of the Holocaust, the Litera- emphasis upon the major novelists of the 19th with no previous college-level coursework in lit- ture of Aging, and the Immigrant Experiences in and early 20th centuries. erature. Credit for Eng 100 will not be allowed if American Literature. Eng 371 student has previously taken more than one liter- Eng 309 The Novel (4) ature course. No prerequisites. American Indian Literature (4) The novel as a literary form, exemplified by Eng 104 An introductory survey of traditional and recent works written in languages other than English. Introduction to Fiction (4) literature by American Indian people. Poetry, Eng 384, 385 Reading, analysis, and appreciation of signifi- legends, myths, oratory, short stories, and nov- Contemporary Literature (4, 4) cant works of fiction, especially short stories, els, as well as background (historical and politi- Prose, poetry, and drama from contemporary with emphasis on the fiction writer’s craft. cal) materials. world literatures. Eng 105 Eng 311 Eng 399 Introduction to Drama (4) Tragedy (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Reading, analysis, and appreciation of signifi- A study of the nature of tragedy in world Eng 401/501 cant works of drama, from classical times to the literature. Research (Credit to be arranged.) present. Eng 312 Eng 404/504 Eng 106 Comedy and Satire (4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Introduction to Poetry (4) Study of drama and other literature that be arranged.) Reading, analysis, and appreciation of signifi- expresses comic social judgment, either to sati- Eng 405/505 cant poems, how they are written and how they rize or to celebrate. Reading and Conference (Credit to be speak to human concerns. *Eng 314 arranged.) *Eng 107, 108 The Epic (4) Consent of instructor. World Literature (4, 4) Reading in epic literature in the Western tradi- Eng 407 Narrative prose, drama, and poetry. Complete tion and world literature, beginning with the Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) books are included so that the student may Iliad and Odyssey. Consent of instructor. become familiar with some of the masterpieces Eng 315 Eng 408/508 in Western world literature. The Shorter Poem (4) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Eng 199 Shorter poems in world literature. Primary atten- Eng 409/509 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tion will be given to poems in the English lan- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) guage, but the classics of other languages will be Eng 201, 202 Eng 410/510 Shakespeare (4, 4) read in translation as appropriate to tracing of Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Study of the important plays: Eng 201, the early forms and themes. plays: Eng 202, the later plays. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 95

*Eng 411/511, 412/512 *Eng 443/543, 444/544 Eng 477/577, 478/578 English Drama (4, 4) British Women Writers (4, 4) American Poetry (4, 4) Development of English drama from the begin- Study of the works of British women writers Tradition and innovation in American poetry nings to Shaw. Eng 411/511, from liturgical with attention to themes, styles, and characteris- from the beginnings to the mid-20th century. drama through the Renaissance; Eng 412/512, tic concerns in the light of feminist criticism and Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. from the Restoration to Shaw. Prerequisite: 12 scholarship. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. Eng 480/580 credits in literature. Eng 260 recommended. Modern British Literature (4) Eng 413/513 *Eng 445/545, 446/546 Advanced historical survey of the main figures Teaching and Tutoring Writing (4) American Women Writers (4, 4) and movements in British literature 1900-1950. Examines current practices of tutoring and Study of American women writers, with atten- Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. teaching writing in all subject areas. Focuses on tion to themes, styles, and characteristic Eng 482/582 the process theory of writing to foster thinking concerns, in the light of feminist criticism and Contemporary British Literature (4) and learning in subject areas and the problems scholarship. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. The study of texts, authors, and trends in British and issues surrounding individual composing. Eng 260 recommended. literature from 1950 to the present. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: at least junior standing. Eng 447/547 12 credits in literature. Eng 414/514 Major Forces in Literature (4) *Eng 484/584 Contemporary Composition Theories (4) A study of literary forms, theories, and move- Modern Drama (4) Examines theories of composition as they con- ments: i.e., The Comic Novel, Literature and Examines major European, English, and Ameri- flict and converge to form our prevailing theories Theology, Southern American Women Writers. can plays in the period 1880-1940. Prerequisite: of writing. Focuses on contemporary theories of Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. 12 credits in literature. composing written discourse. Prerequisite: at Eng 448/548 *Eng 485/585 least senior standing. Major Figures in Literature (4) Contemporary Drama (4) *Eng 415/515 Concentrated study of the canon of one or more Examines major developments in world drama Research Methods in Composition (4) major writers: for example, Chaucer, The Bron- since World War II. Prerequisite: 12 credits in lit- Examines current methodologies used in the tes, James Joyce, Hemingway and Fitzgerald. erature. field of composition and asks students to design Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. Eng 486/586 and implement a research project which will add Eng 450/550, 451/551 Contemporary American Novel (4) to the cumulative knowledge of the discipline. It Eighteenth Century Literature (4, 4) American novel since 1965, with emphasis upon serves as the foundation course in design and English prose and poetry from 1660-1800. traditions, themes and trends. Prerequisite: 12 implementation of qualitative research. Prerequi- Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. credits in literature. site: at least senior standing. Eng 458/558, 459/559 Eng 487/587 *Eng 420/520 Literature of the Romantic Period (4, 4) Contemporary American Short Story (4) Caribbean Literature (4) The major writers of the period, with attention The American short story from mid-20th century A selection of poetry and fiction from the paid to the early romantics. Prerequisite: 12 to the present. Prerequisite: 12 credits in litera- English and French speaking Caribbean (in credits in literature. ture. translation where necessary). Prerequisites: One Eng 460/560, 461/561 previous African-American literature course and Eng 488/588 American Literature: Beginnings to 1865 Contemporary American Poetry (4) 12 additional literature credits. (4, 4) Study of significant trends in contemporary *Eng 421/521, 422/522 Advanced historical study of major figures and American poetry and poetics. Prerequisite: 12 African Fiction (4, 4) movements in American literature to 1865. Pre- credits in literature. Readings in African fiction in regional, cultural, requisite: 12 credits in literature. generational, and gender contexts. Prerequisites: Eng 490/590 Eng 463/563, 464/564 Rhetoric (4) One previous African-American literature course American Literature 1865-1955 An examination of classical and modern tradi- and 12 additional literature credits. (4, 4) tions in rhetoric with attention to central con- Eng 425/525 Advanced historical survey of major figures and cepts and perspectives on writing. Prerequisites: Practical Grammar (4) movements in American literature, 1865-1955. 12 credits in English, philosophy, speech, and/or Designed to enable students to understand, and Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. writing. therefore consciously to make effective, the Eng 467/567, 468/568 structures of their written sentences. The course Eng 491/591, 492/592 American Literature and Culture (4, 4) Literary Criticism (4, 4) examines grammatical categories, structures, Studies based on primary sources of American Study of the history, principles, and practice of and terminology; relationships between gram- literature and culture from Bradford’s History of literary criticism from Plato into the 20th cen- matical structures and punctuation; and prescrip- Plymouth to the present. The approach is the- tury. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. tive grammars for written texts. Prerequisites: matic rather than chronological. Prerequisite: 12 successful completion of 12 credits of English or credits in literature. Eng 494/594 writing. Topics in Critical Theory and Methods (4) Eng 474/574 A course in critical theories and techniques, to Eng 426/526, 427/527 Teaching High School Literature (4) complement offerings in literary history and tex- Medieval Literature (4, 4) Emphasizes methods and materials for the tual analysis. This course will focus on the criti- Eng 426: Old English literature (in translation); teacher of literature. Prerequisite: admission to cal or methodological topic selected by the Eng 427: Middle English literature (in transla- the School of Education. May not be used to sat- instructor. Recommended for advanced students tion if appropriate), in its European context. isfy any requirements for the B.A. or M.A. in in literature and theory. Prerequisite: 12 credits Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. English. in literature. Eng 430/530, 431/531 Eng 475/575, 476/576 Eng 503 Literature of the Renaissance (4, 4) Literature of the Victorian Period (4, 4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Emphasis on the prose and poetry of the period. Major Victorian writers in the context of the his- Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. tory, ideas, and culture of the period. 475/575: Eng 507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Eng 440/540, 441/541 Earlier Victorian Poetry and Prose-from the Variable topics. Graduate only or consent of Seventeenth Century Literature (4, 4) 1830s through the high Victorian period. 476/ instructor. At least one Eng 507 seminar is Cavalier and metaphysical poetry; the prose 576: Later Victorian Poetry and Prose-from the required of M.A. candidates in English. styles of the period. Prerequisite: 12 credits in 1870s through the 1890s and the early Edward- literature. ians. These courses include some fiction but do not emphasize the novel. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. 96 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Eng 517 into a written analysis of literature. Special sizes discussion of student work. Prerequisite: C Middle English (4) attention will be paid to the writing process, or above in Wr 213. May be repeated once for Introduction to Middle English language including multiple drafting and revision. credit. Consent of instructor required. through study of (largely nonChaucerian) 12th to *Wr 211 Wr 323 15th century literature in the original. Graduate Writing Practice (4) English Composition (3) only or consent of instructor. Writing Practice is a writing elective. Students Junior-level composition course. Advanced Eng 518 proceed at their own pace through an individual- study of rhetorical modes emphasizing exposi- College Composition Teaching (2) ized writing program that emphasizes the writ- tion and argument, giving special attention to Introduces and develops the theoretical and prac- ing process and revision. Class time is spent various methods of organization, to critical rea- tical expertise of the graduate teaching assistant writing and in conference. Prerequisite: Wr 121 soning, and to more sophisticated elements of in the area of college composition teaching. Pre- or Freshman Inquiry. style. The course will include the writing of requisite: appointment to teaching assistantship Wr 212 essays of increasing complexity. Prerequisite: in English Department. Introductory Fiction Writing (4) satisfactory completion of Wr 121 or Freshman *Eng 532, 533, 534 Introduces the beginning fiction writer to basic Inquiry. May not be used for fulfilling require- Old English (4, 4, 4) techniques of developing character, point of ments of any major program or for nonmajor 532: An introduction to the history and grammar view, plot, and story idea in fiction. Includes dis- distribution requirements. of Old English. 533: Old English translation, cussion of student work. Prerequisite: C or Wr 327 poetry, and prose. 534: Special attention to above in Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. Technical Report Writing (4) Beowulf in Old English. Prerequisite: Eng 532 is Wr 213 Strategies for presenting technical information prerequisite for Eng 533 or 534. Graduate only Introductory Poetry Writing (4) from the technician, management, and lay per- or consent of instructor. Introduces the beginning writer of poetry to son’s perspectives; rhetorical theory and tech- Eng 595 basic techniques for developing a sense of lan- niques for adapting technical prose to Contemporary Critical Theory (4) guage, meter, sound, imagery, and structure. nontechnical audiences; and techniques for Literary criticism in theory and practice in the Includes discussion of professional examples emphasizing and de-emphasizing information. 20th century. Graduate only or consent of and student work. Prerequisite: C or above in Wr Prerequisite: Wr 323. instructor. 121 or Freshman Inquiry. Wr 328 Eng 596 Wr 222 News Editing (4) Problems and Methods of Literary Study (5) Writing Research Papers (4) Preparation of written and visual materials for Bibliography and the methods of literary study An elective course. The techniques for compil- publication. Emphasis is on copyreading and as an introduction to graduate work: three hours ing and writing research papers. Attention to headline writing. Photo cropping and scaling, lecture and at least two additional hours of available reference materials, use of library, page design, and page make-up. Prerequisites: library research. Required for M.A. candidates taking notes, critical evaluation of evidence, and Wr 228 and Wr 323. in English. conventions for documenting academic papers. *Wr 329 Practice in organizing and writing a long exposi- Planning and Producing Publications (4) WRITING tory essay based on use of library resources. Pre- Managing the publishing needs of businesses, requisite: Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. May not governmental agencies, and nonprofit institu- COURSES be used to fulfill English major requirements, tions. Includes choosing technologies, budget- nonmajor distribution requirements, or the Uni- ing, selecting materials, scheduling, and Wr 115 Introduction to College Writing (4) versity composition requirement. distribution. Prerequisite: Wr 327. Course is designed to help students increase flu- Wr 227 Wr 330 ency and confidence in writing and learn conven- Introductory Technical Writing (4) Desktop Publishing I (4) tions of writing for college. Will also help Practical experience in forms of technical com- Integrates writing, design, and visual communi- students deal with college-level reading. Recom- munication, emphasizing basic organization and cation with computer technology, with emphasis mended as a companion to Freshman Inquiry for presentation of technical information. The on preparing students to produce a variety of those who need or want intensive work on read- course focuses on strategies for analyzing the shorter products combining writing and design ing and/or writing. Offered pass/no pass only. audience and its information needs. Prerequisite: elements. Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. May not be used Wr 121 Wr 333 English Composition (3) for the nonmajor distribution requirement or for Advanced Composition (4) Freshman-level composition course. A study of the composition requirement. Essay writing with particular attention to stu- effective and appropriate communication. Wr 228 dent’s area of specialization. Advanced practice Includes frequent writing assignments and other News Writing (4) in essay writing. Prerequisite: Freshman Inquiry activities designed to help the student understand A basic course in journalistic writing style. or two writing courses. the writing process, with special attention to Emphasis on forms most appropriate to business Wr 399 invention, revision, and critical reading. Recom- and institutional communications. Prerequisite: Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) mended for any student wanting additional writ- Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. Wr 404/504 ing experience and, in particular, any student Wr 312 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to intending to transfer from PSU. The Department Intermediate Fiction Writing (4) be arranged.) of English may do an in-class diagnostic test to Continues the study of fictional techniques intro- Wr 405/505 determine whether the student needs placement duced in Wr 212. Includes such advanced Writing and Conference (Credit to be in Wr 115 prior to work in instruction as variations on the classic plot, com- arranged.) Consent of instructor. Wr 121. plex points of view, conventions of genre, and Wr 407/507 Wr 199 development of ideas for future use. Emphasizes Writing Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) discussion of student work. Prerequisite: C or Consent of instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. above in Wr 212. May be repeated once for Wr 410/510 credit. Consent of instructor required. Wr 200 Selected Topics in Writing (Credit to be Writing About Literature (4) Wr 313 arranged.) Introduces students to appropriate approaches Intermediate Poetry Writing (4) Wr 412/512 for writing about literature. Focuses on ways of Continues the study of poetry writing techniques Advanced Fiction Writing (4) responding to literature, ways of explicating lit- introduced in Wr 213. Includes additional Further refines technical skills by demanding erature, ways of analyzing literature through instruction in poetic forms, variations on tradi- longer and more ambitious works of fiction by writing, and ways of integrating formal research tional forms, and experimental forms. Empha- the advanced writer. Students will have an opportunity to do research and can expect to C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 97

confront a variety of technical problems emerg- Wr 430/530 Wr 554 ing from class discussion. Prerequisite: Wr 312. Desktop Publishing II (4) Writing About Events (4) Consent of instructor required. Builds from the foundation in Desktop Publish- Examines theories, methodologies, and issues ing I to explore further the skills needed to pro- involved with writing about events. Topics Wr 416/516 duce publications in the computer age. Topics include strategies for writing about history and Screenwriting (4) Students will be introduced to the process of include typography, page layout, photography, strategies for relating current events through var- conceiving, structuring, writing, rewriting, and and informational graphics, with a special ious forms of journalism. This course focuses on marketing a screenplay for the contemporary emphasis on hands-on project production of a writing to foster inquiry into topical issues in American marketplace. “Screenplay paradigms” 12-page newsletter or magazine. nonfiction. Following an introduction to appro- will be discussed, and a variety of movies will be Wr 472/572 priate theories and methodologies, the course analyzed. May be repeated for credit. Teaching High School Composition (4) centers on writing and response to the chosen Emphasizes methods and materials for the form in a workshop atmosphere. May be Wr 420/520 teacher of writing. Prerequisite: admission to the repeated for credit. Writing: Process and Response (4) Provides opportunities for students to write in School of Education. May not be used to satisfy Wr 555 various genres. Includes language attitudes, writ- any requirement for the B.A. or M.A. in English. Writing About Ideas (4) ing process, and reader response. Prerequisite: Wr 513 Focuses on writing to foster inquiry into topical one upper-division writing course. Fiction Writing (4) issues in nonfiction, whether scientific, philo- An intensive course for writers who are currently sophical, or ethical. Following an introduction to Wr 425/525 embarked on a project involving the writing of appropriate theories and methodologies, the Advanced Technical Writing (4) course centers on writing and response to the Emphasis on a problem-solving approach to fiction, whether short story, novella, or novel. chosen form in a workshop atmosphere. May be adapting technical documents to audiences and Prerequisites: Wr 212, 312, 412 or their equiva- repeated for credit. organizations. The course includes strategies of lents. Consent of instructor required. organization for complex technical documents, Wr 514 such as proposals and professional articles; strat- Poetry Writing (4) egies for discussing tables and figures; and the Traditional workshop format in which students use of metaphor to communicate technical infor- write, revise, and respond to the poems of others. mation to lay audiences. Prerequisite: Wr 327. May be repeated for credit. *Wr 426/526 Wr 515 Document Design (4) Poetry Writing II (4) Emphasis on rewriting documents and on the Advanced poetry writing at the graduate level. uses and abuses of language in business, govern- Builds on Wr 514, assumes students will submit ment, insurance, and law. Characterizes the Plain their work for publication. Traditional workshop English Movement and its legislation; to evalu- format in which students write, revise, and ate documents in terms of readability and effi- respond to the poems of others. May be repeated ciency; to analyze styles of documents; and to for credit. Prerequisite: Wr 514. develop skills in revising documents to improve Wr 552 their readability and appropriateness to the audi- Writing About Lives (4) ence. Prerequisite: Wr 327. Examines theories, methodologies, and issues of Wr 427/527 composing personal narrative throughout the life Technical Editing (4) span. Forms to be considered may include: biog- Gives technical writers practice in technical edit- raphy, autobiography, memoir, the personal ing by exposing them to samples of a variety of essay, and the recording and transcribing of oral documents from the files of organizations in the narrative. Following an introduction to appropri- surrounding community. As a community-based ate theories and methodologies, the course learning course, it requires students to interact focuses on writing and response to the chosen with community partners in collaborative stu- form in a workshop atmosphere. May be dent teams. repeated for credit. Wr 428/528 Wr 553 Advanced News Writing (4) Writing About Places (4) A course in writing and marketing freelance Examines theories, methodologies, and issues nonfiction. Attention given to idea generation involved with writing about place. Topics and development as well as to the study of the include strategies for writing about place ranging scope and nature of the markets. Writing instruc- from travel writing to nature writing, from tradition focuses on shaping materials to best suit tional journalistic approaches to creative nonfic- appropriate market outlets. Prerequisite: tion. Following an introduction to appropriate Wr 328. theories and methodologies and examination of professional models, this course centers on writ- *Wr 429/529 Writing Computer Documentation (4) ing and response to the chosen form in a work- Develop skills in writing computer documenta- shop atmosphere. May be repeated for credit. tion, primarily user manuals and system specifications. The course focuses on analyzing informational needs of the audience, and defining and explaining computer terms and concepts for non-technical and semi-technical audiences. Prerequisites: Wr 327, ISQA 111 or CS 105 or equivalent, word processing skills. 98 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

218 Science Building II Studies major requirements, whether taken Science courses 725-4980 in the program or in other departments, Anth 102, 350 www.esr.pdx.edu/ must be graded C- or above. Program Bi 357, 423, 470, 472, 475, 477 requirements are listed below. Ch 320, 331-332, 334-336, 371, 375 Geog 270, 415 482, 488 B.A., B.S. Credits G 443, 460, 461 M.S., M.E.M., M.S.T. ESR 150 Environmental Studies Orientation. . .1 Ph 202, 205, 203, 206, 471, 492 Ph.D. ESR 160 Introduction to Environmental Stat 366 Systems ...... 4 ESR 201 Applied Environmental Studies: Minor Course of Study. Each stu- UNDERGRADUATE Policy Considerations ...... 4 dent in the Environmental Studies program PROGRAM IN ESR 202 Applied Environmental Studies: must complete a minor in one of the partic- ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Problem Solving ...... 4 ipating programs. Policy-related minors ESR 320, 321 Analysis of Environmental include Anthropology, Business Adminis- The Environmental Studies Program allows Systems I, II ...... 8 tration, Community Development, Eco- students to develop the skills and interdis- ESR 322 Environmental Risk Assessment . . . .4 nomics, Geography, History, Political ciplinary understanding needed to deal ESR 407 Environmental Seminar ...... 3 Science, and Sociology. Science-related ESR 420-427 Advanced Environmental Topics.4 minors include Biology, Chemistry, Envi- with environmental issues. Environmental Internship or capstone course...... 4-6 studies includes the interaction of natural ronmental Engineering, Geology, Mathe- and social sciences needed to understand Total 36-38 matics, and Physics. Minor requirements, environmental systems. The program offers Students must complete the foundation including special departmental recommen- degree tracks in environmental science and courses listed below. All foundation dations to environmental studies students, in environmental policy. Students should courses should be completed before a stu- are available from the Environmental Sci- consult with a program adviser to assure dent enrolls in the upper-division sequence ences and Resources office. Minor program proper course planning. (ESR 320, 321, 322). requirements include a minimum of 24 The B.A./B.S. degrees in environmental credits. studies rest on an interdisciplinary curricu- Foundation Courses Credit Requirements for a Minor in Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology ...... 15 Environmental Studies. To obtain a lum that develops understanding and Ch 221, 222, 223, 227, 228 General expertise in environmental science and Chemistry ...... 14 minor in environmental studies a student environmental policy by building on a Ec 201 Microeconomics ...... 4 must complete at least 28 credits (at least foundation in mathematics, natural sci- G 201, 204 Geology...... 4 12 of which must be taken in residence at ences, and social sciences. The requirement Mth 251, 252 Calculus I, II ...... 8 PSU). At least 4 credits each in biological of earning a minor in a recognized depart- Stat 243, 244 Introduction to Probability and science, physical sciences (physics, chem- ment assures depth in a particular area. The Statistics or Stat 460 Statistics for Scientists istry, geology), economics, and Mth 241 or curriculum emphasizes problem solving and Engineers ...... 4-8 251 are expected before admission to the and hands-on experience. Students com- Ph 201, 204 or Ph 211, 214 General Physics. . .5 minor. plete field experiences working on projects Total 54-58 Credits in the University, metropolitan commu- Science and Policy Tracks. Stu- ESR 201 Applied Environmental Studies: nity, and region. Science and Policy ...... 4 dents must complete 20 credits of support- The Environmental Studies Program ESR 320, 321 Analysis of Environmental ing courses in science and policy. Students cooperates with several departments and Systems I, II ...... 8 in the environmental science track must centers, including the departments of ESR 322 Environmental Risk Assessment. . . . .4 select at least 12 credits of additional sci- Anthropology, Biology, Chemistry, Civil Upper-division environmental policy courses . .4 ence courses and at least 8 credits of addi- Upper-division environmental sciences Engineering, Economics, Geography, tional policy courses from the lists below. courses...... 8 Geology, History, Mathematics, Physics, Students in the environmental policy track Political Science, Sociology; the Center for Environmental policy courses (mini- must select at least 12 credits of additional Science Education; and the Schools of mum 4 credits) include selected upper-divi- policy courses and at least 8 credits of addi- Business Administration and Urban Stud- sion courses from programs in economics, tional science courses from the lists below. ies and Planning. geography, history, philosophy, political Requirements for Major. In addi- Policy Courses science, sociology, and urban studies and tion to satisfying general University Anth 103, 304, 305 planning. Environmental sciences courses requirements (45 credits), a student major- Ec 202, 432 (minimum 8 credits) include selected Geog 345, 347, 348 ing in environmental studies must complete upper-division courses from programs in Hst 339, 441 biology, chemistry, geography, geology, at least 36 credits of environmental studies Phl 202, 310 courses and must meet program require- physics, and public health. A list of PS 215, 221 approved courses is available from the ments for foundation courses (43 credits), Soc 200, 341, 420, 465 courses supporting the policy or science USP 311, 312, 313 Environmental Programs Office. track (20 credits), and courses in a minor Courses taken under the undifferenti- area of study (at least 24 credits). All ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not courses used to satisfy the Environmental be accepted toward fulfilling minor C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 99

requirements. Courses with omnibus num- MASTER OF SCIENCE, including course work in hydrology, bers 401, 404, 405, 406, and 407 are not MASTER OF ENVIRONMENTAL water quality chemistry, and aquatic allowed for the minor. Additional courses MANAGEMENT biology. may be required as prerequisites. The graduate study program is developed ■ Land Resources—coursework on the through discussions involving the graduate analysis of lands and landscapes based GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN student, the student's adviser, and the stu- on soils, underlying geology, and terres- dent's graduate committee. The M.S. or trial vegetation, including course work ENVIRONMENTAL M.E.M graduate committee consists of at SCIENCES AND in geographic information systems and least four members including the major terrestrial ecosystem ecology. RESOURCES adviser, two graduate faculty members, and Elective Courses. Elective courses a representative of the Office of Graduate are to be defined in the student's program The Environmental Sciences and Studies and Research. The major adviser of study, and agreed upon by the student’s Resources (ESR) graduate program pro- and at least one of the other two graduate adviser and graduate committee. Courses vides a curriculum that will develop scien- faculty members of the graduate committee may be selected to provide additional back- tists and managers able to analyze and must be members of the graduate faculty ground, to explore new areas, and to add understand environmental systems, predict affiliated with ESR master’s programs. At depth to a scholastic program. environmental change and participate in least two members of the graduate commit- Thesis or Project. A central pur- the management of the environment. Each tee, excluding the representative of OGSR, pose of the M.S. and M.E.M. degree is to student conducts research and completes a must be from different departments. The teach students the process of problem solv- thesis or project; each student develops intent of these requirements is to provide ing and research. A minimum of 6 credits is depth in a specific academic area; and each disciplinary breadth on the committee. The required. Students working toward the student develops breadth through a set of graduate committee must be approved by M.S. degree will be required to complete core courses that include concepts in physi- the ESR Director. original research leading to a thesis, that cal sciences, life sciences, and social sci- To encourage the development of complies with standards established by the ences. ESR participates in the joint campus interdisciplinary graduate study programs, Office of Graduate Studies and Research. program in environmental sciences, stud- guidelines for course selection are flexible. Students working toward the M.E.M. ies, and policy in collaboration with Students must complete at least 45 gradu- degree will be required to complete a Oregon State University and the University ate credits. The program of study consists project in lieu of a thesis. This project is of of the following minimum credit expected to be the product of original work Oregon. Students may take appropriate requirements. courses at the other participating in an agency, organization, or firm involved campuses. Credits in environmental management activities. ESR 620, 621, 622 Environmental Science . . . .9 The project plan, approach, and project ESR 607 Seminar (three terms) ...... 3 report must be approved by the advisory MASTER’S PROGRAMS Advanced statistical analysis (selected from program list) ...... 3 committee in a manner parallel to that for Admission requirements. In addi- Area of concentration...... 15 thesis research. The project report must be tion to the instructions for admission to the Elective and supporting courses...... 6-9 presented at a public seminar to be fol- graduate program as they appear on Thesis/project...... 6-9 lowed by an oral defense of the work con- page 47, ESR master’s programs require Quantitative Analysis. A course ducted by the student’s graduate the following information from each appli- in research methods, experimental design, committee. cant. or statistical analysis, is required to ensure MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 1. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate students have sufficient skills for environ- TEACHING Record Examination (GRE) aptitude test. mental research. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences A satisfactory score on the Test of English Areas of Concentration offers the M.S.T. degree in science/envi- as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is (Tracks). Sets of courses that constitute ronmental science. The M.S.T. program in required for international students. an area of concentration have been estab- science/environmental science is offered 2. Three letters of evaluation from per- lished within the ESR graduate program to jointly by the Environmental Sciences and sons qualified to assess the applicant’s give focus to study and research. Areas of Resources program and the Center for Sci- promise as a graduate student. concentration for M.S. students consist of ence Education. In consultation with the at least 15 credits of graduate course work 3. Evidence of undergraduate or graduate graduate adviser, the student should estab- (courses numbered 500 and above) in areas lish the degree program before the comple- course work in biology, chemistry, eco- which the student’s adviser and graduate nomics, geology, physics, and mathemat- tion of 15 credits of coursework. The committee recommend to support planned program must include a minimum of 45 ics (including differential and integral thesis research work. Areas of concentra- calculus). credits in approved graduate courses, to tion for M.E.M. students consist of at least include a minimum of 24 credits in the area Prospective students should contact the 15 credits approved by the student’s of concentration. At least 9 credits, but no program for a statement of current admis- adviser and graduate committee in one of more than 15 credits, must be in education sion policy. A high GPA and acceptable the areas described below. Lists of courses. In order to fulfill requirements for GRE scores do not guarantee admission to approved courses are available from the the degree, the student must satisfactorily master’s programs in Environmental Sci- ESR office. complete the degree programs and pass ences and Resources, because admission is ■ Air Resources—coursework in the both a final written examination and a final contingent on the availability of program chemistry and physics of the atmo- oral examination. Specific requirements for resources and the identification of an sphere, including trace gas chemistry, the M.S.T. in science/environmental sci- appropriate adviser for each student. the movement of air masses, climatol- ence follow. Degree Requirements. University ogy and topics related to air pollutants. master’s degree requirements are listed on ■ Water Resources—coursework con- page 56. Specific degree program require- cerning the distribution, quantity, and ments are listed below. quality of surface and ground water, 100 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Required courses: Credits the program itself and a successful career ■ Dissertation. The student must sub- ESR 620, 621, 622 Environmental Science . . . .9 in environmental sciences or resources. mit a prospectus outlining a proposed ESR 607 Seminar (three terms) ...... 3 Admission. Applicants for admis- research project suitable for the doc- ESR 570 Environmental Education ...... 3 sion to the ESR Doctoral Program nor- toral dissertation in environmental sci- Advanced statistical analysis (selected from mally will be expected to have completed ences and resources. This is done under program list) ...... 3 Graduate level science courses selected from an undergraduate degree with a major in the guidance of the student’s major biology, chemistry, geology, and physics biology, chemistry, civil engineering, geol- adviser and is approved by the disserta- (Selected courses in geography and public ogy, or physics. The ESR Program director tion committee and the ESR Coordinat- health may be substituted with the approval of will therefore require an evaluation of the ing Committee. The research for the the adviser and program director.) ...... 12 applicant’s academic record by the depart- dissertation is conducted under the Select one of the following options: ment in which the applicant intends to guidance of the student’s dissertation Environmental Education Research Option obtain advanced academic training. Admis- committee. After the dissertation is EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research sion to the program requires that the complete and after advancement to can- and Data Analysis I ...... 3 department find the applicant prepared to didacy (see below), a final oral exami- Select at least 6 credits from:...... 6 undertake study at the doctoral level. Ques- nation will be conducted, open to the EPFA 512, 513 Principles of Educational tions about specific procedures of evalua- public, within the subject area of the Research and Data Analysis II, III tion should be directed to the department dissertation. EPFA 515 Educational Measurement through which the applicant seeks admis- Advancement to Candidacy. As CI 641 Research and Practice in Teaching sion to the program. Applicants may also soon as the student has successfully com- and Learning obtain, upon request, a list of faculty pleted the course, language, and compre- ESR 503 Thesis ...... 6 research interests hensive examination requirements and has or in which dissertation research can be had the dissertation prospectus approved, Environmental Education Curriculum pursued. the student is recommended for advance- Development Option Advising. Prior to initial registration ment to candidacy for the degree of Doctor CI 566 Curriculum Construction ...... 3 each admitted student should obtain infor- of Philosophy. This recommendation is Select at least 6 credits from:...... 6 mation from the appropriate department on approved by the Vice Provost for Graduate CI 512 Teaching and Learning CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education the following subjects: Studies. CI 567 Curriculum and Culture 1. Scheduling of diagnostic examinations Financial Support. There are a CI 640 Principles of Teaching and Learning (if any). limited number of teaching assistantships ESR 504 Cooperative education/internship . . . .6 2. Advising procedures prior to selection and research assistantships available. The of research adviser. student should contact the appropriate Total 45 department about the availability of these Students seeking degrees in the curricu- 3. Procedure for selection of research positions. lum development option may elect to sub- adviser. Withdrawal. Any student who stitute courses required to obtain the PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS ceases to be enrolled for more than one continuing secondary teaching license. In addition to the requirements listed under academic term without formal leave of Approval of the ESR program director, the General Requirements for Doctoral absence will be assumed to have with- Graduate School of Education, and the Degrees, page 53, each student must com- drawn from the degree program and will be director of educational licensing is plete the following: formally dropped from it. Students who fail required. to make satisfactory progress toward the Course Requirements Credits degree may be dropped from the program. ESR Program ...... PH.D PROGRAM The student can be readmitted only by The Environmental Sciences and ESR 620, 621, 622 ...... 9 ESR 607 (six terms) ...... 6 formal application, subject to all current Resources (ESR) Doctoral Program pro- admission requirements. In addition, com- vides an opportunity for the student inter- 15 pletion of the degree will be subject to the ested in studies of the environmental Departmental Dissertation (minimum) ...... 27 student’s meeting all current degree sciences and resources to engage in rele- requirements. vant research while acquiring advanced Total (minimum) 42 Leave of Absence. Under special academic training in one of the cooperating In addition to the above general require- circumstances, requests for a leave of departments—biology, chemistry, civil ments, each student will be required to absence may be approved. engineering, geology, or physics. One of complete that coursework necessary to the goals of the program is to provide a indicate competence at the graduate level broadly based understanding of the fields COURSES of the appropriate department(s). These of environmental science coupled with sci- courses will be recommended by the stu- entific training in one or more specialty Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not dent’s dissertation committee and approved offered every year. areas. Students are encouraged to engage in by the ESR Coordinating Committee. research programs which cross the bound- ESR 150 ■ Other Requirements. Prior to Environmental Studies Orientation (1) aries between disciplines. The student will advancement to candidacy, a student Introduction to environmental information using follow a program of study and research must have taken advisory committee- computer and library resources. Introduction to approved by the ESR Coordinating Com- approved courses in Statistics and Com- program planning and professional preparation. mittee. The graduating student will be puter Programming Language. ESR 160 awarded a degree in environmental sci- Introduction to Environmental Systems (4) ■ Comprehensive Examination. ences and resources. Introduction to the structure and function of ter- These examinations are administered by The following procedures are designed restrial, aquatic, and atmospheric systems, the student’s major department. The to assure both the student and the faculty including the human actions that affect them. student should contact that department that the student is qualified to pursue both Includes a lab section that introduces basic quan- for information. titative techniques for collecting and analyzing C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 101

data from environmental systems; 2 lecture peri- ESR 401 ESR 503 ods, one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: ESR 150 (may Research (Credit to be arranged.) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) be taken concurrently). Consent of instructor and program director. All aspects of research and thesis writing for master’s students. ESR 199 ESR 404 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ESR 504 be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ESR 201 be arranged.) Applied Environmental Studies: Science and ESR 405 Policy Considerations (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be ESR 505 Introduction to environmental laws and the regu- arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be lations promulgated under them. Includes an Pass/no pass only. arranged.) examination of the genesis of these laws (e.g., ESR 407 Pass/no pass only. NEPA, Clean Air and Water Acts, RCRA, Environmental Seminar (1) ESR 507 Endangered Species Act) and their history of Weekly seminar series involving student-led dis- Seminar (1) compliance and violation. Prerequisite: ESR cussion of topical environmental issues. May be Weekly seminar series on topical environmental 160. repeated for up to 3 credits. issues. May be repeated for up to 3 credits. ESR 202 ESR 410 ESR 510 Applied Environmental Studies: Preparation Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) for Problem Solving (4) Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. Environmental sampling, sampling design, and ESR 420/520 ESR 570 measurement in relation to the sophomore field Ecological Toxicology (4) Environmental Education (3) experience (ESR 203). Prerequisites: ESR 160, Effects of environmental contaminants at the Overview of the purpose and scope of environ- ESR 201; Stat 243 recommended. individual, population, and ecosystem level. mental education. Provides an educational *ESR 203 Topics will include toxicity test methods, envi- framework and examples of the variety of sites Applied Environmental Studies: Project (4) ronmental fate of contaminants, and the physio- where environmental education is practiced. Project work involving work with an environ- logical and ecological effects of selected heavy Specific examples of teaching strategies, materi- mental agency, industry, service, or research metals, chlorinated organics, and pesticides. als, and methods will be presented. Students will organization. Prerequisite: ESR 202. ESR 424/524 be expected to carry out a site-based project utilizing some of the materials developed in class. ESR 320 Wetland Ecology (4) Structure and function of wetland ecosystems, Analysis of Environmental Systems I (4) The Environmental Sciences and Resources Doc- Structure and function of environmental sys- with an emphasis on the diversity of regional wetland systems. Topics also include wetland toral Program consists of graduate courses tems, with an emphasis on physical processes available through the Departments of Biology, and environmental system dynamics. Includes a soils, plants, and hydrologic setting and requirements for wetland delineation. Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Geology, and laboratory section using quantitative techniques Physics that are approved by the student’s advi- for conceptualizing and analyzing environmental ESR 425/525 sory committee. processes; 3 hours lecture, one 3-hour lab. Pre- Watershed Hydrology (4) requisites: Mth 241 or 251, and four credits each Study of the movement and storage of water in ESR 601 in biology, chemistry, and physics or geology. watersheds, emphasizing physical processes. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Research that is not normally part of the thesis. ESR 321 Includes systems analysis of watersheds, precip- Analysis of Environmental Systems II (4) itation, snowmelt, infiltration, evapotranspira- ESR 603 Introduction to the structure and function of tion, groundwater flow, streamflow generation, Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) All aspects of thesis including thesis research environmental systems with an emphasis on eco- open channel flow, hydrograph analysis and an and writing the dissertation. logical processes and human impacts. Includes a introduction to watershed hydrologic modeling. laboratory focusing on the use of quantitative Prerequisites: Mth 252, Ph 201, Stat 244; recom- ESR 604 techniques for whole system analysis; 3 hours mended: ESR 320. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) lecture, one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: ESR 320. ESR 426/526 ESR 605 ESR 322 Ecology of Streams and Rivers (4) Evaluation of streams and rivers from an ecosys- Reading and Conference (Credit to be Environmental Risk Assessment (4) arranged.) Overview of risk assessment applied to environ- tem perspective, including stream development, biological communities, ecological processes, Scholarly examination of literature including mental problems, including the impact assess- discussion between student and professor. ment process, application of cost-benefit and methods of assessment as applied to evalua- analysis, hazard identification, risk characterization of common environmental problems. ESR 607 tion, risk assessment, and risk management. Pre- Seminar (1) ESR 427/527 Environmental Sciences Seminar. Consent of requisites: Ec 201, ESR 201, ESR 321. Terrestrial Biogeochemistry (4) instructor. Pass/no pass only. ESR 355 Study of the chemistry of terrestrial ecosystems, Understanding the Environment (4) emphasizing physical processes and quantitative ESR 610 Study of the scientific and ecological principles modeling. Mechanisms of atmospheric input; Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) that govern human interactions with the physical rock weathering and soil development; cycling ESR 620, 621, 622 and biological systems of the earth, with empha- of minerals, carbon and nutrients in terrestrial Environmental Science (3, 3, 3) sis on the role of energy. Ecosystem properties, ecosystems; and impacts of management on bio- A course in fundamental aspects of science and earth system properties, human population geochemical processes in watershed-based eco- technology as they relate to environmental prob- dynamics, and the roles of technological and eth- systems. Prerequisites: Bi 253, Ch 223, Mth 252; lems. Primarily for students in the graduate pro- ical decisions. Recommended: ESR 320, Mth 256. gram in Environmental Sciences and Resources. * Prerequisites: graduate standing in science; ESR 356 ESR 450 major’s level introductory courses in biology, Understanding Environmental Conservation Case Studies in Environmental Problem (4) Solving (6) chemistry, civil engineering, geology, and phys- Introduction to the concepts and principles nec- Evaluation of selected cases of environmental ics, or equivalent. essary to understand the complex relationship problems, including field studies and project between humans and environmental conserva- work with government and private agencies. Pre- tion. Topics will include human impacts on natu- requisites: ESR 320, 321, 322. ral ecosystems, urbanization, conservation of ESR 501 resources, and ecosystem restoration. Not Research (Credit to be arranged.) intended for science majors. Consent of instructor and program director. ESR 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 102 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

393 Neuberger Hall Studies; for the certificates in European, second-year proficiency requirement. Such 725-3522 Latin-American, and Middle East Studies; students may not enroll in first- or second- www-adm.pdx.edu/user/fll/ for the International Business Studies Cer- year courses in the language in which they tificate; and for certain other degree received their secondary education, nor B.A.ÐÐConcentration in one or options. Most candidates for graduate earn credit by examination for such more of the following lan- degrees at PSU must also demonstrate courses. (Some programs extend this guages: Chinese, French, Ger- competence at this level, but in reading restriction to enrollment in third-year man, Japanese, Russian, or knowledge only. language courses. Please consult the Spanish Proficiency at the second-year level department.) MinorÐÐConcentration in Chi- may be demonstrated in the following Three-year Programs: Profi- nese, French, German, Japa- ways: ciency Requirement for Interna- nese, Russian, or Spanish 1. Students with no previous knowledge tional Studies and for Foreign Certificate in Teaching Japanese of the foreign language are advised to Language Minors. Each language pro- as a Foreign Language complete first and second year in the lan- gram determines the proficiency level Secondary Education Program guage of their choice (through course 203). which is expected for graduation with a M.A.ÐÐForeign Language: 2. Students who already possess the nec- major in International Studies, or with a French, essary ability may demonstrate profi- minor in a foreign language; this level is German, or Spanish ciency by: also a condition for formal acceptance into M.A.ÐÐForeign Literature and a. Registering in a course numbered 203 a major program in a foreign Language: primary languagesÐÐ or higher, and completing it with a grade language. French, German, Spanish; sec- of at least C- (or Pass). Note: Departmen- The three-year requirement may be met ondary languagesÐÐFrench, Ger- tal courses taught in English, such as lit- by examination only. The student will be man, erature in translation and certain given an oral interview by an examiner, a Japanese, Russian, or Spanish linguistics courses are not acceptable for brief writing test, and a test of listening and this purpose. reading comprehension. The expected per- b. Taking an examination, for credit: formance level will vary by language, UNDERGRADUATE i. In French, German, or Spanish, the according to relative difficulty. Normal PROGRAMS only languages for which it is avail- preparation for the examination is two to able, by passing the national CLEP test three courses (8Ð12 credits, depending on The Department of Foreign Languages and (College-Level Examination Program, the language) at the third-year level (num- Literatures offers undergraduate major and see page 22 of this Bulletin) with a bered 300Ð399). Credit may be given for minor programs in Chinese, French, Ger- score of 64 or higher. This will earn a such an examination, if appropriate, for man, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish; and maximum of 15 credits for second-year those who did not receive equivalent credit non-degree, 2 or 3-year programs in the language. CLEP fees apply. Students who did not have the Advanced Place- through coursework (credit by exam fees above languages, as well as in Arabic, ment Program available to them in high apply). Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Latin, school may also meet the requirement Credit by Examination. Except as Portuguese, and Turkish. Other languages and earn credit by passing the AP test described above, the department does not may be offered from time to time. (available in French, German, or Span- give credit by examination for lower-divi- Two-Year Programs: Foreign ish) with an appropriate score. See sion or third-year courses. In special cases, Language Proficiency Require- page 22. credit by examination may be allowed for ment for the B.A. Degree. Two-year ii. In other languages currently taught fourth-year language (but not literature) language programs are designed to help the in the Department of Foreign Lan- courses. Please consult the department. student reach a designated proficiency in guages and Literatures, by passing a Placement in Language speaking a foreign language and an equiva- departmental examination with a score high enough for second-year level Courses. Students are encouraged to con- lent proficiency in listening and reading credit. A maximum of 15 credits may sult an adviser before placing themselves in comprehension. Each language program be earned through such an exam. Credit a language course. As a rule, those who determines what level is ordinarily reached by exam fees apply. have completed a minimum of two (prefer- after two years of foreign language study. c. Taking an examination, not for credit: ably three) years of high school language The average level will be higher in the In any language for which the Depart- should enter the second year at the univer- Indo-European languages than in Arabic, ment of Foreign Languages and Litera- sity level. Note: The language sequences Chinese, or Japanese, in which the pace of tures has a qualified examiner, the 101, 102, 103 (or 150, 151) and 201, 202, advancement for English speakers is some- student may demonstrate competence by 203 must be taken in order. Those who what slower. passing either a written or an oral test, at have received credit for any one of these PSU requires that all candidates for the the examiner’s option. There is no charge may not subsequently receive credit for any Bachelor of Arts degree demonstrate profi- for such a test, and no credit will be granted. of the lower-numbered courses. This also ciency at the second-year level in a foreign applies to transfer credits, or credits earned language. The same proficiency is also 3. Students who completed their second- by examination. required for the minor in International ary education in a language other than English are considered to have met the C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 103

Overseas and Intensive Pro- and literature and culture courses on the Japanese-area studies (literature, history, grams. Students of foreign languages are other. In addition, the student must com- anthropology, etc.) ...... 16 encouraged to improve their language plete twelve credits in related, advisor- TJFL Methods (Jpn 477, 478) ...... 8 skills by participating in one of the many approved courses outside the major, includ- All courses used to satisfy certificate study-abroad and overseas internship ing: one course in linguistics (such as Ling course requirements must be graded C- or opportunities offered through Portland 390 or a phonetics/linguistics course taught above. State and the Oregon State System of in the department); literature courses out- Higher Education. Programs ranging from side the major (chosen from English or SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM one term to a full academic year are avail- American literature or the literature of a Advisers: French, S. Walton; German, W. able in several foreign countries, including language other than that of the major); or Fischer; Japanese, P. Wetzel; Russian, S. China, Ecuador, France, Germany, Hun- related coursework in other departments Rosengrant; Spanish, G.T. Cabello gary, Japan, Mexico, Russia, and Spain (e.g. Art History, Geography, History, Students who wish to teach a foreign (see page 299 of this Bulletin for a compre- Music, Philosophy, Political Science). language in Oregon secondary schools hensive list). The Department of Foreign Total minimum: 52 credits, 20 of which must be admitted into the Graduate Teacher Languages and Literatures and the Univer- must be taken in residence in the depart- Education Program (GTEP) in Portland sity’s Office of International Education ment (i.e., excluding credits by examina- State’s Graduate School of Education and Services will counsel and assist students in tion, but including coursework taken in complete the requirements for an Oregon integrating their overseas experience with overseas programs in which the department Teaching License. Admission to GTEP as a their courses of academic study. participates). foreign-language specialist requires a In German, Portland State offers inten- Summary of requirements: bachelor’s degree in a foreign language sive summer work in its nationally famous Credits in language, literature, culture...... 40 taught in Oregon schools, and the recom- Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik. Adviser-approved courses outside the major mendation of the Department of Foreign Requirements for a Minor. To (to include linguistics)...... 12 Languages and Literatures. For other crite- earn a minor in Chinese, French, German, ria, please refer to the Graduate School of Japanese, Russian, or Spanish, students Total (minimum) 52 Education section of this Bulletin. must demonstrate proficiency in the lan- Before being recommended for the In order to be recommended by the guage (see above, under “Three-Year Pro- degree, a major in a foreign language will Department, the applicant must have: grams”) and have completed 20 upper- be expected to demonstrate proficiency in division credits (numbered 300 or above) the major language at a level designated by 1. Applied for admission to the Graduate in language, culture, or literature courses the particular language program. Teacher Education Program in the Gradu- taught in the minor language. In addition, Note: Candidates for a major in a for- ate School of Education (see page 191). they will have to complete one course in eign language must schedule their program 2. Completed a B.A. or B.S. which general linguistics (e.g. Ling 390, or a pho- with an adviser. includes coursework equivalent to the 52 netics or linguistics course taught in the All courses used to satisfy the depart- credits required for a major in one foreign Department of Foreign Languages and Lit- mental major requirements must be graded language at Portland State University. eratures). Total minimum: 24 credits, 12 of C or above (C- and P are not acceptable) 3. Have maintained a 3.00 GPA in the last which must be taken in residence in the with a minimum GPA of 2.50. 40 of the above 52 credits earned. department (i.e., excluding credits by Certificate in Teaching Japa- 4. Obtained an Oral Proficiency Rating of examination, but including coursework nese as a Foreign Language Advanced Plus or higher on the ACTFL taken in overseas programs in which the (TJFL). This program is designed to scale in French, German, or Spanish, or a department participates). familiarize participants with principles of rating of Intermediate High or better in Summary of requirements: instructional methods in teaching Japanese Russian. to speakers of languages whose orthogra- Credits in language, literature and culture . . . .20 The Department of Foreign Languages Linguistics requirement ...... 4 phy is not kanji-based. It will fit into the program of majors in a wide variety of and Literatures highly recommends that Total (minimum) 24 fields, including Japanese, education, lin- applicants earn upper-division credits in Note: Candidates for a minor in a for- guistics, speech, and the social sciences. their chosen language beyond the mini- eign language must schedule their program Candidates may enroll as postbaccalaure- mum of 52 required; that they spend time with an adviser. ate students or while completing under- in a relevant program abroad; and that their All courses used to satisfy the depart- graduate degree requirements in another coursework include as many of the follow- mental minor requirements must be graded field. ing fields as possible: Phonetics, General Linguistics, Applied Linguistics, C or above (C- and P are not acceptable), Admission requirements with a minimum GPA of 2.50. Culture and Civilization, Practicum, and 1. Admission to Portland State University Requirements for Majors: B.A. Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages. in a Foreign Language. At present the 2. Japanese proficiency at the ACTFL department accepts candidates for the “Intermediate High” level. Students whose GRADUATE degree of Bachelor of Arts in Chinese, proficiency is lower may be provisionally PROGRAMS French, German, Japanese, Russian, and admitted; they will need to study Japanese Spanish. Proficiency (see above, under while taking other courses in the certifi- On the graduate level, the Department of “Three-Year Programs”) is expected for cate program. Foreign Languages and Literatures offers formal admission into the program. Course requirements degree programs leading to the M.A. in A major in a foreign language must To qualify for the TJFL certificate, the stu- Foreign Language with a major in French, complete a minimum of 40 upper-division dent must complete the following adviser- German, or Spanish; and the M.A. in For- credits in the language (in courses num- approved coursework: eign Literature and Language, with a con- bered 300 and above). These credits should Theoretical and applied linguistics (through centration in two foreign languages and in be distributed as evenly as possible the departments of Foreign Languages or linguistics. between language courses on the one hand, Applied Linguistics) ...... 16 104 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

MASTER OF ARTS IN FOREIGN 3. Thesis option: Submit a thesis, writ- 3. In Linguistics and Methods: 12 gradu- LANGUAGE ten in either the foreign language or in ate credits chosen from: The M.A. in Foreign Language is a gradu- English, and pass a final examination in FL 598 Methods of Teaching Foreign ate degree with a major in French, German, accordance with University requirements. Languages or Spanish language and literature. It is Non-thesis option: Submit two Ling 597 Applied Linguistics available with a thesis and a non-thesis research papers in different adviser- Fr 594, 595 Romance Linguistics option. The thesis option is generally rec- approved subject areas, written either in Ger 594, 595 Germanic Linguistics ommended for students who intend eventu- the foreign language or in English, and FL 593 Language Proficiency Testing and ally to obtain a doctorate. The non-thesis pass a final written and oral examination. Teaching option is often appropriate for those who Other adviser-approved courses MASTER OF ARTS IN FOREIGN intend to use their M.A. coursework as Total 12 direct preparation for secondary-school LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE 4. In addition to the required coursework, language teaching or another career. Stu- The M.A. in Foreign Literature and Lan- the candidate will have to: dents should consult with their adviser to guage is a graduate degree with concentra- determine the best option. tion in a primary and a secondary language, a. Submit two research papers to the Admission to the Program. and linguistics. The primary language may graduate committee, one dealing with the primary, the other with the secondary Applicants for admission must meet the be French, German, or Spanish; the secondary language French, German, Japa- area. These may be written either in the University admissions requirements primary or secondary languages, respec- (page 47) as nese, Russian, or Spanish. Admission to the Program. tively, or in English. well as the following departmental b. Be rated in oral and written profi- requirements: Applicants for admission must meet the University admissions requirements ciency in the secondary language only. 1. A Bachelor of Arts degree or its equiva- Minimum proficiency level for French, (page 47), as well as the following addi- German, and Spanish: Advanced. For lent in the major language, with a mini- tional requirements: mum GPA of 3.00 in all coursework. Japanese and Russian: Intermediate 1. In the primary language: High. 2. Oral and written proficiency: Advanced c. Pass a final comprehensive written Plus on the ACTFL/ETS scale or 2+ on the a. Bachelor of Arts in the language with a 3.00 GPA in the literature courses, or and oral examination over coursework FSI scale. its equivalent as determined by the taken in the primary and secondary areas Degree Requirements. A candi- Department Graduate Committee; and and over the research papers. date for the Master of Arts in a Foreign b. Oral proficiency: Advanced Plus MASTER OF ARTS IN Language must: (ACTFL/ETS scale); written profi- TEACHING 1. Complete a minimum of 45 graduate ciency: Advanced Plus. The M.A.T. degree program, while credits, of which 30 must be taken in resi- 2. In the secondary language: Demonstra- designed especially for those who wish to dence after admission to the degree pro- tion of third-year proficiency. strengthen their preparation to teach gram. The 45 credits are to be distributed Degree Requirements. A mini- French, German, or Spanish in secondary as follows: mum of 60 credits, of which 40 must be schools and two-year colleges, is open to Thesis Option earned in residence, distributed among the anyone wishing to pursue graduate work in 560 Principles of Scholarly Research ...... 4 following areas: these languages. 551, 552, 553 (Poetry, Drama, Prose— 1. In the primary language: 28 graduate Admission to the Program. any two) ...... 8 credits to include: Applicants for admission must meet the FL 593 (Testing) or FL 598 (Methods) ...... 4 University admissions requirements 503 Thesis ...... 6-9 History of the Language 590 ...... 4 Principles of Scholarly Research 560 ...... 4 (page 47), as well as the following depart- Additional adviser-approved coursework mental requirements: (German must include Ger 554 Middle Eight credits chosen from courses numbered High German) ...... 20-23 551, 552, 553...... 8 1. A Bachelor of Arts degree or its equiva- Other adviser-approved courses on the lent in the major language, with a mini- Total 45 500-level ...... 12 mum GPA of 3.00 in all coursework. Non-thesis Option Total 28 2. Oral and written proficiency: Advanced 560 Principles of Scholarly Research ...... 4 2. In the secondary language: 20 credits to Plus on the ACTFL/ETS scale, or 2+ on 551, 552, 553 (Poetry, Drama, Prose— the FSI scale. any two) ...... 8 include: FL 593 (Testing) or FL 598 (Methods) ...... 4 Phonetics 325...... 4 Degree Requirements. A candi- 501 Research, or other adviser-approved Advanced Language 511, 512 ...... 8 date for the M.A.T. in foreign languages credits ...... 6-9 Eight graduate credits chosen from: must: Additional adviser-approved coursework 500 -level literature (not including Literature 1. Complete a minimum of 45 graduate (German must include Ger 554, Middle in Translation) and/or Linguistics 594, 595, credits, to include: High German) ...... 20-23 and/or Stylistics 584 ...... 8 Principles of Scholarly Research ...... 4 Total 45 Total 20 Two of the following: 551, 552, 553 (Poetry, Drama, Prose) ...... 8 Note: The student’s program may include, with Note: If upper division courses in phonetics and/ FL 593 (Testing) or FL 598 (Methods) ...... 4 adviser’s approval, a maximum of 12 credits in or fourth-year language have been successfully Adviser-approved education courses ...... 9-15 501 and/or 505 and a maximum of 9 credits in completed at the undergraduate level (with a Other adviser-approved courses...... 14-20 508 and/or 509 combined. See Credit Distribu- GPA of 3.00 or above), they can be waived, tion and Limitations for Master’s Degrees, reducing the total credits required by a maxi- Total 45 page 51. mum of 12. 2. Demonstrate reading competence in a 2. Demonstrate reading competence in a second foreign language. second foreign language. 3. Submit two research papers: one in the area of language or language pedagogy, the other in literature. 4. Complete a comprehensive written and oral examination. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 105

MASTER OF ARTS IN GRADUATE READING ARABIC TEACHING WITH INITIAL Ar 101, 102, 103 LICENSE EXAMINATIONS First-year Standard Arabic (4, 4, 4) The M.A.T. in foreign languages with ini- Introduction to modern literary Arabic. Empha- tial license represents a unique partnership All M.A. and M.A.T. students, as well as sis on basic grammar, syntax, writing, transla- between the Graduate School of Education certain doctoral candidates must demon- tion, listening comprehension, and oral and the Department of Foreign Languages strate reading (or oral) proficiency in a for- communication. Language laboratory required: and Literatures. eign language (see page 47). Graduate one hour per week. For non-native speakers only. Enrollment in this program is limited to students whose degree programs require Ar 199 practicing educators (those already teach- foreign language competence should con- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ing in Oregon secondary schools, but who tact the Department of Foreign Languages Ar 201, 202, 203 and Literatures immediately upon admis- Second-year Standard Arabic (4, 4, 4) are not yet licensed) who have also been Continued work in modern literary Arabic with admitted to the regular M.A.T. program in sion for information on how the requirement may be met. emphasis on basic grammar and syntax, reading foreign languages (please see “Admission prose texts, writing compositions, translation, to the Program” under “Master of Arts in listening comprehension, and conversation. Pre- Teaching”). COURSES requisite: Ar 103. For non-native speakers only. Requirements. To qualify for the Ar 204, 205, 206 M.A.T. in foreign languages with initial Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Common Spoken Arabic (2, 2, 2) license, students must complete, in lieu of offered every year. Practical panArab language used in business, the courses listed under number 1 of the With the exception of classical languages, all social, and intellectual gatherings in lieu of limited local dialects, or the Fusha (classical elo- “Master of Arts in Teaching,” the follow- upper-division courses are taught in the target language, unless otherwise noted. quent literary Arabic of the intellectuals), ing: understandable by any Arab, and usable any- Credits FOREIGN LANGUAGES where in the Arab world. Prerequisite: Ar 101. CI 548 Advanced Secondary Methods: FL 199 Ar 299 Subject Field in Secondary School ...... 3 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) or FL 299 Ar 301, 302 FL 598 Foreign Language Methods ...... 4 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Third-year Standard Arabic (4, 4) CI 548 Advanced Secondary Methods: Reading FL 399 Ar 301 emphasizes Arabic texts in modern and Composition in Secondary Schools . . . . .3 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) prose; complex syntax and writing; Ar 302 CI 512 Teaching and Learning...... 3 FL 401/501 emphasizes media and business materials, trans- CI 511 Classroom Management...... 3 Research (Credit to be arranged.) lation, viewing videos, and proficiency-based SPED 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners . . . .3 FL 403/503 conversation. Prerequisite: Ar 203. CI 509 Practicum: Supervised Teaching in Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Ar 399 Foreign Language (Concurrent with Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) FL 509) ...... 3 FL 404/504 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Ar 401 FL 509 Practicum: Supervised Teaching in be arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Foreign Language (concurrent with CI 509) ...... 4 FL 405/505 Ar 404 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Plus a minimum of 28 graduate credits in arranged.) be arranged.) subject area ...... 28 FL 407/507 Ar 409 Total 50 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) FL 408/508 Ar 410 Students in this program must also Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) complete the requirements detailed in num- FL 409/509 *Ar 411 bers 2-4 of the “Degree Requirements” sec- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Topics in Modern Arabic Prose (4) tion under “Master of Arts in Teaching.” FL 410/510 Reading advanced Arabic essays and short sto- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) ries by prominent authors such as Mahfouz, and STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS *FL 493/593 various genres of Arabic literature. Analysis and Graduate students are especially urged to Language Proficiency Testing and Teaching critique writing. Prerequisite: Ar 301. participate in approved study abroad pro- (4) *Ar 412 grams. Credits earned in such programs Application of proficiency standards in testing Topics in Classical-modern Arabic Poetry (4) will apply toward their M.A. requirements and teaching at the novice and intermediate lev- Reading light poetry by master poets from the with prior permission of the Department. els. Introduction to ILR/ACTFL/ETS/FSI guide- Abbasid, Andalusian, Mahjar, and modern times, lines and compatible testing methods. such as al-Mutanabbi, Jubran, and Qabbani. Pre- DEUTSCHE SOMMERSCHULE Discussion of pragmatic issues; testing tech- requisite: Ar 301. AM PAZIFIK nique and test validity; use of teaching materials; *Ar 417 Graduate credits earned in German through logistics. Prerequisite: three years of a foreign Folk Literature of the Arabs (4) the Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik language. Conducted in English. Topics include selected epics, folktales, prov- can be accepted as in-residence credit at *FL 498/598 erbs, and jokes. Analysis of texts in their socio- Portland State University only if taken after Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages (4) cultural context. Prerequisite: Ar 301. formal admission to the M.A. in Foreign Study and analysis of various pedagogical theo- *Ar 418 ries as applied to the learning and teaching of Folk Poetry of the Arabs (4) Language program in German, or to the foreign languages. Special emphasis on dis- M.A. in Foreign Literature and Language. Topics include muwashshahat, modern lyrics, course and content analysis. Recommended for folk songs, and improvised sung poetry-Zajal. Graduate credit earned at the DSAP prior prospective language teachers. Prerequisite: Analysis of texts in the socio-cultural context. to admission to either program is normally three years of a foreign language. Conducted in Prerequisite: Ar 301. limited to 15 credits, in accordance with English. the University’s transfer regulations. An M.A. degree in German earned solely by attendance at the Sommerschule normally entails four summers’ work plus thesis. 106 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Ar 441 *Chn 342, 343 *FINNISH Major Arabic Works in Translation (4) Chinese Vernacular Literature (4, 4) *Finn 101, 102, 103 Study of selected masterpieces of Arabic litera- 342 emphasizes traditional poetry and fiction First-year Finnish (4, 4, 4) ture in English translation: short stories, novels, from 700 BC to the late nineteenth century; 343 Beginning Finnish. Emphasis on communication women’s essays, poetry, and folk literature. emphasizes influential works of the twentieth skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. century, from semi-traditional to avant-garde. Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper-division litera- Conducted in English. Finn 199 ture. Course may be repeated for credit if content Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Chn 399 * varies. Finn 201, 202, 203 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Second-year Finnish (4, 4, 4) CHINESE Chn 404 Intensive review of basics introduced in first- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to year courses and further development of com- Chn 101, 102, 103 be arranged.) First-year Chinese munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of col- (5, 5, 5) Chn 405 lege Finnish. An introduction to Mandarin: listening, speak- Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) Finn 299 ing, reading, and writing. Characters and spoken Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) language presented concurrently throughout the Chn 408 year. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) FRENCH Chn 199 Chn 409 Fr 101, 102, 103 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) First-year French (4, 4, 4) Chn 410 An introduction to elementary French. Emphasis Chn 201, 202, 203 on listening comprehension and oral practice, Second-year Chinese (5, 5, 5) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Continued work in Mandarin, with emphasis on *Chn 411, 412 including the elements of grammar, vocabulary mastering all basic grammatical structures, Advanced Chinese (4, 4) building, and elementary readings. developing conversation skills, and building Development of facility with complex patterns *Fr 150, 151 vocabulary in characters with correct in conversation, reading and writing. Topics such First-year French (Intensive) (6, 6) pronunciation. as “Current Chinese News and Opinion,” “Twen- A two-term course covering the content of Fr tieth-Century Chinese Thought,” “Documentary 101, 102, 103. Chn 299 Chinese,” “The Structure of Chinese.” Prerequi- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Fr 199 site: Chn 303; Chn 304, 311, 312 also Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Chn 301, 302, 303 recommended. Fr 201, 202, 203 Third-year Chinese (4, 4, 4) * Intermediate conversation, reading, writing, Chn 420, 421 Second-year French (4, 4, 4) vocabulary building, and grammar. Introduction Readings in Chinese Literature (4, 4) Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Reading, analysis, and discussion of representa- to literary and expository texts. Prerequisite: First-Year French and further development of tive literary texts. Chn 420 focuses on pre- Chn 202. communication skills. modern topics such as “Traditional Chinese Fic- *Chn 304 Fr 299 tion” and “Chinese Classical Masterpieces,” Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Chinese Newspaper Readings (4) while Chn 421 addresses primarily twentieth- Practical introduction to the reading and accu- century topics such as “Chinese Nativist Litera- Fr 301, 302 Third-year French (4, 4) rate understanding of Chinese newspapers and ture” or “Chinese Urban Literature.” Conducted related specialized styles of writing. Recom- Development of speaking, listening, reading and in Chinese. Prerequisite: Chn 303. Chn 304, 311, writing skills and a review of grammar through mended as a complement to third-year Chinese. 312 also recommended. Prerequisite: Chn 203. study of appropriate texts, conversation, activi- *Chn 490 ties, and written assignments. Prerequisite: *Chn 306 History of the Chinese Language (4) Fr 203. Business Chinese (4) History of the Chinese language and language Practice in oral and written Chinese at the upper- family, with emphasis on the development of the Fr 325 intermediate level, with emphasis on business French Phonetics and Phonology (4) current standard language. Evolution of phonol- Introduction to the sounds of French: their place vocabulary and procedures. Recommended as a ogy, morphology, and syntax in spoken Chinese, complement to third-year Chinese. Prerequisite: and manner of articulation (phonetics) as well as development of the Chinese writing system, how they pattern with respect to each other and Chn 203; Chn 303 and 304 history of Chinese lexicography, and current lan- recommended. as influenced by morphological and syntactic guage policy. Conducted in English. Prerequi- factors (phonology). Prerequisite: Fr 203. *Chn 311, 312, 313 site: at least one course in linguistics (Ling 290 Introductory Classical Chinese (4, 4, 4) or above), or proficiency in Chinese equivalent Fr 330 Readings in the traditional literary language, to Chn 203. Topics in Culture and Civilization (4) designed to provide familiarity with essential The development of French life, thought, and particles and structures, build vocabulary, and *DANISH arts of different periods, from the Middle Ages to the 20th century: for example, Pre-Revolu- introduce works from all genres and periods. *Dane 101, 102, 103 Recommended as a complement to third-year First-year Danish (4, 4, 4) tion, Revolution through 19th century, and con- Chinese; preparation for advanced work in either Beginning Danish. Emphasis on communication temporary. Prerequisite: Fr 203. 4 hours of 300- modern or classical Chinese. Prerequisite: Chn skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. level French strongly recommended. 203. Dane 199 Fr 340 *Chn 341 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Fundamentals of French Literary Studies (4) Topics in Chinese Literature and Thought: * An introduction to the study of French literature. Dane 201, 202, 203 Lectures and discussion on French prosody, Service and Retreat (4) Second-year Danish (4, 4, 4) Interdisciplinary readings from the core of the Intensive review of basics introduced in first- genres, fundamentals of literary analysis, and written tradition, including history, poetry, clas- year courses and further development of com- criticism. To be taken concurrently with, or prior sical anecdotes and essays, related to the central munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of to, Fr 341, 342, 343. Prerequisite: Fr 203. issues facing the Chinese elite throughout his- college Danish. Fr 341, 342, 343 tory: whether, how, and under what conditions to Introduction to French Literature (4, 4, 4) serve the state. Conducted in English. Dane 299 French literature from the Middle Ages to the Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) present. Poetry, theater, and prose readings from representative authors. Prerequisite: Fr 203. Fr 301 or 302 strongly recommended. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 107

Fr 399 ings, lectures, and discussions in English. Ger 201, 202, 203 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division litera- Second-year German (4, 4, 4) Fr 401/501 ture. Intensive review of basics introduced in first year Research (Credit to be arranged.) * courses and further development of communica- Fr 442/542 tion skills. Prerequisite: one year of college Fr 404/504 Medieval Works in Translation (4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Study of texts from the French middle ages. German or equivalent. be arranged.) Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. Ger 299 Fr 405/505 Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper-division Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be literature. Ger 301 arranged.) Consent of instructor. *Fr 490/590 Listening and Speaking (4) Fr 407/507 History of the French Language (4) Continued intensive practice in listening and Seminar (Credit to be arranged.)—Consent Study of the development of the French lan- speaking German. May be taken concurrently of instructor. guage in terms of phonological, morphological, with Ger 302. Prerequisite: Ger 203. Fr 408/508 and syntactical changes. Prerequisite: Fr 302. Ger 302 Reading and Writing (4) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.)—Consent *Fr 494/594 Continued intensive practice in reading and writ- of instructor. French Linguistics (4) ing German. May be taken concurrently with Fr 409/509 Introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics Ger 301. Prerequisite: Ger 203. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) and their application to the French language. *Ger 320 Fr 410/510 Emphasis on practical analysis of the sound and German for the Business and Professional Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) the grammatical systems. Brief survey of the his- World (4) Fr 411/511, 412/512 torical development, followed by an analysis of Intensive practice in scholarly, technical, and Advanced French (4, 4) the phonetics, phonemics, morphology, and business language. Prerequisite: Ger 203. Special problems of French grammar; selected syntax of modern French. Conducted in English. *Ger 325 writing and reading assignments and discussion. Prerequisites: Fr 203, 325. German Phonetics and Phonology (4) Prerequisite: Fr 302. *Fr 497/597 Introduction to the sounds of German: their Fr 414/514 Applied French Linguistics (4) place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as Advanced French Grammar (4) A practical application of linguistics to modern well as how they pattern with respect to each A systematic approach to the study of French French. Emphasis on a contrastive analysis of other and as influenced by morphological and grammar and syntax for majors and prospective the structures of French and English. Prerequi- syntactic factors (phonology). Conducted in teachers. Prerequisite: Fr 302. sites: Fr 302 and 4 credits of linguistics. English. Prerequisite: Ger 203. *Fr 415/515 Fr 503 *Ger 330 Business French (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Topics in Culture and Civilization (4) Advanced work in the language of *Fr 551 Study of the historical development of life, business and economics. Prerequisite: Fr 302. French Poetry (4) thought, and the arts in German-speaking lands Fr 417/517 Study of French poetry. Analysis of form and in times and places such as the Middle Ages, Translation (4) content. 19th-century Vienna, 20th-century Berlin, the Weimar period, or in fields such as film. Prereq- Special problems of translating between French *Fr 552 and English based on a variety of texts, both lit- French Drama (4) uisite: Ger 203. erary and non-literary. Critical study of representative works of French *Ger 340 *Fr 421/521 drama. Fundamentals of German Literary Studies Seventeenth-century French Literature (4) * (4) Fr 553 An introduction to the study of German litera- Readings from major classical writers from the French Prose (4) era of Louis XIV. Prerequisites: at least 8 credits Study of representative works of French fiction ture. Lectures and discussion on German pros- from Fr 341, 342, or 343. according to genre, period, theme, or authors. ody, genres, fundamentals of literary analysis * and criticism. Conducted in German. Prerequi- Fr 423/523 Fr 560 site: Ger 203. Eighteenth-century French Literature (4) Principles of Scholarly Research: French (4) Reading, analysis and critique of the major A theoretical and practical introduction to the Ger 341, 342, works written in the Age of Enlightenment. Pre- resources and techniques essential to advanced Introduction to German Literature (4, 4) requisites: at least 8 credits from Fr 341, 342, or work in French language, pedagogy, and area Readings from representative German authors 343. studies. Investigation of bibliographic materials, from the Middle Ages to the present. Prerequi- site: Ger 203. Ger 340 is also strongly recom- *Fr 427/527, 428/528 primary texts, secondary literature, and major Nineteenth-century French Literature (4, 4) forms of literary criticism. To be taken in first mended. Selected works of prose, poetry, and drama from year of graduate study. Ger 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) the 19th century writers. *Fr 584 Prerequisites: at least 8 credits from Fr 341, 342, French Stylistics (4) Ger 401/501 or 343. A study of vocabulary, sentence structure, meta- Research (Credit to be arranged.) *Fr 433/533, 434/534 phor, and other elements that characterize the Ger 404/504 Twentieth-century French Literature (4, 4) style of a writer, a period, or a movement. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Readings in poetry, drama, and prose. Prerequi- be arranged.) sites: at least 8 credits from Fr 341, 342, or 343. GERMAN Ger 405/505 *Fr 435/535 Ger 101, 102, 103 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Francophone Literature of the 20th Century First-year German (4, 4, 4) arranged.) (4) Beginning German. Emphasis on communica- Consent of instructor. Readings in 20th century literature of French tion skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. Ger 407/507 expression from outside metropolitan France: *Ger 150, 151 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) i.e., Africa, Quebec, and Caribbean. First-year German (Intensive) (6, 6) Consent of instructor. *Fr 441/541 A two-term course covering the content of Ger Ger 408/508 Major Works In Translation (4) 102, 102, 103. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Study of texts representative of major French Ger 199 Consent of instructor. authors, periods, themes or genres in translation: Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Ger 409/509 such topics as Classical drama, Realism, con- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) temporary novel, Flaubert, and Camus. Read- Ger 410/510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) 108 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Ger 411/511, 412/512 *Ger 494/594 Heb 399 Advanced German (4, 4) German Linguistics (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special features of German; selected writing and Introduction to the basic concepts in linguistics Heb 401 reading assignments, discussion. Prerequisite: and their application to German. Review of Research (Credit to be arranged.) Ger 302. sound system; focus on morphology and syntax. Consent of instructor. *Ger 414/514 Conducted in English. Prerequisite: Ger 302. Heb 404 Advanced German Grammar (4) *Ger 497/597 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Structural review of German morphology and Applied German Linguistics (4) be arranged.) syntax. Prerequisite: Ger 302. A practical application of linguistic method to Heb 410 *Ger 415/515 modern German. Emphasis on contrastive analy- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Business German (4) sis of German and English. Prerequisites: Ger Advanced work in the language of business and 302 and 4 credits in linguistics. *HUNGARIAN * economics. Prerequisite: Ger 302. Ger 503 Hun 101, 102, 103 * Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Hungarian (4, 4, 4) Ger 421/521 Introduction to Hungarian. Emphasis on gram- German Short Prose (4) *Ger 551 Study of the German Novelle and other shorter German Poetry (4) mar, vocabulary building, and conversation. Ele- prose of the 19th and 20th centuries. Prerequi- Study of German lyric poetry. Analysis of form mentary reading. sites: at least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or and content. Hun 199 342. *Ger 552 German Drama (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) * *Ger 422/522 Critical study of representative works of German Hun 201, 202, 203 18th Century German Literature (4) drama. Second-year Hungarian (4, 4, 4) Study of the poetry, drama, and prose of the Intense review of materials introduced in first- *Ger 553 German Enlightenment and the Sturm und year course and further development of commu- German Prose (4) nicative skill and reading comprehension. Ele- Drang. Prerequisites: at least 8 credits from Ger Study of representative works of German prose mentary writing. 340, 341, or 342. fiction. *Ger 427/527 * Hun 299 Ger 554 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) The Age of Goethe (4) Middle High German (4) Study of German poetry, drama, and prose from Linguistic and literary study of representative *Hun 301, 302, 303 the Sturm und Drang and classicism to the Middle High German texts. Conducted in Third-year Hungarian (4, 4, 4) beginning of romanticism. Prerequisites: at least English. Composition, conversation, readings in litera- 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or 342. ture; grammar review. Prerequisite: Hun 203. Ger 560 *Ger 428/528 Principles of Scholarly Research: German (4) Hun 399 German Romanticism (4) Theoretical and practical introduction to the Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Study of the literature, art, and aesthetic theories resources and techniques essential to advanced Hun 404 of late 18th and 19th century Germany. Prerequi- work in language, literature, pedagogy, and area Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to sites: at least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or studies. Investigation of bibliographic materials, be arranged.) 342. primary texts, secondary literature, and major Hun 410 *Ger 429/529 forms of literary criticism. To be taken during Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) German Realism and Naturalism (4) the first year of graduate study. ITALIAN Study of the poetry, drama, and prose of the *Ger 584 second half of the 19th century. Prerequisites: at German Stylistics (4) It 101, 102, 103 least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or 342. A study of the stylistic aspects of fictional and First-year Italian (4, 4, 4) * An introduction to elementary Italian. Emphasis Ger 433/533, 434/534 nonfictional writings within the context of the on listening comprehension and oral practice, German Literature of the 20th Century cultural and philosophical history of modern the elements of grammar, vocabulary building, (4, 4) Germany. Readings in modern poetry, drama, and prose. and elementary readings. Ger 433/533: from the turn of the century to the *HEBREW It 199 end of World War II; Ger 434/534: from the *Heb 101, 102, 103 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) post-war years to the present. Prerequisites: at First-year Modern Hebrew (4, 4, 4) It 201, 202, 203 least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or 342. Introduction to modern Hebrew; emphasis on Second-year Italian (4, 4, 4) *Ger 441/541 basic grammar, syntax, noun and verb formation, Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Major Works in Translation (4) listening and reading comprehension, transla- first-year program and further development of Study of selections from masterpieces of tion, writing, and speaking. Language laboratory communication skills. German literature in translation, such as Goethe, required one hour per week. For non-native It 299 the Weimar period, German Intellectual History, speakers only. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Ancient Myth in German Literature. Readings, Heb 199 *It 301, 302 lectures, and discussions in English. Prerequi- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Third-year Italian (4, 4) site: 4 credits of upper division literature. *Heb 201, 202, 203 Composition and conversation at the intermedi- *Ger 442/542 Second-year Modern Hebrew (4, 4, 4) ate level. Prerequisite: It 203. Medieval Works In Translation (4) Continued study of grammar and syntax, reading It 399 Study of texts from the German Middle Ages. intermediate literary texts, translation, conversa- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. tion, writing, and speaking. Prerequisite: Heb It 404 Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division litera- 103. Language laboratory required one hour per Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ture. week. For non-native speakers only. be arranged.) *Ger 490/590 Heb 299 It 409 History of the German Language (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) A general historical survey showing the develop- *Heb 301, 302 It 410 ment of German grammar, word formation, Modern Hebrew Readings (4, 4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) vocabulary, and syntax with reference to the his- 301 emphasizes essays, short stories, and poems. tory of other Germanic languages. Conducted in 302 emphasizes modern media Hebrew and English. Prerequisite: Ger 302. business materials. Translation and writing. Pre- requisite: Heb 203. For non-native speakers only. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 109

JAPANESE Jpn 404 Kor 404 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Jpn 101, 102, 103 be arranged.) be arranged.) First-year Japanese (5, 5, 5) An introduction to the Japanese language with Jpn 405/505 Kor 409 emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, Reading and Conference (Credit to be Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) grammatical patterns, the syllabaries, and char- arranged.) Kor 410 acters in elementary reading and writing. Jpn 407/507 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) *Jpn 150, 151 LATIN First-year Japanese (Intensive) (7, 8) Jpn 408/508 A two-term course covering the content of Jpn Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Lat 101, 102, 103 101,102,103. Jpn 409 First-year Latin (4, 4, 4) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) An introduction to elementary Latin. Emphasis Jpn 199 on the elements of grammar, vocabulary build- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Jpn 410/510 ing, and elementary readings. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Jpn 201, 202, 203 Jpn 411/511, 412/512 Lat 199 Second-year Japanese (5, 5, 5) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Continued work in the Japanese language with Advanced Japanese (4, 4) emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, Development of facility with complex patterns Lat 201, 202, 203 grammatical patterns, the syllabaries, and char- in conversation and reading. Prerequisites: Jpn Second-year Latin (4, 4, 4) 302, 305. Intensive review of basic materials introduced in acters in elementary reading and writing. first-year program and further development of Jpn 299 Jpn 420/520, 421/521 reading skills. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Readings in Japanese Literature (4, 4) Reading, analysis, translation, and discussion of Lat 299 Jpn 301, 302 representative literary texts. Jpn 420/520 will Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Third-year Japanese: Speaking and Listening * (4, 4) focus on pre-modern literature, Jpn 421/521 on Lat 301, 302, 303 Continued work in the Japanese language with literature from the Meiji Period to the present. Third-year Latin (2, 2, 2) emphasis on listening and speaking skills in a Conducted primarily in Japanese. Prerequisites: Survey of classical Latin syntax; extensive prac- variety of contexts. Students enrolled in this Jpn 302, 305. tice in prose composition; close study of poetic techniques. Prerequisite: Lat 203. course are encouraged to sign up for Jpn 304, Jpn 452/552 305 concurrently. Either sequence (Jpn 301, 302 Traditional Japanese Drama (4) Lat 399 or Jpn 304, 305) satisfies the requirement for An introduction to the classical forms of nô kyô- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) third-year Japanese. Prerequisite: Jpn 203. gen, bunraku and kabuki. Students read plays Lat 401 and view videos of plays in performance, ana- Jpn 304, 305 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Third-year Japanese: Reading and Writing lyzing them in their historical, social, and perfor- Lat 404 (4, 4) mance contexts. Students have the option of Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Continued work in the Japanese language with performing short dances of plays in a class be arranged.) emphasis on reading and writing skills in differ- recital. Conducted in English. Lat 407 ent kinds of texts. Students enrolled in this Jpn 477/577, 478/578 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) course are encouraged to sign up for Jpn 301, Teaching Japanese As a Foreign Language (4, Consent of instructor. 302 concurrently. Either sequence (301, 302 or 4) Lat 410 304, 305) satisfies the requirement for third-year Principles of instructional methods in teaching Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Japanese. Prerequisite: Jpn 203. Japanese to speakers of languages whose orthog- * raphy is not Kanji-based. Readings in language *NORWEGIAN Jpn 325 * Japanese Phonetics and Phonology (4) pedagogy, particularly the pedagogy of non- Norw 101, 102, 103 Introduction to the sounds of Japanese: their Indo-European languages. Students are required First-year Norwegian (4, 4, 4) place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as to teach and observe classes in an approved Jap- Beginning Norwegian. Emphasis on communi- well as how they pattern with respect to each anese program. Prerequisites: Ling 390, Jpn 303. cation skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. other and as influenced by morphological and KOREAN syntactic factors (phonology). Prerequisite: Norw 199 Jpn 203. Kor 101, 102, 103 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Korean (5, 5, 5) * Jpn 341, 342 Norw 201, 202, 203 An introduction to the Korean language with Second-year Norwegian (4, 4, 4) Topics in Japanese Literature (In emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, Translation) (4,4) Intensive review of basics introduced in first- Introductory survey of Japanese literature from elementary reading and writing, and grammati- year courses and further development of com- its beginnings to the present, including such cal patterns. munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of col- works as The Man’yoshu, The Tale of Genji, Kor 199 lege Norwegian. plays by Zeami and Chikamatsu, Basho’s haiku, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Norw 299 and masterpieces of modern fiction. Jpn 341 Kor 201, 202, 203 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) focuses on classical and medieval literature; Jpn Second-year Korean (5, 5, 5) 342 focuses on Tokugawa and modern literature. Continued work in the Korean language with *PERSIAN Conducted in English. Prerequisite: 8 credits of emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, *Per 101, 102, 103 literature. reading and writing, and grammatical patterns. First-year Persian (4, 4, 4) Jpn 361 Kor 299 Introduction to spoken and written Persian. Japanese Literature Through Film (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Grammar, reading, and simple conversation. Readings of masterpieces of Japanese literature *Kor 301, 302 Per 199 and viewing of feature films based on them. Third-year Korean (4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Viewings are followed by discussion of the Continued work in the Korean language in a *Per 201, 202, 203 social, historical, and artistic significance of the widening variety of contexts. 301 emphasizes Second-year Persian (4, 4, 4) works. Readings and discussions are in English, listening and speaking skills; 302 reading, writ- Graded readings in the modern literary language. and films have English subtitles. ing, and vocabulary development. Prerequisite: Conversation and prose composition. Prerequi- Kor 203. Jpn 399 site: Per 103. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Kor 399 Per 299 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 110 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Per 301, 302 *Rus 325 *Rus 441, 541 Third-year Persian (4, 4) Russian Phonetics and Phonology (4) Russian Literature in Translation: Nineteenth Reading in literature, composition, expository Introduction to the sounds of Russian: their Century (4) writing, and conversation. Prerequisite: Per 203. place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as Major works of nineteenth-century Russian Per 401 well as how they pattern with respect to each literature. Readings, lectures, and discussions in Research (Credit to be arranged.) other and as influenced by morphological and English. Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division Consent of instructor. syntactic factors (phonology). Prerequisite: literature. * Per 404 Rus 203. Rus 442/542 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Rus 330 Russian Literature in Translation: Twentieth be arranged.) Russian Culture and Civilization (4) Century (4) Major works of twentieth-century Russian litera- Per 410 A multimedia survey of major developments in Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Russian art, architecture, music, dance, theater, ture. Readings, lectures, and discussions in cinema and literature from 988 to the present English. Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division *PORTUGUESE day. The class focuses on ways major works literature. *Port 101, 102, 103 relate to the artistic atmosphere of their times *Rus 494/594 First-year Portuguese (4, 4, 4) and on how subsequent generations have reinter- Russian Linguistics (4) An introduction to elementary Portuguese. preted and reused them. Taught in English. Introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics Emphasis on listening comprehension and oral Rus 341, 342 and their application to Russian. Analysis of the practice, the elements of grammar, vocabulary Introduction to Russian Literature (4, 4) phonetics, phonemics, syntax and morphology building, elementary readings. Study of selected short stories of the 19th cen- of modern Russian. Prerequisite: Rus 303. Port 199 tury. For non-native speakers only. Prerequisite: *Rus 497/597 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Rus 203. Applied Russian Linguistics (4) A practical application of linguistics to modern *Port 201, 202, 203 Rus 399 Second-year Portuguese (4, 4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Russian. Emphasis on a contrastive analysis of the structures of Russian and English. Prerequi- Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Rus 401 first-year program and further development of Research (Credit to be arranged.) site: Rus 303. communication skills. Rus 404/504 SPANISH Port 299 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Span 101, 102, 103 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Spanish (4, 4, 4) *Port 301, 302 Rus 405/505 An introduction to elementary Spanish. Empha- Third Year Portuguese (4,4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be sis on listening comprehension and oral practice, Continued work on the Portuguese language. arranged.) the elements of grammar, vocabulary building, Consent of instructor. Port 301 emphasizes listening comprehension and elementary readings. and speaking, 302 grammatical patterns, read- Rus 407/507 ing, and writing. May be taken concurrently. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Span 150, 151 Consent of instructor. First-year Spanish (Intensive) (6, 6) Prerequisite: Port 203. A two-term course covering the content of Span Port 399 Rus 408 101, 102, 103. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Span 199 Port 404 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Rus 409 be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Span 201, 202, 203 Second-year Spanish (4, 4, 4) Port 409 Rus 410/510 Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) first-year program and further development of RUSSIAN Rus 411/511, 412/512, 413/513 communication skills. Advanced Russian (4, 4, 4) Rus 101, 102, 103 Special problems of Russian grammar; selected Span 299 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Russian (4, 4, 4) writing and reading assignments and discussion. An introduction to elementary Russian. Empha- For non-native speakers only. Span 301, 302 sis on listening comprehension and oral practice, Third-year Spanish (4, 4) the elements of grammar, vocabulary building, Rus 416 Continued work on the Spanish language. Span and elementary readings. Readings in Russian (2) 301 emphasizes listening comprehension and A variable-content course designed to give speaking, 302 grammatical patterns, reading, Rus 150, 151 advanced students of Russian experience reading and writing. May be taken concurrently. Prereq- First-year Russian (Intensive) (6, 6) in a variety of content areas. Rus 421 is to be Two-term course covering the content of Rus uisite: Span 203. taken in conjunction with regularly scheduled * 101, 102, 103. corequisite courses. Students taking a corequi- Span 325 Spanish Phonetics And Phonology (4) Rus 199 site course will do part of the required reading Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to the sounds of Spanish: their for that course in Russian. Prerequisite: Rus 342. place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as Rus 201, 202, 203 *Rus 427/527 well as how they pattern with respect to each Second-year Russian (4, 4, 4) Topics in Russian Literature of the 19th other and as influenced by morphological and Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Century (4) first-year program and further development of syntactic factors (phonology). Prerequisite: Span Representative literature of the major Russian 203. communication skills. writers of the nineteenth century. Such topics as Rus 299 Golden Age, or the 19th Century Short Story. Span 330 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: Rus 303. Peninsular Culture and Civilization (4) Historical development of life, thought, and the Rus 301, 302, 303 Rus 433/533 arts in Spain. Prerequisite: Span 203. Third-year Russian (4, 4, 4) Topics in Russian Literature of the 20th Focus on acquisition of vocabulary, practical Century (4) Span 331 application. Intensive practice in speaking listen- Representative literature of major Russian Latin American Culture and Civilization (4) ing, reading and writing. Prerequisite: Rus 203. writers of the twentieth century. Such topics as Historical development of life, thought, and the Soviet Satire, The Thaw, Glasnost. Prerequisite: arts in Latin America. Prerequisite: Span 203. Rus 303. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 111

Span 341, 342, 343 Span 427/527 Span 560 Introduction to Hispanic Literature (4, 4, 4) Major Topics: Latin American Prose (4) Principles of Scholarly Research: Spanish (4) 341: Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to Study, analysis, and critique of major prose A theoretical and practical introduction to the the Golden Age. 342: Spanish literature from the works of Latin America by authors such as resources and techniques essential to advanced 18th century to the present. 343: Latin American García Márquez, Fuentes, Paz, Vargas Llosa, work in Spanish language, literature, pedagogy, literature from the end of the 19th century to the Mastretta, and Borges. Prerequisite: At least 8 and area studies. Investigation of bibliographic present. Readings from representative texts. Pre- credits of Span 341, 342, or 343. materials, primary texts, secondary literature, requisite: Span 203. Span 428/528 and major forms of literary criticism. To be taken Span 399 Major Topics: Latin American Drama (4) in first year of graduate study. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Study, analysis, and critique of major dramatic works of Latin America by authors such as Gam- *SWEDISH Span 401/501 * Research (Credit to be arranged.) baro, Benedetti, Usigli, Díaz, and de la Parra. Swed 101, 102, 103 First-year Swedish (4, 4, 4) Span 404/504 Cooperative Education/ Prerequisite: At least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, or 343. Beginning Swedish. Emphasis on communica- internship (Credit to be arranged.) tion skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. Span 405/505 Span 429/529 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Major Topics: Latin American Poetry (4) Swed 199 arranged.) Study, analysis, and critique of major prose Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. works of Latin America, by authors such as *Swed 201, 202, 203 Darío, Huidobro, Vallejo, Neruda, Guillén, and Second-year Swedish (4, 4, 4) Span 407/507 Intensive review of basics introduced in first- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Mistral. Prerequisite: at least 8 credits of Span Consent of instructor. 341, 342, or 343. year courses and further development of communication skills. Prerequisite: one year of col- Span 408/508 Span 441/541 lege Swedish. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Major Works in Translation (4) Consent of instructor. Study of selections from masterpieces in transla- Swed 299 tion by authors such as Cervantes, Neruda, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Span 409/509 Borges, Lispector, and García Márquez. Read- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) * ings, lectures, and discussions in English. Pre- TURKISH Span 410/510 requisite: 4 credits of upper division literature. *Tur 101, 102, 103 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) * First-year Turkish (4, 4, 4) Span 490/590 Introduction to Turkish. Emphasis on elements Span 411/511 History of the Spanish Language (4) Advanced Spanish (4) Study of the development of the Spanish lan- of grammar, vocabulary building, and conversa- Intensive training in composition, translation, guage in terms of phonological, morphological, tion. Elementary reading. and conversation. May be taken concurrently and syntactical changes. Prerequisite: Span 302. Tur 199 with Span 414/514. Prerequisite: Span 301 and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 302. *Span 494/594 Spanish Linguistics (4) *Tur 201, 202, 203 Span 414/514 Introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics Second-year Turkish (4, 4, 4) Advanced Spanish Grammar (4) and their application to the Spanish language. Intense review of materials introduced in first- A thorough study of grammar and syntax for Emphasis on practical analysis of the sound year course and further development of commu- major and prospective teachers. May be taken system and the grammatical system. Brief nicative skill and reading comprehension. Ele- concurrently with Span 411/511. Prerequisites: survey of the historical development, followed mentary writing. Span 301 and 302. by an analysis of the phonetics, phonemics, mor- Tur 299 Span 421/521 phology, and syntax of modern Spanish. Must be Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Major Topics: Peninsular Prose (4) taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Span 302. * Study, analysis, and critique of major prose Tur 301, 302, 303 *Span 497/597 Third-year Turkish (4, 4, 4) works of Spain by authors such as Fernando de Composition, conversation, readings in litera- Rojas, Cervantes, Galdós, Unamuno, and Goyti- Applied Spanish Linguistics (4) A practical application of linguistics to modern ture, and grammar review. Prerequisite: Tur 203. solo. Prerequisites: At least 8 credits of Spanish. Emphasis on a contrastive analysis of Span 341, 342, or 343. Tur 401 the structure of Spanish and English. Prerequi- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Span 422/522 sites: Span 302 and 3 credits of linguistics. Consent of instructor. Major Topics: Peninsular Drama (4) Study, analysis, and critique of major dramatic Span 503 Tur 404 works of Spain by authors such as Lope de Vega, Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Tirso de Molina, Calderón de la Baraca, Zorrilla, *Span 551 García Lorca, and Buero Vallejo. Prerequisites: Hispanic Poetry (4) Tur 410 At least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, or 343. Study of the lyric poetry of Latin America and/or Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Spain. Span 423/523 * Major Topics: Peninsular Poetry (4) Span 552 Study, analysis, and critique of the poetry of Hispanic Drama (4) Spain by authors such as Berceo, Góngora, Que- Critical study of representative works of Latin vedo, Machado, Jiménez, and Cernuda. Prereq- American and/or Spanish drama. uisites: at least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, or *Span 553 343. Hispanic Prose (4) Study of representative works of the prose of Latin America and/or Spain.

112 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

GENERAL STUDIES/LIBERAL STUDIES

491A Neuberger Hall national studies, political science, psychol- EDUCATION PROGRAMS (503) 725-3822 ogy, sociology, urban studies and planning, The professional education program for and women’s studies. teacher licensure is to be completed after B.A., B.S. Requirements for Major in Arts the student has a bachelor’s degree. It is Education Programs-Elementary, and Letters, Science, or Social highly recommended that students major in Integrated Science, and Social Science . In addition to meeting all of the the subject they want to teach, or complete Studies nonmajor and general education baccalau- as part of their bachelor’s degree a set of M.A.T., M.S.T. (General Studies: reate degree requirements, a student in one courses appropriate for the subject to be Arts and Letters, Science, Social of the above majors must complete 52 taught and the level at which the student Science) credits in one of the following areas: arts wants to teach. Students who already have and letters or science or social science. A a bachelor’s degree should see an adviser Programs which are of an interdisciplinary minimum of 32 of the 52 credits must be before taking additional courses. nature and which do not conveniently fit upper division with at least 8 upper-divi- within the normal department areas are Elementary sion credits in each of two departments. listed under General Studies. Advisers: R.C. Mercer, F. McClurken-Talley Credits Students who want to be elementary teach- Upper-division credits from one department in ers should major in one of the departments UNDERGRADUATE the major academic area ...... 8 in the arts and letters, sciences, or social PROGRAM Upper-division credits from a second department sciences areas or in arts and letters, sci- in the major academic area ...... 8 ence, or social science. It is highly recom- ARTS AND LETTERS, SCIENCE, Additional upper-division credits from any mended that the following courses be department(s) in the major academic area . .16 SOCIAL SCIENCE, AND included in the undergraduate program. LIBERAL STUDIES PROGRAMS Additional credits in the major academic area 20 A course from two of the following departments: Advisers: R.C. Mercer, K. Hanson, Total 52 F. McClurken-Talley Anthropology, Black Studies, Sociology, Women’s Studies (Anth 103, BSt 302, Soc Students interested in general studies will Courses used to satisfy the major requirements, whether taken at PSU or 337, WS 101 recommended). complete their major requirements by † elsewhere, must be graded C- or above. Art 312 taking a concentration of courses in the arts Bi 101/104, 102/105, 103/106 or Sci 201, 320, and letters or science or social science aca- A maximum of 12 credits may be graded P. 350 demic area. There are no specific courses For students completing two majors G 201/204, 202/205, 203/206 required for the major. To take full advan- with one being arts and letters, or science, A course from Economics (Ec 201 is recom- tage of the opportunities afforded this or social science, or earning a second bac- mended) † major, students should plan a program calaureate degree in one of those majors, Ed 420 Introduction to Education and Society which includes a coherent set of courses the major is 52 credits as outlined above. Geography—two courses from the following: Requirements for Major in Lib- Geog 210, 230, 346, 350 providing an in-depth study in the area of Hst 201, 202 special interest as well as providing for eral Studies. A student majoring in liberal studies must complete (1) University Literature—8 credits enhancement of the student’s problem- †Children’s Literature - Lib 428 solving and communication skills. requirements (except general education †Mth 211, 212, 213 or satisfactory completion of The arts and letters academic distribution requirements), (2) specific requirements for equivalency tests given by the Mathematics area consists of courses taken in applied lin- Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science Department. Students taking the 4-credit Mth guistics, architecture, art, black studies (BSt degree, (3) either Wr 323 or an approved 211 and 212 at PSU fall ’96 or later are not Writing Intensive Course, and (4) the fol- required to take Mth 213. 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425, 426, 427 † only), English (except for Wr 115, 120, 121, lowing requirements for the liberal studies Mus 381 or approved alternates major: A course from Political Science (PS 101 222, 227, 323), foreign languages and litera- recommended) tures, music, philosophy, speech communi- Credits Psy 200 or 204 cation, and theater arts. Upper-division credits from the arts and letters †Psy 311 The science academic distribution area (except Wr 323), science and/or social science Sp 100, 215, 220, 324, 329, or SpHr 262 academic distribution area(s) ...... 81 consists of courses taken in biology, chem- Courses in the recommended program istry, environmental studies, geology, Courses used to satisfy the major are to be taken for differentiated grades; mathematics/statistics, physics, and science requirements, whether taken at PSU or exceptions are to be approved by the education. elsewhere, must be graded C- or above. A adviser. Students must have at least a 3.00 The social science academic distribu- maximum of 12 credits may be graded P. GPA in the recommended program and tion area consists of courses taken in Students majoring in Liberal Studies earn at least a C- in each course of the rec- administration of justice (AJ 220 and 330 and also in a second major must meet the ommended program. only), anthropology, black studies (except general education requirement and the Courses having multicultural and multi- Bst 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425, 426, upper-division requirement in the academic ethnic content or approach should be 427), economics, geography, history, inter- distribution areas for the second major.

† Indicates courses that fulﬁll prerequisites to certain courses in the professional program in the Graduate School of Education and that must be completed before the deadline date for application to the Graduate School of Education.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 113

included in the preprofessional Social Studies Endorsement Credits STANDARD SOCIAL STUDIES program. Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 ENDORSEMENT Geog 210 Physical Geography ...... 4 Integrated Science The requirements for the Standard Social Hst 101, 102 Western Civilization ...... 8 Studies Endorsement include at least 24 Advisers: A. Johnson Hst 201, 202 History of the United States . . . .8 The integrated science endorsement is upper-division or graduate level credits in PS 101, 102 United States Government ...... 8 social science in addition to those required valid for teaching all science except biol- PS 204 Comparative Politics ...... 4 ogy, chemistry, or physics and, thus, is the Psy 200 or 204, Psy 311 Human for the Basic Secondary Teaching License endorsement for teaching science in middle Development ...... 8 and the Basic Social Studies Endorsement. and intermediate schools. It is recom- Anth 101, 102, 103 Introductory Anthropology; At least 15 of these credits must be at the mended that students wanting an integrated or BSt 302 African-American Experience in graduate level. Combined undergraduate science endorsement either major in geol- the 20th Century, BSt 424 African-American/ and graduate preparation should include at ogy and include a year-long introductory African Culture in Cinema; or Soc 200 Gen- least 36 credits in one of the following: eral Sociology; or WS 101 Introduction to anthropology, economics, geography, his- biology course and a course in astronomy, Women’s Studies, WS 342 History of Feminism meteorology, and oceanography, or major tory, political science, or sociology. No 8 specified courses are required for the stan- in general studies in science and include BSt 412 Oregon African-American History, or the following courses. Soc 337 Minorities, or Sp 115 Introduction to dard endorsement. Each student’s program is tailored to meet the needs of the individ- Required Courses Credits Intercultural Communication ...... 4 Sp 100, 220, 324, 329, or SpHr 262 ...... 4 ual and the requirements of the standard Stat 243 Introduction to Probability Ed 420 Introduction to Education and endorsement and the standard license. and Statistics I...... 4 Society...... 4 G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 Concentration in Economics, Geography, OTHER STANDARD G 204, 205, 206 (may substitute one G 200) History, or Political Science ...... 12 ENDORSEMENTS Geology Lab ...... 3 See the appropriate department for Courses are to be taken for differenti- G 351 Introduction to Oceanography ...... 4 the requirements for other standard G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country ...... 4 ated grades. Students must have at least a endorsements. ESR 150 Environmental Studies Orientation. . .1 3.00 GPA in the recommended courses and ESR 160 Introduction to Environmental must earn at least a C- in each course. MASTER OF ARTS IN Systems...... 4 A list of acceptable upper-division sub- TEACHING OR ESR 355 Understanding the Environment. . . . .4 stitutes is available for many of the above MASTER OF SCIENCE IN Ph 121 General Astronomy ...... 4 lower division courses. Equivalent courses TEACHING Bi 251, 252, 253 ...... 15 The College offers the degrees of Master of Ch 221, 222, 223, 227, 228, 229 or Ph 201, 202, sometimes are accepted in substitution for 203, 204, 205, 206 ...... 15-16 certain of those specified, upon prior Arts in Teaching and Master of Science in Geog 311 Climatology ...... 4 approval of the social studies secondary Teaching with a major in English (M.A.T. Psy 200 or 204, Psy 311...... 8 adviser. only), social science, mathematics, science, Ed 420 Intro to Education and Society ...... 4 science/biology, science/chemistry, and science/geology. Total83-84 GRADUATE Degree Requirements. University Electives Credits PROGRAMS master’s degree requirements are listed on Select 8 credits from the following:...... 8 page 56. Major requirements are: Bi 360, 361 Marine Biology (4) STANDARD TEACHING Social Science. The student’s pro- LICENSE Bi 357 General Ecology (4) gram must include a minimum of 45 cred- The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics (4) its in approved graduate credits, to include offers graduate work leading to the Stan- G 312 Mineralogy (5) a minimum of 30 credits in the social sci- G 310 Biogeochem (4) dard Secondary Teaching License. Appro- ence area (economics, geography, history, G 46 Astrogeology (4) priately prepared students may complete political science, and sociology), and at G 454 Cascade Volcanoes (2) the requirements for the Standard Second- least 9 but not more than 15 credits in edu- G 455 Minerals in World Affairs (4) ary License and for a Master of Arts in cation courses. Of the minimum 30 credits ESR 201 Applied Environmental Studies: Teaching or a Master of Science in Teach- Science and Policy (4) in social sciences, 12 credits must be ing at the same time. The requirements for ESR 202 Applied Environmental Studies: earned in each of two fields of concentra- the Standard Secondary Teaching License Preparation for Problem Solving (4) tion; a maximum of 12 combined credits include previous completion of the require- ESR 320 Analysis of Environmental Systems I may be in courses numbered 501 and 505. ments for a bachelor’s degree and for a (4) Students electing the thesis option must ESR 321 Analysis of Environmental Systems basic secondary license; admission as a take a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 9 II (4) graduate student (see page 47; 45 credits of credits of 503. With consent of the adviser, Ph 122 General Astronomy (4) upper-division or graduate work subse- the two fields may be within a single social Ph 367 Cosmology (4) quent to receipt of the bachelor’s degree; science department. completion of a standard endorsement or Total91-92 Students may elect a thesis or nonthesis two basic endorsements other than com- (two research papers or equivalent) pro- Basic Social Studies bined endorsements; 15 credits (of the 45 Adviser: R.C. Mercer gram. The adviser, in cooperation with an credits) to be approved education courses; appropriate faculty member, will establish Students who major in social science (or in 15 credits for the endorsement(s) to be at standards for thesis and research paper anthropology, economics, geography, his- the graduate level; and two years of suc- requirements for students working in more tory, political science, psychology, or soci- cessful teaching experience in Oregon than one department. All students, whether ology) and wish to teach social studies in schools while holding a basic teaching in a thesis or nonthesis program, must sat- secondary schools are recommended to license. See page 191 for the required edu- isfactorily complete the course of study and include the following courses in their cation courses. undergraduate program: pass both written and final oral examinations in both the social science fields of study as well as in education.

114 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Science. In consultation with the credits in approved graduate courses, to be in education courses. In order to fulfill graduate adviser, the student should estab- include a minimum of 24 credits in the sci- requirements for the degree, the student lish the degree program before the comple- ence area (biology, chemistry, geology, must satisfactorily complete the degree tion of 15 credits of course-work. The mathematical sciences, and physics). At program and pass both a final written and a program must include a minimum of 45 least 9, but not more than 15 credits, must final oral examination.

GEOGRAPHY

424 Cramer Hall The Department of Geography can Geog 366 Historical Geography of North 725-3916 arrange internships for majors in public America (4) www.geog.pdx.edu/ agencies and businesses in such fields as Geog 368 United States and Canada (4) planning, environmental management, Geog 407 Seminar in Regional Geography (4) Geog 453 Japan (4) B.A., B.S. tourism, or cartography. Students may earn Minor up to 12 credits of practicum credit while Human Geography: Credits Geog 230 World Regions and Landscapes . . . .4 Secondary Education Program- they gain insights into applications of the knowledge they are gaining in the Univer- Plus two courses from among the following: . .8 Social Science Geog 331 Economic Geography (4) M.A., M.S. sity. Student assistantships are also avail- Geog 332 Urban Geography (4) M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General able, providing part-time employment. Geog 345 Resource Management (4) Social Majors in geography may obtain infor- Geog 346 World Population and Food Science) mation on the Geography Honors Option in Supply (4) Ph.D.—Participating department the departmental office. Geog 347 Environmental Issues (4) in Urban Studies Doctoral Pro- Requirements for Major. In addi- Geog 348 Nature and Society (4) gram tion to meeting the general University Geog 349 Mountains—Cultural Landscapes (4) Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences degree requirements, the major in geography must complete at least 48 credits of Geog 407 Seminar in Human Geography (4) and Resources: Geography Geog 432 Urban Landscapes (4) coursework as detailed in the four areas Geog 434 Metropolitan Economic listed below. Of the courses presented for Geography (4) UNDERGRADUATE the major, at least 16 credits must be at the Geog 445 Resource Management Topics (4) PROGRAMS 400 level. Geog 446 Water Resource Management (4) Physical Geography: Credits Total credits in geography (minimum) 48 Geography is concerned with the earth’s Geog 210 Physical Geography ...... 4 thin film of life—the biosphere—and with Plus two courses from the following: ...... 8 B.S. Requirement: ...... 12 the location of things: what accounts for Geog 311 Climatology (4) Stat 243, Stat 244, CS 105 (or equivalent) the great clusters of population and for the Geog 313 Biogeography (4) All courses used to satisfy the depart- empty areas, the forests and the cutover, the Geog 322 Mountains (4) mental major requirements, whether taken cities, villages, and roads. Geog 407 Seminar in Physical Geography (4) in the department or elsewhere, must be The geography program leads the stu- Geog 412 Geomorphology (4) Geog 413 Biogeography of the Pacific graded C- or above. dent to an appreciation and understanding Requirements for a Minor. To of the human environment on world, Northwest (4) Geog 414 Hydrology (4) earn a minor in geography a student must regional, and local scales; provides back- Geog 415 Soils and Land Use (4) complete a minimum of 28 credits in geog- ground and requisite training for careers in Geog 416 Extreme Environments (4) raphy (at least 12 credits of which must be the resource, planning, environmental, or Geog 417 Periglacial Geomorphology (4) taken in residence at Portland State Univer- education fields—or simply the basis for a Research Skills: Credits sity, and 16 credits of which must be upper richer and more satisfying personal life. Geog 270 Using Maps ...... 4 division), to include the following: Geography majors are involved with activi- Plus two courses from among the following: . .8 Credits ties such as urban planning and problem Geog 407 Seminar in Research Skills (4) Geog 210 Physical Geography ...... 4 Geog 482 Environmental Remote Sensing (4) solving, map design, graphic reproduction Geog 230 World Regions and Landscapes . . . 4 Geog 485 Map Design and Production (4) and display, statistical analysis, field study Geog 270 Using Maps ...... 4 Geog 488 Geographic Information Systems I: in Pacific Northwest mountains and Geography electives (upper division) ...... 16 deserts, analyses of the tourism industry, Introduction (4) and regional studies. Geog 490 Cartographic Studio (4) Total (minimum) 28 Geog 492 Geographic Information Systems II: Through sharing of staff, the Depart- Applications (4) All courses used to satisfy the department of Geography is affiliated with the mental minor requirements, whether taken School of Urban and Public Affairs, Inter- Regional Geography: Credits Three courses from among the following: . . .12 in the department or elsewhere, must be national Studies, and the PSU Center for Geog 250 Pacific Northwest (4) graded C- or above. Population Research and Census. Geog 350 Geography of World Affairs (4) The geography major requires a mini- SECONDARY EDUCATION Geog 353 Pacific Rim (4) PROGRAM mum of 48 credits in geography courses, Geog 354 Europe (4) including 12 credits in each of the follow- Geog 356 Russia and Its Neighbors (4) Adviser: D. Johnson ing areas: research skills, physical geogra- Geog 360 Latin America (4) (See General Studies: Social Science phy, regional geography, and human Geog 363 Africa (4) page 112.) geography. Geog 364 The Middle East (4)

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 115

GRADUATE After a student has completed at least COURSES PROGRAMS 27 graduate credits, the student is required to take the comprehensive review, which is Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not The Department of Geography offers the provided by and graded by the student’s offered every year. degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Sci- committee. If failed, the student may be Geog 199 ence, Master of Arts in Teaching, and allowed to retake portions of the examina- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Master of Science in Teaching (General tion or may be advised to take additional Geog 210 Social Science). The department also par- coursework. Physical Geography (4) Students seeking the M.A. degree must An introduction to the physical ticipates in the Urban Studies Doctoral elements of geography and the environment in Program. For information relating to the demonstrate their competence in the use of a foreign language for geographic research; which people live. The focus is on natural pro- Ph.D. program in urban studies, see cesses that create physical diversity on the earth. page 285. those preparing for an M.S. degree must Major topics are weather and climate, vegetation Areas of primary concentration are eco- show proficiency in advanced skills in and soils, landforms, ecosystems, their distribu- nomic geography, urban geography, physi- geography or an equivalent research tech- tion and significance. cal geography, resource management, and nique (8 credits). Upon successful comple- Geog 230 cartography. The M.A. and M.S. degrees tion of the comprehensive examination and World Regions and Landscapes (4) are in part designed to meet the needs of successful demonstration of the required Spatial patterns produced by human activities— students preparing for careers in research competence, the student is advanced to population growth, transportation systems, urban candidacy. structure, economic development, resource use or administration in government and indus- and management, and the evolution of political try, urban and regional planning, and in Students in the M.A. program must complete a thesis. Those in the M.S. pro- patterns—are considered in a global context. secondary education and community col- Case studies from both developed and develop- lege teaching. The M.A. and M.S. degrees gram may choose between thesis and non- ing world regions illustrate the processes by also provide a predoctoral program in thesis options. The thesis option is which humans modify their world to create dis- geography for students planning to take appropriate for students intending to tinctive cultural landscapes. advanced work leading to professional pursue Ph.D. studies, whereas the nonthe- Geog 250 careers in university teaching, research, or sis option is designed for students who are Pacific Northwest (4) public service.Students are encouraged to preparing for careers in such areas as gov- Study of the Pacific Northwest as a region of the follow a program that combines breadth ernment service or private industry. Candi- United States. Overview of the region and its dates who elect to write a thesis take a relationship to other parts of the world will be of knowledge with depth in one field of followed by an analysis of the physical environ- interest. minimum of 45 credits including 6 credits in Geography Thesis. The thesis option ment, natural resources, agriculture, manufactur- For admission to graduate study for the ing, transportation, population, and urban M.A. and M.S. degrees, a student normally requires the presentation of the student’s development. Special attention will be paid to should have completed the minimum prep- independent research into a topic approved contemporary regional geography issues. by the student’s graduate committee. It nor- aration for an undergraduate major in geog- Geog 270 raphy with a 3.00 grade point average in all mally involves field work and is an original Using Maps (4) work. Students with majors in other fields contribution to knowledge in the field of Presents a basic entry into methods of under- are encouraged, if they can demonstrate geography. A final oral examination by the standing, interpreting, and analyzing maps, spa- ability, to pursue graduate work in geogra- student’s committee includes defense of tial data, and aerial imagery. Fundamental the thesis. concepts such as map scale, projections, coordi- phy. Normally such students are admitted nate systems, and types of thematic and general on a conditional basis, with the student’s Candidates electing the nonthesis option take a minimum of 54 credits. Two maps are presented. Students complete a series graduate committee recommending a proof exercises using maps and aerial imagery gram to remedy deficiencies. 2-credit sections of 501 Research are intended to familiarize them with spatial, map- In addition to the general University undertaken to rewrite, edit, and revise two based techniques useful in research and admission requirements for advanced papers, at least one of which must evolve advanced coursework where geographic infor- degrees the student must provide the Grad- from graduate coursework in geography at mation processing is an important tool. uate Record Examination scores and letters PSU. A final oral presentation of one of the *Geog 310 of recommendation from three faculty papers is required for completion of the Climate and Water Resources (4) members of colleges previously attended. degree. An inquiry-based examination of the principal Foreign students for whom English is a controls on climate and hydrology, with empha- Degree Requirements. University sis on processes and interactions; students will master’s degree requirements are listed second language must present a score of at least 550 in the Test of English as a Foreign do fieldwork, data analysis, and laboratory work. on page 56. Specific departmental require- Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Also listed ments are listed below. Language (TOEFL) with their application as Sci 333; course may be taken only once for for admission. credit. MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF SCIENCE MASTER OF ARTS IN Geog 311 Climatology (4) The student will plan a program of study TEACHING OR MASTER OF SCIENCE IN A study of the physical processes which com- with an adviser and other members of the TEACHING prise the climatic system, from the global scale supervisory committee during the first term For information on the Master of Arts in to the local scale. Particular attention is given to the nature of climatic variability, its causes, and of residence. Teaching and the Master of Science in The program of study must include a its implications for human activity. Prerequisite: Teaching (General Social Science), see Geog 210. minimum of 30 graduate credits in geogra- page 113. phy for the thesis option or 36 for the nonthesis option, including the following: Geog 529 and Geog 522. All graduate students are encouraged to attend the department’s noncredit colloquia.

116 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Geog 312 Geog 347 Geog 356 Climate Variability (4) Environmental Issues and Action (4) Russia and Its Neighbors (4) Examines the role of climate variability in the Examines environmentalism as a phenomenon An exploration of the USSR by topic and region. Pacific Northwest, including the nature of natu- reflecting cultural appraisals of nature and The course looks at the nature and significance ral and human-induced variability and the effects society's relationship to it. Explores the history of the country’s huge size and diversified physi- on water resources of the region. Students will and ideology of the environmental movement, cal environment; examines the origins and impli- learn by gathering data, analyzing the data, and and investigates the contemporary structure, cations of its multinational character; and reporting on their results. Reading and discus- concerns, effects, critiques, and directions of analyses patterns of agricultural production and sion will accompany the data/laboratory portions environmentalism. Prerequisite: upper division industry, with consideration of the distinctive of the course. Includes laboratory and/or field- standing. institutions that have shaped them. Prerequisite: work. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Geog 348 6 credits in appropriate social science. Also listed as Sci 334; course may be taken only Cultural Ecology (4) Geog 360 once for credit. Introduction to geographic perspectives on cul- Latin America (4) Geog 313 tural ecology. Investigates cultural adaptation Analysis of changing landscapes and lifeways in Biogeography (4) and environmental change from an ecological Latin America. The focus is on physical, cul- The study of the distribution and characteristics perspective, focusing on biomes and cultural tural, and economic forces that have interacted of major plant/animal communities and soil adaptations within them. Particular attention to to create a distinctive world region. Particular types on a global scale. Interrelationships traditional societies and the impacts of develop- attention is given to the impact of large scale between organisms and their environment are ment. Prerequisite: upper division standing. issues such as global climate change, trade, the stressed, as is the role of human populations in Geog 349 environment, and the debt crisis on the lands and the maintenance and future of these environ- Mountains—Cultural Landscapes (4) lives of everyday people in the region. Prerequi- ments. There is a full-day field trip across the Mountains as cultural landscapes. Exploration of site: upper division standing. Cascades to study changing vegetation types. the human occupation and use of mountain envi- *Geog 363 Prerequisite: Geog 210. ronments, including the long-settled mountains Africa (4) Geog 322 of Eurasia and Latin America as well as North A survey course on the physical and human Mountains (4) America's mountains. Topics include human geography of the continent of Africa, focusing The mountain environments of the world with adaptation, mountain resource management and on the variability of the physical landscape, emphasis on the Pacific Northwest. The primary policy, and development and its impacts in high- including geomorphology, vegetation, and cli- focus is on an understanding of the processes land environments. Prerequisite: Geog 322 or mate and on the patterns and implications of cul- and features of the alpine environment. This 348. tural diversity. Examines links between natural includes landforms, weather and climate, vegeta- Geog 350 resources, economic development, and environ- tion, animal life, soils, and the human occupa- Geography of World Affairs (4) mental management on location, national and tion of mountains. Prerequisite: upper-division Examines the major world trouble spots in light regional scales. Case studies from various coun- standing. of long-standing political-geographical rivalries, tries and regions will be used. Prerequisite: Geog 331 including ethnic group rivalries, economic dis- upper division standing. Economic Geography (4) parities, and conflicting historical claims. Partic- *Geog 364 An introduction to theories and methods of loca- ular emphasis will be placed on political The Middle East (4) tional analysis of economic activities within organization of territory, nationalism, boundary A survey of the physical and cultural landscapes agriculture, manufacturing and selected services. conflicts, colonialism, and, where relevant, met- of southwestern Asia and North Africa, empha- The course focuses on North America and ropolitan political fragmentation. Prerequisite: sizing the interaction of environmental factors includes geographic distributions, areal interac- upper division standing. and dynamic economic and political forces in tion among urban and regional economies, the Geog 352 the region as a whole. Problems common to the processes of regional economic development, The Himalaya and Tibet (4) nations of the region are examined, including the and international economic linkages. Prerequi- Survey of the physical and cultural landscapes of difficulties of political cohesion, urbanization, site: upper division standing. the Himalaya-Hindukush and the Tibetan Pla- and ecological impacts of tradition and contem- Geog 332 teau. It investigates not only the places and peo- porary land-use practices. Prerequisite: upper Urban Geography (4) ples within it but also ideas about it and their division standing. Introduction to the geographical factors affecting influence on its history and present situation. *Geog 366 the development of the modern city. Topics Geog 353 Historical Geography of North America (4) include urban systems and the location of cities; Pacific Rim (4) Survey of the evolving geography of North residential, commercial, and industrial struc- Provides a comprehensive look at the events and America during the last four centuries; the for- ture; social and physical characteristics of cities; people shaping the last 150 years of Asia-Pacific mation and growth of regions from the initial the built environment; the urban economy; and history and relates them to Pacific Basin rela- period of European exploration and colonization planning the urban environment. Prerequisite: tionships today. Reveals how, from the 19th cen- to the present. Topic include the acquisition of upper division standing. tury onward, modern nations have emerged from geographical knowledge; cultural transfer and Geog 345 the rich and varied cultures and society of Pacific acculturation; westward expansion; resource Resource Management (4) Asia. Particular emphasis is placed on political exploitation; regional and national integration; Survey of natural resources, their occurrence, and economic geography of East Asia in relation and landscape change. Prerequisite: upper divi- and their management. Primary focus will be on to contemporary American and Japanese inter- sion standing. the United States, with case studies from other ests in the region. Prerequisite: upper division Geog 368 countries and regions. Prerequisite: upper divi- standing. United States and Canada (4) sion standing. Geog 354 Survey of the contemporary regional geography Geog 346 Europe (4) of the United States and Canada including physi- World Population and Food Supply (4) Focuses on the changing economic and political cal environments, cultural landscapes, and eco- An introduction to the dynamics of the current geography of Europe, post World War II, and the nomic activities. Topics will include the national and international problems associated adjustments to changing world conditions. Anal- development of distinctive regions; the changing with rapid population growth, unemployment, ysis of the geographic conditions of individual spatial relationships between the location of major population migrations, shortages of food countries. Examines their population, urban and resources and population; urban/rural dispari- and other critical commodities, and the present rural settlements, physical geography, agricul- ties; and national and regional roles in the global and potential adjustments to these situations. ture, and industry. Prerequisite: upper division economy. Prerequisite: Geog 230 or 250. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. standing. Geog 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.)

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 117

Geog 401/501 and adaptive processes, concepts of succession *Geog 450 Research (Credit to be arranged.) and climax, rates of biomass productivity, Geography of Portland (4) Consent of instructor. weathering, and erosional processes, and land- Analysis of the geography of Portland. Lectures Geog 403/503 scape evolution. Prerequisite: Geog 313. and guided field work. Students will work on group projects on specific topics involving Thesis (Credit to be arranged) *Geog 417/517 Consent of instructor. Periglacial Geomorphology (4) research, data collection and analysis with oral Geog 404/504 Deals with landscapes of the cold climate areas and written presentations. Prerequisite: 12 cred- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to of the world, i. e., polar regions, high mountains, its of geography. be arranged.) and former areas around the margins of the con- Geog 453/553 Geog 404 Pass/no pass only. Consent of tinental glaciers. The course involves in-depth Japan (4) instructor. readings and discussions of a wide range of The course focuses on the major geographical Geog 405/505 topics from the distribution and origin of perma- factors underlying Japan’s rise to industrial and Reading and Conference (Credit to be frost, to an analysis of specific landforms, to the economic greatness in the present day. The main arranged.) impact of humans on these environments. There emphasis is upon the rise and development of Consent of instructor. are two full-day field trips to visit and observe cities and industry, the agricultural characteris- Geog 407/507 periglacial phenomena in the Pacific Northwest. tics of Japan, and its contemporary trade rela- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: Geog 412. tionship with the Pacific Northwest. Prerequisite: Geog 353. Geog 409/509 Geog 432/532 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Urban Landscapes (4) Geog 482/582 Geog 409 Pass/no pass only. Consent of Analysis of the contemporary built environment Environmental Remote Sensing (4) instructor. of metropolitan areas; social, cultural, political, Visual interpretation of photographic and digi- Geog 410/510 and economic forces that have given cities their tally based images of the earth derived from sen- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) form and image; historical processes of urban sors such as aerial cameras, multispectral scanners, thermal scanners, and radar. Emphasis Geog 412/512 development; and messages and meanings of our Geomorphology (4) surroundings. Focuses on common urban land- is on applications, especially in environmental Study of landform processes with focus on the scapes as well as designed spaces. In individual monitoring, resource management, and plan- dynamics and significance of the creation of ini- and group projects, students analyze the interre- ning. Prerequisite: Geog 270. tial relief, as well as the operation of mass wast- lationships of land use, residential density, street Geog 485/585 ing, fluvial, glacial and aeolian systems. The patterns, homes and yards, and open spaces in Map Design and Production (4) significance of geomorphic processes and result- the Portland metropolitan area. Prerequisite: Introduction to the planning and execution of a ant landforms to human activities is stressed. Geog 332. map, with special emphasis on the arrangement Emphasis is on landscapes of the Pacific North- *Geog 434/534 of its graphic elements. Students will use carto- west. There is a three-day field trip to the Chan- Metropolitan Economic Geography (4) graphic and illustration software in the compila- neled Scablands of Washington. Prerequisite: Study of how North American metropolitan tion, design and production of maps. Geog 210. areas are organized economically and geographi- Prerequisite: Geog 270. *Geog 413/513 cally and how spatial distributions are altered Geog 488/588 Geographic Information Biogeography of Pacific Northwest (4) under the impact of socioeconomic and techno- Systems I: Introduction (4) Study of the character and distribution of natural logical change. Topics include industrial loca- Use of computers in Geographic Information environments of the Pacific Northwest with tion, retail trade, public services, and housing. Systems (GIS) and mapping. Includes theory of focus on vegetation, wildlife, and soils. Classical Prerequisite: Geog 331. data bases related to geographic information problems in biogeography are discussed, e.g., Geog 445/545 management and practical aspects of database origin of grasslands, and relationship between Resource Management Topics (4) design. Students will use a variety of programs needleleaf and broadleaf forests. Vegetation Focuses on advanced topics in administration for mapping and spatial analysis of geographic types are studied within the context of climatic and management of natural resources. Reviews information. Each student completes a series of climax zones. There are two half-day and two historical issues and today’s struggles for a sus- lab exercises demonstrating a variety of full-day field trips. Prerequisite: Geog 313. tainable approach in the development of natural approaches to the analysis and display of spatial data. Students enrolling in this class also must Geog 414/514 resource policy. Emphasis will vary, e.g. water Hydrology (4) resources, energy resources, public lands. Pre- register for a computer lab section. Also listed as A detailed analysis of the physical processes of requisite: Geog 345. USP 591. Prerequisite: Geog 270 or equivalent experience in cartography. the hydrologic cycle, emphasizing an applied Geog 446/546 approach for the purposes of resource manage- Water Resource Management (4) Geog 490 ment and environmental analysis: precipitation, Analysis of the distribution, use and manage- Cartographic Studio (4) runoff processes, evapotranspiration, soil water, ment of water resources, emphasizing the sys- Advanced workshop course on cartographic flooding and floodplain utilization, and tech- tems of water rights, legislation, and regulations design, production, and analytical methods. Stu- niques of hydrologic data analysis. Prerequisites: which govern water resources. Issues of water dents in this class will demonstrate their ability Geog 210 and Mth 243 and 244. development and water quality are examined. to plan and execute a major cartographic project. Suitable projects could include but are not lim- *Geog 415/515 Focus is on U.S. water resource, with case stud- Soils and Land Use (4) ies from other countries and regions. Examples ited to: a unique map design, a series of maps The origin, development and distribution of soils are drawn from local, regional, and international illustrating a theme, or an analytical model. Pre- and the significance of soil to man. Examines the water resource management schemes. Prerequi- requisites: Geog 270 and 482, 485, or 488. importance of soil to landforms, vegetation, and site: Geog 345. Geog 492/592 ecological development. Major emphasis is Geog 448/548 Geographic Information Systems II: given to land use potentials and limitations on The Urban Forest (4) Applications (4) various kinds of soils with focus on urban and Examination of issues related to trees in the Analysis and applications of geographic infor- agricultural settings. There are two half-day field urban environment. Topics will include the mation systems concepts and technology to land trips. Prerequisite: Geog 210. values and roles of urban trees, species identifi- planning and management issues. The multipur- pose land information systems concept is used as * cation, site selection, spatial structure of the Geog 416/516 an organizing device for spatial registration of Extreme Environments (4) urban forest, management and regulation of Deals with the tundra, desert, and tropical rain- urban trees, and techniques for evaluating the data layers to achieve data sharing and compati- forest. Stress will be placed on comparing and health of the urban forest and public and govern- bility among functions. User needs assessment contrasting ecologic and environmental pro- mental efforts to promote urban trees. Prerequi- and systems design provides the basis for sys- cesses operative in these environments. Topics of site: one or more of Geog 313, 413, 415, 432/ tems procurement, implementation, and use. discussion include such things as: life strategies 532, Bi 334. 118 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Students enrolling in this class also must register hypotheses, determining researchability, acquir- and dynamics of social issues in American cen- for a computer lab section. Also listed as USP ing and analyzing data, developing conclusions, tral cities and their suburbs. Prerequisite: Geog 592. Prerequisite: Geog 488/588 or USP 591. and organizing and writing reports. 332 and 432/532. Geog 511 Geog 530 Geog 586 Climatic Analysis (4) Cultural Geography (4) Geographic Conversations (2) Nature of climatic data sets, methods of acquisi- The course will focus on topics in cultural geog- Exploration and critical evaluation of contempo- tion, and techniques of analysis. The emphasis raphy as they relate to trends in contemporary rary research in geography. Focus is on reading will be on the study of climate variability and its geographic thought. Overview of the history of and group discussion of recent journal literature implications for the management of natural the discipline will be followed by reading and aimed at understanding the development of resources. Prerequisite: Geog 311 and Mth 243 discussion of theories of agricultural develop- ideas, methodologies, and philosophies. Themes and 244. ment, the impact of religion on landscape, case will vary each term: cartography, physical geog- Geog 521 studies of migration and refugee movements, the raphy, resource issues, human geography and Geographic Thought (4) future of ethnic diversity and landscape analysis. other topics. Pass/no pass only, maximum 6 Geography as a professional field. The first half Prerequisite: Geog 230. credits may be used toward graduate degree of the course deals with the history of geo- Geog 542 program. graphic thought and literature. The second half Livable Cities (4) Geog 601 focuses on the role of geography among the arts Analysis of social geography, quality of life, and Research (Credit to be arranged.) and sciences and on more recent developments sustainability in metropolitan areas. Topics Geog 603 in the field. Required of all graduate students in include geographical patterns of ethnicity, class, Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) geography. and gender; relationships of homes and work- Geog 605 Geog 522 places; provision of services; and design of the Reading and Conference (Credit to be Research Design (4) built environment. Emphasis on the processes arranged.) A guided program for preparing graduate and meanings that underlie the spatial patterns Geog 607 research papers and theses in geography. Atten- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tion is given to formulating topics, developing

GEOLOGY

17A Cramer Hall both undergraduate and graduate work in G 312 Mineralogy ...... 5 725-3022 geology. G 313, 315 Igneous Petrology and www.geol.pdx.edu/ Geologists are employed by govern- Metamorphic Petrology ...... 5 ment agencies at federal, state, county, and G 316 Sedimentary Mineralogy and city levels; by independent consulting firms Petrology ...... 5 B.A., B.S. G 331 Paleontology ...... 4 Minor to work with engineers, architects and G 391 Structural Geology ...... 4 Secondary Education Program planners; in the construction, mining, and G 392 Stratigraphy ...... 4 M.A., M.S. petroleum industries; and as teachers in G 393 Field Methods ...... 4 M.A.T. and M.S.T. (Science/Geol- elementary and high schools and at the col- G 423 Computer Applications in Geology . . . .4 ogy) lege level. At least 15 credits of electives must be chosen Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences Geologists who have graduated from from upper-division geology courses (exclud- and Resources: Geology PSU are employed, for example, in pros- ing G 351, G 430, G 452, G 454, G 455). This pecting for copper deposits in the Northern may include up to 6 credits of upper-division Rockies, coal in Texas, and oil in the North science or engineering courses approved by NDERGRADUATE the undergraduate adviser. Students may use U Sea; evaluating the effects of forest roads up to 4 credits from an approved summer field PROGRAMS and quarries; determining the dangers of camp course ...... 15 ground water contamination by a proposed The Department of Geology offers pro- industrial site; prospecting for geothermal Subtotal 64 grams leading to the bachelor’s and mas- power sites; and in teaching at all levels. Supporting Courses ter’s degrees in geology, as well as studies A student majoring in geology should Mathematics through calculus to include Mth in geophysics, geochemistry, hydrogeol- plan to complete the required mathematics, 251, 252, 253, 254...... 16 ogy, engineering, and environmental geol- chemistry, and physics courses as early in One year of 200-level chemistry or equivalent ogy. their program as possible. with labs ...... 13-16 The programs serve both majors and Requirements for Major Lead- Ph 201, 202, 203 plus labs; or Ph 211, 212, 213 nonmajors in geology: those who may wish plus labs; or Ph 211, Ph 212 plus labs and ing to the B.S. Degree in Geology. EAS 211 (statics) ...... 14-15 to broaden their science background; those In addition to meeting the general Univer- preparing to teach general or earth sciences sity degree requirements, the major leading Subtotal 43-47 or geology in elementary or secondary to the B.S. degree in geology must meet the schools; and those preparing for a master’s following departmental requirements: Total 107-111 or a doctoral degree. Courses taken under the undifferenti- Postbaccalaureate students (with a Credits G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not bachelor’s degree, not in geology) who G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 acceptable toward fulfilling departmental wish to become professional geologists G 207 Bibliographic Resources ...... 1 major requirements, with the exception of may complete this curriculum while doing G 211 Microcomputer Use in Geology ...... 1 G 211. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 119

Requirements for Major Lead- Requirements for a Minor. To SECONDARY EDUCATION ing to a B.A. Degree in Geology. In earn a minor in geology, a student must PROGRAM addition to meeting the general University complete 28 credits (at least 14 credits of Adviser: A.G. Johnson degree requirements, the major leading to which must be taken in residence at PSU), Students may qualify to teach geology the B.A. degree in geology must meet the to include the following: and general science in junior high and senior high schools by completing the edu- following departmental requirements: Credits G 201, 202, 203 Geology...... 9 G 200 Field Studies ...... 1 cation requirements listed on page 113 for G 204, 205, 206 Geology LaboratoryÐmay G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 the integrated science endorsement. substitute one credit of G 200 ...... 3 G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 Courses are to be taken for differenti- G 312 Mineralogy ...... 5 Fifteen upper-division credits chosen from: . .15 ated grades, except for those offered only G 313, 315 Igneous Petrology and G 312 Mineralogy (5) on a pass/no pass basis. Students must have Metamorphic Petrology ...... 5 G 313 Igneous Petrology (3) at least a 2.50 GPA in the endorsement and G 316 Sedimentary Mineralogy and G 315 Metamorphic Petrology (2) must earn at least a C in each course of the Petrology...... 5 G 316 Sedimentary Mineralogy and 12 credits selected from the following endorsement. Petrology (5) It is recommended that students who courses...... 12 G 331 Paleontology (4) G 331 Paleontology (4) G 351 Oceanography (4) want to teach science in grades 5-9 major G 391 Structural Geology (4) G 391 Structural Geology (4) in geology and include a year-long intro- G 392 Stratigraphy (4) G 392 Stratigraphy (4) ductory course in biology and a course in G 393 Field Methods (4) G 420 Applied Geophysics (4) meteorology, astronomy, and oceanogra- G 420 Applied Geophysics (4) G 443 Groundwater Geology (4) phy; or major in general studies in science G 427 Tectonics (4) G 448 Chemical Hydrogeology (4) and complete the integrated science pro- G 432 Stratigraphic Paleontology (4) G 451 Geology of Portland (2) gram on page 113. G 443 Ground Water Geology (4) G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) G 445 Geochemistry (4) Science courses are to be taken for dif- G 455 Minerals in World Affairs (4) ferentiated grades, except for those offered G 446 Economic Geology (4) G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) G 447 Environmental Sediment Transport (4) G 461 Environmental Geology (4) only on a pass/no pass basis. Students must G 448 Chemical Hydrogeology (4) G 470 Engineering Geology (4) have at least a 2.75 GPA in science courses G 453 Regional Geology (4) G 474 Geomorphic Processes (4) and must earn at least a C in each course. G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) G 470 Engineering Geology (4) Total 28 GRADUATE G 474 Geomorphic Processes (4) To earn a minor in environmental G 475 Introduction to Seismology and Site PROGRAMS Evaluation (4) geology, a student must complete 29 credits G 484 Field Geophysics (4) (at least 14 credits of which must be taken The Department of Geology offers pro- 8 credits from the following courses:...... 8 in residence at PSU) to include the grams leading to the Master of Arts or G 351 Introduction to Oceanography (4) following: Master of Science in geology, an option in G 451 Geology of the Portland Area (2) Credits geohydrology, the Master of Arts in Teach- G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) G 200 Field Studies ...... 1 ing or Master of Science in Teaching G 454 Cascade Volcanoes (3 credits G 201, 202, 203 Geology...... 9 (Science), and to the Ph.D. degree in envi- maximum) (1) G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 G 455 Minerals in World Affairs (4) ronmental sciences and resources. G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils or The M.A./M.S. program is designed to G 461 Environmental Geology (4) G 461 Environmental Geology ...... 4 Twelve upper-division credits chosen from: . .12 train geology students beyond the bacca- Subtotal (minimum) 47 G 312 Mineralogy (5) laureate degree for professional employ- Supporting Courses: G 392 Stratigraphy (4) ment or for advanced graduate work. The Twelve upper-division credits selected from G 443 Groundwater Geology (4) M.A.T./M.S.T. program is offered for geography, urban studies and planning, G 447 Environmental Sediment Transport (4) teachers in secondary schools and commu- and economics preapproved by the G 448 Chemical Hydrogeology (4) nity colleges. undergraduate adviser ...... 12 G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) The department is an active participant Mathematics to include Mth 251 ...... 4 G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) in the Environmental Sciences and Statistics to include Stat 243; Stat 244 G 461 Environmental Geology (4) Resources Doctoral Program. Specialized recommended ...... 4 G 474 Geomorphic Processes (4) One year of college chemistry plus labs . . 13-16 studies in hydrogeology, economic geol- One year of 100- or 200-level biology Total 29 ogy, environmental geology, engineering with labs or Ph 121 and 122, Students are encouraged to contact geology, and applied stratigraphy, along or Ec 201, 202...... 8-15 Michael L. Cummings, undergraduate with multidisciplinary environmental sciences courses and seminars, will partially Subtotal 41-51 adviser, for help in designing a program leading to a minor in environmental fulfill the requirements for the Ph.D. in environmental sciences and resources. For Total 88-98 geology. Upper-division courses taken under the information relative to the Ph.D. program Courses taken under the undifferenti- undifferentiated grading option (pass/no in environmental sciences and resources/ ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not pass) are not acceptable toward fulfilling geology, see page 98. acceptable toward fulfilling departmental department minor requirements. To be admitted to the graduate degree major requirements. program, the student must have a baccalaureate degree in geology or its equivalent, as determined by the departmental graduate committee. It is recommended that the General and Advanced†Graduate Record

† The Graduate Record Examination in Geology must be taken before the second term of regular admission to graduate work (see Degree Requirements, see above). 120 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Examination in Geology be taken before e. Students must take at least another 12 COURSES admission. credits (16 credits if G 423 Computer Degree Requirements. University Application in Geology was completed Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not master’s degree requirements are given on as an undergraduate) in the field of geol- offered every year. ogy from G 510 or higher level courses. page 56. Specific departmental require- *G 111 ments for the M.S./M.A. are: f. Student must complete 3 credits in Volcanoes (3) G 501 Research 1. Completion of a minimum of 45 cred- A study of volcanoes, their activity, products, g. A maximum of 3 additional credits its in approved graduate courses. origins, and hazards. will be allowed for courses numbered *G 175 a. Students must take G 553 Regional G 501 Research, G 504 Cooperative Evolutionary Concepts (3) Geology. Education/Internship, G 505 Reading and This class is designed to provide background in b. Students must take G 523 Computer Conference, and G 506 Special evolutionary concepts for nonmajors and to Application in Geology unless already Problems or similarly numbered courses address current issues in evolution as they are taken as G 423 as an undergraduate. in other departments. These courses are perceived and are being investigated by various c. Students must take three quarters of G offered for P/NP credit only. members of our faculty in biology, geology, and 507 Graduate Seminar P/NP only. 2. Completion of the Advanced Graduate anthropology. It is a combined lecture and dis- d. Students must take at least 8 credits in Record Examination in Geology, taken cussion class and will include occasional guest geology courses numbered 610 or higher. before the second term of regular lecturers presenting their research and views on various topics in evolution. e. Students must take at least another admission; scores will be evaluated for 12 credits (16 credits if G 423 Computer deficiencies. G 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Application in Geology was completed 3. Completion of field camp (could have as an undergraduate) in the field of geol- been taken as an undergraduate) or G 200 ogy from 510 or higher level courses. Field Studies (1) equivalent as approved by the field camp Participation in field trip exercises to enhance f. A maximum of 9 credits will be director. the understanding of materials and processes allowed for courses numbered 4. Presentation of a research project. taught in corresponding lower division geology 501 Research, 504 Cooperative Educa- courses. Field studies areas include: coast, tion/Internship, 505 Reading and Confer- 5. Completion of a final oral examination mountains, Portland area, Eastern Oregon, etc. ence, or 506 Special Problems. on the subject area and the research Lecture, field trip, and completion of workbook g. Students must complete at least 6 project. required. Maximum of one credit in each field credits of G 503 Thesis (P/NP only); up studies area. Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent to 9 credits can count for the degree. MASTER OF ARTS IN enrollment in the corresponding lower-division 2. Completion of the Advanced Graduate TEACHING OR geology course. MASTER OF SCIENCE IN Record Examination in Geology, taken TEACHING G 201, 202, 203 before the second term of regular Geology (3, 3, 3) The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences G 201, 202 Physical Geology: Study of earth’s admission; scores will be evaluated for offers the M.A.T./M.S.T. degrees in Sci- deficiencies. materials, structures, and the processes that have ence/Geology. To be admitted to the changed the earth’s surface throughout geologic 3. Completion of field camp (could have M.A.T./M.S.T. program in Science/Geol- time, in the light of the unifying Plate tectonics been taken as an undergraduate) or ogy, a student must hold a bachelor’s model. G 203 Historical Geology: Introduction equivalent as approved by the field camp degree in geology, or in the physical or life to the history of the earth and life on it. Requires director. sciences—including the equivalent of a concurrent enrollment in G 204 for G 201, G 205 4. Presentation of a thesis. minor in geology. Students must take the for G 202, and G 206 for G 203. Classes will general Graduate Record Examination and meet the requirements for science with an inte- 5. Completion of a final oral examination grated laboratory experience. (thesis defense) taken before the end of the submit scores before admission for advising purposes. G 204, 205, 206 sixth week of the final term in residence. Geology Laboratory (1, 1, 1) In consultation with the graduate Specific departmental requirements for Laboratory work to accompany G 201, 202, 203 adviser, the student should establish the the M.A./M.S. geology-geohydrology involving basic geologic principles and pro- degree program before the completion of option are the same as above, or with a cesses emphasizing rocks, minerals, fossils, 15 credits of coursework. The program topographic, and geologic maps. One 2-hour nonthesis option, are: must include a minimum of 45 credits in laboratory period. Concurrent enrollment in G 1. Completion of a minimum of 45 cred- approved graduate courses, to include a 201, 202, and 203 respectively is required. its in approved graduate courses of which minimum of 30 credits in geology and G 207 36 must be for differentiated grades (A-F). related sciences, 6 credits in G 506, and 6 Bibliographic Resources (1) a. Students must take G 553 Regional credits in courses numbered G 510 and Methods of geological literature search. Geology majors only. May not be taken pass/no pass. Geology. above. At least 9 credits, but no more than b. Students must take G 523 Computer 15 credits, must be in education courses. In G 211 Microcomputer Use in Geology (1) Application in Geology unless already order to fulfill requirements for the degree, taken as G 423 as an undergraduate. Introduction to the use of microcomputers in the student must satisfactorily complete the geology, including word processing, file prepara- c. Students must take three quarters of G degree program and pass both a final writ- tion, graphics, data management, and use of spe- 507 or CE 507 Graduate Seminar ten examination and a final oral examina- cial geological programs. Two 1-hour (P/NP only). tion. laboratories. For geology majors only. (Pass/no d. Students must take at least 8 credits in pass only). geology courses numbered G 610 or higher. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 121

G 300 G 392 *G 432/532 Field Studies (1) Stratigraphy (4) Stratigraphic Paleontology (4) Participation in field trip to enhance the under- Principles and techniques of recognition, inter- The stratigraphic and paleo-ecologic relation- standing of materials and processes taught in pretation, and correlation of stratified rock units ships of the major groups of fossil invertebrates, corresponding geology course. Lecture, field trip used to establish time histories of tectonic, vol- vertebrates, and plants. Two lectures; one 2-hour and completion of field workbook and/or report canic, and surficial processes, environments of laboratory period. Prerequisites: G 331, 392. required. Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent deposition, and subsurface aquifer and reservoir G 437/537 enrollment in the corresponding upper-division characteristics. Two lectures; two 2-hour labora- Analytical Methods (4) geology course. tory periods. Prerequisite: G 316. Fundamentals, applications, and use of analyti- G 301 G 393 cal methods in the analysis of earth materials. Geology for Engineers (3) Field Methods (4) Analytical methods will include optical and X- A study of the origin, interior, and crustal mate- Principles of geologic mapping, use of geologi- ray methods and introduction to microthermo- rials of the earth: the natural processes which cal surveying instruments and aerial photo- metric analysis, differential thermal analysis, have built it up, deformed, and torn down the graphs, preparation of reports and maps. Two and granulometry. Two lectures; two 2-hour lab- crust throughout geologic time: the environmen- lectures; two 3-hour laboratory periods. Prereq- oratory periods. Prerequisites: G 316, one year tal interrelationships between man and geologic uisites: of general physics, radiation safety certification. processes and resources stressing application to G 391, 392. Radiation safety is acceptable as a corequisite. engineering. For majors in civil engineering. G 399 G 442/542 G 312 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Igneous Petrography (4) Mineralogy (5) G 401/501 Petrographic methods in description and classifi- Description, classification, and genesis of miner- Research (Credit to be arranged.) cation of igneous rocks. Two lectures; two 2- als. Introduction to optical mineralogy. Three Prerequisite: G 405. hour laboratory periods. Prerequisites: G 312, lectures, two 2-hour laboratory periods. Prereq- G 404/504 313, 315, 437. uisite: one year of general chemistry. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to G 443/543 G 313 be arranged.) Ground Water Geology (4) Igneous Petrology (3) G 405/505 Study of the physical and chemical properties of Description, classification, and genesis of igne- Reading and Conference (Credit to be underground water; the physical properties of ous rocks. Two lectures; one 2-hour laboratory arranged.) aquifers and their control and effect on the con- period. Prerequisite: G 312. G 407/507 tained waters; water movement and the conser- G 315 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) vation and utilization of existing ground water Metamorphic Petrology (2) G 410/510 bodies as well as development of new water Description, classification, and genesis of meta- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) bodies and rejuvenation of depleted and starved morphic rocks. One lecture, one 2-hour labora- Consent of instructor. aquifers. Prerequisites: one year of calculus, general physics, general chemistry. tory. Prerequisite: G 312. *G 413/513 G 316 Metamorphic Petrology (4) G 444/544 Sedimentary Mineralogy and Petrology (5) Study of mineralogical and chemical changes in Well Dynamics (4) Study of terrigenous, biogenic and evaporite sed- rocks during metamorphism; relation of meta- Study of the interactions of water wells and an imentary rocks and minerals, including genesis morphism and tectonics; description and classifi- aquifer system, including all types of aquifer by weathering, transport, diagenesis, and other. cation of metamorphic rocks. Prerequisite: systems and pump tests to analyze those sys- Emphasis on the petrographic character of sedi- G 437. tems, well drilling and design, pump selection, and groundwater explorations. Prerequisite: G mentary rocks. Three lectures; two 2-hour labo- G 420/520 ratory periods. Prerequisites: G 313, 315. Applied Geophysics (4) 443. G 331 Principles of geophysical measurement and G 445/545 Paleontology (4) interpretation; seismology, gravimetry, isostasy, Geochemistry (4) The principles of paleontology, emphasizing the geomagnetism, terrestrial electricity. Includes a A survey of geochemistry. Emphasis on distribu- morphology and evolution of the major fossil survey of geophysical exploration techniques. tion of elements in the earth, nuclear geochemis- groups of invertebrates; recognition and descrip- Three lectures, one 2-hour lab. Prerequisites: one try and thermodynamics of geologic systems. tion of diagnostic fossils. Three lectures; one year of general physics, one year of calculus. Prerequisites: one year of general chemistry, G 393. 2-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: G 203 G 423/523 (G 206 recommended). Computer Application in Geology (4) G 446/546 G 351 Application of digital computers to problems in Economic Geology (4) Introduction to Oceanography (4) geology. Topics covered are analysis of data col- Economics of mineral deposits; geology of A survey course designed to give students a lected along a traverse, over a map area, and metallic and nonmetallic mineral deposits. Three broad general background. Emphasis on interre- multivariate data. Applications to stratigraphic lectures; one 3-hour laboratory. Prerequisites: lationships of oceanography and other sciences. sections, chart recordings, sample locations, G 316, 393. Useful for general or geology teachers and mapping, trend surfaces, and clustering. Two G 447/547 geology majors. Prerequisite: upper-division lectures and one 4-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Environmental Sediment Transport (4) standing. one year of calculus. Study of sediment transport, bedforms, and dep- G 355 *G 427/527 ositional environment, with focus on quantitative Geosciences for Elementary Educators (4) Tectonics (4) methods of predicting rates of sediment yield, An integrated survey of concepts from geology, Study of processes of global plate tectonics, transport, and deposition in terrestrial and astronomy, and climatology for students inter- driving mechanisms, plate reconstructions, seis- marine environments. Prerequisites: ESR 202 or ested in elementary education. Course will be micity, tectonic settings of continental margins G 202 and Mth 251. designed around suggested content in the and cratons, and tectonic evolution of orogens G 448/548 Oregon Content Standards. and basins. Prerequisite: G 391. Chemical Hydrogeology (4) G 391 G 430 The study of low temperature aqueous ground- Structural Geology (4) Life of the Past (4) water geochemistry with emphasis on factors Study of origin, interpretation, and mapping of Origin and development of plants, animals, and which change chemical composition of ground- major and minor geologic structures. Two lec- man on earth, as interpreted from the study of water and factors which influence the transport tures; two 2-hour laboratory periods. Prerequi- fossils and the sedimentary rocks in which they of both inorganic and organic contaminants. sites: G 201, 202, 316, Mth 112, Ph 201, or occur. (No credit after taking G 203.) Not for Topics will include geochemistry of equilibrium concurrent enrollment. geology majors. reactions, mineral solubility, complexing, oxida- 122 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

tion-reduction reactions, surface reactions and eral and energy resources, environmental law half to two weeks in the summer. May be vadose zone processes. Prerequisites: one year related to geology, medical geology, climatic repeated for credit when offered as a substan- of chemistry, G 443/543. change. Laboratory included. Prerequisites: tially different project. Prerequisite: G 481/581. G 451/551 general chemistry (1 year), G 201, 202. G 483/583 Geology of the Portland Area (2) *G 470/570 Anatomy of Landslides (4) A survey of the geology of the Portland area Engineering Geology (4) Investigation of landslides. Slope Stability Anal- through a combination of lectures and field trips. Applications of geological information to engi- ysis, field mapping, and description of landslides An intensive study of published and unpublished neering problems: soil mechanics, rock mechan- and related features. Studies of the morphology information on the geology of the greater Port- ics, construction materials, groundwater and of landslides from the literature. Prerequisites: land area including stratigraphy, structure, geo- construction, instrumentation, exploration, ter- Ph 203, Mth 252. morphology, and historical geology. Primarily rain models, landslide analysis. Three hours of *G 484/584 designed for geology majors, professional geolo- lecture and two hours of lab per week. Labs Field Geophysics (4) gists/engineers, and geology teachers. A basic stress quantitative analysis. One day field trip Applications of geophysical techniques to solv- knowledge of general geology, equivalent to G explores landslides of the Portland area. Prereq- ing a field problem. Methods applied include 201, 202, 203 is assumed. uisites: G 202, Ph 203. gravity, resistivity, refraction, and magnetics. G 452/552 *G 474/574 Includes at least one weekend in the field and Geology of the Oregon Country (4) Geomorphic Processes (4) production of a final report with data and conclu- Origin and geologic history of landscape fea- A study of exogenetic earth processes; formation sions. Prerequisite: G 420. tures in Oregon and the Pacific Northwest. Two and modification of earth’s surface including the G 491/591 lectures; one 2-hour laboratory period; one hour work of water, wind, and ice in erosion, trans- Physical Processes in Geology (4) recitation. Prerequisites: upper-division stand- portation, and deposition on land and sea. Three Application of mechanics to physical processes ing and one of the following: G 111, 202, 351, lectures; one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: G 202. in geology, such as igneous intrusion, rock fold- 430, 455. G 475/575 ing, debris flow, lava flow, groundwater, and gla- G 453/553 Introduction to Seismology and Site ciation. Prerequisites: Mth 254, Ph 203, G 391. Regional Geology (4) Evaluation (4) G 503 Tectonics, metamorphic, igneous, sedimentary, Earthquakes and exploration seismology, the Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) hydrology, geophysics, and/or resource geology origin and occurrence of earthquakes, nature and Pass/no pass only. propagation of seismic waves in the earth, earth- of selected regions. Three lectures; one hour rec- G 506 itation. Prerequisite: G 392. May be repeated for quakes as a hazard to life and property. Uses of Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) reflection and refraction exploration seismol- credit when offered under different title and * ogy, borehole velocity measurements, seismic G 512/612 region. Advanced Igneous and Metamorphic G 454/554 remote sensing, and direct measurement tech- Petrology (4) Cascade Volcanoes (1) niques. Earthquake hazard assessment including Topics in the origin and formation of igneous Field course in the study of one or more Cascade liquefaction, ground failure, and site amplifica- and metamorphic rock masses; their derivation, volcanoes-origin and development of volcano, tion. Techniques for evaluating the susceptibility, evolution, chemistry, structure, and modes of eruptive mechanism, deposits, rock types, and potential, and severity of the hazards and other emplacement. Advanced techniques in examina- hazards. Course may be repeated for different science and engineering applications. Prerequi- tion and analysis, closely tied to field studies; volcano studies. Offered summers. Prerequisites: site: senior/ graduate standing. This course is the emphasis on occurrences in the Pacific North- upper-division standing and one prior course same as CE 443/543; course may be taken only west. Prerequisite: G 442/542. once for credit. from the following, G 111, 201, 202, 452, 552. G 518/618 May be used to meet requirements for the B.A. G 477/577 Clay Mineralogy (4) in geology. May not be used to meet require- Earthquake Accommodation and Design (4) Clay structure and classification, clay mineral ments for the B.S. in geology. Effects of earthquake shaking in the design of analyses including X-ray identification and dif- G 455 buildings, pipelines, bridges, and dams. Incorpo- ferential thermal analyses, mixed-layer clays, Minerals in World Affairs (4) rating the earthquake hazard assessment for a clay-water systems, clay mineral-organic reac- The geologic origin and occurrence of metals, project in the design process. The goal of this tions, engineering properties related to clay fuels, and industrial minerals and rocks; their course is to allow geologists, geotechnical engi- materials, geological occurrence of clays. Major geographic distribution and relative abundance neers, structural engineers, and architects to see emphasis on engineering problems related to or lack among nations; the rules and principles how their particular tasks are impacted by the clays and the field occurrence of clays. Prerequi- which influence their past, present, and future earthquake effects. Types of analysis used to site: radiation safety certification. exploration, development, and use. Prerequisite: evaluate earthquake design requirements in the several disciplines including geology, geotechni- G 519/619 upper-division standing. Advanced Geochemistry (4) cal engineering, structural engineering, and G 456/556 Modern methods of geo-chemical analysis with Astrogeology (4) architecture. Prerequisite: G 475/575 or CE 443/ emphasis on neutron activation analysis and Geology and astronomy are combined to explore 543. This course is the same as CE 448/548; atomic absorption spectroscopy; applications of the evolution of the Universe and the Solar Sys- course may be taken only once for credit. geochemical data to solution of geologic prob- tem. Comparative geologic evolution of the G 481/581 lems. Two lectures; one 2-hour laboratory planets is emphasized. A significant component Field Geology I (6) period. Prerequisite: G 437/537 or G 445/545. Geologic mapping in sedimentary and volcanic of the course is hands-on geologic field investi- * rocks or metamorphic and plutonic rocks during G 521/621 gations and astronomical observations. Fluid/Rock Interactions (4) a summer field camp. A charge will be made for *G 460/560 Petrology and geochemistry of fluid/rock inter- Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) the expenses of the field camp. Approximately actions at temperatures below 450 degrees C., Effects of climate, vegetation, parent material, 64 hours of field work per week for three weeks conditions of alteration in hydrothermal systems, topography, and time on the development, in the summer. Prerequisites: G 316, 391, 392, diagenesis, and weathering. Two lectures; two 2- weathering, classification, and chemistry of 393. hour laboratories. Prerequisite: G 437/537. soils. Laboratory included. Prerequisites: G 201, G 482/582 G 541/641 202, Ch 200-level (1 year). Field Geology II (3) Ground Water Modeling (4) Geologic field studies of selected projects during *G 461/561 The study of ground water modeling using finite Environmental Geology (4) a summer field program. A charge will be made difference method. Prerequisites: G 443/543 and Study of natural hazards and related land use for the expenses of the field project. Approxi- one year of calculus. planning (flooding, landslides, earthquakes, vol- mately 80 hours of field work during one and a canic, coastal) waste disposal and pollution in the geological environment, water supply, min- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 123

*G 571/671 and correlation of volcanic units; and strati- G 603 Advanced Engineering Geology (4) graphic syntheses of volcanic terranes. Prerequi- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Strength and stability of earth materials, sites: G 442/542, 445/545. G 604 resources, and land use, exploration and instru- *G 594/694 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to mentation, professional practices. Prerequisite: Advanced Structural Geology (4) be arranged.) G 470. Mechanics of rock deformation, structural G 605 *G 592/692 petrology, structural analysis, and tectonics. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Advanced Stratigraphy (4) Prerequisites: G 316, 391. arranged.) Studies of physical stratigraphy including seis- G 595/695 G 606 mic stratigraphy, sequence stratigraphy, Topics in Geomechanics (4) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be geochemical stratigraphy, paleomagnetic stratig- Topics chosen from ﬁnite strain, rock fracture, arranged.) raphy, well log stratigraphy, and topics in Qua- and rock folding. May be repeated if topics are G 607 ternary process stratigraphy. Prerequisite: G 392. different. Prerequisites: G 491/591, Mth 254, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) *G 593/693 Ph 203. G 610 Volcanic Stratigraphy (4) G 601 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Classiﬁcation of volcanic rocks and volcanic Research (Credit to be arranged.) stratigraphic units; eruptive mechanisms; modes of volcanic deposition; recognition, mapping,

HISTORY

441 Cramer Hall the field. The curriculum satisfies the needs are available in the Department of History 725-3917 of students interested in the subject as the (441 Cramer Hall). www-adm.pdx.edu/user/hist/ core of a broad liberal education and offers Requirements for the Major. In background knowledge of historical devel- addition to meeting the general University B.A. opment for the student with a major in the degree requirements, the major in history Minor social sciences or in a professional area must meet the departmental requirements Secondary Education Program— such as business, education, journalism, listed below: Social Science law, medicine, or the ministry. History Credits M.A. courses compose a professional base for Lower-division history electives .(maximum) 12 M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General students planning to teach at the high Hst 300 Historical Imagination ...... 4 Social school level; to enter government service, Hst 407 Seminar...... 8 Science) museum, or archival work; to work in a Hst 495 Comparative World History ...... 4 research capacity in connection with book Upper-division electives in history. Selected in or magazine publishing; or to write consultation with major adviser; geographic, UNDERGRADUATE professionally. thematic, or period-based ...... 24-44 Upper-division electives outside of history PROGRAM The Department of History has offer- applied to major requirements. Selected in ings in the following geographic areas: consultation with major adviser In attaining the objectives of a liberal edu- Africa; Ancient Greece and Rome; Britain (maximum) ...... 8 cation, the historical perspective is essen- and the Commonwealth; Colonial America tial at every stage of development. Through and the United States; East Asia; Europe; Total 60 a study of history, the student is provided Latin America; Russia and the Soviet ■ All courses are to be taken for differen- not only with an opportunity to integrate Union; and West Asia. History students can tiated grades and the history major must knowledge of the subject matter of other design a major course of study emphasiz- earn at least a C- in each course pre- disciplines but also to engage in critical ing one of these areas, or alternatively sented to meet major requirements. thought and research. An undergraduate focus their studies thematically in, for ■ Of the electives students apply to the education in history provides the opportu- example, political and diplomatic, social, history major requirements, at least two nity to acquire these skills of scholarship. or intellectual and cultural history. Simi- courses must examine a non-Western The study of history, furthermore, reveals larly, the major in history can be broadly European and non-U.S. subject, and at the diversity of human existence and allows comparative across geographic regions or least two courses must examine either students in the liberal arts to develop focused on a specific historical period such Western Europe or the United States. greater tolerance, understanding, creativity, as the ancient, medieval, early modern, or ■ A maximum of 12 lower-division cred- and intellectual insight. Students interested modern periods. Because of the flexibility its in history may be applied to the in the Secondary Education Program in in the history major, the department major requirements. Social Science discover that historical emphasizes student advising. ■ A minimum of 32 credits in history study establishes a context for each of the While students can declare a major in must be taken in residence at Portland human sciences: psychology, anthropology, history at any point in their undergraduate State University. sociology, economics, geography, and career, for advising purposes they are asked political science. to apply formally for admission to the The History Department curriculum major once they have completed three his- provides basic historical knowledge for the tory courses in residence at Portland State student of ability who plans to go on to University. Admission and advising forms graduate work and a professional career in 124 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

■ With the approval of their major ate studies, students are required to submit foreign language germane to their thesis adviser, history majors may apply to their score on the Aptitude section of the field no later than the point at which they their major requirements two upper- Graduate Record Examination, two letters have completed 32 credits of graduate division courses (maximum of 8 cred- of recommendation from faculty who can study. its) taken outside of history. This is pro- evaluate their preparation for graduate All students are required to take written vided to encourage students to design studies, a statement of purpose describing examinations covering their chosen fields interdisciplinary history majors. their objectives in graduate study, and two of concentration. The written examination History Honors Option. The examples of their writing, preferably his- in the student’s first field should be passed Department of History offers an Honors tory research papers. Foreign students must before the end of the first year of graduate Option. Students who wish to pursue this comply with the University requirement of study (i.e., 24 credits). Students should option must apply to do so before they have a minimum grade of 550 in the Test of pass the written examination in the second attained senior standing. The History English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). field before the completion of 32 credits. Honors Option requires a 3.50 GPA in His- For information on the Master of Arts in For graduation, finally, each student must tory prior to admission to the program. It Teaching or the Master of Science in successfully defend their thesis in an oral includes an undergraduate thesis on which Teaching (General Social Science), see examination before their thesis committee students work in their junior and senior page 113. and an outside examiner appointed by the years. In the first term—during the junior Degree Requirements. University Dean of Graduate Studies. year—the student investigates thesis topics master’s degree requirements are listed in a reading and conference course directed on page 56. Specific departmental require- MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR by a faculty member who has agreed to ments are listed below. MASTER OF SCIENCE IN supervise the student’s honors thesis. In the TEACHING senior year, the first term is devoted to MASTER OF ARTS A minimum of 48 credits of approved grad- For information on the Master of Arts in research, the second term to writing, and teaching and the Master of Science in the third to presentation and revision of the uate-level courses are required for the M.A. in history. Of these 48 credits students must Teaching (General Social Science), see thesis. page 113. Requirements for a Minor. To complete a minimum of 36 credits in his- earn a minor in history a student must com- tory, to include two seminars (Hst 507) and plete 32 credits, including the following: 8 credits of thesis writing. With the COURSES Hst 300 Historical Imagination ...... 4 approval of their thesis adviser, students Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Hst 407 Seminar...... 4 can apply to their M.A. program a maxi- offered every year. Hst 495 Comparative World History ...... 4 mum of 12 credits from graduate courses History Electives ...... 20 taken outside of history. Students are nor- Hst 101, 102 mally admitted for the fall term and are History of Western Civilization (4, 4) Total 32 Origins and development of Western civilization strongly advised to complete Hst 500 from ancient times to the present. ■ All courses are to be taken for differen- (Introduction to the Master’s Program in tiated grades and the history minor must Hst 199 History) in the first term of study. While Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) earn at least a C- in each course pre- Hst 500 is strongly recommended for all Hst 201, 202 sented to meet minor requirements. entering graduate students, it is required for History of the United States (4, 4) ■ A maximum of 12 credits from lower- those who have not completed an under- From colonial times to the present day. division history courses can be applied graduate course in Historiography (Hst 300 Hst 300 to the minor requirements. or equivalent). The Historical Imagination (4) ■ A minimum of 16 credits in history in Coursework for the M.A. must include The how and why of the historian’s craft: (1) an residence at Portland State University is two historical fields. The first field will introduction to the basics of research and writ- required. consist of a minimum of 12 credits of ing; (2) an examination of historical writing, its coursework, and the second field a mini- relationship to the time and place of its origin, and the emergence of the ideas, consciousness, SECONDARY EDUCATION mum of 8 credits. These fields are defined PROGRAM and canons of scholarship which shaped it. This geographically, although, with the adviser’s course serves as an introduction to the study of (See General Studies: Social Science approval and where appropriate to the stu- page 112). history at the upper division level and is recom- dent’s thesis project, the second field may mended for students beginning their junior year. be defined thematically; for example, Hst 312 GRADUATE social history, intellectual history, political African History Before 1800 (4) PROGRAMS history. The geographic fields offered in the An upper division course designed to survey the graduate program are: Africa; Ancient history of the African continent from earliest The Department of History offers a Master Greece and Rome; Britain and the Com- times to the period of the Atlantic slave trade. of Arts degree. The degree program is monwealth; Colonial America and the Using a lecture/discussion format, the course designed to develop historians with special will examine the impact of trade, technology, United States; East Asia; Medieval; Early and ecology on the transformation of African competence by systematic training in the Modern Europe; Modern Europe; Latin societies before 1800. Prerequisites: BSt 205. content, methods, and interpretation of his- America; Russia and the Soviet Union; and This course is the same as BSt 305; may be tory. Although each degree program will West Asia. taken only once for credit. vary, as will the individual’s purpose for The Master of Arts in history focuses Hst 313 pursuing graduate work, the same level of upon the preparation and defense of a African History Since 1800 (4) scholarly competence and intellectual thesis that is based upon primary source An upper division course designed to survey the attainment is expected of all students. research that follows from a program history of the African continent from 1800 to the To be considered for admission to grad- planned in consultation with the student’s present, with emphasis on the era of the Atlantic uate study, the student should normally adviser. slave trade, colonial period, independence, and have the minimum preparation undertaken post independence. Prerequisite: BSt 305 or Hst The department stresses the importance 312. This course is the same as BSt 306; course by an undergraduate major in history and of adequate preparation in foreign lan- may be taken only once for credit. have maintained a minimum GPA of 3.25 guages to be utilized by students in their in upper-division history courses. In addi- advanced study and research. Graduate stu- tion to the University application for gradu- dents should demonstrate proficiency in a C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 125

*Hst 315 *Hst 332, 333 work, and political arrangements from 1865 to Greek History (4) The United States in the 19th Century (4, 4) the present. Students will explore the diversity of A survey of the social, political, economic, and Hst 332: Era of Good Feelings; Jacksonian women’s lives through the ideas and institu- cultural history of the Greeks and their neigh- democracy, reformism; economic change; tions—both the outstanding and everyday— bors. From earliest beginnings until the death of expansion and Manifest Destiny, slavery and the forged by women in this period. Themes include Alexander. Prerequisite: Hst 101 or Sophomore crisis of the 1850s; outbreak of the Civil War. missionaries and reform in the Gilded Age, Inquiry (Greek Civilization). Hst 333: Civil War and Reconstruction; industri- higher education and the professions, women *Hst 316 alization and urbanization; political patterns; the workers and labor organizing, the rise of sexual Roman History (4) problems of labor and radicalism; and problems modernism, gender in the Jim Crow South, post- A study of the social, political, economic, and of assimilation (Native American, African Amer- war domesticity and the “feminine mystique,” cultural history of the Mediterranean region ican, and the so-called “New Immigration”). feminism’s roots in the Civil Rights movement, between 753 and the fall of Rome. Prerequisite: *Hst 334 and “second wave” feminism and its discontents. Hst 101 or Sophomore Inquiry (Greek Slavery, Civil War, and Reconstruction, 1850- Hst 342 Civilization). 1877 (4) History of Feminism in the U.S. (4) Hst 320 Slavery and the coming of the Civil War; domes- After a review of Western feminism’s Enlighten- East Asian Civilization (4) tic and military aspects of the war; the collapse ment roots and Victorian variations in the United Foundations of East Asian civilization from per- of slavery; Southern Reconstruction—problems States, this course focuses on the shaping of spective of China as dominant civilization in of reunion and adjustment to the end of slavery. modern feminism as a diverse body of questions, East Asia. Interaction between Chinese influence Hst 337 ideas, and experiments in American life. Themes and indigenous traditions in Japan, Korea, and History of American Cities (4) include political equality, the emergence of Vietnam. Attention to major philosophical and Traces the evolution of urban centers from the sexual politics, issues of race and difference, religious traditions, such as Confucianism and colonial period to the present. Focuses on the women workers and class conflict, the civil Buddhism; origins and structure of political developing system of cities, on growth within rights movement and gender struggles, radical institutions; family life and social organization; cities, and on the expansion of public responsi- feminism, conservative women and “backlash,” and literary traditions. Chronological coverage bility for the welfare of urban residents. Particu- and feminist internationalism. to about 1800. lar attention is given to the industrial and modern * eras. Prerequisite: upper division Hst 343 Hst 321 American Family History (4) Modern East Asia (4) standing. History of the American family from the colo- History of East Asia from around 1800, begin- Hst 338 nial period to the present. The course will draw ning with the Opium Wars in China and the Oregon History (4) upon textual sources and oral histories in exam- Meiji Restoration in Japan, through postwar This course surveys the history of Oregon from ining changes in families in the colonial period, state and society in Japan and the People’s the time of the European discoveries until the and the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Pre- Republic of China. Some attention to Korea, present. Topics considered are the era of coloni- requisite: Hst 201, 202, Sophomore Inquiry Vietnam, and Taiwan. Emphasis on concepts of zation; the diplomacy of the Oregon Question; (American Studies), or consent of instructor. imperialism, Westernization, modernization, and the Christian missionaries; the pioneers’ migration and their institutions; the formation of the Hst 350, 351 revolution. English History (4, 4) Hst 327, 328, 329 constitution; the Oregon system; minority A general survey covering political, economic, The U.S. in the 20th Century (4, 4, 4) groups; and modern politics and economics. social, intellectual, and religious development. A biographical approach will be taken where Hst 327: 1890-1932, Populism and the Crisis of * appropriate. Hst 355 the 1890s; the Purity Crusade; Corporate and Early Medieval Europe: 300-1100 (4) Anticorporate Progressivism; Theodore *Hst 339 A survey of political, cultural, intellectual, reli- Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson; the Open Door The Environment and History (4) gious, social, and economic aspects of this 800- Policy and World War I; the League of Nations Introduction to the theme of the environment in year period, including among other topics the and the Red Scare; the New Era and Insurgents the study of history and the history of environ- decline of Roman power in Western Europe, the of the 1920s; the Cultural Conflicts of the 1920s; mental ideas, from the 16th century to the spread of Christianity, the rise of the Franks, Herbert Hoover, the Great Depression, and the present, with special focus on the impact of the Carolingian Empire, the growth of feudal Election of 1932. Hst 328: 1932-1960, Franklin science, philosophy, literature, and history on ties, and the gradual creation of a high-level D. Roosevelt and the New Deal Managerial our understanding of the environment. Designed civilization. as an introductory course for students of all State; Anti-New Dealers and the Noninterven- * majors. Hst 356 tionist Movement; World War II and the New Late Medieval Europe: 1100-1550 (4) Order; the Cold War and the National Security Hst 340 An examination of the second half of the Middle State under Truman and Eisenhower; the Anti- Women and Gender in America, Colonial Era Ages including the transition from medieval to Communist Crusade of the 1950s. Hst 329: 1960 to 1865 (4) early modern characteristics. Among subjects to the Present, John F. Kennedy and the New This course explores women’s lives and work in discussed will be the renaissance of the 12th Frontier; Civil Rights, Lyndon Johnson, and the America from European contact with the New century and the forging of Gothic civilization; Great Society; the Vietnam War; the New Left World through the end of the Civil War. Through the “calamitous 14th century” with the Black and Counterculture; Richard Nixon and Water- primary and secondary material, students will Death and the Hundred Years’ War; the special gate; Jimmy Carter, Ronald Reagan, and the confront the diversity of female experience as place of Italian cities and their Renaissance; the Rise of Populist Conservatism; George Bush, well as the ways in which gender shaped the triumph of nominalism; and the Protestant Bill Clinton, and the Global Economy. economic, political, and social life of the emerg- Reformation. * ing nation. Possible themes include native Hst 330 *Hst 357, 358 The American Revolution and Constitution, women and colonial settlement, Puritan religion, the household economy, the American Revolu- Europe Since the Renaissance (4, 4) 1763-1789 (4) Political, social, economic, and cultural trends tion, evangelicalism and the rise of the Victorian The Revolutionary Movement, the American from the 16th century to the present. Hst 357: Revolution, Confederation, and Constitution. home, women and the westward movement, sla- 1555-1815. Hst 358: 1815 to the present. Prerequisites: Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry very and race, gender and industrialization, and (American Studies), or consent of instructor. the emergence of women’s rights. *Hst 331 Hst 341 The Early Republic, 1789-1815 (4) Women and Gender in America, 1865 to the The Early Republic years of the United States, Present (4) including the presidencies of Washington, Who was a suffragette? A flapper? Rosie the Adams, Jefferson, and Madison. Prerequisites: Riveter? What do these images hide as well as Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry (American Stud- reveal about American women’s recent past? ies), or consent of instructor. This course surveys the making of modern American women by focusing on gender, family, 126 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Hst 359 *Hst 412/512 *Hst 424/524 Early Modern France (4) Topics in African/Caribbean History and Topics in Chinese Thought and Religion (4) A survey of the history of France during the Culture (4) Chinese intellectual history, including popular Reformation, the Age of Absolutism, and the An in-depth exploration of selected topics in thought as well as elite philosophy. The subject Enlightenment, 1515-1778. Prerequisites: African and/or Caribbean cultural history. Spe- matter will vary from term to term. (Maximum Hst 101, 102. cial attention will be given to thematic issues of number of credits is 12; 4 credits each for three *Hst 360 broad application to the understanding of cul- courses with different topics) Prerequisite: Hst The French Revolution and Napoleon (4) tural interaction, continuity and change. 320. A survey of the history of France during the *Hst 415/515 *Hst 425/525 Revolution and Napoleonic era, 1778-1815. Topics in Greek History (4) Modern China, 1850-Present (4) Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102. An advanced look at specific topics in Greek his- History of China from decline of imperial *Hst 365, 366 tory from the Bronze Age to the death of Cleo- system through century of revolution that culmi- Latin America (4, 4) patra. Topics will include social, political, nated in founding of the People’s Republic of A survey from pre-Columbian times to the economic, intellectual, and religious history. The China, to death of Mao in 1976. Course is orga- present. Hst 365: Period of discovery and con- subject matter will vary from term to term. nized around concepts of imperialism, national- quest, colonial institutions, the age of reform. (Maximum number of credits is 12; 4 credits ism, revolution, and modernization analyzed in Hst 366: Independence and rise of the new each for three courses with different topics.) Pre- context of chronological presentation of major nations, the recent period. Prerequisite: Hst 101, requisite: Hst 315, Sophomore Inquiry (Greek events in modern Chinese history, including the 102, or Sophomore Inquiry (Latin America). Civilization), or permission of instructor. 1911 Revolution, the May 4th Movement, the *Hst 385, 386 *Hst 416/516 genesis of Chinese Communism, the decade of The Middle East in Modern Times (4, 4) Topics in Roman History (4) Nationalist rule from Nanking, and the Sino-Jap- A survey of social, cultural, and political trends An advanced look at specific topics in Roman anese War. History of postrevolutionary state in the Middle East from 1300 to the present. Hst history from the Etruscans to the Dark Ages. treated in terms of consolidation of power and 385: the Ottomans, Safavid Iran, the Age of later Topics will include social, political, economic, implementation of revolutionary ideals. Prereq- Islamic empires, Middle East Reforms, imperial- and intellectual history. The subject matter will uisite: Hst 320 or 321. ism in the 18th and 19th centuries. Hst 386: vary from term to term. (Maximum number of *Hst 430/530, 431/531, 432/532 Middle Eastern industrial society, mass culture credits is 12; 4 credits each for three courses U.S. Cultural History (4, 4, 4) and nation states in the 20th century. Prerequi- with different topics.) Prerequisite: Hst 316 or The relation of cultural attitudes, values, and site: Hst 102. permission of instructor. belief to the American historical experience. Hst Hst 387 *Hst 420/520 430/530: 1600-1860, European legacy and Science in Society: Historical Perspectives (4) Topics in Early Japanese History (4) Native Americans; Puritanism and mission; race, Examines the interplay between two different Selected themes in early Japanese history (to class, and ethnicity in Colonial America; Ameri- aspects of science: science understood as a about 1600), including myth and archaeology, can Enlightenment and Revolution; Cultural system of knowledge about the world and sci- Shinto and the formation of the early state, Bud- Nationalism in the New Republic; Industrial ence understood as the social institutions (disci- dhism and the impact of Chinese civilization, the Ethic and Pastoralism; Jacksonian Democracy plines, laboratories, etc.) by which that medieval court and society, and the rise of mili- and the Cult of the Self-Made Man; Manifest knowledge is produced and transmitted. Through tary government and warrior society. Prerequi- Destiny and Native Americans; Slavery and reading, discussion, lectures, and independent site: upper-division standing, Hst 320. African-American Culture; Protestant Evangeli- research, the course explores ways in which the *Hst 421/521 calism, Social Reform, Abolitionism, and Femi- scientific endeavor has affected and been Topics in The History of Early Modern Japan nism. Hst 431/531: 1860-1945, Cultural Civil affected by the political, social, and cultural (4) War and Reconstruction; Age of Incorporation, milieu in which it is carried out. The primary Selected themes in Tokugawa (1600-1850) his- Labor Reform, and Utopian Thought; Populism focus is on modern Europe and America. tory, including rural life and urbanization, mer- and the Crisis of the 1890s; Progressive Purity chants and commerce, political thought and Reform and Intellectual Ferment; Two Cultures Hst 399 institutions, women and family life, neo-Confu- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) of the 1920s; Depression Realism and Radical- cianism, religious beliefs and practices, popular ism; World War II and the Judeo-Christian Con- Hst 401/501 culture, arts, and literature. Prerequisite: upper- sensus. Hst 432/532: Anti-Communist, Research (Credit to be arranged.) division standing, Hst 320. Consent of instructor. Nationalist, and Anticorporate Insurgence in the *Hst 422/522 1950s; Antiwar, Racial, Counterculture, and Hst 404/504 Modern Japan, 1850-present (4) Feminist Ferment in the Protest Era; New Age Public History Internship (4) History of Japan from Perry Expedition in 1853 and Postmodernist Thought; Populist Conserva- Intensive, on-the-job internships with public to the present. Emphasis on Tokugawa founda- tism and Traditional Values, 1980-present. Rec- agencies, private businesses, non-profit firms, tions for rapid transformation of Japan beginning ommended prerequisite: 430: Hst 201 or 332. and other groups in public history work. Each with the Meiji Restoration; Westernization; evo- 431: Hst 202, 333, 335, or 336; 432: Hst 336. internship is by special arrangement and terms. lution of modern political institutions; rise of * Prerequisite: Hst 496/596, or consent of Hst 433/533, 434/534 Japanese militaries and imperialism in Asia. instructor. Colonial American and U.S. Social and Modern literature, postwar social change, and Intellectual History (4, 4) Hst 405/505 status of Japan as leading industrial nation. Pre- Hst 433/533: 1600-1860. 434/534: 1860-present. Reading and Conference (Credit to be requisite: upper-division standing, Hst 320 or Each term will examine three or four aspects of arranged.) Hst 321. American social and intellectual history—such Consent of instructor. Directed reading for as race, class, religion and philosophy, ideology honors students and history majors. *Hst 423/523 Topics in Chinese Social History (4) and politics, community, region, or labor. Pre- Hst 407/507 This course will examine institutions and requisites, Hst 433: Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) themes—relating to the family, urban and rural (American Studies), or consent of instructor; Hst Study and application of the techniques of his- life, education and the like—in Chinese social 434: Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry (American torical research and writing. history. The subject matter will vary from term Studies), or consent of instructor. Hst 409/509 to term. (Maximum number of credits is 12; 4 *Hst 435/535, 436/536, 437/537 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) credits each for three courses with different top- American Diplomatic History (4, 4, 4) Hst 410/510 ics) Prerequisite: Hst 320. The history of American involvement in world Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged) affairs from colonial times to the present. Hst 435/535: Emphasis on America as the object of European diplomacy; winning and maintaining independence, continental expansion, and civil war. Hst 436/536: American intervention in East C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 127

Asia and the Caribbean, Imperialism, and World Hst 446/546 *Hst 459/559, 460/560 War. Hst 437/537: a second World War, Cold Topics in the History of American Professions European Intellectual History (4, 4) War, containment, Korea, Vietnam, and Ameri- (4) A lecture course that examines major develop- can globalism. Prerequisites: Hst 201, 202. Historical analysis of the roots and development ments in European thought. Each term, writings of the intellectual, economic, social, and politi- of three or four authors will be used to investi- † Hst 438/538 cal power and authority of representative profes- gate the relationship between ideas and their American Economic History: the First sions in America and the West. Topics include: Century (4) social context. Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102. The economic background of the War of Inde- Foundations of American Medicine; American *Hst 465/565 pendence and the seeds of the Civil War. Indus- Medicine in the Twentieth Century; American Twentieth Century Latin America (4) trialization, urbanization, and development of Lawyering; American Technology. Course may Recent political, social, and economic develop- the frontier. Rise of big business and organized be repeated for credit with different topic. ments with emphasis on the period since World labor. Laissez faire, federalism, and the gradual *Hst 450/550 War II. Prerequisites: Hst 365, 366, or Sopho- emergence of the national government in eco- Medieval England (4) more Inquiry (Latin America). nomic policy. Changes in foreign trade and in An advanced examination of England from the *Hst 466/566 the international position of the U.S. Prerequi- Anglo-Saxon to 1450 covering selected topics The Caribbean (4) sites: Ec 201, 202. in political, religious, social, and intellectual History of the Caribbean island republics and history. † adjacent areas with emphasis on the period since Hst 439/539 * American Economic History: the 20th Hst 451/551 independence. Prerequisites: Hst 365, 366, or Century (4) Tudor England (4) Sophomore Inquiry (Latin America). Economic impact of U.S. involvement in World An advanced examination of political, intellec- *Hst 467 War I. Postwar structural changes. Waning of tual, and social change in Tudor England includ- Latin American Culture and Society (4) laissez faire. Causes of the Great Depression. ing the Henrician revolution in government, the Topics include historico-cultural disputes, elite Economic policies of Hoover and Roosevelt English Reformation, the Elizabethan renais- cultural movements, literary, artistic, and intel- administrations. The New Deal reforms. World sance and the crisis of the aristocracy. lectual currents, popular culture, external influ- War II and emergence of the administered sys- *Hst 452/552 ences, race relations, miscegenation, sectoral tem. Evolution of the mixed economy and grow- Irish History (4) relations, gender relations, and modernization. ing role of the government. The industrial- A survey of Irish history from Celtic times to the Prerequisites: Hst 330, 331, or Sophomore military complex and the social imbalance. present which attempts to increase understand- Inquiry (Latin America). Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. ing of the complexities of 20th century Irish *Hst 468/568, 469/569, 470/570 problems through an examination of the histori- *Hst 440/540, 441/541 History of Mexico (4, 4, 4) American Environmental History (4, 4) cal roots-social, religious, political, economic, Hst 468/568: A study of Mexico’s beginnings Hst 440/540: A survey of North American his- and intellectual. from pre-Columbian times through the colonial tory to 1900 from an environmental perspective *Hst 455/555 period. The origins of Mexican culture, society, with special reference to the development of The Renaissance (4) economy, and political institutions will be exam- environmental thought, interdisciplinary topics The purpose of this course is to identify and ined in the context of Hispanic and indigenous in environmental history, and the history of eco- examine those special aspects of Western Euro- contributions. Hst 469/569: A study of Mexico’s logical thinking. Hst 441/541: A survey of North pean civilization that mature roughly between history from the revolutions for independence American history since 1900 from an environ- 1300 and 1550 and that begin to set it apart from until 1876. Emphasis will be placed upon the mental perspective with special reference to the medieval era. Thus the class is not a survey development of constitutional government, the conservation and environmentalism, interdisci- of life during a period of time but a study of era of reform, foreign interventions, and the res- plinary topics in environmental history, political selected phenomena. Among topics for consider- toration of the republic. Hst 470/570: Mexico’s action, and contemporary environmental ation are the revival of antique (above all Latin emergence as a modern nation during the Porfir- thought. and Greek) letters and attitudes, types of ian dictatorship. The 20th century revolutionary Humanism, new education ideals, secular out- *Hst 442/542, 443/543 upheaval and consolidation. Prerequisites: Hst History of the Westward Movement (4, 4) look, the functions of Renaissance patrons, polit- 365 or 366. A description of the westward movement into ical theory and the growth of the “early modern *Hst 475/575 the various geographical regions of the nation state,” Neoplatonism, and the spread of the History of Russia: Origins to Peter The Great, and an evaluation of the significance of this phe- Renaissance from Italy to Northern Europe. 800-1700 (4) nomenon for the American people, both contem- There is much opportunity for class discussion. Kievan Rus’, the “Mongol Yoke,” Muscovy, and poraneously and subsequently. Social, cultural, *Hst 456/556 the beginnings of empire. Analysis of primary economic, and political aspects of the migration The Protestant and Catholic Reformations of sources and historiographical debates. Emphasis process will be examined. Hst 442/542: the the 16th Century (4) on political, social, and cultural aspects. Atlantic seaboard to the Mississippi. A survey of the religious revolutions that *Hst 476/576 Hst 443/543: the trans-Mississippi West. occurred in Europe during the first two thirds of History of Russia: Imperial, 1700-1917 (4) Prerequisite: upper-division standing. this century, up until the end of the Council of This course traces the Romanov dynasty and its Trent (1563), the so-called Reformation era. It subjects until its fall. Analysis of primary Hst 444/544 will treat religious, intellectual, political, social History of the Pacific Northwest (4) sources and historiographical debates. Emphasis The social, cultural, economic, and political and economic developments that helped create on political, cultural, and social aspects, espe- aspects of the development of civilization in the setting for the Reformation, as well as the cially on the successive attempts at reform, and Oregon and Washington. The history of the course of events that constitutes the Reforma- intellectual self-definition of the nation and its region is related to national and international tion, the doctrines and intentions of the major classes. reformers (among others, Martin Luther, John contexts. Prerequisites: Hst 201, 202. *Hst 477/577 Calvin, Ignatius Loyola), the beliefs of the *Hst 445/545 History of Russia: Soviet Union and its Fall, common people, and the consequences of 1917-Present (4) History of Portland (4) reform. The historical growth of Portland and its metro- Russian Revolution, the Civil War, NEP, Stalin- politan region, with major attention given to the *Hst 457/557, 458/558 ism, Khrushchev, Brezhnev, Gorbachev, and the 20th century. Emphasis is placed upon the pro- History of Germany (4, 4) dissolution of the Soviet Union. Analysis of pri- cess of urbanization and the consequences of the The development of German political and social mary sources and historiographical debates. past decisions and actions as they relate to recent life in modern times. Hst 457/557: Thirty Years’ Emphasis on political, social, and cultural developments. Prerequisite: upper-division War to the Revolution of 1848. Hst 458/568: aspects. standing. 1848 to the present. Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102.

† Also offered as Ec 456/556, 457/557. 128 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Hst 478/578, 479/579 *Hst 488/588 history, from archival management to historic Russian Cultural and Intellectual History (4, Modern Arabia (4) preservation and museum studies. Taught in 4) A survey of the history of the Arabian Peninsula cooperation with the professional staff of the Analysis of primary sources. Hst 478/578: 19th in the 19th and 20th centuries. Emphasis will be Oregon Historical Society. This course is a century intelligentsia. Hst 479/579: 20th century on socio-economic and governmental institu- prerequisite for Hst 404/504, Public History mass culture—films, novels, sport, and music. tional change with discussion of changing cul- Internships. * tural values. The role of the British and Ottoman Hst 485/585, 486/586 *Hst 497/597 The Ottoman World and Modern Turkey empires, Islamic reformism, oil, and the emer- Film and History (4) (4, 4) gence of nation states (Saudi Arabia, Yemen, The study of selected topics of modern history Study of social, cultural, and governmental pat- Oman, and the Gulf States). Prerequisites: through the viewing and analysis of important terns in Ottoman and Turkish society, from Hun- Hst 102, 386, or 485. documentaries and feature films. Emphasis is on gary to the Red Sea, from the 13th century to the Hst 495 the application of techniques of historical source present. Hst 485/585: Ottoman world in the Comparative World History (4) criticism to the varied information preserved and 13th-16th century, rise of world empire in the Comparative examination of important themes transmitted in cinematographic form. The sub- Balkans and Middle East; 17th and 18th century in Asian, African, European, and Western Hemi- ject matter will vary from term to term. (Maxi- Age of Doubt, Tulip Period. 486/586: Modern sphere historical experience. Both the themes mum number of credits is 12; 4 credits each for Turkey in the 20th century; revolutionary West- and regional focus vary each term, and themes three courses with different topics.) ernization in the Middle East. Prerequisite, Hst may be drawn from any time period. Possible 485: Hst 101 or 385. Hst 486: Hst 102, 386. Hst 500 themes include: The Roman and Chinese Introduction to the Master’s Program in *Hst 487/587 Empires; Money, Trade, and Empire, 1500- History (4) Palestine and Israel (4) 1800; The Thirteenth Century World; Gender An introduction to the professional study of his- A critical review of the 19th and 20th century and Identity, 1750-Present. (Maximum number tory and to the writing of the master’s thesis. social, cultural, economic and political factors of credits is 12; 4 credits each for three courses Intended for new or recently entering graduate behind the formation of two modern Middle with different topics). students in history. Eastern nations, Palestine and Israel. Prerequi- Hst 496/596 sites: Hst 102, 386, or 485. Hst 503 Introduction to Public History (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) An introduction to the field of public history Hst 509 with special emphasis on the research methods, Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) procedures, and work in the practice of public

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

Sixth Avenue Building excellent foundation for careers in which Connected Learning—24 credits required 725-3455 an understanding of international eco- At least 24 credits from adviser-approved www.oaa.pdx.edu/International/ nomic, political, social, and cultural affairs courses appropriate to a student’s regional or InternationalStudies/ is of importance; it also provides a solid regional/thematic focus, selected from depart- foundation for graduate work in the field. ments and programs in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, the School of Business B.A. Requirements for Major. In addi- Administration, the School of Education, the Minor tion to the general University requirements School of Fine and Performing Arts, and the Certificate in European Studies and those for the B.A. degree, majors must College of Urban and Public Affairs...... 24 Certificate in Latin American complete an individualized curriculum in Regional Focus Studies their areas of geographic concentration, to At least 24 upper-division credits from adviser- Certificate in Middle East Studies include: approved, area-specific courses appropriate to International Studies—29 credits required the student’s regional focus; plus three years¤ Intl 101 Introduction to International Studies . .4 of language study (or equivalent) appropriate INTERNATIONAL STUDIES †Intl 205 Introduction to Regional Studies . . . .4 to the regional focus: Africa, East Asia, PROGRAM Intl 395 Colloquium (one credit in each of Europe, Latin America, or the Middle East. three terms) ...... 3 or The International Studies Program offers a ‡Intl 396 The United States and the World . . . .4 Regional/Thematic Focus B.A. degree in international studies based Intl 397 Preparation for International At least 12 upper-division credits in adviser- on an interdisciplinary curriculum that pro- Experience...... 4 approved, area-specific coursework, and 12 vides both a global perspective and a com- Intl 407 Seminar ...... 4 upper-division credits in adviser-approved prehensive view of a selected geographic Intl 499 Senior International Experience ...... 6 interdisciplinary coursework related to a theme region of the world. This degree affords an of international significance approved by an

† Students may not substitute UnSt 299 for Intl 205 (and vice versa); the appropriate mentor section is required. ‡ Students may substitute Hst 435/436/437 or PS 345/445 for Intl 396 with approval of adviser; Ling 471 for Intl 397 with approval of adviser. Substitutions for, or waivers of, all other Intl courses must be approved by the program director as well as the adviser. ¤ Demonstration of three years’ foreign-language equivalency may be through examination; three years’ coursework includes a departmentally administered proﬁciency examination. The Senior Capstone requirement will normally be fulﬁlled by taking Intl 499. Students who elect to satisfy the Senior Capstone requirement in another department or program will sit a comprehensive examination. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 129

adviser; plus three years†of language study (or Courses taken under the undifferenti- Intl 395 equivalent) appropriate to area-specific course- ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not Colloquium (1) work. be accepted toward fulfilling department Lectures by PSU and visiting scholars on major world issues. minor requirements. Total hours: 77 (plus from 0 to 42 Intl 396 depending on language study) 77-119 The United States and the World (4) All courses used to satisfy the depart- CERTIFICATE Interdisciplinary study and analysis of the role of mental major requirements, whether taken PROGRAMS the United States in world affairs with emphasis on the twentieth century, relations between the in the department or elsewhere, must be U.S. and the Third World, the era of the Cold graded C or above. The University awards certificates for language and area specialization to students War, American globalism, diplomatic, economic, The approved elective courses which and geopolitical issues. may be used to complete the above curricu- who have completed the requirements for a bachelor’s degree in any field. Certificates Intl 397 lum are determined according to the geo- Preparation for International Experience (4) graphic region of study that a student are currently available in European Studies, Examination of communication-based, cultural, selects. Currently, five regions of concen- Latin American Studies, and Middle East economic, emotional, physical, political, reli- tration are available: Studies. The specific courses needed for a gious, and social aspects of an overseas or com- certificate in each area differ; interested munity-based international/intercultural Africa: Candice Goucher, adviser, students should consult the International experience. Presentation of strategies for devel- 725-3052 Studies Program in the Sixth Avenue opment of an appropriate level of preparation to Europe: Steven Fuller, adviser, 725-3540 Building. meet challenges of working and traveling in an East Asia: Linda Walton, adviser, Students in both the International Stud- international/intercultural setting. Emphasis on 725-3004 general methodology and process required to ies and certificate programs are encouraged develop personal awareness and resources for Latin America: Friedrich Schuler, to consider overseas study opportunities successful field experience. Also offered as BSt adviser, 725-3988 available through the Office of Interna- 397; may be taken only once for credit. Middle East: Jon Mandaville, adviser, tional Education Services, Sixth Avenue Intl 399 (503) 725-5467 or 725-3983 Building. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Information on recommended courses Language and area studies certificate Intl 401 is available from advisers, with whom programs focus on the study of a group of Research (Credit to be arranged.) majors should meet regularly beginning no countries or a geographical area having Intl 404 later than the first term of their sophomore common linguistic and/or cultural charac- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) year. teristics. The course of study is designed to broaden the student’s understanding of a Intl 405 particular world area. Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) MINOR IN Students must take 30 credits (two INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Intl 407 years) of one adviser-approved language Seminar (4) appropriate to the geographic area of con- Requirements for a Minor. To earn a Reading and discussion about an interdiscipli- centration (or demonstrate equivalent profi- nary topic in international affairs. Restricted to minor in international studies a student ciency in that language); and they must seniors with an International Studies major or must: 1) demonstrate competence in an successfully complete 30 credits of speci- minor. appropriate foreign language either by fied area courses. Intl 410 completing the second year of the language Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) in the final term or by passing a departmen- Intl 499 tally administered proficiency exam at the COURSES Senior International Experience (6) same level; and 2) complete 24 credits (8 of A service learning and/or community-based Intl 101 learning experience in an international or inter- which must be taken in residence at PSU Introduction to International Studies (4) and 11 credits of which must be upper divi- A survey of the main concepts, analytical tools, cultural setting, in a group-supervised, team- sion) to include the following: fields of study, global problems, and cross-cul- centered format, within either a study-abroad program or a local project (or both) with an International Studies—15 credits required tural perspectives that comprise international studies. appropriate international agency, business, com- Intl 101 Introduction to International Studies . .4 munity, or non-profit organization. Intl 395 Colloquium (one credit in each of Intl 195 three terms) ...... 3 Colloquium (1) Intl 396 The United States and the World . . . . .4 Lectures by PSU and visiting scholars on major Intl 407 Seminar ...... 4 world issues. Connected Learning—16 credits required Intl 199 16 credits from adviser-approved area-specific Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) or thematic courses ...... 16 Intl 205 Introduction to Regional Studies (4) Total 31 In-depth interdisciplinary or topical study of one of the regional foci in the International Studies degree program: Africa, East Asia, Europe, Latin America, the Middle East.

† Demonstration of three years’ foreign-language equivalency may be through examination; three years’ coursework includes a departmentally administered proﬁciency examination. The Senior Capstone requirement will normally be fulﬁlled by taking Intl 499. Students who elect to satisfy the Senior Capstone requirement in another department or program will sit a comprehensive examination. 130 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

334 Neuberger Hall Students interested in majoring in math- One of the following: ...... 3-4 (503) 725-3621 ematics are urged to meet with a depart- Mth 345 Ring and Field Theory www.mth.pdx.edu/ ment adviser. Students who have decided Mth 346 Number Theory to major in mathematics should inform Mth 338 Modern College Geometry both the department and the registrar’s Mth 444 Advanced Linear/Multilinear B.A., B.S.—Mathematics Algebra Minor office of that decision. Mathematics majors †One approved two-term 400-level Mth or Mathematics Education Programs are encouraged to participate in the activi- Stat sequence...... 6 M.A., M.S.—Mathematics ties of the department and to meet on a reg- †Two additional approved 400-level Mth or M.A., M.S.—Mathematics with a ular and continuing basis with a Stat courses ...... 6 Concentration in Statistics departmental adviser. †Additional approved elective courses...... 6 M.A.T., M.S.T.—Mathematics For mathematics majors: The CS 161 or CS 208 ...... 3-4 degree program requires a basic core of Ph.D. in Mathematics Education Total 59-62 Ph.D. in Systems Science— courses, but it also has the flexibility that Mathematics allows students to pursue special areas of All courses used to satisfy the depart- interest in mathematics. The program is mental major requirements, whether taken designed to provide a foundation for more in the department or elsewhere, must be UNDERGRADUATE advanced work and/or a basis for employ- graded C-, P, or above, but no more than 4 PROGRAMS ment in government, industry, or secondary courses graded P will count toward these education. A joint degree in mathematics requirements. Transfer students majoring The mathematical sciences have long pro- with computer science, business adminis- in mathematics are required to take a vided the necessary languages of the physi- tration, economics, physics, or some other minimum of 15 credits of PSU upper- cal sciences, but are now also recognized as area may give a student better opportunities division mathematics or statistics courses important components of study for students for employment upon graduation. in residence. in computer science, social science, busi- The department attempts to offer as In addition to the specific required ness administration, education, and the bio- many courses as possible after 4 p.m. on a courses listed above, the following options logical sciences. Mathematics is also a rotating schedule so that a degree may be are intended to help the student plan a pro- discipline itself and may be studied purely pursued by either day or evening gram of study with a specific goal or career for the excitement and discovery it brings enrollment. in mind. to those who study it. To meet these needs Those students majoring in mathemat- Option I—Applied Mathematics. Recom- the department offers an array of courses in ics who intend to do graduate work in the mended electives: Mth 322, 421, 422, 424, 425, 430, 451, 452, 470 pure and applied mathematics and statis- subject are strongly advised to complete tics. Option II—Graduate School Preparation. Rec- two years of study in at least one of the ommended electives: Mth 411, 412, 434, 435, The department office is in 334 following languages: German, French, or 436, 441, 442. Neuberger Hall and its Website is at Russian. Option III—Statistics. Recommended electives: www.mth.pdx.edu. Students, prospective Requirements for Major. In addi- Mth 322, 467, 468, 487; Stat 461, 462, 463, students, and all persons having an interest tion to meeting the general University 464, 465, 466. in the department are welcome at the office degree requirements, the major in mathe- Option IV—High School Teaching. Recom- and are encouraged to visit the Website. matics must complete the following mended electives: Mth 338, 346, 481, 482, The Website provides information about requirements: 486, 487, 488; Psy 311; Ed 420. See Mathe- the department’s faculty, programs, matics Education Program below. courses, other services, and its current Credits Option V—Actuarial Science. Recommended Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 electives: CS 161; Mth 451, 452, 467, 468; activities. Calculus I, II, III, IV ...... 16 Stat 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466; SySc 520, In order to help students plan their pro- Mth 256 or Mth 421 Differential Equations . 3-4 521, 522. grams the Mathematical Sciences Depart- Mth 311, 312 Advanced Calculus ...... 8 Requirements for a Minor. To ment provides placement assistance and the Mth 343 Applied Linear Algebra ...... 4 opportunity to meet with an adviser. All Mth 344 Group Theory ...... 4 earn a minor in mathematics, a student students are urged to avail themselves of must complete 35 credits (12 of which these services, especially those students must be upper division; 9 of these who are enrolling in their first mathematics 12 upper-division credits must be taken in or statistics course. residence at PSU), to include the following:

† Approved electives are Mth 313, 322, 324, 338, 345, 346, 411, 412, 413, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 430, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445, 449, 451, 452, 453, 467, 468, 470, 471, 472, 481, 482, 483, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488; Stat 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466. Check with the department for the list of approved Mth or Stat sequences and for additional courses, including omnibus-numbered courses, which may be approved as electives. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 131

Credits GRADUATE matics. The program prepares teachers in Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 subjects such as geometry, algebra, analy- Calculus I, II, III, IV ...... 16 PROGRAMS sis/calculus, history of mathematics, proba- Mth 311 Advanced Calculus or Mth 344 The Department of Mathematical Sciences bility, statistics, discrete mathematics, and Group Theory ...... 4 use of technology in the classroom. The †Additional approved elective courses . . . . .15 offers work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master program is intended for individuals with a Total 35 of Arts in Teaching, Master of Science in mathematics degree or a strong background in mathematics. Only grades of C-, P, or above count Teaching, the Ph.D. in Mathematics Educa- An M.S.T./M.A.T. candidate must com- toward satisfying the department minor tion, and the Ph.D. in Systems ScienceÐ plete an approved program of 45 graduate requirements. No more than three courses Mathematics. The M.A./M.S. programs are credits and complete an approved mathe- with a grade of P may be counted toward designed for the student who wishes to pre- matics curriculum project. The program these requirements. pare for community college teaching, industrial work in mathematics, or further may also lead to the Standard Teaching MATHEMATICS EDUCATION advanced work toward a Ph.D. in mathe- Certificate/License. University require- PROGRAM matics. The M.A.T./M.S.T. programs offer ments for a Standard Teaching Certificate/ Advisers: L.B. Adajian, M.A. Enneking, L.T. License are listed on page 191. Nelson, J.R. Palmiter, J.M. Shaughnessy advanced training and specialized courses for secondary school teachers of mathe- Students interested in teaching mathemat- PH.D. IN MATHEMATICS matics. ics should consult one of these advisers EDUCATION In addition to meeting the University early to design an approved mathematics The Department of Mathematical Sciences admission requirements, students seeking program. offers a Ph.D. in Mathematics Education. regular admission status in master’s pro- After completing a baccalaureate The main objective of this program is to grams are expected to have completed degree, a student must complete the year- develop educators with an understanding of courses in linear algebra, abstract algebra, long Graduate Teacher Education Program mathematics and its teaching and learning, and analysis, and, for the M.A./M.S. pro- (GTEP) through the School of Education to and with the capabilities for research and grams, differential equations. receive a teaching certificate/license from professional practice in the field. This pro- Degree Requirements. University PSU. gram provides a balance between mathe- master’s degree requirements are listed on Only grades of C-, P, or above count matics and mathematics education to help page 56. Specific departmental require- toward satisfying the mathematics require- in the development of mathematics educa- ments are listed below. ments for teacher certification/licensing. tors who may become: 1) Faculty members in mathematics education in mathematics Elementary Education. Students MASTER OF ARTS OR planning to earn an elementary teaching MASTER OF SCIENCE departments or schools of education in uni- certificate/license (grades K-8) must com- Candidates must complete an approved 45- versities, four-year colleges, or community plete Mth 211, 212, 213 before admission credit program which includes at least 30 colleges; 2) Curriculum specialists in math- to the GTEP. credits in mathematics or statistics.These ematics, supervisors of mathematics at the Secondary Education. Students 30 credits must include courses distributed middle school level or secondary school planning to earn a secondary teaching cer- as follows: two 9-credit sequences at the level, or mathematics specialists in state or tificate/license (grades 5-12) in mathemat- 600 level and either the local departments of education; ics must obtain a recommendation for 3-credit Mth 501 Mathematical Literature 3) Private sector specialists in mathematics admission to the GTEP from the Mathe- and Problems or the 3-credit Stat 501 education. matical Sciences Department. To assure Statistical Literature and Problems. In General Degree Requirements. this recommendation, the student’s pro- addition, the student must pass written Candidates must complete an approved gram should include the courses required examinations. program of 84 credit hours which consists for the major and those listed in Option IV of three major components: coursework, a above. MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER research practicum experience, and disser- OF SCIENCE WITH A Middle School Math Program. tation research. Coursework must include CONCENTRATION IN 18 credit hours mathematics education This program is intended for those who STATISTICS will teach first-year algebra and below. The research courses (Mth 690-695); 18 credit Candidates must complete an approved 45- hours of other 500-600 level mathematics program leads to a Middle School Endorse- credit program which includes at least 30 ment in Mathematics to add to a current courses; and 18 hours of graduate course- credits in courses with the Stat prefix. work in supporting areas outside of Oregon Teaching License. Before entering These 30 credits must include courses dis- the program a student must consult a math- mathematics (such as curriculum and tributed as follows: two 9-credit sequences instruction, psychology, educational ematics adviser. Prerequisite courses are at the 600 level, 3 credits of Topics in Sta- Mth 111, 212. policy, science, computer science, philoso- tistical Consulting, and 3 credits of Stat phy, sociology, anthropology, etc.). Community College Teaching. 501, Statistical Literature and Problems. In The M.S./M.A. or the M.S.T./M.A.T. grad- Candidates must pass comprehensive addition, the student must pass written examinations in mathematics and mathe- uate degrees are normally required to teach examinations. at the community college level. The depart- matics education. In addition, candidates ment provides a special seminar on teach- MASTER OF SCIENCE IN will be strongly encouraged to demonstrate ing at this level. Consult with a TEACHING OR MASTER OF competency in reading research in mathe- mathematics adviser. ARTS IN TEACHING matics education in at least one language The Master of Science in Teaching or the other than English. Master of Arts in Teaching of mathematics Admission to the Ph.D. Pro- are designed for individuals interested in gram. Candidates in this program must strengthening their understanding of math- currently have (or complete during their ematics to enrich the teaching of mathe- program) a master’s degree in mathematics

† Approved electives are Mth 256, 311, 312, 313, 343, 344, 345, and Stat 460, plus any course approved as an elective for major credit. 132 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

equivalent to the M.S./M.A. degree or the junior- and senior-level mathematics. Required Mth 324 M.S.T./M.A.T. degree at Portland State field work consists of providing tutoring service Vector Analysis (4) University. Applications must be received in the community or University. Prerequisite: Modern vector methods with applications for consent of instructor. students of mathematics, physics, and engineer- at least two terms prior to the term of ing. Prerequisite: Mth 254. admission. For more complete information Mth 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 338 on the program, write the Department of Modern College Geometry (4) Mathematical Sciences at Portland State. Mth 211, 212, 213 Foundations Of Elementary Mathematics I, Topics in Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: Mth 253. PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE: II, III (4, 4, 4) MATHEMATICS A constructivist approach to fundamental ideas Mth 343 The Department of Mathematical Sciences of mathematics. Courses must be taken in Applied Linear Algebra (4) sequence. Prerequisite: grade of C-, P, or above Topics in matrix algebra, determinants, systems participates in the Systems Science Doc- in second year high school algebra or equivalent. of linear equations, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, toral Program offering a Ph.D. in systems Mth 241 and linear transformations. Selected applications science-mathematics. Specialized studies Calculus for Management and Social Sciences from science, engineering, computer science, in applied and theoretical mathematics, (4) and business. Prerequisite: Mth 253. when combined with core area courses and An introduction to differential and integral cal- Mth 344 electives, will partially fulfill the require- culus, this course is intuitive in approach and Introduction to Group Theory and ments for the Ph.D. in systems science- emphasizes applications. While intended as a Applications (4) mathematics. For specific requirements for terminal course, the interested student may Groups, homomorphisms, factor groups. Selected applications from geometry, combinat- this degree, contact the Department of follow it by the more extensive and rigorous calculus sequence Mth 251, 252, 253, 254. Students orics, computer science, chemistry. Prerequisite: Mathematical Sciences, and for general may not receive credit for this course if they Mth 253. information related to the Systems Science already have credit for Mth 251. Prerequisite: Mth 345 Ph.D. degree, see page 58. grade of C-, P, or above in Mth 111 within the Introduction to Ring and Field Theory (4) last five years. Topics in rings, integral domains, fields, ordered COURSES Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 fields, polynomial rings. The development of the Calculus I, II, III, IV (4, 4, 4, 4) real number system. Prerequisite: Mth 344. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Differential and integral calculus of functions of Mth 346 offered every year. a single variable, analytic geometry, infinite Number Theory (4) series, an introduction to differential and integral A presentation of the properties of numbers as Placement exams for Mth 111, 112, 211, 241, calculus of functions of several variables and found in the theory of divisibility, congruence, 251, 301, and Stat 243 are available through the applications. Courses must be taken in sequence. diophantine equations, continued fractions, and Mathematics Department (a fee is charged). Prerequisite: grade of C-, P, or above in Mth 112 algebraic numbers. Prerequisite: Mth 253. Mth 70 within the last five years. Elementary Algebra (3) Mth 399 This is a basic course covering first-year high Mth 256 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) school algebra. Credit for enrollment (eligibility) Applied Differential Equations I (4) Mth 401/501 Solution techniques in ordinary differential but not toward graduation; satisfies no Univer- Research (Credit to be arranged.) equations; applications. Prerequisite: Mth 253. sity or general education requirements. Taught Consent of instructor. through the School of Extended Studies. Mth 301, 302, 303 Mth 404/504 Elements of Modern Mathematics I, II, III (4, Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Mth 95 4, 4) be arranged.) Intermediate Algebra (3) Topics selected from arithmetic, algebra, geome- Topics include problem solving, linear equa- Mth 405/505 try, calculus, probability, and statistics. A cul- Reading and Conference (Credit to be tions, systems of equations, polynomials and tural approach to mathematics in which factoring techniques, rational expressions, radi- arranged.) technical proficiency is not the primary objec- Consent of instructor. cals and exponents, quadratic equations. Credit tive. Recommended for liberal arts students. Pre- for enrollment (eligibility) but not toward gradu- Mth 407/507 requisite: grade of C-, P, or above in Mth 111 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ation; satisfies no University or general educa- within the last five years. tion requirements. Taught through the School of Consent of instructor. Extended Studies. Prerequisite: Mth 70. Mth 311 Mth 410/510 Advanced Calculus (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 111, 112 Properties of the real numbers, introduction to Consent of instructor. Introductory College Mathematics I, II metric spaces, Euclidean spaces, functions of a (4, 4) real variable, limits, continuity, the extreme and Mth 411/511, 412/512, 413/513 Introduction An integrated treatment of topics from algebra to Real Analysis intermediate value theorems, sequences. Prereq- and trigonometry. These courses serve as addi- I, II, III (3, 3, 3) uisite: Mth 253. tional preparation for students with insufficient Sequences and series of functions; real-valued background who desire to take Mth 251, 252, Mth 312, 313 functions on topological spaces; the Stone- 253. Neither Mth 111 nor 112 can be taken for Advanced Multivariate Calculus (4, 4) Weierstrass and Baire category theorems; com- credit if a grade of C-, P, or above has already Differential and integral calculus of functions of pact, self-adjoint, and Fredholm operators; Fou- been received for a course which requires either several variables, the inverse and implicit func- rier series and integrals; elements of functional of them as a prerequisite. Courses must be taken tion theorems, infinite and power series, differ- analysis. Courses must be taken in sequence. in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 111: grade of C-, ential forms, line and surface integrals, Green’s, Prerequisite: Mth 313. P, or above in second year high school algebra or Stokes’, and Gauss’ theorems. Courses must be Mth 420/520 equivalent within last five years. Mth 112: Mth taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 311. Introduction to Complexity Theory (3) 111 with a grade of C-, P, or above within the Mth 322 An introduction to theoretical computer science. last five years. Applied Differential Equations II (4) Includes a study of models of computation, com- Laplace transforms, power series techniques, plexity classes, Cook’s theorem, polynomial and Mth 191, 192, 193 linear systems, and applications. Prerequisites: Mathematics Tutoring (3, 3, 3) nonpolynomial classes, discrete problems. Pre- Training in one-to-one and small-group tutoring Mth 254, 256. requisite: Mth 344. over a wide range of mathematical topics. Mth 191: tutoring in arithmetic and other non-university courses. Mth 192: tutoring in freshman-level mathematics. Mth 193: tutoring in sophomore- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 133

Mth 421/521, 422/522, 423/523 mental approval, this sequence may be repeated Mth 485/585 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations for credit. Courses must be taken in sequence. Topics in Analysis for Mathematics Teachers I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Prerequisites: Mth 343, 344. (3) Vector fields and phase flows in the plane. Geo- Selected topics in analysis for mathematics metric and algebraic properties of linear sys- Mth 449/549 teachers. Prerequisites: Mth 311. Topics in Advanced Number Theory (3) tems. Existence, uniqueness, and continuity A study of advanced topics selected from the Mth 486/586 theorems for C systems. Additional topics. areas of algebraic or analytic theory. With Topics in The History of Mathematics (3) Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequi- departmental approval, this course may be Selected topics in the historical development of sites: Mth 312, 343. repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Mth 346. mathematics. With departmental approval, this Mth 424/524, 425/525 course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Mth 451/551, 452/552, 453/553 at least two upper-division courses approved for Elementary Differential Geometry and Numerical Calculus I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Tensor Analysis I, II (3, 3) Computer arithmetic. Solution of nonlinear major credit. Differential geometry of curves and surfaces; Mth 487/587 elementary Riemannian geometry; tensors and equations. Interpolation. Numerical integration and differentiation. Solution of linear equation Introduction to Combinatorial Analysis (3) their algebra; elements of tensor analysis; appli- Permutations and combinations, partitions, gen- cations from mechanics and field theory. systems. Eigenvalue problem, least square, che- byshev, trigonometric and rational function erating functions, inclusion and exclusion princi- Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequi- ples, recurrence relations, Polya’s theory of sites: Mth 343 and either 256 or 421. approximation. Numerical solution of differential equations. Prerequisites: knowledge of FOR- counting, elementary theory of graphs and trees, Mth 430/530 TRAN or PASCAL, Mth 343 for Mth 451, Mth block designs. Prerequisite: Mth 344 or 346. Topics in Mathematical Modeling (3) 451 for Mth 452, Mth 322 for Mth 453. Mth 488/588 Basic introduction to mathematical model build- Computing Technology for Mathematics ing starting with prototype, model purpose defi- Mth 467/567, 468/568 Teachers (3) nition, and model validation. Models will be Applied Probability I, II (3, 3) Hands-on experience in the study of the role of chosen from life, the physical and social sci- Finite probability, Markov chains, queuing theory, renewal theory, optimization under uncer- computer software and calculators in the teach- ences. Applications chosen from differential ing and learning of mathematics. Prerequisite: equations, linear programming, group theory, tainty. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Stat 461. Mth 344 or 346. probability or other fields. Prerequisites: Con- Mth 490/590 sent of instructor and either Mth 256 or 421. Mth 470/570, 471/571, 472/572 Computing in Mathematics for Middle School With approval, this course may be repeated for Complex Analysis and Boundary Value Teachers (3) credit. Problems I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Fundamental concepts of complex variables, A study of the role of computing in mathematics Mth 431/531, 432/532, 433/533 partial differential equations and boundary value with emphasis on the use of modern technology. Topics in Geometry I, II, III (3, 3, 3) problems using Fourier series. Prerequisites: Not approved for major credit. Available for Topics selected from projective geometry, non- Mth 254 and either 256 or 421. graduate credit toward a master’s degree in edu- Euclidean geometry, algebraic geometry, con- cation only. Previous computer experience. Pre- vexity, differential geometry, foundations of Mth 480/580 requisites: Mth 111, 212. geometry, combinatorial topology. With depart- Systems Analysis: Calculus of Variations (3) Basic problems of the calculus of variations. Mth 491/591 mental approval, this sequence may be repeated Experimental Probability and Statistics for for credit. Prerequisite: Mth 311, 338, or 344. Euler equations. Lagrange conditions. Lagrange multipliers. Lagrange equations. Hamilton’s Middle School Teachers (3) Mth 434/534, 435/535, 436/536 A study of probability and statistics through lab- equations. Application to mechanical and electri- oratory experiments, simulations, and applica- Set Theory and Topology I, II, III (3, 3, 3) cal systems. Prerequisite: Mth 256 or 422. Cardinal and ordinal numbers. The axiom of tions. Not approved for major credit. Available choice and equivalent formulations. Introduction Mth 481/581 for graduate credit toward a master’s degree in to general topology with the notions of interior, Probability for Mathematics Teachers (3) education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. closure, topological space, continuity, and Introduction to probability as a modeling technique in mathematics and methods of teaching Mth 492/592 homeomorphism. Construction techniques and Problem Solving for Middle School Teachers properties of point-set topology, especially con- probability. Use of probability in decision (3) nectedness, compactness, and separation. Addi- making and inference. Simulation of experi- Examination and application of problem-solving tional topics. Courses must be taken in sequence. ments. Methods of enumeration. Laws of proba- techniques and strategies. Problems are drawn Prerequisite: Mth 311. bility. Special probability distributions. from various areas of mathematics. Not Computer-assisted analysis. Prerequisite: Mth approved for major credit. Available for graduate Mth 440/540 344 or 346. Boolean Algebra (4) credit toward a master’s degree in education Axiomatic treatment of Boolean algebras, finite Mth 482/582 only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. Boolean algebras, representation theorems. Statistics for Mathematics Teachers (3) Mth 493/593 Introduction to partially ordered sets and lattices. Introduction to methods of statistical analysis Geometry for Middle School Teachers (3) Transfinite induction, Zorn’s lemma. Applica- and methods for teaching statistics. Descriptive Selected topics from informal geometry, both tions to logic and switching circuits. Prerequi- statistics, organization of data, sampling tech- two- and three-dimensional. Not approved for site: Mth 344. niques, sampling distributions, methods of statis- major credit. Available for graduate credit tical inference, estimation, hypothesis testing, Mth 441/541, 442/542, 443/543 Introduction toward a master’s degree in education only. Pre- regression, and correlation. Computer-assisted requisites: Mth 111, 212. to Abstract Algebra I, II, III (3,3, 3) analysis. Prerequisite: Mth 344 or 346. Groups and rings with homomorphism theo- Mth 494/594 rems, vector spaces, modules, algebraic theory Mth 483/583 Arithmetic and Algebraic Structures for of fields and Galois theory, lattices, algebras. Topics in Geometry for Mathematics Middle School Teachers (3) Teachers (3) The study of the real number system and its sub- Prerequisites: Mth 343, 344. Courses must be Selected topics in geometry for mathematics taken in sequence. systems will lead to the introduction of more teachers. Prerequisite: Mth 338 or 431. general algebraic structures and their applica- Mth 444/544, 445/545 Advanced Linear/Multilinear Algebra I, II (3, Mth 484/584 tions. Not approved for major credit. Available 3) Topics in Algebra for Mathematics Teachers for graduate credit toward a master’s degree in (3) education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. A second course in linear algebra. Products, Selected topics in algebra for mathematics quotients, and duals of vector spaces. Multilinear teachers. Prerequisite: Mth 344 or 441. Mth 495/595 maps, tensor products, exterior algebra. Minimal Historical Topics in Mathematics for Middle and characteristic polynomials, canonical forms. School Teachers (3) Finite dimensional spectral theory. With depart- A survey of the historical development of topics in mathematics from ancient to modern times, with special emphasis on topics in arithmetic, 134 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

algebra and informal geometry. Not approved for Second Fundamental Form, complete Rieman- The following in-service courses have limited major credit. Available for graduate credit nian manifolds and the Hopf-Rinow theorem, application toward advanced degrees. toward a master’s degree in education only. Pre- spaces of constant curvature, variations of arc Mth 801 requisites: Mth 493, 494. length, and the Morse Index theorem. Prerequi- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 496/596 site: Mth 425/525. Mth 802 Concepts of Calculus for Middle School Mth 631, 632, 633 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Teachers (3) Topology I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Mth 804 An introduction to the limit concept and its role Topics from: uniform structures and topological Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to in defining the derivative, the integral and infi- vector spaces, fundamental group and covering be arranged.) nite series. Applications to middle school mathe- spaces, CW complexes and elements of homo- Mth 805 matics. Not approved for major credit. Available topy theory, manifolds, introduction to differen- Reading and Conference (Credit to be for graduate credit toward a master’s degree in tial topology and vector bundles. Courses must arranged.) education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 436. Mth 806 Mth 503 Mth 641, 642, 643 Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Modern Algebra I, II, III (3, 3, 3) arranged.) Mth 601 Topics from groups, semigroups, rings, fields, Mth 807 Research (Credit to be arranged.) algebras, and homological algebra.Prerequisite: Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 603 Mth 443 or both 442 and 445. Mth 808 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 651, 652, 653 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 604 Advanced Numerical Analysis I, II, III Mth 809 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to (3, 3, 3) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) be arranged.) An advanced study of numerical methods with emphasis on theory, economy of computation, Mth 810 Mth 605 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be and the solution of pathological problems. arranged.) Topics will typically be chosen from: evaluation STATISTICS of functions, roots of equations, quadrature, Mth 607 Stat 199 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ordinary and partial differential equations, inte- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) gral equations, eigenvalues, construction of Mth 610 approximating functions, orthonomalizing Stat 243, 244 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction To Probability And Statistics I, codes, and treatment of singularities. Courses Mth 611, 612, 613 II (4, 4) must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth A basic course in statistical analysis including Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I, II, 453. III (3, 3, 3) presentation of data probability, probability dis- Lebesgue measure and outer measure, measur- Mth 667, 668, 669 tributions, sampling distributions, estimation, able functions and the Lebesgue integral, con- Stochastic Processes and Probability Theory tests of significance, experimental design and vergence theorems, product measures, and I, II, III (3, 3, 3) analysis of variance, regression and correlation, Fubini’s theorem. Lp spaces, derivates, deriva- Sets, spaces, and measures. Probability distribu- nonparametric statistics, selected topics, applica- tive, finite variation and absolutely continuous tions. Random variables. Dependence. Limit tions, and use of statistical computer packages. functions. Courses must be taken in sequence. theorems. Birth and death processes and Markov A broad nontechnical survey designed primarily Prerequisite: Mth 412. processes. Mathematical statistics, hypothesis for nonmath students who need to utilize the testing, and sequential analysis. Selected appli- * subject in their own fields. Not approved for Mth 614, 615, 616 cations. Courses must be taken in sequence. Pre- Modern Analysis I, II, III (3, 3, 3) major credit. Courses must be taken in sequence. Topics from nonlinear analysis, harmonic analy- requisite: Mth 411, Stat 463. Prerequisite: grade of C-, P, or above in second sis, analytic functions, ordered vector spaces, Mth 690 year high school algebra or equivalent within the analysis on Lie groups, and operator theory. Introduction to Research in Mathematics last five years, or satisfactory score on the place- Prerequisite: Mth 412/512. Education (3) ment exam. Topics in the history of mathematics education Mth 617, 618, 619 including an examination of the current research Stat 366 Introduction to Experimental Design (4) Functional Analysis I, II, III (3, 3, 3) trends in mathematics education. Hilbert and Banach spaces, the Hahn-Banach, Nonparametric statistics, multiple regression, open mapping, and closed graph theorems. Mth 691 topics in experimental design analysis of vari- Compact, self-adjoint, normal, and Fredholm Curriculum in Mathematics Education (3) ance, factorial designs, analysis of covariance, operators. Locally convex spaces, weak topolo- An analysis of curriculum development and other designs. Prerequisite: Stat 244. gies, duality. Banach- and C* -algebras, spectral assessment efforts in mathematics education both past and present. Stat 399 theory. Courses must be taken in sequence. Pre- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) requisite: Mth 413. Mth 692 Stat 401/501 Research Methodology and Design (3) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 621, 622, 623 An examination of quantitative and qualitative Advanced Differential Equations I, II, III Consent of instructor. (3, 3, 3) research methodologies and their applications to the design of research in mathematics education. Stat 404/504 Advanced theory of dynamial systems and par- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to tial differential equations including the basics of Mth 693 be arranged.) partial differential equations, boundary value Research on the Learning of Mathematics (3) An analysis of the mathematics education Stat 405/505 problems for elliptic equations, the Cauchy Reading And Conference (Credit to be problem, and parabolic equations. Topics research on the learning of mathematics, includ- arranged.) selected from Hamiltonian systems, waves and ing topics from K-16 mathematics. Consent of instructor. shocks, variational methods, control theory. Mth 694 Stat 407/507 Prerequisite: Mth 423/523 or 472/572. Research on the Teaching of Mathematics (3) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 624, 625, 626 An analysis of the research on the teaching of Consent of instructor. mathematics, including issues from levels K-16. Advanced Differential Geometry I, II, III Stat 410/510 (3, 3, 3) Mth 695 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Topics selected from differentiable manifolds, Topics in Research in Mathematics Education Consent of instructor. differential forms, DeRham cohomology, Lie (3) groups, fibre bundles, the Riemannian metric, A special topics seminar devoted to exploring affine and Riemannian connections, parallel particular issues in more depth. translations, holonomy, geodesics, curvature, isometric embeddings and hypersurfaces, the C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 135

Stat 460/560 Stat 465/565, 466/566 Stat 607 Applied Statistics for Engineers and Scientists Experimental Design: Theory and Methods Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) (3) (3, 3) Stat 610 Histograms; binomial, Poisson, normal, t, F, and A theoretical and applied treatment of experi- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Chi-square distributions; central limit theorem; mental design; analysis of variance, fixed effect Stat 661, 662, 663 testing hypothesis; correlation and regression models, random effects models, checking model Advanced Mathematical Statistics I, II, III (3, analysis; analysis of variance; computer applica- adequacy; block designs, Latin squares, related 3, 3) tions. Not for major credit. Prerequisite: designs; incomplete designs; factorial designs, Theory of estimation; tests of statistical hypothe- Mth 254. confounding two-level designs, split-plot ses. Single and multi-parameter cases. Robust- Stat 461/561, 462/562, 463/563 Introduction to designs; fractional factorial designs; nested ness. Classical notions, including lower bound Mathematical Statistics I, II, III (3, 3, 3) designs; relation to regression analysis; analysis theory, sufficiency, and maximum likelihood Theory of probability, distributions of random of covariance. All sections will illustrate real estimation. The Neyman-Pearson construction, variables, central limit theorem, sampling distri- world applications with computer usage. Prereq- likelihood ratio tests, robust analogues. Prerequi- butions, point and interval estimation, tests of uisite: Stat 464/564. sites: Mth 511, Stat 563. hypotheses, analysis of variance. Courses must Stat 503 Stat 664, 665, 666 be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 256. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Theory of Linear Models I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Stat 464/564 Stat 601 Multivariate normal distribution; moments and Applied Regression Analysis (3) Research (Credit to be arranged.) characteristic functions; noncentral Chi-square Basic concepts of regression analysis, matrix Stat 603 and noncentral F distributions; distribution of approach to linear regression selecting the “best” Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) quadratic forms; estimation and distribution of regression equation, and multiple regression. Stat 604 estimators; principles of maximum likelihood Computational algorithms and computer soft- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to and least squares; confidence regions and tests of ware regression packages. Applications in sci- be arranged.) hypotheses; regression models; Wishart distribu- ence, engineering, and business. Prerequisites: Stat 605 tion; Hotelling’s T2 statistic. Courses must be Mth 343 and either Stat 460/560 or 461/561. Reading and Conference (Credit to be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Stat 463. arranged.)

PHILOSOPHY

471 Neuberger Hall What is truth? Is it a human creation or option (pass/no pass) are acceptable toward (503) 725-3524 is it there to be discovered? Are there really fulfilling department major requirements. www-adm.pdx.edu/user/phil/ such things as electrons, or is talk about Requirements for a Minor. To electrons merely a convenient device for earn a minor in philosophy a student must B.A., B.S. making predictions? What is explanation in complete 28 credits (8 credits of which Minor science? must be taken in residence at PSU), to What is the will? Do we have freedom include the following: of will? What is the relation between a per- Credits UNDERGRADUATE son’s body and mind? Phl 201 Introduction to Philosophy ...... 4 PROGRAM Requirements for a Major. In Phl 202 Elementary Ethics...... 4 addition to meeting the general University Phl 204 Introduction to Formal Logic ...... 4 The basic objective of the philosophy pro- degree requirements, the philosophy major Phl 301, 302 History of Philosophy...... 8 gram is to help the student to develop an must take a minimum of 56 credits in phi- Philosophy electives (to include a minimum ability to grasp and critically analyze basic losophy courses. Specific requirements are of 4 credits in upper-division courses) ...... 8 concepts and assumptions made about real- as follows: ity, humanity, knowledge, truth, value, and Total 28 Credits A maximum of 4 credits of philosophy society, and to evaluate claims about them. Phl 201 Introduction to Philosophy ...... 4 More specifically, philosophy is con- Phl 202 Elementary Ethics...... 4 taken under the undifferentiated grading cerned with such questions as these: How Phl 204 Introduction to Formal Logic ...... 4 option (pass/no pass) are acceptable toward do value judgments differ from other judg- Phl 300 Philosophical Methods and fulfilling department minor requirements. ments? Are values relative? If so, relative to Concepts ...... 4 Honors in Philosophy. Require- what? Is beauty in the eye of the beholder? Phl 301, 302 History of Philosophy...... 8 ments: In addition to meeting the general Is there such a thing as knowledge of right Two courses taken from the following University degree requirements, a student and wrong, good and bad, ugly and beauti- (historical figures): Phl 414, 415, 416, 417, seeking a degree with departmental honors ful? If so, how do we get it? What is it for a 418, 419, 420 ...... 8 must earn a minimum of 60 credits in phi- Two courses taken from Phl 423, 424, 470, losophy, including Phl 485 Honors Semi- situation to be unjust? What is it to have a 471, 474...... 8 right to something or to do something? Two courses taken from Phl 445, 446, nar and 4 credits of Phl 401 Honors What makes one society better than and designated courses in ethics ...... 8 Research. To be admitted to the Honors another? Is there such a thing as one person Philosophy electives ...... 8 Program in Philosophy, a student must being a better human being than another? If have completed 90 hours of coursework so, in what does this consist? Is happiness Total 56 with a GPA of at least 3.2. Admission to the ultimate value? If not, what other A maximum of 8 credits of philosophy any honors philosophy course and award of values are there? taken under the undifferentiated grading the Honors Degree requires a GPA of at least 3.5 for all philosophy courses taken. 136 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

No courses taken under the undifferenti- CONFLICT RESOLUTION 3. Emphasis Area Coursework. ated grading option are acceptable toward Master of Arts or Master of Sci- Students must take a minimum of four fulfilling the requirement for the Honors ence interdisciplinary elective courses. These Degree. Students entering this program are four courses, combined with the core expected to develop an understanding and courses, must support at least two empha- GRADUATE appreciation of the theoretical, conceptual, sis areas. The program director maintains a PROGRAM and methodological breadth of the field and current list of recommended interdiscipli- to develop expertise in the pursuit of their nary elective courses that support empha- The Department of Philosophy hosts the own particular interests in the study of consis areas. Master of Arts/Sciences degree program in flict resolution. In conjunction with the stu- 4. Practicum. Each student will com- Conflict Resolution, which is a theoretical dent’s adviser, each student will design a plete a 9 credit, 300-hour practicum (CR and applied philosophy, as well as an inter- program based upon particular concerns 509) that covers at least one of the empha- disciplinary, professional program. The within the field of conflict resolution, such sis areas. The practicum will be set up in program’s current areas of emphasis are: as violence prevention, mediation, negotia- consultation with the student’s program violence prevention, mediation, negotiation, facilitation, restorative justice, nonvi- adviser. Optimally, the practicum will give tion, facilitation, restorative justice, nonvi- olent social change, international conflict the student professional experience in an olent social change, international conflict resolution, and dispute systems design and emphasis area, as well as give the student resolution, and dispute systems design and evaluation. ideas about thesis research topics. evaluation. Graduate courses in philosophy This program will provide the student 5. Thesis. Each student will complete a are also offered in support of graduate pro- with the appropriate research competen- thesis and pass a final oral examination on grams in fields other than philosophy. cies—critical, qualitative, or quantitative— the thesis. Students must complete at least For admission to graduate study, the to pursue independent inquiry under fac- 9 credits of CR 503 Thesis; 9 credits maxi- student’s background and preparation ulty guidance. The master’s degree pro- mum count toward the degree. The thesis should reflect an ability to pursue graduate gram consists of a minimum of 63 credits director and thesis committee will be work in conflict resolution. It is not of coursework, including 9 credits of thesis selected, in consultation with the program required that the applicant’s undergraduate work and 9 credits of practicum work. adviser. Prior to beginning work on the degree be in philosophy or any other spe- Each student’s program must be based thesis, all students will be required to take cific academic discipline. Because the pro- upon the following courses or their transfer the Thesis Preparation Seminar where they gram is broadly interdisciplinary, students equivalencies. demonstrate proficiency in relevant theo- with any undergraduate degree are encour- 1. Required Core Courses. ries and research methodology. aged to apply for admission. Should the a. CR 512 Perspectives on Conflict student’s preparation be deemed inade- Resolution (4 credits) COURSES quate in certain areas, the student will be b. CR 513 Philosophy of Conflict required to overcome those deficiencies Resolution (4 credits) Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not through formal coursework and/or directed c. CR 514 Conflict Resolution in offered every year. readings. All such work is separate from Divergent Settings (4 credits) Note: There are no sequences among the lower work toward the master’s degree. d. CR 515 Negotiation and Mediation division courses. Any of Phl 201-210 make a Each applicant to the conflict resolution (4 credits) good starting course in philosophy. graduate program must submit a letter to e. CR 524 Advanced Mediation Phl 199 the director explaining his or her reasons (4 credits) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) for pursuing an advanced degree, along f. CR 523 Law and Professional Ethics Phl 201 with an academic writing sample of at least in Conflict Resolution (4 credits) Introduction To Philosophy (4) ten pages in length. Additionally, each General introduction to philosophy. While dif- g. CR 522 Thesis Preparation Seminar ferent instructors will use different materials— applicant must submit three letters of rec- (1 credit) ommendation from individuals closely typically classical texts—attention will be given h. At least one 4-credit course in to what makes a question a philosophical ques- acquainted with the applicant’s academic research methods (Several departments tion and the nature and methods of philosophical career and, where applicable, with the offer courses that satisfy this require- inquiry. applicant’s professional background and ment, such as Anth 512, Eng 596, PS Phl 202 competencies. 595, Psy 597, Psy 598, Soc 592, Soc 593, Elementary Ethics (4) All students are admitted to the pro- Sp 521, Sp 531) General introduction to ethical theory. Attention gram on conditional status. Regular status 2. Areas of Emphasis. All graduate will be given to such questions as whether there and retention in the graduate program students are expected to develop a theoreti- are objective moral distinctions, what makes requires the satisfactory completion of 12 cal competency in at least two areas of right acts right and wrong acts wrong, and how graduate credits with a minimum grade of emphasis. Areas of emphasis will be we know (if we do) that actions are right or 3.00 in each course and evidence of satis- wrong. Among the theories likely to be consid- designed in consultation with the student’s ered are relativism, egoism, utilitarianism, and factory progress toward the degree. program adviser. Areas of emphasis cur- Kantianism. Degree Requirements. University rently supported in this program include: Phl 203 master’s degree requirements are listed on violence prevention, mediation, negotia- Critical Thinking (4) page 54. Specific program requirements are tion, facilitation, restorative justice, nonvi- A course designed to improve ability at reason- listed below. olent social change, international conflict ing and critical assessment. The primary empha- resolution, and dispute systems design and sis will be on practical methods, involving study evaluation; other areas of emphasis may be of editorials, essays, propaganda, advertise- developed, according to particular student ments, etc. needs, in consultation with the program Phl 204 adviser. Introduction to Formal Logic (4) A course in basic formal logic. Major topics include the method of deduction for showing propositional arguments valid and the method of counter-example for showing such arguments C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 137

invalid. Truth table methods, tests for consis- logic arguments valid, and the method of Phl 404/504 tency, and syllogistic arguments are optional counter-example for showing such arguments Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to topics. invalid. Prerequisite: Phl 204. be arranged.) Phl 206 Phl 310 Phl 405/505 Elementary Philosophy of Science (4) Environmental Ethics (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be An examination of the reflections of scientists Critical study of issues raised by the attempt to arranged.) Consent of instructor. and philosophers on the nature of scientific formulate an adequate environmental ethic. activity and its institutions; the logical structure Some of these issues deal with how our treat- Phl 407/507 of scientific explanations and various concep- ment of the environment affects other human Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tions of a scientific world view. beings, i.e., future generations. Others have to do Consent of instructor. Phl 209 with how non-human beings are to be treated. Phl 410/510 Business Ethics (4) Do animals have rights? Do species have rights? Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Study of the ethical aspects of practices and Do our proper moral concerns extend to such *Phl 414/514 organizational structures in the business world. things as trees, rivers, and possibly the planet Plato (4) Course begins with a review of some traditional itself? A number of current problems will be Study of selected dialogues of Plato with atten- theories of ethics. The bulk of the course is considered, such as population control, limits to tion to such topics as his theory of forms, moral devoted to specific contemporary topics, for growth, global warming, and endangered spe- philosophy, political philosophy, and to the indi- example: the moral status of corporations; the cies. Prerequisite: Phl 202 or the relevant Sopho- vidual topics of the dialogues, as, for example, concept of work place rights; responsibility in more Inquiry. knowledge, being, virtue, piety, love, friendship, advertising; environmental constraints on busi- Phl 311 the state, the nature of philosophy. Prerequisite: ness; affirmative action in hiring; the social roles The Morality of Punishment (4) 8 credits in philosophy. of profit and private property; role of work in the The focus will be on the nature and proper aims *Phl 415/515 life of the individual. of punishment; moral considerations that bear on Aristotle (4) Phl 210 the justice and wisdom of punishment. Consider- Study of some of the works of Aristotle, such as Philosophy of Religion (4) ation will be given to the main theories of pun- his Physics, Metaphysics, Ethics, Politics, parts Examination of philosophical questions involved ishment: retributionism, utilitarianism, of the Organon Rhetoric. Among topics for in the study of religion, e.g., the meaning of paternalism, and the view that punishment attention are substance, essence, categories, “God,” or “gods;” the traditional arguments for should be replaced by therapy. Prerequisite: Phl cause, the good man, practical reason. Prerequi- the existence of a god; the meaning of faith and 202 or the relevant Sophomore Inquiry. site: 8 credits in philosophy. the question of its connection to reason; the *Phl 312 *Phl 416/516 problem of evil (of reconciling a god’s alleged Feminist Philosophy (4) The Rationalists: Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza perfection with the existence of evil). Note: this Critically examines traditional schools of philo- (4) is not a class in comparative religion or the sophical thinking from a feminist perspective. Study, with comparisons, of selected works of history of religion. Prerequisite: one philosophy course other than these philosophers who maintained that knowl- Phl 103, 204, 206. edge comes primarily from reason. Likely read- Phl 212 ings: for Descartes, Meditations, or Rules, or Philosophy in Literature (4) Phl 315 An introduction to traditional philosophical Existentialism (4) Discourse on Method; for Spinoza, Ethics; for issues as they appear in literature, especially in Introduction to a number of philosophers and lit- Leibniz, a selection from among his many col- fiction. The specific philosophical problems and erary figures gathered (or confused) together lected works and fragments. Offered approxi- the literary works will vary from term to term under the name “existentialism.” Works of mately every second year. Prerequisite: 8 credits and from instructor to instructor. Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, Dostoyevsky, Heideg- in philosophy. * Phl 213 ger, Camus, Sartre, and deBeauvoir will be read Phl 417/517 Life and Death Issues (4) and discussed, as much for their dissimilarities The Empiricists (4) Cluster course consisting of philosophical as for similar themes. In particular, Sartrean Study of the British philosophers, Locke, Berke- aspects of moral problems dealing with life and existentialism will be contrasted with what ley and Hume, who hold that all of the ingredi- death issues. Such issues may include abortion, Heidegger calls existential phenomenology. ents of thought enter the mind by way of euthanasia, the death penalty, starvation, and Questions addressed: What is it to be human? experience and that only what has a definite rela- nuclear war. What is consciousness? Does anything have tion to experience can be thought. Among the intrinsic value (value as an end in itself)? What particular topics considered will be material sub- Phl 300 makes acts right? Does morality presuppose or stance, spirit, abstract ideas, causation, induc- Philosophical Methods and Concepts (4) tion, and skepticism. Prerequisite: 8 credits in A survey of the major strategies of proof and dis- entail freedom? Prerequisite: one philosophy philosophy. proof central to philosophical reasoning, and of class. the fundamental concepts and distinctions *Phl 332 *Phl 419/519 employed in current philosophical discourse. Intentionality, Phenomenology, and Kant (4) Aims at providing students who have a serious Existentialism (4) Study of Kant’s Philosophy primarily as repre- interest in thinking philosophically with the con- Examination of the Kantian roots of what sented in the Critiques of Pure Reason, Practical ceptual tools found to be useful for this purpose. becomes known as “intentionality” (i.e., that our Reason, Judgment. Readings from some of these Not recommended as a first course in philoso- conscious acts are directed towards objects, or related works. Possible topics for consider- phy. intending them). Various theories of intentional- ation: necessary connection, the analytic-syn- ity will be read and discussed (e.g., Husserl, thetic distinction, conceptions of science and Phl 301, 302 Heidegger, Frege, and Searle). There will be metaphysics, relation between metaphysics and History of Philosophy (4, 4) morality. Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. Study of Western philosophy during the ancient limited discussion of the alleged ties between period (classical Greek through Hellenistic intentionality and existentialism. Prerequisite: *Phl 420/520 times) and the modern period (17th century to 8 credits in philosophy. Wittgenstein (4) the present). *Phl 333 Consideration of some of the major works of Wittgenstein with emphasis on the later work, * Analytic Philosophy (4) Phl 304 Examination of the analytic especially the Philosophical Investigations. Predicate Logic (4) Attention will be given to Wittgenstein’s contri- Continuation of Phl 204 Introduction to Formal philosophical tradition from Frege and Russell butions to philosophical method, as well as to his Logic. Primary emphasis will be on formal through early Wittgenstein and the Positivists to treatment of issues concerning language, mean- methods for dealing with arguments involving the present. ing, intention, understanding, necessity, and the the terms “all” and “some.” Major topics include Phl 399 nature of human persons as language users. Pre- the method of deduction for showing predicate Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) requisite: 12 credits in philosophy. 138 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Phl 423/523 *Phl 446/546 *Phl 474/574 Metaphysics (4) Ethics II (4) Philosophy of Logic (4) Philosophical examination of traditional meta- A course on the nature of moral reasoning deal- Topics: validity, sentence-proposition, connec- physical issues (such as relation of body and ing with such topics as whether moral reasoning tives, quantifiers, truth, paradoxes, logical neces- mind, free will and determinism) and of the presupposes some completely general and fun- sity and possibility. Optional topics: metalogic, more influential ontologies (idealism, material- damental moral principles, whether moral rea- the construction of formal systems of logic and ism, dualism). Introduction also to contemporary soning involves the apprehension and formal proofs of certain of their properties, e.g., controversies over the feasibility of metaphysics application of rules, the relevance of conse- consistency and completeness. Prerequisite: Phl as a rationale discipline (logical positivism and quences to the justification of conduct, and the 304 or equivalent. its critics). Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. significance of the moral relations between per- *Phl 485 *Phl 424/524 sons. Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy Honors Seminar (4) Epistemology (4) including Phl 202. Selected topics within areas of the instructor’s Philosophical examination of some of the main *Phl 455/555 research. Both students and teacher will be issues in the theory of knowledge (such as our Health Care Ethics (4) expected to produce substantial written material knowledge of the external world, of the minds of Examines ethical issues that arise in relation to on the topic, to be shared and critiqued. Recom- others, of logical and mathematical truths, etc.). health care policy, the practice of medicine, and mended particularly for students considering Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. the introduction of new biotechnologies. Topics graduate work in philosophy. Prerequisites: 24 *Phl 432/532 covered in any given term might include (among credits in philosophy with a GPA in philosophy Philosophy of Mind (4) other topics) the extent of our right to health courses of at least 3.5. A study of the nature of mental states. Main care, the rationing of scarce medical technolo- topics are dualism and various forms of material- gies, the ethics of abortion and euthanasia, the CONFLICT RESOLUTION ism, behaviorism, mind-body identity theories, extent of a patient’s right to privacy, confidenti- CR 512 and functionalism; and the nature and content of ality, autonomy, the use of human beings as Perspectives in Conflict Resolution (4) propositional attitudes (e.g., belief, desire, mean- experimental subjects, and the ethics of genetic Introduction to full scope of the master’s degree ing). Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. manipulation. Prerequisite: upper-division stand- program. Since the program is intended to embrace both humanities and social science ori- * ing or 8 credits in philosophy. Phl 433/533 entations, students need to become acquainted Philosophy of Language (4) *Phl 470/570 A study of the nature of language, and of prob- Philosophy of Science (4) with the methods and terms of criticism arising lems of meaning, reference, and truth. Prerequi- Review of historically significant theories of from these sometimes divergent disciplines. Pre- site: 8 credits in philosophy. nature and scientific method. Analysis of basic requisite: 3 credits English literature and 3 credits psychology or sociology. *Phl 445/545 patterns of explanation and types of concept and Ethics I (4) theory formation in the sciences. Prerequisite: 8 CR 513 A course in moral epistemology or “meta-eth- credits in logic. Philosophy of Conflict Resolution (4) ics” dealing with such matters as the distinction Introduction to the insights that philosophy and connections between fact and value, “is” and offers to the field of conflict resolution. The “ought” description and evaluation. Prerequisite: course will also explore the impact that conflict 8 credits in philosophy including Phl 202. resolution practice may have on philosophical theory. Additionally, ethical issues that arise during conflict resolution work will be carefully considered. Prerequisite: 3 credits philosophy. CR 514 Conflict Resolution in Divergent Settings (4) Examination of the variety of settings where conflict resolution takes place. Guest speakers share their experience and theoretical insights. Prerequisites: CR 512, 513. CR 515 Negotiation and Mediation (4) Introduction to collaborative approaches to responding to conflict. A theoretical framework will be established for using negotiation and mediation in a variety of settings. Students will learn how to function as a neutral third party focusing on: conflict analysis, communication skills, maintaining a neutral role, creating a safe environment, and ensuring procedural, substantive and psychological satisfaction. Ethical issues and concerns in the field of mediation will be presented. Prerequisite: 3 credits psychology or sociology. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 139

CR 517 CR 522 CR 524 Nonviolence (4) Thesis Preparation Seminar (1) Advanced Mediation (4) Designed to acquaint students with the theories Introduction to a variety of approaches to thesis Focus on the qualities of the practitioner that and history of nonviolence from ancient times to writing and research. Students examine com- enhance the practice of mediation. The practice the present, with some speculation as to future pleted master’s degree theses in conflict resolu- of mediation involves a particular kind of pres- use. Prerequisite: 3 credits of philosophy. tion. Prerequisite: one year completed in the ence, that of a non-judgmental observer. To CR 518 master’s degree program. maintain such a presence while in the midst of Psychology of Conflict Resolution (4) CR 523 emotions, intense interactions, hostility, and con- Introduction to the psychological research and Legalities and Professional Ethics in Conflict flict requires much clarity, steadiness, and stabil- insights that illuminate conflict resolution theory Resolution (4) ity. Students will learn ways to achieve these and practice. A dual focus on both methods and Students examine theories and insights about the qualities through the cultivation of mindfulness. research will be maintained throughout the cur- role of law and professional ethics in the fields Prerequisites: CR 515. riculum. Prerequisite: 3 credits psychology. of conflict resolution. A historical account of the CR 525 evolution of law and professional ethics raises Conflict Resolution Systems Design (4) interesting questions about how the fields of con- Acquaints the student with a systems approach flict resolution challenge law and ethics. Prereq- to designing conflict resolution services. These uisite: three credits of ethics. services are designed for a wide variety of settings to handle conflicts effectively at the lowest cost. Students learn to diagnose and correct problems in an existing system, as well as create and implement a wholly new system.

PHYSICS

262 Science Building II beauty, harmony, and interplay of the laws their assigned adviser. Students planning to (503) 725-3812 of physics greatly enhances our view and transfer to PSU from community colleges www.physics.pdx.edu/ appreciation of our environment. or other universities are strongly advised to As an undergraduate, you will take a contact the Department of Physics well B.A., B.S. group of core courses that will give you a ahead of their proposed date of transfer so Minor general background in the subject. You will that a smooth transition, which avoids Secondary Education Program study force and motion, heat, optics, elec- course duplication and untimely delays, M.A., M.S. tricity, magnetism, atomic and nuclear can be accomplished. Students need to Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences physics, quantum mechanics, and the phys- choose between the standard option and the and Resources: Physics ical properties of materials, learning both environmental physics option. In addition the theoretical and the experimental to meeting the general University degree aspects. requirements, the student must meet the UNDERGRADUATE Physicists are employed by almost all following minimal departmental course PROGRAMS industries, particularly by the technical requirements: industries and by government laboratories. Physics is the branch of knowledge that Credits Roughly half of all students with a bache- Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics, Ph 211, 212, attempts to explain all of the phenomena lor’s degree in physics go on to graduate 213, or Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics we observe or infer on earth and in the uni- work. In addition to a traditional graduate (with Calculus) ...... 9-12 verse. Its study has made possible a curriculum in physics or astronomy, they Ph 204, 205, 206 Lab for Ph 201, 202, 203 or modern understanding of the origin of the can enter programs in optics, applied phys- Ph 214, 215, 216 Lab for Ph 211, 212, 213 or universe as well as the behavior of biologi- ics, engineering physics, and education. Ph 221, 222, 223 ...... 3 cal materials and chemical processes. Sci- Biophysics, material science, atmospheric Ph 311, 312 Introduction to Modern Physics. . .8 entists trained in this field can engage in physics, environmental science, medical Ph 314, 315 Experimental Physics I ...... 8 Ph 321 Current Electricity ...... 4 such diverse areas as solid state devices, physics, and finance are particularly popu- particle physics, energy and the environ- Ph 322 Computational Physics ...... 4 lar fields, now. Environmental programs, Ph 424 Classical Mechanics I ...... 3 ment, biotechnology, and space travel. electrical engineering, nuclear engineering, Upper-division electives...... 8 The study of physics does not involve and computer science are common gradu- the following of a specific recipe or set of ate school tracks. Medicine and law are Total in physics (minimum) 47-50 rules; rather it entails developing an atti- also fields that welcome students with Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 Calculus ...... 16 tude or way of looking at phenomena and physics degrees. Many physicists are entre- Mth 256, 322 Applied Differential Equations . .7 asking questions. Physicists seek to under- preneurs who start their own companies. One year of general chemistry: Ch 221, 222, stand how the physical universe works, no 223, 227, 228, 229 ...... 15 Requirements for the B.A. or matter what the scale of observation—from B.S. Degree in Physics. It is impor- quarks to quasars, from the time it takes the Total 38 tant that students planning to major in proton to spin, to the age of the cosmos. Select one of two options (standard or physics contact the Department of Physics The answers to these questions are summa- environmental option): prior to the start of their work in order that rized into statements called laws. We live in a coherent program can be planned with the age of physical law. Awareness of the 140 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Standard option: The student must also pass a qualify- Ph 316 Methods of Experimental Physics I. . . .4 GRADUATE PROGRAMS ing examination and a final oral examina- Ph 425 Classical Mechanics II or tion in Thesis, Cooperative Education/ Ph 432 Electricity and Magnetism II . . . . . 3-4 The department participates in the Environ- Internship, or Project. Typically, a thesis Total in physics (minimum) 7-8 mental Sciences and Resources Doctoral involves research (either experimental or theoretical), Cooperative Education/Intern- Two courses in a related area of science or tech- Program. Specialized studies in the basic nology (biology, geology, additional chemis- principles and techniques of the discipline, ship involves relevant student experiences try, computer science, electrical circuitry) . 6-8 when combined with a multidisciplinary obtained in industry or government, and a environmental science course and seminar, project involves review of the literature in a Total 13-16 will partially fulfill the requirements for the certain area of physics. In all cases, a writ- Environmental physics option: Ph.D. in environmental sciences and ten report, a presentation, and oral exam Choose 30 credits from the following list: Ph resources. For information on the Ph.D. are necessary. 451, 471, 490, 492; Bi 251, 252, 253, 357, 475, program, see page 98. 476; G 443, 444, 484; Ch 426, 427; STANDARD TEACHING CE 371. The Department offers work leading to LICENSE the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of The requirements for the standard teaching Courses taken under the undifferenti- Science. The M.A. and M.S. programs are license include 45 graduate or upper-divi- ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not designed to further the development of the sion credits exclusive of those used for acceptable toward fulfilling department student as a professional physicist. Specific either the bachelor’s degree or for the basic major requirements except for those major programs designed to meet the needs of the teaching license. For the standard endorse- courses offered on a pass/no pass basis individual student are planned in consulta- ment in physics, the student must take at only. tion with the graduate advisers. least 15 credits of adviser-approved gradu- Requirements for a Minor. To The department offers graduate courses ate subject matter distributed to strengthen earn a minor in physics a student must in the fields of classical mechanics, relativ- the student’s background in science. complete 27 credits (9 credits of which ity, hydrodynamics, quantum mechanics, Although no specific courses are required must be taken in residence at PSU, and 12 electromagnetism, statistical mechanics, for the standard endorsement, combined to 15 credits of which must be upper-divi- atomic and molecular physics, nuclear undergraduate and graduate preparation sion), to include the following: physics, physics of condensed matter, and must include at least 36 credits in the major Credits biophysics. Current research areas in theo- area. Each student’s program is tailored to Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics or retical and experimental physics are: statis- meet the needs of the individual and the Ph 211, 212, 213 General Physics tical physics, surface physics (scanning requirements of the standard endorsement (with Calculus) ...... 9-12 tunneling microscopy, near-field optical and the standard license. The 45 credits Ph 204, 205, 206 Lab for Ph 201, 202, 203 or microscopy, Mossbauer spectroscopy), and Ph 214, 215, 216 Lab for Ph 211, 212, 213 . .3 required for the license must also include Upper-division physics electives ...... 12-15 membrane biophysics (transport in biologi- 15 credits of education courses. See cal and artificial membranes), low tempera- page 191 for the required education Total 27 ture physics (heat transfer, phase courses. A maximum of one-third of the courses transitions), atoms and molecules at high taken under the undifferentiated grading temperatures and pressures, electron COURSES option (pass/no pass) is acceptable toward microscopy (atmospheric aerosols, mem- fulfilling department minor requirements. brane domains, electrodeposition), and Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Additional courses may be required as global change science. offered every year. prerequisites. Degree Requirements. University Some lecture courses may be challenged by master’s degree requirements are listed on examination. SECONDARY EDUCATION page 56. Specific departmental require- Ph 101, 102 PROGRAM ments are listed below. Essentials of Physics (4, 4) Adviser: J.A. Abramson An elementary introduction to the basic princi- Students who complete a major in physics MASTER OF ARTS OR ples of physics, their interpretation and applica- can qualify to teach physics and science MASTER OF SCIENCE tion. Designed to accommodate all liberal arts grades 5-8 in secondary schools by com- The program must be approved by the stu- students. Three lectures; concurrent enrollment pleting the education requirements on dent’s adviser and must include a minimum in Ph 104, 105 is encouraged. Prerequisite: high page 191. of 45 graduate credits in science, including school algebra. Courses are to be taken for differenti- not fewer than 30 credits in physics. These Ph 104, 105 ated grades, except for those offered only 30 credits in physics must be in 500- or Experimental Investigations for Non-science 600-level courses, distributed as follows: Majors (2, 2) on a pass/no pass basis. Students must have Discovery labs for essential laws of physics. at least a 2.75 GPA in the endorsement and Credits Investigate gravity, force, acceleration, momen- must earn at least a C in each course of the Seminar (Current Literature) ...... 3 tum, heat, work, energy, electricity, light, and endorsement. One of the following three options: radioactivity. Make simple electrical circuits and 1. Thesis ...... 6 an electrical motor. Improve computer literacy 2. Cooperative Education/Internship ...... 6 by working with graphic models of radioactive 3. Project ...... 3 decay. One two-hour discussion and laboratory Of the additional credits required in period. Concurrent enrollment in Ph 101, 102 is physics, at least 9 must be in courses with encouraged. Prerequisite: high school algebra. numbers above 610 or the graduate-level Ph 121, 122 sequence in quantum mechanics (Ph 511, General Astronomy (4, 4) An introductory historical, descriptive, and inter- 618, 619) pretative study of astronomy. Emphasis on the basic scientific methods as they apply to astronomical problems. Detailed examination of the C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 141

earth, followed by a survey of the other members Ph 261, 262 Ph 317, 318 of the solar system. Survey of the stars, their General Astronomy (4, 4) Solid State Physics for Engineering Students types, grouping, and motions. Models for the Introductory historical, descriptive, and interpre- (3, 3) evolution of the Universe and the possibility of tive study of astronomy. Emphasis is on the basic A two-term survey of solid state physics includ- life elsewhere. The nature of light, the types of scientiﬁc methods as they apply to astronomical ing topics necessary for understanding crystal- information it carries, and the types of devices problems. Detailed examination of the earth, fol- line solids and their electron transport processes. used to detect it. Need not be taken in sequence. lowed by a survey of the other members of the Topics include crystal lattices, X-ray diffraction, solar system. Survey of the stars, their types, concepts of quantum physics, Schrödinger equa- Ph 199 tion, electron tunneling, physical statistics, free Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) grouping, and motions. Models for the evolution of the Universe and the possibility of life else- electron theory of metals, effect of periodic Ph 201, 202, 203 where. The nature of light, the types of informa- potential on electrons, intrinsic and impurity General Physics (4, 4, 4) tion it carries, and the types of devices used to semiconductors and analysis of p-n semiconduc- Introductory physics for science majors. The stu- tor junction. Prerequisites: Ph 213 or 223. dent will explore topics in physics including detect it. Includes laboratory and/or ﬁeldwork. Newtonian mechanics, electricity, and magne- Ph 299 Ph 321 tism, thermal physics, optics, and modern phys- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Current Electricity (4) ics. Prerequisites: for Ph 201, Mth 112 and Ph Ph 311, 312 Electric potential and current; Kirchoff’s Laws 204 concurrently; for Ph 202, satisfactory com- Introduction to Modern Physics (4, 4) and equivalent circuits. Transient and A.C. pletion of Ph 201 and Ph 205 concurrently; for The revolution in the concepts of physics in the behavior of circuit elements. Theory of operation Ph 203, satisfactory completion of Ph 202 and 20th century. Radioactivity, quanta, black-body of diodes and transistors. Prerequisites: Ph 203 Ph 206 concurrently. radiation, relativity. Bohr’s theory of the atom. or 213; concurrent enrollment in Ph 314. Introduction to quantum mechanics. Atomic, * Ph 204, 205, 206 Ph 322 Lab for Ph 201, 202, 203 (1, 1, 1) molecular spectroscopy, periodic table. Introduc- Computational Physics (4) Introductory laboratory for students in General tion to nuclear and solid state physics, and ele- Formulation and numerical solution of physics Physics. One 3-hour laboratory period. Corequi- mentary particles. Three lectures. Prerequisite: problems. Use of computers and graphical dis- sites: concurrent enrollment in Ph 201, 202, 203. Ph 203, or Ph 213 and Mth 252. plays to enhance intuition and supplement ana- Pass/no pass only. Ph 313 lytical procedures. Approaches to complex Ideas in Modern Physics (4) physical situations, especially those involving Ph 211, 212, 213 dissipative, nonlinear and stochastic phenomena. General Physics (with Calculus) (4, 4, 4) Fundamental ideas of the modern physics of this century. Topics include the development of rela- Recommended prerequisite: Working knowledge Introductory physics for students majoring in of at least one computer language. science and engineering. The student will tivity, quantum mechanics, nuclear and particle explore topics in physics including statics, physics, and cosmology. Prerequisite: one col- *Ph 331 dynamics, electromagnetism, thermodynamics, lege-level science course. Physics of Music (4) A series of lectures and laboratories illustrating and optics using the methods of calculus. Prereq- Ph 314, 315 the basic principles of acoustics and their appli- uisites: for Ph 211, Mth 251 and Ph 214 concur- Experimental Physics I (4, 4) cation to string, wind, brass, and percussion/ rently; for Ph 212, satisfactory completion of Ph Experiments in electrical measurements, digital instruments. Some of the laboratory exercises 211 and Ph 215 concurrently; for Ph 213, satis- logic circuits with applications to experimental are adaptable for use in primary and secondary factory completion of Ph 212 and Ph 216 con- control and computer interfacing, and analog cir- school classes. Prerequisite: one year of music, currently. cuits. Two 3-hour lab periods. Ph 314 requires concurrent enrollment in Ph 321. or one year of a physical science. Ph 214, 215, 216 * Lab for Ph 211, 212, 213 Or Ph 221, 222, 223 Ph 316 Ph 353 (1, 1, 1) Experimental Physics I (4) Radiation in the Environment (4) Introductory laboratory for students in General Students will perform several experiments illus- Types of radiation and their interaction with mat- Physics (with Calculus). One 3-hour laboratory trating quantum and relativistic effects. The ter, including organic tissue; methods of detec- period. Corequisites: concurrent enrollment in emphasis will be on computer-assisted experi- tion and shielding; evaluation of dosage and risk Ph 211, 212, 213 or concurrent enrollment in Ph mentation and data analysis. Experiments will assessment; methods of energy generation based 221, 222, 223. Pass/no pass only. include instrumentation and counting in nuclear on nuclear energy; nuclear waste and disposal problems. Prerequisites: Ph 203, Bi 253, Ch 223, Ph 221, 222, 223 physics, measurement of band gap in semiconductors, measurement of ratio of electron charge or equivalent. Calculus, previously or concur- General Physics (with Calculus) (3, 3, 3) rently, is recommended. Introductory physics for students majoring in to electron mass, speed of light, Frank-Hertz engineering. The student will explore topics in experiment and electron spin resonance. Two 3- physics including statics, dynamics, electromag- hour laboratory periods. Prerequisites: Ph 311. netism, thermodynamics, and optics using the methods of calculus. Prerequisites: for Ph 221, Mth 251 and Ph 214 concurrently; for Ph 222, satisfactory completion of Ph 221 and Ph 215 concurrently; for Ph 223, satisfactory completion of Ph 222 and Ph 216 concurrently. 142 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Ph 363 Ph 378 †Ph 425/525 Color Photography (3) Science Through Science Fiction (4) Classical Mechanics II (3) Principles of color photography, including the This class uses science fiction literature to exam- Advanced formulation of mechanics. Lagrange’s physics of color and scientific explanations of ine a wide variety of topics in science. Prerequi- and Hamilton’s equations. The inertial tensor, the formation of color images on light-sensitive site: Astronomy, General Physics, or Natural free rotations, and rigid body dynamics. Theory materials. Traces uses and the history of color Science Inquiry. Also listed as Sci 355; course of small oscillations, coupled oscillations and photography. Prerequisite: one college-level sci- may be taken only once for credit. normal modes. Prerequisites: Ph 424 and Mth ence or photography course. Ph 381 322. Ph 365 Physical Metallurgy for Engineers (3) Ph 426/526 Fractals, Chaos, and Complexity (4) Crystal structure of metals and their relation- Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics Introduction to the basic physical ideas behind ships to properties. Phase diagrams of alloys, (4) fractals in nature, chaos, complexity, and other heat treatment, mechanical properties, and cor- Concepts of temperature, work, and heat; first current concepts in physics, with emphasis on rosion. Methods of fabrication of metals. Two and second laws of thermodynamics and appli- fractals and chaos. Computer simulations and lectures; one 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequi- cations; thermodynamic potentials; heat engines, desktop experiments involving fractals, chaos, sites: EAS 213, Ph 213 or 223, Ch 223. Carnot cycle, and ideal gases; entropy and its and complex systems. Prerequisite: Astronomy, Ph 399 statistical interpretation; kinetic theory of gases; General Physics, or Natural Science Inquiry. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) classical and quantum statistics; introduction to statistical mechanical ensembles. Prerequisites: Ph 366 Ph 401/501 Complexity and the Universe I (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Ph 203 or 213, Mth 254, and Ph 311. Introduction to the basic physical ideas behind Consent of instructor. †Ph 431/531, 432/532 complexity and other current concepts in phys- Ph 404/504 Electricity and Magnetism (4, 4) ics. Computer simulations and desktop experi- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Advanced study of electricity and magnetism ments involving fractals, chaos, and complex be arranged.) covering field and potential of charge arrays, systems. Includes laboratory and/or fieldwork. Ph 405/505 electrostatic field energy, images, multipoles, Prerequisite: General Physics or Natural Science Reading and Conference (Credit to be Laplace’s equation, Biot-Savart and Ampere’s Inquiry. arranged.) laws, magnetic field energy, vector potential, dis- Ph 367 Consent of instructor. placement current, dielectrics and their micro- Complexity and the Universe II (4) Ph 406/506 scopic models, electromagnetic wave equations, Continuation of Sci 318/Ph 366. Emphasizes sci- Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) boundary conditions, energy radiation, magnetic entific cosmology with a focus on understanding Consent of instructor. materials and their microscopic models. Prereq- uisites: Ph 312 and Mth 256. how insights gained from physics and astronomy Ph 407/507 affect your view of the universe and your place Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) *Ph 434/534 in it. Students participate actively in seeing how Consent of instructor. Methods of Mathematical Physics (4) some of the information was gathered, to help A survey of methods of applied mathematics Ph 410/510 critically analyze what to believe about the his- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) used in modern physics, to include: vectors, tory and arrangement of the universe and what it Consent of instructor. matrices, operators, and eigenvalues; perturba- means to them. Includes laboratory and/or field- * tion theory and series expansion; variation and work. Prerequisite: Astronomy, General Physics, Ph 411/511 optimization; numerical methods; transforms; Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (4) or Natural Science Inquiry. An introduction to the ideas of quantum and special functions. Prerequisites: Ph 312 and Ph 371 mechanics; the Schrödinger equation and its Mth 322. Fractals, Chaos, Complexity, and Other application to one-dimensional problems; elec- *Ph 440/540, 441/541 Current Topics in Physics (4) tron spin; time independent perturbations. Pre- Physics of Solid State Devices (4, 4) Introductory survey to current concepts in frac- requisites: Ph 318 or 311, Mth 322. This is a survey intended to provide the founda- tals in the natural world, chaos, complexity, and * tion necessary for understanding of function, other related topics in physics. Computer simu- Ph 413/513 technology and design of solid state devices, lations and the use of microcomputers, desktop Introduction to Solid State Physics (4) Experimental and theoretical survey of the lat- rather than their application. Topics will include: experiments are an essential part of the course. tice and electronic properties of solids with par- introduction to and application of concepts of Prerequisite: one year of general physics. ticular emphasis on the properties of electrons in quantum physics to solids, effect of periodicity Ph 375 metals. Prerequisite: Ph 411 or 312. in solids on electron energy states, electron sta- The Earth’s Atmosphere: Global Change and tistics, metals, insulators, semiconductors and Human Life (4) †Ph 415/515 superconductors, thermionic and field assisted An introduction to the global environment and Experimental Optics (3) electron emission, electron scattering and mobil- how human activities are causing climatic Advanced experiments in physical optics. One 4- ity of charge carriers, intrinsic and extrinsic changes, ozone depletion, and deforestation. hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ph 203 or semiconductors, quantitative treatment of p-n Emphasizes the interrelationship between envi- Ph 213. junction, diffusion and recombination of excess ronmental processes. Deals with the qualitative *Ph 424 carriers, quantitative treatment of electron injec- aspects of how the earth’s climate works, how it Classical Mechanics I (3) tion, majority and minority components of the can be altered by burning of fossil fuels (emis- The Newtonian formulation of mechanics. Kine- junction current, breakdown, quantitative treat- sions of carbon dioxide) and by the increasing matics and dynamics of particles in inertial and ments of bipolar junction transistor, field effect concentrations of other “greenhouse gases”; how accelerated reference frames. Conservation prin- transistor and tunnel diodes, physics of metal- the ozone layer can be depleted by man-made ciples. Central forces, gravitation, and celestial semiconductor and metal-insulator-semiconduc- chemicals, and what is being done, or can be mechanics. Free and forced vibrations. Prerequi- tor junctions and devices, superconductivity and done to avert the undesirable consequences of sites: Ph 203 or 213; Mth 256 previously or con- superconducting devices, DC and AC Josephson these global changes. currently. effects, Josephson junctions, superconductive quantum interference devices. Prerequisites: Ph 312 or 318.

† Does not carry graduate credit for M.A., M.S. in physics. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 143

Ph 478/578 *Ph 618, 619 Ph 451/551, 452/552 Applications of Air Pollution Modeling (4) Quantum Mechanics (4, 4) Electron Microscopy (4, 4) Students work in teams to solve an air pollution Principles of quantum mechanics; the Electron optics theory, specimen preparation and problem using dispersion and receptor modeling Schrödinger equation; the hydrogen atom and experimental work with transmission and scan- techniques. It teaches the complementary nature other problems; approximation methods: time- ning electron microscopes, Microchemical anal- of receptor and dispersion modeling. Teaches the independent and time-dependent perturbation ysis with an energy dispersive spectrometer. advantages and disadvantages of the two theory; scattering problems. Prerequisites: Ph Specimens from all the sciences. Two lectures, approaches to air pollution modeling when 411/511, Ph 425. one 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequisites: one either approach is applicable. Students use estab- *Ph 624, 625 year of general physics and one year of any other lished computer models and become proficient Classical Mechanics (4, 4) science. in their use. Prerequisite: Ph 477/577. Advanced treatment of analytical mechanics of †Ph 464/564 *Ph 481/581, 482/582, 483/583 particles, systems of particles, and rigid bodies. Applied Optics (4) Physical Metallurgy (2, 2, 2) Methods of Lagrange, Hamilton, and Jacobi. An overview of optics and such principal appli- Introduction to principles of physical metallurgy. Symmetry and conservation laws. Prerequisites: cation as fiberoptics; chemical, biological, and Includes the atomic and crystalographic struc- Ph 425. physical sensors; optical information processing, tures of metals and alloys; defects in structure *Ph 626 acousto-optics; lasers and detectors. Prerequi- and the importance of them in determining the Hydrodynamics (4) sites: Ph 203 or 213 or 223, Mth 254. properties of metals; phase diagrams of alloy The theory of fluids and continuous media. Ph 471/571 systems and examples of important systems; dif- Equations of continuity, Euler’s equation, flow Atmospheric Physics (4) fusion and phase transformations, emphasizing fields, and applications. Prerequisite: Ph 625. Cycles of trace gases in the earth’s atmosphere the solid state; plasticity and fracture of crystals; *Ph 631, 632, 633 and their role in the environment. Emission, dis- and corrosion. Prerequisites: Ph 203, Ch 223. Electromagnetic Fields and Interactions persal and removal of natural and man-made *Ph 484/584, 485/585, 486/586 (4, 4, 4) trace constituents in the atmosphere that deter- Physical Metallurgy Laboratory (1, 1, 1) Classical description of the electromagnetic mine the earth’s climate and the stratospheric Experimental studies of the structure of metals field: classical electron theory and plasmas. Pre- ozone layer. Mass Balance Models for quantita- by light microscope, X-ray diffraction, and requisites: Ph 431. tive analysis of atmospheric composition and microhardness techniques. Heat treatment of *Ph 641, 642 trends. Climate change and perturbations of metals and studies of the resulting structural The Physics of Atoms and Molecules (4, 4) stratospheric ozone in modern times. Lays a changes. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Radiation from atoms and molecules, Raman foundation for the understanding of the complex Ph 481, 482, 483. effect. Structure of one and many electron issues of climatic change and its many linkages *Ph 490/590, 491/591 atoms, Zeeman effect, Stark effect, Lamb shift, and feedbacks. Questions regarding environmen- Cellular and Molecular Biophysics (4, 4) hyperfine structure, line intensity. Quantum tal policy and action are examined in the light of An introduction to the physical ideas and meth- mechanics of diatomic and polyatomic mole- current model results, their predictions and ods in the studies of biological phenomena, cules. Symmetry. Molecular electronic transi- uncertainties. Prerequisites: one year each of cal- organization, structure, and function at the cellu- tions. Valence and resonance. Prerequisites: culus and calculus-based physics, introductory lar and molecular level. Atomic and molecular Ph 411. course in differential equations. structures, energy and interacting forces relating *Ph 664, 665, 666 Ph 472/572 to cellular and molecular biophysics will be dis- Statistical Mechanics (4, 4, 4) Introduction to Nonlinear Dynamics and cussed. Prerequisites: Ph 203, Bi 253, and Ch Foundations of statistical mechanics and kinetic Chaos (4) 223. Calculus, previously or concurrently, is rec- theory; statistical interpretation of thermo- Introduction to basic theoretical and experimen- ommended. dynamics; ensembles in classical and quantum tal tools to study chaos and nonlinear behavior. Ph 503 systems; transport phenomena. Prerequisites: Desktop experiments and computer simulations Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Ph 619 or 625. of chaotic systems. Prerequisite: one year of general physics. Ph 601 Ph 679 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Atmospheric Physics (4) Ph 477/577 Ph 603 Advanced course to provide a working knowl- Air Pollution (4) Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) edge of base models for studying global change Air pollution meteorology needed to understand Ph 604 including the greenhouse effect, global warming, air pollution, atmospheric dispersion models, K- stratospheric ozone depletion from man-made theory, box models and receptor models. Use of Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) chemicals, tropospheric chemistry of HO and O3 simple computer models. This course is a foun- Ph 605 and transport modeling. Prerequisite: dation for the quantitative understanding of air Ph 578. pollution: At any point in the environment Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) (receptor), how much pollution is caused by a known source? If there are many sources, how Ph 606 much pollution does each source contribute at a Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be arranged.) receptor? Prerequisites: Ph 213 or 223, one year of calculus, introductory course in differential Ph 607 equations. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Ph 610 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) *Ph 611, 612 Physics of Solids and Liquids (4, 4) The theory of mechanical, thermal, electrical, magnetic, and optical properties of solids and liquids. Prerequisites: Ph 413.

† Does not carry graduate credit for M.A., M.S. in physics.

144 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

Portland State offers courses which meet Portland State University offers prepro- Sophomore Year Credits the preprofessional requirements of profes- fessional programs for students wishing to F W S sional schools within the Oregon State prepare themselves for admission to a vari- Bi 301, 302, 303 Anatomy and System of Higher Education and, in most ety of allied health professional schools. Physiology...... 444 cases, the requirements of out-of-state pro- These programs consist of a two- to four- Ch 250 Nutrition (any term) ...... 4 - - Sp 220 Public Speaking (any term) ... - 4 - fessional schools as well. The program year preparatory phase followed by a one- Wr 222 Writing Research Papers schedules in this section are typical and to four-year professional phase, and in or Wr 323 English Composition ..... - - 3 will vary in individual cases. The majority most cases admission to the professional Arts and letters ...... - 3 3 of preprofessional programs are based on school occurs before the award of the bac- Electives...... 5 5 5 the graduation requirements of other insti- calaureate degree. Computer proficiency expected tutions. Students choosing to continue at A typical freshman program includes PSU, rather than pursue a preprofessional biology, math, chemistry, and general edu- DENTISTRY, MEDICINE, transfer program should meet with a fac- cation courses; however, individual pro- OSTEOPATHY, ulty adviser to determine PSU graduation grams vary depending on the student’s AND PODIATRY requirements. All preprofessional students academic preparation and the unique grad- (503) 725-3822 should check with a faculty adviser to keep uation requirements of the institutions current on all recent changes and remain- granting the particular professional Adviser: K. Hanson, Health Sciences Advis- ing requirements. degrees. It is essential that a student’s aca- ing Office, 491 Neuberger Hall demic program be planned with a health Portland State University offers preprofes- sciences adviser, and accessible advising is AGRICULTURE sional programs for students wishing to available in the College of Liberal Arts and (503) 725-3851 prepare themselves for admission to den- Sciences Health Sciences Advising Center, tal, medical, osteopathy, or podiatry where professional advisers can help with Advisers: A. Yeakley schools. A bachelor’s degree is required course scheduling, declaring a major, pre- Freshman Year Credits prior to matriculation by the medical paring for graduate admission tests, choos- FW S school of Oregon Health Sciences Univer- ing a professional school, and organizing Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of sity. Three years’ work with at least one letters of recommendation. Biology...... 5 5 5 year at Portland State University plus the Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory transfer of up to 48 upper-division credits Chemistry...... 4 4 4 ENTAL HYGIENE Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory D from a dental school upon the satisfactory Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 1 1 (503) 725-3822 completion of one year at the dental school Mth 111, 112 Introductory College will result in the awarding of a Bachelor of Mathematics ...... 4 4 - Advisers: R.C. Mercer, F. McClurken-Talley, Science or a Bachelor of Arts degree in Mth 241 Calculus for Management K. Hanson biology or general studies. and Social Sciences or Mth 251 The School of Dentistry, Oregon Health A typical freshman program includes Calculus I ...... - - 4 Sciences University, offers a B.S. degree in biology, math, chemistry, and general edu- Wr 121 English Composition dental hygiene. This degree requires 90 cation courses; however, individual pro- (any term) ...... 3 - - credits of college work prior to matricula- grams vary depending on the student’s PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life tion in the two-year program at the School (any term) ...... - 3 - academic preparation. Before planning a Arts and letters or social science of Dentistry. The 90 credits must include curriculum, students must meet with an electives (any term)...... - 3 - the following PSU courses: adviser to determine placement in math Freshman Year Credits and science courses. In most cases a stu- ALLIED HEALTH FW S dent must also have an academic adviser in (503) 725-3822 Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology 5 5 5 their major. While there is no preferred Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory major, a broad education is encouraged. In Chemistry ...... 4 4 4 addition to specific requirements in math Chiropractic, Clinical Laboratory Science Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory (Medical Technology), Cytotechnology, and the sciences, students should build a Chemistry Lab...... 1 1 1 strong foundation in the traditional liberal Naturopathic Medicine, Occupational Anth 103 Introduction to Social/ Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, Cultural Anthropology (any term) .. - 4 - arts curriculum. Physician Assistant, Radiation Therapy, Soc 200 General Sociology...... 4 - - Accessible advising is available in the and Veterinary Medicine Mth 111 Introductory College College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Mathematics (any term) ...... - - 4 Health Sciences Advising Center, where Advisers: Chiropractic, Naturopathic, Occupa- Wr 121 English Composition professional advisers can help with course tional Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, (any term) ...... 3 - - scheduling, declaring a major, preparing Physician Assistant K. Hanson; Clinical Lab- Psy 204 or 200 Psychology as a for the MCAT and DAT, choosing a profes- oratory Science, Cytotechnology, Radiation Social Science or Natural Science .. - 4 - sional school, and organizing letters of Therapy, Veterinary Medicine R. Mercer Electives (any term) ...... - - 4 recommendation.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 145

For students who already have a bache- which they have keen intellectual interests, numerical score which constitutes one lor’s degree but are lacking the specific sci- such as economics, history, literature, important factor in determining admissibil- ence prerequisites for medical or dental mathematics, philosophy, political science, ity. In such a computation a higher score on school, PSU offers a post-baccalaureate science, or sociology, to suggest only some the LSAT can help to offset a lower GPA or program that can be completed in one year examples. Business administration and vice versa. Although the LSAT may be (including Summer Session) of intensive administration of justice, when strongly repeated, that is generally advisable only if study. Postbaccalaureate students, with suf- supplemented with work in arts and there is strong reason to believe that the test ficient background, start with general letters, science or social science, are also score was due to factors other than basic chemistry in the summer and continue with suitable. aptitude, such as illness or extreme ner- organic chemistry, biology, and physics Students are cautioned not to have a vousness. When the LSAT is repeated, law during the academic year. large number of ungraded or pass/no pass schools customarily average the test scores. credits. Law schools also advise against Information concerning the exact test dates FORESTRY concentration in courses given primarily as is available from Counseling and Testing (503) 725-3851 vocational training. Whatever the under- Services and the law advisers, Departments graduate program, prelaw students should of Political Science and Administration of Advisers: A. Yeakley develop as fully as possible the ability to Justice. Freshman Year Credits read with understanding, to think logically, F W S and to express themselves clearly and NURSING Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of cogently in written and oral work. The (503) 725-3822 Biology...... 5 5 5 importance of analytical skills in dealing Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory with concepts, abstract ideas, and complex Adviser: R.C. Mercer, F. McClurken-Talley Chemistry...... 4 4 4 fact situations, and of communications To earn a Bachelor of Science degree in Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory skills, cannot be overemphasized, for law- nursing, one must complete a two-year Chemistry Laboratory or...... 1 1 1 yers must be able to research, analyze, and preparatory phase and a two-year profes- for Forest Products or Forest Engineering: communicate. Ch 106 Introductory Chemistry sional phase. The preparatory phase, that And since law is a part of the larger Ch 109 Introductory Chemistry Lab III is, the required courses that must be com- social order, the prelaw student should seek Ch 221, 222 General Chemistry pleted before entering the professional to understand the political, social, eco- Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory phase of the program, can be taken at Port- nomic, and cultural institutions within Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus ...... 4 4 4 land State University. PSU does not offer Wr 121 English Composition which the legal system functions. As illus- the professional phase; you must be (any term) ...... 3 - - trative of specific subjects (with PSU accepted by a nursing program, such as PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life course numbers) which may be helpful those at Oregon Health Sciences Univer- (any term)...... - 3 - toward that end, the following are sug- sity (OHSU) in Portland, OHSU-SOC in Electives...... - - 3 gested with a reminder that they are not Ashland, OHSU-OIT in Klamath Falls, prerequisites for law school admission: OHSU-EOSC in La Grande, Linfield Col- LAW introductory economics (Ec 201, 202); lege-Good Samaritan School of Nursing in (503) 725-4014 OR 725-3921 ethics (Phl 202, 445, 446, 447); U.S. his- Portland, the University of Portland in tory (Hst 201, 202); legal history, constitu- Portland, or the Walla Walla College Advisers: C.L. Carr, R.W. Lockwood tional history (Hst 410, 407); political School of Nursing at Portland Adventist theory (PS 381, 482); constitutional inter- Law schools in the United States, unlike Medical Center, to complete the profes- pretation, constitutional law, the judicial medical, dental, and other professional sional phase. The PSU preparatory phase process (PS 321, 422, 423, 407); adminis- schools, generally do not require specific is designed to meet the requirements for tration of justice (AJ 420, 440, 460); psy- prelaw majors or particular courses of transferring into baccalaureate nursing at chology (Psy 204); general sociology (Soc study in preparation for law school. They one of the state-supported programs 200). In addition, many law schools recom- do recommend that the prospective law (BSN). Although there are many require- mend taking a course in accounting princi- student acquire a broad liberal education ments in the preparatory phase common to ples. providing a sound basic understanding and all nursing programs, each nursing school Completion of the Law School Admis- appreciation of arts and letters, science, has some preparatory requirements spe- sion Test (LSAT), administered nationally and social science. cific to that program. by the Educational Testing Service, is All three Oregon law schools, Lewis & Most professional programs require that required by nearly all law schools. It is Clark, Willamette, and the University of a C- or above be earned in all preparatory given at Portland State five times each year, Oregon, and the major law schools in other courses. Completion of the preparatory but should be taken at the earliest possible states, now require that applicants for phase does not guarantee acceptance into date in the student’s senior year. The test admission have a bachelor’s degree. Valu- the professional phase as admission is lim- measures writing ability and general apti- able information about prelaw study and ited and competitive. You will need to meet tude for legal studies. It does not test law school admissions is contained in the the requirements for a bachelor’s degree as knowledge of specific subjects, and is in no Pre-Law Handbook, available at book- set by the institution where you complete sense a test of knowledge about law. There stores, from Educational Testing Service, the professional phase. is no standard “passing score” on the test, Box 944, Princeton, NJ 08540, and in the For information about requirements and for each law school makes its own evalua- annual Law School Admission Test/Law admissions, contact the College of Liberal tion of an applicant’s admissibility, using School Data Assembly Service Information Arts and Sciences Advising Center, 491 the LSAT score, GPA (grade point average) Book, available in the Department of Politi- Neuberger Hall, (503) 725-3822. cal Science and in the Counseling and Test- and such other factors as it deems relevant. ing Services offices. Competition for admission to law Prelaw students are free to select their schools is very keen; thus high grade point own undergraduate programs (there is no averages and high LSAT scores are very “prelaw” major as such), but they are desirable. Many law schools use the LSAT advised to choose broad cultural fields in score and the GPA in computing a total

146 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PHARMACY The required courses for prepharmacy Psy 204 Psychology as a Social Science include: Ec 201 Principles of Economics (503) 725-3822 Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology PHE 252 First Aid Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry Two additional 3-hour courses chosen from: psy- Adviser: R.C. Mercer, K. Hanson Ch 227, 228, 229 General Chemistry Laboratory chology, sociology, or economics Portland State University offers a prephar- Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics One 3-hour course in each of the following macy curriculum which prepares the stu- Ph 204, 205, 206 General Physics Lab areas, plus one added course from any of these dent for admission to the Oregon State Mth 241 Calculus for Management and Social areas: Western culture, non-Western culture, University School of Pharmacy. Sciences or Mth 251 Calculus I and literature and the arts In September of 1999, OSU School of Bi 420 Microbiology The set of courses listed above is for Pharmacy will begin their new four-year Bi 335 Principles of Physiology entrance into Oregon State University; Bi 302, 303 Human Anatomy and Physiology Doctor of Pharmacy degree. Pre-pharmacy requirements may vary for other schools of Ch 334, 335, 336 Organic Chemistry with Labs pharmacy. students intending to apply to the new pro- Wr 121 English Composition gram should discuss their academic prepa- Two of the following: Wr 211, 213, 222, 227, ration with the pre-pharmacy adviser. 228, 323, 327, 333, or Sp 100 (If three writing courses are taken, Sp 100 need not be taken.)

PSYCHOLOGY

317 Cramer Hall those that are considering graduate work in courses. Besides taking courses in a range (503) 725-3923 psychology, are encouraged to plan their of subjects in psychology, majors are also www.psy.pdx.edu/ program with an adviser from the Depart- encouraged to take courses in human cul- ment of Psychology no later than the begin- ture and society, human biology, and phi- B.A., B.S. ning of their first term of junior standing. losophy of science. Minor It is recommended that freshmen not All courses submitted to satisfy the M.A., M.S. enroll in psychology courses unless they requirements for a major in psychology, Ph.D. in Systems Science—Psy- have a B average (3.00 GPA) or above in including the mandatory math courses, chology high school. must be passed with a grade of C- or above. Ph.D.—Participating department Requirements For Major. In In addition, courses taken under the undif- in Urban Studies Doctoral Pro- addition to meeting the general University ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) gram degree requirements, the student majoring will not be accepted toward fulfilling in department major requirements. psychology must meet the following Students considering graduate work in UNDERGRADUATE requirements: psychology should be especially well pre- PROGRAMS pared in mathematics and should take the Credits sequence in experimental psychology (Psy The program in psychology has been Requirements outside of psychology: 454, 455). They should consider participat- planned with the idea that all students, Stat 243 ...... 4 ing in research with a faculty member. regardless of major, will have to solve sig- Stat 244 ...... 4 They are encouraged to develop breadth by nificant psychological problems in their Minimum total credits outside of psychology 8 pursuing interests in diverse fields outside relations with others, at home and at work, psychology before beginning the greater Requirements within psychology: in their personal decisions, and in their specialization of graduate work. efforts to understand the problems and pro- Required of all majors: Psy 200, 204...... 8 Suggested coursework for students cesses of society. The program serves stu- Psy 321 ...... 4 considering graduate work: Credits dents intending to do professional work in Plus 36 credits of upper-division psychology All of the minimum requirements the field; liberal arts majors who are inter- courses (300- and 400- level), including 16 listed above ...... 56 ested in psychology as part of a liberal arts credits from courses listed as 410 to 498, and Plus: education; and students of other social sci- excluding courses numbered 399 and 401 to Mth 241...... 4 ences or in a professional field such as 409, inclusive ...... 36 Bi 101, 102, 103, (104, 105, 106) ...... 12-15 business, education, medicine, or the min- Psy 427...... 4 istry who seek a working knowledge of Minimum total within psychology 48 Psy 454...... 4 psychological principles. Psy 455...... 4 Minimum total requirement for the major 56 The major in psychology requires a Suggested total credits 84-87 minimum of 48 credits in the field. Stu- Psy 201, 202, and 203 are the equiva- Requirements For a Minor. To dents must complete the required courses lent of Psy 200 and 204; therefore, credit earn a minor in psychology a student must in statistics before taking any 400-level will not be given for 200 and 204 if a stu- complete 28 credits (8 credits of which course or any course with statistics as a dent has been given credit for 201, 202, and must be taken in residence at PSU), to prerequisite. 203. include the following: Because the field of psychology is All majors are encouraged to begin their varied and complex, students majoring in work in statistics as soon as possible in psychology will need guidance. All stu- preparation for Psy 321, which is a prereq- dents majoring in psychology, especially uisite for many of the upper-division

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 147

Credits of data collection and analysis, in addition minor or breadth area, and one in Systems Required of all minors: Psy 200, Psy 204 . . . . .8 to content areas in psychology. Any admis- Science. 20 credits in 300-level psychology courses sions granted to applicants who do not Dissertation. The student must (excluding 399) ...... 20 meet these requirements will be condi- submit and defend the dissertation at an Minimum total within psychology tional upon completing remedial course oral examination. for the minor 28 work. Applicants should provide the follow- COURSES All courses submitted to satisfy the ing documents: Graduate Record Examina- requirements for a minor in psychology tion scores (i.e., GRE scores for verbal, must be passed with a grade of C- or above. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not quantitative, and analytic abilities); three offered every year. Courses taken under the undifferentiated letters of recommendation from individuals grading option (pass/no pass) will not be Note: Nonmajors can satisfy the 200-level psy- knowledgeable about the applicant’s abili- chology prerequisites for upper-division psy- accepted toward fulfilling department ties (preferably from faculty members at chology courses by taking either Psy 200 or 204. minor requirements. colleges or universities attended); tran- Majors must take both Psy 200 and 204. Psy SECONDARY EDUCATION scripts; and a 500-word statement of aca- 201, 202, and 203, are the equivalent of Psy 200 PROGRAM demic and personal goals. Completed and 204; therefore, credit will not be given for 200 and 204 if a student has been given credit Adviser: C. Smith applications should be received by Febru- for 201, 202, and 203. ary 1 for admission the following academic (See General Studies: Social Science, Psy 200 page 112.) year. Psychology as a Natural Science (4) MASTER OF ARTS OR Methods and criteria by which experimental psy- MASTER OF SCIENCE chology makes observations and constructs theo- GRADUATE ries. Basic findings in physiological psychology, PROGRAMS Candidates for the master’s degree must perception, learning, thinking, and motivation. earn a minimum of 54 credits in approved Prerequisite: sophomore standing. The Department of Psychology offers work graduate courses, including thesis. Profi- Psy 204 leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and ciency in a foreign language is required for Psychology as a Social Science (4) Master of Science. The department also the Master of Arts degree, but not for the Introduction to the field of psychology with participates in the Systems Science Doc- Master of Science degree. Students’ indi- major emphasis on what psychological findings toral Program, offering a Ph.D. in Systems vidual programs are determined in consul- can currently contribute to our understanding of Science-Psychology. In addition the tation with their advisers. human behavior on a social level. Includes Department of Psychology participates in The required coursework for the extensive coverage of personality and social psy- the Urban Studies Ph.D. Program. For master’s program is as follow: chology. Recommended as a first course for both majors and nonmajors. Sophomore standing is information relating to the Ph.D program in Credits also recommended. urban studies, see page 285. Psy 521/621, 522/622, 523/623 ...... 12 Psy 207 Graduate training in psychology at Psy 514/614, 515/615, 516/616, 517/617 (Three Introduction to Applied Psychology (4) Portland State University provides a sound from this list) ...... 12 A survey of selected applications of concepts basis in traditional areas of psychology, Electives ...... 20 and methodologies from the different areas of while emphasizing applications of psycho- Practicum/Research ...... 4 psychology such as experimental, industrial/ logical theory and research to problems of Thesis ...... 8 organizational, social, and developmental. Pre- requisites: Psy 200, 204. contemporary society. As part of a multi- Total 56 disciplinary Ph.D. program in Systems Sci- Psy 299 ence, the program in applied psychology Thesis. The student must submit and Special Studies (Credit to be Arranged.) extends systems perspectives to areas of defend the thesis at an oral examination. Prerequisite: Psy 204. psychological inquiry. Psy 300 PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— Personal Decision Making (4) The program focus is on applied psy- PSYCHOLOGY Instruction and practice in cognitive aids for chology with an emphasis on four areas: Candidates for the Ph.D. in Systems Sci- improving intuitive and analytic thinking in Applied Developmental, Applied Experi- ence—Psychology must earn a minimum making real-world decisions-creating new ideas, mental, Industrial/Organizational, and of 108 credits in approved graduate managing complexity, dealing with trade-offs Applied Social Psychology. The aim is to courses. Candidates will undertake a pro- among conflicting goals, and choosing among prepare graduates for research and service gram of study determined in consultation alternatives whose outcomes are uncertain. roles in a variety of settings such as gov- with an advisory committee. The doctoral Prerequisite: Psy 200, or appropriate Sophomore ernment agencies, businesses, educational program is equivalent to the two-year mas- Inquiry course. systems, and hospitals. It should be noted ter’s program described above plus the Psy 310 that the graduate program in psychology Psychology of Women (4) following: Review and evaluate assumptions underlying does not offer training in clinical or coun- Credits psychological research on women. Survey the seling psychology. SySc 511 Systems Theory ...... 4 research in areas such as the development of sex Applications. Applications may be Systems Science (one sequence from listed differences, acquisition of gender roles and made to either the doctoral (Ph.D. in Sys- two-course sequences) ...... 6 maintenance of gender stereotypes. Explore the tems Science-Psychology) or the terminal Electives ...... 8 pertinence of these findings to topical areas such master’s degree (M.A. or M.S. in Psychol- Approved Internship ...... 8 as women’s work roles, women and mental ogy) programs. Those admitted to the mas- Dissertation ...... 27 health, and the women’s movement. Prerequi- ter’s program may later apply for site: 3 credits in psychology. Total 53 admission to the doctoral program, condi- Psy 311 tional upon demonstrated competence at Comprehensive Examination. Human Development (4) Development of the individual across the life- the master’s level. Applicants to either pro- The comprehensive exam is comprised of four 4-hour exams, one in the major area, span, from conception to death. Surveys the bio- gram are expected to have had preparation logical bases and social contexts of developmen- in experimental psychology and methods one in the area of specialization, one in the tal processes (e.g., cognitive, social, emotional

148 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

development). Implications of research for edu- tion, attention, memory, imagery, language, tions, responses to natural disasters, political cation, parenting/family relations, and social comprehension, problem solving, creative think- attitudes, conflict resolution, and intergroup rela- policy. Prerequisites: Psy 200 and 204, or appro- ing, judgment, reasoning, and decision making. tions). Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321, priate Sophomore Inquiry course. Prerequisite: 3 credits in 200-level psychology. 342, 343. Psy 317 Psy 350 *Psy 432 Personal and Social Adjustment (4) Counseling (4) Personality (4) Traces the course of normal adjustment with A survey of counseling and interviewing proce- Personality structure and theory. Prerequisite: special interest in those factors which are instru- dures, contributions of psychological theory to Stat 243 and 244, nine credits in psychology, mental in shaping human behavior. Concepts counseling techniques. Prerequisite: 3 credits in including Psy 321. such as emotional maturity, psychological stress, 200-level psychology. *Psy 433 and maladjustment are considered. Prerequisite: Psy 357 Introduction to Psychological Testing (4) 3 credits in 200-level psychology. Comparative Psychology (4) An introduction to psychological testing and Psy 321 A study of the behavioral differences and simi- survey of the tests used by psychologists in mea- Research Methods in Psychology (4) larities within the phylogenetic scale. Emphasis suring intelligence, interests, aptitudes, personal- Study of methods for evaluating the quality of on the examination of the evolution of the behav- ity, and other characteristics. Commonly used psychological measurements, including various ior of individuals and species, paying particular tests will be surveyed in terms of their uses and concepts of reliability and validity, and item attention to the basic concepts of psychology, limitations in applied practice and research. Pre- analysis techniques; common sources of invalid- such as sensation, perception, learning, and requisites: Stat 243 and 244, and Psy 321. ity in the interpretation of psychological data; social processes. The role of animals in theories Psy 434/534 strategies of selecting and analyzing observa- and as models for human behavior. Prerequisite: Introduction to Psychopathology (4) tions which minimize these sources of invalidity. 3 credits in 200-level psychology. Course content will survey the development of Prerequisites: Stat 243, 244, and 3 credits in psy- Psy 360 modern ideas of mental illness, the origins of chology. Industrial/Organizational Psychology (4) mental illnesses, the diagnostic system and the Psy 340 The scientific study of human behavior in work clinical syndromes, and methods of treatment of Principles of Behavior Analysis (4) settings, covering the adjustments people make neuropsychiatric disorder. This course does not A course in the concepts of behavior analysis. to the places they go, the people they meet, and produce diagnosticians of mental illness but is a Includes presentation of respondent and operant the things they do in their occupational activities preparation for the clinical study of diagnosis. conditioning, extinction, response differentia- of all types. Prerequisite: Psy 200 or 204. Prerequisites: Psy 200, 204, Stat 243 and 244, tion, schedules of reinforcement, shaping, Psy 399 and at least 6 additional credits in psychology, escape and avoidance behavior, stimulus dis- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) including Psy 321. crimination, punishment and similar concepts. Psy 401/501 *Psy 436/536 The course is intended to provide the student Research (Credit to be arranged.) Performance Appraisal and Feedback (4) with a thorough introduction to a developing Consent of instructor. Applications of psychological concepts to the technology of behavior. Psy 404/504 development of performance appraisal systems Psy 342, 343 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to in organizations. Topics include job analysis, Social Psychology (4, 4) be arranged.) cognitive processes in performance appraisal, Analysis of the psychological and sociological Psy 405/505 types of rating scales, rater training methods, processes in social interaction and in various Reading and Conference (Credit to be technical aspects of developing a performance forms of group behavior. Particular attention to arranged.) appraisal system, performance feedback, indi- social cognition, roles, and to group origins, Consent of instructor. viduals’ reactions to performance feedback fac- functions, ideology, membership, and leader- Psy 407/507 tors related to the perceived accuracy of ship. Prerequisites: Soc 200, or Psy 200 or 204. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) performance feedback. Prerequisites: Stat 243 Credit will not be given for both Soc 342 and Consent of instructor. and 244, Psy 321 and 360. Psy 342, or both Soc 343 and Psy 343. Psy 409/509 *Psy 440/540 Psy 345 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Group Process (4) Motivation (4) Supervised psychological practice including A course on the psychology of small groups. A course on the causes for acquiring, choosing, observing, studying, and participating in the Topics will include but not be limited to: inter- or persisting in specific actions within specific activities of private settings or community ser- personal attraction, stages of group develop- circumstances. Students review the conditions, vice agencies such as: schools, mental health ment, group structure, coalition formation, principles, and theories of motivation. Prerequi- clinics, correctional agencies, and day care cen- personal power, leadership, group decision site: Psy 200 or 204. ters. Supervision may include guided reading, making and problem solving, intergroup rela- Psy 346 daily journals, and evaluative reports. tions and the principles of negotiation. Prerequi- Learning (4) site: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321, graduate Psy 410/510 standing or consent of instructor. Conditions, principles, and theories of learning. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Assessment of experimental methods and results * *Psy 427/527 Psy 447/547 in relation to current theory. Prerequisite: 3 cred- History and Systems of Psychology (4) Personnel Psychology (4) its in 200-level psychology. A survey of the history of psychology and of How individual differences affect work behavior Psy 347 past and current theoretical approaches in psy- and task performance and how psychologists Perception (4) chology. Study of the historical roots of current measure and predict such differences. Covers the Introduction to the principles and theories of theories in perception, learning, motivation, per- development, administration, and utility of visual and auditory perception. Topics include sonality and other fields. Prerequisites: Stat 243 modern instruments for selection and appraisal. sensory pathways, color perception, perceptual and 244, at least 18 credits in psychology, Data combination strategies and decision illusions, and the role of knowledge and cogni- including Psy 321. making in personnel systems are discussed. Pre- tive factors in perception. Prerequisite: Psy 200. requisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 360. *Psy 430/530 Psy 348 Applied Social Psychology (4) *Psy 448/548 Cognition (4) Explores current and potential applications of Psychology of Work Motivation (4) Processes by which we form representations of social psychological theories and research meth- Examination of the role that motivation plays in reality, and strategies we use for manipulating ods, with a focus on work conducted in field set- initiating, guiding, and maintaining work behav- those representations in order to explore possible tings. As a final project, each student examines ior. Assessment of research methods and results actions and outcomes. Includes topics in percep- an applied area of their own choosing (previous in relation to current theories and their organiza- projects have focused on normative role transitional applications. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 360. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 149

*Psy 449 *Psy 464/564 evaluating the individual and the individual’s Survey of Human Factors (4) Developmental Psychopathology (4) psychological environment, and the search for An introduction to systems analysis concepts. Study of the origins and course of individual pat- techniques for promoting psychological change An examination of the role of man and his inter- terns of behavioral adaptation and maladaption. under these conditions. Field projects will relationships with complex man-machine sys- Application of developmental principles to an include contact with community resources in the tems. Topics include: man-machine systems, understanding of social, emotional, and conduct fields of health, education, and welfare such as visual and auditory presentation of information, disorders of children and their outcome in adult poverty projects, mental health clinics, etc. design of controls, layout of work places, effects life. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and Completion of Psy 480 is prerequisite for enroll- of environment on human performance, and the 434 plus 8 credits in courses numbered Psy 459- ment in Psy 481, and completion of Psy 481 is physical limits of human performance. Prerequi- 461. prerequisite for enrollment in Psy 482; all three sites: nine credits in psychology; Stat 243, 244, *Psy 465/565 must be taken during the same academic year. and Psy 321. Applied Developmental Psychology (4) Psy 480, 481, 482 is a true sequence in which *Psy 451/551 Theory, methods, and research in selected areas work in each succeeding course depends on Physiological Psychology (4) of applied developmental psychology. work done in the preceding one. This includes Anatomical and physiological properties of the Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 311 and 321 practicum experience which culminates over a 9- nervous system in relation to fundamental con- and consent of instructor. month period covered by the three courses in cepts in psychology. The emphasis is on an over- *Psy 467/567 sequence. Prerequisite: Stat 243 and 244, all view of neurophysiological properties Work and Family (4) Psy 321 and consent of instructor. relevant to psychological functions: sensation, An examination of the effects of work on family, Psy 484/584 perception, attention, learning, motivation, emo- and family on work, in contemporary society. Principles of Behavior Modification (4) tion, activation, and motor responses. Prerequi- Includes study of dual-career and dual-work A survey of recent developments in the applica- sites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 plus either Psy families, effects of maternal employment on tion of behavior theory to problems of psycho- 345, 346, 347, or 348 and four hours of biology. children, impact of child care and elder care on logical adjustment. The course includes Psy 454, 455 the workplace, and parental leave and other treatment of the behavioral concept of “abnor- Experimental Psychology (4, 4) workplace supports for families. Implications of mal,” and the development of a technology of Principles of experimental design, evaluation of research for social policy. Prerequisites: Stat 243 behavior therapy. The course is intended for research methods, formulation and testing of and 244, Psy 311 and 321. advanced students in psychology, social work, simple hypotheses using research procedures, *Psy 468/568 special education, speech pathology, and nurs- training in the use of standard apparatus, repeti- Social Development (4) ing. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244; Psy 321, tion and extension of selected classical experi- Development of individual’s social relationships 340 or 346, 434. ments in psychology. Prerequisites: at least 12 from infancy to adolescence. Theory and Psy 485/585 credits in psychology including Psy 321 and at research pertaining to social development from Self-modification of Behavior (4) least one of the following: Psy 345, 346, 348; an interactional perspective. Prerequisites: Stat The technology of self-change developed within Stat 243 and 244. 243 and 244, Psy 311 and 321 and one of the fol- the framework of behavior modification theory, *Psy 457/557 lowing: Psy 459, 460, 461, or 462. including relevant ethical and theoretical issues, Advanced Comparative Psychology (4) *Psy 471/571 specific techniques of change and the application Specific and detailed analysis of current prob- Health Psychology (4) of these techniques within a systematic program lems in the area of comparative psychology. Stu- Study of the social and psychological influences development model. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and dents will design, conduct, and analyze on how people stay well, why some people 244, Psy 321, 340, 346 or 484. individual research projects. Prerequisites: Stat become ill, and how persons respond to illness. *Psy 486/586 243 and 244, Psy 321 and Psy 357 with grade of Particular attention to the stress process. Prereq- Human Performance and Mental Workload B or better and consent of instructor. uisites: Stat 243 and 244, plus 12 credits in psy- (4) Psy 459/559 chology, including Psy 321; Soc 200 may be Introduction to mathematical and conceptual Infant Development (4) substituted for 4 of these credits and PHE 223 theories of how the human performs simple and Development of the individual from conception may be substituted for 4 of these credits. complicated tasks. Topics include signal detec- to age two. Theory and research pertaining to *Psy 478/578 tion theory, information theory, reaction time, infant development. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and Leadership and Group Effectiveness (4) attention, effort. Measures and theories of 244; Psy 311 and Psy 321. The study of leadership in task performing mental workload will be discussed as well as Psy 460/560 groups with an emphasis on interpersonal influ- what leads to cognitive overload and how it can Child Psychology (4) ence processes. Leadership viewed as statements be altered. Prerequisites: Psy 321, Stat 243 and Development of the individual from conception or actions intended to influence group activities 244, and 12 credits of psychology. through childhood. Theory and research pertain- in that group’s efforts towards goal setting and *Psy 487/587 ing to child development. Prerequisite: Stat 243 achievement. Includes theories of leader emer- Life-span Development (4) and 244, Psy 311 and 321. gence and leadership effectiveness. Prerequi- Theories and methodology for the study of pro- Psy 461/561 sites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 360. cesses and change in life-span developmental Psychology Of Adolescence And Early *Psy 479/579 perspective. Practical implications of different Maturity (4) Women and Organizational Psychology (4) perspectives for theories and research regarding Development of the individual from puberty to Examines the relationship between gender and human development. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and early adulthood. Theory and research pertaining the social organization of the workplace. Focus 244, Psy 311 and 321 plus 8 credits in courses to adolescent development. Prerequisites: Stat is on gender development as socialization into a numbered Psy 459, 460, 461, or 462. 243 and 244, Psy 311 and 321. sexual division of labor and on specific work- Psy 491/591 Psy 462/562 place issues (e.g. hierarchy and leadership, dis- Decision Making I: Values and Choice (4) Psychology of Adult Development and Aging crimination and harassment, deskilling) from a Normative models, descriptive models, and cog- (4) social psychological perspective. Strategies for nitive aids for structuring decision problems, Development of the individual from early adult- change are considered. Prerequisites: Stat 243 evaluating consequences of alternative courses hood through old age. Theory and research and 244, Psy 310 and 321. of action, and choosing among alternatives. Pre- focusing on adult development from a life-span Psy 480/580, 481/581, 482/582 requisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 348; or perspective. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy Community Psychology (4, 4, 4) permission of instructor. 311 and 321 plus one of the following: Psy 459, Applications of basic psychological knowledge 460, or 461. and methods to community problems. Course includes identification of the psychological aspects of human problems in the community, the utilization of psychological procedures for 150 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Psy 492/592 Extensive use is made of instructor experience networks and the relationships of social psychol- Decision Making II: Judgment And with field experimental studies in the field of ogy to law, health, and the environment. Prereq- Reasoning (4) mental health. Prerequisite: graduate status in uisite: admission to a graduate program in Normative models, descriptive models, and cog- psychology or urban studies. psychology, systems science, or urban affairs. nitive aids for judgment and reasoning about * * probability, variation, covariation, and causality Psy 520 Psy 535/635 Methods of Psychological Assessment (4) Organizational Psychology (4) in anticipating the consequences of alternative Formulation of problems that can be answered Survey of organizational psychology with an courses of action. Prerequisite: Psy 491/591. by tests. Reliability, validity, and standardization emphasis on the contribution psychological Psy 493/593 of measurement, test fairness; methods of identi- knowledge can make to the design and change of Decision Making Laboratory (4) fying assessment tools (tests, etc.) appropriate to organizations. Organizational assessments, strat- Practice in the use of judgment techniques and specific testing or assessment problems are also egies for planned change, the use of group pro- decision software to structure decision problems, considered. Prerequisite: Stat 243. cesses in bringing about change, and the evaluate alternative courses of action, Psy 521/621 evaluation of planned change. Prerequisite: grad- perform sensitivity analyses, and prepare presen- uate status in psychology or urban studies. tations. Wherever possible, practice will be on Univariate Quantitative Methods (5) Survey of topics in univariate quantitative meth- * current decision problems in field settings. Psy 554/654 ods, including: graphical displays, descriptive Social Psychology of Mental Health (4) Prerequisites: Psy 491/591, 492/592. statistics, statistical inference, group compari- Participants in this seminar will explore these Psy 495/595 sons, analysis of variance for between group and questions: What are appropriate definitions of Psychological Test Construction (4) factorial designs, correlation, regression, and mental health and mental illness? How is psy- Problems and methods in the construction of analysis of association for categorical variables. chological health related to subjective well- tests for the measurement of psychological vari- being? How do social structural, social role, ables. The issues of reliability, validity, item Psy 522/622 Multiple Regression and Univariate interpersonal, and personality factors affect psy- analysis, standardization will be studied. Stu- Quantitative Methods (5) chological health? How is mental health affected dents learn about the development of a psycho- Exploration of statistical methods with several by the stress process? Prerequisite: graduate logical scale by participation in all facets of variables, including: simultaneous and hierarchi- status. actual test construction. Prerequisites: Stat 243 cal regression, discriminant analysis, multivari- and 244, Psy 321 plus 12 additional credits of Psy 589/689 ate analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, Adult Socialization (4) psychology. and logistic regression. SPSS will be used for This course examines the acquisition of social *Psy 497/597 conducting analyses and students will gain expe- roles in adulthood. Two themes prevail: stages of Applied Survey Research (4) rience in writing journal quality results and dis- socialization; and levels of transmission of social Provides theoretical framework for and experi- cussion sections. norms (cultural, organizational, and interper- ence in design, execution, and interpretation of sonal). Prerequisite: graduate status. social surveys including sampling procedures, Psy 523/623 Factor Analysis and Covariance Structure Psy 594 questionnaire design, interviewing techniques, Modeling (5) coding and computer analysis, and report writ- Mathematical Models in Psychology (4) Introduction to factor analysis and covariance Introduction to the use of probability theory and ing. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321. structure modeling, topics include common elementary functions in models for psychologi- *Psy 498/598 factor analysis, principal components analysis, cal processes: applications include decision Field Observation Methods (4) confirmatory factor analysis, mediator models, analysis, psychophysics, and descriptive and the- Applied experience in the major methodological moderator models, model modification, research oretical applications of Markov chains in the techniques of field observation, as well as the issues in building and confirming models. study of learning and interpersonal interactions. key problems of validity and reliability as they *Psy 528/628 Psy 601 arise while developing a behavioral observation Seminar in Applied Developmental system. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Research (Credit to be arranged.) Psychology (4) Consent of instructor. Psy 321, plus 12 upper division credits in Theory and research in selected topics in applied psychology. developmental psychology. Psy 604 Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Psy 503 *Psy 529/629 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Psychological Issues in Later Life (4) Psy 605 Methodological, theoretical and empirical issues Reading and Conference (Credit to be Psy 514/614 arranged.) Advanced Applied Social Psychology (4) in research on psychology and aging. Topics Consent of instructor. Theory, methods, and selected topics in include cognitive processes, family and caregiv- advanced applied social psychology. ing relationships, environmental issues and psy- Psy 607 chological predictors of successful aging. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Psy 515/615 Consent of instructor. Advanced Applied Developmental Psychology Emphasis is on encouraging students to develop (4) their own research project in the field of psychol- Psy 610 Theory, methods, and selected topics in ogy of aging. Prerequisite: admission to a gradu- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) advanced applied developmental psychology. ate program or Graduate Certificate in Psy 516/616 Gerontology program. Advanced Industrial/Organizational *Psy 532/632 Psychology (4) Clinical Interviewing (4) Theory, methods, and selected topics in indus- Introduction to principles and techniques of trial/organizational psychology. interviewing. Focus on clinical applications in Psy 517/617 organizational settings. Advanced Applied Experimental Psychology *Psy 533/633 (4) Contemporary Social Psychology (4) Theory, methods, and selected topics in Current knowledge of social psychology pre- advanced applied experimental psychology. sented with an emphasis on what the field can *Psy 519 contribute to understanding contemporary social Field Experimental Methods (4) problems and issues. Major topics will include Problems of designing an experimental investi- the nature of social interaction, the relationship gation of psychological phenomena in a natural- of attitude and behavior, and group processes. istic field setting. Course requirements include Areas of application will include social helping the design of a realistic research proposal. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 151

CENTER FOR SCIENCE EDUCATION

170 Science Building II the value of science literacy as a part of designed as 4-credit hour courses for an (503) 725-4243 active citizenship. They develop an under- academic calendar in the quarter system. hope.cse.pdx.edu/ standing of the goals and methods of sci- Sci 201 ence and learn to appreciate science as a Natural Science Inquiry (4) The mission of the PSU Center for Science complex enterprise that takes place in spe- This is the University Studies Sophomore Education is to provide leadership in the cific contexts shaped by, and in turn shap- Inquiry course that serves as the gateway to the Science in the Liberal Arts curriculum. The University’s general and liberal education ing, cultural, ethical, political, and economic values. Students work in collab- course aims to introduce students to the knowl- curriculum through course and faculty edge-making strategies of science. The curricu- development and interdisciplinary science orative research teams on open-ended lum is taught using small group and class course offerings. The center seeks to estab- projects, focusing on problem-posing and projects that engage students in various science lish community/research/education part- problem solving. They use “writing to inquiry activities. Students gain experience in nerships which engage citizens and learn” strategies and make use of comput- gathering and understanding scientific informa- community institutions in the development ers for data analysis, modeling, writing, tion, data management, interpretation and pre- and implementation of service programs and resource access via Internet. The skills sentation, making and defending knowledge which employ the inquiry practices of sci- and projects developed in SLA courses can claims, working collaboratively, writing techni- cally, and communicating scientific results. ence. The center provides leadership and provide the basis for University Studies scholarship opportunities for existing sci- senior capstone projects. Courses offered Sci 310-349 Science Cornerstone ence educators and offers, with the Envi- in the center’s Science Cornerstone curric- These courses have embedded laboratory and/or ronmental Sciences and Resources ulum will address a particular scientific field activities. The courses are designed for stu- program, the M.S.T. degree in science/ issue in a paired sequence of two team- dents who are not majoring in science and are environmental science. The center also taught courses. Cornerstone courses are seeking to meet the new laboratory-based science course requirements for the PSU Bachelor administers the Master of Science in sci- intended to introduce scientific methods to non-scientists. These courses may be taken of Science degree. These courses will simulta- ence teaching program. neously meet course cluster requirements in the The center is organized to respond to to satisfy the University Studies’ cluster University Studies Program. The Science Cor- the diverse and changing needs of contem- requirements as part of the SLA cluster as nerstone courses are interdisciplinary and the- porary science education. Faculty and pro- well as fulfill the new laboratory-based sci- matic in nature. They engage students in gram directors seek to link the University’s ence course requirements for the PSU experiential explorations of timely topics in sci- programs with local and regional resources Bachelor of Science degree for non-science ence. Students participate in knowledge-making to provide science education outreach ser- majors. activities using appropriate scientific methodol- vices to families, students, and teachers Complementing its role in implement- ogies to construct a functional understanding of how knowledge is made in the subject area of the which are delivered in schools and at natu- ing current programs, the center is committed to an ambitious program of course. The prerequisite course for Science Cor- ral and recreational sites in the University’s nerstone courses is Sci 201 Natural Science service area. It is the administrative home interdisciplinary research and scholarship Inquiry or consent of the instructor. in the field of science education. Currently to community/education partnerships such Sci 311, 312 as the Children’s Water Education Program the scholarly activities of the center empha- Teaching Everyday Science (4, 4) and the Urban Ecosystems Project. In addi- size inquiry into science education as a Two-term sequence designed to immerse poten- tion, the center supports the precollege sci- means of community building, the relation- tial mathematics and science teachers in labora- ence education community through teacher ship between science education and eco- tory and thinking experiences that they can use enhancement programs in biotechnology logical issues, and an understanding of as a foundation for their own understanding of (BIPOHS), Pacific Northwest forest ecol- social justice and equity in science educa- the physical sciences and related mathematics and curriculum development in future teaching ogy (the FOREST project), and urban air tion. The courses listed below represent the categories of SLA and Cornerstone courses experiences. In addition to experiences in the quality monitoring (Horizon Project). The laboratory, environmental impact issues will be center is also engaged in community devel- offered by the center. The individual investigated. Includes laboratory and/or field- opment and science education partnerships courses are taught by PSU faculty from work. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. a variety of science and social science on the north Oregon coast in collaboration Sci 313 with the Marine and Environmental departments. Environmental Mathematical Modeling (4) Research and Training Program (MERTS) An introduction to differential and integral cal- in Astoria, and the Tillamook Education COURSES culus, this course is intuitive in approach and Consortium. emphasizes applications, especially with respect A major focus of the center is the Sci- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not to environmental issues. The interested student offered every year. may follow it with a more extensive and rigorous ence in the Liberal Arts Curriculum (SLA), calculus sequence. Includes laboratory and/or an interdisciplinary cluster of courses that The Science in the Liberal Arts Curriculum fieldwork. Prerequisites: Natural Science are designed to meet the general and liberal contains three distinct types of courses: Inquiry, Mth 111. education needs of undergraduate stu- Natural Science Inquiry (NSI), Science dents. In this curriculum, students are Cornerstone (SC), and the Context of Sci- encouraged to develop an appreciation for ence in Society (CSS). All the courses are 152 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Sci 314 technologically important processes, such as interact with their environment and why they Environmental Statistics (4) electronics, optics, energy, sensors, and synthetic exhibit certain characteristics and processes. Explores a selection of mathematical topics in biomaterials. This course is designed with the Includes laboratory and fieldwork. Prerequisite: the context of environmental issues, using real non-science major in mind and will continually Natural Science Inquiry. data. Topics will include statistics, data display, focus on how materials affect our lives as citi- Sci 345, 346 data analysis, probability, and probability distri- zens, consumers, and family members. Includes Old Growth Forest Ecology and Management butions. Includes laboratory and/or fieldwork. laboratory and fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural (4, 4) Prerequisites: Natural Science Inquiry, Mth 95. Science Inquiry. Explores the ecological characteristics of old- Sci 315, 316 *Sci 331, 332 growth forests, including the outstanding biodi- General Astronomy (4, 4) Atmospheric Interactions (4, 4) versity that exists at multiple levels, as well as Introductory historical, descriptive, and interpre- Interaction of the atmosphere with other earth the management paradigms that have impacted tive study of astronomy. Emphasis is on the basic systems, chemical cycling, and the effect of these systems in the Pacific Northwest (U.S. and scientific methods as they apply to astronomical humans on the atmosphere will be explored. The Canada), including ethical, social, economic, problems. Detailed examination of the earth, fol- physical and chemical properties and interac- and political aspects of forest management. Sci lowed by a survey of the other members of the tions of the atmosphere will be investigated 345 includes laboratory and local fieldwork plus solar system. Survey of the stars, their types, through laboratory investigations, fieldwork, and projects involving: analysis of environmental grouping, and motions. Models for the evolution computer modeling. Topics will include urban impact statement alternatives, evaluation of man- of the Universe and the possibility of life else- air quality, global climate change, and the “management issues, and advisory statements for gov- where. The nature of light, the types of informa- agement” of the atmosphere. Includes laboratory ernmental activities. Sci 346 involves more tion it carries, and the types of devices used to and/or fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural Science extensive fieldwork, data analysis, and presenta- detect it. Includes laboratory and/or fieldwork. Inquiry. tions. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Taught by * Sci 347, 348 a faculty member from the Department of Phys- Sci 333 Climate and Water Resources (4) Science, Gender, and Social Context (4, 4) ics. An inquiry-based examination of the principal Two-term course explores the strengths and limi- *Sci 317 controls on climate and hydrology, with empha- tations of science to describe and predict nature Fractals, Chaos, and Complexity (4) sis on processes and interactions; students will through laboratory and field investigations. Introduction to the physics of fractals in nature, do fieldwork, data analysis, and laboratory work. These activities will illustrate the transition from chaos, and complexity. Computer simulations Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Also listed a reductionist view of our natural environment to and desktop experiments involving fractals, as Geog 310; course may be taken only once for a systems-oriented view. It will place this histor- chaos, and complex systems. Prerequisite: Natu- credit. ical shift in understanding and scientific practice ral Science Inquiry. Taught by a faculty member in the contexts of gender, race, and class using *Sci 334 from the Department of Physics. Climate Variability (4) selected case studies in environmental manage- Sci 318 Examines the role of climate variability in the ment. Includes laboratory and/or fieldwork. Pre- Complexity and the Universe I (4) Pacific Northwest, including the nature of natu- requisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Introduction to the physics of complexity and ral and human-induced variability and the effects Sci 350-379 Context of Science in other current concepts in physics. Computer on water resources of the region. Students will simulations and desktop experiments involving Society learn by gathering data, analyzing the data, and These courses address the promises and limita- fractals, chaos, and complex systems. Includes reporting on their results. Reading and discus- laboratory and/or fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natu- tions of the scientific enterprise in the framework sion will accompany the data/laboratory portions of “real world” social, economic, political, and ral Science Inquiry. Taught by a faculty member of the course. Includes laboratory and/or field- from the Department of Physics. ethical issues. Courses also address the histori- work. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. cal and cultural role of science and technology, Sci 319 Also listed as Geog 312; course may be taken providing a link between laboratory science and Complexity and the Universe II (4) only once for credit. contemporary society. Some CSS courses intro- Continuation of Sci 318/Ph 366. Emphasizes sci- Sci 335, 336 duce risk-benefit analyses and decision-making entific cosmology with a focus on understanding Water in the Environment (4, 4) methodologies. The prerequisite course for Con- how insights gained from physics and astronomy Studies of the unique properties of water in all of text of Science in Society courses is Sci 201 Nat- affect your view of the universe and your place its roles, including a study of the water cycle, ural Science Inquiry or consent of the instructor. in it. Students participate actively in seeing how water resources, treatment of municipal water, some of the information was gathered, help criti- and wastewater treatment. Special attention will Sci 351 cally analyze what to believe about the history be placed on natural waters as a resource, includ- Northwest Wetlands: Conservation, and arrangement of the universe and what it Restoration, and Mitigation (4) ing natural and introduced constituents and the Focus on science and public policy issues in wet- means to them. Includes laboratory and/or field- movements of natural waters. Includes labora- land conservation, restoration, and mitigation, work. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. tory and fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural Science especially in Oregon and the Pacific Taught by a faculty member from the Depart- Inquiry. Northwest. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry ment of Physics. *Sci 341, 342 or consent of instructor. * Sci 321, 322 Biology Concepts and Applications (4, 4) * Energy and Society (4, 4) Two-term course focusing on four main topics: Sci 352 Study of the generation and usage of energy, Science and Policy of Climate Change (4) classical Mendelian and current molecular Evaluates the scientific data and the policy state- including the technical, economic, social, and genetics, evolution and predator/prey interac- political issues related to energy production and ments concerning the potential for human tions, growth and metabolism, and biomes and impact of climate, and in particular the questions end uses. Examination of energy resources, biodiversity. In each topic area students will par- methods of producing and converting various of the existence and impacts of global warming. ticipate in laboratory and or field components, The interaction between scientific analysis and forms of energy, energy conservation, and envi- discussion, and Internet exercises. Includes labo- ronmental and economic implications of energy policy analysis will be explored, and students ratory and/or fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural will consider the roles that citizens, scientists, production and energy policies. Includes labora- Science Inquiry. tory and possibly fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natu- and policy make in developing local, regional, *Sci 343, 344 ral Science Inquiry. and global responses to climate change. Prereq- Columbia Basin Plant Communities (4, 4) uisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Sci 323, 324 In this two-term course students will explore the * Materials for the 21st Century (4, 4) relationships found in alpine, desert, forest, and Sci 353 Study of the structure and function, in particular Radiation in the Environment (4) grassland plant communities. They will gain an Examines various sources of radiation and the the correlation between structure and function, understanding of how these plant communities hazards they represent. Students will consider of inorganic, organic, and biological materials, the interaction of radiation with matter, espe- especially those related to economically and cially living tissue, and an examination of “safe” C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 153

dosage estimates and health risks. The science therapy. Particular attention is paid to the Sci 399 and policy of nuclear power generation and the manner in which such advances are likely to Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) problems of nuclear waste disposal will be con- affect women’s lives. Prerequisite: Natural Sci- Sci 401/501 sidered. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. ence Inquiry. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Also listed as Ph 353; course may be taken only *Sci 361 Sci 404/504 once for credit. Power-Knowledge (4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Sci 355 Systematically examines orthodox portrayals of be arranged.) Science Through Science Fiction (4) science in comparison to recent anthropological, Sci 407/507 This class uses science ﬁction literature to exam- feminist, and poststructuralist accounts in an Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ine a wide variety of topics in science. Prerequi- attempt to formulate a fresh understanding of the Sci 409/509 site: Natural Science Inquiry. Also listed as Ph public’s science literacy as a critical component Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) 378; course may be taken only once for credit. of democratic political practice and civic respon- Sci 410/510 *Sci 359 sibility. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Biopolitics (4) *Sci 363 Sci 503 Designed to introduce the ethical, social, and Ethics in Science (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) political implications of knowledge and technol- Explores what it means for the institution of sci- ogies attending advances in reproductive medi- ence as well as for individual scientists to be eth- cine and molecular genetics, including: in vitro ical and to attend to questions of social, political, fertilization, fetal surgery, and somatic cell gene and moral value in their doing of science. It will address the question of how scientists are to deal with the consequences of their research. Prereq- uisite: Natural Science Inquiry.

SOCIOLOGY

217 Cramer Hall The sociology major is required to take Students intending to graduate with a (503) 725-3926 a minimum of 49 credits in sociology major in sociology may be required to take www.clas.pdx.edu/sociology/ courses (including 20 credits in electives in a comprehensive examination if they have the field) and the mathematics course in not completed at least 16 credits in sociol- B.A., B.S. statistical methods. The department has a ogy courses in regular Portland State offer- Minor statistics laboratory and computer facili- ings. Secondary Education Program— ties. Although specialization is not required Social Science Requirements for Major. In addi- of departmental majors, the department M.A., M.S. tion to meeting the general University provides letters to majors certifying an area M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General degree requirements, the major in sociol- of concentration upon successful comple- Social ogy must meet the following departmental tion of 16 credits from among the follow- Science) requirements: ing course lists for four areas offered by the Ph.D. in Systems Science—Sociol- Credits department. (With approval of an adviser, ogy Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 certain other courses may be substituted for Ph.D.—Participating department Soc 300 Sociological Inquiry...... 4 listed courses.) Course patterns have been in Urban Studies Doctoral Pro- Soc 310 U.S. Society ...... 4 selected for vocational relevance. gram Soc 320 Globalization ...... 4 Human Services Organization and Research, Soc 395 Social Research Methods...... 4 an area preparing the student to participate in Soc 396 Research Methods Lab...... 1 policy making and research in organizations— UNDERGRADUATE Soc 470 Foundations of Sociology ...... 4 such as medical, educational, and gerontologi- PROGRAMS Soc 495 Senior Research Seminar ...... 4 cal-which deliver various kinds of services to Sociology electives, including at least 12 clients and members. The primary aim of the sociology program credits in 400-level courses ...... 20 Soc 457 Complex Organizations Soc 459 Sociology of Health and Medicine is to provide students with sociological Total in sociology 49 Soc 469 Sociology of Aging knowledge as part of their liberal arts train- Stat 243 Introduction to Probability ing. Sociological theories and research pro- Soc 480 Sociology of Religion and Statistics ...... 4 Soc 497 Applied Survey Research vide students with intellectual tools useful to informed citizens so that they will be Total for major 53 Community Development and Research, an better able to understand and deal with the area preparing the student to work with organi- Up to 10 credits taken under the undif- zations dealing with community concerns such world in which they live. ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) in as neighborhood development, urban ecologi- In addition to its general education role, 200- or 300-level sociology courses can be cal patterns, redevelopment, and group con- the program in sociology is designed to applied toward fulfilling departmental flict. prepare students for graduate study leading major requirements. Differentiated grades Soc 337 Minorities to teaching and research, and to provide the of C or above are required for all other Soc 341 Population Trends and Policy foundation for careers in industry, govern- sociology courses and for Stat 243. A stu- Soc 376 Social Change ment, and social service in which sociology dent must pass Soc 300 with a grade of C Soc 420 Urbanization and Community skills are very useful. or better before taking other required courses as a sociology major. 154 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Soc 423 Stratification mation relative to the Ph.D. program in M.A. /M.S. Degree Program in Soc 468 Political Sociology Systems Science-Sociology, see page 58. Sociology Soc 497 Applied Survey Research In addition, the Department of Sociology is First Year Social Issues, an area preparing the student to one of five departments offering courses in Fall work in or conduct research for agencies con- areas of specialization available within the Soc 590 Social Research Strategies* ...... 4 cerned with behavior that has come to be Urban Studies Doctoral Program. Courses Soc 591 Theoretical Perspectives*...... 4 defined as a social issue or problem in society- in sociological theory and methods, and a Soc 5xx Sociology elective ...... 4 delinquency, crime, discrimination, sexism, pattern of sociology courses relevant to the Winter poverty, identity crises, misuse of power, etc. Soc 592 Qualitative Methods*...... 4 Soc 370 Sociology of Deviancy study of urban life, when combined with urban studies seminars, may serve as one Soc 593 Quantitative Methods*...... 4 Soc 414 Alcohol and Other Drugs Soc 5xx Sociology elective ...... 4 Soc 418 Criminology and Delinquency of the fields of specialization for the Ph.D. Spring Soc 425 Sociology of Women in urban studies. For information relative to Soc 594 Theory Construction and Research* . .4 Soc 436 Social Movements the Ph.D. in urban studies, see page 285. Soc 595 Research Practicum* ...... 4 Soc 444 Race, Ethnicity, and Nationality Admission to doctoral programs is Sociology or other elective ...... 4 Soc 469 Sociology of Aging independent of admission to any master’s Second Year Human Relations, an area preparing the student program within the Department. For fur- Fall to work in situations primarily concerned with ther details contact the respective program Soc 503 Thesis ...... 4 interpersonal and group relations, including directly. Soc 513 Thesis Workshop* ...... 1 family situations, work contexts, and small Students must be admitted to the mas- Sociology or other elective ...... 4 group processes. ter’s program by the Department and by the Winter Soc 339 Marriage and Intimacy Soc 503 Thesis ...... 4 Soc 342 Social Psychology University. Admission ordinarily is granted only to those students beginning the pro- Soc 513 Thesis Workshop* ...... 1 Soc 343 Social Psychology Sociology or other elective ...... 4 Soc 424 Groups, Interaction, and Identity gram in the Fall term. Students are Spring Soc 425 Sociology of Women expected to move through the core courses Soc 503 Thesis ...... 1 Soc 461 Sociology of the Family as a cohort and work together with the fac- *Core sociology courses Requirements for a Minor. To ulty in a team environment. MASTER OF ARTS IN earn a minor in sociology a student must In addition to the general University admission requirements for advanced TEACHING OR complete 28 credits (16 credits of which MASTER OF SCIENCE IN must be taken in residence at PSU, and 16 degrees, the applicant for a sociology mas- TEACHING credits of which must be upper division), to ter’s degree program must have the follow- For information on the Master of Arts in include the following: ing materials sent to the Department: Teaching and the Master of Science in Credits 1. Three letters of recommendation from Teaching (General Social Science), see Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 persons familiar with the applicant’s aca- page 113. 24 upper-division sociology credits, demic performance. 12 credits of which must be numbered 411 2. A complete set of transcripts of college COURSES through 499, inclusive...... 24 and university work. Total 28 3. Graduate Record Examination scores Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not (Aptitude sections). offered every year. Up to 10 credits taken under the undif- 4. A letter of application describing his or Soc 199 ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) can be applied toward fulfilling departmen- her sociological interests. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Maximum: tal minor requirements. Applicants are normally expected to 8 credits. have a bachelor’s degree in Sociology. Stu- SECONDARY EDUCATION Soc 200 dents with other undergraduate majors may Introduction to Sociology (4) PROGRAM Sociological concepts and perspectives concern- Adviser: M. Toth be accepted, however, if they have completed courses in sociological theory, ing human groups; includes attention to social- (See General Studies: Social Science research methods, and statistics. ization, culture, institutions, stratification, and page 113.) societies. Consideration of fundamental con- Degree Requirements. University cepts and research methodology. master’s degree requirements are listed on Soc 299 GRADUATE page 56. Specific departmental require- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ments are listed below. PROGRAMS Soc 300 Sociological Inquiry (4) The Department offers graduate work lead- MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF SCIENCE Exploration of the linkage between theoretical ing to the degrees of Master of Arts and foundations of sociology and the conduct of The candidate must complete a minimum Master of Science in sociology, and for stu- sociological research. Focus is on fundamental dents pursuing graduate work in education, of 55 graduate credits, including 26 credits methodological issues utilized in exemplar the degrees of Master of Arts in Teaching in core sociology courses, 20 credits of research studies conducted under different theo- and Master of Science in Teaching (Gen- electives (12 of which may be in depart- retical perspectives. Prerequisite: Soc 200. eral Social Science). The Department of ments other than sociology), and 9 credits Soc 310 Sociology participates in the Systems Sci- of thesis. Elective courses outside sociol- U.S. Society (4) Examination of the social structure, culture, and ence Doctoral Program, offering a Ph.D. in ogy must be approved by the student’s adviser. The student must pass an oral demography of the United States. Sociological Systems Science-Sociology. The Systems approaches to such institutions as the economy, Science-Sociology Doctoral Program defense of the thesis. Students working for the Master of religion, education, and the family are explored. allows students to receive a Ph.D.with Attention given to comparison with other indus- Arts degree must satisfy the language emphasis in the areas of social organiza- trialized countries as well as to selected social tion, social psychology, and social change requirement. issues and controversies. Prerequisite: Soc 200, with a systems approach. For more infor- 300. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 155

Soc 320 Soc 395 Soc 424/524 Globalization (4) Social Research Methods (4) Groups, Interaction and Identity (4) Exploration of issues and approaches in socio- Study of the structuring of sociological inquiry, Analysis of the formation and functioning of logical thinking relative to world systems. World conceptualization, and measurement, operation- intergroup and intragroup relations. Attention to systems are treated not only as world orders alization, computers in social research, analysis group organization and interaction, performance, made up of political and economic exchanges, of bivariate and multivariate relations, the logic cooperation, conflict, and group membership but also as cultural orders and institutionalized of sampling and inference. Prerequisites: Stat and individual identity. Prerequisites: Soc 200, structures transcending national geographic 243, Soc 200, 300. Concurrent enrollment in Soc or Psy 342. boundaries. Attention given to the international, Soc 396, Research Methods Lab is required. Soc 425/525 national, regional, and local ways that people Soc 396 Sociology of Women (4) attempt to deal with the instabilities accompany- Research Methods Lab (1) Analysis of the social position of women in the ing globalization. Prerequisite: Soc 200, 300. Introductory research laboratory for students in U.S. in institutional areas such as family, repro- Soc 337 Research Methods. Corequisite: concurrent duction, politics, work, and education. Consider- Minorities (4) enrollment in Soc 395. Pass/no pass only. ation and evaluation of feminist theories Description and analysis of problems involving Soc 399 concerning social condition, behaviors, and specific minorities, with major emphasis on Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) characteristics of women. Prerequisite: Soc 200. American society. Although racial and ethnic Soc 401/501 Soc 426/526 groups are usually emphasized, the term “minor- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Women and Mental Illness (4) ities” is broadly defined to include such subordi- Consent of instructor. Social and historical evolution of images and nate-status groups as women, the aged, and Soc 404/504 explanations of madness in women. Contempo- religious and cultural minorities. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to rary distributions, diagnoses, and treatments of Soc 339 be arranged.) mental illness in diverse groups of women are Marriage and Intimacy (4) Soc 405/505 examined. Focus on psychiatric disorder and The sociological and social psychological Reading and Conference (Credit to be gender-based discourse. Prerequisite: Soc 200. dimensions of courtship, marriage, and the fam- arranged.) Also listed as WS 426; course may be taken only ily. Perspectives on the effects of social environ- Consent of instructor. once for credit. ment and transitions in the structure and Soc 407/507 Soc 436/536 functions of intimacy, courtship, marriage, and Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Social Movements (4) the family. The influence of society and commu- Consent of instructor. Formation, dynamics, and outcomes of social nity upon intimate relationships. Soc 410/510 movements. Examination of the effects of cir- Soc 341 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) cumstances, strategies, and alliances on the out- Population Trends and Policy (4) Maximum: 12 credits. Consent of instructor. comes of social movements, including their Introduction to the general field of population impact on politics and society. Prerequisite: Soc 414/514 analysis; a review of the development of popula- Alcohol and Other Drugs (4) Soc 200. tion theories, techniques of measurement and Sociological analysis of the behavior and belief Soc 444/544 analysis of the basic demographic variables, patterns relative to alcohol and other drugs in Race, Ethnicity, and Nationality (4) their interrelationships, and population changes. American society, with lesser attention to other Analysis of the emergence, persistence and Prerequisites: Soc 200. societies. Prevention and intervention strategies meaning of definitions of racial, ethnic and Soc 342, 343 are briefly reviewed. Prerequisites: Soc 200. national statuses in selected areas of the modern world. Consideration of the consequences of Social Psychology (4, 4) Soc 418/518 Analysis of the psychological and sociological Criminology and Delinquency (4) changing definitions for intergroup and global processes in personality formation and in various Social and legal meaning of crime and delin- relations. Prerequisite: Soc 200. forms of group behavior. Particular attention to quency explored. Historical and contemporary *Soc 457/557 social cognition, roles, and to group origins, theories of causes of law breaking reviewed. Complex Organizations (4) functions, ideology, membership, and leader- Social and cultural factors promoting and inhib- Examination of complex organizations both as ship. Prerequisites: Soc 200 or Psy 200, 204. Soc iting law breaking by juveniles and adults are formal structures and as cultural systems. Analy- 342 is prerequisite for Soc 343. Credit will not examined. Attention given to strategies of pre- sis of the relations between organizations and be given for both Soc 342 and Psy 342, or for vention and control. Prerequisites: Soc 200. individuals of inter-organizational dynamics and both Soc 343 and Psy 343. of the rationalization of modern societies. Pre- Soc 420/520 requisite: Soc 200. Soc 350 Urbanization and Community (4) Comparative Industrial Societies (4) Analytical approach to the meaning of commu- Soc 459/559 A comparative analysis of contemporary com- nity in the modern world. The determinants, Sociology of Health and Medicine (4) plex industrial societies. Attention is given to a social consequences of, and responses to the pro- The application of sociology to the field of cross-societal analysis of the processes of indus- cesses of urbanization are considered. Theories health and medicine. Attention given to a consid- trialization, political and social modernization, of the city emphasizing ecological, sociocul- eration of the broader questions of health in development of nationalism, the impact of tural, and critical explanations for growth and modern society, including the role of the medical modern systems of political thought, science, change in urban regions are examined. Patterns practitioner in modern society, social factors and and other ideologies. Prerequisites: Soc 200. of social and structural organization of the disease and responses to illness. The social orga- Soc 370 metropolis and the cognitive and behavioral nization of medicine is examined within the con- Sociology of Deviancy (4) aspects of urban life are explored. Prerequisite: text of the larger medical care system. Introduction and analysis of deviant behavior. Soc 200. Prerequisite: Soc 200. Delineation of the sociological and social psy- Soc 423/523 Soc 461/561 chological factors which give rise to deviant Stratification (4) Sociology of the Family (4) roles. Prerequisites: Soc 200. Survey and analysis of stratification theories and Sociological analysis of the structure and func- Soc 376 empirical research. Analysis of class, race, eth- tions of the family institution and its relationship Social Change (4) nicity, gender, and sexual orientation, consider- to external systems such as the economy and Deals with the technological and ideological facing economic, social, political, and cultural polity. Changing and diverse forms of family tors which govern the evolution and transforma- dimensions of power. Prerequisite: Soc 200. organization in urban society. Analysis of role tion of society, with special emphasis on the relations in the family. Prerequisite: Soc 200. operation of such factors since 1800. Prerequi- sites: Soc 200. 156 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Soc 465/565 lem, design and conduct research bearing on this Soc 592 Environmental Sociology (4) problem, and write a research report. Qualitative Methods (4) Survey and analysis of the types of social forces Prerequisite: Soc 395 and senior standing in Strategies for acquisition and analysis of data which frame the nature of environmental prob- sociology. using such approaches as participant observa- lems concerning natural resource use and distri- tion, content analysis, field and case studies. Soc 497/597 bution as they emerge in public consciousness Applied Survey Research (4) Attention to the special problems of validity and within the United States and globally. Examina- Provides theoretical framework for and experi- reliability in such research. Consideration of eth- tion of the social forces which lead to the consid- ence in design, execution, and interpretation of ical issues and researcher responsibility in quali- eration and implementation of mechanisms to social surveys including sampling procedures, tative research. Prerequisite: graduate status. solve these issues once they have emerged. questionnaire design, interviewing techniques, Soc 593 *Soc 468 coding and computer analysis, and report writ- Quantitative Methods (4) Political Sociology (4) ing. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and Soc 395 or The application of quantitative methodology to Analysis of consensus and dissensus in commu- equivalent. sociological problems. Topics include: science nity and society. Examination of public opinion, and logical empiricism; measurement of associa- Soc 503 authority, influence, and the processes by which Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) tion; procedures of statistical inference; multi- elites are formed and acquire legitimacy and Pass/no pass option. variate and log linear analysis; computer popular support. Social bases of democracy and application for social research. Prerequisites: totalitarianism. Prerequisite: Soc 200. Soc 513 Stat 243, Soc 395, 495, graduate status. Thesis Workshop (1) Soc 469/569 Workshop for all sociology graduate students Soc 594 Sociology of Aging (4) who are currently enrolled in Soc 503 for four Theory Construction and Research (4) A study of social determinants of the human life credits or more. Discussion and review of stu- Examination of the craft of sociological research course, including biological and demographic dents’ progress and problems. Prerequisite: in conjunction with thesis work. The role of conditions, age status patterns, age grading, rites graduate status in sociology. Corequisite: Soc theory in research, evaluating published work, of passage, socialization, generational phenom- 503. Pass/no pass only. biases in data sources and the process of thesis ena, and youth and old age movements. Prereq- writing. Prerequisites: Soc 590, 591; graduate uisite: Soc 200. Soc 576 status. Theories of Social Change (4) Soc 470 A critical examination of the major theories of Soc 595 Foundations of Sociology (4) social change. Analysis of the components of Research Practicum (4) Examination and comparison of modes of socio- change; cause, agents, targets, channels, and Overview of the process of linking sociological logical thinking, from the emergence of a dis- strategies. Consideration of the relationship data and ideas to broader communities of inter- tinctive sociological perspective through the between change and power, influence, planning est. Exercises in preparation of research grants development of symbolic interactionism. Prereq- and control, modernization, development, and and experience in working in a team research uisite: Soc 200, 300. world systems approaches. Prerequisite: gradu- environment. Prerequisites: Soc 590, 591; gradu- *Soc 472/572 ate status. ate status. Contemporary Sociological Theory (4) Soc 577 Study of various frames of reference in contem- Topics in Contemporary Theory (4) porary sociological theory. Specific topics vary Exploration of theoretical approaches and issues with instructor. Prerequisites: Soc 200, 300; of emerging interest in sociology, such as con- senior standing. ceptualization of social systems, conflict, the *Soc 480/580 problems of relativity, and ideology. Specific Sociology of Religion (4) topics vary with instructor. Prerequisite: Soc 470 Analysis of the nature of the sacred; attitudes and graduate status. toward the sacred in contrast to the secular. Soc 585/685 Comparison of the social organization of sect Medical Sociology (4) and church in their relation to the larger society. Seminar in medical sociology. Topics include Survey of recent empirical studies of religiosity how social stratification affects health outcomes, and religious practices in America. New trends environmental hazards, social construction of in American religion. Prerequisite: Soc 200. medical knowledge, health care occupations, *Soc 482/582 U.S. health policy, privatization of medical East European Societies (4) industries, and comparative health care systems. The central focus of this course is on the analysis Prerequisite: Soc 459/559 or consent of of equality, inequality and social classes in con- instructor. temporary East European societies. Two subsid- Soc 590 iary themes are also explored: The cycles of Social Research Strategies (4) dominance of ideology and pluralism and rela- Consideration of the nature of sociological tions among the nationality groups. Prerequisite: knowledge; elements of social research design; Soc 200. methods of observation and data collection; reli- *Soc 483/583 ability and validity of information; techniques of Sociology of the Middle East (4) data analysis. Prerequisite: graduate status. This course will examine the sociological devel- Soc 591 opment of the modern Middle East. It will espe- Theoretical Perspectives in Sociology (4) cially focus on causes and consequences of rapid Analysis of the major contemporary theories in social change, including revolutions, coups, and sociology. Attention to the problems of order and insurgent movements. It will examine the role of change, and power and inequality, as well as to Islam and tribalism in these movements. Prereq- the micro/macro problem in sociological theory. uisite: Soc 200. Prerequisite: Soc 470 and graduate status. Soc 495 Senior Research Seminar (4) Development and execution of a research project integrating some aspect of sociological theory with social science research methodology. Stu- dents work in teams to identify a research prob- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 157

SPEECH COMMUNICATION

23 Neuberger Hall provide special experiences for the science Requirements for a Major: (503) 725-3531 and research-oriented student. Speech and Hearing Sciences. In www.comm.pdx.edu/ All classes in the major or minor must addition to meeting the general University be taken for a letter grade and only classes degree requirements, the program requires B.A., B.S. graded C or better will be counted toward the student to complete a minimum of 52 Minor the major or minor. credits based upon A-F grading. Note: the Special Education Program Requirements for Major: Com- pass/no pass grade option may not be used M.A., M.S. munication Studies. In addition to for major requirements. meeting the general University require- 1. Complete Sp 220 Public Speaking ments, the student must complete a mini- UNDERGRADUATE 2. Complete all of the following: SpHr mum of 56 credits in speech 370, 371, 380, 389, 461, 464, 487, 488, PROGRAMS communication courses based upon A-F 489, 494, 495 (speech-language pathology grading. The Department of Speech Communica- emphasis), 496. Coursework for the Major: tion offers programs leading to degrees at SPEECH IMPAIRED both the undergraduate and graduate levels. 1. Complete these courses: EDUCATION LICENSURE Academic concentrations are in communi- Sp 100 Introduction to Speech Communication Advisers: M.E. Gordon-Brannan cation studies and in speech and hearing (may be waived for students who have com- sciences. pleted at least four communication studies The Speech and Hearing Sciences Pro- The courses offered in communication courses at PSU and who have earned a mini- gram offers a five-year integrated program mum grade of B or better in all communication studies are based on the premise that an leading to Oregon licensure for speech studies courses.) impaired. The undergraduate and graduate educated individual must be able to think Sp 220 Public Speaking critically and analytically, comprehend level courses listed below are the require- Sp 399 Communication Inquiry (may be waived ments for the integrated initial and con- political, social, cultural, institutional, for students who have taken statistics or an international, and mediated contexts, listen equivalent course in research methods.) Statis- tinuing license program, some of which effectively, and be rhetorically sensitive tics is no longer required for the Communica- may be used to fulfill University require- and adaptive to communicative encounters tion Studies major. ments for the baccalaureate degree: with persons of diverse abilities, back- Sp 416 Theories of Communication Sp 220 Public Speaking (4) grounds, and situations: interpersonal, 2. Complete at least one course offered SpHr 262 Voice and Diction (4) small group, organizational, political, inter- through Speech and Hearing Sciences. SpHr 370 Phonetics (4) national, media, policy, and public. The There is no longer a restriction on the SpHr 371 Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (4) effective communicator has an understand- number of hours that may be taken from Speech and Hearing Science. Recom- SpHr 380 Disorders of Communication I (4) ing of the complexity and dynamic nature SpHr 389 Sign Language: Theory and Practice of the communication process, as well as a mended courses include: SpHr 262, 370, (4) sense of responsibility for the substance 371, 380, 389, 493 SpHr 461/561 Neurology of Speech and Hearing and consequences of communicative inter- 3. Of the required total of 56 credits in (4) action. Students may acquire experience speech communication, note the following SpHr 464/564 Articulatory/Phonological through internships in the community restrictions: Disorders (4) †SpHr 486/586 Urban Language Clinic (2) or and other practical communication activi- a. At least 24 must be in upper-division ties, both in the classroom and in the SpHr 585L Consultation and Collaboration speech communication courses. Services in Schools (2) community. b. No more than 12 credits may be SpHr 487/587 Basic Audiology (4) In the Speech and Hearing Sciences counted from courses numbered SpHr 488/588 Advanced Audiology (4) concentration at the undergraduate level, Sp 401 through Sp 409. SpHr 489/589 Aural Rehabilitative and Educa- coursework in typical speech, language, c. All must be graded C or better. tional Audiology (4) and hearing development is emphasized. Requirements for a Minor: SpHr 490/590 Audiological Rehabilitation Study in these areas is necessary educa- Communication Studies. To earn a Clinic (2) tional preparation for graduate work lead- SpHr 494/594 Introduction to Diagnostic minor in communication studies, a student Methods (4) ing to professional certification by the must complete 28 credits with a minimum American Speech-Language-Hearing SpHr 495/595 Disorders of Communication II of 16 credits at the upper-division level. (4) Association. Courses of instruction include Total for Sp 404 and Sp 409 may not SpHr 496/596 Introduction to Clinical education in speech-language pathology exceed 9 credits. A minimum of 12 credits Management (4) and/or audiology. Practica in speech and must be taken in residence at PSU. hearing include experiences in the Univer- sity clinic, the public schools, and several clinics, medical agencies, and private practice in the greater Portland area. The speech and hearing science laboratories 158 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

†SpHr 498/598 Speech-Language Practicum (4) from the Graduate Record Examination consultation with the student’s program SpHr 580 Normal Speech and Language must be submitted. adviser, thesis director, or project director; Development in Children (4) All students are admitted to the pro- coursework in support of the thesis or SpHr 581 Stuttering (4) gram on conditional status. Regular status project must be approved by the student’s SpHr 582 Voice Disorders (4) and retention in the graduate program director. Areas of emphasis currently sup- SpHr 584 Assessment and Treatment of Language Disorders: Birth to Age Five (4) require attainment of 3.00 or higher GPA ported in this department include: organi- SpHr 585 Assessment and Treatment of Lan- for 12 graduate credits of speech and hear- zational communication, interpersonal guage Disorders in School-aged Children and ing sciences coursework as an admitted communication, intercultural communica- Adolescents (2) graduate student, and attainment of at least tion, international communication, and SpHr 591, 592 Student Teaching in Speech- a B- in each of two consecutive or concur- mass communication; other areas of Language Pathology (14) rent clinical practica totaling at least 4 emphasis may be developed, according to ‡SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional Learners credit hours in the student’s major profes- particular student needs, in consultation (3) sional area (speech-language pathology or with the program adviser or thesis or audiology). project director. GRADUATE Degree Requirements. University 3. Coursework in cognate areas: students PROGRAMS master’s degree requirements are listed on are required to complete core coursework page 56. in speech communication. Courses outside The Department of Speech Communica- COMMUNICATION STUDIES the department may be proposed at the dis- tion offers graduate work leading to the cretion of the faculty adviser. degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Master of Arts or Master of Sci- 4. Complete Thesis or Graduate Commu- Science with specialization in communica- ence nication Project. The graduate communication studies or speech and hearing sciences. Students entering this program are tion project is intended to meet the needs For admission to graduate study, the expected to develop an understanding and of graduate students whose primary inter- student’s background and preparation appreciation of the theoretical, conceptual, ests are applied rather than academic, and should reflect an ability to pursue graduate and methodological breadth of the disci- who expect to be employed in business, work in communication studies or speech pline and to develop expertise in the pursuit industry, or government, either directly or and hearing sciences. It is not required that of their own particular interests in the study as consultants. Students who are inter- the applicant have an undergraduate degree of human communication. In conjunction ested in an academic career or anticipate in speech communication; students with with the student’s adviser, each student will advanced graduate work, leading toward a undergraduate backgrounds in related dis- design a program based upon particular Ph.D., should elect the thesis option. ciplines are encouraged to apply. Should concerns with interpersonal, group, organi- the student’s preparation be deemed inade- zational, public, mass media, and intercul- a. Each student who elects the thesis quate in certain areas, the student will be tural communication, which provides the option will complete a thesis and pass a student with the appropriate research com- final oral examination on the thesis. The required to overcome those deficiencies thesis director and thesis committee will through formal coursework and/or directed petencies—critical, qualitative, or quantita- usually be selected, in consultation with readings. All such work is separate from tive—to pursue independent inquiry under the program adviser, during the first three work toward the master’s degree. faculty guidance. terms of study. Prior to beginning work Applicants to the communication stud- The master’s degree program consists on the thesis, all students will be required ies program must submit letters to the of a minimum of 45 credits of coursework, to demonstrate proficiency in relevant director explaining their reasons for pursu- including 6 credits of thesis work or a grad- theories and research methodology. ing an advanced degree in the communica- uate communication project, Sp 510 Com- b. Each student who elects the graduate tion studies discipline. Additionally, each munication Project, or Sp 513 communication project option will com- applicant must submit three letters of rec- Communication Consulting. Each student’s plete a graduate communication project ommendation from individuals closely program must be based upon the following and pass a final written examination covering two areas of emphasis. acquainted with the applicant’s academic courses or their transfer equivalencies. i. The communication project, under- career and, where applicable, with the 1. Theory, History, and Methods: Com- taken as an individual or team activity applicant’s professional background and plete a, b, and c. while enrolled in Sp 510 Communica- competencies. a. Sp 516 Theories of Communication tion Project or SP 513 Communication All students are admitted to the pro- (unless previously taken as Sp 416) Consulting, will focus on application of gram on conditional status. Regular status b. Sp 511 Introduction to Graduate acquired knowledge and problem solv- and retention in the graduate program Studies (must be taken no later than fall ing to actual communication situations. requires the satisfactory completion of 12 term of the first year of graduate studies) ii. Each student who elects the gradu- graduate credits with a minimum grade of c. At least one course in research ate communication project option will 3.00 in each course and evidence of satis- methods: be required to take a written examina- factory progress toward the degree. Sp 521 Quantitative Methods of Commu- tion on each of the two areas of emphasis. The examining committee must be Applicants to the speech and hearing nication Research or Sp 531 Qualitative Methods of Commu- appointed, with the approval of the stu- sciences program must submit a statement dent’s faculty adviser, no later than the of their professional philosophy and pur- nication Research or Sp 541 Methods of Rhetorical Criticism end of the term preceding the term in pose to the director of the program. In addi- which the student intends to take the tion, each applicant must submit three 2. Areas of Emphasis: All graduate stu- written examinations. letters of recommendation from individuals dents are expected to develop a theoretical closely acquainted with the applicant’s aca- competency in at least two areas of empha- demic or work background. Finally, scores sis. Areas of emphasis will be designed in

† SpHr 486/586, and 498/598 require 25 hours of conﬁrmed clinical observation as part of the courses listed as prerequisites. † SpHr 486/586, and 498/598 require 25 hours of conﬁrmed clinical observation as part of the courses listed as prerequisites. ‡ Education courses may require additional prerequisite courses. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 159

SPEECH AND HEARING 3. Culminating Experience rain in the United States and upon SCIENCES Students must complete one of the follow- internationalization and globalization of mass or Master of Arts or Master of Sci- ing culminating experiences. The decision popular culture as it impacts other parts of the ence to pursue one or the other of these options world. Degree candidates for the M.A. or M.S. is to be made in conjunction with the stu- Sp 218 dent’s faculty adviser. Interpersonal Communication (4) with concentration in speech-language Study of communication concepts, processes, pathology or audiology, in addition to a. Master’s Thesis—The student will and practices in interpersonal contexts with meeting University degree requirements, complete a thesis and pass a final oral application of principles and concepts to actual must meet academic and clinical require- examination before a committee consist- interpersonal communication situations. ments for the Certificate of Clinical Com- ing of the student’s faculty adviser and at Includes situational management and behavioral petence with the American Speech- least two other members of the PSU repertoire development, verbal/nonverbal code Language-Hearing Association prior to the graduate faculty. The thesis committee features structuring conversation and relation- members will be selected according to granting of a master’s degree. The program ships, characteristics of functional relational sys- University and Departmental guidelines tems, intercultural/inter-ethnic factors. in speech and hearing sciences is fully and in consultation with the student’s accredited in both speech language pathol- Sp 220 faculty adviser. Students pursuing this Public Speaking (4) ogy and audiology by the Council on option are required to sign up for at least Research, writing, and delivery skills for oral Accreditation and Certification of the 6 credits and up to 9 credits of SpHr 503 presentation in a variety of settings, including American Speech-Language Hearing Thesis. multicultural. Equal consideration given to Association. b. Master’s Project—The student will speech preparation and delivery with critical The master’s degree program consists complete a major project relating to their thinking, argument forms, and audience analysis of a minimum of 48 credit hours inclusive major area of study and present the emphasized. Includes focus on technology as a of core coursework and thesis or special results to faculty and students. The stu- presentational component. Issues of speech anxi- project credits. Each student’s program dent will comply with current Depart- ety addressed. mental guidelines for selection of project Sp 227 must meet each of the following topic, project format, and presentation of requirements. Nonverbal Communication (4) the project outcomes. The student will The study of nonverbal communication as 1. Coursework complete the project under the direct related to verbal communication. Course empha- Students must complete 42-44 credits of supervision of their faculty adviser. Stu- sis on theories and typologies of nonverbal core coursework in their area of emphasis, dents pursuing this option are required to behavior. Consideration of the influence of such i.e., speech-language pathology or audiol- sign up for at least 6 credits and up to 9 factors as para-language, body movement, eye ogy. Core coursework for an emphasis in credits of SpHr 506 Special Project. behavior, touch space, time, and physical and speech-language pathology includes: SpHr social environments. Course requirements 550 (2 terms), 551, 560, 562, 563, 565, COURSES include completion and report of a personal research project. 566, 580, 581, 582, 584, and 585. Core coursework for an emphasis in audiology Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Sp 230 offered every year. Listening (4) includes: SpHr 555, 556, 557, 560, 569, Development, review, analysis, training, and 571, 572, 573, 575, 576, 577, 578, and 579. Sp 100 Introduction to Communication (4) practice in the “five motives for listening”—dis- Students must earn a grade of B- or above Overview of major topic areas in communica- criminative, comprehensive, critical, apprecia- for each core course. Enrichment courses tion, including models of communication, social tive, and therapeutic. Opportunity to evaluate outside the department may be proposed at uses of language, communication codes-verbal/ listening efficiency. Listening projects are the discretion of the faculty adviser. nonverbal, listening and communication in inter- designed for application in business, interper- Coursework in statistics (e.g., Stat 243 and personal, group, intercultural, public, and mass sonal, and social contexts. 244) is required. This coursework may be media contexts. Application of theory through Sp 313 completed prior to enrollment in the gradu- skills development and community focused Communication in Groups (4) assessments. Focuses on communication processes in small, ate program. The statistics requirement is decision-making groups. Students examine the not satisfied by completing SpHr 560. Stu- Sp 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) relation between actual communicative behav- dents must also complete a program of iors of group members and group structure, three consecutive terms, exclusive of Sp 212 functions, and outcomes. Topics include leader- Mass Communication and Society (4) Summer Session, of full-time residency A survey of the development of print, broadcast, ship emergence and enactment, quality of prob- during their first academic year as an film, and new communication technology as lem solving strategies utilized, the impact of admitted student in the Speech and Hearing social, cultural, and economic forces in Ameri- socio-cultural and institutional features on small Sciences Program. can society. Examination of news media and group communicative practices. Theoretical their relationship to American political institu- application in the critical analysis of various 2. Clinical Practicum group settings and effective communication in Students must complete a minimum tions. Discussion of advertising as an economic and popular cultural force. Survey of major ongoing group projects. Includes focus on tele- number of direct clinic contact hours in trends in mass communication research. Class conferencing and videoconferencing. Prerequi- accordance with current Oregon licensure research project examines content of contempo- site: Sp 100 or Sp 218. and ASHA certification requirements. A rary commercial media. Sp 314 minimum of 50 clinical hours will be com- Persuasion (4) Sp 215 A consideration of concepts, principles, and the- pleted at the Speech Clinic or Audiology Introduction to Intercultural Communication Clinic at Portland State University. The (4) ories related to persuasion, and a consideration remaining hours will be completed at a Designed to give a theoretical understanding of of the role of persuasive communication in the process and role of communication (both public discourse. Opportunity for practical appli- minimum of two external practicum sites. cation of principles in student projects. Sp 100 or Students can accrue clinical hours at the mass and interpersonal) when faced with cultural plurality. Provides a background of classical the- Sp 220 recommended. PSU clinic through enrollment in the fol- ories in intercultural communication, and in lowing courses: SpHr 486/586, 490/590, interdisciplinary areas (cultural studies, gender 498/598, 550, 551, and 569. In order to studies, cultural anthropology, political science, receive credit for the clinical hours com- and international development) where culture pleted in a clinical course, students must and communication have been theorized. Dis- receive a course grade of B- or above. cussions will focus on the changing cultural ter- 160 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Sp 320 Sp 399 management. Required development of case Advanced Public Presentation (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) study applying concepts of the course, and class Designed for students who have basic experi- Sp 401/501 presentation. Prerequisite: one of Sp 218, 313, ence in choosing, researching, organizing, and Research (Credit to be Arranged.) 314, 324. presenting speeches, and who wish to augment Consent of instructor. Speech Communication *Sp 418/518 their skills in being a more dynamic and effec- Laboratory. Advanced Interpersonal Communication (4) tive public speaker. The course requirements will Sp 404/504 Theory course in which students analyze current include several speeches presented in class, one Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to concepts and theories related to inter-personal speech which must be presented in a different be Arranged.) communication, comparing and contrasting vari- setting, written rhetorical analysis, practice in Sp 405/505 ous models and their relative adequacy in repre- impromptu speech making, having one speech Reading and Conference (Credit to be senting the complexity of communication video taped for discussion and critique, as well arranged.) processes. The impact on actual communicative as sharpening skills in audience-centeredness. Consent of instructor. practices is examined. The influence of particu- Prerequisite: Sp 220. Sp 406/506 lar historical perspectives and contemporary Sp 322 Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) issues and trends on interpersonal communica- Political Communication (4) Consent of instructor. tion is analyzed through evaluation of empirical An analysis of the relationship of communica- Sp 407/507 data and general cultural texts. Research project tion to the exercise of politics and political Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) required. Prerequisite: Sp 218. power. Topics may include the ethics and prac- Consent of instructor. Rhetoric of Protest. tices of electoral politics, political ideologies, Sp 422/522 Sp 408/508 Critical Theories in Mass Communication (4) political advertising, propaganda, public opinion Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Surveys critical institutional theories of mass formation, the role of mass media as a source communication. Primary focus is analysis of the and form of political communication, speech Sp 409/509 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) relationship between media and communication writing, public policy writing and analysis, polit- Students must show proof of professional liabil- institutions and the state and other social institu- ical news writing, and political campaigning. ity insurance. tions. Prerequisite: Sp 212. The focus is on how communication strategies and media can be used to organize consent or Sp 410/510 Sp 423/523 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Organizational Communication (4) dissent to ruling parties, representatives, and Application of communication theory to the ideas. Sp 212 recommended. *Sp 412/512 Empirical Theories of Mass Communication study of human interaction in the organizational Sp 324 (4) context. Examination of the relationships Critical Thinking and Argumentation (4) Surveys social scientific theories of mass com- between structural variables in the organization A study of the relationship among evidence, rea- munication. Prerequisite: Sp 212. Stat 243, and informal communication channels, includ- soning, and argument. Course examines formal Sp 314, or Psy 342 recommended. ing analysis of leadership style, decision-mak- reasoning as well as practical argument in its Sp 415/515 ing, conflict management, and computer- actual forms and uses in everyday life. Primary mediated communication. Course requirements emphasis upon students’ ability to analyze evi- Problems of Intercultural Communication (4) Builds upon the theories and issues discussed in include completion and report of a personal dence, forms of reasoning, and arguments that the introductory course by including contempo- research project. Prerequisite: upper-division structure public issues of the day. Strongly rec- rary and classical literature on multicultural and standing. Sp 218 and Sp 313 recommended. ommended for all speech majors. intercultural communication. Identifies and ana- *Sp 426/526 *Sp 329 lyzes politically constructed categories of race, The Rhetorical Tradition (4) Oral Presentation and Performance (4) age, class, gender in society against the back- Survey of the major contributors, themes, and The oral interpretation of the literature of prose drop of debates on multiculturalism in the theory development in the 2500 year rhetorical and poetry. Concerned with the study of mean- United States. Examines these categorizations of tradition examining public discourse in the man- ing in selected pieces of literature, and the devel- race, class, etc. in their historical, social, and cul- agement of human affairs. Among the periods opment of vocal skills for the effective tural context, and how those have influenced examined will be Classical, Enlightenment, con- communication of meaning to others. Projects in mass-mediated and interpersonal communica- temporary 20th century, and post-modernist. public presentation and program development. tion. Uses mass media (television, radio, daily Special attention given to the significance of ear- Sp 337 print media, music) texts to provide examples of lier treatments of rhetoric to contemporary cir- Communication and Gender (4) how we understand “difference” and “otherness” cumstances. Prerequisite: Sp 314 or Sp 324. An examination of similarities and differences in in our daily lives. Prerequisite: Sp 215. *Sp 427/527 male and female communication styles and pat- Issues in International Communication (4) terns. Particular attention given to the implica- Sp 416/516 Theories of Communication (4) A study of historical and contemporary theories tions of gender as social construct upon Examines the major lines of theoretical develop- and practices in the conduct of trans-border perception, values, stereotyping, language use, ment in the study of human communication, as communication. Topics may include interna- nonverbal communication, and power and con- well as examining their diverse and alternative tional communication issues of law, diplomacy, flict in human relationships. Discussion of influ- assumptive bases for theory construction and conflict, the Cold War, international organiza- ence of mass communication upon shaping and critical analysis. Particular attention given to tions, mass media, information, advertising and constricting male and female sex roles. Course questions of causal or practical necessity, and news flows, and social-economic development, requirements include completion and report of a reductionistic or holistic analysis of communica- as well as discussions of specific cases of cul- personal research project. tion process and phenomena. Required participa- tural and institutional communication, spoken, Sp 340 tion of students in a group project to investigate written and produced, in various industrial and Interviewing (4) and report to class on a specific theory. Prerequi- developing societies. Prerequisite: upper divi- A study of principles for effective interviewing site: 6 credits upper-division speech communica- sion standing or graduate standing. with emphasis upon information-gathering, in- tion. Course offered at least one term every year. *Sp 436/536 depth interviewing. Examine interview struc- * Communication and Cognition (4) tures, preparation of interview schedules, ques- Sp 417/517 Communication and Conflict (4) Exploration of cognitive science as it applies to tion phrasing, approaches to interviewer- Examines assumptions underlying the selection theories of human communication, with particu- interviewee relationship. Specific interview con- of communicative behaviors in conflict situa- lar attention to the interaction between commu- texts will vary among employment, performance tions, and the assessment of choices for expected nication and consciousness. Prerequisite: appraisal, helping, and focus group, and will be or desired consequences. Interpersonal, group, graduate standing or Sp 416 (or equivalent) and examined from both interviewer and interviewee organizational, intercultural and international consent of instructor. perspectives. Prerequisite: upper-division stand- settings are examined. Examination of tradi- ing. Sp 218 recommended. tional and nontraditional approaches to conflict COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 161

*Sp 437/537 * *Sp 556 Urban Communication (4) Sp 521 Seminar: Language, Meaning, and Course utilizes a cultural, contextual approach to Quantitative Methods in Communication Interpretation (4) the study of urban communication structures, Research (4) Exploration of cognitive, linguistic, and interpre- processes and practices. Macro and micro fea- An examination of the methods of empirical tive approaches of emerging interest in the study tures are examined with the goal of understand- research in communication. Emphasis is upon of human communication. Specific topics vary ing the role of communication in structuring selected research designs, data collection and with instructor. Prerequisites: Sp 511 and social life in urban environments. Relevant theo- analysis, data input for computer analysis with Sp 516 (or equivalent courses from other depart- retical perspectives on urban life are examined statistical packages, results interpretation, and ments), graduate standing or consent of and multiple dimensions of verbal and nonverbal writing reports of completed research. Prerequi- instructor. communication codes analyzed for their mean- site: at least one course in statistics. SpHr 199 ing features and particular configurations in *Sp 525 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) urban contexts. Theoretical and empirical Seminar: International Communication and SpHr 262 approaches taken recognize urban centers as Culture (4) Voice and Diction (4) multicultural environments. Research project Study and analysis of the international dimen- Study and practice of principles of voice produc- required. Prerequisites: upper division standing sions of communication. Focus is on understand- tion and articulation of speech sound, with atten- or graduate standing. ing the cultural and power contexts and tion to elementary speech physiology and differences among and between peoples and *Sp 447/547 phonetics. Intended for students who desire to Communication and Aging (4) institutions that establish the boundaries in the develop more effective speech and for meeting Focuses on the intersecting areas of communica- exchange of meanings, values, and ideas. special needs of teachers, radio and television tion and gerontology. Ages of communicators as Emphasis is given to questions of cultural, eco- speakers, public speakers, and others who variables affecting the process and outcome of nomic and political sovereignty in the pursuit of require special competence in speaking. Empha- interaction. Students examine communication national, regional, and personal identity and sis on both theory and practice. Two hours per and aging through interaction (intrapersonal, development. week of laboratory work required. * interpersonal, intercultural) and through context Sp 528 Seminar: SpHr 370 (organizational, family, medical.) Student Communication in Relational Contexts (4) Phonetics and Acoustics (4) projects include interviews with elderly subjects Advanced work in interpersonal communication A study of sounds used in speech, their acoustic and case studies. theories, and concepts such as family, aging, and properties, and their transcription utilizing the conflict. Critique of current research in light of Sp 503 IPA; description of sounds, their symbolic Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) such considerations as cultural constraints, shifts nature, their production, and physical and psy- in relational definitions and configurations. chological problems involved in their percep- Sp 511 Research project. Prerequisite: Sp 518, graduate Introduction to Graduate Studies (4) tion. The acoustical bases of speech and hearing Introduction to the development and scope of the standing or permission of instructor. will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SpHr 262. * speech communication discipline, including a Sp 531 SpHr 371 critical examination of the lines of inquiry and Qualitative Methods in Communication Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and methods of investigation that shape the disci- Research (4) Hearing (4) An examination of naturalistic methods of com- pline. Emphasis is placed on those elements of A study of the anatomical and physiological munication research and their assumptive bases. scholarly inquiry that enable students to become bases of speech, language, and hearing. Prereq- Particular attention given to descriptive, interpre- competent consumers of current research and uisite: SpHr 262. tive, and critical approaches for analysis, and to contribute to their ability to conduct original specific techniques of participant observation, SpHr 380 research in speech communication. interviewing, and textual analysis. Critical Disorders of Communication I (4) An overview of speech-language pathology and *Sp 513 examination of selected research as models for audiology as professions and historical perspec- Seminar: Communication in Institutional original student research. Prerequisite: Sp 511. Contexts (4) tives. Normal development of speech, language, Various configurations and features of institu- *Sp 533 Seminar: and hearing systems will be described. Most tional life are examined. The impact of culture, Organizational Communication (4) speech, language, and hearing disorders will be politics, media on organizational communicative Examines the implications of evolving perspec- examined in terms of etiology, incidence, and structures and processes, communication consul- tives in organizational theory, as well as cultural characteristics. Multicultural issues will be tation, institutional-community interface are factors which may influence communication addressed. Directed clinical observations are among the topics covered. Current research is processes in the organizational context. Different required (about five hours of practicum examined. Students conduct an organizational approaches to assessing organizational commu- observation). nication processes are considered with relevance research project. Prerequisite: graduate standing SpHr 389 or instructor permission. Repeatable for credit. to enhancing organizational effectiveness and facilitating organizational transition and change. Sign Language: Theory and Practice (4) * Basic mastery of American Sign Language Sp 514 Course requirements include completion and (ASL) and the manual alphabet. Discussion of Seminar: Communication, Culture, and report of a research project. Community (4) ASL rules and grammatical structures. Study of Examination and analysis of human symbolic *Sp 541 cultural, social, vocational, and other related activity as the management of meaning, with the Methods of Rhetorical Criticism (4) issues associated with deafness. Comparison of a capacity to shape and influence thought, action, An examination of philosophical and conceptual variety of sign language systems and overview and world view. Particular attention given to bases of contemporary rhetorical theory and of the controversies between total communica- assumptions regarding intent, effects, meaning, their implications for the conduct of rhetorical tion and oralism. Includes ASL practice in class understanding, and interpretation, and their criticism. Selected approaches to criticism and lab assignments. Prerequisite: upper- implications for studying persuasion from mod- examined, along with exemplars for analysis. division standing. ernist and post-modernist perspectives. Special attention given to critical invention, and to the social positioning of the critic. Students will select and examine a specific example of SpHr 399 contemporary rhetoric. Prerequisite: Sp 511. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) SpHr 401/501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Speech Communication Laboratory. SpHr 404/504 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) 162 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SpHr 405/505 SpHr 488/588 SpHr 496/596 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Advanced Audiology (4) Introduction to Clinical Management (4) arranged.) Introduction to the audiological test battery. Consideration is given to clinical speech and lan- Consent of instructor. Topics include bone-conduction, masking, guage management, with emphasis upon meth- SpHr 406/506 speech audiometry, and objective tests. Auditory ods, materials, and techniques in the Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) pathologies and their audiometric correlates are management of major speech and language Consent of instructor. also covered. Prerequisite: SpHr 487/587. problems. Terminology and basic techniques of SpHr 407/507 SpHr 489/589 modifying speech, language, and hearing disor- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Aural Rehabilitative and Educational ders with specific application to clinical manage- Consent of instructor. Rhetoric of Protest. Audiology (4) ment, will be given, with special consideration Theoretical course covering the role of speech- SpHr 408/508 of program design and delivery. Theoretical con- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) reading (lip reading) and auditory training as it siderations and practical applications of behavior relates to speech, language, and communication. modification theory as applied to children and SpHr 409/509 Historical perspectives and philosophies consid- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) adults with speech, voice, language, and hearing Students must show proof of professional liabil- ered, communication systems, speech acoustics problems. Methodology for writing instructional ity insurance. and perception, amplification and hearing aids, programs which deal with various communica- speech reading, and auditory training. Educa- tion disabilities will be discussed. Devices and SpHr 410/510 tional issues for hearing-impaired children will methods for tracking and analyzing data are Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) also be addressed. Multicultural issues will be described. Prerequisite: SpHr 370, 380, 494/594, SpHr 452/552 included. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. 495/595. Screening in the Schools (1) Students will participate, under supervision, in *SpHr 490/590 †SpHr 498/598 screening school-aged students for speech, lan- Audiological Rehabilitation Clinic (2) Speech-Language Practicum (2) guage, and/or hearing disabilities. Prerequisites: Supervised clinical practicum in the diagnosis Supervised clinical work with speech and/or lan- SpHr 498/598; 25 clock hours of practicum. and rehabilitation of children and adults with guage disordered children and adults enrolled hearing disabilities; staff seminars in case dispo- for assessment and intervention in the PSU SpHr 461/561 sitions. Maximum: 18 credits. Prerequisites: Speech and Hearing Clinic and/or associated Neurology of Speech and Hearing (4) SpHr 489/589, 498/598. clinical programs; group discussion of clients, A course specifically designed for speech and clinical techniques and clinical principles. Pre- hearing majors to provide a study in-depth of the SpHr 493/593 requisites: SpHr 380, 464/564, 494/594, 496/596 neurology of the speech and hearing mecha- Survey of Speech, Language, and Hearing Disorders (4) (with grade B- or better). nisms with special attention given to the major Designed as an overview of speech, language, deviations affecting verbal communication. SpHr 503 and hearing in children and adults. Topics to Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisites: SpHr 370, 371. include: cleft palate, stuttering, hearing impair- Sphr 464/564 SpHr 550 ment, and multi-cultural differences. Recom- Advanced Speech Disorders Practicum (2) Articulation/Phonological Disorders (4) mended for general speech, education, and Discussion of phonological development, types Students will participate in the evaluation and special education students. Prerequisite: upper treatment of children and adults with disorders and causal patterns of articulation/ phonologic division or graduate standing. disorders, description of and practice with of speech under the supervision of faculty. Pre- assessment tools and techniques, presentation of SpHr 494/594 requisite: SpHr 498/598. Prerequisite or corequi- Introduction to Diagnostic Methods (4) site: SpHr 581 or 582. Maximum 6 credits. intervention principles, and descriptions and Provides students with information on basic SpHr 551 practice with intervention techniques and methods of assessment in communication disor- approaches. Prerequisites: SpHr 370, 380. Advanced Child Language Disorders Clinic ders. Administration and interpretation of stan- (2) SpHr 470/570 dardized tests, adaptations for clients from This on-campus practicum provides students Hearing Screening (1) culturally different backgrounds, interviewing, with an opportunity to apply methods covered in Students will participate, under supervision, in and case-history taking will be covered. Prereq- SpHr 584 to a practicum experience. Students the hearing screening of children and adults. Pre- uisite: SpHr 371. will evaluate language skills and design and requisites: SpHr 488/588, 498/598. SpHr 495/595 deliver language intervention under faculty *†SpHr 486/586 Disorders of Communication II (4) supervision to preschool and school-age children Urban Language Clinic (2) Introduction to speech and language disorders with speech/language delays/disorders. Various This on-campus practicum provides students an with emphasis on voice disorders, stuttering dis- models of language intervention will be stressed. opportunity to participate in a speech and lan- orders and neurogenic disorders; cleft palate and This is a prerequisite for SpHr 591. Prerequisite: guage enrichment classroom program for chil- cerebral palsy will complete the survey. SpHr 498/598, 580. Corequisite: SpHr 584 or dren. This practicum experience emphasizes Prerequisite: SpHr 371, 380. permission of instructor. development and use of speech and language units and pragmatic techniques with children SpHr 495L SpHr 553 from various cultural backgrounds. This is a Directed Clinical Assistant Lab (2) Counseling in Communication Disorders (2) Designed to acquaint preprofessional students Designed for speech-language pathology and prerequisite for SpHr 591. Prerequisite: SpHr with the direct management of speech, language, audiology majors to receive an introduction into 498/598. and hearing cases in cooperation with advanced the major theories of counseling techniques and SpHr 487/587 clinicians and under the direction of a qualified how they can implement these techniques Basic Audiology (4) clinical supervisor. Students enrolled in this throughout their careers. Prerequisite: SpHr 494/ Introductory course in audiology emphasizing course will participate in all phases of clinical 594. basic acoustics and psychoacoustics, anatomy operation, inclusive of: scheduling, diagnostic SpHr 554 and physiology of the ear, hearing measurement, management, parent conferencing, report writ- and types and causes of hearing impairment. Advanced Speech Sound Disorders (2) ing, material preparation, etc. Prerequisites: Severe Speech Sound disorders in children will Prerequisite: SpHr 371. SpHr 370; may be taken in conjunction with be addressed with an emphasis on developmen- SpHr 494/594, 495/595, or 496/596. tal apraxia of speech and phonological disorders. Various assessment instruments and intervention approaches will be described. Prerequisite: SpHr 464/564.

† SpHr 486/586, and 498/598 require 25 hours of conﬁrmed clinical observation as part of the courses listed as prerequisites. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 163

SpHr 555 SpHr 566 SpHr 576 Hearing Aids I (4) Special Populations (4) Geriatric Audiology (2) Introduction to amplification for the hearing Advanced discussion regarding diagnosis and The study of hearing in aging. Physiological impaired. Topics include: types of hearing aids treatment of motor speech disorders of dysar- changes in the hearing mechanism associated and their components, electroacoustic character- thria and apraxia. Issues related to surgical and with primary and secondary aging. Audiologic istics of hearing aids, coupler and real-ear mea- prosthetic management of velopharyngeal assessment of the prebycusic patient, as well as surement, output limitation, programming and incompetence as well as augmentative/alterna- intervention procedures are emphasized. Psy- earmolds. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. tive modes of communication to be addressed. chosocial forces associated with hearing impair- SpHr 556 Prerequisite: SpHr 495/595, 563, 565. ment during the aging years are examined. Hearing Aids II (4) SpHr 567 Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. Advanced topics in amplification for the hearing Craniofacial Disorders and Speech (3) SpHr 577 impaired. Topics include: hearing aid evaluation, Acquaints students with clinical management of Medical Audiology I (4) prescription of electroacoustic characteristics, cleft palate and other craniofacial anomalies, Evaluation of practical application of differential fitting procedures, and post-fitting counseling. particularly the role of speech-language patholo- auditory tests used in the assessment of various Prerequisite: SpHr 555. gist. Students gain exposure to analysis of articu- hearing disorders. Focus on procedures, applica- SpHr 557 lation and resonance disorders of persons with tions, and implications of various auditory mea- Hearing Aids Laboratory (2) velopharyngeal incompetence. Prerequisite: sures forming test batteries which assist in the Provides practical experience in hearing aid test- SpHr 495/595. detection of conduction, cochlear, and retroco- ing, repair and modification. SpHr 569 chlear lesions. Class demonstrations and supervised experiences. Prerequisites: SpHr 487/587, SpHr 558 Advanced Audiology Practicum (2) Computer Applications in Communication Supervised clinical practicum in the PSU Speech 488/588. Disorders (2) and Hearing Clinic. Students provide assessment SpHr 578 Provides students with basic information on of hearing and hearing aid evaluation and fittings Medical Audiology II (4) using computerized resources in diagnosis, treat- for children and adults. Prerequisites: SpHr 488/ Continues examination of medical audiology ment, and data management. Internet informa- 588, 578. from SpHr 577. Specific topics to be addressed tion resources will also be explored. SpHr 571 include otacoustic emissions, electronystagmog- SpHr 560 Advanced Hearing Science I (4) raphy, central auditory assessment and clinical Research Methods in Speech-language Psychoacoustics and the fundamentals of acous- decision analysis. Class demonstrations and Pathology and Audiology (4) tics. Topics include simple harmonic motion, supervised experiences. Prerequisite: SpHr 577. Introduction to research methods in communica- simple and complex sounds, decibel scales, and SpHr 579 tion disorders, including clinical efficacy studies. impedance. Also covered are psychophysical Objective Auditory Measures (4) Students become familiar with the scientific measurement, auditory sensitivity, pitch and Introduction to clinical measurement of auditory method, issues in hypothesis tests, approaches to loudness perception, masking, auditory nonlin- evoked potentials. Normative and pathological literature review, data collection, reduction, and earities, and binaural hearing. Prerequisite: SpHr aspects of electrocochleography and brainstem analysis. Background in statistics is helpful. 487/587. responses. Also covers advanced acoustic immit- Questions of current interest in the fields of SpHr 572 tance, including physical principles and diagnos- speech, language, and hearing are presented. Advanced Hearing Science II (4) tic applications. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. Students are encouraged to focus on one as a Anatomy and physiology of the auditory system, SpHr 580 thesis topic and develop a mini-prospectus for a including transmission properties of the middle Normal Speech and Language Development thesis through class assignments. Computer ear, cochlear mechanics and transduction, and in Children (4) applications in research also outlined. Prerequi- processing of auditory information from cochlea Provides in-depth information on the normal sites: Mth 243, 244. to cortex. The course begins with an introduction course of speech and language development in SpHr 562 to basic electricity, including Ohm’s Law, series children from birth through adolescence. Basic Instrumentation in Speech and Hearing and parallel circuits, alternating and direct cur- processes in child development and psycholin- Sciences (4) rents. Prerequisite: SpHr 487/587. guistics addressed. Phonological, syntactic, Introduction to basic electricity, acoustic phonet- morphological, semantic and pragmatic develop- SpHr 573 ics, and use of instrumentation and computers Industrial Audiology (2) ment are covered. Issues of dialect and bilingual- for measurement of speech and voice signals. This course focuses on the role of audiology in ism outlined. Relations of language to the Provides instruction in recording, calibration, hearing conservation in industry. Includes effects development of reading and writing and the and analysis with this equipment, such as the of noise on the auditory system, noise measure- treatment of the learning disabilities discussed. sonograph, sound level meter, oscilloscope, and ment, and medical-legal aspects of noise expo- Multicultural issues addressed. Prerequisite: digital speech analysis systems. Prerequisite: sure. Prerequisites: SpHr 487/587, 488/588, 572. SpHr 494/594. SpHr 461/561. SpHr 574 SpHr 581 SpHr 563 Immittance Audiometry (3) Stuttering (4) Adult Language Disorders (4) This course covers the physical and physiologi- Study of stuttering theories, research, methods Serves as an introduction to neurogenic commu- cal bases of acoustic immittance measurements of diagnosis, and treatment for stuttering and nication disorders. Topics include aphasia, of the ear. It also covers the principle underlying other disorders of fluency. Prerequisite: 495/595. dementia, right-hemisphere disorders, and brain tympanometry and acoustic reflex measure- SpHr 582 injury. Causes, symptoms, and multicultural ment, and the use of immittance in diagnosing Voice Disorders (4) issues in assessment and treatment will be dis- auditory pathologies. Lectures are supplemented Deviations of voice found in children and adults. cussed. Prerequisite: SpHr 495/595. by practical training in administering the immit- Study of normal and abnormal function of the SpHr 565 tance test battery. Prerequisites: SpHr 487/587, voice mechanism. Attention to detection, refer- Dysphagia (4) 488/588. ral, and differential diagnosis of voice problems. Designed to provide in-depth study of anatomy *SpHr 575 Demonstrations of typical voice problems; dem- and physiology of swallow mechanism. Assess- Pediatric Audiology (2) onstrations in examination and treatment proce- ment and treatment of dysphagia and feeding This course covers the embryology of the ear, dures; review of recent literature and research. disorders in neonatal through older adult popula- the development of hearing, the etiology and Prerequisite: SpHr 495/595. tions to be addressed. Prerequisite: SpHr 563. pathology of hearing loss in children, and the assessment of hearing in children. It also covers amplification for hearing impaired children, and management of children with hearing losses. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. 164 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SpHr 584 ing disabilities discussed. Alternative service caseload and scheduling; management of an Assessment and Treatment of Language delivery models and pragmatic intervention entire caseload; maintaining appropriate records; Disorders: Birth to Age Five (4) strategies presented. Methods of assessment and handling both incoming and outgoing referrals; Outlines causation, prevention, evaluation, and treatment for clients from culturally different and parent/teacher/staff conferences. Concur- management procedures for addressing develop- backgrounds emphasized. Prerequisites: SpHr rent registration in SpHr 592 required. Prerequi- mental language disorders in infants, toddlers, 580, 584. sites: admission to teacher education program, 3 and preschool children. Formal and informal terms of clinical practicum to include one com- assessment procedures will be covered. Uses and SpHr 585L Consultation and Collaborative Services in pleted at PSU, 3.00 GPA in speech major. misuses of standardized tests will be discussed. Schools (2) Admission by approved application only, one Models of language disorders will be compared Provides students with an opportunity to deliver full academic term in advance. and contrasted. Speech sample analysis proce- language intervention with school-aged clients dures will be studied. Pragmatic intervention SpHr 592 in classroom settings. The practicum will Seminar: Speech-language Pathology in techniques will be stressed. Relations between emphasize developing language remediation Schools (2) language and phonology and multicultural issues activities based on school curricula, working in Survey of current methods and materials avail- will also be included. Family-centered practice mainstream settings rather than one-to-one ther- able to and appropriate for the public school techniques will be emphasized. Prerequisite: apy, and integrating reading and writing with speech-language pathologist. Speciﬁc problems SpHr 498/598, 580. Corequisite: SpHr 551. oral language skill development. Prerequisites: encountered in the practicum experience are uti- SpHr 585 SpHr 551, 580, 584. lized as topics of discussion. Prerequisite: SpHr Assessment and Treatment of Language SpHr 591 585. Concurrent registration in SpHr 591 Disorders in School-aged Children and Student Teaching: Speech-language required. Adolescents (2) Pathology (12) Outlines assessment and treatment methods for Practicum in speech-language pathology in the addressing developmental language disorders in public school setting under the direction of a children aged six through adolescence. Formal supervising speech-language clinician (ASHA and informal assessment procedures covered. CCC-SP). Students participate in the following Pragmatic intervention techniques stressed. The activities: diagnosis and evaluation; section of relations between language disorders and learn-

UNIVERSITY HONORS PROGRAM

Honors Program Building tion requirements through their work in the Students complete a core component of 1632 SW 12th Honors Program. work in the Honors Program, which satis- (503) 725-4928 Eligibility and Admission. The fies their general and liberal education www-adm.pdx.edu/user/hon/ program seeks students who will strive for requirements. While individual core pro- academic excellence. Students who have grams will vary to some extent, all students B.A. or B.S.—any University combined SAT scores of 1200 or more and will complete at least 10 courses in Honors major whose high school grade point averages These 10 will include the appropriate track were 3.50 or better are eligible to apply. of the core course, “Studies,” at least two The University Honors Program is The qualities sought in Honors Program courses designated as colloquia, and the intended for those students who plan to go students, however, are not always reflected two-quarter thesis project (8 credit hours). on to graduate or professional school; it in test scores, GPAs, or transcripts, and so Studies in Western Culture. A therefore gives highly motivated applicants other factors, including letters of recom- foundation course in the theory and meth- the chance to develop undergraduate mendation, a writing sample, and an inter- ods of the social sciences, humanities, and degree programs that reflect their particular view are considered. sciences. “Studies” examines the politics, interests. Part-time students, transfer students, art, ideas, and scientific practice of major Limited to 200 participants, the Honors and students returning after an absence periods in Western culture, beginning with Program offers a foundation course in the from formal education also may apply. the period that has been called the “founda- theory and methods of the human, natural, However, because of the program’s own tion of the natural sciences,” the 17th cen- and social sciences, opportunities for inde- curricular structure and the unique direc- tury. Originally developed under a grant pendent study, and honors colloquia. Stu- tions that most degree programs take, stu- from the National Endowment for the dents are also allowed the chance to take dents who have completed more than 60 Humanities, the course remains open to all part in the Washington, D.C., internship quarter hours of college work are not usu- Portland State students. program provided by the program. Honors ally considered for admission. After the first two quarters of the fresh- Program classes are small, and students Graduation Requirements. man year, which are taken by all students, work closely with advisers both in the pro- Honors Program students are graduated first-year students will separate into two gram and in the academic departments of after completing requirements for their tracks, the technical/professional track and the University. majors, the liberal and general education the classical track. Students in the technical Students may major in any undergradu- requirements of the Honors Program, and and professional majors will thereafter ate degree program offered at Portland the specific requirements of their individu- study the organization and historical devel- State. Requirements for majors are set by alized programs. opment of professional culture, while stu- departments; students meet general educa- dents in the classical track will pursue the C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 165

roots, beginning in ancient Greece and working through an appropriate bibliogra- Hon 199 Rome and moving forward through the phy with faculty from the honors program. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) medieval and Renaissance periods, of the Departmental Honors. Some Consent of instructor. social and political movements which departments in the College of Liberal Arts Hon 399 shape later culture. and Sciences offer a departmental honors Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Professors of classical studies, science option. Students should contact their major Hon 401 Research (Credit to be arranged.) studies, history, humanities, and interdisci- department to ﬁnd out if this Consent of instructor. plinary social science serve as faculty, and option is available and, if so, what the Hon 403 written work focuses on primary texts stud- requirements are. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) ied in the course. Students are encouraged Hon 404 to form study groups to supplement their COURSES Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to classroom work. be arranged.) Further information and course descrip- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Hon 405 tions are available from the Honors Pro- offered every year. Reading and Conference (Credit to be gram Ofﬁce, located in the Honors arranged.) Hon 199 Consent of instructor. Program Building, 1632 S.W. 12th Avenue. Studies in Western Culture Visiting Scholars Project. In the I-IV (tech/profÐ5, 5, 5; 4 Hon 407 I-VI (classicalÐ5, 5, 5; 4, 4, 4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) junior and senior years of the honors cur- See section above for technical/professional and Consent of instructor. Reading and discussion of riculum, students participate in coursework classical section course descriptions. Studies in an area to be chosen by instructor, with a semi- associated with the Visiting Scholars Western Culture I-III comprise 15 credits (12 nar paper required. Project. Each year several noted scholars, hours lecture, 3 hours recitation); Studies in Hon 410 American or foreign, are brought to cam- Western Culture IV-VI comprise 12 credits (lec- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) pus; they both deliver public lectures and ture only, no recitation). Consent of instructor. meet with a seminar group of students from the Honors Program, who have prepared by

WOMEN’S STUDIES

401 Cramer Hall ship. Courses incorporate the diversity of cational policy. The program also main- (503) (503) 725-3516 women’s experience with attention to race, tains a resource library open to all students. www.ws.pdx.edu/ class, and sexual orientation as well as gen- Requirements for the Major der. Core courses also demand and support In addition to meeting the general Univer- B.A., B.S. students’ active participation through sity degree requirements, the major in Minor discussion, informal as well as formal women’s studies must complete a required Post-baccalaureate Certificate writing, and collaborative learning in the core program of 32 credits (24 classroom classroom. hours, including a senior seminar, and 8 Women’s Studies is an interdisciplinary Experiential learning plays an impor- program designed to foster students’ per- hours in experiential learning) and an indi- tant role in a student’s progress through the vidual program of study (20 credits). sonal and intellectual development and to women’s studies curriculum. The pro- prepare them for socially responsible citi- For the individual program, students will gram’s extensive and long-established ties design an emphasis which is based in a zenship as well as a broad range of careers. with organizations in the metro area pro- Women’s studies advisers work closely discipline or in a theme that crosses vide wide-ranging opportunities for stu- disciplines. with each student to craft a course of study dents to apply their classroom knowledge appropriate to the student’s academic inter- in a community setting. Many students dis- WS Core Curriculum Credits ests and post-graduate goals. cover a life’s vocation through these expe- WS 101 Introduction to Women's Studies . . . . .4 An expanding field of scholarship, riences, and all develop new skills. WS 301 Gender and Critical Inquiry ...... 4 WS 315 Feminist Analysis...... 4 women’s studies is on the cutting edge of Guidelines for women’s studies intern- educational and intellectual innovation. WS 415 Senior Seminar...... 4 ships, practica, and independent study are WS 340 Women and Gender in America, Courses offered through many different flexible in order to meet individual needs. Colonial Era to 1865 or WS 341 Women and disciplines explore how gender has shaped A degree in women’s studies provides the Gender in America, 1865-Present† ...... 4 culture, language, social, economic, and foundation for life-long learning as well as WS 342 History of Feminism in the political institutions and what the world background and experience for careers in United States ...... 4 looks like, once women’s experience is teaching, counseling and social work, busi- WS 404/409 Internship/Practicum (3, 3) ...... 6 fully included in our thinking. The ness, law, health sciences, public adminis- WS 411 Experiential Learning Seminar (1, 1). .2 women’s studies core curriculum encour- tration, public relations, and research. Total credits required in the core: 32 ages students to develop critical thinking Women’s studies students participate skills and an appreciation for the range of in planning the program’s educational, theoretical frameworks and methodologies cultural, and social events and advise the present in contemporary feminist scholar- faculty on matters of curriculum and edu-

† Although students have the choice of taking either WS 340 or WS 341, taking both is recommended. 166 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Individualized Program In meeting the 16 elective credits WS 310 To be developed in consultation with the requirement, students may take a maxi- Psychology of Women (4) mum of 12 credits in any one academic Review and evaluate assumptions underlying student’s women’s studies adviser. Each psychological research on women. Survey the student pursuing a women’s studies major area (arts and letters, science, social sci- research in areas such as the development of sex will select or be assigned an adviser who is ence) and 4 credits in lower division differences, acquisition of gender roles, and knowledgeable in the student’s area(s) of courses. maintenance of gender stereotypes. Explore the academic interest. In order to be considered Courses taken under the undifferenti- pertinence of these findings to topical areas such for the B.A. or B.S. degree, the individual ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not as women’s work roles, women and mental program of study must carry approval of acceptable toward fulfilling Certificate health, and the women’s movement. Prerequi- the adviser and the women’s studies coor- requirements with the following excep- site: 3 credits in psychology. dinator. Changes in this individual program tions: one women’s studies elective course, WS 312 must be similarly approved. Non-approved WS 404 Cooperative Education/Intern- Feminist Philosophy (4) ship, WS 409. Critically examines traditional schools of philo- individual programs will not be considered sophical thinking from a feminist perspective. to meet major requirements. In designing Prerequisite: one philosophy course from other their individual program, students may COURSES than Phl 103, 104, 206. follow either a discipline-based emphasis WS 315 or a theme-based emphasis. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Feminist Analysis (4) A discipline-based emphasis will con- offered every year. An exploration of the interpretive frameworks sist of five courses (20 credits) in a depart- For additional courses in women’s studies, and research strategies utilized in contemporary ment or program outside women’s studies. consult departmental listings, e.g., Departments feminist scholarship. Drawing on examples from Two of these courses are to be courses of Psychology and Sociology. more than one discipline, students will be introduced to a range of theoretical and methodologi- which familiarize students with that disci- WS 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) cal approaches, while learning to identify the pline’s materials and approaches. The other choices that scholars make in carrying out their three courses in the discipline are to be A survey and critical analysis of the essential issues of feminism and their effects on women’s work. Issues under debate within feminist schol- cross-listed with women’s studies or lives. Topics include: marriage, family, educa- arship as well as the differences between femi- approved by the student’s women’s studies tion, justice and reform, health care, sexuality, nist scholars and those working from other adviser. political and economic status. Focuses on frameworks will be examined. Prerequisite: WS A theme-based emphasis will consist of present realities and future possibilities. An 301. five courses which together form a coher- introduction to the interdisciplinary field of WS 330 ent multi-disciplinary approach to a sub- women’s studies. Women of Color in the U.S. (4) A variable topics course focusing on issues ject. All of the courses are to be cross-listed WS 120 with women’s studies or approved by the Workshop for Returning Women (4) which affect women of color in the U.S., historically and today. student’s women’s studies adviser. Designed for those who have experienced an Courses taken under the undifferenti- interruption in their formal education. Examines WS 337 the educational history of American women. Communication and Gender (4) ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not Analyzes the ways in which the roles, status, and An examination of similarities and differences in acceptable toward fulfilling major require- experiences of women affect educational deci- male and female communication styles and pat- ments with the following exceptions: one sions and performance. Includes the develop- terns. Particular attention given to the implica- women’s studies elective course, WS 404 ment of skills and self-confidence in studying, tions of gender as social construct upon Cooperative Education/Internship, WS 409 writing, research, examinations, time manage- perception, values, stereotyping, language use, Practicum. ment, mathematics and science. Credit cannot be nonverbal communication, and power and con- used to satisfy certificate requirements. flict in human relationships. Discussion of influ- Requirements for the Minor ence of mass communication upon shaping and WS 199 A minor in women’s studies will consist of Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) constructing male and female roles. 28 credits. Students will be required to take A variable topics course dealing with contempo- WS 340 12 credits in the core courses (not includ- rary and historical issues in feminism. Recent Women and Gender in America, Colonial Era ing WS 404, 409, WS 411). The additional offerings have included History of Women Art- to 1865 (4) 16 credits may be fulfilled by either core ists and History of Women in Science. WS 199 is This course explores women’s lives and work in courses (including WS 404, 409, WS 411) also available for students who wish to pursue America from European contact with the New directed independent study. World through the end of the Civil War. Through or women’s studies electives (courses primary and secondary material, students will cross-listed with other departments or WS 260 confront the diversity of female experience as approved by the women’s studies coordina- Introduction to Women’s Literature (4) Introduction to the texts and contexts of well as the ways in which gender shaped the tor). women’s literature. economic, political, and social life of the emerging nation. Possible themes include native Requirements for the Post-baccalaureate WS 301 Certificate women and colonial settlement, Puritan religion, Gender and Critical Inquiry (4) the household economy, the American Revolu- Introduction to Women's Studies ...... 4 Cross-discipline introduction to feminist frame- tion, evangelicalism and the rise of the Victorian WS 301 Gender and Critical Inquiry ...... 4 works including theoretical issues and varying home, women and the westward movement, sla- WS 315 Feminist Analysis...... 4 approaches to the study of women and gender. very and race, gender and industrialization, and WS 415 Senior Seminar...... 4 Attention to the relationship between gender and the emergence of women’s rights. WS 404 Cooperative Education/Internship or other axes of inequality. Emphasis on the devel- WS 409 Practicum ...... 6 opment of critical thinking skills. Prerequisite: WS 341 Approved electives WS 101. Women and Gender in America, 1865 to the (minimum of 12 upper division) ...... 16 Present (4) Who was a suffragette? A flapper? Rosie the Total 38 Riveter? What do these images hide as well as reveal about American women’s recent past? This course surveys the making of modern American women by focusing on gender, family, work, and political arrangements from 1865 to COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 167

the present. Students will explore the diversity of WS 415 women’s lives through the ideas and institu- Senior Seminar (4) tions—both the outstanding and everyday— With a focus on analysis, critique, comparison forged by women in this period. Themes include and connection, students will work collabora- missionaries and reform in the Gilded Age, tively as well as independently in this theoreti- higher education and the professions, women cal, thematically-based course. Students will be workers and labor organizing, the rise of sexual responsible for planning and leading discussion modernism, gender in the Jim Crow South, post- during some sessions as well as presenting and war domesticity and the “feminine mystique”, responding to work-in-progress. Prerequisite: feminism’s roots in the Civil Rights movement, WS 315. and “second wave” feminism and its discontents. WS 417 WS 342 Women in the Economy (4) History of Feminism in the United States (4) Different economic theoretical perspectives are After a review of Western feminism’s Enlighten- presented to account for women’s particular eco- ment roots and Victorian variations in the United nomic roles currently and historically. Emphasis States, this course focuses on the shaping of on women’s responsibility for child rearing and modern feminism as a diverse body of questions, housework; women’s relatively low wages; ideas, and experiments in American life. Themes occupational segregation by gender; economic include political equality, the emergence of differences among women due to ethnicity, gen- sexual politics, issues of race and difference, eration, and class; and policy issues with particu- women workers and class conﬂict, the civil lar importance for women’s economic situation. rights movement and gender struggles, radical Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. feminism, conservative women and “backlash”, WS 425 and feminist internationalism. Prerequisite: WS Sociology of Women (4) 340 or 341. Cross-societal analysis of the position of women *WS 343 in industrial societies. Analysis of the social American Family History (4) position of women and men in areas such as the History of the American family from the colo- family, politics, work, education, etc. Consider- nial period to the present. The course will draw ation and evaluation of theories of the biological, upon textual sources and oral histories in exam- psychological, sociological basis for the behav- ining changes in families in the colonial period, ior, characteristics, attitudes, and demographic and the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Pre- characteristics of women. Prerequisites: Soc requisite: Hst 201, 202, Sophomore Inquiry 204, 205. (American Studies), or consent of instructor. WS 426 WS 380 Women and Mental Illness (4) Women and Politics (4) Social and historical evolution of images and Analysis of the political role of women in poli- explanations of madness in women. Contempo- tics. Reviews historical and contemporary analy- rary distributions, diagnoses, and treatments of ses of women’s participation and status in mental illness in diverse groups of women are politics. Prerequisites: PS 101, 102 or upper- examined. Focus on psychiatric disorder and division standing. gender-based discourse. Prerequisite: WS 101. Also listed as Soc 426/526; course may be taken WS 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) only once for credit. WS 401 WS 430, 431 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Women in the Visual Arts (4, 4) The study of the art of women in various media WS 404 (painting, sculpture, architecture, printmaking, Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) photography, textiles, illuminated manuscripts, and mixed media). A 3-term sequential class: WS 405 fall, 11th century (medieval) Europe to the 18th Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) century; winter, 19th century to early 20th cen- Consent of instructor. tury America and Europe; spring, 20th century America and Europe. Open to non-art majors. WS 407 Prerequisites: Art 204, 205, 206. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) WS 409 WS 443, 444 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) British Women Writers (4, 4) Study of the works of British women writers WS 410 with attention to themes, styles, and characteris- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) tic concerns in the light of feminist criticism and WS 411 scholarship. Prerequisite: 15 credits in literature. Experiential Learning Seminar (1) WS 260 recommended. To be taken simultaneously with WS 404 or WS 409. Students will present material based upon WS 445, 446 their experiences in practica and internships. The American Women Writers (4, 4) Study of American women writers, with atten- seminar provides an opportunity for students to tion to themes, styles and characteristic con- reﬂect on the settings where they are working cerns, in the light of feminist criticism and and analyze issues that emerge in applying femi- scholarship. Prerequisite: 15 credits in literature. nist theory to practice. WS 260 recommended. 168 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

WS 455 class in educational organizations. Prerequisite: workplace supports for families. Implications of Gender and Education (4) upper division standing. This course is cross- research for social policy. Prerequisites: Psy 311 Explores the signiﬁcance of gender in educa- listed as EPFA 455, may only be taken once for and 3 credits in courses numbered Psy 321 or tional work. Focus will be on the history of credit. higher. gender arrangements in educational organiza- WS 467 WS 479 tions and the formation of gender roles in con- Work and Family (4) Women and Organizational Psychology (4) temporary American society, particularly in the An examination of the effects of work on family, Examines the relationship between gender and family, schools, and the economy. Students will and family on work, in contemporary society. the social organization of the workplace. Focus examine differential socialization of males and Includes study of dual-career and dual-work is on gender development as socialization (e.g. females, ongoing practices in educational orga- families, effects of maternal employment on hierarch and leadership, discrimination and nizations that are gender-related and/or gender children, impact of child care and elder care on harassment, deskilling) from a social psycholog- biased and the convergence of gender, race, and the workplace, and parental leave and other ical perspective. Strategies for change are considered. Prerequisites: Psy 310 and 3 additional credits in courses numbered Psy 330 or higher.

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

The courses listed below are offered on an irreg- Hum 608 Sc 609 ular basis by various departments. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) ASc 410/510 Hum 609 Sc 610 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 199 Hum 610 SSc 601 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 399 ISt 199 SSc 602 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 405 ISt 399 SSc 603 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) For Extended Studies and Summer Session only. SSc 604 Hum 407 ISt 404 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 410 be arranged.) SSc 605 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 601 Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 601 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 602 SSc 606 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Hum 602 arranged.) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 603 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) SSc 607 Hum 603 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 604 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to SSc 608 Hum 604 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) be arranged.) Sc 605 SSc 609 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 605 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Reading And Conference (Credit to be arranged.) SSc 610 arranged.) Sc 606 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 606 Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) Sc 607 Hum 607 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 608 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

ROGER S. AHLBRANDT, DEAN SCOTT A. DAWSON, ASSOCIATE DEAN ELLEN L. WEST, ASSOCIATE DEAN SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUILDING (503) 725-3712—STUDENT SERVICES OFFICE www.sba.pdx.edu/

B.A., B.S.—Business ment, advertising, and information Administration systems. The international business studies Minor—Business Administration certificate, food industry management cer- Certificate in International Busi- tificate, and the business minor are also ness Studies available. Certificate in Food Industry In cooperation with Clackamas Com- Management munity College, the School of Business has Postbaccalaureate Certificate in designed a Weekend Cohort Business Pro- Accounting gram. Tailored for the returning student M.B.A.—Master of Business who is working full-time, the program Administration allows students to complete their junior and M.I.M.—Master of International senior years of the business program on Management Wednesday evenings and Saturdays over Ph.D.—Participating school in six terms. Students enrolled in the Week- Systems Science Doctoral Pro- end Cohort Business Program will com- gram plete the full curriculum of standard The undergraduate and graduate programs business courses required for a bachelor’s in business administration are accredited degree in business with an option in gen- by AACSB—the International Association eral management through a combination of for Management Education. AACSB sets class lectures, Web-based instruction, standards for business education in terms video, e-mail, and chat rooms. Admission of curricular content, quality of faculty, and and major requirements for this program adequacy of facilities. are identical to the traditional undergraduate program. Admission Policy. Students may UNDERGRADUATE declare business administration as their PROGRAMS major field of study at any time after admission to Portland State University. The undergraduate program in business However, students must be admitted for- administration adheres to the principle that mally to the School of Business Adminis- in a free society the business enterprise tration (SBA) before allowed to enroll in must be responsibly and efficiently man- certain upper-division business administra- aged. The undergraduate degree program tion courses or to graduate with a business includes both business and nonbusiness administration degree. courses. The mission of the undergraduate The following requirements must be program is to provide students with a broad fulfilled prior to applying for admission to understanding of business and to equip the School of Business Administration: them with the dynamic skills required to work successfully in a complex and chang- 1. Be formally admitted to Portland State ing global environment. University. Special emphasis options are available 2. Have junior standing, which is 90 cred- within the business administration major its. Only credits that are accepted as trans- and are designed to prepare students for fer credits by the University will count positions in accounting, finance, general toward the 90 credits. At least 75 of the 90 management, marketing, human resource credits must have been completed for a management, supply and logistics manage- letter grade.

170 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

3.Have a grade point average (GPA) of at Required Business Core Finance least 2.75 for each of the following: Credits Objective: to provide undergraduate students a.all accepted transfer credits BA 101 Introduction to Business and World Affairs with the educational foundation and exposure 4 to the broad field of finance that will enable b.all PSU graded credits them to adapt and contribute to all aspects c.all PSU graded business credits BA 205 Business Communications Using Technology ...... 4 of financial decision-making as finance Students who do not meet the 2.75 GPA BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial professionals. requirements will be considered for Accounting ...... 4 Credits admission only if the GPA for their most BA 223 Decision Making with Accounting FinL 419 Intermediate Financial Management .4 recent 30 graded credit hours at PSU is Information...... 4 FinL 443 Investment Principles...... 4 3.00 or higher and the applicant has a BA 302 Organizational Behavior...... 4 FinL 449 Analysis of Financial Performance . .4 minimum 2.50 cumulative PSU GPA and BA 303 Business Finance ...... 4 FinL 456 Foreign Financial Operations...... 4 a minimum 2.50 cumulative GPA for all BA 311 Marketing Management ...... 4 FinL 465 Finance Topics and Cases ...... 4 BA 325 Competing with Information completed business courses at PSU. Technology ...... 4 Total 20 4.Have completed each of the Concep- BA 339 Operations and Quality Management. .4 General Management tual Tools courses with a grade of C- or BA 385 Business Environment ...... 4 Objective: to provide requisite knowledge and better. The Conceptual Tools courses are: BA 495 Business Strategy ...... 4 skills which enable the student to meet the challenges of managerial responsibilities. BA 101—Introduction to Business and World Total 44 Affairs Credits BA 205—Business Communications Using Required Nonbusiness Courses Mgmt 464 Contemporary Leadership Issues. . .4 Technology (must be completed prior to SBA admis- Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management . . . .4 BA 222—Fundamentals of Financial sion) Mgmt 445 Organizational Design and Accounting Stat 243, 244 Introduction to Probability and Change ...... 4 BA 223—Decision Making with Accounting Statistics I & II (for business majors) Electives...... 8 Information Sp—A 200-level speech course Of the 8 credits of electives, four credits must Ec 201, 202—Principles of Economics Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics be taken within the management area at the Stat 243, 244—Introduction to Probability and Wr 121 English Composition or UnSt 101, 102, 300 or 400 level. Statistics I & II (for business majors) 103 The final four credits can be either: Sp—A 200-level speech course a. within the management area at the 300 or Wr 121—English Composition or UnSt 101, Pass credits will be allowed for any 400 level, or 102, 103 courses which are offered on an optional b. from an approved list of courses, some of Transfer students must provide a copy pass/no pass basis. which will be within the SBA and some out- of their Transfer Evaluation to the SBA Business Options. The School of side the SBA. with the application for admission. Business Administration offers options for Total 20 The application deadline for admission those students seeking specialization in a to the SBA is the second Monday follow- subject area. Each student must select one Note: Students who wish to do a double option in general management and human resource ing the first full day of classes of the term of these options. Option requirements are management cannot apply more than eight preceding the term for which admission is satisfied by taking 20 to 36 upper-division common credits to each option. sought. Applications received after the credits beyond the required business core. Human Resource Management deadline will be processed for the follow- The courses specified to satisfy the option Objective: to provide a conceptual framework, ing term. requirements are: as well as the necessary knowledge, skills, and Application forms are available in 240 Accounting abilities, that allows students to understand SBA and also in the holders on the bulletin Objective: to enable students to acquire the nec- what is required to more effectively manage board outside of the room. essary technical and professional skills for suc- human resources within an organization. Requirements for Major. In addi- cessful careers in public, management, or Credits tion to meeting the general degree require- governmental accounting. Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management . . . .4 ments of the University, the student in Credits Mgmt 461 Reward Systems and Performance business administration must take at least Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems . . .4 Management ...... 4 82 credits in business administration Actg 360 Management Accounting...... 4 Mgmt 471 Staffing and Employee Selection . .4 courses. This total will include the business Actg 381, 382 Financial Accounting and Mgmt 493 Human Resource Policies ...... 4 core (44 credit hours if taken at Portland Reporting...... 8 Upper-division management courses ...... 3-4 Actg 421 Introduction to Taxation...... 4 State), at least one option area (20-36 cred- Total19-20 its, depending on option chosen), and Actg 430 Governmental and Not-for-Profit. . . .1 Actg 492 Auditing Concepts and Practices . . . .4 Note: Students who wish to do a double option enough business electives to meet the mini- Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues...... 4 in general management and human resource mum of 82 credits in business. Each stu- Upper-division accounting course to be management cannot apply more than eight dent in business must also take at least 95 chosen from Actg 422, 460, 476, 490, 493, common credits to each option. credits outside the School of Business FinL 412 ...... 7 Information Systems Administration. A minimum of 180 credits Total 36 Objective: to provide students with a solid edu- is required for graduation. cational foundation in the design and structure Business administration students will Students electing accounting as an option will of computer-based information systems and meet the following requirements: also be required to take: Phl 202 Elementary networks that will enable them to apply rele- Ethics or Phl 209 Business Ethics; PS 101 vant and robust solutions that support the United States Government and PS 102 United objectives of an organization. States Politics; and 3 or more credits in anthropology, psychology, or sociology.

S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 171

Credits One of the following interdisciplinary instance will the period of probation extend ISQA 360 Business Computer Fundamentals . .4 electives: ...... 3-4 beyond three consecutive terms beginning ISQA 380 Data Communications ...... 4 Actg 360 Management Accounting (4) with the term for which the student is ISQA 420 Structured Systems Analysis and FinL 363 Credit Management (3) placed on probation. In the first term of Design ...... 4 Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management (4) probation the student must show progress ISQA 425 Database Management ...... 4 Mktg 452 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) Information systems electives ...... 6-8 Two of the following electives: ...... 7-8 by raising the deficient GPA(s). If improve- ISQA 405 Reading and Conference ISQA 449 Process Control and Improvement ment does not occur in the first term of pro- (credit to be arranged: 1-4) (4) bation, the student’s admitted status will be ISQA 407 Seminar (credit to be arranged: 1-4) ISQA 459 Production Planning and Control terminated at the end of the first term of ISQA 415 UNIX Fundamentals (2) (4) probation. If improvement does occur in ISQA 418 Client-Server Development (3) ISQA 469 Productivity Analysis (4) the first term of probation, the student will ISQA 421 Object-Oriented Modeling and ISQA 410 Selected Topics (3-4) be allowed a second term to raise the Design (4) Actg 360 Management Accounting (4) GPA(s) to 2.50. By the end of the second ISQA 422 Information Systems Project FinL 363 Credit Management (3) term of probation, the deficient GPA(s) Management (2) Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management (4) ISQA 423 Collaborative Technologies (2) Mktg 452 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) must be at least 2.50. ISQA 424 Network and Client Operating Students whose admitted status is ter- Systems (3) Total 21-24 minated must reapply for admission if they ISQA 436 Advanced Database Administration Student Advising. The advising desire to complete degree requirements for (3) center for business students is in 240 SBA. programs in the School of Business Administration. Terminated students must Total 22-24 Current information about admission and degree requirements for students in the wait at least one academic term before Marketing School of Business Administration is avail- applying for readmission. Students apply- Objective: to provide educational opportunities able there. Students should make appoint- ing for readmission must meet the admis- for those who are interested in developing ments with the advising center at least once sion requirements in force at the time of expertise in marketing management, marketing reapplication. Business students are limited communications, and international a year to ensure that requirements are being marketing. met. For program option planning and to only one readmission to the School of career counseling, students may make an Business Administration. Credits Academic Disqualification. If a Mktg 460 Marketing Research...... 4 appointment with a faculty member of their Mktg 463 Consumer Behavior and Customer choice. student who has been admitted to the Satisfaction ...... 4 A bulletin board outside the Student School of Business Administration is aca- Mktg 464 Marketing Strategy and Services Office, 240 SBA, contains demically disqualified by the University, Management ...... 4 announcements concerning policy, upcom- that student will automatically lose School Mktg 466 International Marketing ...... 4 ing activities, scholarships, and other infor- of Business Administration admitted status. Upper-division marketing elective(s) ...... 4 mation vital to all business and prebusiness If a student who has lost admitted status desires to complete degree requirements Total 20 students. A bulletin board outside the third floor student lounge has student organiza- for programs in the School of Business Advertising Management tion information. A bulletin board outside Administration, that student must reapply. Objective: to provide the knowledge and skills At the time of reapplication the student necessary for students to create and execute 540 SBA has student internship information. Students should check the bulletin must: (1) be admitted by and in good stand- advertising strategy within the broader context ing with the University, (2) have completed of the marketing function. boards once a week to ensure that they 24 credits following disqualification (these Credits have the latest information. Prerequisite Policy. Before enroll- credits must be 300 and 400 level courses), Mktg 340 Advertising ...... 3 (3) have a cumulative GPA of 2.75, and Mktg 441 Media Strategy ...... 4 ing in any business course students should Mktg 442 Advertising Copy and Layout . . . . .4 read the course description and complete (4) have a business GPA of 2.75. Mktg 460 Marketing Research ...... 4 any prerequisites that are listed. The MINOR IN BUSINESS Mktg 464 Marketing Strategy and instructor has the authority to administra- ADMINISTRATION Management ...... 4 tively drop any student who has not com- The School of Business Administration Mktg 443 Advertising Campaigns ...... 4 pleted the prerequisites. offers a minor in business administration. Total 23 Retention Policy. A minimum Port- The minor is designed to give students an land State University cumulative GPA of Supply and Logistics Management understanding of how the free enterprise 2.50 and a minimum GPA of 2.50 in busi- system works and how it fits in our society. Objective: to provide students with an interdisci- ness administration courses taken at Port- plinary foundation in supply and logistics Also, students will gain an exposure to the management in preparation for careers in pur- land State University are required to functional areas of a business. chasing, industrial distribution, logistics, trans- remain in good standing as an admitted Coursework requirements for the minor portation, and operations management. business administration student and for in business administration are as follows: graduation with a degree in business Credits Nonbusiness Courses administration. ISQA 429 Transportation and Logistics Stat 243 Introduction to Probability and Management ...... 4 In addition, students are expected to Statistics I (for business majors) ...... 4 ISQA 439 Purchasing and Supply Chain make satisfactory progress toward gradua- Stat 244 Introduction to Probability and Management ...... 4 tion by completing a minimum of 9 credits Statistics II (for business majors) ...... 4 ISQA 479 Integrated Supply and Logistics during each academic year. Ec 201 Principles of Economics Management ...... 4 Failure to maintain a 2.50 PSU cumula- (Micro-economics) ...... 4 tive GPA and a 2.50 PSU business GPA Ec 202 Principles of Economics will place a student on probation. The pro- (Macro-economics) ...... 4 bationary period is defined as two terms in which the student takes classes. In no

172 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Minor Core Courses Nonbusiness Administration BA 101 Introduction to Business and Requirements World Affairs...... 4 Foreign language (two-year proficiency) FOOD INDUSTRY BA 205 Business Communications Using Economics courses (2 courses) selected from: MANAGEMENT Technology ...... 4 Ec 340, 440, 441, 442, 445, 446, 447, 450, or, CERTIFICATE BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial with approval, other upper-division econom- Accounting ...... 4 ics courses related to international studies The Food Industry Management Certificate BA 303 Business Finance ...... 4 Area studies—2 courses from each of two provides undergraduate students with an BA 311 Marketing Management ...... 4 departments selected from: educational foundation in the field of food BA 302 Organizational Behavior or Anthropology distribution, marketing, and management. BA 385 Business Environment...... 4 Geography Certificate requirements include the study History Total 40 Political Science of the overall competitive business market- All 100- and 200-level coursework for The area study courses will be upper-division place of the food industry from a cross- the minor must be completed with a C- or (except PS 205) and must contribute to the industry perspective, consumer trends, higher. The PSU cumulative GPA and the student’s understanding of the area of the trade relationships, supply and logistics PSU business GPA must be 2.5 or higher in foreign language being studied. An approved issues, retailing and distribution, electronic area study course list for languages offered at commerce, and industry practicum. order to graduate with a minor in business PSU is available in the Student Services administration. Students are required to gain admission Office, 240 SBA. Permission to take an area to the School of Business Administration study course not found on the approved list through the regular admission process and INTERNATIONAL can be received from the associate dean for undergraduate programs. must complete degree requirements speci- BUSINESS STUDIES fied for a business administration major. In CERTIFICATE Business Administration Require- addition, students must complete all certifi- ments cate requirements specified below: The International Business Studies Certifi- Business core: Business core: cate provides undergraduate students with BA 101, 205, 222, 223, 302, 303, 311, 325, BA 101, 205, 222, 223, 302, 303, 311, 325, 339, an educational foundation in the field of 339, 385, 495 385, 495 international business. Certificate require- International business requirements; Food industry management requirements: ments include the study of cultural, eco- Choose three of five: Mktg 407 Competing in the Food Industry (4) nomic, social, and political aspects Actg 476 International Accounting ISQA 407 Purchasing and Logistics Within the affecting business operations. FinL 456 Foreign Financial Operations Food Industry (4) Students are required to gain admission Mgmt 446 Principles of International Mktg 475 Retailing (3) to the School of Business Administration Management Mktg 409 Food Industry Practicum (4) Mktg 376 International Business Operations through the regular admission process and 4 hours of directed electives, selected with the Mktg 466 Principles of International faculty adviser’s approval. must complete degree requirements speci- Marketing fied for a business administration major. In Business Option Requirements Business option requirements: Choose from: Accounting, Finance, General addition, students must complete all certifi- Choose from: cate requirements as specified below. Management, Human Resource Management, Accounting, Finance, General Management, Information Systems, Advertising Manage- Human Resources, Information Systems, ment, Marketing, and Supply and Logistics Advertising Management, Marketing, and Management. Supply and Logistics Management. International Business Studies Certificate students are encouraged to spend one or more POSTBACCALAUREATE summers in overseas management training CERTIFICATE work experience by participating in the Port- IN ACCOUNTING land State University AIESEC exchange program for business and economics students The Postbaccalaureate Accounting Certifi- or other overseas internship and exchange programs. cate is a program for students who have earned one or more baccalaureate degrees and who wish to complete the coursework to prepare for the Certified Public Accoun- tant (CPA) Examination. These recommendations include courses in accounting directly related to preparation for the exam as well as professional preparation for public or industry accounting. In addition, courses are recommended in law, basic business, and in other related areas for those whose undergraduate degree is not in business administration.

S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 173

Students may bring photocopies of their Other required credits plete packet including official transcripts undergraduate transcripts to the Student Each candidate will elect 9 upper-division cred- and a completed application must be sub- Services Office (240 SBA) for an evalua- its in business administration which must be mitted to the School of Business Adminis- tion of the prerequisite courses to the pro- outside accounting. One of the accounting tration, Student Services Office, P.O. Box gram. faculty should be consulted to evaluate elective 751, Portland, OR 97207-0751; (503) 725- options...... 9 3712 or toll-free 1-800-547-8887. APPLICATION CRITERIA Total required credits 45 International applicants also are The following requirements must be At least 30 of the 45 credits required for required to demonstrate proficiency in fulfilled prior to applying: English by taking the Test of English as a 1. Have earned a baccalaureate degree the certificate and at least 27 of the credits in accounting must be taken in residence at Foreign Language (TOEFL). A TOEFL recognized by the PSU Office of Admis- score of 550 on the paper-based test or 213 sions and Records. Portland State University. Candidates must achieve at least a grade of C- in each course on the computer-based test is required for 2. Be formally admitted as a postbacca- presented for the certificate. Entrance and all students whose native language is not laureate student at PSU. exit GPA requirements are the same as for English and who have not received a 3. Have completed the following Concep- the School of Business Administration degree from an accredited institution in the tual Tools courses with a grade of C- or undergraduate program. For retention in United States. Official TOEFL scores must better (a Pass grade for any Conceptual the program, grade point averages will be be sent directly to the PSU Office of Tools course is accepted): based only on coursework taken in the cer- Admissions and Records. BA 101 Introduction to Business and World tificate program. Only those students who have been for- Affairs Postbaccalaureate students who do not mally admitted to the M.B.A., M.I.M., BA 205 Business Communications Using hold a degree from a university where the Engineering Management, or Systems Sci- Technology language of instruction is English must sat- ence Ph.D. programs may take graduate BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial Account- isfy the Wr 323 requirement before com- level courses in the School of Business ing pletion of a certificate program. Administration. Students formally admit- BA 223 Decision Making with Accounting ted and in good standing in other graduate Information programs may take courses on a space Stat 243, 244 Statistics I and II (for business GRADUATE available basis with the recommendation of majors) PROGRAMS Ec 201 Principles of Economics (micro) their program adviser or the approval of the Ec 202 Principles of Economics (macro) associate dean of graduate studies in the The School of Business Administration School of Business Administration. 4. Have a grade point average (GPA) of at offers two programs leading to master’s least 2.75 for each of the following: degrees: the Master of Business Adminis- Priority Dates for Fall Admission: a. all accepted transfer credits tration (M.B.A.), which is offered state- Application and all supporting documents: b. all PSU graded credits wide, and the Master of International International applicants—March 1 c. all PSU graded business credits Management (M.I.M.). The School of Domestic applicants—April 1 GMAT taken by previous March Students who do not meet the 2.75 GPA Business Administration also participates requirements will be considered for admis- in the System Science Doctoral Program Priority Dates for Winter Admis- sion only if the GPA for their most recent and the Oregon Executive M.B.A. sion: 30 graded credit hours at PSU is 3.00 or (OEMBA). Application and all supporting documents: higher and the applicant has a minimum The OEMBA is an executive M.B.A. International applicants—July 1 2.50 cumulative PSU GPA and a minimum program offered at the CAPITAL Center Domestic applicants—August 1 2.50 cumulative GPA for all completed (185th and N.W. Walker Road in Beaver- GMAT taken by previous June ton). Professors from the major state insti- business courses at PSU. There may be support materials other tutions, including PSU, teach in this than transcripts, GMAT score, and resume Course Requirements program. The degree is granted from the required for admission in future quarters; Required Accounting Core: University of Oregon. For additional infor- Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems. . . .4 prospective applicants should contact the mation, contact OEMBA at (503) 725- Actg 360 Management Accounting ...... 4 Student Services Office, (503) 725-3712, 2250. Actg 381, 382 Financial Accounting and toll-free 1-800-547-8887, for the most cur- Reporting...... 8 APPLICATION PROCEDURES rent admissions requirements. Actg 421 Introduction to Taxation...... 4 To be considered for admission to the Degree Requirements. University Actg430 Governmental and Not-for-Profit Accounting master’s degree requirements are listed on 1 M.B.A. program, the student must have a Actg 492 Auditing Concepts and Practices . . . .4 baccalaureate degree from an accredited page 56. In addition, the student must Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues ...... 4 institution. A minimum cumulative under- fulfill School and program requirements. Additional credits chosen from:...... 7 graduate GPA of 2.75 is required. Students entering the M.B.A. program are Actg 422 Advanced Taxation Applicants to the M.B.A. program must expected to have completed an introduc- Actg 460 Advanced Managerial Accounting take the Graduate Management Admission tory calculus course and be microcomputer Actg 476 International Accounting Test (GMAT) and have test results sent to literate (familiar with word processing, Actg 490 Advanced Financial Accounting and the School of Business Administration’s spread sheet, and database software) no Reporting Student Services Office (SBA/SSO). A later than the end of the first term of admis- Actg 493 Advanced Auditing sion. Contact the School of Business FinL 412 Business Law minimum GMAT total score of 470 is required, plus a score of at least 35 percent Administration’s Student Services Office Total required accounting core 36 in both the verbal and quantitative sections. directly at the phone numbers in the para- One application packet including all graph above for the most current program documentation must be submitted to the information. Office of Admissions and a second com-

174 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

MASTER OF BUSINESS BA 530 Competing in a Global The MIT Option requires that students ADMINISTRATION Environment (8) take the 17 credit hours of electives in the The Master of Business Administration BA 531 Executive Briefings (1) M.B.A. program from a specified list of degree emphasizes a systematic, applied ISQA 511 Quantitative Methods for courses, and that the business project be cross-functional approach to the manage- Managers (4) completed with an MIT focus. Students ment of organizations. It is designed to FinL 514 Economic and Financial Environment of the Firm (4) completing the technology course require- accommodate students with business and ments, in addition to the M.B.A. core non-business degrees and is best suited for Business Disciplines. (16 credits) requirements, will receive an M.B.A. those who have gained at least two years of Discipline courses build on the integrated degree with special designation of the industry experience prior to their admission foundation coursework and provide more Management of Innovation and Technol- date. in-depth knowledge and applied skills ogy option. related to accounting, finance, manage- Admission to the Program. Stu- Required courses for MIT dents may elect to complete the M.B.A. ment, and marketing. Actg 511 Financial Accounting (4) Option: program in either the full-time day format BA 506 MIT Business Project (6) or the evening format. For the most part, Mktg 544 Marketing Management (4) Mgmt 550 Organizational Management (4) Mgmt 545 Managing the Human Side of students are expected to progress through FinL 561 Financial Management (4) Technology (3) the program with their assigned cohort and Mgmt 544 Technology Management (3) follow the proposed schedule of classes. Integrated Applications. (16 cred- Mktg 555 Technology Marketing (4) its) Application courses return the student Full-time day students will probably have Elective courses: to take some elective coursework during to issues of systematic integration across business disciplines at the firm level and Students must take at least one course from each the evenings or weekends. Students are group below (minimum 7 credits total): admitted to the full-time day cohort in fall promote competitiveness and quality in case and actual business situations. Accounting/Finance/Information terms only; students are admitted to the Systems Group BA 551 Integrated Process Management (4) evening cohorts in fall and winter terms. Actg 551* Accounting Information Systems (4) BA 552 Systems Performance Measurement Actg 552* Strategic Cost Management (4) There is no admission in the spring or (4) FinL 553* Financial Analysis and Business summer terms. Mgmt 560 Managerial Responsibility and Valuation (4) One of the fall cohorts is offered in Public Policy (4) FinL 507 Financial Strategies for Technology Washington County at the CAPITAL Cen- Mgmt 562 Business Strategy and Policy (4) ter. A student in this cohort will be able to Firms (3) Business Project. (6 credits) The ISQA 518 Electronic Commerce (3) complete all core courses (with the excep- business project is a team activity under ISQA 530 System Architectures (3) tion of BA 531) at the center. Some elec- the direction of a faculty member; stu- ISQA 572* Models for Quality Control (3) tives may be offered at the center, the dents focus on application of acquired Marketing/Management Group remaining electives will be offered at the knowledge and problem solving to actual Mgmt 549* Management of Service PSU campus. business issues and opportunities. Operations (3) Statewide M.B.A. Program. For BA 506 Business Project (6) Mgmt 540* Business/Government Relations (3) students outside the greater metropolitan Specialization/Electives. (17 cred- Mktg 507 Internet Marketing (3) area interested in the Statewide M.B.A. Mktg 548* Product Management and its) Each student will select elective program, please contact the Statewide Innovation (3) coursework to complete the M.B.A. pro- M.B.A. office at 1-800-547-8887 ext. 4822. Mktg 552* Relationship and Service gram. A maximum of 8 credits of elec- Students are admitted to the part-time Marketing (3) tives may be 400/500 level coursework evening Statewide M.B.A. program in the Mktg 567* Management of the Sales Force (3) taken for graduate credit. Electives will EMgt 560 Total Quality Management (4) fall of odd-numbered calendar years. There be selected from courses offered by the are currently 15 statewide M.B.A. loca- *Note: Courses with a 507 designation are spe- School of Business Administration or tions in Oregon. cial topic seminars. Courses above marked may, with the approval of the associate with an asterisk (*) are existing courses that Structure of the M.B.A. Pro- dean for graduate programs, be selected will be focused on MIT issues and cases gram. from areas outside business administra- during a specific term as indicated by a “T” The M.B.A. program is composed of five tion. Electives are an opportunity to after the course number in the Schedule of distinct parts designed to produce a sys- develop an area of specialization within Classes (ex.: Actg 551T). Option students tematic and integrated understanding of must complete these courses with the “T” des- the M.B.A. program. business operations and competitiveness. ignation. Alternative technology courses may MANAGEMENT OF be used towards the MIT with approval from Business Perspectives and Foun- the dation Skills. (17 credits) The founda- INNOVATION AND TECHNOLOGY (MIT) OPTION associate dean of graduate studies in Business tion segment provides students with an Administration. integrated understanding of the global The MIT option allows students to target and competitive challenges facing busi- elective credits in the M.B.A. program to MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL ness today, the operation of business as a acquire substantial knowledge in technol- MANAGEMENT system, the philosophy of quality man- ogy management The MIT option brings Director: John Oh agement, and the basic intellectual and together functional areas such as informa- Conducting business globally is not only a interpersonal skills needed to be success- tion systems, operations management, reality but a necessity for corporations to ful in the M.B.A. program and as a future product innovation, accounting, market- successfully survive and flourish in today’s business leader. Students will acquire ing, and sales within the context of technol- world economy. The progressive and dis- needed quantitative and analytical skills, ogy firms. The goal is to equip students cerning international manager cannot rely and develop an understanding of the with knowledge about strategies for man- on yesterday’s knowledge. They must be in financial, legal, and economic aging all phases of the development pro- tune with the evolving cultural mores, environment. cess, from product innovation through the transforming social systems, and new poli- implementation and commercialization of tics which impact international business. the new idea. They must be able to respond to the world’s shifting political, economic, and techno- S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 175

logical developments and address the chal- Program Details Admission Requirements lenges created by this continually changing Transfer Credits and Course 1. Applicants must have a U.S. bachelor’s global business environment. The Master Waivers. Since the Master of Interna- degree, or the equivalent. A minimum of International Management 12-month, tional Management program is a cohort undergraduate cumulative grade point full-time, or 24-month, part-time program program, no transfer credits will be average (GPA) of 2.75 or higher or a grad- is tailored to accommodate these specific accepted nor uate GPA of 3.00 or higher based on 12 or needs. will there be any course substitutions or more graduate credits is required. Structure of the M.I.M. Pro- waivers. 2. A minimum GMAT score of 500 or an gram. Grading. Students must maintain a acceptable GRE score. The M.I.M. program creates an exciting cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 for all and stimulating learning environment by graduate credits earned in the Master of 3. International Students (whose native implementing a cutting edge, interactive International Management program. language is not English and have not instructional approach that utilizes Pre-M.I.M. The pre-M.I.M. pro- received a degree from an accredited U.S. advanced technology. Team-based teaching gram has been developed to assure aca- institution) must also have: and learning, emphasizing practical skills demic success for those incoming students ■ A minimum TOEFL score of 550 on and knowledge are evident in many of the who have no or limited business back- the paper-based test or 213 on the lectures, executive seminars, corporate vis- grounds. The admissions committee will computer-based test. ■ Financial certification. its, field study projects, and exit project. evaluate each student’s application packet Students are exposed to the importance of and determine which courses in the pre- 4. Two to three years of business or this “team concept” from day one of the M.I.M. are required. All international stu- professional experience is preferred but not M.I.M. program, as all students tackle an dents must participate in the pre-M.I.M. required. outdoor wilderness excursion together These courses must be completed success- Exceptions to the above will be consid- during student orientation week. fully prior to enrolling in the M.I.M. pro- ered on a case-by-case basis by the Master While the focus of the M.I.M. program gram in August. The eight week pre- of International Management Admissions centers on application-oriented knowledge M.I.M. program begins in late June and Committee. and practical skills that can be applied glo- covers the essentials of business statistics, Application Process. The Master bally, a student will have the opportunity to accounting, business finance, and econom- of International Management degree is specifically target the Pacific Rim. Students ics. granted by Portland State University. will explore innovative business practices Language Requirement. The lan- Therefore, each applicant is required to and changes along with contemporary guage component of the M.I.M. is designed meet the admission requirements of the world affairs. To further augment the stu- to prepare participants for the international M.I.M. program and Portland State Univer- dent’s knowledge of the worldwide market- business environment of Asia. The goal is sity. Except for TOEFL scores, which are place, the program’s objective-oriented to create a comfort level in the target lan- sent directly to PSU from the Educational learning includes cultural differences, guage, Chinese or Japanese, such that the Testing Center (ETS), applicants will language training, and cross-cultural participant understands business etiquette submit one completed application packet communication. and can function socially. The primary directly to the M.I.M. program. GMAT and Typical Full-time Program Sched- skills emphasized will be listening, fol- GRE scores should be included. ule lowed by speaking, reading, and writing. Term 1: MIM 513 (3), MIM 518 (3), MIM 516 The content of the language will focus on (3), Language and Culture Study business and social situations, with atten- Term 2: MIM 517 (4), MIM 515 (4), MIM 519 dant focus on relevant vocabulary. (4), Language and Culture Study Field Study in China and Term 3: MIM 547 (4), MIM 568 (4), MIM 558 Japan. As a capstone experience, stu- (4), MIM 576 (4), Language and Culture Study dents will travel to China and Japan during Interim: Field Study Trip (2) term six of the M.I.M. program to visit Term 4: MIM 564 (3), MIM 574 (4), MIM 575 companies, meet with international busi- (4), MIM 510 (2) Language and Culture Study Term 5: MIM 578 (4), MIM 577 (4), MIM 510 ness executives, and learn more about these (2), Language and Culture Study cultures. This trip allows students the Term 6: MIM 579 (3) opportunity to immerse themselves in the Typical Part-time Program culture and lifestyle of two very different Schedule countries, while gathering firsthand infor- Term 1: MIM 516 (3), MIM 518 (3) mation for their final project. Term 2: MIM 517 (4), MIM 515 (4) Term 3: MIM 547 (4), MIM 568 (4) Term 4: MIM 564 (3), MIM 574 (4), MIM 510 (2) Term 5: MIM 510 (2), MIM 577 (4) Language Study: 4 weeks Term 6: Intensive Language Study Term 7: MIM 513 (3), Language and Culture Study Term 8: MIM 519 (4), Language and Culture Study Term 9: MIM 558 (4), MIM 576 (4), Language and Culture Study Interim: Field Study Trip (2) Term 10: MIM 575 (4), Language and Culture Study Term 11: MIM 578 (4) Term 12: MIM 579 (3) 176 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Deadlines for submitting applications ACCOUNTING Actg 421 and supporting documents for both the full- Introduction to Taxation (4) COURSES Introduces students to a broad range of tax con- time and part-time program are: cepts, tax policies, and different types of taxpay- International applicants: March 31 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not ers. Students should develop an understanding of Domestic applicants: April 30 offered every year. how tax laws affect most business and personal GMAT taken no later than: April For information on the accounting option financial decisions. Tax reporting, tax planning, requirements, see page 170. All 300- and 400- and basic tax research skills will be emphasized. Note: Applications to the M.I.M. pro- level courses require junior-level standing; Prerequisite: BA 223. gram will be accepted until these deadlines. graduate courses require admission to the grad- Actg 422/522 However, admission is on a rolling basis uate programs. Students admitted to the School Advanced Taxation (4) beginning in January. Applicants are of Business Administration will be given regis- Expands students’ knowledge of how tax laws encouraged to apply as early as possible. tration priority for all 400-level courses. affect sole proprietors, partnerships, corpora- When the M.I.M. admission committee Actg 199 tions, and other business entities. In addition, the agrees that a candidate has sufficiently Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tax laws applicable to estates, gifts, trusts, tax exempt organizations, and foreign persons are demonstrated the abilities necessary to suc- Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems (4) explored. Prerequisites: Actg 421 and admission cessfully complete the M.I.M. program, a to the School of Business Administration. conditional letter of acceptance will be Methodology used in manual and computer systems for the accumulation, classification, pro- Actg 430 sent. A formal letter of admission will be cessing, analysis, and communication of Governmental and Not-for-Profit Accounting sent when the PSU Admissions Office accounting data. Development of the accounting (1) completes its review. The total process may techniques used in the handling of large amounts An introduction to governmental and “fund” take as long as 12 weeks; therefore, appli- of information; special journals and controlling accounting. Topics include state and local gov- cants are strongly encouraged to apply accounts; computer files for storing data; com- ernmental funds and accounting for non-for- early. puter processing of data. Discussion of the prob- profit hospitals, universities, and health/welfare Faculty for the M.I.M. program are lems encountered in the systems for different organizations. drawn from Portland State University, Uni- types of organizations. Prerequisites: BA 223, Actg 460 BA 325. Advanced Managerial Accounting (4) versity of Oregon, Oregon State University, Advanced development, analysis, and communi- other U.S. and foreign universities, and Actg 360 Management Accounting (4) cation of cost information, focusing on the use of selected business executives. All classes are Emphasis on the development, analysis, and financial and non-financial information in deci- held at the CAPITAL Center, 185th and communication of cost information relevant to sion making and strategic management. Cases NW Walker Road in Beaverton. the following functions: planning, decision mak- and/or simulations will be used extensively. Pre- ing, cost control and management, pricing, and requisites: Actg 360 and BA 339. PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— performance evaluation. Prerequisite: BA 223. Actg 476/576 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION International Accounting (4) The Systems Science Doctoral Program Actg 381, 382 Financial Accounting and Reporting I and II International accounting issues crucial for effec- prepares students for academic or profes- (4, 4) tive interpretation and understanding of interna- sional careers in systems concepts and Comprehensive study of the principles, conventional business. Framework to analyze and techniques. The School of Business tions, and postulates of accounting. The issues of understand financial reports used by multina- Administration participates in the Systems revenue recognition and the measurement and tional corporations (MNCs). Special managerial Science Doctoral Program. disclosure of financial information are studied in and control problems of MNCs including perfor- There are two options for study in the detail. Although the courses are taught from the mance evaluation, transfer pricing, and taxation. Prerequisites: BA 223 for Actg 476; Actg 511 for systems science program. Both options perspective of the preparer, attention will be paid to the information requirements and expectations Actg 576. facilitate the design of curricula which are of users of financial statements. International Actg 490 individually tailored to the needs and inter- accounting issues are also covered. Prerequi- Advanced Financial Accounting (3) ests of students. Students may earn the sites: BA 223 for Actg 381; Actg 381 for Actg Emphasizes accounting for business combina- M.B.A. and the systems science Ph.D. con- 382. Students admitted to the School of Business tions. In addition, accounting issues related to currently and should anticipate approxi- Administration will be given priority. partnerships and foreign currency translation and mately four to five years of full-time study Actg 399 transactions are studied. Prerequisite: beyond the baccalaureate degree in order to Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Actg 382. satisfy the program requirements. Actg 401/501 Actg 492/592 Departmental Option: The stu- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Auditing Concepts and Practices (4) Auditing standards and procedures observed by dent undertakes advanced academic prepa- Actg 404/504 Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Certified Public Accountants in the examination ration primarily in a single department or of the financial statements of business and other school. In the School of Business Adminis- Actg 405/505 organizations. Audit standards and objectives tration, students concentrate their course- Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) and conceptual framework for collection of evi- work in one department or subject area and Consent of instructor. dence and assessment of control risk. Short-form take courses from other departments as audit report and operational auditing. Prerequi- Actg 407/507 sites: Actg 335 and 382, admission to the School well. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Core Option: The student pursues Student-selected problems in business operation of Business Administration. interdisciplinary studies with a stronger and business management to be studied by the Actg 493/593 emphasis on systems coursework. individual and discussed in group meeting under Advanced Auditing (4) For information relating to the Ph.D. direction of academic staff. Audit objectives and procedures for the collection of evidence and the assessment of control program in systems science, see page 58. risk are explored. The effects of attribute and variables sampling as well as the effects of computers and computer-control procedures on the audit process are examined. In addition, audit, S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 177

compilation, and review reports are important Actg 529 Actg 539 elements of this course. Prerequisites: Actg 492 Tax Planning (3) Estate and Gift Taxation (3) and admission to the School of Business An integrating course that relates business taxa- An exploration of the United States system of Administration. tion, estate planning, employee compensation taxing transfers by gift or at death. Incorporates and tax shelters as they may interact with each a review of the technical structure to enable the Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues (4) other; the format is discussion of case problems student to understand the role a particular rule Integrates topics from various accounting areas. and includes client consultation matters. (This does or should perform in a transfer tax system. Provides students with opportunities to see the course should be taken after the student com- Designed to enhance comprehension of both the- accounting interactions and tradeoffs that result pletes 24 credits in the program.) oretical aspects and estate planning, in addition from realistic business situations. Course will Actg 530 to the structural framework. Prerequisite: Actg enhance students’ understanding of accounting Taxation of Property Transactions (3) 525. and its influence on business, as well as the Recognition and taxation of gains and losses Actg 542 understanding of how business processes affect from sales, exchanges and other transactions Tax Factors in Business Decisions (4) accounting results, through a set of comprehen- involving property, capital gain or loss, tax basis, Tax implications of common business questions sive case studies. Prerequisites: Actg 360, 421, and holding period. Prerequisite: Actg 525. and transactions, including choices of business 492 and admission to the School of Business Actg 531 entity, acquisition and sale of business assets, Administration. Partnership Taxation (3) compensation and benefits planning, and U.S. taxation of international trade. Students will be Actg 503 Tax treatment of partnership income; problems Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) associated with the formation, operation, and exposed to the common income and estate tax dissolution of partnerships. Sale, withdrawal, planning strategies of individuals and families Actg 511 engaged in business. Prerequisite: Actg 511 or Financial Accounting (4) retirement of partners; basic adjustments, unreal- An introduction to the reporting system used by ized receivables, and substantially appreciated admission to the Masters of Science in financial businesses to convey financial information to inventory; Subchapter S Corporation compared analysis program. parties external to the enterprise. Primary to partnerships. Prerequisite: Actg 525. Actg 550 emphasis is placed on understanding the finan- Actg 532 Contemporary Financial Reporting Issues (3) cial reports that are the end product of this Corporate Reorganizations and Liquidations Financial reporting for general M.B.A. student. system-what they do and do not tell the user (Corporate Taxation II) (3) Studies of the accounting valuation process, about a business enterprise. The accounting prin- An examination of the effect of taxes on reorga- accounting income measurement, and financial ciples, conventions, and concepts under-lying nizations and liquidations. (May be taken prior disclosure. Contemporary issues are examined in financial reporting are examined with the objec- to Corporate Taxation I.)Prerequisite: Actg 525. the context of factors that shape accounting stantive of developing the ability to read, compre- Actg 533 dards and current trends in financial reporting. hend, and perform a basic analysis of financial Fiduciary Income Taxation (3) Prerequisite: Actg 511. statements. Federal income taxation of estates and trusts, Actg 551 interrelationship of tax elections with federal Actg 520 Accounting Information Systems (4) Retirement Plans (3) estate tax, basis problems; correlation with pro- Study of accounting information systems for Establishment and administration of pension, bate estate or testamentary trust accounting. operations with an emphasis on accounting profit-sharing, and self-employed retirement Prerequisite: Actg 525. issues. Addresses the information systems issues plans; plan characteristics; insured, trusteed and Actg 534 encountered by internal financial analysts. self-administered plans; investment policies; Federal and State Tax Procedures (3) Topics may include database and accounting federal and state regulation; requirements for Tax reporting and collection procedures; admin- information system design, model building, the Internal Revenue Service qualifications; taxation istrative and judicial procedures governing tax use of accounting information for forecasting, of benefits; integration with Social Security. controversies, the rights and obligations of the and other topics associated with the development taxpayer. Prerequisite: Actg 525. of information systems to support financial anal- Actg 525 ysis. Tax Research Methods (3) Actg 535 Methods of researching tax rulings and laws in State and Local Taxation (3) Actg 552 tax accounting; study of the administration and Examination of issues and taxation other than Strategic Cost Management (4) responsibilities of tax practice. Prerequisite: federal income tax, including property tax pro- Course takes the perspective that managers Actg 482. cesses, sales and use taxes, multistate transac- should not use information from accounting sys- tions, manufacturers excise tax, and sumptuary tems designed to prepare external financial Actg 526 reports in order to make internal management Tax Theory and Application (3) and regulatory excise taxes. Prerequisite: Analysis of theory of taxation within the envi- Actg 525. decisions. Provides alternative approaches to rons of the business community and the effects Actg 536 developing and using accounting information. of taxation upon business and investment deci- International Taxation (3) Special emphasis will be placed on understand- sions, capital structure, and finance policies. Taxation of United States citizens and businesses ing traditional cost systems, activity-based cost- Prerequisite: Actg 525. on foreign-source income; topics include the ing systems, and determining the cost of quality. forms of multinational operations, foreign tax Course will rely heavily on the examination of Actg 527 credits, and tax treaties. Prerequisite: Actg 525. actual company situations. Prerequisites: BA Corporate Formation and Nonliquidating 551 and 552. Distribution (Corporate Taxation I) (3) Actg 537 Concepts and principles governing the taxation Tax Accounting Problems (3) Actg 553 of corporations and their shareholders including A study of tax accounting methods, reporting Financial Statement Analysis (4) the effects of taxes on corporate capital structure periods, special elections, and consolidated Sound financial information for making business and distributions. Prerequisite: Actg 525. returns. Prerequisite: Actg 525. decisions is obtained by an understanding of accounting data from which the information is Actg 528 Actg 538 derived as well as by the application of tools of Current Tax Developments (3) Computer Applications in Taxation (3) Review of recent or contemplated tax changes, An evolving course that orients the student to the analysis. Students will gain an increased under- including tax reform proposals; legislative, use of computers in tax practice; emphasis is on standing of the properties and use of accounting administrative, and judicial developments relat- the assistance a computer lends to tax planning numbers in the determination and forecasting of ing to all forms of taxation; an integrative course and decision making; topics include evaluations financial positions, results of operations, cash in which emphasis is placed on scholarly of after-tax cash projections of investments, flows, the financial disclosure process, and its research and writing. (This course should be alternative reporting techniques and options in use in comparing business performance. Prereq- taken after the student completes 18 credits in family financial planning. Prerequisite: Actg uisite: Actg 511 and FinL 551 or 561. the program.) 525. 178 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Actg 601 BA 303 environment of the firm and develop a business Research (Credit to be arranged.) Business Finance (4) strategy and business plan. Strategy formulation Actg 607 Development and study of a decision framework and implementation are demonstrated in light of Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) for financial management with special emphasis the interdependence of the organization’s inter- on small- and medium-sized businesses. Topics nal dynamics and in relation to the global mar- USINESS include analysis of financial health, planning for kets in which contemporary firms must compete. B future financial performance, evaluation of Prerequisites: BA 302, 303, 311. (One of the ADMINISTRATION investment opportunities, and analyses of risk. three prerequisites may be taken concurrently.) COURSES Financing of firm growth and valuation will be Restricted to admitted SBA students. Graduating introduced. An integration of the concepts of seniors will be given priority admittance. BA 101 financial management into a total system Introduction to Business and World Affairs approach to business decision making will be BA 506 (4) Business Project (3 or 6) facilitated with the use of cases, as appropriate. Under the direction of a faculty member, stu- Introduction to the business firm operating in the Prerequisite: BA 205, 222, and junior standing. local, national, and global marketplace. Empha- dents work in teams to apply MBA knowledge sizes the integration of the various functional BA 311 and skills to actual business problems or situa- Marketing Management (4) areas of business as the firm evolves from its tions. Students may register for six credits Basic marketing concepts from the perspective during a single term, or register for three credits entrepreneurial origins to a mature of the marketing manager. Key focus is to exam- corporation. during two consecutive terms. After initially ine the marketing planning and analysis neces- meeting as a class at the beginning of the term, BA 205 sary to develop sound marketing plans and students meet periodically with an assigned fac- Business Communications Using Technology strategies. Specific topics include the role of ulty member to monitor progress on the agreed (4) marketing within the firm, analysis of marketing Provides students with the tools that are needed learning contract and to discuss a variety of opportunities, selection of target markets and implementation and organizational issues. Pre- to collect, organize, and present information in a market segmentation, marketing strategies in a business environment. Students will learn how to requisite: completion of at least 37 hours of the global marketplace, use of technology in market, MBA core sequence. use library and Internet resources to collect and marketing mix decisions. Experiential learn- information. Word processing, spreadsheet, and BA 530 ing approaches for class participation will be Competing in a Global Environment (8) graphics applications will be used to organize used. Prerequisites: BA 205 and junior standing. and present business information. Students will Inaugural M.B.A. course provides students with be introduced to business report writing, devel- BA 325 an understanding of key themes related to suc- oping and delivering a persuasive presentation, Competing with Information Technology (4) cessful global competition and with the interper- Presents the key steps required to gain a compet- and electronic-mail methods for team-based sonal and intellectual skills required for itive advantage in the marketplace through the communication. Prerequisite: BA 101. individuals to contribute in a highly competitive use of information technologies. Primary focus and globalized business environment. BA 222 is to help students understand the information Fundamentals of Financial Accounting (4) systems development lifecycle and the ways that BA 531 Assists students in developing an understanding Executive Briefings (1) systems can support functional areas of a busi- A weekly series of presentations by local, of financial statements and the tools used by ness. Other topics include: communication tech- external users such as lenders, shareholders, and regional, national, and/or international business nologies to support groups, productivity leaders on current business topics. competitors to evaluate the performance of the software and applications, designing systems for firm. Balance sheets, income statements, state- competitive advantage, and systems reengineer- BA 551 ments of cash flows, and industry reports will be ing. Prerequisites: BA 205 and junior standing. Integrated Process Management (4) used to introduce topics such as: assessing risk, Covers the design and management of transfor- liquidity, solvency, operating efficiency, and BA 339 mation processes within the firm and relation- profitability of the firm. Prerequisite: BA 101. Operations and Quality Management (4) ships with both suppliers and customers. There Develops an understanding of the various issues is a strong focus on customer satisfaction, qual- BA 223 and strategies involved in the operation of a ser- Decision Making with Accounting ity, continuous improvement, and cost manage- vice or manufacturing organization. These con- ment as each relates to process design and Information (4) siderations include the support by the Designed to aid students in developing effective control in both manufacturing and service orga- operation’s organization of corporate strategy decision making skills. Course elements include: nizations. Prerequisites: ISQA 511, Actg 511, through design and operating decisions. Issues understanding the organization as a system, and concurrent enrollment in BA 552. such as global supply sources, worldwide busi- information assessment, cash management, ness system influences, continuous improve- BA 552 operations and capital budgeting, manufacturing ment, and total quality management will be Systems for Performance Measurement (4) cost systems, cost control procedures, managing Provides the student with a systematic approach discussed. Prerequisite: junior standing. inventory, problem solving, and measuring the to the determination and measurement of the health of the organization. Prerequisite: BA 222. BA 385 critical processes for achieving organizational Business Environment (4) BA 302 effectiveness and efficiency. Emphasis is given Study and critical analysis of the role of business to the development of the necessary information Organizational Behavior (4) in its environment with special references to the Focuses on issues that are relevant to the three systems to support process integration, critical interrelationships of legal, technological, eco- levels of organizational behavior (i.e., individ- process measurement, and related decision mak- nomic, political, and social forces with the busi- ual, group, and organizational). Key topics ing. Prerequisite: ISQA 511, Actg 511, and con- ness enterprise and to the legal and ethical include: the nature and dynamics of teams, per- current enrollment in BA 551. obligations of the business enterprise with its sonal values and employee job attitudes, com- * owners, employees, consumers, and society. Pre- BA 566 munication, conflict resolution, motivation, Competitive and Strategic Analysis (3) requisites: BA 205 and junior standing. leadership, decision making, employee effective- Integrative course that focuses on application of ness, and the impact of organizational level BA 407/507 analytical techniques to the processes and out- issues such Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) puts of the firm. Emphasizes the identification, as policies, structure, design, and culture. Seminars in selected cross-functional and inte- analysis, and evaluation of the marketing, finan- Techniques used to facilitate learning may grative business topics. cial, and accounting bases of competition, and include role plays, cases, presentations, organi- BA 495 the development of appropriate business strate- zational simulations, teamwork, and/or term Business Strategy (4) gies. Prerequisites: Mktg 544, FinL 561, Actg research papers. Prerequisite: BA 205 and junior Concerned with developing and implementing 511. standing. strategy for the total organization. Designed as an interdisciplinary capstone course that teaches students how to analyze the internal and external S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 179

FinL 363 FinL 443 BUSINESS EDUCATION Credit Management (3) Investment Principles (4) COURSES Management functions performed by a credit Analytical study of the principles of investment department; relation to other functions of the in stocks, bonds, and other security instruments. See description of teacher certification in the business enterprise; nature of consumer credit Includes background study of financial markets School of Education section. and mercantile credit, sources of credit informa- and institutions; analysis of the investment char- BEd 401/501 tion, evaluation of credit risks, and credit con- acteristics, valuation, and market price behavior Research (Credit to be arranged.) trols used in business firms; credit policy of bonds, stocks, and derivative securities, and BEd 404/504 determination. the choice of appropriate portfolios of these Cooperative Education (Credit to be FinL 399 securities. Also included is the study of informa- arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tion and market efficiency, term structure and the BEd 405/505 FinL 401/501 determination of market interest rates, and secu- Reading and Conference (Credit to be Research (Credit to be arranged.) rity valuation. Prerequisite: BA 303. arranged.) Prerequisite: BA 303. FinL 444/544 Consent of instructor. FinL 404/504 Security Analysis (4) BEd 407/507 Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Theory and techniques of analysis of individual Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: BA 303. corporate securities. Systematic study of characteristics and potential of stocks and bonds to BEd 503 FinL 405/505 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be facilitate investment decisions. Prerequisite: arranged.) FinL 443. FINANCE AND LAW Prerequisite: BA 303. FinL 449 FinL 407/507 Analysis of Financial Performance (4) COURSES Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Conceptual and practical elements of financial Student-selected problems in business operation planning, working capital management, and For information on finance option requirements, and business management to be studied by the short- and medium-term financing. Principles see page 170. All 300- and 400-level courses individual and discussed in group meeting under and spreadsheet procedures for financial analy- require junior-level standing; graduate courses direction of academic staff. Prerequisite: BA sis, credit analysis, inventory management, and require admission to the graduate programs. 303. financial forecasting. Prerequisite: BA 303. Students admitted to the School of Business FinL 409/509 FinL 450 Administration will be given registration priority Bank Management (4) for all 400-level courses. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Field work involving the practice of professional Practices, problems and policies of commercial FinL 199 activities away from campus. Prerequisite: con- banking as well as other financial institutions Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) sent of instructor. from a financial management perspective. Bank- * ing regulation, organizational structure, financial FinL 218 FinL 410/510 Personal Finance (3) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) analysis of commercial banks, asset and liability A survey of investments, budgets, real estate Consent of instructor. management, and other contemporary issues ownership, financial institutions, consumers’ affecting commercial banks. Prerequisite: credit, social security, stock market, mutual FinL 411 BA 303. funds, and estate planning from the individual’s Laws of Real Estate, Personal Property, Trusts, and Estates (4) FinL 456 point of view. Optional pass/no pass. Distinction between real estate and personal Foreign Financial Operations (4) FinL 226 property, fixtures, landlord tenant, accession, Survey of international financial principles and Legal Environment of Business (4) patents, copyrights, trademarks, concurrent own- practices underlying the investment and financ- The meaning and nature of law, sources of law, ership, deeds, adverse possession, easements, ing decisions of multinational firms. Trade and state and federal court systems, procedures for trusts, REIT, powers of trustees, wills, will sub- capital flows, foreign exchange, markets and resolving disputes, business torts, business stitutes, intestacy, probate. Prerequisite: FinL mechanics, trade financing, international capital crimes, antitrust law, labor law, contracts, inter- 226 or BA 385. markets institutions and financial instruments, national business law, ethical considerations, exchange risk and exposure management, capital social and political influences. FinL 412 Business Law (4) budgeting and capital structure analyses of mul- FinL 301 Laws of contracts, negotiable checks, notes, and tinational finance. Prerequisite: BA 303. Stock Market (3) drafts, insurance, documents of title, sales of *FinL 457/557 Analysis of the operation of the stock market. goods, letters of credit, employees and indepen- Real Estate Finance and Investment (5) Procedures in the buying and selling of securi- dent contractors, agency, partnership, corpora- Application of the finance and economic princi- ties. Examination of current regulatory practices. tions, securities, bankruptcy, security interests, ples to the analysis of real estate finance and FinL 333 mortgages, suretyship and bulk sales. Covers law investments. Emphasis on the development of Foundations of Real Estate Analysis (3) part of CPA exam. Prerequisite: FinL 226 or BA problem solving capabilities through the use of Surveys the legal, physical, and economic struc- 385 (FinL 226 or BA 385 not required for stu- computer application programs. Special atten- ture of the real estate market and the characteris- dents in postbaccalaureate certificate in account- tion is given to risk analysis, alternative mort- tics of real estate resources. Develops basic real ing program). gage instruments, hedging techniques, and the estate valuation procedures and provides an tax effects of real estate investment. Prerequisite: FinL 419 overview of market analysis and real estate pro- Intermediate Financial Management (4) BA 303. duction, marketing and financing methods. Pre- Second level course in financial management to FinL 465 requisites: Ec 201, 202. provide more depth in the study of asset pricing, Finance Topics and Cases (4) *FinL 336 capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend Case studies of the most typical financial prob- Principles of Risk and Insurance (3) policy, working capital management, growth lems in business including working capital man- A study of the principles and practices of life, through mergers, and leasing. Emphasis on the agement, capital budgeting, and financing issues. fire, casualty, marine, and social insurance. development of problem solving capabilities. Special topics covered will be at the discretion of Prerequisite: BA 303. the instructor. Prerequisites: FinL 419 or 449; admission to the School of Business Administra- FinL 439/539 Real Estate Appraisal (3) tion. Fundamentals of appraising real estate. Land utilization. Analysis of real estate values by approaches followed by governmental and private appraisers. Prerequisite: BA 303. 180 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*FinL 485/585 methodology for valuing them; the level and *FinL 573 Life Insurance (3) structure of interest rates; strategies for manag- Investment Analysis and Portfolio Analysis of various types of life insurance, acci- ing bond portfolios. Prerequisites: FinL 551 or Management (3) dent and sickness coverage and contracts. Pre- 561. A study of the application of both portfolio mium rates. Family and business need for life theory and fundamental valuation techniques in FinL 553 security investment decisions. The implications insurance. Endowment, annuities, group pension Financial Analysis and Business Valuation (4) plans, industrial and government insurance. Pre- Financial analysis of the performance of the of modern portfolio theory for portfolio manage- requisite: FinL 336. business or parts of the business such as product ment and in portfolio performance evaluation are FinL 503 or projects. Tools and techniques of financial emphasized. Prerequisites: FinL 552, 561. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) statement analysis from the perspective of inves- FinL 601 FinL 514 tors and creditors; development of models for Research (Credit to be arranged.) Economic and Financial Environment of the determining and forecasting the profitability and FinL 607 Firm (4) financial position of the firm. Business valuation Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Examines the microeconomic foundations of the techniques, emphasizing cash flow projections. firm and provides a broad overview of the finan- Some issues in costs and risk management. The- INFORMATION SYSTEMS cial markets and institution’s framework. oretical principles and practical approaches of Included is consideration of the components of valuation of a business or business interest; valu- AND QUANTITATIVE the U.S. and international financial system in the ation strategies for specific purposes such as val- ANALYSIS COURSES global economy, the financial institutions that uation for mergers, acquisitions, and corporate facilitate the flow of funds, interest rate determi- restructuring, multibusiness valuation, valuation For information on Information Systems option nation, and how government policy affects funds of international businesses. Prerequisite: FinL requirements, see page 170. All 300- and 400- flow and interest rates. Issues of demand and 561; competency with electronic spreadsheets. level courses require junior-level standing; supply determination, market structure, and graduate courses require admission to the grad- FinL 556 uate programs. Students admitted to the School resulting economic behavior are also considered. International Financial Management (4) FinL 545 Development and study of a framework for the of Business Administration will be given regis- Hedging and Risk Management (3) financial decisions of multinational businesses; tration priority for all 400-level courses. Futures, options, swaps, and other derivative management of working capital, investment and ISQA 111 instruments, their characteristics, their uses in financing decisions of a firm in an international Fundamental Computer Concepts (2) financial risk management, and their effects in environment; foreign exchange markets, The fundamental concepts of Electronic Data speculative situations; methodologies for valua- exchange risk, and international diversification. Processing; the impact of EDP on the firm, and tion of derivatives. Prerequisite: FinL 561. Prerequisite: FinL 561. the fundamental concepts of computer use FinL 550 including programming and applications. Pro- FinL 561 vides a general vocabulary and understanding of Commercial Bank Management (3) Financial Management (4) Theory and practice of commercial banking Examines the financial concepts and problem- the capabilities of the computer in business. from a financial management perspective. Bank- solving skills required to evaluate whether man- (One hour of lecture and two hours of recita- ing environment, asset/liability management, agerial decisions add value to the firm. Students tion.) capital management, and overall balance-sheet will develop an understanding of the financial ISQA 360 management of commercial banks. Prerequisite: implications of business decisions and a frame- Business Computing Fundamentals (4) FinL 514 or FinL 561. work with which to evaluate their decisions. An Overview of topics to introduce students to the FinL 551 integral part of this approach requires under- fundamental programming theories and concepts Financial Management for Financial Analysts standing how the different functional areas of a necessary to create workable solutions to the (4) business interrelate and the supporting role that information system needs of managed organiza- Gateway course to the Master of Science in finance can provide. Topics considered include tions. Topics include computability, data struc- financial analysis. Examines the financial con- cash flow analysis, risk determination, valuation, tures, data abstraction, algorithms, recursion vs. cepts and problem-solving skills required to working capital management, and financing. iteration, principles of programming languages. evaluate whether managerial decisions add value Prerequisites: BA 530, FinL 514, Actg 511. Students will use the C language to apply course to the firm. Students will develop an understand- concepts. Prerequisites: C programming course FinL 562 or passing grade on C programming competency ing of the financial implications of business deci- Intermediate Financial Management (4) sions and a framework with which to evaluate Second-level course in financial management to exam, BA 325. their decisions. An integral part of this approach provide more depth in the study of asset pricing, ISQA 380 requires understanding how the different func- capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend Data Communications (4) tional areas of a business interrelate and the sup- policy, working capital management, growth Topics include communication between people porting role that finance provides. Topics through mergers, and leasing. Emphasis is and machines, transmission systems, protocols considered include cash flow analysis, risk deter- placed on the further development of problem for communication technologies, and digital mination, valuation, working capital manage- solving capabilities. Prerequisite: FinL 551 or communication and networks. Application areas ment, and financing. Graduate credit cannot be 561. reviewed include data communications, voice earned for both FinL 561 and 551. Prerequisite: and electronic mail, Internet, and mobile sys- admission to the Masters of Science in financial FinL 565 tems. Management issues covered include cost/ Cases in Corporate Financial Management management program. (4) benefit analysis, organizational impact, interna- FinL 552 Applications of financial theory to financial tional systems, and emerging technologies. Investments (4) decisions. Emphasis will be on the full range of Three lecture hours; two laboratory hours. Introduction to investment analysis, including important problems including asset allocation Prerequisite: BA 325. the functioning of capital markets; valuation decisions, the full range of financing decisions, ISQA 399 theory applied to the aggregate market, alterna- financial decisions of multi-national firms and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tive industries, and individual firms; stock valua- the use of derivatives by both domestic and ISQA 401 tion models; strategies for the selection, global firms. Prerequisites: FinL 514, 561. Research (Credit to be arranged.) evaluation, and revision of portfolio of stocks; FinL 569 portfolio performance evaluation and measure- Advanced Financial Management (3) ment. Coverage of securities available in the Selected advanced topics in theory and applica- bond market: treasury securities, agency securi- tion of valuation, capital investment/capital ties, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, interna- structure decisions and their interactions, merg- tional bonds, mortgages, and mortgage-backed ers and acquisitions, and leasing. Prerequisite: securities, their investment characteristics, and FinL 561. S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 181

ISQA 404 ISQA 422 ISQA 439/539 Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Information Systems Project Management (2) Purchasing and Supply Chain Management ISQA 405 Introduction to the tools and practices of infor- (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be mation systems project management. Topics Deals with developing sound policies and proce- arranged.) may include project management concepts and dures in managing the supply chain. Topics Prerequisite: consent of instructor. software, training methodologies for non-techni- include supplier selection and evaluation, competitive bidding, contract development and ISQA 407 cal users, documentation development, and Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) alpha/beta testing practices. One lecture hour; administration, value analysis, and standardiza- Student-selected problems in information sys- two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: BA 325. tion. Prerequisite: BA 339 or BA 311. tems, quantitative analysis, or operations and ISQA 423 ISQA 449 materials management to be studied by the indi- Collaborative Information Systems (2) Process Control and Improvement (4) vidual and discussed in group meeting under Teamwork is a crucial factor in today’s fast Study of the principles of quality management direction of academic staff. paced corporations. Information technologies including statistical quality control, total quality management, and the quality tools especially as ISQA 409 provide several means for teams to work Practicum in Information Systems and together in a much more effective manner. Fun- they apply to supply and logistics processes. Pre- Quantitative Analysis (Credit to be damental concepts include vertical applications, requisite: BA 339. arranged.) groupware, and multi-user applications. Students ISQA 459/559 This course requires the student to work with a will be shown how to effectively use and imple- Production Planning and Control (4) community organization in performing an infor- ment work group technologies. One lecture Intermediate and short range production plan- mation systems/quantitative analysis feasibility hour; two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: BA 325 ning and scheduling. Topics will include aggre- study. The study may include a current systems and consent of instructor. gate planning, materials requirement planning, analysis, design of the new system, personnel ISQA 424 scheduling and just-in-time. Prerequisite: development or training requirements, hardware Network and Client Operating Systems (3) BA 339. and/or software recommendations, and assis- Hands-on introduction to the administration of a *ISQA 461 tance in system documentation. Prerequisites: local area network operating system. Enables Operations Research Techniques (3) ISQA 421 and consent of instructor. students to gain knowledge and experience with Introduction of methodology of operations ISQA 410 the kinds of management tasks they would per- research. Investigation of construction, solution Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) form routinely as network administrators. Topics and application of models useful for decision ISQA 415 include network configuration, file and directory making in business. Prerequisites: upper-divi- Operating Systems Fundamentals (2) configuration, network security, backup and sion standing, BA 339 and Stat 243, 244. Fundamental concepts of the UNIX family of recovery, print services, user and workstation *ISQA 462 operating systems. Topics include applications, automation and simple system. Two lecture Decision Simulation (3) file systems and directory structure, standard hours; two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: Emphasis given to the use of gaming to reveal utilities, vi, introduction to shell programming, ISQA 380. the complexity of the total organization and of and resource management. One lecture hour; ISQA 425 the interrelationships of the activities of the firm. two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: BA 325. Database Management (4) Students compete in a simulated business envi- ISQA 418 Study of data environments, the evolution of ronment and are thus allowed to make use of Client-Server Development (3) database technology, database concepts and dynamic analysis. Provides an introduction to client server applica- uses, data models, database design, and query *ISQA 463 tion development with an emphasis on the client. processing. Emphasis will be placed on the rela- Mathematical Modeling in Decision Making Topics include graphical user interface develop- tional model and database management systems (3) ment, event driven programming, rapid applica- that support the model. Students will participate The incorporation of numerical considerations tion development tools, and tools for report in database design projects. Other topics address and applied mathematics into the modeling pro- writing and query processing. Students will par- emerging database trends and opportunities. Pre- cess is the primary focus of this course. Students ticipate in the development of projects. Two lec- requisites: ISQA 420, admission to the School of will gain practice in creative and empirical ture hours; two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: Business Administration. model construction, model analysis and model BA 325. ISQA 429/529 research for practical and realistic problems. The ISQA 420 Transportation and Logistics Management emphasis is on the importance of the assump- Structured Systems Analysis and Design (4) (4) tions in a model and on testing the sensitivity Examines the scope and organization of the sys- Overview of logistics including transportation, and appropriateness of assumptions against tems development process and the role of the warehouse location and layout, inventory poli- empirical data. Prerequisite: ISQA 461. systems development professional. Topics cies, distribution operations, and information ISQA 469/569 include system requirements, system specifica- systems. Prerequisite: BA 339 or BA 311. Productivity Analysis (4) tion, systems design, implementation, and *ISQA 435 The role of operations strategy on the firm’s project management. Standard system analysis Business Research Design and Analysis (3) cooperative ability and the organization’s pro- methods and techniques will be presented and This course is concerned with the application of grams and techniques for measuring and improv- applied using computer-aided software engineer- multivariate methods of data analysis in business ing productivity and for assuring quality. ing (CASE) tools. Prerequisite: ISQA 360. research. Emphasis is on the process of business Prerequisite: BA 339. ISQA 421 data analysis including research design, imple- ISQA 479 Object-oriented Modeling and Design (4) mentation, and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: Integrated Supply and Logistics Management Fundamental concepts of object-oriented model- Stat 243, 244. (4) ing and design are introduced including encap- ISQA 436 Capstone course using cases and projects to inte- sulation, classes, inheritance, use of entity- Advanced Database Administration (3) grate the various concepts of supply and logistics relationship diagrams to model objects and Advanced study of data environments, data mod- management. Prerequisites: ISQA 429, 439, and classes, and design techniques. Object-oriented eling techniques, database design, and query 3-4 additional credits in supply and logistics programming CASE tools and languages will be processing and optimization. Emphasis will be management option courses; admission to the presented and used. Prerequisite: ISQA 360. placed on client server architecture and SQL School of Business Administration. processing. Software may include Oracle and SQL Server. Students will participate in database design projects. Other topics will include industry trends and opportunities, and database administration. Two lecture hours; two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: ISQA 425. 182 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ISQA 511 Mgmt 409/509 Quantitative Methods For Managers (4) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Covers the quantitative methods useful in mana- Mgmt 410/510 gerial analysis and decision making. Basic and MANAGEMENT Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) advanced statistical models as well as forecast- COURSES Mgmt 445 ing and management science tools are studied. Organizational Design and Change (4) Prerequisite: admission to graduate program. For information on the management option Study of organizations from a macro perspec- ISQA 518 requirements, see page 170. All 300- and 400- tive. Emphasis will be on the implications of Electronic Commerce (3) level courses require junior-level standing; dynamic environments, innovation, and technol- Survey of technologies and technological appli- graduate courses require admission to the grad- ogy for organizational structure, design, and pro- cations to conduct business electronically today uate programs. Students admitted to the School cesses. Management of change from a multi- and in the future. Students will learn about elec- of Business Administration will be given regis- level perspective will also be addressed. Prereq- tronic data interchange, the role of technology in tration priority for all 400-level courses. uisite: electronic markets, the Internet, and the organi- BA 302. zational impact of these technologies. Internet- Mgmt 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Mgmt 446 based technologies will be presented and used. Principles of International Management (4) Prerequisite: BA 530. Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management (4) Study of the managerial functions and problems *ISQA 525 Studies the human resource management func- related to international business activity. The Database Design (2) tions performed by the human resource manager focus of this course is on the management of for- Practical course focusing on the design and use as well as by the line executive or supervisor. eign trade, direct investments, and international of databases. Students will learn to model data Uses contemporary approaches and problems to operations. In addition, the political, economic, needs, design relational databases based on those analyze the entire process of performance man- and cultural environments of international busi- needs, and methods for querying a database. A agement, including human resource planning/job ness are examined from the perspective of man- Database Management System (DBMS) will be design, selection and staffing, training and devel- agement. Comparative management is also used. Other topics address emerging database opment, compensation, performance appraisal, treated through the study of other management trends. Prerequisite: BA 530. and employee and labor relations. Also examines systems. Prerequisite: BA 302. *ISQA 530 legal questions which affect human resource Mgmt 461/561 System Architectures (3) management. Prerequisite: BA 302. Preference Reward Systems and Performance Study of cutting-edge hardware and software on the waiting list will be given to HRM-option Management (4) architectures and their usage in business envi- students. Study of reward system practices that aid in ronments. Students will learn how managers motivation, employee development, and produc- identify and adopt new technologies for business Mgmt 399 tivity improvement to meet organization goals. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) systems. Topics include hardware/software con- Shows how job analysis data forms the informa- cepts, needs assessment, decision criteria, and Mgmt 401/501 tion base for both compensation and perfor- implementation issues. Prerequisite: BA 551. Research (Credit to be arranged.) mance appraisal processes. Includes an analytic Mgmt 404/504 study of traditional and evolving methods of ISQA 572 Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Models for Quality Control (3) compensation management, and relates this and Study of variability. Emphasis on quality Mgmt 405/505 performance appraisal processes to the broad improvements through the application of experi- Reading and Conference (Credit to be performance management framework. Prerequi- mental design. Topics include accounting for arranged.) site: prior completion of Mgmt 351; prior com- Consent of instructor. randomness, systematic identification of sources pletion of or concurrent registration in Mgmt of variation, control charts, and statistical pro- Mgmt 407/507 550. Preference on waiting list will be given to cess control (SPC). Course will use a combina- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) HRM-option students. tion of cases, lecture, and computer-aided Student-selected problems in business operation and management to be studied by the individual Mgmt 464 analyses to provide the students with a founda- Contemporary Leadership Issues (4) tion in quality control analysis. Prerequisite: and discussed in group meeting under direction Investigation of the ideas of what constitutes BA 551. of academic staff. “effective leadership” as organizations enter the 21st century. Various aspects of the new leadership paradigm are addressed. Students will develop an awareness of their personal leadership profile and capabilities and the issues they will face as leaders in tomorrow’s organizations. Prerequisites: BA 302; admission to the School of Business Administration. S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 183

Mgmt 470/570 innovation, research and development, and man- Mgmt 554 American Business History (4) ufacturing; intrapreneurship, and venturing; and Negotiation and Conflict Resolution (3) A critical examination of the growth of the managerial attitudes, beliefs, and perceptions. Examines negotiation as a sometimes rational, American business system, with particular atten- All of these factors are examined for their influ- sometimes irrational social process used for tion to studying the environmental genesis and ence on the strategic utilization of technology resolving conflict. Studies the interdependence evolution of significant business organizations. and innovation. between parties which causes the conflict; The course will also deal with the evolutionary focuses on effective and ineffective negotiating Mgmt 545 tactics between these competing groups. changes in business leaders and their managerial Managing the Human Side of Technological styles. Prerequisite: BA 302 or 385; BA 530 for Innovation (3) Explores the use of impartial third parties to graduate students. Examines the non-technical, human side to the facilitate negotiations. Practical applications Mgmt 471/571 challenges of technological innovation manage- include labor management relationships, pur- Staffing and Employee Selection (4) ment. Course topics include technical profes- chase agreements, organizational goal setting, The staffing process includes the acquisition, sional performance and productivity, high etc. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. selection, and placement of employees to performing technical teams, managerial effec- Mgmt 555 achieve the strategic human resource goals of the tiveness, innovative work cultures, and organiza- Management of Organizational Change (3) organization. Topics covered include staffing tional practices and policies that promote A seminar focused on the concepts, theories, and strategies, human resource planning, legal technological innovation and new product devel- practice of managing organizational change and issues, recruitment methods, selection tech- opment. Practical applications of course con- development. Class discussion will center on an niques (e.g., biographical information, inter- cepts to actual work situations are emphasized. examination of the history and assumptions of viewing, ability tests, work samples, assessment This course is required for the Management of organizational development and change, the centers), selection validation, and utility analy- Innovation Option in the M.B.A. program. action research model and other foundations, plus a variety of organization intervention tech- sis. Prerequisite: prior completion of Mgmt 351; Mgmt 546 prior completion of or concurrent registration in Principles of International Management (4) niques. Special issues such as ethics in client- Mgmt 550. Preference on waiting list will be Covers the major challenges of managing inter- consultant relationships will be integrated into given to HRM-option students. nationally, including political risk assessment, class activities. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. Mgmt 491/591 international strategy, structuring and controlling Mgmt 556 Training and Development (4) the multinational enterprise, international nego- Organizational Politics (3) Training and development highlights the organi- tiations, and international human resource man- A study of the theoretical and practical aspects zation’s commitment to its employees. The agement. Course is targeted both toward of success in organizations. Topics may include course looks at training needs analysis; the managers who work abroad as well as those how to acquire, maintain, and use power; how to nature, types and methods of training; career dealing with international business from the deal with superiors and subordinates; techniques stages, paths, planning; retraining outdated home country. for more quickly rising on the organizational workers; outplacement, evaluation of training *Mgmt 549 ladder; misuses of power; developing mentor effectiveness; long-term development programs; Management of Service Operations (3) relationships; power games; and success sym- and processes of organization development. Pre- The difference in operating problems and issues bols. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. requisite: prior completion of Mgmt 351; prior between services and manufacturing is a result Mgmt 560 completion of or concurrent registration in of the close interface between operations and Managerial Responsibility and Public Policy Mgmt 550. Preference on waiting list will be consumers in service organizations and the (4) given to HRM-option students. importance of a “service concept.” The course Provides students with an understanding of how Mgmt 493 will take an operations management view as it political, social, legal, regulatory, and environ- Human Resource Policies (4) develops the similarities and differences between mental issues impact business organizations An in-depth, analytical study of human management in the manufacturing and service within a global context. Topics covered include resources and the tasks of the modern human sectors. Prerequisite: BA 551. business ethics, corporate social responsibility, managerial integrity, legal considerations for resource manager, with an emphasis on the Mgmt 550 policy making aspect of human resource man- Organizational Management (4) managers, public policy process in relation to agement. Studies executive-level decision Covers issues in organizational behavior and business, environmental analysis, environmental making within staffing, training, compensation, human resource management that are critical to issues and management. Prerequisites: BA 530, appraisal, and labor relations. Examines emerg- organizational effectiveness. Organizations are Mgmt 550. ing issues in HRM, such as quality of work life, studied from three perspectives: the individual, Mgmt 562 wellness, substance abuse, human resource the work team, and the organization as a system. Business Strategy and Policy (4) information systems, etc. Prerequisites: Mgmt Topics include motivation, performance assess- An integrative, capstone study of strategy formu- 351 and 8 additional credits in human resource ment, creative problem-solving, compensation, lation and implementation in international and management; admission to the School of Busi- staffing, employee development, and organiza- domestic business enterprises. Case analysis and ness Administration. Preference on the waiting tional design. Focal emphasis on business lead- other appropriate methodologies are used to list will be given to HRM-option students. ership is examined from a multi-level develop the skills and judgment necessary to Mgmt 503 perspective. Prerequisite: BA 530. provide overall direction to the organization. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) * Special emphasis will be placed on how to suc- Mgmt 551 cessfully match competitive strategy with effec- Mgmt 540 Managing Human Resources (3) Business/Government Relations (3) Focuses on the daily strategies of all managers as tive implementation policies. Prerequisites: BA The role and importance of the business/govern- they lead their subordinates to high long-term 551, 552. ment relations function in business enterprises is productivity. Aspects of the employee life cycle Mgmt 565 examined. Topics covered include: monitoring to be studied include initial selection, develop- Case Problems in Organizations and the governmental system, interest groups, lobby- mental activities, redesign of jobs, compensa- Management (3) ing, trade associations, governmental structure, tion, appraisal, and employee relations; legal The study of managerial action and process in regulatory process, and access to executive/legis- requirements in all areas will be covered. Meth- organizations through the use of case studies. lative processes. Case analyses and projects may ods of improving the everyday relationship The actual topics will vary during any particular be used in the course. Prerequisite: Mgmt 560. between line managers and the human resource term, but may include: the resource allocation department will be emphasized. Prerequisite: process, balancing short and long term goals, Mgmt 544 organizational culture, group dynamics, the Technology Management (3) Mgmt 550. Taking a systemic approach to managing tech- ethics of decision making, and performance nology and innovation, this course addresses the measurement and reward systems. International process flow of ideas from creativity to market situations and problems will be included. Prereq- and commercialization; the roles of invention, uisite: Mgmt 550. 184 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Mgmt 601 Mktg 410/510 ing plan. The emphasis will be on how techno- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) logical change impacts an organization’s ability Mgmt 607 Mktg 430 to create and deliver value to its customers. Pre- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Entrepreneurship (3) requisite: BA 311. The study of entrepreneurship, with emphasis on Mktg 460 MARKETING identifying market opportunities and the devel- Marketing Research (4) opment of marketing and business plans to meet Studies the planning, data collection, analysis, COURSES these opportunities. Prerequisite: BA 311. and reporting issues relating to marketing research. Key issues include defining informa- For information on marketing option require- Mktg 441 Media Strategy (4) tion needs, sampling, sources of primary and ments, see page 171. All 300- and 400-level Examines the media process from the perspec- secondary data, instrument design, statistical courses require junior-level standing; graduate tive of the advertisers’ marketing strategy, the data analysis, interpretation and reporting of courses require admission to the graduate pro- characteristics of advertising media and the role data. Prerequisite: BA 311. grams. Students admitted to the School of Busi- of the advertising agency in the planning and Mktg 463 ness Administration will be given registration implementation of the basic function between priority for all 400-level courses. Consumer Behavior and Customer media and client. Special attention is paid to new Satisfaction (4) Mktg 199 media such as Internet and other computer-based Exploration of the determinants of consumer and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) channels. Prerequisite: Mktg 340. organizational buying behavior focusing on con- Mktg 338 Mktg 442 tributions from the behavioral sciences. Applica- Professional Selling (3) Advertising Copy and Layout (4) tions of behavioral concepts to marketing An overview of personal selling as an element of Examines the creative process in advertising strategy are emphasized along with how to mea- the promotion mix. Emphasis is on individual with an emphasis on developing effective copy sure, retain, and enhance customer satisfaction and team selling strategies within a professional and layout. Attention is given to effective adver- and develop long-term customer relationships. sales environment. Topics include characteristics tising design in an applications environment in Prerequisites: BA 311; 6 credits in psychology, of successful salespersons and firms, buyer various media. Special attention is paid to cre- sociology, or anthropology in any combination. behavior as part of individual and group pur- ative executions in new media including direct chase processes, the process and structure of Mktg 464 marketing, interactive media, and the Internet. Marketing Strategy and Management (4) sales presentations, and the role of selling as part Prerequisite: Mktg 340. Integrative course designed to apply marketing of the marketing effort. Prerequisite: BA 205. Mktg 443 concepts in a variety of business applications. Mktg 340 Advertising Campaigns (4) Emphasis will be on marketing strategy in the Advertising (3) Emphasis is on the development of the total major areas of marketing management including Comprehensive study of the principal problems advertising campaign from a marketing perspec- customer identification, industry analysis, prod- faced by advertisers and advertising agencies, tive. Integrates elements of the advertising pro- uct and communication strategies, distribution, and policies and procedures used for solutions; cess such as setting objectives, selection of target pricing and control. Prerequisites: BA 311, Mktg evaluation and selection of advertising media; markets, budget development, media selection, 460, and admission to the School of Business preparation of layout and copy for sound adver- message creation, production, and placement Administration. tising performance. into a plan for action. Prerequisites: Mktg 441, Mktg 466 Mktg 341 442, 460, and admission to the School of Busi- Principles of International Marketing (4) Public Relations (3) ness Administration. Differences between domestic and international Principles of public relations in contemporary Mktg 450 marketing are examined. A market-oriented con- America, with emphasis on the role of public Product Innovation and Management (4) ceptual foundation relating international chan- relations in business. Prerequisite: Mktg 340. A central focus of any marketing effort is the nels of distribution, financing, documentation, Mktg 376 product/service that the firm is offering to its transportation organizing, and staffing is pre- International Business (4) customer. The class focuses on the innovation, sented. Prerequisites: BA 311, Mktg 376. International business concepts and practices competitive advantage, development, and man- Mktg 467 relating to international trade are presented at a aging of products and services. Topics will Sales Management (3) survey level. Current global issues related to include product/service strategy formulation, Analysis of the sales management function with international trade and actual international prob- opportunity assessment, and new product devel- attention to sales force selection, allocation of lems are identified along with the basic concepts opment process. Product life cycle issues and sales effort, and motivation and reward of sales related to international finance, management, organizational interface issues. Prerequisite: force, plus the integration of sales with other and marketing practices. BA 311. marketing activities. Prerequisite: BA 311. Mktg 399 Mktg 452 Mktg 475 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Business-To-Business Marketing (3) Retailing (3) Mktg 401/501 Management of the marketing activities of enter- Emphasis is given to understanding the role of Research (Credit to be arranged.) prises serving business-to-business markets. The retailing in the distribution of goods, with partic- Mktg 404/504 course includes industry and competitor analy- ular attention to the management of retailing Internship (Credit to be arranged.) sis, the fundamentals of competitive advantage including buying, selling, accounting, organiza- Mktg 405/505 and the role of product, price, distribution, and tion, site location, and legal consideration. Pre- Reading and Conference (Credit to be promotion in the creation of competitive market requisite: BA 311. arranged.) strategies. Prerequisite: BA 311. Mktg 503 Consent of instructor. Mktg 455 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Mktg 407 Technology Marketing Strategy (3) Mktg 507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Designed to provide an understanding of market- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Student-selected problems in business operation ing strategy as it applies to firms in industries Marketing Trends and Developments. Marketing and business management to be studied by the characterized by rapid change in the technologi- Information Systems. Marketing Models. individual and discussed in group meeting under cal environment. It encompasses the strategic Export Planning for Executives. Sales Force direction of academic staff. marketing planning process including the busi- Management. Mktg 409/509 ness environment, competitive market analyses, Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) product innovation, the marketing-engineering- Field work involving the practice of professional manufacturing interface, value-based pricing, activities away from campus. Prerequisite: con- distribution and selling, positioning strategies, sent of instructor. and the development and control of the market- S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 185

Mktg 544 Mktg 555 Marketing Management (4) Technology Marketing (4) MASTER OF Introduces basic concepts of the marketing pro- This course is designed to introduce students to INTERNATIONAL cess from the perspective of the marketing man- the special issues faced by managers marketing MANAGEMENT COURSES ager and provides a framework for the analysis technological products in markets characterized of problems in marketing management. A key by rapid environmental change. Topics will MIM 510 focus is to examine the marketing planning and include an examination of the marketing/engi- Selected Topics (4) analysis necessary to develop sound marketing neering/manufacturing interface, product inno- Special topics either under the sponsorship of plans and strategy. Specific topics include the vation strategies, value-based pricing, buyer the Age of the Pacific Series or an elective role of marketing strategy within the firm, analy- behavior and strategic selling, competitive course addressing contemporary business issues sis of marketing opportunities, selection of target market analysis, and positioning and distribution in China and/or Japan. markets and market segmentation, marketing strategies. Emphasis will be on strategies for MIM 513 strategies in a global marketplace, and marketing marketing technology products in industrial mar- Pacific Rim Economies, Trade, and Financial mix decisions. Prerequisite: BA 530. kets. Markets (3) *Mktg 546 *Mktg 560 Survey of current economic trends among the Buyer Behavior and Communication (4) Research for Marketing Decisions (4) Pacific Rim economies, focusing on potential Study of determinants of buyer purchasing Designed to study the methods of gathering pri- problems and opportunities of each country. behavior emphasizing contributions from the mary and secondary information for business Course also covers the principles of international behavioral sciences. Course will explore applica- decisions. Also designed to study how to become trade, balance of payments and adjustments, tion of behavioral concepts to marketing strategy a good information user. Emphasizes the plan- impediments to trade flows, financial institutions with emphasis on marketing communications ning, design, and implementation of quantitative and markets, and national economic policies and promotion. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. and qualitative research projects to obtain infor- affecting business in the Pacific Rim and the United States. *Mktg 547 mation from internal and external business envi- Distribution Strategies (3) ronments. Considers the evaluation and Examines the fundamental and emerging trends appropriate use of information, information in distribution activities of business enterprises. sources and research services. Prerequisite: Course analyzes the competitive advantage(s) ISQA 511, Mktg 544. associated with distribution strategies. Explores Mktg 565 trends in channel design, the changing role of Marketing Strategy and Decision Making (3) participants, channel relationships, and channel Develops the student’s ability to understand, communications. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. analyze, and evaluate marketing situations and to Mktg 548 develop appropriate marketing strategies. Product Management and Innovation (3) Stresses detailed analysis of marketing environ- Social-economic progress and the success of the ments and the design and implementation of firm depend to a great extent on effective product marketing strategies. Integrates a case study for- innovation and management. The course will mat. Prerequisites: FinL 561, Mktg 544. examine the key role of product management as Mktg 566 a central focus of marketing strategy. Major Global Marketing Management (4) topics will include: new product strategy formu- Examines and provides a framework for study of lation, marketing opportunity and demand the global marketing environment as well as the assessment, product design and development, management of global marketing enterprises and managing the product line, and organizational global marketing practices. Encompasses the considerations in product management. Prereq- preparation for global competition, assessment uisite: Mktg 544. of environmental forces, and strategic and opera- *Mktg 551 tional planning for marketing in the global envi- Managing Marketing Information (3) ronment. Also examines the management of Study of the uses and implementation of tools, international, multinational and global market- methods, processes, and systems for managing ing enterprises and their marketing activities. marketing information. Emphasis will be placed Prerequisite: Mktg 544. on the determination of information needs for *Mktg 567 marketing decisions, the methods, processes, Management of the Sales Force (3) and systems for effective and efficient manage- The course involves a detailed study of the sales ment of marketing information, as well as the management function. Issues to be addressed new marketing approaches and tools that utilize include designing the sales force, setting objec- information technology for marketing products tives, planning strategy, and controlling the pro- and services. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. gram. Additional topics cover managing the *Mktg 552 sales force: recruiting, training, directing, moti- Relationship and Service Marketing (3) vating, compensating, and evaluating sales rep- Course focuses on the understanding of the ser- resentatives.Prerequisite: Mktg 544. vice-profit chain and its links to customer satis- Mktg 601 faction. Producer-customer relationships will be Research (Credit to be arranged.) examined in terms of health service profits and Mktg 607 growth, satisfied and loyal customers, greater Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) service value. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. 186 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

MIM 515 MIM 547 MIM 575 Contemporary Global Marketing (4) International Trade Practices (4) Marketing in Asia and the Pacific Rim (4) The global/international marketing strategies Study of the practices of international trade. Study of marketing strategies and practices in and operations of multinational corporations Comprehensive discussion of the practical Asian and other Pacific Rim countries. Markets, (MNCs) are studied through assessment of inter- knowledge and skills required for engaging in marketing environments, and marketing prac- national markets, marketing environments, and international trade. In-depth examination of both tices in selected Asian countries are analyzed. various aspects of global marketing strategies export practices and import practices that Planning, and managing marketing strategies and marketing management. includes a practitioner-directed international and operations are also included. Prerequisites: MIM 516 trade practice project. MIM 515, 516, 523, 547. Contemporary Pacific Rim and World Affairs MIM 558 MIM 576 (3) Comparative Operations Management (4) Advanced Cross-cultural Communication (4) Study of contemporary political, economic, and The changing international environment in man- Study of the process of communication, its vari- social issues of significance to the Pacific Rim ufacturing will be reviewed through: compara- ous components, and how cultural, sociocultural, countries and their responses. How different tive study of process selection, facilities design, psychocultural, and environmental influences Asians and Asian governments view each other operations planning and control, supply logis- affect the outcome, including the role of non- and the world, politics around the Pacific Rim, tics, process benchmarking, technology manage- verbal communication. Analysis of successful regional and subregional cooperation, and Asian ment, international supply chain and customers, adaptation to new cultures, including developing response to GATT. quality management, and performance a communication competence in a new culture MIM 517 measurement. and dealing with conflict. While the principles of Accounting for Global Enterprises (4) MIM 564 cross cultural communication and adaptation are Study of international accounting issues crucial Global Human Resource Management (3) generic to all cultures, two cultural environ- for effective interpretation and understanding of In-depth examination of the management of ments, China and Japan, will be studied in depth, international business. Goal of the course is to human resources in the international firm. to develop cultural self- build a framework that can be used to analyze Course begins with an analysis of human awareness. and understand financial reports used by multi- resource management philosophies and MIM 577 national corporations (MNCs). Special manage- approaches to industrial and employee relations International Business Negotiations (4) rial and control problems of MNCs, including in representative countries. The integration of Examination of the issues and techniques of performance evaluation, transfer pricing, and human resource management systems in interna- international negotiations in a variety of business taxation will also be addressed. tional firms, including the creation of global cor- settings. Particular emphasis is given to estab- MIM 518 porate culture, and approaches to human lishing and working within international partner- Managing Multinational Organizations (3) resource management transfer across borders. ships. The course makes extensive use of actual Study of the many ways which business firms MIM 568 negotiation simulations. participate in the dynamic international arena, Managing Information Technology Globally MIM 578 and the approaches to intrafirm coordination and (4) Global Business Strategy (4) control. The management of a multinational’s Focus on the use of information technology in a Identify and analyze factors that have acceler- global employees is also examined, including competitive international environment and the ated the globalization of industries, define the the impact of culture on leadership, motivation, impact information technology has on interna- concept of a global strategy, and examine the decision-making, developing the skills of the tional business operations. The vocabulary and organizational issues that are central to enhanc- global manager, and the study of expatriate man- background of information technology issues ing the international competitiveness of a busi- agement. that cross national boundaries, and the use of ness enterprise. Address institutional contexts MIM 519 information superhighways to obtain critical that facilitate and impede the formulation and Government Regulations, Ethics and information and maintain business relationships implementation of global strategies. Explore the Multinational Transactions (4) in other countries will be studied and discussed. interdependence and interrelationships in three Study of the social, political, and legal context of MIM 574 geopolitical areas: the United States, the Pacific international business management through the International Corporate Finance and Rim with emphasis on Greater China, Japan and examination of the variety of means by which Investment (4) Korea, and the European Economic Community. the values of society and the actions of govern- Focus on investment and financing decisions of MIM 579 ment impact the success or failure of multina- firms operating in more than one nation. Topics Field Study and Project Presentation (5) tional business transactions. The complex include international risk and value analysis, Field study in China and Japan for two-and-a- regulatory and ethical issues that may occur in cross border capital budgeting and capital acqui- half weeks. Classes at Fudan University in the culturally and historically diverse Pacific sitions, financing mix, working capital manage- Shanghai and Waseda University in Tokyo. Rim markets will also be examined. ment of multinationals, foreign exchange risk Company visits and cultural study. Project and exposure management, estimating cost of presentation upon return to campus. capital international investment, international capital markets, and sources of financing. Pre- requisites: MIM 513, 517.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

PHYLLIS J. EDMUNDSON, DEAN CAROL MACK, ASSOCIATE DEAN 608 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION BUILDING, (503) 725-4619 www.ed.pdx.edu/

Graduate Programs: changes by the Oregon Teacher Standards Early Childhood Education and Practices Commission during the life Elementary Education of this catalog may alter the requirements. Mid-level Education Applicants for licenses must meet the High School Education—In coop- Commission requirements in force at the eration with appropriate depart- time of the license application.† ments The School welcomes all students to Specialist Programs—Administra- join in helping us reach our mission of tive Studies (Pp-12); Postsec- “meeting our communities’ lifelong educa- ondary, tional needs.” The faculty and staff are Adult and Continuing Educa- committed to the following guiding princi- tion; ples as we try to fulﬁll our mission: Educational Media; Counselor 1. We create and sustain educational envi- Education; Literacy Education; ronments that serve all students and Special Education address diverse needs. Initial and Continuing Licenses 2. We encourage and model exemplary M.Ed., M.A., M.S.—Education programs and practices across the life M.A.T., M.S.T.—In cooperation span. with appropriate departments Ed.D.—Educational Leadership 3. We build our programs on the human (Options: Administration; Cur- and cultural richness of the University’s riculum and Instruction; Post- urban setting. secondary 4. We develop collaborative efforts that Education; Special and Counse- foster our mission. lor Education) 5. We challenge assumptions about our The Graduate School of Education has a practice and accept the risks inherent in wide range of comprehensive programs following our convictions. leading to degrees and licensure. It is 6. We develop our programs to promote authorized by the Oregon Teacher Stan- social justice, especially for groups that dards and Practices Commission to recom- have been historically disenfranchised. mend teacher education and specialist 7. We strive to understand the relation- candidates for both the initial and continu- ships among culture, curriculum, and prac- ing licenses. tice and the long-term implications for Undergraduate students interested in ecological sustainability. pursuing a career in teaching should refer to the “Education Programs” section in this DEGREE catalog (page 112) for information regarding recommended preparatory programs PROGRAMS for elementary and secondary teachers. The Graduate School of Education offers All programs are fully accredited by the the Doctor of Education, the Master of National Council for Accreditation of Education, Master of Arts, and Master of Teacher Education and by the Oregon Science degrees in education. In addition, Teacher Standards and Practices Commis- the School coordinates the M.A.T./M.S.T. sion. Although licensure requirements are degree programs offered throughout the incorporated into degree programs, University.

† Because licensure rules are controlled by the Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices Commission, it is possible that licensure requirements may change. All persons expecting to be recommended for initial or continuing licenses should consult with an adviser or contact the Graduate School of Education Information Ofﬁce, (503) 725-4758.

188 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Admission. To be admitted to a grad- General Requirements. A mini- 2.School-level Administrative Specialty uate program in professional education, the mum of 135 credits is required beyond the Courses...... 12 applicant must first satisfy minimum baccalaureate. Students must either satisfy EPFA 530 School and Community University requirements listed on page 47. degree requirements in place at the time of Relations (3) The student must also meet the admission admission or, at the student’s option, may EPFA 609 Administrator Practicum (6) EPFA 610 Administering the Work Group (3) requirements of specific degree, license, or elect to apply requirements adopted after specialist programs which the School is admission. Continuous enrollment is 3.Educational Policy Specialty Courses ...... 12 authorized to offer. Detailed information required. EPFA 553 History of American Education (3) EPFA 554 Philosophy of Education (3) regarding admission requirements for the The equivalent of three years of full- EPFA 610 School and Society (3) various graduate programs is available time graduate study beyond the baccalaure- EPFA 610 Social Foundations of Education (3) from the Graduate School of Education and ate is required. A minimum of 72 credits Electives chosen from the following list:...... 6 on our web page at www.ed.pdx.edu. must be completed at Portland State Uni- EPFA 539 Program Evaluation (3) Graduate Program Require- versity after admission to the doctoral pro- EPFA 575 Law and Education Policy (3) ments. University graduate degree gram, to include the leadership core, EPFA 577 Cultural Pluralism and Urban requirements are listed on pages 53 and 56. specialization, and dissertation. Education (3) Specific Graduate School of Education 1. The Leadership Core. The leadership EPFA 593 School Personnel requirements for degree, educational spe- core is the common core to be completed Administration (3) cialists, or license candidates are listed by all students and is a feature of the pro- EPFA 594 School Law (3) EPFA 595 School Finance (3) below. Upon successful completion of all gram. With the exception of some options University and Graduate School of Educa- EPFA 601 Research (3) in the curriculum and instruction special- EPFA 605 Reading and Conference (3) tion requirements, the candidate will be ization, the core consists of the following EPFA 606 Special Problems (3) awarded the appropriate degree and be rec- 10 courses: EPFA 607 Seminar (3-6) ommended, upon request, for the appropri- Credits Total 24 ate license. CI 640 Principles of Teaching and Learning . . .3 DOCTOR OF EDUCATION CI 641 Research and Practice in Teaching and Postsecondary Education Credits Required Courses...... 9 The Ed.D. in educational leadership, Learning ...... 3 EPFA 620 Doctoral Studies Proseminar ...... 3 EPFA 607 Advanced Postsecondary offered by the Graduate School of Educa- EPFA 630 Educational Organization ...... 3 Seminar (3) tion, is the School’s highest professional EPFA 631 Educational Leadership Theory EPFA 610 Adult Development (3) degree. It is designed to help educational and Research ...... 3 EPFA 519 Contemporary Issues in leaders develop the capacity to provide EPFA 650 Politics and Policy Processes in Postsecondary Education (3) leadership that makes a positive and signif- Education ...... 3 Electives ...... 6-9 icant difference in the lives of the members EPFA 651 Educational Policy Analysis ...... 3 EPFA 516 Adult Learning (3) of the communities they serve. Emphasis is EPFA 660 Doctoral Research I ...... 3 EPFA 517 Policy and Governance in Postsec- on preparation for excellent professional EPFA 661 Doctoral Research II ...... 3 ondary Education (3) EPFA 533 Planning and Budgeting in Postsec- performance as leaders in education in: EPFA 662 Doctoral Research III ...... 3 Note: A revision of the Leadership Core is in ondary Education (3) public and private schools; community and EPFA 536 Postsecondary Curriculum (3) four-year colleges and universities; com- process; students should get the latest information from faculty advisers. EPFA 541 The Community College (3) munity, state, and federal educational agen- Further Study and/or Field Application . . . . . 6-9 cies; and nonschool settings, where 2. The Specialization. Four options are Internship (varies) appropriate. available to students: administration; post- Directed Reading (varies) In keeping with the distinctive mission secondary education; curriculum and Additional Coursework (varies) of Portland State University, emphasis is instruction; and special and counselor edu- Total 24 placed on the metropolitan characteristics cation. Using guidelines developed by proof the institution’s immediate environment gram area faculty, the student works Curriculum and Instruction Credits and upon the preparation of students for individually with his or her major adviser CI 610 Research and Resources in Curriculum positions of leadership in urban and subur- to develop the area of specialization. The and Instruction ...... 3 purpose is to provide depth in the areas of CI 609 Research Practicum ...... 3 ban communities. Research Elective ...... 3 Four specializations are offered: admin- special interest to the student. This requirement may be met through a combination of Additional Practicum ...... 3 istration, designed for those focusing on Integrative Themes for Change ...... 21-24 elementary and secondary education; post- coursework, field-based study, and directed The student, in consultation with the adviser, secondary education, designed for those independent study. will either choose an integrative theme to be working in community and four-year col- Administration Credits proposed as part of the program planning leges and universities and other settings Common Core Courses ...... 6 process or select an existing area of special- offering programs for adults; curriculum EPFA 610 Theory and Research in Educa- ization, such as reading and language arts, and instruction, designed for those inter- tional Administration (3) early childhood education, or educational EPFA 610 Social, Historical, Philosophical, media/librarianship. Examples of integrative ested in the improvement of both the cur- themes are: Learning and Human Develop- riculum and the instruction found in and Cultural Foundations of Educational Administration (3) ment, Inclusive/Multicultural Education, and educational settings; and special and coun- Choose courses from one of the following three Community and Environmental Renewal selor education, designed for those work- specialty areas: Special Education and Counselor ing in education and agency settings. 1.District-level Administrative Specialty Education Credits Courses...... 12 SpEd/Coun 610 Problem-centered Studies in EPFA 593 School Personnel Special and Counselor Education: Administration (3) Seminar I, II, III ...... 18 EPFA 595 School Finance (3) EPFA 609 Superintendent Practicum (6)

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 189

SpEd/Coun 609 Internship† ...... 12 requirement after admission to the doctoral Research and Evaluation—3 credits in College Teaching (3-6) program in one of three ways. All require (minimum) and/or in Supervision (3-6) three consecutive terms of full-time ‡EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research I and/or in School Settings (3-6) approved graduate study at PSU (at least EPFA 512 Principles of Educational Research II and/or in Community Settings (3-6) 9 credits per term). The options are: EPFA 513 Principles of Educational Research III EPFA 515 Educational Measurement Total 30 coursework, the study of practice (i.e., EPFA 539 Program Evaluation field-based work), or dissertation. Students The Cognate Field. Students in Organizational Systems—3 credits (minimum) are expected to carry less than a full-time administration or postsecondary education EPFA 510 Organizational Change in Education job assignment during the residency ‡ must complete work in a field(s) outside EPFA 520 Educational Organization and period. Foreign language competency is Administration the Graduate School of Education that not required for the Ed.D. degree. EPFA 531 Human Relations in Educational complements their degree program. The Organizations cognate might be used for several pur- MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER Adult Development—3 credits (minimum) poses: to gain further knowledge about the- OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION CI 561 Advanced Educational Psychology ories and conceptual frameworks The master’s degrees in the Graduate EPFA 510 Adult Motivation developed by those in other fields that have School of Education are designed for ‡EPFA 516 Developmental Perspectives on been or might be applied to education; to thoughtful and caring practitioners who Adult Learning develop in-depth knowledge of and skill have the knowledge, skills, and desire to EPFA 517 Adult Learning with specific inquiry methods; and to gain examine critically educational practices In addition, students must complete the greater breadth in related fields: 12 to 18 and work to improve them in ways that are requirements for their area of specializa- credits. conceptionally sound, ethically responsi- tion. Further information about each of Electives. Students may include up to ble, and culturally responsive. these areas of specialization may be 57 credits as electives. Electives might Educational Policy, Foundations, obtained from the Graduate School of include courses taken as part of a master’s and Administrative Studies Education. degree program, additional education The Department of Educational Policy, Curriculum and Instruction courses taken by those coming from fields Foundations, and Administrative Studies The M.A./M.S. degree in education in cur- other than education, and additional cog- (EPFA) offers a department-wide Master of riculum and instruction emphasizes profes- nate work. Arts and Master of Science degree with sional education. It is also designed to Comprehensive Examination. specialization in: educational administra- accommodate students in teacher education The comprehensive examination covers tion (K-12); early childhood administra- and educational specialists. both the leadership core and the major tion; postsecondary, adult, and continuing Requirements for the degree are: studies core and is taken in two parts. The education (which includes a special option 1. A program of study consisting of not first, taken when the student has completed designed for students enrolled in the post- fewer than 45 credits approved by the or is nearing completion of the leadership baccalaureate program in health care graduate adviser and department chair, to core, is designed to assess a student’s abil- administration at Concordia University); include: ity to integrate and extend knowledge in staff development; and research and a. A minimum of 21 credits in the the leadership core. The second, focused on evaluation. the specialization, is designed to assess a Graduate School of Education. The purpose of these programs is to b. A core of studies encompassing prep- student’s ability to integrate and apply the- prepare educational leaders able to respond oretical concepts and research results that aration in the areas of teaching and learn- positively, creatively, and proactively to the ing, curriculum, research and evaluation, inform the dissertation project. increasing diversity characterizing our met- human relations, and/or foundations of An alternative to the comprehensive ropolitan communities and to view diver- education. The precise nature of this core examinations is the writing of two formal sity as a foundation upon which to build of studies is specified by the department. papers and oral exams by an examining excellent educational programs for all Degree plans are written in cooperation committee. learners. with an assigned adviser. Dissertation. The doctoral disserta- All students admitted to the 45-credit c. Eighty-five percent of the required tion represents original and independent master’s program must complete a credits must be 500 level. inquiry which is a contribution to knowl- common Professional Studies Core, which d. No more than 15 percent of the pro- edge or is a constructive result of signifi- consists of the following: gram may be 800 numbers, if approved cance and value for educational practice. by the adviser prior to being used for a Students may elect to employ one of sev- Professional Studies Core —15 cred- master’s program. eral different approved inquiry strategies, its (minimum) 2. The graduate student will select one of including—but not limited to—traditional Foundations of Education—6 credits three options to complete the requirements (minimum) research designs and methods, ethno- ‡ for the master’s degree: (1) a thesis, (2) a EPFA 551 Social Foundations of Education or written comprehensive examination, or (3) graphic and descriptive case studies, policy EPFA 554 Philosophy of Education analyses, product development and field EPFA 455/555 Gender and Education an independent project. The thesis requires testing, and program evaluation. A mini- EPFA 456/556 Urban Schools and At-Risk an oral examination in addition to the writ- mum of 18 credits is directed toward the Status ten product. dissertation project. EPFA 552 History of Education Counselor Education With the following exceptions, the EPFA 553 History of American Education All students who are pursuing a master’s requirements for the Ed.D. degree are the EPFA 577 Cultural Pluralism and Urban degree in counselor education must com- Education same as the general requirements for doc- plete a 72- to 78-credit program. This pro- toral degrees at PSU. Candidates for the gram satisfies University and School of Ed.D. degree may fulfill the residency Education requirements and is a part of the

† Minimum of 12 credits. As part of each internship, students and faculty will attend an internship seminar. ‡ Required course.

190 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

requirements needed prior to taking the Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of SpEd 510 Job Placement and Training ...... 3 examination of the National Board for Cer- Counseling ...... 3 EPFA 511 Principles of Educational tified Counselors (NBCC) or of the Com- Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 Research I ...... 3 mission on Rehabilitation Counselor Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling . . .3 Practicum Sequence (Year-long): Certification (CRCC). Students wishing to Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum Counseling ...... 3 be eligible for the Oregon Personnel Ser- (concurrent with Coun 571) ...... 1 Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning . .3 Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 vices Licenses required of school counse- Coun 586 Psychopharmacology and lors will complete the Teacher Standards Mental Illness ...... 3 Internship Sequence (Year-long): and Practices Commission (TSPC) require- Coun 587 Mental Health Services ...... 3 Coun 509 Practicum: Internship/Supervision . .9 ments within their program of study. EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Master’s thesis or elective course from Special The primary purpose of the Counselor Research I ...... 3 Education ...... 2 Education Program is to educate competent Practicum Sequence (Year-long): Total 72 counselors for public and private schools, Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum Marriage and Family Counsel- community agencies and rehabilitation (concurrent with Coun 571) ...... 1 ing facilities. The program is designed to Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 Specialization. The program of study strengthen competencies in the behavioral Internship Sequence (Year-long): leading to an M.A. or M.S. in Education sciences and to broaden the students’ back- Coun 509 Practicum: Internship/Supervision . .9 with both the Community Counseling spe- ground in counseling theories and interven- Master’s thesis and/or supportive coursework cialization and the state-required Marriage tions, interpersonal relations, individual selected from Counseling Special Education, and Family Specialization totals 84 credits: and group processes, career and life-style Education, Psychology, Sociology, Social Work, or Anthropology ...... 8 planning, assessment, and specialty areas Course Requirements Credits related to their major. Total 72 Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments ...... 1 Students may pursue one of three areas Coun 506 Current Issues in Counseling Rehabilitation Counseling Spe- (electives)...... 2 of specialization within the Counselor Edu- cialization. The Rehabilitation Counsel- Coun 506 Legal and Ethical Issues ...... 1 cation Program: community counseling, ing Specialization prepares individuals to Coun 506 Substance Abuse: Community . . . . .1 rehabilitation counseling, and school coun- work in a variety of settings such as the Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum ...... 1 seling (Track I and Track II). state/federal rehabilitation system, public Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 Note: Students in all three specializa- and private rehabilitation facilities, and Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 tions must complete Coun 541 Introduction supported employment projects, with cli- Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II ...... 3 to Counseling and one course in psychopa- Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling...... 3 ents needing vocational and psychosocial Coun 568 Career and Life-style Planning . . . . .3 thology prior to admission or before enroll- rehabilitation services. Emphasis is on the ment in the fall term of the first sequence of Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of development of effective interpersonal Counseling ...... 3 coursework. Additional prerequisites are counseling skills, vocational development, Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 specified for students who have not taught and job placement skills in order to assist Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling . . .3 who are seeking admission to a school clients with chronic and severe disabilities Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in licensure program (Track II). improve the quality of their lives via self- Counseling ...... 3 Community Counseling Spe- sufficiency and economic independence. Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning . .3 cialization. The Community Counseling Students seeking national certification Coun 586 Psychopharmacology and Mental Specialization prepares individuals to work Illness ...... 3 from the Commission on Rehabilitation Coun 587 Mental Health Services ...... 3 as counselors in private and public commu- Counselor Certification (CRCC) as rehabil- nity agencies, community colleges, univer- EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research .3 itation counselors or state certification by Practicum Sequence (Year Long): Coun 509 sities, employee assistance programs or the Oregon Worker’s Compensation Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 private practice settings. Prior experience Department should complete the following Internship Sequence (Year Long): Coun 509 in a helping relationship is recommended 72-credit program: Practicum: Internship ...... 9 for individuals pursuing this specialization. Coun 573 Contemporary Marriage/Family Depending upon one’s choice of setting, Credits Systems ...... 3 the counselor should prepare to offer diag- Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments (concurrent †Coun 574 Family Development Over the with Coun 567) ...... 1 nostic and intervention techniques to the Life Cycle ...... 3 Coun 506 Legal Issues ...... 1 †Coun 570 Human and Family Sexuality populations seeking counseling services. Coun 506 Substance Abuse ...... 1 The program of study leading to an Across the Life Span...... 3 Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 †Coun 576 Human Sexuality and M.A./M.S. in education with a Community Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 Therapeutic Approaches ...... 3 Counseling Specialization must include the Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II ...... 3 †Coun 577 Advanced Family Therapy...... 3 following courses: Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 †Coun 578 Advanced Marital Therapy ...... 3 Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of Credits † Coun 579 Therapeutic Strategies and Counseling ...... 3 Family Transition ...... 3 Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments (concurrent Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 with Coun 567) ...... 1 Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in Total 84 Coun 506 Current Issues in Counseling ...... 3 Counseling ...... 3 Coun 506 Legal Issues ...... 1 Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning . .3 School Counseling Specializa- Coun 506 Substance Abuse ...... 1 Coun 590 Foundations of Rehab Counseling . .3 tion. For information regarding this spe- Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 Coun 591 Medical Aspects of Disability ...... 3 cialization, please refer to licensure Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 Coun 592 Psychosocial Aspects of Disability . .3 programs, page 194. Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II ...... 3 Coun 593 Case Management ...... 3 Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 Special Education Coun 594 Occupational Analysis/Vocational The Graduate School of Education offers Coun 568 Career and Lifestyle Planning . . . . .3 Evaluation ...... 3 Coun 595 Rehabilitation in the Private Sector. .3 comprehensive programs for the profes-

† Coun 573 and 575 recommended prior to enrolling in these courses.

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 191

sional preparation of students in special Program Requirements: Early Childhood PROGRAMS LEADING and Elementary Credits education. A master’s degree in special TO LICENSURE education may be completed in conjunc- CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 tion with state licensure in special educa- CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 GRADUATE TEACHER CI 513 Classroom Instruction and tion or may be completed independently. EDUCATION PROGRAM Technology ...... 2-5 For licensing information see “Programs Programs in early childhood education CI 516 Integrated Methods I: Reading/ Leading to Licensure: Special Education” (age 3-grade 4), elementary education Language Arts ...... 2-5 on page 196 of this Bulletin. (grades 3-8), mid-level education (grades CI 517 Integrated Methods II: Health, Students completing a master’s degree 5-10), high school education (grades 7-12), Science, Soc. Studies ...... 2-5 CI 518 Integrated Methods III: Art/Math/ must complete the special education mas- special education, and library/media are ter’s degree core program. The master’s Music/PE ...... 1-5 offered for students who wish to teach in CI 550 or CI 552 Student Teaching I ...... 6 core must total at least 12 credits beyond the public schools. Successful completion initial special education licensure and may CI 551 or CI 553 Student Teaching II ...... 15 of these programs culminates in a recom- CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education. . . .3 include electives. The master’s degree mendation to Oregon’s Teacher Standards SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional without Oregon licensure must total at least and Practices Commission for the Initial Learners...... 3 45 credits (which includes the master’s Teaching License. The foundation aca- CI 515 The Reflective Practitioner...... 3 core). demic requirements for issuance of a Con- Total Credits 56 Special Education Master’s tinuing Teaching License are also met in Core the Initial Program. A Continuing License Program. Students must complete a cap- is issued when a teacher has achieved all stone experience as part of their master’s three of the following: (a) earned a master’s degree. Prior to beginning the capstone degree, (b) verified three years or more of experience, students must take SpEd 590 successful teaching in Oregon public Applied Behavioral Research in Special schools, and (c) successfully documented Education and SpEd 591 Issues in Special achievement of the eight standards the state Education. These two courses and the cap- has identified for the Continuing License. stone experience constitute the required The dual Elementary Education/Special master’s core. A student must complete a Educator endorsement option is a five-term capstone experience by choosing between program of integrated coursework and field the completion of a special project or a experiences. (Contact the Graduate School master’s thesis. In addition to the comple- of Education for details.) tion of a written product, the student must Admission. The Graduate School of present his/her project/thesis to the faculty. Education has a number of general require- Students are required to enroll in at least ments for admission to its programs in three credits and up to 6 credits of Special teacher education including, but not limited Project (SpEd 506) or Thesis (SpEd 503). to: The master’s core coursework includes: Bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution SpEd 590 Applied Behavioral Research in Admission to PSU Special Education ...... 3 Cumulative 3.00 GPA SpEd 591 Issues in Special Education...... 3 Psy 311 Human Development (or equivalent) A combination of the following: Ed 420/520 Introduction to Education and SpEd 503 Thesis or SpEd 506 Special Society (or the equivalent) Project...... 3-6 C-BEST (California Basic Educational Skills Electives...... 0-6 Test) or PPST (Pre-professional Skills Test) PRAXIS Examinations Total 12 Early Childhood, Elementary, and Mid-level: MASTER OF EDUCATION MSAT (Multiple Subjects Assessment for Teachers) from the Core Battery Master of Education Degree Mid-level and High School: Specialty Area Requirements Test The M.Ed. can be earned by students Departmental recommendation (secondary only) who have completed PSU’s Graduate Proficiency in the use of computers is required. Teacher Education Program (GTEP). Specific program admission require- The additional coursework includes: ments and application materials are avail- Credits able in each department in the Graduate CI 510 Research into Practice: Theory ...... 3 School of Education. CI 510 Research into Practice: Project . . . . .3-6 Electives (approved by the adviser) ...... 6-9

Total required 15

192 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Program Requirements: Mid-level ment coursework. Contact the Graduate EPFA 467/567 ESL/Bilingual Program and High School Credits School of Education for details. Design and Models ...... 3 CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 CI 409/509 ESL Bilingual Practicum ...... 3 CI 513 Classroom Instruction and Early Childhood Education Technology ...... 2-5 (ECE). Portland State University offers a Total 22 CI 511 Classroom Management...... 3 graduate-level program for preparation and CI 519 Special Secondary Methods...... 3 professional development to be pursued EDUCATIONAL MEDIA/ CI 509 Practicum: Field-Centered Activities. . .3 solely to meet teaching endorsement LIBRARIANSHIP CI 521 Reading and Composition in the requirements or as an integrated compo- The program in educational media/librari- Content Areas ...... 3 nent of an M.A./M.S. program. A major anship offers a comprehensive course of CI 554 Student Teaching I, Secondary...... 6 portion of the coursework and practicum study for the preparation of students in the CI 555 Student Teaching II, Secondary ...... 15 meets the requirements for the Oregon area of media and librarianship. The initial CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education . . . .3 and continuing endorsements consist of a SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional Early Childhood Education Endorsement. The program is designed for those wish- planned program of coursework for regu- Learners...... 3 larly licensed teachers of not fewer than 27 CI 515 The Reflective Practitioner ...... 3 ing to add the ECE endorsement to an ele- credits for the initial endorsement and a CI 548 Advanced Secondary Methods: mentary or K-12 license and for those Specialty Areas ...... 3 pursuing a master’s degree in curriculum minimum of 15 credits for a continuing Departmental Methods or other course ...... 3 and instruction with a specialization in endorsement. An initial teaching license is ECE. available in educational media through a Total Credits 56 program of professional courses in curricu- Secondary education at Portland State Program Requirements: ECE lum and instruction and educational media/ University is available in the following The ECE endorsement program is a gradu- librarianship planned with an educational endorsement areas: art, biology, business, ate program of 18 credits of comprehensive media adviser. An advanced degree may be chemistry, drama, drama/language arts, coursework and 3 credits of integrated earned in conjunction with a licensure pro- foreign languages, health education, inte- practicum experience. The endorsement gram upon successful completion of a grated science, language arts, mathematics, courses may be taken solely to meet planned graduate study program. music, physics, social studies, and speech. endorsement requirements, as an integrated The primary purpose of the program is Basic subject matter endorsement require- component of the M.A./M.S. program in to educate competent elementary and sec- ments are outlined in the appropriate curriculum and instruction, or for an ECE ondary school library media specialists. An departmental section of this catalog. focus in other programs such as counselor individual program for each candidate is Advising in subject matter endorsement education, special education, and educa- developed with an adviser to ensure that areas is through the appropriate academic tional administration. the essential competencies required of department. Students completing the sec- Credits today’s library media specialist are, in rela- ondary education program are eligible to CI 570 Child Development and Education . . . .3 tion to the candidate’s needs and back- teach in grades pre-primary through 12 (in CI 571 Play: Curriculum in Early Childhood ground, included in the program. departmentalized settings) or five through Education ...... 3 CI 572 Language and Literacy in Early Prerequisites to Library Media 12 according to their endorsement areas. Childhood Education ...... 3 Coursework. The following courses, or Program Requirements: Library CI 573 Assessment in Early Childhood demonstrated equivalent knowledge, Media Education ...... 3 should be completed as preparation for See Educational Media/Librarianship for EPFA 529 Early Childhood Education: admission: Relationships with Home & Society...... 3 program requirements for the Initial Lib 425 Instructional Media and Technology SpEd 580 Accommodating Children with K-12 Teaching License in Library Media Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5 Special Needs in Early Childhood Education.3 or Lib 429/529 Books and Related Materials and for the dual teaching license in Library CI 509 Practicum in Early Childhood for Young People Media and Teaching. Education ...... 3 Program Requirements: Dual Ele- Initial Endorsement. Twenty-six mentary Education/Special Edu- Total 21 credits in educational media are required, cator ESL/BILINGUAL to include the following: The Graduate School of Education offers a ENDORSEMENT Credits dual elementary/special educator endorse- The Graduate School of Education offers a Lib 530 Literature Promotion Programs, ment option in a 76-credit, five-term pro- program leading to an ESL/Bilingual K-12 ...... 3 gram of integrated coursework and field endorsement for teachers already holding a †Lib 534 Administration of the School Library experiences. Students with these two valid Oregon teaching license. The autho- Media Center ...... 3 endorsements are licensed to teach both rized program is as follows: Lib 536 Design and Production of elementary (K-9) grades and special educa- Instructional Media ...... 3 Credits Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems tion (K-12) grades. Faculty from both cur- Ling 422/522 How Do People Learn a Second and Services ...... 4 riculum and instruction and special Language...... 3 Lib 542 Collection Development and education are instructors in this inclusion Ling 423/523 Taking Stock: Assessment and Evaluation ...... 3 program. This program reflects the rapidly Evaluation in Programs with Language †Lib 547 Library Media Instructional changing nature of America’s schools, Minority Students ...... 2 Programs, K-12 ...... 3 where students with disabilities are being CI 443/543 Effective Teaching Strategies for Lib 548 Organization of Library Media integrated into regular classrooms with Working with Linguistically and Culturally Collections ...... 4 increasing frequency, thereby necessitat- Diverse Students ...... 3 Lib 561, 562, or 563 Practicum ...... 3 SpEd 455/555 Working with LEP Children Continuing Endorsement. Forty- ing all school personnel to have a broader Who Have Special Needs ...... 2 professional preparation in working with EPFA 465/565 LEP School/Community one credits in educational media are more diverse populations. PSU faculty Relations ...... 3 required, to include the 26 credits required work with a dozen local school districts in EPFA 466/566 Impact of Language and for the initial endorsement and 15 addi- providing field experiences which comple- Culture in the Classroom ...... 3

† Field experience required in conjunction with class.

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 193

tional credits to develop further teaching Dual Teaching License in Educa- CI 516 Integrated Methods I: Reading and competencies in educational media. tional Media and Education Language Arts ...... 5 CI 517/518 Methods II or III ...... 5 Credits Students have the option of selecting a dual Lib 573 Advanced Methods and Procedures in licensure track with either an elementary 26 School Library Media Centers ...... 3 (68-69 credits) or a secondary endorsement Lib 574 Research Strategies for Library Media (65 credits) in conjunction with the educa- Secondary Education (23 credits) CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 Specialists ...... 3 tional media endorsement. This enables a Lib 575 Directed Field Experience ...... 3 CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 student to be a classroom teacher or a CI 513 Classroom Instruction and Two courses (6 credits) from the library media specialist. Technology ...... 5 following options for completion of the Credits CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education ....3 minimum 15-credit program: Lib 530 Literature Promotion Programs, SpEd 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners .....3 Lib 510 Multicultural Literature, K-12 ...... 3 K-12 ...... 3 CI 519 Special Secondary Methods...... 3 Lib 510 Contemporary Issues in the Library †Lib 534 Administration of the School Library CI 521 Reading and Composition in Media Center ...... 3 Media Center ...... 3 Content Areas ...... 3 Lib 536 Design and Production of Lib 576 Planning and Evaluation of Library 23 Media Programs ...... 3 Instructional Media ...... 3 Lib 587 Video Production ...... 3 Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems Note: For dual licensure of elementary Lib 588 Computers and Advanced Technology and Services ...... 4 or secondary education with special educa- in the Library Media Center ...... 3 Lib 542 Collection Development and tion see page 190. Lib 589 Creative Photography in Education . . .3 Evaluation ...... 3 Lib 592 Contemporary Children’s and Young †Lib 547 Library Media Instructional EDUCATIONAL Adult Literature...... 3 Programs ...... 3 ADMINISTRATION Required for the continuing endorse- Lib 548 Organization of Library Media Three authorized programs lead to institu- Collections ...... 4 ment, if not taken previously: tional recommendations for initial and con- Lib 554 Student Teaching I ...... 4 tinuing licensure of qualiﬁed persons for Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5 Lib 555 Student Teaching II ...... 15 positions as school principals and assistant or Lib 429/529 Books and Related Materials principals, and school district superinten- for Young People...... 3 42 dents and assistant superintendents. All stu- Detailed information concerning the Elementary Education (26 credits) CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 2 dents are required to have an approved program in education media/school librari- program of planned study, as described anship may be obtained through the CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 CI 513 Classroom Instruction and below, ﬁled with the Graduate School of Graduate School of Education. Technology ...... 5 Education. Admission requirements and Initial K-12 Teaching License in CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education ....3 detailed program information for each pro- Educational Media SpEd 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners .....3 gram is available from the Department of Students have the option of selecting a pro- Educational Policy, Foundations, and gram leading to a K-12 Teaching License Administrative Studies (EPFA). in Educational Media. The program includes educational media and education coursework, and a student teaching experience in the library media center. This enables the student to be a K-12 library media specialist, but not a classroom teacher. Credits CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 CI 513 Classroom Instruction and Technology ...... 5 CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education . . . .3 SpEd 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners . . . .3 Lib 530 Literature Promotion Program, K-12 . .3 †Lib 534 Administration of the School Library Media Center ...... 3 Lib 536 Design and Production of Instructional Media ...... 3 Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems and Services ...... 4 Lib 542 Collection Development and Evaluation ...... 3 †Lib 547 Library Media Instructional Programs ...... 3 Lib 548 Organization of Library Media Collections ...... 4 Lib 554 Student Teaching I ...... 4 Lib 555 Student Teaching II ...... 15

59 194 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

The Initial Administrator Credits Continuing Endorsement. In License Program , referred to as L- EPFA 506 Special Problems: District Climate addition to courses completed for the basic 2000, prepares individuals for positions as and Communication ...... 4 endorsement, 24 credits are recommended: EPFA 506 Special Problems: Crisis Manage- school principals and assistant principals. Credits This license requires completion of a mas- ment and Mediation ...... 4 EPFA 506 Special Problems: Superintendent SpEd 512 Assessment and Planning or CI 509 ter’s degree and three years of teaching and Board Relations ...... 4 Practicum: Reading Assessment ...... 3 experience. The licensure program itself EPFA 506 Special Problems: Collective CI 525 Issues and Perspectives in the Teaching may be completed as part of a master’s Bargaining and Contract Management ...... 4 of Reading ...... 3 degree in educational administration EPFA 506 Special Problems: Curriculum and CI 547 Advanced Methods: Reading offered by the department. Candidates who Facility Planning ...... 4 (Elementary) or CI 548 Advanced Methods: already have completed a masters degree EPFA 506 Special Problems: The Politics of Reading (Secondary) ...... 3 may complete the licensure program inde- Education ...... 4 15 credits selected from the following: CI 491/591 Enriching Children’s Reading .....3 pendently. The initial administrator curric- Students who completed an earlier CI 510 Language, Literacy and Culture...... 3 ulum includes: licensure program (Basic and Standard CI 510 Literacy Assessment...... 3 Credits Administrator, or Basic and Standard CI 526 Reading for the Creative and Gifted ..3 EPFA 510 Human Relations and Educational Superintendent) should consult with the CI 527 Enriching Reading in Secondary Foundations...... 4 Department of Educational Policy, Founda- School ...... 3 EPFA 510 Teaching, Learning, and tions, and Administrative Studies to deter- CI 528 Whole Language Approach to Curriculum ...... 4 mine what new license requirements must Literacy ...... 3 EPFA 510 Human Resource Development and be met. Lib 530 Literature Promotion Programs, Organizational Change ...... 4 K-12 ...... 3 EPFA 509 Administrative Practicum ...... 12 READING Additional electives in consultation with an The literacy education faculty have adviser. 24 designed a program which works to Note: PRAXIS Speciality Area Exam in The Continuing Administrator/ develop classroom teachers, reading spe- Reading and PRAXIS Professional Knowl- Initial Superintendent Licensure cialists, and district reading personnel edge are required. Program, referred to as the Executive whose practice grows out of a solid School grounding in theory and research and SCHOOL COUNSELING Leadership Program, prepares individuals reflects the best current thinking in the The School Counseling Special- for positions as continuing school adminis- field. This includes consideration of: ization: Overview trators and as initial school district ■ Current trends in reading and language The School Counseling Specialization has superintendents. This program assumes arts education. three options: Track I, Track II, and Licen- completion of the initial administrator pro- ■ The variety of methodologies and sure Only. gram or its equivalent, and one year of full- resources available for creating class- ■ Track I is designed for individuals time study (or its equivalent) in a planned room literacy environments. with two years teaching experience. licensure program beyond the master’s ■ Principles and practices of working ■ Track II is designed for individuals degree. with students needing extra help with who cannot document a minimum two There are two options for the comple- literacy. years teaching experience in a public tion of this program. Option I involves an ■ Authentic assessment practices. school or other schools approved by the intensive one-year cohort program. Option Teacher Standards and Practices Com- The following coursework is recom- II involves completion of the six modules mission (TSPC). mended as preparation for the reading listed below over a multi-year period. Both ■ Licensure Only is for graduates endorsements. Students should direct their options in the Continuing Administrator/ from an accredited master’s (M.A. or inquiries to the Curriculum and Instruction Initial Superintendent curriculum include a M.S.) program in psychology or social Department. district-level practicum integrated within work that required a clinical practicum Initial Endorsement. A minimum each of the modules: and internship focused on individual of 21 credits is recommended as follows: Credits and group counseling skills. Graduate EPFA 510 Curriculum and Instructional Credits degrees in teaching or education are not Improvement...... 6 Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5 or eligible for Licensure Only program. Lib 488/588 Books and Related Materials for EPFA 510 Communication and Conflict in All students are required to: Educational Organizations ...... 6 Young People ...... 3 ■ Pass the California Basic Skills Test EPFA 510 Education, Community, and CI 474/574 Corrective Reading ...... 3 Society...... 6 CI 516 Integrated Methods I (5) or CI 472/572 with a score of 123+ for entrance into EPFA 510 Implementing Standards-based Language and Literacy in Early Childhood the program. Learning ...... 6 Education(3) and CI 510 Teaching Reading in ■ Complete a school counseling work EPFA 510 District Policy, Planning, and Elementary School (3) ...... 5-6 sample and professional portfolio docu- Operations...... 6 CI 521 Reading and Composition in the menting the knowledge, skills, and EPFA 510 Legal and Financial Aspects of Content Areas ...... 3 competencies required by TSPC. CI 529 Administration of School Reading Education ...... 6 ■ Programs ...... 3 Complete a 600-clock-hour practicum The Continuing License for SpEd 563 Advanced Techniques of Reading . . .3 and internship over two years; intern- Superintendent Program builds on ship includes placement in an early the knowledge, skills, and attitudes devel- Total 20-21 childhood/elementary and/or in a mid- oped in the Continuing Administrator/Ini- Note: Completion of the PRAXIS Spe- dle/high school setting. tial Superintendent program. The ciality Area Exam in Reading is required ■ Have two years teaching experience. curriculum consists of six special problems for Oregon licensure. Students without two years teaching seminars. Much of this curriculum will be experience must complete a 200-hour delivered electronically, and students also teaching experience practicum and take will meet regularly to discuss key issues of a 6-credit course sequence. educational reform implementation. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 195

■ Pass the Praxis II: Specialty Area Coun- †Coun 509 Group Counseling ...... 1 Course Requirements Credits selor (School Guidance and Counsel- Practicum Sequence (Year Long): Counseling Core ing, 20420) test with score of 630+ to ‡Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 †Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments...... 1 be eligible for licensure. School Counseling Core Coun 506 Legal and Ethical Issues...... 1 † ■ Be fingerprinted and pass an anti-dis- Coun 510 Foundations of School Counseling . 3 Coun 509 Practicum: Group ...... 1 crimination test. Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations II...... 3 ■ After graduation and licensure, verify Total 36 Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I...... 3 three years of one-half time or more Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II ...... 3 Track I: Continuing School Coun- †Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 counseling experience in Oregon public selor License requirements Coun 568 Career and Lifestyle Planning . . . . . 3 schools or in Oregon private schools The Continuing License is issued upon Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of accredited by the Northwest Associa- completion of the following program and Counseling ...... 3 tion of Schools and Colleges as a must be renewed every five years. The †Coun 571 Group Counseling...... 3 requirement for Continuing License as Continuing License requires completion of Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling. . . 3 a school counselor. the approved M.A./M.S. in counseling, Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in ■ Develop a professional portfolio as a experience as a school counselor,¤ and Counseling ...... 3 school counselor with an Initial License completion of a portfolio documenting pro- Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. . 1 EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research. 3 as a condition for recommendation for fessional development as defined by OAR ◊ Coun 525 Guidance for Classroom Teacher . . . 3 the Continuing License as a school 584-070-0090. Coun 508 Effective Teaching counselor. Students must document pro- Course Requirements Credits (200-hour practicum) ...... 3 fessional development as defined by Counseling Specialty Courses...... 4 Oregon Administrative Rules (OAR) Program Core Coun 506 Legal and Ethical Issues...... 1 School Counseling Core 584-070-0090. EPFA 511 Principles of Education Research . . 3 Coun 506 Substance Abuse...... 1 School Counseling Specialization: Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of Coun 510 Youth at Risk ...... 3 Track I Option Overview Counseling ...... 3 Coun 510 Counseling Children and Youth . . . . 3 The program consists of 72 credits of study Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling. . . 3 Coun 510 Foundations of School Counseling . 3 Coun 508 Counseling for the 21st Century. . . . 3 leading to an M.A. or M.S. in education: School Counseling Core Coun 598 Consultation Procedures...... 3 school counseling specialization. The pro- Coun 506 Substance Abuse: School Counseling ...... 1 Practicum Sequence (Year Long): gram is for individuals with two years ‡ teaching experience. It may be completed Coun 510 Youth at Risk ...... 3 Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 in two phases: Initial License 36 credits; Coun 510 Counseling Children and Youth . . . . 3 Internship Sequence (Year Long): Coun 508 Counseling for the 21st Century Coun 509 Practicum: Internship ...... 9 Continuing License 36 credits, three years (Summer Institute) ...... 3 experience as a school counselor, and com- Coun 598 Consultation Procedures...... 3 Total 78 pletion of a portfolio documenting profes- Counseling Specialty Courses...... 4 For the Continuing School Counselor sional development as defined by OAR Internship Sequence (Year Long): 584-070-0090. License, TSPC requires verification of #Coun 509 Practicum: Internship ...... 9 three years of one-half time or more coun- Track I: Initial School Counselor Total 36 seling experience and documentation of License requirements professional development as defined by Students eligible for Track I may apply for School Counseling OAR 584-070-0090. A portfolio may be an Initial School Counseling License after Specialization: Track II Option completed with a mentor defined by your they complete 36 approved credits. The Track II students must complete the entire district of employment and/or submission Initial License is issued for a period of program before being eligible for the Initial for assessment by PSU faculty as part of three years and may be renewed once, after School Counselor License. The program the Professional Portfolio course. consists of 78 credits of study leading to which applicants must meet the require- School Counseling Specializa- ments for the Continuing License. the approved M.A./M.S. in counseling in education: school counseling specialization: Licensure Only Option Course Requirements Credits tion. Since Track II is designed for individ- Students enrolled in the Licensure Only Program Core uals who cannot document two years option must be graduates from an accred- †Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments...... 1 teaching experience, TSPC requires a 6- ited master’s program in counseling, psy- Coun 506 Diagnosis in Schools ...... 1 credit, 200-clock-hour teaching require- chology, or social work that required a Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations II...... 3 ment as part of their program. After gradu- clinical practicum focused on individual Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I...... 3 ation, the Continuing License requires and group counseling skills. Licensure Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II ...... 3 Only does not include graduate degrees in †Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 experience as a school counselor, and completion of a portfolio documenting profes- teaching or education. The program is Coun 568 Career and Lifestyle Planning . . . . . 3 designed to meet the requirements for the †Coun 571 Group Counseling...... 3 sional development as defined by OAR Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in 584-070-0090. Initial School Counselor License approved Counseling ...... 3 by TSPC. Students must complete 33 cred-

† Coun 506 and 567 must be taken concurrently. Coun 509 and 571 must be taken concurrently. ‡ Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling (clinic and school practicum experience: TSPC requires a 400-clock-hour practicum for the Initial License). During enrollment in Practicum, students will be expected to log 80-100 hours in the usual and customary role of the school counselor. ¤ For the Continuing School Counselor License, TSPC requires verification of three years of one-half time or more counseling experience in Oregon public schools or in Oregon private schools accredited by the Northwest Associa- tion of Schools and Colleges. ◊ A portfolio documenting professional development as defined by OAR 584-070-0090 may be completed with a mentor defined by your district of employment and/or submission of a portfolio for assessment by PSU faculty as part of the Professional Portfolio course. # Coun 509 Practicum: Internship (clinic supervision and school internship experience). Program requires a total of 600 hours of supervised experience in a public school setting. 196 PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

its in the School Counseling core to be eli- SPECIAL EDUCATION endorsements are replaced by the Special gible for licensure. Continuing License LICENSURE PROGRAMS Educator endorsement. As a result, Port- requires experience as a school counselor, The PSU Graduate School of Education land State University is changing its licen- and documentation of professional devel- offers licensure and endorsement programs sure programs to conform with the new opment as defined by OAR 584-070-0090. for: licensure standards. The Visually Impaired All students in the Licensure Only ■ Persons seeking their special education and Early Intervention programs also will Option must take the School Counseling endorsement who do not currently hold meet the new licensure requirements. All Specialization core courses. The Teacher any other Oregon teaching license programs are graduate programs offered Standards and Practices Commission ■ Teachers who hold a valid Oregon only to those with bachelor’s degree. PSU requires school counselors to have two teaching license in general education will begin implementing this new program years experience as a licensed teacher in a and wish to add the special education summer 1998. public school setting. Individuals in need endorsement Special Educator Initial of the teaching requirement must take the ■ Teachers who hold a valid Oregon Endorsement six-credit, 200-clock-hour Teaching Expe- teaching license in special education Program—Elementary (Age 3- rience sequence. and wish to take advanced specialty Grade 8) Students in the Licensure Only program coursework as part of their continuing SpEd 506 Specialized Techniques...... 2 are required to take the Professional Portfo- professional development plan SpEd 509 DFE I Low Incidence Disabilities. . .3 lio course. The Professional Portfolio ■ Persons who wish to complete a Master SpEd 509 DFE II High Incidence Disabilities. .3 course has been designed to help students of Arts (M.A.) or Master of Science SpEd 510 Inclusion Strategy and Transition document their professional experience and (M.S.) degree in special education. ProgramÐElementary ...... 2 coursework from their prior degree pro- PSU offers state licensure and endorse- SpEd 510 Instructional Methods IÐ Elementary ...... 3 gram. The purpose of the Professional ments in the following areas: Portfolio is to determine if additional SpEd 510 Instructional Methods IIÐ ■ Special Educator: Elementary (Initial Elementary ...... 3 courses, such as Multicultural Perspectives, and Continuing License) SpEd 510 The Consulting TeacherÐ are needed to meet the Counselor Educa- ■ Special Educator: Secondary (Initial Elementary ...... 3 tion program, and TSPC requirements for and Continuing License) SpEd 510 Instructional Technology...... 1 the Initial School Counselor License. Up to ■ Visually Impaired Learner (Initial and Ed 510 Reading/Language Arts K-12 ...... 3 45 additional credits may be required. Continuing License) SpEd 510 Instruction Planning and Classroom-based Assessment...... 3 Course Requirements Credits ■ Early Childhood/Early Intervention (Initial and Continuing License) SpEd 510 Student Teaching SeminarÐ School Core Elementary ...... 1 Coun 510 Youth at Risk...... 3 Special Education Common SpEd 512 Diagnostic Assessment ...... 3 Coun 510 Counseling: Children and Youth . . . .3 Background Required: SpEd 521 Behavior Management ...... 3 Coun 510 Foundations of School Counseling. .3 The following courses (or their equiva- SpEd 525 Student Teaching - Elementary. . . .12 Coun 508 Counseling for the 21st Century . . . .3 lents) and experience in education are pre- SpEd 532 Functional Assessment ...... 4 Coun 598 Consultation Procedures ...... 3 requisites for admission to the special SpEd 534 Functional Curriculum ...... 4 Practicum Sequence (Year Long): education licensure programs: Coun 509 Practicum: School Internship— Total 53 600 hours of supervised experience in public Bachelor’s Degree Special Educator Initial school setting ...... 9 Psy 311 Human Development ...... 3-4 credits Endorsement Mth 211 Foundations of Elementary Teaching Experience (if needed) Mathematics ...... 3-4 credits Program—Secondary (Grade 5- Coun 525 Guidance for the Classroom Ed 420/520 Intro to Education and Grade 12) Teacher ...... 3 Society...... 3-4 credits SpEd 506 Specialized Techniques...... 2 Coun 508 Effective Teaching (200-hour SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional SpEd 509 DFE I Low Incidence Disabilities. . .3 practicum)...... 3 Learners...... 3 credits SpEd 509 DFE II High Incidence Disabilities. .3 Earned Degree/Professional Review SpEd 519 Principles of Special SpEd 510 Inclusion Strat.and Transition Coun 510 Professional Portfolio ...... 3 Education ...... 3 credits ProgramÐSecondary...... 2 Experience in education such as: regular educa- SpEd 510 Instructional Methods IÐ Total 33 tion teacher, instructional assistant, substitute Secondary ...... 3 Upon completion of the Initial School teacher, special education teacher, community SpEd 510 Instructional Methods IIÐ program experience, or Mt. Hood Kiwanis Secondary ...... 3 Counselor License, TSPC requires verifica- SpEd 510 The Consulting TeacherÐ tion of three years of one-half time or more Camp (Applicants without experience are encouraged to enroll in SpEd 199/460 Outdoor Secondary ...... 3 experience and documentation of profes- Ed/Recreation for a two-week summer camp SpEd 510 Instructional Technology...... 1 sional development as defined by OAR experience at Mt. Hood Kiwanis Camp with Ed 510 Reading/Language Arts K-12 ...... 3 584-070-0090 for the Continuing School students with disabilities to determine if they SpEd 510 Instruction Planning and Counselor License. A portfolio may be wish to pursue a career serving populations Classroom-based Assessment...... 3 completed with a mentor defined by your with special needs). SpEd 510 Student Teaching SeminarÐ Secondary ...... 1 district of employment and/or Licensure For further information about the spe- Only students may repeat the Professional SpEd 512 Diagnostic Assessment ...... 3 cial education program, please call the SpEd 521 Behavior Management ...... 3 Portfolio course to submit their work as a Graduate School of Education for an infor- SpEd 525 Student TeachingÐSecondary . . . . .12 developing school counselor for assess- mation packet. You may also attend a gen- SpEd 532 Functional Assessment ...... 4 ment by PSU faculty. eral advising session in the special SpEd 534 Functional Curriculum ...... 4 education office. Call the School for days and times of sessions (725-4619). Total 53 Oregon has recently adopted a new licensure system for teachers. The new licensure system takes effect beginning January 1999. The Handicapped Learner and Severely Handicapped Learner G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 197

Vision Impaired Learner Initial SCHOOL CI 351 Endorsement Program Science, Social Studies and Health for Young SpEd 506 Specialized Techniques ...... 1 COURSES Children (5) This course will provide preparation for plan- SpEd 509 DFE I Visually Impaired ...... 3 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not ning, implementing, and evaluating developmen- SpEd 509 DFE II Visually Impaired ...... 3 offered every year. tally appropriate integrated teaching and SpEd 510 The Consulting Teacher...... 3 learning experiences in science, social studies SpEd 510 Student Teaching Seminar...... 1 Ed 407 and health for young learners, ages 4-8 years. SpEd 521 Behavior Management ...... 3 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisites: admission to teacher education; SpEd 525 Student Teaching Visually Ed 410 CI 251. Impaired ...... 12 Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 540 Education of the Visually Impaired Ed 420/520 CI 401/501 Learner ...... 3 Introduction to Education and Society (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 541 Implications of Vision Problems . . . .3 Explores the nature of public education in the Consent of instructor. SpEd 542 Assessment of Visually Impaired . . .2 social context of the United States. Purpose is to CI 402/502 SpEd 544 Methods of Teaching Academics develop critical ways of thinking about schools Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) to Visually Impaired Learners...... 3 as social institutions and as a means of cultural CI 403/503 SpEd 545 Orientation and Mobility...... 3 transmission and transformation. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 546 Braille 1...... 3 Ed 507 CI 404/504 SpEd 547 Braille 2...... 3 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to SpEd 510 Braille 3...... 3 Ed 509 be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) CI 405/505 Total 49 Consent of instructor. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Early Childhood/Early Interven- arranged.) Ed 510 Consent of instructor. tion Endorsement Program Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) Please contact the Graduate School of Edu- Ed 525 CI 406/506 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) cation for information about this program Student Teaching (6-15) (725-4619). Ed 700 CI 407/507 In-service Education (Credit to be arranged.) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Dual Endorsement Options Credits are for district in-service and are not CI 408/508 The Special Education program offers a counted toward a graduate degree or specialist Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) dual endorsement option in Elementary license. CI 409/509 Education (general education licensure) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) and Special Education, referred to as the CURRICULUM AND Consent of instructor. Inclusion program. A second dual endorse- INSTRUCTION COURSES CI 410/510 ment program is offered in Special Educa- Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) tion and Vision Impairments. These CI 432/532 CI 199 Computer Applications for the Classroom (3) programs include a dual student teaching Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) This course is designed for preservice or inser- experience. Students who complete these CI 251 vice teachers who wish to become comfortable programs receive two endorsements. Infor- Introduction to Early Childhood Education with the use of the computer to enhance class- mation about these programs is available (3) room teaching and learning. Topics include an This course will provide an overview of the early introduction to computers and technology in from the Graduate School of Education. childhood education profession, including education; review and curriculum integration of Continuing Endorsement issues, research, historical inﬂuences, programs courseware; use of word processing; designing for young children, and career options. Field The Oregon Teacher Standards and Prac- and using computer-based databases in the class- experience required. tices Commission (TSPC) issues two room; computer literacy; and graphics software licenses, the initial and the continuing. The CI 252 for the classroom. Portland State University Special Educa- Instruction and Management in Preschool Education (3) CI 433/533 tion program offers programs in both the Growth and development characteristics of pre- Computer Applications in Instruction (3) initial and the continuing. The continuing school children (ages 3-5) for planning educa- A comprehensive survey of the use of micro- endorsement is available for licensed tional programs, curriculum, instruction, computers in instruction. Terminology, educa- Oregon teachers who have added the Initial scheduling and environment, management, and tional applications, ethical issues, courseware, Special Educator endorsement either by parent communication. Field experience evaluation and selection, multimedia applica- passing the PRAXIS exam or who have required. Prerequisite: CI 251 or coursework in tions, management tools for educators, planning human growth and development. and organizing for school computer use, hard- completed an Initial Special Educator pro- ware selection, computer literacy and technolog- gram. Oregon teachers who have obtained CI 253 ical literacy, and network resources for teachers. the Initial Special Educator endorsement Preschool Programming (3) Hands-on use of the computer to review This course will provide experience and guid- have six years in which to complete courseware is an important part of the course. ance in planning, implementing and evaluating Prerequisite: CI 432 or equivalent. requirements for the continuing endorse- developmentally appropriate teaching and learn- ment. For information about the continuing ing experiences in preschool settings. Field endorsement (previously referred to as the experience required. Prerequisite: CI 252. standard license), please contact the Gradu- CI 350 ate School of Education (725-4619). Aesthetics and Physical Education for Young Children (4) This course will provide preparation for planning, implementing and evaluating developmentally appropriate integrated teaching and learning experiences in art, music, movement, drama, and physical education for young learners, ages 4-8 years. Prerequisites: admission to teacher education; CI 251. 198 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CI 434/534 CI 475†/575 CI 516 Microcomputer-based Management and Supervision in Early Childhood Education Integrated Methods I (2-5) Research Tools for Educators (3) Settings (3) An integrated approach to literacy development. This course introduces educators to important Integrates theory and research of adult and pro- Deals with processes of becoming literate, the and useful tools for classroom use and personal fessional development with supervisory models content of instruction in the language arts, and and professional use: word processing, database, and practices appropriate for early childhood methods for implementing an integrated curricu- spreadsheet, survey, and statistical applications. education settings. Prerequisite: Undergraduate lum. Includes field assignments in school set- Each class session includes demonstration and early childhood education coursework or teach- tings. Prerequisites: admission to the teacher hands-on use of microcomputers. Each student ing experience with young children. education program; Lib 490/590 or equivalent. will develop a word-processed document, a data- CI 491/591 CI 517 base, a spreadsheet application, a survey, and a Enriching Children’s Reading (3) Integrated Methods II (2-5) statistical document. Prerequisite: CI 432 or A study of the enrichment of children’s reading Students explore trends, practices, materials, and equivalent. through literature. An advanced course designed resources for teaching health, science, and social CI 435/535 for parents and teachers of nursery, kindergarten, science in the elementary classroom. Includes Audio-Visual Aids (3) and elementary school children. Prerequisite: content-specific methods and materials as well The development and use of audio-visual aids in Lib 428/528. as those appropriate to an integrated elementary education. Emphasis on actual learning situa- CI 511 curriculum. Field experience required. Prerequi- tions in which radio, recordings, films, slides, Classroom Management (2-3) sites: admission to the teacher education pro- pictures, maps, charts, etc., are utilized. Sources Principles and practices of K-12 classroom man- gram, CI 512. of materials and equipment; administration of agement and discipline. Topics include organiza- CI 518 audio-visual programs. tion and logistics of classroom procedures, Integrated Methods III (1-5) CI 443/543 communication and routine building, procedures Trends, practices, materials, and resources for Effective Teaching Strategies and Materials for prevention and resolution of disruptions, teaching art, music, mathematics, and physical for Working With Linguistically and problem solving, decision making, and multicul- education in the elementary school. Includes Culturally Diverse Students (3) tural and urban perspectives. Prerequisite: content-specific methods and materials as well What strategies and materials work in teaching admission to the teacher education as those appropriate to an integrated elementary children who are learning English? Become program. curriculum. Field experience required. Prerequi- acquainted with the current research on identifi- sites: admission to the teacher education pro- cation, development, and practice of develop- CI 512 Teaching and Learning (3) gram; CI 512. mentally and linguistically appropriate strategies Principles of human learning and related prac- CI 519 and materials to effectively engage Limited tices for classroom teaching. The psychology of English Proficient (LEP) students at all grade Special Secondary Methods (3) learning in a school setting includes both indi- Problems and methods in selecting and organiz- levels in the learning process. Special attention vidual and group generalizations. The roles and ing materials for instruction: comparison and will be given to students’ bilingual/bicultural functions of a classroom teacher as a facilitator evaluation of methods, laboratory techniques, characteristics as important aspects of develop- of learning, and a decision maker concerning supplies, equipment, or economy of time and ing successful curriculum. pupil needs and achievement. Prerequisites: materials. Prerequisite: admission to the teacher CI 458/558 admission to the teacher education program; Psy education program. Instruction and Management in 204 or 205, Psy 311. Kindergarten/ Primary Grades (3) CI 521 This course will consider growth and develop- CI 513 Reading and Composition in the Content ment characteristics of children ages 5-8 years Classroom Instruction and Technology Areas (3) (2-5) Course designed to help educators guide their and research on teaching for planning educa- Principles and skills for organization and presen- students in acquiring skills needed for adequate tional programs, curricula, instruction, environ- tation of K-12 classroom instruction. Topics reading, thinking, writing, and study in content ment, management, and guidance. Prerequisites: included are: student needs analysis, planning, areas. Emphasis on the functional teaching of admission to teacher education, and either CI direct and indirect instructional techniques, use reading and writing-the design and preparation 251, 252, or 253. of aides, assessment of pupil achievement, and of materials to use with textbooks in all school CI 472†/572 evaluation of teaching. Includes mediated subjects. Prerequisite: admission to the teacher Language and Literacy in Early Childhood instruction and preparation and use of instruc- education program. Education (3) tional materials. Prerequisite: admission to the CI 525 Helps teachers understand, assess, and promote teacher education program. early experiences with language that contribute Issues and Perspectives in the Teaching of CI 514 Reading (3) to the process of becoming literate. Prerequisite: An examination of the development of current Undergraduate early childhood education Multicultural and Urban Education (3) Principles, practices, promises, and problems of practices in the teaching of reading. The identifi- coursework or teaching experience with young multicultural education, with emphasis in urban cation of major trends and issues and a critical children. settings. Use of student and community diversity review of relevant past and present research. Pre- CI 474/574 to enhance subject matter, learning, and class- requisite: completion of student teaching. Corrective Reading (3) room life. Characteristics, opportunities, and The course is to help classroom teachers under- CI 526 needs of students in city schools presented with Reading for the Creative and Gifted (3) stand and give appropriate assistance to children examples of current effective practice. Political A study of the unique reading characteristics of experiencing difficulty in learning to read. It and sociological influences in U.S. educational the creative and gifted and an overview of psy- deals with the analysis and interpretation of chil- system, especially urban school settings. chological and philosophical understandings dren’s reading performance; the collection and Prerequisite: admission to the teacher education important for the teacher teaching reading to use of relevant background information; the program. these able students. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. assessment of reading potential; classroom diagnostic testing; planning and implementing activi- CI 515 ties to help children gain skill, interest, and The Reflective Practitioner (3) Perspectives and techniques for formal and enjoyment in learning to read; and methods of informal analysis, information gathering, deci- reporting progress. Prerequisites: a 3-credit sion making, value judgements about educa- course in reading, completion of student teach- tional practice. Prerequisite: admission to the ing, or equivalent. teacher education program.

† Restricted to students in the Child and Family Studies degree program. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 199

CI 527 CI 550 CI 567 Enriching Reading in Secondary Schools (3) Student Teaching I, K-Primary (6) Curriculum and Culture (3) A study of adolescent psychology and develop- Observation and some teaching under direction Understanding the cultural basis of instructional ment in relation to reading, and the role of the of supervising classroom teacher and University materials in curriculum development and teach- teacher as a resource. In-depth investigation of supervisor in conjunction with assignments ing and how the organization of knowledge in a approaches to literature and reading as an act related to methods coursework and diagnosis of subject area and the explanation of new ideas are and introduction to humanistic objectives, cre- individual needs. Prerequisite: admission to the influenced by cultural root metaphors. Planning ativity and value clarification through reading. teacher education program. and administering the instructional materials Prerequisite: Lib 429/529. CI 551 center in the modern school. The cooperative CI 528 Student Teaching II, K-Primary (15) roles of the teacher, administrator, and librarian Whole Language Approach to Literacy (3) Observation and teaching under direction of in curricular development and materials. Designed to give the rationale and theory base classroom teacher and University supervisor. CI 568 for the whole language approach to literacy and Direct responsibility for learning activities, The Curriculum of the Public School (3) to examine appropriate classroom practices and developing skills in techniques of teaching and Overview of the public school curriculum with materials for grades K-8. classroom management; related professional emphasis on the various subject fields; organiza- CI 529 activities. Weekly seminar. Prerequisite: admis- tion of the school for curriculum development; Administration of School Reading Program sion to the teacher education program. education objectives; the course of study; evalu- (3) CI 552 ation of the public school curriculum. The course is for current or future administra- Student Teaching I, Elementary (6) CI 570 tors, coordinators, curriculum consultants, or Observation and some teaching under direction Child Development and Education (3) teachers whose responsibilities will include of supervising classroom teacher and University In-depth study of child development theory, leadership roles in the administration of school- supervisor in conjunction with assignments principles, and current research, practice of wide or district-wide reading programs. It deals related to methods coursework and diagnosis of observational strategies, and application of with long- and short-term objectives, school individual needs. Prerequisite: admission to the growth and development data to educational pro- organizational patterns, staff competencies, teacher education program. grams for young children. Study will extend to materials selection, program evaluation, needs CI 553 decision making and developmentally appropri- assessment, and the use of community resources. Student Teaching II, Elementary (15) ate practice in early childhood education. Pre- Prerequisite: CI 474/574 or equivalent. Observation and teaching under direction of requisite: Undergraduate early childhood CI 530 classroom teacher and University supervisor. education coursework or teaching experience Courseware Design (3) Direct responsibility for learning activities, with young children. This course is intended for graduate students in developing skills in techniques of teaching and CI 571 education who wish to design and develop their classroom management; related professional Play: Curriculum in Early Childhood own instructional packages for use on the micro- activities. Weekly seminar. Prerequisite: admis- Education (3) computer. Each student will use principles of sion to the teacher education program. Study of stages of play, theory, and research on instructional systems design to design and CI 554 play, cultural differences in play, and adult role develop a lesson through the storyboard stage. Student Teaching I, Secondary (6) in facilitation of play. Curriculum will be The final step, writing the computer program, is Observation and some teaching under direction reviewed, developed, and integrated with a focus not included in this course. No programming of supervising classroom teacher and University on play for teaching and learning, for child-cen- skills are required. Prerequisite: CI 433/533. supervisor in conjunction with assignments tered approaches, and for meeting needs of spe- CI 545 related to methods and classroom management cial learners. Prerequisite: Undergraduate early Educating Early Adolescents (3) coursework and diagnosis of individual needs. childhood education coursework or teaching Focuses on the nature of early adolescence and Prerequisite: admission to the teacher education experience with young children. examines theory and practice informing devel- program. CI 573 opment of the philosophy of early adolescent CI 555 Assessment in Early Childhood Education (3) education, organizational structures appropriate Student Teaching II, Secondary (15) Study of and experience with a range of develop- for these learners, and the diverse roles of the Observation and teaching under the direction of mentally appropriate assessment strategies for middle-level teacher. Introduces students to the classroom teacher and University supervisor. use in diagnostic, formative, and summative curriculum and delivery methods appropriate for Direct responsibility for learning activities, evaluation of growth and development of young emerging adolescents. developing skills in teaching and classroom children and for appropriate educational deci- CI 547 management; related professional activities. sions in early childhood education settings. Pre- Advanced Methods-Special Subject Fields in Weekly seminar. Prerequisite: admission to the requisite: Undergraduate early childhood the Elementary School (3) teacher education program. education coursework or teaching experience Concentrated study of recent trends and recur- with young children. CI 560 ring problems in selecting, organizing, evaluat- Action Research (3) CI 580 ing, and presenting concepts, information, and Designed to help educators see themselves as Theories of Instruction (3) materials of instruction in subjects taught in ele- researchers, in order that they may conduct An investigation of what happens in the class- mentary school: art, health, language arts, math- research in educational settings that contribute to room, emphasizing the interrelatedness of learn- ematics, music, physical education, reading, the improvement of education. Research ques- ing, subject matter, and teaching; testing of science, social studies. tions and methods appropriate for practicing scholars’ and the student’s own ideas against CI 548 educators will be covered. concrete case studies of instruction; formulation and defense of one’s own theory. Prerequisite: Advanced Methods-Special Subject Fields in CI 561, 562 the Secondary School (3) Advanced Educational Psychology (3, 3) teaching experience or consent of instructor. Concentrated study of recent trends in the curric- Review and development of modern viewpoints CI 601 ulum and methodology of the subject area. in educational psychology with particular atten- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Investigates the problems and methods in select- tion to theories of learning and their application CI 602 ing and organizing materials for instruction, to school and educational problems; an examina- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) including integration of media, computers, and tion of experimental material that seems most technology. Separate courses in art, business useful and relevant to educational psychology. education, English, health, mathematics, modern foreign languages, music, physical education, CI 566 reading and composition, science, social science, Curriculum Construction (3) speech, theater arts. Evaluation of current curricular programs and trends. Techniques and methods of curricular improvement. Leadership in curricular improvement. Preparation of a curriculum. 200 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CI 603 biased and the convergence of gender, race, and Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) EDUCATIONAL POLICY, class in educational organizations. This course is CI 604 FOUNDATIONS, AND cross-listed as WS 455, may only be taken once Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ADMINISTRATIVE for credit. be arranged.) STUDIES COURSES EPFA 456/556 CI 605 The Urban School and “At Risk” Status (3) Reading and Conference (Credit to be EPFA 401/501 Draws upon theory, research, and practice for the arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) examination of the conditions of being “at-risk” CI 606 EPFA 402/502 in urban schools. Explores the family, commu- Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) nity, and school environments and their relation- arranged.) EPFA 403/503 ships in the hindrance of development of CI 607 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) children and youth leading to their “at-risk” Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 404/504 status. This course is cross-listed with Urban CI 608 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Studies. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) be arranged.) EPFA 465/565 CI 609 EPFA 405/505 LEP School Community Relations (3) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Learn how to work with families to overcome CI 610 arranged.) barriers to setting-up support systems in and out Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 406/506 of school. Access appropriate community CI 620 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) resources that can be critical for ensuring class- Doctoral Studies Proseminar (3) EPFA 407/507 room success with LEP students. Gain under- Inquiry of researchable problems in education; Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) standing about other culture’s orientation to education and school. Learn strategies to overview of methodology and design for policy EPFA 408/508 studies, ethnographies, experimental and nonex- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) build bridges between home, school, and the perimental research; the relationships among community. EPFA 409/509 theory, research, and practice. Prerequisite: Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 466/566 admission to the doctoral program. Impact of Language and Culture in the EPFA 410/510 Classroom (3) CI 640 Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) Principles of Teaching and Learning (3) Learn the importance of intercultural communi- Provides an organizing framework for under- EPFA 429†/529 cation in working with children from a wide standing theories and relationships between Early Childhood Education: Relationships range of cultures in today’s classroom. Survey With Home and Society (3) teaching and learning; theories, context and con- the cultural, linguistic, educational, and ethical Considers the sociology of families and commu- issues present in all classrooms today. Study the cept applications of teaching and learning pre- nities in the development of cooperative relation- sented relevant to K-12 and postsecondary sociological and language issues and immigra- ships with programs for young children. tion history. Learn how to identify and appreci- settings. Prerequisite: EPFA 620 or concurrent Prerequisite: Undergraduate early childhood enrollment. ate cultural factors that affect social adjustment education coursework or teaching experience and learning. CI 641 with young children. EPFA 467/567 Research and Practice in Teaching and † Learning (3) EPFA 451 /551 ESL/Bilingual Program Design and Models Introduction to the systematic study of teaching Social Foundations of Education (3) (3) and learning, including the review of leading Study of sociological theories that illuminate the Exemplary schools provide second language research and development programs; both class- effects of education on individuals and society. learners with a rich intellectual diet, not a reme- room and system-wide settings considered; Problem areas in race, class, and gender are dial or basic skills curriculum. They expect all attention given to leadership in practice and explored in the process of examining theories of students to achieve high standards in literacy and innovation. Prerequisite: CI 640. socialization, certification, allocation, and legiti- other academic areas. Learn how these schools mation and their application to historical and combine their understandings and apply the CI 801 current educational situations. Research (Credit to be arranged.) knowledge of local, state, and federal laws and EPFA 452/552 policies along with pedagogical considerations CI 802 History of Education (3) to create effective programs. Participants will Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) A general review of the growth and development examine a variety of local, regional, and national CI 804 of education in relation to the civilization of the program models for ESL and Bilingual instruc- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to times; emphasis is placed upon the development tion. This will create opportunities to develop be arranged.) of educational theories at various points in expertise in assessing the critical components of CI 805 history. programs serving pre-school through adults. Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 454/554 EPFA 497/597 Philosophy of Education (3) Administration of Early Childhood Programs CI 806 Study and comparison of the philosophical bases (3) Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) of educational ideas and of the educational Examines theory and practice informing the CI 807 implications of philosophical thought. administration/leadership of early childhood Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 455/555 programs to include: 1) organizational configu- CI 808 Gender and Education (3) rations, 2) leadership and the dynamics of the Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Explores the significance of gender in educa- work group, 3) developmentally appropriate cur- CI 809 tional work. The focus will be on the history of riculum, 4) interaction with families of young Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) gender arrangements in educational organiza- children, and 5) significance of poverty, race, CI 810 tions and the formation of gender roles in con- and gender for such programs. Prerequisite: Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) temporary American society, particularly in the child and family studies major or admission to family, schools, and the economy. Students will an education graduate program. examine differential socialization of males and females, ongoing practices in educational organizations that are gender-related and/or gender

† Restricted to students in the Child and Family Studies degree program. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 201

EPFA 511, 512, 513 to increase the capacity for the identification and EPFA 533 Principles of Educational Research and Data analyses of issues and the development of posi- Planning and Budgeting in Postsecondary Analysis I, II, III (3, 3, 3) tions relative to the issue. Prerequisite: graduate Education (3) Research paradigm; measurement and test char- standing. The course provides an introduction to an over- acteristics; planning and evaluation; library view of planning and budgeting processes used resources; identifying research problems; plan- EPFA 520 in postsecondary environments. Major emphasis Educational Organization and ning research; types of research; research Administration (3) is placed on key concepts and models and appli- designs, central tendency, variability and rela- Examination of the role, functions, and responsi- cations to institutional cases and on strategies for tionships; sampling, sampling error, and hypoth- bilities of the educational administrator; study of linking planning and budgeting functions. Pre- esis testing; crossbreaks; one, two, and multiple administrative and organizational theory and its requisite: graduate standing. group, and multiple independent variable application to the operation of educational orga- EPFA 535 designs; computer applications; information sys- nizations and school districts. Prerequisite: grad- Assessing Adult Learning (3) tems. Prerequisite: graduate standing. uate standing. Introduction to the approaches, processes, and tools that can be used to assess adult learning. EPFA 514 EPFA 521 Advanced Research Designs and Data Introduction to Educational Administration Emphasis is given to applications at the class- Analysis in Education (3) (3) room and program levels and to practices that Designs for multiple independent variables; Introductory course required of applicants to the themselves contribute to adult learning. Prereq- equating designs for multigroups; designs for Basic Administrator certificate program. Consid- uisite: EPFA 517. multiple dependent variables; follow-up proce- ers educational, social, political, economic, orga- EPFA 536 dures for multiple dependent variable designs; nizational, and cultural forces shaping U.S. Postsecondary Curriculum (3) selected data collection methods, including public schools and their administration. The course provides a historical and philosophi- questionnaires, interviews, observation, sociom- cal perspective on postsecondary curriculum etry, and objective tests and scales; computer EPFA 524 Oregon School Law (2) with major attention given to review and analysis application in the use of selected designs. This course examines the legal framework of the of current curriculum practices and issues. Prerequisite: EPFA 513. public school system in the state of Oregon. Attention is given to questions of outcomes, EPFA 515 Administration policies are analyzed from the facilitating adult learning, and the assessment of Educational Measurement (3) legal perspective. Compliance issues are dis- learning. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Minimum competency, norm-referenced, and cussed. Oregon Revised Statutes are interpreted EPFA 539 criterion-referenced tests; classroom student and related to school district and school building Program Evaluation (3) assessment; characteristics and levels of mea- operations. Prerequisites: EPFA 520 and admis- An examination of evaluation theory and surement; reliability; validity; interpreting test sion to the administration program. approaches and their applications in educational scores; standardized tests; constructing selec- settings. Emphasis is given to program evaluation and supply items; planning and constructing EPFA 526 Instructional Budget Management (2) tion and to understanding how the usefulness of classroom tests; evaluating test items. Prerequi- A course which studies the budget-making pro- evaluation results may be increased. Prerequi- site: graduate standing. cess at the district and building level; sources of site: EPFA 515. EPFA 516 revenue and fiscal expenditure policies are EPFA 540 Developmental Perspectives on Adult examined; plans are developed for translating Improving School District Programs (3) Learning (3) income into instructional goals. Prerequisites: Relating district policies, goals, objectives, and Explores professional applications of adult EPFA 520 and admission to the administration programs; characteristics of effective instrumen- development theory and research to facilitating program. tal programs; improving district programs, adult learning in a wide variety of contexts, EPFA 530 including needs assessment, policy and decision- including formal educational and training pro- making, goal setting, resource allocation, and grams as well as general environments such as School and Community Relations (3) An intensive examination of the school and its staff training; models and strategies for the eval- learning organizations. Prerequisite: admission uation of district policies and programs. Prereq- to a graduate program. environment. Major emphasis is on the linking mechanisms utilized by the school in interacting uisite: EPFA 520. EPFA 517 with parents, citizens, and special interest EPFA 541 Adult Learning (3) groups. Prerequisite: graduate standing. The Community College (3) An examination of challenges facing those who EPFA 531 An introduction to the history, roles, and func- plan, implement, and evaluate learning opportu- tioning of the community college. Prerequisite: nities for adults; alternative approaches and Human Relations in Educational Organizations (3) graduate standing. designs. Issues reviewed from perspectives of Issues and perspectives in group processes; educational program providers and adult learn- EPFA 553 models for studying groups; principles of group History of American Education (3) ers. Relevant theory and research will be dynamics; human relations within educational The historical development of the American edu- reviewed. Prerequisite: graduate standing. organizations; strategies for group problem-solv- cational system, from European backgrounds EPFA 518 ing and conflict management; application of and colonial beginnings to the present time. Pre- Policy and Governance in Postsecondary group dynamics to leadership, communication, requisite: graduate standing. Education (3) and decision-making within educational organi- EPFA 561, 562 An examination of theory and research that zations; evaluating processes and production of relates to how policy is formulated and imple- Staff Development: Planning, educational groups. Prerequisite: graduate stand- Implementation, And Evaluation I, II (3, 3) mented in postsecondary environments. The ing. Staff development goals; characteristics of staff course focuses on the policy and governance role EPFA 532 development programs; establishing a staff of faculty, administrators, and trustees at the development organization; policy and decision- single college or university level, and state and Administration of Curriculum (3) Provides a broad and critical understanding of making; identifying and responding to the con- federal roles in postsecondary policy and gover- cerns of participants; assessing needs; planning nance. Prerequisite: graduate standing. curricular matters that are relevant and important to administrators: 1) decision making about the and implementation of specific programs; net- EPFA 519 choice of content; 2) politics of curriculum working; formal and informal methods of evalu- Contemporary Issues in Postsecondary development; 3) implementation and monitoring ation; models for staff development; program Education (3) evaluation; management information systems; The course is designed to provide students with of curriculum at building site; 4) testing and alignment of curriculum; and 5) evaluation of evaluating instructional effectiveness. Prerequi- an introduction to the study of postsecondary site: graduate standing. education using as the vehicle a focus on some curriculum implementation. Prerequisite: EPFA of the more pressing issues currently facing 521 or CI 566. postsecondary education. The course is designed 202 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

EPFA 574 EPFA 595 EPFA 651 Supervision and Evaluation of Instruction (3) School Finance (3) Educational Policy Analysis (3) The role of the supervisor in keeping education An examination of the financial structure of Theory and practice of educational policy devel- geared to the changing demands of society; theo- school districts, the budget-making process, opment and implementation within educational ries of leadership; group processes and individ- budget resources, and allocation of funds. organizations; focus on the review, analysis, syn- ual conference techniques; action research and Includes study of Oregon’s system of program thesis of theory and concepts from political sci- related approaches to curriculum change; analy- budgeting. Prerequisite: admission to the certifi- ence and models of policy formation and sis of concrete supervisory problems. cate program in school administration. implementation. Prerequisite: EPFA 650. EPFA 575 EPFA 596 EPFA 660 Law and Education Policy (3) The Principalship (3) Doctoral Research I (3) The focus of the course is on the relationship Designed to develop complementary theoretical First course in a year-long sequence of three between legal decisions and the educational and practical understanding of the principalship; courses designed to provide the student with policy process. Analyses of the major trends to acquire knowledge and to learn practices and basic knowledge about the conduct of inquiry in toward “legalization” in education is central to skills needed to become a successful first-year education; focus on qualitative research. Prereq- the course. Attention especially will be given to principal. Prerequisite: EPFA 521. uisite: EPFA 620 or concurrent enrollment. the ways legislative, administrative, and judicial EFPA 601 EPFA 661 decisions and governmental organizations shape Research (Credit to be arranged.) Doctoral Research II (3) educational policies and programs. Prerequi- EPFA 602 Second course in a year-long sequence of three sites: EPFA 594 and admission to doctoral pro- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) courses designed to provide the student with gram. EFPA 603 basic knowledge about the conduct of inquiry in EPFA 576 Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) education; focus on survey research, computer applications and advanced statistics. Prerequi- School Buildings (3) EFPA 604 Study of the problems involved in planning, Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to site: EPFA 660. financing, construction, and equipping school be arranged.) EPFA 662 buildings. Programs of plant care, maintenance, EFPA 605 Doctoral Research III (3) and use. Analysis of specific district. Prerequi- Reading and Conference (Credit to be Third course in a year-long sequence of three site: consent of instructor. arranged.) courses designed to provide the student with EPFA 577 EFPA 606 basic knowledge about the conduct of inquiry in Cultural Pluralism and Urban Education (3) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be education; focus on experimental and quasi- This course is designed to explore the process of arranged.) experimental design and quantitative methods. education policy development and implementa- EFPA 607 Prerequisite: EPFA 661. tion in culturally diverse, urban environments. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 801 The course is organized around several cultural EPFA 608 Research (Credit to be arranged.) pluralism perspectives; among the topics to be Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 802 explored are the issues of socialization of the Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) child, governmental operations, educational EPFA 609 administration, teacher preparation and curricu- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 804 EPFA 610 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to lum design. Prerequisites: EPFA 594 and admis- be arranged.) sion to the doctoral studies. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 620 EPFA 805 EPFA 578 Doctoral Studies Proseminar (3) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Politics and Policy Processes In Education (3) arranged.) An intensive examination of political behavior in Inquiry of researchable problems in education; overview of methodology and design for policy EPFA 806 educational policy making. Central to the course Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) is a review of the increasing number of educa- studies, ethnographies, experimental and nonex- perimental research; the relationships among EPFA 807 tional policies which are formulated at the fed- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) eral and state levels and the impact of these theory, research, and practice. Prerequisite: policies on local school districts. Prerequisites: admission to the doctoral program. EPFA 808 EPFA 594 and admission to doctoral studies. EPFA 630 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Educational Organization (3) EPFA 809 EPFA 591 Organizational concepts and theoretical frame- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Educational Leadership (3) Analysis of leadership theories, skills, and tech- works appropriate to describing and analyzing EPFA 810 niques as applied to the organization and admin- educational work settings. Prerequisite: EPFA Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) istration of public education. Prerequisite: 620 or concurrent enrollment. graduate standing. EPFA 631 LIBRARY Educational Leadership Theory and EPFA 593 Research (3) COURSES School Personnel Administration (4-6) Leadership concepts and theories; emphasis on The role of administration in the development of the identification and analysis of significant edu- Lib 181 cooperative relationships, improvement and cational policy issues and problems of educa- Use of the Library (3) Initial training in the effective use of the Univer- direction of school personnel, both professional tional leadership. Prerequisite: EPFA 630. and nonprofessional. Prerequisite: admission to sity library and resources, such as the card cata- the program, or consent of instructor. Two 2- EPFA 650 log, reference materials, and electronic hour seminars plus arranged hours of field work. Politics and Policy Processes in Education (3) resources, including the on-line datalog, CD- Politics of education as a field of study; central ROM databases, and Internet. EPFA 594 attention given to an examination of interest School Law (3) group formation and articulation, the political Lib 401/501 Critical analysis of the legal framework govern- process and politics of educational decision Research (Credit to be arranged.) ing school law in the United States, with empha- making. Prerequisites: EPFA 620, 630. Lib 402/502 sis on contemporary legal problems of Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) education. Implications of landmark and current Lib 403/503 court decisions. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 404/504 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 203

Lib 405/505 uses of computers and technology in production. Lib 561 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Effective use of instructional equipment and Practicum Elementary Library Media Center arranged.) technology. Research of education technology (3) Lib 406/506 and communication. Prerequisite: Lib 425. A planned experience consisting of practical Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) application of the full range of roles and respon- Lib 541 sibilities of the library media specialist in an ele- Lib 407/507 Reference and Information Systems and Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Services (4) mentary library media center under the direction of a supervising elementary school library media Lib 408/508 An analysis of reference services and proce- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) dures. Study of print, nonprint, and electronic teacher and a University supervisor. Lib 409/509 database reference sources to include biblio- Lib 562 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) graphic tools, indexes, encyclopedias, ready ref- Practicum Middle or Junior High Library erences, biographical tools, geographical tools, Media Center (3) Lib 410/510 A planned experience consisting of practical Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) dictionaries, government documents, and specialized materials. Research in reference ser- application of the full range of roles and respon- Lib 425 sibilities of the library media specialist in a Instructional Media and Technology (3) vices and technological delivery systems. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. middle or junior high school library media Study of instructional media in the curriculum; center under the direction of a supervising computers and computer applications in educa- Lib 542 middle or junior high school library media tion; instructional applications of audio and Collection Development and Evaluation (3) teacher and a University supervisor. video educational equipment and materials; Principles and practice of evaluation, selection, development of educational materials such as and acquisition of all types of materials included Lib 563 in a library media center collection. Selection Practicum High School Library Media visual transparencies and graphics. Analysis of Center (3) role of the school library media center in the and collection development policies and procedures. Study of professional evaluation and A planned experience consisting of practical instructional program. Prerequisite: Introduc- application of the full range of roles and respon- tion to Education. selection sources. Field activities included. Pre- requisite: Lib 428/528. sibilities of the library media specialist in a high Lib 428/528 school library media center under the direction Children’s Literature, K-5 (3) Lib 547 of a supervising high school library media Materials grades K-5. Traditional genres such as Library Media Instructional Programs, K-12 teacher and a University supervisor. picture books, traditional tales, modern realism, (3) A study of the K-12 information skills program, Lib 570 romance, adventure, mystery, historical fiction, Contemporary Issues in School Librarianship science fiction, fantasy, biography, poetry, and including the development of a scope and sequence, effective teaching strategies, specific (3) nonfiction. Study of literature that illustrates cul- An introduction to the study of contemporary tural diversity. Resources for selection; awards skills instruction, correlation and integration with the classroom curriculum, and organization issues which impact the role and function of the and honors. Prerequisite: Introduction to school librarian media specialist. Students will Education. and development of a teaching program in the library media center. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. analyze critical issues and trends in school Lib 429/529 librarianship. Books and Related Materials for Young Lib 548 Organization of Library Media Collections Lib 573 People (3) Advanced Methods and Procedures in School A survey of books and nonbook materials suit- (4) Principles of organization of library media Library/Media Centers (3) able for students of junior and senior high school A study of the school library/media center as a age. Emphasis on selection and evaluation of center collections. Basic cataloging procedures for print, nonprint, and electronic forms of teaching agency. Designed to focus on the teach- books, adolescent reading interests, and reading ing role of the school librarian/media specialist guidance for curricular and personal needs. media using standard cataloging and classification codes. Application of online cataloging in presenting concepts, principles, content, and Lib 530 databases. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. techniques to students and teachers. Emphasis Literature Promotion Programs, K-12 (3) placed on instruction in library and research A study of techniques for promoting literature in Lib 554 skills; reading, viewing and listening guidance; elementary and secondary schools: author/illus- Student Teaching I (4) in-service for school personnel; and problems trator studies, reading books aloud, storytelling, Beginning student teaching in a library media involved in performing effectively as a teacher. booktalks, reading promotion programs, and center under the direction of a supervising Observation of library/media centers required. incorporating literature throughout the curricu- library media teacher and university supervisor. Prerequisites: Basic Educational Media lum. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. Observation and participation in teaching, Endorsement and consent of instructor. administrative and other responsibilities of a Lib 534 library media specialist. Opportunities for Lib 574 Administration of the School Library Media involvement in student learning activities, devel- Research Strategies for Library Media Center (3) Specialists (3) Study of the school library media center and its opment of teaching skills, basic skills in man- Advanced reference materials available in school integral role in the instructional program of the agement and discipline of students. Taken in and academic libraries, including computer data- school. The school library media movement. conjunction with Lib 547 and Lib 534. Prerequi- bases and network resources. Prerequisite: Lib Focus on the leadership role of the media spe- sites: admission to the program and approved 541 or equivalent. application. cialist; management of personnel; media pro- Lib 575 gram budgeting; facility planning; role of state Lib 555 Directed Field Experience (3) and national standards in planning, evaluation, Student Teaching II (15) Planned contact for school library media special- and development; other administrative areas. Ten weeks of full-time student teaching in a ists with professional librarians and/or media Field activities included. Prerequisite: Lib 428/ school library media center under the supervi- specialists in public, academic, special libraries, 528. sion of a library media teacher and university information centers, and other library or media- supervisor. Participation in a full range of teach- Lib 536 related settings. Directed field work and visita- Design and Production of Instructional Media ing, administrative, and other responsibilities of tions to various libraries and information centers (3) a library media specialist. Direct responsibilities will be the emphasis of the course. Seminar Study of the use of instructional media, K-12. for student learning activities, development of meetings on campus deal with topics related to Instructional design; criteria for quality print and teaching skills, creating a climate conducive for the field experience as well as intensive study of nonprint media. Production of instructional learning; management and discipline of students, related advanced issues such as automation, per- media including slide/tape presentations, video and related professional activities. Weekly semi- sonnel, and management. recordings, and advanced techniques for over- nar. Prerequisites: admission to program and head transparencies; graphic techniques; and approved application. 204 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Lib 576 Lib 804 Client-Centered and Gestalt approaches to coun- Planning and Evaluation of Library Media Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to seling will be studied; the focus will be on the Programs (3) be arranged.) three parameters mentioned above. Course con- Analysis of media center programs and planning Lib 805 tent can be applied to both individual and group techniques; study and application of media Reading and Conference (Credit to be counseling. Prerequisites: Coun 541, 542. center evaluation instruments; analysis and arranged.) Coun 552 development of library media center programs. Lib 806 Prerequisites: Basic Educational Media Theories and Interventions II (3) Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) This course is designed for those who wish to Endorsement or consent of instructor. Lib 807 increase their understanding of counseling the- Lib 587 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ory, interventions (techniques, strategies) and Video Production (3) Lib 808 research. The Transactional Analysis, Rational- Study and practice of video recording techniques Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Emotive, Reality and other cognitive behavioral including storytelling, various camera tech- Lib 809 approaches to counseling will be studied; the niques, editing, character generation. Students Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) focus will be on the three parameters mentioned will spend time in a recording studio in addition above. Course content can be applied to both to using the portable camera. Prerequisite: Basic Lib 810 Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) individual and group counseling. Prerequisites: Endorsement. Coun 541, 542, 551. Lib 588 PECIAL EDUCATION AND Coun 557 Computers and Advanced Technology in the S Job Placement and Training (3) Library Media Center (3) COUNSELING COURSES Techniques, training, and outcomes to assist per- An analysis and study of the role of computers sons with disabilities obtain and maintain and advanced technology (video disc, satellite COUNSELING COURSES employment. television) in the library media center. Adminis- trative uses as well as curriculum development Coun 199 Coun 559 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) will be studied for the technology. Prerequisite: Professional Practices: Rehabilitation of the Basic Endorsement. Coun 401/501 Blind (3) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Overview of blindness and the blindness deliv- Lib 589 ery systems. Roles and responsibilities of those Creative Photography in Education (3) Coun 402/502 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) working in social, psychological, educational, A study of photographic processes to include recreational and vocational settings are empha- Coun 403/503 photography without a camera, basic animation sized. Issues and field overviews. techniques, and darkroom techniques. Analysis Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) of completed photographs in terms of composi- Coun 405/505 Coun 567 tion, style, and technique will also be studied. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Using Tests in Counseling (3) The course is a graduate level introduction to All techniques will be related to classroom arranged.) testing. It offers the student the option of test instruction in the elementary and secondary Coun 406/506 usage in the counseling process and introduces schools. Prerequisite: Basic Endorsement. Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) issues related to such usage. In addition, the Lib 592 Coun 407/507 course acquaints the student, through hands-on Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Contemporary Children’s and Young Adult experience, with test taking, scoring, norming, Literature (3) Coun 408/508 profiling and interpreting. Prerequisite: Coun An analysis and study of contemporary chil- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) 541. dren’s and young adult literature. A study of Coun 409/509 trends and styles in modern literature. Includes Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Coun 568 picture books, fiction, and nonfiction. Contem- Career and Lifestyle Planning (3) Coun 410/510 This course examines the theoretical research porary authors and illustrators featured. Prereq- Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) uisite: Lib 428/528 or equivalent. foundation for career choices, factors that influ- Coun 425/525 ence choices, the role of information, the skills Lib 601 Guidance for the Classroom Teacher (3) and practices of effective helpers, the explora- Research (Credit to be arranged.) A study of the responsibilities and procedures of tion/testing/labor market information sources Lib 602 teachers for guiding students at all levels in which contribute to the value choices that are Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) becoming more effective and capable persons. made, and related issues and problems. Prerequi- Lib 603 Prerequisites: completion of 135 credits; student site: admission to the program and Coun 541. Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) teaching or teaching experience. Coun 569 Lib 604 Coun 441/541 Developmental Foundations of Counseling (3) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Introduction to Counseling (3) Theoretical overview of life-span growth and be arranged.) The need for counseling services in schools; development, emphasizing cognitive-intellec- Lib 605 tests, inventories, questionnaires, and records; tual, cognitive-moral, emotional-self, and social Reading and Conference (Credit to be the role of the home and the community in coun- aspects of developmental growth in the human arranged.) seling; individual and group counseling; consul- being. Emphasis on translating theory into prac- Lib 606 tation; career counseling; orientation to tice through a “person-environment interaction” Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) professional groups, ethics, and current issues conception of counseling, consultation, and edu- Lib 607 and trends. Prerequisite: completion of 135 cred- cational intervention. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) its. Lib 608 Coun 542, 543 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Interpersonal Relations I, II (3, 3) Development of the self. Emphasis on creative Lib 609 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) growth and the nature of interaction with others. Communication and belief systems in relation to Lib 610 self-acceptance. To be taken sequentially. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 801 Coun 551 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Theories and Interventions I (3) This course is designed for those who wish to Lib 802 increase their understanding of counseling the- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) ory, interventions (techniques, strategies) and research. The Psychoanalytic Jungian, Adlerian, G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 205

Coun 570 Coun 578 Coun 591 Human and Family Sexuality Across the Life Advanced Marital Therapy (3) Medical Aspects of Disability (3) Span (3) Students learn to conceptualize and intervene Covers the most common physical, sensory, and Examines the expression of human sexuality and systematically with couple units. Attention is mental disabilities encountered by the rehabilita- intimacy and how sexual knowledge, attitudes, given to maintaining therapeutic balance, devel- tion professional. The major symptomatology, and behaviors are learned and developed across oping an intersystem treatment plan, and asking diagnostic procedures, treatment modalities, the family life span. Review recent research and systemic/interactional questions. A major functional implications, and psychosocial and theory about gender and sexuality. emphasis is supervised skill practice through vocational correlates of each disabling condition Coun 571 role play. will be discussed. Prerequisite: Coun 590. Group Counseling (3) Coun 579 Coun 592 This course includes the study of group guid- Therapeutic Strategies and Family Psychosocial Aspects of Disability (3) ance, group counseling, and group therapy in Transitions (3) Covers the psychological and social aspects of both school and agency settings. Topics such as Intended for graduate students taking the MFT adjustment and adaptation to a variety of dis- membership roles, leadership styles, stages of series, this course analyzes current therapeutic abling conditions. Theoretical and practical group life, nonverbal communication in groups, assessment tools and interventions grounded in issues relating to various types of physical, psy- ethical and professional issues relating to systemic theory/research as they pertain to chiatric, mental and social disabilities will be groups, theoretical models for group work, family transitions. Success in this course builds examined and discussed. Prerequisite: Coun 590. group practice with special groups, and research upon requisite mastery of major systemic con- Coun 593 on group process and outcome will be presented. cepts that have to do with systemic function, Case Management (3) Students enrolled in the course also will be structure, and motivation as related to assessing Students will study case management systems expected to participate in a co-facilitated, ongo- similarities and differences between normative and skills as used in both public and private ing small group experience which will require and paranormative marriage and family life tran- rehabilitation and related other human service sensitivity to the contributions of other group sitions. Appropriate systemic assessment inte- agencies. Topics covered include case identifica- members. Prerequisites: Coun 541, 542, 551, grates with systemic therapeutic interventions in tion, referral, eligibility determination, assess- 552. resolving crisis resulting from family transi- ment, goal setting, plan development, Coun 573 tional difficulty, chronic illness, divorce, separa- intervention strategies, case monitoring, inter- Contemporary Marriage and Family Systems tion, remarriage, death. agency coordination, advocacy, promotion of (3) Coun 581 self-advocacy by client, software systems, infor- Focus on contemporary marriage and family sys- Multicultural Perspectives in Counseling (3) mation flow, organizational structures, time tems as they exist in American society today. A study of the human, ecological and societal management, critical case management skills, Explore the past, present, and future of these forces influencing the provision of counseling funding sources and billing, as well as other systems, including changing demographics and services to culturally diverse students and other topics of interest to the student. Prerequisite: their implications for professionals. clients in educational and community settings. Coun 590. Coun 574 Current issues, problems and trends will be Coun 594 Family Development Over the Life Cycle (3) examined. Increased competence in individual Occupational Analysis/Vocational Evaluation Intended for graduate students taking the MFT and group counseling strategies and techniques (3) series, this course examines family development will be emphasized, using didactic and experien- Content and experiences presented through this as a foundational framework for family therapy. tial approaches. Prerequisite: Coun 541. course are design to familiarize the student with The developmental context provides opportunity Coun 585 the basic principles and imperatives of occupa- to consider symptoms and dysfunction as related Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (3) tional analysis and vocational evaluation and to tasks and challenges of reorganization at tran- Examines major approaches to diagnosis of psy- how these are applied and used in real world set- sition points. chiatric impairment. Emphasis is placed on the tings. Didactic instruction, experiential research, Coun 575 classification system outlined in the current and collegial participation will be used to help Marriage and Family Counseling (3) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, and on appli- students integrate course teachings into a core of This course constitutes an introduction to the cation of the bio-psycho-social model to client personal and professional understanding which theory and methodology of marriage and family assessment, goal-setting, and treatment plan- can then be applied to many different settings or counseling. Attention is given to the major ning. Prerequisite: Coun 541. systems. Prerequisite: Coun 590. family interactional patterns which lead to Coun 586 Coun 595 family system breakdowns as well as the devel- Psychopharmacology and Mental Illness (3) Rehabilitation in the Private Sector (3) opment of skills in the identification of such pat- Examines important psychotropic medications Covers private sector rehabilitation, the private terns. Family process assessment techniques, and their therapeutic applications. Drug efficacy, rehabilitation practitioner’s relationship to the beginning work with families, dealing with side effects, treatment of specific disorders such client, the insurer, the insurance system, and resistance in family counseling, use of “self,” as anxiety and mood disorders, psychoactive workers’ compensation. Prerequisite: Coun 590 doubling, sculpting, etc., are interventions which substance use disorders, and schizophrenia. Coun 598 are taught using an experiential format. Prereq- Prerequisite: Coun 541. Consultation Procedures (3) uisite: Soc 461. Coun 587 This course introduces professional helpers to Coun 576 Mental Health Services (3) the assumptions, knowledge, goals, and proce- Human Sexuality and Therapeutic Examines community mental health movement, dures associated with the intervention strategy Approaches (3) policy, service sequence, and related legislation; known as consultation. Consultation differs from Therapeutic approaches to sexual problems organization and delivery of mental health ser- counseling (a first-order intervention directly (common psychosexual disorders, sexual com- vices at the federal, state, and local levels; influ- involving the counselor and client) in that it pulsion, and sexual symptoms of sexual abuse) ences and trends in service delivery. involves three parties: the consultant, consultee, from Freudian, psychodynamic, behavioral/cog- Prerequisite: Coun 541. and target (a second-order intervention). Atten- nitive systems, post-modern, “sexual crucible,” Coun 590 tion is given to systems theory and the facilita- and EMDR will be discussed. Foundation of Rehabilitation Counseling (3) tion of planned changed, models and strategies Coun 577 Introductory course for students pursuing gradu- of consultation, and the role of consultant in dif- Advanced Family Therapy (3) ate study in rehabilitation counseling and is also fering settings (schools, agencies, court, etc.). Analyze the range of normative/paranormative oriented toward students with a more peripheral Students are required to plan and implement a problems experienced by family members, par- interest in related human service fields. Intended consultation as a field project. Prerequisites: ticularly in parental and parent/child relation- to provide a broad overview of the profession of Coun 541, 542. ships. Examine family case studies and rehabilitation counseling with an emphasis on participate in role playing activities geared to both theoretical and practical aspects of the field. enhance family therapy skills. This course is a Prerequisite: Psy 534 or Coun 541. prerequisite for the internship. 206 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Coun 601 SpEd 408/508 SpEd 512 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Assessment and Planning: Handicapped Coun 602 SpEd 409/509 Learner (3) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) An examination and application of diagnostic Consent of instructor. and assessment instruments used to appraise Coun 603 exceptional children. Course provides functional Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 410/510 knowledge of academic skill evaluation, psycho- Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) Coun 604 motor evaluation, and social/emotional evalua- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to SpEd 418/518 tion instruments. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 be arranged.) Survey of Exceptional Learners (3) and admission to certificate program. Coun 605 Overview of working with exceptional individu- Reading and Conference (Credit to be als, including special education and multicul- SpEd 513 arranged.) tural differences. Nature of diversities (including Instruction and Programming: Handicapped the talented and gifted) and educational ramifi- Learner (3) Coun 606 Comprehensive study of methodological consid- cations for the teacher. Prerequisite: Psy 311. Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be erations in how to organize and prepare class- arranged.) SpEd 455/555 room environment to facilitate learning. Primary Coun 607 Working With LEP Children Who Have emphasis on designing instructional programs, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Special Needs (2) knowledge of instructional programs, describ- Examine the current research in special educa- Coun 608 ing and analyzing observational information, tion and see where it is appropriate in working Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) conducting task analytical diagnosis of behavior with the Limited English Proficient (LEP) child. Coun 609 problems, and managing behavior in instruc- Consider issues including testing and diagnosis, Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) tional settings. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and appropriate teaching material and method, and admission to certificate program. Coun 610 placement. Discuss political, social, and commu- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) nity concerns in working with LEP students with SpEd 514 Coun 801 special needs. Methods of Teaching Academics: Research (Credit to be arranged.) Handicapped Learner (3) SpEd 460/560 Emphasis on instructional programming and Coun 802 Outdoor Education/Recreation With Persons Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) teaching techniques for implementing language With Disabilities (6) arts, reading, and mathematics curricula for stu- Coun 804 Course provides a supervised practicum in a dents with disabilities. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/ Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to variety of outdoor activities with children, youth, 518 and admission to certificate program. be arranged.) and adults with disabilities. Students serve as Coun 805 counselor trainees, under the guidance of experi- SpEd 515 Reading and Conference (Credit to be enced outdoor specialists and teachers in a resi- Methods of Teaching Life Skills (3) arranged.) dential program located at the Mt. Hood Kiwanis Emphasis on life skills programming and teach- Coun 806 Camp. Emphasis on learning from and about ing techniques for implementing the functional Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) persons with disabilities, teamwork within living curriculum. These curriculum areas include: Coun 807 groups, and developing outdoor and leadership communication, leisure education, vocational, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) skills. gross/fine motor, social/sexual and self-help for students with disabilities. Prerequisites: SpEd Coun 808 SpEd 480†/580 418/518 and admission to certificate program. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Accommodating Children With Special Needs Coun 809 in Early Childhood Education (3) SpEd 516 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Provides preparation for accommodating young Consulting and Team Planning (3) children with special needs in early childhood A study of practices and techniques for imple- Coun 810 menting a transdisciplinary team approach to Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) education settings. Focus on assessment, program planning and adaptation, program plan- collaborating with parents, related service staff, SPECIAL EDUCATION ning, family involvement, and mainstreaming regular educators, administrators, and medical COURSES approaches. Prerequisite: Undergraduate early personnel. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and SpEd 199 childhood education coursework or teaching admission to certificate program. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) experience with young children. SpEd 519 SpEd 401/501 SpEd 481/581 Principles of Special Education (3) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Family Guided Early Intervention (3) Prepares students entering special education with basic knowledge, skills, and values neces- SpEd 402/502 Develops knowledge and skills necessary for Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) providing early intervention services to infants sary for future success in their profession. Major and toddlers with developmental delay/disabili- overview of theory and research underlying SpEd 403/503 delivery of special education services in the Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) ties and their families. public schools. Intensive study of career plan- SpEd 404/504 SpEd 482/582 ning, graduate writing and research, information Specialized Techniques: Early Intervention/ Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to systems, current legislation, teaching and learn- be arranged.) Early Childhood Special Education (3, 3) ing theory, curricular models, and professional SpEd 405/505 Develops specialized knowledge and skills necessary for providing early intervention and early ethics and standards. Pre- or co-requisite: SpEd Reading and Conference (Credit to be 418/518. arranged.) childhood special education services to infants, SpEd 406/506 toddlers, and preschool children with severe and Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) multiple disabilities, including children with physical and sensory impairments, children with SpEd 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) health impairments, and children with autism.

† Restricted to students in the Child and Family Studies degree program. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 207

SpEd 521 SpEd 540 SpEd 551 Behavior Management in the Classroom (3) Education of the Visually Impaired Learner Job Search Education (3) Primary emphasis will be on observation of (3) Course designed to teach the latest job finding classroom behavior with concomitant develop- Beginning with a historical background of the and leisure search techniques and to improve ment of alternatives for intervention in helping education of the visually disabled, this course students’ ability to teach job/leisure finding to children develop more appropriate behavioral provides an overview of basic information about high school pupils. Course combines lecture and skills. visually impaired children and youth. Basic pro- hands-on experiences. Training for teachers and SpEd 525 gramming components and implications for con- counselors in community agencies. Prerequisite: Student Teaching (6-12) ceptual and motoric development. Basic SpEd 418/518. Observation and teaching under the direction of curricular components necessary for the visually SpEd 552 a supervising teacher. Opportunities for assum- impaired, leading to transition from school to Sex Education for the Handicapped (3) ing direct responsibility for the learning activi- adult life. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and Course examines values and attitudes behind ties of the disabled learner, for developing skill admission to the program. teaching social/sexual skills to persons with in techniques of teaching and schoolroom man- SpEd 541 mental retardation. Self-esteem building, body agement, and for participating in the life of the Implications of Vision Problems of Children/ image, classroom activities and learning experi- school. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of Youth (3) ences on puberty, menstruation, sterilization, SpEd 509 Directed Field Experience II. Anatomy, physiology, common diseases, and birth control, and sexually transmitted diseases. hygiene of the human eye. Emphasis on vision Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 532 screening, testing, and techniques for evaluation Assessment and Planning: Severely SpEd 553 Handicapped Learner (3) of functional visual skills in the classroom. Leisure Education for the Handicapped (3) Examination and application of diagnostic and Focus includes strategies for improving medical/ Prepares students to be knowledgeable and com- assessment instruments used to appraise learners optometric eye reports. Emphasis on working petent in meeting the independent living needs with severe disabilities. Designed to provide with the regular classroom teacher regarding of persons with disabilities. Focuses on recre- functional knowledge of conducting comprehen- prevention of potential eye disorders and referral ation and leisure as a major aspect of indepen- sive longitudinal evaluation for developing func- to eye specialists. Prerequisites: SpEd 540 and dent living and community adjustment. Role of tional curriculum. Selecting assessment admission to the program. the schools in providing a comprehensive leisure instruments and utilizing ongoing systematic SpEd 542 education program for students with handicaps. assessment techniques to evaluate skills of per- Assessment of the Visually Impaired (3) Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. Examination and application of diagnostic and sons with severe disabilities. Prerequisites: SpEd SpEd 556 418/518 and admission to certificate program. assessment instruments useful with or modified Career Education for the Handicapped (3) SpEd 534 for visually impaired learners. Designed to pre- Course presents a broad conceptual framework Curriculum and Programming: Severely pare teachers of the visually disabled for admin- for organizing and developing career education Handicapped Learner I (3) istering, scoring, and interpreting test results for programs for disabled students (elementary/ Examination of special content and methodol- program planning and implementation. Develop- young adult); helps participants gain knowledge ogy of education for students with severe dis- mental areas include cognition, social/emotional which strengthens vocational success for disabilities, infancy through adulthood. Includes skills, psychomotor skills, and self-help skills. abled persons; and program models train persons curricular content and instructional strategies for Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and admission to with disabilities in transition from school to community, domestic, leisure/recreation, and the program. community life. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. vocational domains. Use of a variety of instruc- SpEd 544 SpEd 557 tional strategies with severely disabled learners Methods of Teaching Academics: Visually Job Placement and Training (3) in both individual and group settings. To be Impaired Learner (3) Techniques, training, and outcomes to assist per- taken concurrently with Directed Field Experi- Course focuses upon curricular adaptations for sons with disabilities obtain and maintain ence: Severely Disabled Learner I. Prerequisites: use with the visually impaired learner in the employment. SpEd 418/518 and admission to certificate classroom. Academic areas examined and strate- program. gies for inclusion for the visually impaired SpEd 558 Introduction to Youth in Transition (3) SpEd 535 learner in all aspects of the school curriculum. Teaching of Braille, use of abacus for mathemat- Examination of transition services mandated by Curriculum and Programming: Severely public laws; application of skills to facilitate Handicapped Learner II (3) ics, and adapted materials. In-depth curricular focus for the multi-disabled child. Prerequisites: school-to-work transition of youth with disabili- Examination of special content and methodol- ties; and family partnerships. ogy of education for students with severe dis- SpEd 418/518 and admission to the program. abilities, infancy through adulthood. Includes SpEd 545 SpEd 559 curricular content and instructional strategies for Professional Practices: Rehabilitation of the Orientation and Mobility/Life Skills (3) Blind (3) communication. Social, sexual, motor, and func- Focus on teaching independent travel skills to Overview of blindness and the blindness deliv- tional academic domains. Preparation to use a totally or functionally blind students. Methods ery systems. Roles and responsibilities of those variety of instructional strategies with severely and techniques presented to help the special and working in social, psychological, educational, handicapped learners in both individual and regular class teacher promote success in daily recreational, and vocational settings are empha- group settings. To be taken concurrently with living skills as well. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. sized. Issues and field overviews. Directed Field Experience: Severely Disabled SpEd 546 Learner II. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and Braille I (3) SpEd 561 admission to certificate program. Behavior-Disordered Learner (3) The Braille code is presented, to include Grade Course focuses upon the nature and needs of SpEd 536 II behavior-disordered youth in educational and Specialized Techniques: Severely literary Braille, and use of the abacus. Prerequi- social settings. Academic areas as well as strate- Handicapped Learner (3) sites: SpEd 540 and admission to the program. gies for inclusion for the behavior-disordered Study of the specialized technologies and physi- SpEd 547 cal management strategies for educating students learner in all aspects of the school curriculum. Braille II (2) Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. with multiple disabilities in integrated settings. All special signs and symbols relating to the lit- Technologies include augmentative communica- erary code are learned and special formatting tion systems and computer adapted equipment. techniques used in printed materials, charts, and Physical management includes positioning, graphs. Study of Braille Nemeth Code for math- transferring and fitness programs for the severely ematics. Prerequisites: SpEd 546 and admission disabled learner. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 to the program. and admission to the program. 208 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SpEd 562 SpEd 573 SpEd 592 Alternate Education for Learning-disabled Assessment and Planning for Students Advanced Studies in Special Education (3) Children (3) With Mild Disabilities (3) Review of major philosophical and theoretical Outdoor program focusing on academic instruc- Examination and application of diagnostic and bases for learning relative to the unique needs of tion and recreational experiences designed to assessment instruments used to measure cogni- atypical persons served in special education pro- enhance the learning potential of the learning- tive language abilities and social/emotional grams. Overview of the work of Piaget, Skinner, disabled child. Emphasis is on practical functioning. Formal and informal methods of Baumeister, Bandura, Prehm, and others. Prereq- approach for teachers. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/ assessment. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. uisite: SpEd 591. 518. SpEd 575 SpEd 601 SpEd 563 Technology for the Visually Impaired (3) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Techniques of Reading (3) Study of computer applications for visually SpEd 602 Primarily concerned with educational methods impaired learners, including existing and pro- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) designed to teach students with severe to moder- posed hardware and software that would SpEd 603 ate response deficits in reading. Prerequisite: CI improve accessibility to print information by Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) 474/574. visually impaired and blind students. Adapta- tions of existing technology, evaluation of its SpEd 604 SpEd 564 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Learning Disabilities (3) effectiveness. Prerequisite: SpEd 540. be arranged.) Concepts, issues, and major sources in the field SpEd 576 SpEd 605 of learning disabilities: definition, causation and Multi-Handicapped Blind Learner (3) Reading and Conference (Credit to be identification, ability vs. task analysis models, Study of visually handicapped students with arranged.) perceptual training, and aptitude treatment inter- concomitant disabilities such as hearing impair- SpEd 606 action, early identification, and reading disabil- ments, mental retardation, and behavior disor- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) ity. ders. Emphasis on curricular adaptations, teaching strategies, and behavior management. SpEd 607 SpEd 565 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Medical and Legal Aspects for the Disabled Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. (3) SpEd 608 SpEd 578 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) An examination of the medical and legal aspects Advanced Behavior Intervention: Severely of major disabling conditions and implications Handicapped Learner (3) SpEd 609 for management in the special education/rehabil- Intervention strategies for students with severe Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) itation setting. Focus on the medical and legal behavior problems and disorders; focus on edu- SpEd 610 needs of persons with severe disabilities in education, and non-adversive behavior management Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) cational, clinical, and social settings. Prerequi- strategies. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 801 site: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 590 Research (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 568 Applied Behavioral Research in Special SpEd 802 Advanced Social Skill Development (3) Education (3) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Course for educational professionals serving Study of applied behavioral research in special SpEd 804 behaviorally disordered students whose disabili- education. Conceptualization of a variety of Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ties are considered mild to moderate. Focuses on research designs appropriate for problems in be arranged.) advanced methods of behavior management that special education, including multiple baseline SpEd 805 go beyond traditional behavior modification design research. Development of hypotheses, Reading and Conference (Credit to be practices. Prerequisite: SpEd 521. definition and measurement of important vari- arranged.) SpEd 570 ables, research design strategies, analysis of SpEd 806 Communication Systems for Severely data, interpretation and inference, and writing a Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) Handicapped Learners (3) research report. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 807 Course for students who will be teaching com- SpEd 591 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) munication skills to persons with severe disabili- Issues in Special Education (3) SpEd 808 ties, including nonverbal individuals. Examines Review of the major issues related to special Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) specialized systems for teaching communica- education in the United States. Emphasis upon SpEd 809 tion skills, normal speech, and implementation moral, ethical, and legal considerations relative Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) of communication instruction. Prerequisite: to the habilitation of disabled children and SpEd 418/518. youth. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 810 Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE

ROBERT DRYDEN, DEAN MICHAEL A. DRISCOLL, ASSOCIATE DEAN HERMAN J. MIGLIORE, ASSOCIATE DEAN MORGAN D. POPE, ASSOCIATE DEAN LL SUITE 20, FOURTH AVENUE BUILDING, (503) 725-4631 www.eas.pdx.edu/

B.S.—Civil Engineering, Com- UNDERGRADUATE puter Engineering, Computer PROGRAMS Science, Electrical Engineering, and At the undergraduate level, the student may Mechanical Engineering select degree programs in civil engineering, Minor in Computer Science computer engineering, computer science, Minor in Electrical Engineering electrical engineering, and mechanical Minor in Environmental Engi- engineering. Cooperative educational pro- neering grams with Portland-area industries, gov- M.S.—Civil Engineering, Com- ernment agencies, and engineering puter Science, Electrical and consulting offices are available to qualified Computer Engineering, Engi- students. neering Management, and Note: The degree programs in civil Mechanical Engineering engineering, electrical engineering, and M.Eng.—Civil Engineering Man- mechanical engineering are accredited by agement, Electrical and Com- the Engineering Accreditation Commis- puter Engineering, Engineering sion/Accreditation Board for Engineering Management (Option in Tech- and Technology (EAC/ABET). The com- nology Management, Option in puter science program is accredited by the Project Management), Manufac- Computing Sciences Accreditation Board turing Engineering, Mechanical (CSAB). Engineering, Systems Engineer- ing. POLICY ON ADMISSION TO Ph.D.—Electrical and Computer THE COMPUTER SCIENCE Engineering PROGRAM Ph.D.—Participating school in Systems Science Doctoral Pro- Students who are intending to graduate gram with an undergraduate degree in computer Ph.D.—Participating school in science must file the Application for Environmental Sciences and Admission to the Computer Science Pro- Resources Doctoral Program gram with the Department of Computer Science after completing the lower-division Engineering and computer science offer requirements. No more than 8 upper-divi- the challenge and excitement of solving sion computer science credits (including current and future technological problems any approved upper-division transfer cred- in computers, electronics, energy, transpor- its) taken prior to admission to the program tation, and the environment. Furthermore, will be counted toward the student’s national projections indicate that the need departmental requirement of 46 upper-divi- for engineers and computer scientists will sion computer science credits (CS 300, increase significantly during the years 301, 302, 303, 350, 487, 488 and 20 credits ahead. of upper-division computer science elec- All undergraduate programs require a tives). Students also must be in admitted core of engineering or computer science, status during the term they intend to mathematics, science, and liberal arts graduate. courses. Graduate programs provide extended educational opportunities in various engineering and computer science specialties.

210 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

POLICY ON ADMISSION TO 3.Complete a minimum of 90 credits. 5.Students denied admission or sus- THE ENGINEERING Candidates who do not meet all criteria pended must wait at least one term before PROGRAMS may, upon petition, be granted eligibility reapplying. This waiting period does not when an evaluation of the student’s total apply to those denied due to “selective Students may declare engineering as their record justifies such action and they are admission.” major at any time after enrolling at Port- recommended by the School’s Academic land State University. However, engineer- APPEALS Appeals Committee. ing majors must be admitted formally to a Students denied admission or suspended specific degree program in civil engineering, Selective Admission may request reconsideration by submitting computer engineering, electrical engineer- If the number of eligible applicants for a petition. The petition and supporting ing, or mechanical engineering before they admission to any engineering degree pro- materials will be reviewed by the appropri- will (1) be allowed to enroll in restricted gram exceeds that for which resources are ate department chair and the School’s Aca- upper-division courses offered by the available, acceptance will be competitive. demic Appeals Committee, and a School and (2) be graduated from that pro- In the event selective admission becomes recommendation will be forwarded to the gram. Application forms may be obtained necessary, the GPA computed for the dean. The appeal must be made within 30 from the Dean’s Office, School of Engi- required courses for eligibility for program days of notice to the student of denial of neering and Applied Science, LL Suite 20, admission will be used. Priority, within admission or suspension. Fourth Avenue Building. PSU students who reasonable limits, will be given to resident students. GENERAL EDUCATION anticipate completing all eligibility REQUIREMENT Although the primary purpose of the requirements before the term for which Students admitted as freshmen beginning selective admission procedures is to limit admission to a degree program is sought with the 1994-95 academic year satisfy the enrollment to the number of students who may apply. PSU general education requirement with can be served at a high level of quality, it is Students transferring from other institu- the University Studies program. Transfer recognized that the rigid application of tions who want to be admitted formally to a students must complete a minimum 33 these procedures may eliminate applicants specific engineering degree program (civil credits of University Studies courses and/or with high potential but who, due to circum- engineering, computer engineering, electri- arts and letters and social science courses. stances beyond their control, have had lim- cal engineering, mechanical engineering) Students should consult with their aca- ited access to the type of preparatory must: demic adviser regarding this requirement. ■ Meet all eligibility requirements. education that is essential to achieving the ■ Apply for admission to PSU. high performance level required for admis- PASS/NO PASS GRADING ■ Apply for program admission to the sion. All such applicants will be considered POLICY School of Engineering and Applied on the basis of their life experience and All courses specifically required by the Science. leadership qualities in addition to their aca- University or by a particular department ■ Have one copy of their transcripts sent demic achievement. must be taken for a letter grade unless a to the School of Engineering and required course is only offered with a pass/ CONTINUATION CRITERIA no pass option. Applied Science. After admission to an engineering degree ■ Have one copy of their transcripts sent program (civil engineering, computer engi- to the Office of Admissions. neering, electrical engineering, mechani- GRADUATE Application deadlines for admission to cal engineering), students will be expected PROGRAMS a degree program are: to make satisfactory progress toward their The School offers graduate programs lead- for fall term June 15 declared degree and will be subject to the ing to the degrees of Master of Science and for winter term November 1 following rules: Doctor of Philosophy. for spring term February 1 1.The term GPA in all courses taken at Master’s programs are available in civil PSU must be 2.00 or higher. Eligibility engineering, computer science, electrical To be eligible for admission to an 2.At the conclusion of each term of the and computer engineering, mechanical engineering degree program, each student academic year full-time students are nor- engineering, engineering management, and should meet the following minimum mally expected to complete a minimum of manufacturing engineering. requirements: 9 credits in PSU engineering and/or com- A Ph.D. program in electrical and 1.Complete, with a minimum grade of C puter science courses applicable toward computer engineering is offered by the and a minimum GPA of 2.25, a designated their degree programs. Part-time students Department of Electrical and Computer set of courses for each undergraduate are expected to complete a minimum of 12 Engineering. degree program as follows: credits per academic year in PSU engineer- In addition, the Departments of Civil ing and/or computer science courses. Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and Engineering, and Mechanical 3.Students will be placed on probation the Engineering Management Program in Engineering. The Engineering Core when their term GPA as described in (1) is the School of Engineering and Applied consisting of Ch 221; EAS 101, 211, 215; below 2.00, or their progress toward the Science participate in the single-discipline ECE 201, 221; Mth 251, 252, 253, 254, degree is less than that described in (2). option of the Systems Science Ph.D. 256; Ph 221, 222, 223, 214, 215, 216; Sp 4.Students placed on probation for two Program and offer discipline-oriented 100†, Wr 121†(59 credits). consecutive terms or for a total of three doctoral degrees. The Department of Civil Computer Engineering. Ch 221; terms will be suspended from specific Engineering also participates in the CS 162, 200; EAS 101, 102; ECE 201, degree programs. Students also will be Environmental Sciences and Resources 221; Mth 251, 252, 253, 256; Ph 221, suspended if not enrolled in engineering Doctoral Program. 222, 223, 214, 215, 216; Sp 100†, Wr and/or computer science courses for three 121† (59 credits). consecutive terms. 2.Have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in all engineering and computer science coursework.

† Students admitted to PSU as freshmen beginning with the 1994-95 academic year will satisfy these course requirements by taking 15 credits of Freshman Inquiry.

S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 211

Master of Science degree in engineering M.ENG. TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING management. The program consists of 27 MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT credits in the core, 4 credits (or 8 with Admission Requirements. The thesis option) in the capstone requirement, admission requirements are identical to the requirements for the M.S. in engineering LL Suite 50, Fourth Avenue and 20 credits (or 16 with thesis option) in management program. Building electives. Degree Requirements. A total of (503) 725-4660 Core (28 credits) 45 graduate credits are required which www.emp.pdx.edu/ EMgt 520 Management of Engineering and Technology ...... 4 includes 24 credits of core courses and a EMgt 530 Decision Making in Engineering and minimum of 8 credits of elective courses M.S. Technology Management ...... 4 approved by the adviser. All students must M. Eng EMgt 540 Operations Research in Engineering complete an applied 4-credit capstone Ph.D.—Participating program in and Technology Management ...... 4 requirement which may be based in part Systems Science Doctoral Pro- EMgt 545 Project Management in upon work or internship experiences. Nine gram Engineering...... 4 † credits of internship are required but this Strong management skills are increasingly EMgt 555 Technology Marketing ...... 4 may be reduced by substituting an equal important to technical professionals. Man- One of the following two courses: ...... 4 EMgt 522 Communication and Team number of elective credits upon approval of aging R&D projects, technological sys- the student’s adviser. Course credits may tems, technical organizations and Building (4) Mgmt 550 Organizational Management (4) include transfer credits and graduate resources, and other professionals requires One of the following two courses: ...... 4 courses taken in other, allied disciplines. management knowledge and skills. Actg 511 Financial Accounting (4) Engineers and scientists are faced with EMgt 535 Engineering Economic Analysis (4) M.ENG. PROJECT these challenges very early in their careers. MANAGEMENT Capstone requirement (one of the Admission Requirements. The Typically within three to seven years after following; 4 or 8 credits): graduation, they ﬁnd themselves address- admission requirements are identical to the EMgt 503 M.S. Thesis ...... 8 requirements for the M.S. in engineering ing complex issues which necessitate that EMgt 589 Capstone Project ...... 4 they play two roles simultaneously: the role EMgt 590 Engineering Management management program. of the specialist and the manager of tech- Synthesis ...... 4 Degree Requirements. A total of 45 graduate credits are required which nology. Those who choose the manage- Electives (20 credits or 16 credits includes 24 credits of core courses and a ment path start moving toward with the thesis option) minimum of 8 credits of elective courses management responsibilities while main- The Engineering Management Program offers a taining identity in their technical back- wide range of elective courses. In addition, approved by the adviser. All students must grounds. The Engineering Management students may choose electives in several other complete an applied 4-credit capstone Program (EMP) has been designed for programs throughout the University with the requirement which may be based in part them. approval of their adviser. upon work or internship experiences. Nine EMP is a graduate program addressed credits of internship are required but this M.ENG. IN ENGINEERING may be reduced by substituting an equal to the needs of engineers and scientists MANAGEMENT number of elective credits upon approval of whose objective is to advance to technical The Master of Engineering programs are the student’s adviser. Course credits may management positions in business, indus- open to full-time employees or interns include transfer credits and graduate try, or government. It also addresses the working in industry while pursuing their courses taken in other, allied disciplines. needs of those who are interested in con- studies in the EMP. There are three options tinuing their studies toward a research- for the M.Eng. in engineering manage- M.ENG. CIVIL ENGINEERING based career in engineering/technology ment. MANAGEMENT management in academic institutions or The Technology Management Admission Requirements. The R&D option prepares engineers, scientists, and admission requirements include a B.S. organizations. individuals with related backgrounds, degree in civil engineering and satisfaction EMP draws on the strengths of the working in technology-based positions for of the requirements for admission to the School of Engineering and Applied Sci- leadership in selecting, exploring, develop- M.S. in engineering management and the ence, the School of Business Administra- ing, and utilizing technology within the M.S. in civil engineering programs. tion, and several other relevant academic corporate strategies. Degree Requirements. In addition disciplines. By utilizing the diverse faculty The Project Management option to the meeting the University’s general resources of the University, the program provides a focused coverage of the analyti- requirements for master’s degrees listed on offers the opportunity to study the human, cal framework, organization concepts, and page 56 of the Bulletin, the M.Eng. in civil technical, and analytical aspects of interpersonal skills necessary for managing engineering management requires a total of management. projects and programs. 45 graduate credits, including 32 course Most of the courses in the program are The Civil Engineering Manage- credits and a 4-credit capstone. Nine cred- offered during the late afternoon and ment option allows for engineering man- its of internship are required but substitut- evening hours to ﬁt the schedule of practic- agement specialization in civil engineering, ing an equal number of course credits upon ing professionals. including the subdisciplines of civil engi- approval of the student’s advisers may neering such as construction, transporta- reduce the internship credits. DEGREE tion, water resources, structures, and REQUIREMENTS environmental engineering. The students in the Civil Engineering Management option M.S. ENGINEERING are assigned two advisers: one from the MANAGEMENT Engineering Management Program and A minimum of 52 credits in approved grad- one from the Civil Engineering Depart- uate courses is required to complete the ment.

† Also offered as Mktg 555.

212 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ADMISSION TO The master's degree in manufacturing Management (3-9) THE PROGRAM engineering is designed to provide engi- Strategic Planning in neering professionals with the opportunity Engineering Management EMgt 525 . . BA 559 Organizational In addition to meeting general University to pursue advanced level study in a field of engineering that involves subject matter Management...... Mgmt 550 . . BA 553 admission requirements listed on page 47, Financial Accounting . . . . . Actg 511 . . BA 515 applicants to the program are required to normally not covered in basic engineering undergraduate programs. Technical Specialty Electives (9 to have a baccalaureate degree in engineering 15) or related discipline, background in proba- The program is jointly administered by Portland State University and Oregon State Nine to fifteen credits of graduate bility/statistics, computer programming, courses in mechanical engineering, indus- differential equations, and four years of University (OSU) and makes use of faculty and facilities physically located at both trial and manufacturing engineering, professional experience. Admission is electrical and computer engineering, engi- granted to applicants who are judged to campuses. The degree is awarded jointly by OSU and PSU. Courses are taught via neering management, or computer science. have a higher potential as reflected by their Three to six of these credits may be project past academic performance and profes- interactive television with reception sites located throughout the state. work. (For example: 3 to 6 credits of ME sional experience. Any variation from these 506 Projects may be included.) requirements must be approved by the The master's degree in manufacturing EMP director. engineering draws on the strengths of the departments of Mechanical Engineering at ADMISSION TO PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— PSU, Industrial and Manufacturing Engi- THE PROGRAM ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT neering at OSU, Mechanical Engineering The Ph.D. in Systems Science—Engineer- at Applicants to the program are required to ing Management is a single-discipline OSU, and the Engineering Management have: option of the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- Program at PSU. It also employs the guid- ■ An undergraduate degree in engineering gram (Departmental Option). The general ance of a Technical Advisory Board com- or a closely related discipline from an requirements are listed on page 58. posed of industry representatives. accredited institution. The program requirements are a mas- ■ A combined GPA of 3.0 on the last 90 ter’s degree in engineering management or DEGREE credit hours of graded undergraduate equivalent coursework, 9 credits of Sys- REQUIREMENTS work plus all work completed tems Science core courses, 9 credits of thereafter. additional Systems Science or approved A total of 45 credits of approved graduate Under special conditions, applicants engineering management systems-related coursework is required to complete the who partially satisfy the above admission courses, and 9 credits of other approved master's degree in manufacturing engineer- requirements may be considered for condi- coursework. Twenty-seven credits of dis- ing. The program consists of 30 to 36 cred- tional acceptance, provided they meet all sertation research are also required. Spe- its in the core and 9 to 15 credits in institutional requirements to the campus to cialization areas of research related to electives. A comprehensive final oral exam- which they apply. technology management, decision theory, ination is required after the completion of International applicants are required to operations research, project management, coursework. demonstrate proficiency in English by manufacturing management, technological taking the Test of English as a Foreign Lan- innovations, technology planning, and Core Requirements: 30-36 Credits guage (TOEFL). A TOEFL score of 550 or knowledge-based systems in engineering Courses satisfying core requirements at greater is required of all students whose management are available. each institution: PSU . OSU native language is not English and who Analysis have not received a degree from an accred- MANUFACTURING Applied Statistics ited institution in the United States. Inter- for Engineers ...... Stat 560 . . . St 521 national applicants are required to submit ENGINEERING Analysis/Numerical GRE scores. Methods† ...... ME 551 . . ME 575 At the time of admission, students will (503) 725-4284 (Portland) Applied Statistics apply to either Portland State University or (503) 737-2875 (Corvallis) Statistical Process Control . . ME 587 . . . IE 551 Oregon State University. The university to www.ie.orst.edu/degree/graduate/ Design of Industrial which they are initially accepted will MEngr/ Experiments ...... ME 588 . . . IE 552 become their home campus. Applicants Manufacturing Management will be required to choose a campus prior M.E. Manufacturing to applying and will not be permitted to apply to the alternate campus if their first Manufacturing engineering is concerned Management...... EMgt 510 . . . IE 561 Advanced Manufacturing application is rejected. with the application of specialized engi- Management Systems . . . EMgt 510 . . . IE 562 neering and managerial knowledge to the Project Management . . . . EMgt 545 . . . IE 563 development of productive systems involv- Communication and ing people and machines. Primary empha- Team Building ...... EMgt 522 . . BA 552 sis is on the design, operation, and control Concurrent Engineering of integrated systems for the production of Concurrent Engineering. . . . ME 510 . . ME 518 high quality, economically competitive goods utilizing efficient product design, computer networks, machine tools, robots, and materials-handling equipment.

† Other analysis/numerical methods courses may be substituted.

S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 213

CIVIL ENGINEERING

138 Science Building II Freshman Year Credits ‡Approved Civil Engineering (503) 725-4282 EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving ...... 4 Electives Credits www.ce.pdx.edu/ EAS 115 Engineering Graphics...... 3 CE 311 Engineering Surveys ...... 4 Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry ...... 12 CE 333 Design of Steel Structures...... 4 Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory . . .2 CE 420 Advanced Mechanics of Materials . . . .4 B.S. Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 CE 421 Analysis of Framed Structures ...... 4 Minor in Environmental Engi- †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 CE 423 Vibration Analysis in Structural neering Engineering ...... 4 M.S. Total 48 CE 431 Stability of Structures ...... 4 M.Eng. Sophomore Year Credits CE 432 Structural Steel Design-LRFD Ph.D.—Participating department EAS 211 Statics ...... 4 Method ...... 4 in Systems Science Doctoral EAS 212 Strength of Materials ...... 4 CE 434 Principles of Reinforced Concrete . . . .4 CE 435 Design of Reinforced Concrete Program EAS 213 Properties of Materials ...... 4 EAS 215 Dynamics ...... 4 Structures ...... 4 Ph.D.—Participating department CE 436 Masonry Design ...... 4 in Environmental Sciences and CE 211 Plane Surveying and Mapping ...... 3 CE 212 Field Problems in Plane Surveying . . .1 CE 437 Timber Design ...... 4 Resources Doctoral Program ECE 201 Electrical Engineering Lab I...... 1 CE 438 Design of Composite Structures ...... 4 ECE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 CE 442 In situ Behavior and Testing of Soils . .4 CE 443 Introduction to Seismology and Site NDERGRADUATE Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 U Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . . .4 Evaluation ...... 4 PROGRAM Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics CE 448 Earthquake Accommodation in (with Calculus) ...... 9 Design ...... 4 Civil engineers plan, design, and manage Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 CE 457 Pavement Design ...... 4 the construction and operation of public †Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 CE 464 Hydrologic and Hydraulic Modeling . .4 and private facilities, including highways CE 467 Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design . . . .4 and transportation systems, power plants, Total 57 CE 474 Unit Operations of Environmental Engineering...... 4 buildings, dams, and water and wastewater Junior Year Credits CE 477 Solid and Hazardous Waste treatment facilities. EAS 361 Fluid Mechanics ...... 4 Management ...... 4 The undergraduate degree program in CE 324 Elementary Structural Analysis ...... 4 ME 322 Applied Fluid Mechanics and civil engineering includes required courses CE 325 Indeterminate Structures...... 4 Thermodynamics...... 4 in the analysis and design of structures, CE 333 Design of Steel Structures or CE 434 ME 323 Heat Transfer ...... 4 applied hydraulics, surveying and map- Principles of Reinforced Concrete ...... 4 ME 421 Heating, Ventilating, and Air CE 341 Soil Classiﬁcation and Properties . . . .4 Conditioning Design Fundamentals ...... 4 ping, soil mechanics and foundations, engi- CE 351 Transportation Systems: Planning neering project management, ME 422 Building Energy Use Analysis and and Design ...... 4 Design ...... 4 transportation engineering, and environ- CE 362 Hydraulics ...... 4 mental and water resources engineering. CE 364 Water Resources Engineering ...... 4 MINOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL To introduce civil engineering students CE 371 Environmental Engineering ...... 4 ENGINEERING to professional practice, the American G 301 Geology for Engineers ...... 3 A minor program is available within the Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) spon- ME 321 Engineering Thermodynamics ...... 4 School of Engineering and Applied Sci- sors a student chapter at Portland State Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers ence in the area of environmental engineer- University. and Scientists ...... 3 ing. Upper-division cluster ...... 4 The civil engineering curriculum at A student wishing to minor in this area Portland State University is accredited by Total 50 should complete, with a minimum grade of the Engineering Accreditation Commis- Senior Year Credits C, and a minimum GPA of 2.25, a desig- sion/Accreditation Board for Engineering CE 444 Geotechnical Design ...... 4 nated set of courses as follows: and Technology (EAC/ABET). This CE 454 Urban Transportation Systems ...... 4 Mth 254, 256; Ph 221, 222, 223, 214, 215, 216; national organization sets standards for CE 484 Engineering Project Management . . . .3 Ch 221, 222, 223, 227, 228; EAS 361; CE 362, engineering education deﬁned in terms of CE 494 Civil Engineering Design ...... 3 364, 371, 474, and a minimum of 4 hours of curricular content, quality of faculty, and Approved civil engineering electives...... 20 approved electives. adequacy of facilities. Upper-division cluster ...... 8 All courses must be taken for letter Majors in civil engineering must com- Total 42 grade and at least one-third of the credit plete the following University and depart- hours must be taken at Portland State mental degree requirements. Any deviation University. from the required courses, including engi- Course requirements for the minor also neering and mathematics course substitu- meet partial eligibility requirements for tions, must be approved in writing by the admission to the civil engineering program. chair of the department.

† Please see page 17 for information on the general education requirement. ‡ CE 401, 404, 405, 406 (4 credits maximum); CE 407, 410, and CE 507 through 599 are also accepted. Of the 20 credits of CE electives, a minimum of 8 credits of “design” is required. Students must select these electives from a departmentally approved list of courses that indicates “design credit” content. 214 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Students who complete the requirements Ph.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— for the minor may wish to apply for admis- M.ENG. CIVIL ENGINEERING CIVIL ENGINEERING sion to this program. Students graduating Admission Requirements. The The Ph.D. in Systems Science—Civil in civil engineering may not claim a minor admission requirements are the same as Engineering is a single-discipline option of in environmental engineering. Students those for the Department’s M.S. degree. the Systems Science Ph.D. Program planning to minor in environmental engi- Degree Requirements. A total of (Departmental Option), whose general neering should consult with an adviser in 45 graduate credits is required. In addition requirements are listed on page 58. the Department of Civil Engineering. to the University’s M.S. degree require- The departmental requirements are a ments, a candidate for the M.Eng. degree master’s degree in civil engineering or GRADUATE must have 32 credits of approved electives equivalent coursework, 9 credits of Sys- that may include transfer credits and other tems Science core courses, 9 credits of PROGRAMS allied disciplines, and up to 13 credits of additional Systems Science or approved CE 504 Internship. engineering systems-related courses, and 9 M.S. CIVIL ENGINEERING credits of other approved coursework. The master’s program in civil engineering M.ENG. CIVIL ENGINEERING Twenty-seven credits of dissertation is designed to provide students with the MANAGEMENT research are also required. Specialization technical and professional knowledge nec- Admission Requirements. The areas of research related to structural engi- essary to develop their abilities to seek cre- admission requirements include a B.S. neering, transportation engineering, ative solutions to complex problems in degree in civil engineering and satisfaction geotechnical engineering, environmental their field of interest. of the requirements for admission to the engineering, and water resources are The program involves advanced courses M.S. in engineering management and M.S. available. in the areas of structural analysis and in civil engineering programs. design, transportation engineering, water Degree Requirements. In addition Ph.D. IN ENVIRONMENTAL resources, environmental engineering, geo- to the University’s general master’s degree SCIENCES AND RESOURCES technical engineering, and project manage- requirements, listed on page 56 of the Bul- The department participates in the Environ- ment, as well as science and mathematics. letin, the M.Eng. in civil engineering man- mental Sciences and Resources Doctoral Flexibility is achieved by designing pro- agement requires a total of 45 graduate Program. Specialized studies in environ- grams of study to meet individual needs. credits, including 32 course credits and a 4- mental and water resources engineering, University master’s degree require- credit capstone. Nine credits of internship along with environmental sciences courses ments are listed on page 56. The master’s are required, but substituting an equal and seminars, will partially fulfill the program consists of three options available number of course credits upon approval of requirements for the Ph.D. in environmen- to students. The first option involves a total the student’s advisers may reduce the tal sciences and resources. For information of 45 credits, including 6 to 9 credits of internship credits. on the Ph.D. program in environmental sci- thesis. The second option requires comple- ences and resources, see page 98. tion of 45 credits of coursework and 3 credits of research project that includes a project report; and the third, completion of 54 credits of coursework. In the first two options, student research is conducted under the supervision of faculty. In all options, coursework is to include 9 credits in areas other than candidate’s major emphasis, subject to the approval of student’s adviser and department. To become a candidate for the master’s degree, the student must successfully complete all departmental requirements for one of the options described above. For the thesis option, successful completion of a final oral examination covering the thesis is required. Current faculty research areas include transportation systems, nonlinear structural analysis and design, earthquake engineering, mechanics of composites, stochastic modeling in hydrology and water resources, water quality modeling in environmental engineering, and in situ soil properties in geotechnical design. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 215

COMPUTER SCIENCE

120 Portland Center for Junior Year Credits CS 200 Computer Organization and Advanced Technology CS 300 Elements of Software Engineering . . . .4 Assembly Language ...... 4 (503) 725-4036 CS 301, 302 Languages and Compiler CS 201 Computer Architecture ...... 4 www.cs.pdx.edu/ Design ...... 8 CS 202 Programming Systems ...... 4 CS 303 Operating Systems and Concurrent Computer science upper-division electives Programming ...... 4 except CS 404 ...... 12 B.S. CS 350 Algorithms and Complexity ...... 4 Minor in Computer Science Mth 343 Linear Algebra...... 4 Total 36 M.S. Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers Only grades of C or better count toward and Scientists ...... 3 departmental requirements. At least 16 of Wr 227 Technical Writing ...... 4 the required 36 credits must be taken at UNDERGRADUATE Upper-division cluster ...... 12 PROGRAM Portland State University. Total 43 The computer science program is designed Senior Year Credits GRADUATE to provide a comprehensive background in CS 487, 488 Software Engineering PROGRAM computer science and provides an opportu- Capstone ...... 6 nity for specialization in software engineer- Approved upper-division computer M.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE ing, compilers for parallel architectures, science electives ...... 20 The master’s program in computer science Approved science electives ...... 8 is designed to prepare students for distributed systems, software testing, term Free electives ...... 8 rewriting systems, software metrics, data- advanced careers in the computer industry, base systems, logic programming, and par- Total 42 to create a research environment in com- allel computing. This program is designed Note: The University requires all students to puter science, and to prepare students for to provide students with the educational have a minimum of 72 upper-division credits graduate work at the Ph.D. level. background required for a professional to graduate. Since only 65 upper-division cred- The program contains advanced courses career in the computer industry and for fur- its are required in computer science, mathe- in the areas of software engineering, com- ther study at the graduate level. matics, and general education for the computer pilers for parallel architectures, distributed Majors in computer science must com- science major, the extra 7 credits of upper-divi- systems, software testing, term rewriting plete the following University and depart- sion work must be taken from either the systems, software metrics, database sys- mental degree requirements. Furthermore, approved science electives or the free elec- tems, logic programming, natural lan- tives. all required courses and upper-division guage processing, and parallel computing. computer science electives must be com- Approved Upper-Division Com- Flexibility is achieved by designing pro- pleted with a minimum grade of C. puter Science Electives grams of study to meet individual needs. Students must complete 20 credits of University master’s degree require- Freshman Year Credits approved upper-division computer science CS 161, 162 Introduction to Computer ments are listed on page 56. The master’s Science ...... 8 electives. The current list of approved elec- program in computer science consists of CS 163 Data Structures ...... 4 tives is found in the undergraduate hand- two options. The first option involves the Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 book in the computer science office. completion of an approved program of 45 Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics Approved Science Electives credits plus the writing of a project paper (with Calculus) ...... 9 The student is required to complete 8 cred- under the direction of a faculty member. Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 its of approved science electives. These The second option requires the completion †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 must be chosen from Bi 251, 252, 253; of an approved program of 45 credits, Total 51 G 201, 202, 203; Ch 221, 222, 223; or any which includes 9 credits of thesis. In both 300- or 400-level course from these depart- options, coursework is to include core Sophomore Year Credits courses in theory, programming languages, CS 200 Computer Organization and ments or the department of physics. Labo- Assembly Language ...... 4 ratories taken with these courses also count and systems. For the thesis option, success- CS 201 Computer Architecture ...... 4 toward the 8 credits. ful completion of a final oral examination CS 202 Programming Systems ...... 4 Minor in Computer Science covering the thesis is required. CS 250 Discrete Structures ...... 4 A minor in computer science is available To be considered for admission to the CS 251 Logical Structures ...... 4 within the School of Engineering and master’s degree program, the student must CS 252 Computational Structures ...... 4 Applied Science in the area of Computer have a baccalaureate degree from an Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 accredited institution. This degree should Sp 100 Introduction to Speech Science. To earn a minor in computer science, normally be in computer science; other- Communication...... 4 wise, the applicant must demonstrate †Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 a student must complete 36 credits as follows: knowledge of the core curriculum of an Total 44 undergraduate computer science degree. CS 161, 162 Introduction to Computer The core curriculum (PSU courses in Science ...... 8 CS 163 Data Structures ...... 4 parentheses) includes: high-level language

† Please see page 17 for information on the general education requirement. 216 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

programming (CS 161, 162), algorithms CENTER FOR SOFTWARE ness, reliability, maintainability, and and data structures (CS 163), computer QUALITY RESEARCH usability. hardware organization and architecture (CS The goal of the Center at PSU is to 200, 201), programming systems (CS 202), share the expertise of the world-class soft- 120 Portland Center for discrete mathematics and logic (CS 250, ware engineering researchers with regional Advanced Technology 251), and calculus (Mth 251, 252, 253). In industry. In addition to performing leading- (503) 725-4036 addition, basic knowledge of compilers edge research in software quality, the (CS 301), operating systems (CS 303), and Center also monitors advances in software analysis of algorithms (CS 350) is strongly The IEEE Standard Glossary of Software quality technology from throughout the recommended. Adequate knowledge of an Engineering Technology deﬁnes software world and has an active technology transfer area may be demonstrated by passing the quality as “the composite characteristics of program via an ongoing workshop program appropriate course with a grade of B or bet- software that determine the degree to and technical report series. ter. A GPA of at least 3.00 in upper-division which the software in use will meet the In conjunction with the graduate pro- coursework is required. In addition, appli- expectations of the customer.” From the gram in Computer Science, the Center pro- cants must take the general portion of the perspective of the Center for Software vides students with opportunities for Graduate Record Examination and submit Quality Research, characteristics which research experience through assistant- two letters of recommendation to the impact software quality include correct- ships, research credit, and informal project department. participation.

ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

102 Portland Center for and electromagnetics. This program pro- ECE 271 Digital Systems ...... 4 Advanced Technology vides the student with the educational Ch 221 General Chemistry...... 4 (503) 725-3806 background necessary for employment in Ch 227 General Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 www.ee.pdx.edu/ virtually all electrical engineering fields. Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 The electrical engineering curriculum at Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . .4 †Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 B.S. Portland State University is accredited by Minor in Electrical Engineering the Engineering Accreditation Commis- Total 52 M.S. sion/Accreditation Board for Engineering Junior Year Credits M.Eng. and Technology (EAC/ABET). EAS 341 Introduction to Thermal Sciences. . . .4 Ph.D. Majors in electrical engineering must ECE 321, 322, 323 Electronics I, II, III . . . . .12 complete the following University and ECE 331 Electromagnetic Principles ...... 4 departmental degree requirements. Any ECE 332 Electromagnetic Systems ...... 4 UNDERGRADUATE deviation from the required courses must ECE 371 Microprocessors ...... 4 PROGRAMS be approved by the department. ECE 301, 302, 303 Electrical Engineering Laboratory IV, V, VI ...... 3 Electrical Engineering Curricu- The Department of Electrical and Com- Mth 343 Applied Linear Algebra ...... 4 lum puter Engineering offers programs in elec- Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers trical engineering and computer Freshman Year Credits and Scientists ...... 3 EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving . . . . . 4 Ph 317, 318 Solid State Physics ...... 6 engineering. Qualified freshmen are Wr 227 Technical Writing ...... 4 encouraged to participate in the University EAS 102 Engineering Computation Structures ...... 4 Honors Program described on page 164. Total 48 ECE 171 Digital Circuits ...... 4 Qualified upper-division students should Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 Senior Year Credits consider the Electrical and Computer Engi- Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics ECE 411, 412, 413...... 8 neering Honors Program; details are avail- (with Calculus) ...... 9 Approved electrical engineering electives . . .20 able from the department. Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 Upper-division cluster ...... 12 †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Total 40 The electrical engineering program is Total 51 designed to provide a comprehensive back- Sophomore Year Credits ground in the electrical sciences and offers EAS 211 Statics ...... 4 an opportunity for specialization in the EAS 215 Dynamics ...... 4 areas of physical electronics, circuit design, ECE 201, 202, 203 Electrical Engineering electrical power engineering, automatic Laboratory I, II, III ...... 3 control systems, communication systems, ECE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 computer engineering, optical electronics, ECE 222 Signals and Systems ...... 4 ECE 223 Feedback and Control ...... 4

† Please see page 17 for information on the general education requirement. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 217

†Approved Electrical Engineering Junior Year Credits Course requirements for the minor also Electives ECE 321, 322, 323 Electronics I, II, III . . . . .12 meet partial eligibility requirements for The student is required to complete at least ECE 371 Microprocessors ...... 4 admission to the electrical engineering and 20 elective credits, including at least one ECE 301, 302, 303 Electrical Engineering computer engineering programs. Students Laboratory IV, V, VI ...... 3 who complete the requirements for the sequence. Any 400-level electrical engi- CS 200 Computer Architecture and Assembly neering course may be used, excluding the Language ...... 4 minor may wish to apply for admission to following omnibus numbered courses CS 250 Discrete Structures ...... 4 one of these programs. Students graduating (ECE 401, 405, 406, 407). ECE 406H‡ Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers in electrical or computer engineering may Senior Honors Project may be used by stu- and Scientists ...... 3 not claim a minor in electrical engineering. dents in the electrical engineering honors Ph 317, 318 Solid State Physics...... 6 Students planning to minor in electrical program. Wr 227 Technical Writing ...... 4 engineering should consult with an adviser Upper-division cluster ...... 8 in the Department of Electrical and Com- COMPUTER ENGINEERING puter Engineering. The computer engineering program is Total 48 designed to provide a comprehensive back- Senior Year Credits ground in computer engineering and offers ECE 411, 412, 413...... 8 GRADUATE an opportunity for specialization in the ECE 485 Microprocessor System Design I . . .4 PROGRAMS areas of digital electronics, VLSI circuit CS 303 Operating Systems and Concurrent design, automatic control, computer archi- Programming ...... 4 Graduate courses are offered by the electri- Approved electrical engineering electives . . . .8 cal and computer engineering faculty at tecture, communication systems, and Approved computer science electives ...... 4 microprocessor system design. This pro- PSU for electrical and computer engineers Approved math electives ...... 6 in the Portland area leading to the M.S., gram provides the student with the educa- Upper-division cluster ...... 4 tional background necessary for M.Eng., and Ph.D. degrees in electrical and employment in virtually all branches of the Total 38 computer engineering. Graduate-level work is offered in automatic control theory, digital electronics and computer industry. ◊Approved Electrical Engineering Majors in computer engineering must Electives Credits linear systems, power electronics, digital complete the following University and ECE 425, 426 Digital Integrated Circuit signal processing, communication systems, departmental degree requirements. Any Design I and II ...... 4, 4 optoelectronics, laser systems, advanced deviation from the required courses must ECE 451, 452 Automatic Control Systems electronic systems and VLSI, analog and be approved by the department. Design I and II ...... 4, 4 digital circuit design, computer architec- ECE 461, 462 Communication Systems ture, computer vision and computer sys- Computer Engineering Curricu- Design I and II ...... 4, 4 tems, and electromagnetics. The schedule lum ECE 478, 479 Intelligent Robotics I, II . . . . .4, 4 attempts to accommodate both full- and ‡ECE 406H Senior Honors Project ...... 4, 4 Freshman Year Credits part-time (evening) students. Please refer to EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving ...... 4 Approved Computer Science Elec- the departmental Graduate Bulletin and EAS 102 Engineering Computation tives Research Report for more information. Structures ...... 4 The student is required to complete at least ECE 171 Digital Circuits ...... 4 4 approved upper-division computer sci- M.S. ELECTRICAL AND Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 ence elective credits. COMPUTER ENGINEERING Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics Admission Requirements. Appli- (with Calculus) ...... 9 Approved Mathematics/Science cants who have completed a B.S. degree in Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 Electives either electrical or computer engineering at ¤ Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 Any upper-division courses offered a recognized university with a grade point by the departments of mathematics and Total 51 average of 3.00 or better in all junior- and physics. senior-level technical courses may be con- Sophomore Year Credits Minor in Electrical Engineering sidered for admission to the Department of ECE 201, 202, 203 Electrical Engineering A minor program is available within the Electrical and Computer Engineering as Laboratory I, II, III ...... 3 ECE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 School of Engineering and Applied Sci- regular graduate students. Students who ECE 222 Signals and Systems ...... 4 ence in the area of electrical engineering. A have completed a B.S. degree in a related ECE 223 Feedback and Control ...... 4 student wishing to minor in this area ﬁeld (normally either mathematics, phys- ECE 271 Digital Systems ...... 4 should complete, with a minimum grade of ics, computer science, or mechanical engi- CS 162 Introduction to Computer Science . . . .4 C, and a minimum GPA of 2.25, a desig- neering) or B.S. ECE or B.S. CpE CS 163 Data Structures ...... 4 nated set of courses as follows: candidates with a grade point average in Ch 221 General Chemistry...... 4 EAS 101, 102, ECE 171, 201, 202, 203, 221, their upper-division technical coursework Ch 227 General Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 222, 223, 271 or approved equivalents. below 3.00 but higher that 2.75 may be Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . .4 At least four of the courses selected from EAS granted conditional admission status. Mth 343 Applied Linear Algebra ...... 4 101, 102, ECE 171, 221, 222, 223, 271 must ¤Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 be taken at Portland State University. Total 52

† Departmental approval is required to substitute other engineering electives. Electives must be selected in such a way that the total engineering design content in the student’s program is at least 24 credits. ‡ Admission to the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering Honors Program is required. ECE 411, 412, 413 and ECE 406H are combined to form a 12-credit honors project. ¤ Please see page 17 for information on the general education requirement. ◊ Departmental approval is required to substitute other engineering electives for those on the approved list. Electives must be selected in such a way that the total engineering design content in the student’s program is at least 24 credits. 218 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Degree Requirements. The total M.ENG. ELECTRICAL AND Degree Requirements. In addition to number of graduate level credits in a stu- COMPUTER ENGINEERING the University doctoral degree require- dent’s program must be at least 45. In addi- Admission Requirements. The ments listed on page 53, a candidate for the tion to the University master’s degree admission requirements are identical to Ph.D. degree in electrical and computer requirements listed on page 56, a candidate those given above for the Department’s engineering must complete a minimum of for the M.S. degree in electrical and com- M.S. degree. 45 graduate credits in electrical and computer engineering normally must complete Degree Requirements. A total of puter engineering and at least 9 graduate at least 24 graduate-level credits in electri- 45 graduate credits are required. In addi- credits in a minor field outside the Depart- cal and computer engineering, including at tion to the University’s M.S. degree ment of Electrical and Computer Engineer- least one graduate ECE course sequence requirements, a candidate for the M.E. ing. Coursework for the minor field must and excluding all omnibus numbered degree must have 20 credits of core be supportive of, but distinct from, the courses (ECE 501/601, 503/603, 504/604, selected from the Department’s specific major field and must not include transfer 505/605, 506/606, 507/607, 510/610) and tracks as described in the Graduate Bulle- courses or the following omnibus num- transfer courses. A minimum of 3 credits of tin and Research Report, 12 credits of bered courses: 501/601, 503/603, 504/604, graduate seminar taken at 1 credit per term approved electives that may include trans- 505/605, 506/606, 507/607. Each Ph.D. must be completed. Specific course fer credits and other allied disciplines, and student is required to present at least one requirements depend on the student’s area up to 13 credits of ECE 504 Internship. departmental seminar and is expected to of emphasis, and the student’s program Four credits of ECE 506 Special Projects have at least one archival publication. Spe- must be approved by his/her academic may be substituted for 4 credits of ECE cific course requirements depend on the adviser. 504 by satisfactory completion of an indus- student’s area of emphasis, and the stu- Thesis and nonthesis options are avail- try report. dent’s program must be approved by his/ able. In the thesis option the candidate’s her academic adviser. PH.D. ELECTRICAL AND program must include a minimum of 6 COMPUTER ENGINEERING Students in the Ph.D. program in elec- thesis credits and a final oral thesis defense. Admission Requirements. A student trical and computer engineering are In the nonthesis option, the candidate’s applying to the Ph.D. program in electrical required to pass a comprehensive examina- program must include at least 32 (rather and computer engineering will normally be tion (written and/or oral) after completing than 24) graduate-level credits in electrical required to demonstrate an acceptable level their coursework. They are also required to and computer engineering, excluding all of performance in the GRE examination obtain approval of their proposed research omnibus-numbered courses and transfer and to have completed an M.A. or M.S. plan by their doctoral committee before courses. The nonthesis option is most degree in electrical engineering or a related they can be advanced to candidacy. appropriate for a student who has experi- field. A dissertation containing a real contri- ence as an engineer and wants to concen- bution to knowledge based on the candi- trate on coursework to increase his/her date’s own investigation and a final oral technical knowledge. dissertation defense are required. The dis- Students are required to complete tenta- sertation must show a mastery of the litera- tive degree plans that have been approved ture of the subject and be written in by their advisers not later than the second creditable literary form. quarter of their residence at PSU. A master’s degree study plan form for this purpose is available in the ECE Department Office. Students are also required to obtain their adviser’s approval of coursework each quarter on a quarterly study plan form. Coursework taken without adviser approval may not be accepted as part of the student’s program. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 219

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

128 Science Building II Freshman Year Credits EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving ...... 4 GRADUATE (503) 725-4290 PROGRAMS www.me.pdx.edu/ EAS 115 Engineering Graphics...... 3 Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry...... 12 Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory . . .2 M.S. MECHANICAL B.S. Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 ENGINEERING M.S. †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 The master’s program in mechanical engi- M.Eng. neering gives the practicing engineer Ph.D.—Participating department Total 48 advanced professional opportunities and in Systems Science Doctoral Sophomore Year Credits the student considering a career of research Program EAS 211 Statics ...... 4 or university teaching a first level of gradu- EAS 212 Strength of Materials ...... 4 ate study. The program includes a core of EAS 213 Properties of Materials ...... 4 required mechanical engineering courses, NDERGRADUATE EAS 215 Dynamics ...... 4 U advanced mathematics courses, a selection PROGRAMS ME 241 Manufacturing Processes ...... 4 ECE 201 Electrical Engineering Laboratory . .1 of engineering electives, and supervised Mechanical engineering affords a wide ECE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 individual research. range of career paths with a broad spec- Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 University master’s degree require- trum of employers. Careers are available Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . .4 ments are listed on page 56. In addition, a Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics candidate for the M.S. degree must com- in aerospace, energy conversion, energy (with Calculus) ...... 9 utilization, environmental design and man- plete at least 27 credits in engineering, Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 excluding thesis or project. agement, chemical processing, electro- †Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 mechanical systems, controls, mechanical The master’s degree may be completed design, manufacturing, and materials, to Total 57 with any one of three options. One research name a few. Employment may be found in option requires 36 credits of coursework Junior Year Credit and 9 credits of thesis (ME 503). Another virtually every kind of industry, every EAS 361 Fluid Mechanics ...... 4 branch of government, and every kind of ME 313 Analysis of Mechanical Components. .4 option requires 36-39 credits of course- utility. The mechanical engineering curric- ME 314 Analysis and Design of Machine work and 6-9 credits of research project ulum at Portland State University is distin- Elements ...... 4 (ME 501). Under these options, student guished by its computer applications at all ME 321 Engineering Thermodynamics ...... 4 research is conducted under the supervi- levels and emphasis on the design process. ME 322 Applied Fluid Mechanics and sion of faculty, and a final oral examination Thermodynamics...... 4 It provides opportunities to specialize in covering the thesis or project must be suc- ME 323 Heat Transfer ...... 4 cessfully completed. The third option fluid systems, mechanical systems, thermal ME 351 Vibrations and System Dynamics . . . .4 systems, and machine design. It affords an requires 45 credits of coursework, with no ME 352 Numerical Methods in Engineering. . .4 final oral exam required. Coursework may education suited to meeting the technology Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers needs of the Northwest. and Scientists ...... 3 include special projects, but a maximum of The mechanical engineering curriculum Ph 381 Physical Metallurgy for Engineers . . . .3 12 credits total of 501, 503, 505, and 506 is accredited by the Accreditation Board Upper-division cluster ...... 8 may be applied toward any option. Required core courses include ME 511, for Engineering and Technology (ABET). Total 46 This national organization sets standards 551, and 4 credits each of approved gradu- for engineering education defined in terms Senior Year Credits ate math and numerical methods. In addi- of curricular content, quality of faculty, and ME 411 Engineering Measurement and tion, for the project/thesis options, ME 507 Instrumentation Systems ...... 4 adequacy of facilities. (one credit) and ME 501 and 503 must be ME 420 or ME 437 Systems Design ...... 4 taken. All students must submit a study Majors in mechanical engineering must ME 488 Design of Experiments...... 2 complete the following University and plan approved by their adviser before the ME 491 Design Process...... 2 beginning of their third term with addi- departmental degree requirements. Any ME 492 Conceptual Design Project...... 4 deviation from the required courses, ME 493 Detailed Design Project ...... 4 tional plans submitted at the request of including engineering and mathematics Approved mechanical engineering electives . .16 their adviser. course substitutions, must be approved in Upper-division cluster ...... 4 The department supports research in writing by the chair of the Department of manufacturing, building science, and engi- Total 40 Mechanical Engineering. neering science. Current faculty research areas include indoor air quality, HVAC, electronic cooling CAD/CAM, dynamic systems modeling, computational mechanics in thermo-fluid systems, and FEM applications in mechanical design.

† Please see page 17 for information on the general education requirement. 220 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

M.ENG. MECHANICAL PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— EAS 213 ENGINEERING MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Properties of Materials (4) The Master of Engineering in Mechanical The Ph.D. in Systems Science—Mechani- Basic properties, behavior, and survey of engi- Engineering degree is a practice-based, cal Engineering is a single-discipline neering and industrial applications of materials. Prerequisite: Ch 221, EAS 212 taken concur- professional degree designed for students option of the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- rently. Lecture and laboratory. seeking to advance their knowledge and gram (Departmental Option), whose gen- EAS 215 skills of engineering applications. The eral requirements are listed on page 58. Dynamics (4) opportunity for participation in industrial The departmental requirements are a Fundamental principles and methods of Newto- internships highlights the curriculum. master’s degree in mechanical engineering nian mechanics including kinematics and kinet- Admission requirements for the M.Eng. or equivalent coursework, 9 credits of Sys- ics of motion and the conservation laws of degree are identical to those for the M.S. tems Science core courses, 9 credits of mechanics. Basic particle and rigid body appli- degree, as included in the Graduate School additional Systems Science or approved cations. Prerequisites: EAS 211, Mth 253. Admissions portion of this catalog. Degree engineering systems-related courses, and 9 EAS 341 requirements include 45 graduate credits, credits of other approved coursework. Introduction to Thermal Sciences (4) which include 32 credits of core require- Twenty-seven credits of dissertation Introduction to thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and heat transfer for non-mechanical engi- ments and electives (see M.S. degree research are also required. Specialization neering majors. First and second laws of requirements for core requirements). Up to areas of research related to building energy thermodynamics and their applications to engi- 9 credits of approved industrial experience conservation, CAD, controls, heat transfer, neering systems and cycles; fluid flow phenom- can be toward the degree. Approved indus- microprocessor applications, computa- ena and conservation laws for mass, energy, and trial projects can also be integrated into the tional fluid dynamics, transport processes, momentum; heat conduction and convection and curriculum. Specific requirements are thermochemical conversions, and advanced their applications to engineering designs. Prereq- detailed in the Mechanical Engineering manufacturing. uisites: Mth 256, Ph 223. Graduate Bulletin. EAS 361 Fluid Mechanics (4) M.ENG. SYSTEMS SCHOOL Properties of fluid; fluid statics; differential ENGINEERING COURSES analysis; conservation of mass, energy, and Systems Engineering focuses on defining momentum; dimensional analysis; and fluid customer needs and required functionality Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not metering. Prerequisites: EAS 215, Mth 256 early in the development cycle, document- offered every year. taken concurrently. Lecture and laboratory. ing requirements, then continuing with EAS 101 EAS 401 design synthesis and system validation Engineering Problem Solving (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to basic ideas and tools used in the Consent of instructor. while considering the complete problem: engineering profession. Basic preparation in Operations—Performance—Test—Manu- EAS 405 rudiments and working methods of engineering Reading and Conference (Credit to be facturing—Cost and Schedule—Support— design, analysis, and problem solving, with arranged.) Disposal. emphasis on developing skills in computer-aided Consent of instructor. Systems Engineering integrates all the problem solving methods utilizing tools such as EAS 406 disciplines and specialty groups into a team MATLAB, Mathcad, and EXCEL. Introduction Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) effort, forming a structured development to structured computer programming methods Consent of instructor. via MATLAB scripting language. process that proceeds from concept to pro- EAS 407 Lecture and recitation. duction to operation. Many of us already Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) practice systems engineering, but call it EAS 102 Consent of instructor. Engineering Computation Structures (4) EAS 410 something else: design or development of Introduction to advanced data structures useful product, process, service. This course of Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) for solving engineering problems. Continues Consent of instructor. study will enable the engineer to function developing skills in the algorithmic method for * in an interdisciplinary team, organize the engineering problem solving. Modern program- EAS 461/561 Reliability Engineering (4) structure of the project, and apply their area ming language. Prerequisite: EAS 101. Design of reliable components and systems for of engineering specialty toward the devel- EAS 115 electrical and mechanical engineering fields. opment of a product, process, or Engineering Graphics (3) Includes elements of probability and statistics, service. The graphic language applied to engineering. reliability, mathematics, failure modes and effect Admission Requirements. Mini- Projection systems. Multiview and pictorial rep- analysis; and design for given reliabilities under resentation. Introduction to computer graphics. constraints. Prerequisite: senior standing in mum three years of responsible engineer- Lecture and laboratory. ing experience, baccalaureate degree in engineering. EAS 199 engineering, and at least 3.00 GPA for Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) upper-division courses. Conditional admis- Consent of instructor. CIVIL ENGINEERING sion is based on approval and a study plan EAS 211 COURSES specified by both director of systems engi- Statics (4) neering and departmental adviser. Principles and applications of static equilibrium CE 199 to structures and machines. Prerequisite: Mth Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Degree Requirements. A total of Consent of instructor. 45 credits: 16 in systems core; 16 in elec- 252, Ph 221 taken concurrently. CE 211 tive speciality and related engineering EAS 212 Plane Surveying and Mapping (3) areas; Strength of Materials (4) An introductory analytical treatment of the prin- Study of the relationship between strain and 9 in internship/project; and 4 in report on ciples of engineering measurements applied to stress in deformable bodies; principles of stress plane surveys. Origin of datums, random error, internship/project. analysis for axial force, flexure, torsion, and observation systems, computations, nonrigorous shear; studies in combined stresses and column adjustments, and topographic mapping. Com- stability. Prerequisites: EAS 211, Mth 253. puter applications. Prerequisite: Mth 251. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 221

CE 212, 213, 214 CE 364 *CE 423/523 Field Problems in Plane Surveying (1, 1, 1) Water Resources Engineering (4) Vibration Analysis in Structural Engineering CE 212: Care and operation of plane survey Principles of hydrology and hydraulic engineer- (4) instruments. Field projects in testing instrumen- ing applied to water supply systems design. Col- Fundamentals of vibration theory; applications tal adjustment and executing basic survey cir- lection and distribution, pump stations, water in structural engineering. Free, forced, and tran- cuits. CE 213: Development and completion of a quality and treatment, economic considerations. sient vibration of single and multi-degrees of topographic map by field method. CE 214: Prerequisite: CE 362. freedom systems including damping, normal Layout of a route design; adjustment of optical CE 371 modes, coupling, and normal coordinates. Pre- instruments. Elementary field astronomy. Pre- Environmental Engineering (3) requisites: EAS 212 and Mth 256. requisite: CE 211 concurrently. Effect of air, land, and water pollutants on envi- *CE 431/531 CE 311 ronment. Transport and fate of pollutants in envi- Stability of Structures (4) Engineering Surveys (4) ronment. Mathematical modeling of water Study of elastic and inelastic flexural buckling of The principles of geometric design of route engi- quality. Water quality parameters and standards. bars and frames; use of energy methods and suc- neering. The reconnaissance, design, control, Analysis of water quality in rivers, lakes, reser- cessive approximations; bracing of columns and and layout of highway and railroad systems voirs, estuaries, and groundwater systems. frames; torsional, lateral-torsional, and local including curves and earthwork. Municipal sur- Prerequisite: EAS 361. buckling. Prerequisites: CE 333, Mth 256 or veys and introduction to spherical astronomy. CE 401 equivalent. Computer applications. Prerequisite: CE 211. Research (Credit to be arranged.) *CE 432/532 CE 324 Consent of instructor. Structural Steel Design—LRFD Method (4) Elementary Structural Analysis (4) CE 404 Design of components of steel structures based Methods of analysis of statically determinate Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to on load and resistance factor design method. planar structures; concepts of stability and inde- be arranged.) Prerequisite: CE 333. terminacy; calculations of displacements and Consent of instructor. CE 434 rotations by virtual work, Castigliano’s theorem, CE 405 Principles of Reinforced Concrete (4) and conjugate beam; approximate analysis of Reading and Conference (Credit to be Principles of ultimate strength analysis; design statically indeterminate structures. Prerequisite: arranged.) of short columns, simple and continuous beams; EAS 212 and calculus. Consent of instructor. one-way slabs; working stress theory; service- CE 325 CE 406 ability and detailing requirements with reference Indeterminate Structures (4) Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) to current codes. Three lectures; one 2-hour Analysis of indeterminate structures by force Consent of instructor. design or laboratory period. Prerequisite: CE and displacement methods; consistent deforma- CE 407 325. tions and the theorem of least work; slope Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) CE 435 deflection; moment distribution including sway; Consent of instructor. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (4) approximate methods. Prerequisite: CE 324. CE 410 Design of spandrel beams, footings, slab sys- CE 333 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) tems, long columns, walls and other components Design of Steel Structures (4) Consent of instructor. of reinforced concrete structures by ultimate strength with reference to current codes. Prereq- Fundamental principles necessary in the design CE 415 of steel members and connections subject to var- Structural Analysis for Architects (4) uisite: CE 434. ious combinations of loads; application of prin- Principles and applications of static equilibrium *CE 436/536 ciples to design problems consistent with current to structures, with emphasis on building struc- Masonry Design (4) design codes; introduction to plastic analysis and tures. Principles of stress analysis for axial force, Materials of construction; design of masonry design. Three lectures; one 2-hour design or lab- flexure, and shear; studies in combined stress elements, lateral load resisting systems, and con- oratory period. Prerequisite: and column stability. Prerequisites: Mth 111 and nections with reference to current codes. Prereq- CE 325. 112. uisite: CE 434. CE 341 CE 416 CE 437 Soil Classification and Properties (4) Structural Design for Architects (4) Timber Design (4) Determination and interpretation of significant Structural design of solid and glued-laminated Design of solid and glued-laminated structural engineering properties and behavior of soils; wood members and trusses; design of steel and members including arches, connections, ply- selected application in mechanics of foundations reinforced concrete members; lateral force anal- wood components, and diaphragms; design pro- and earth structures. Three lectures; one 3-hour ysis and design. Prerequisite: CE 415. visions for lateral forces. Prerequisite: CE 325. laboratory period. Prerequisite: EAS 213. *CE 420/520 *CE 438/538 CE 351 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (4) Design of Composite Structures (4) Transportation Systems: Planning and Design Advanced studies in mechanics of materials Design of composite steel-concrete members (4) including fundamentals of elasticity, phenome- based on allowable stress design and load and A study of engineering problems associated with nological material behavior, and theories of fail- resistance factor design methods. Prerequisites: the planning and design of urban and intercity ure. Timoshenko beam theory, stress functions, CE 333, 434. transportation with emphasis on systems shear stresses, unsymmetrical sections, and CE 442/542 approach to problems definition and solution. beams on elastic foundations. Thick-walled cyl- In Situ Behavior and Testing of Soils (4) Vehicle operation characteristics and traffic con- inders; approximate methods. Prerequisites: Introduction to field behavior of soils related to trol devices for land, air, and water, data collec- EAS 212, Mth 256 or equivalent. engineering properties; site investigation proce- tion methods and development of transportation * dures and in situ testing. Development of funda- models for the establishment of design criteria CE 421/521 Analysis of Framed Structures (4) mental analytical solution techniques for for transportation structures. Prerequisite: junior Generalized analysis of multi-story and irregular engineering with soil, the use and limitations of standing in engineering. structural framework with classical methods; elasticity assumptions. Three lectures, one 3- CE 362 analysis of arches, curved beams and frames hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: CE 341. Hydraulics (4) with nonprismatic members. Energy methods CE 443/543 Stability of floating and submerged bodies; with introduction to matrix methods. Prerequi- Introduction To Seismology And Site dimensional analysis and dynamic similitude; site: CE 325. Evaluation (4) introductory, turbulent, and boundary layer the- Earthquakes and exploration seismology, the ory; open channel hydraulics; and flow measure- origin and occurrence of earthquakes, nature and ment. Three lectures; one 3-hour laboratory propagation of seismic waves in the earth, earth- period. Prerequisite: EAS 361. quakes as a hazard to life and property. Uses of reflection and refraction exploration seismol- 222 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ogy, borehole velocity measurements, seismic and verification. Modeling steady and unsteady CE 506 remote sensing, and direct measurement tech- flows in rivers. Application of HEC 2 and Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) niques. Earthquake hazard assessment including DWOPER to river hydraulic modeling. Prerequi- Consent of instructor. liquefaction, ground failure, and site amplifica- site: CE 362. CE 507 tion. Techniques for evaluating the susceptibility, *CE 467/567 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) potential, and severity of the hazards and other Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design (4) Consent of instructor. science and engineering applications. Prerequi- Application of hydrologic and hydraulic princi- CE 510 site: senior/graduate standing. This course is the ples to selected topics in hydrologic and hydrau- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) same as G 475/575; course may be taken only lic design. Topics include risk-based design of Consent of instructor. once for credit. hydraulic structures, design of culverts, flood *CE 522/622 CE 444 profile computation and flood plain manage- Plastic Analysis of Structures (4) Geotechnical Design (4) ment, design of reservoirs. Design of spillways Techniques in the analysis of structures beyond Effect of soil conditions upon the behavior and including development of design flood the elastic limit. Methods of limit analysis and choice of type of foundation; study of earth pres- hydrograph and hydraulic design, design of design. Prerequisite: CE 333. sure theories; design of foundations and earth- energy dissipation works. Prerequisite: CE 464/ *CE 524/624, 525/625 retaining structures. Prerequisite: CE 341. 564 or knowledge of HEC 1 and HEC 2. Matrix and Computer Methods in Structural CE 448/548 CE 474/574 Analysis (4, 4) Earthquake Accommodation and Design (4) Unit Operations of Environmental Fundamental concepts of analysis for statically Effects of earthquake shaking in the design of Engineering (4) determinate and indeterminate structures utiliz- buildings, pipelines, bridges, and dams. Incorpo- Unit operations of water and wastewater treat- ing matrices and computers; displacement and rating the earthquake hazard assessment for a ment; pretreatment; sedimentation, filtration, force methods applied to trusses and rigid project in the design process. The goal of this aeration, disinfection, sludge treatment and dis- frames; techniques for the analysis of large com- course is to allow geologists, geotechnical engi- posal, advanced waste-water treatment pro- plex structures for static and dynamic loads. Pre- neers, structural engineers, and architects to see cesses. Prerequisite: CE 371. requisite: CE 326. how their particular tasks are impacted by the *CE 477/577 *CE 526/626 earthquake effects. Types of analysis used to Solid and Hazardous Waste Management (4) Theory of Plates (4) evaluate earthquake design requirements in sev- Systematic approach to the complex technical, Small and large deformation theories of thin eral disciplines, including: geology, geotechnical political, and socio-economic aspects of manag- plates; numerical and energy methods; free engineering, structural engineering, and archi- ing, handling, and disposal of spent solid materi- vibrations. Prerequisite: Mth 256. tecture. Prerequisite: CE 443/543 or G 475/575. als and hazardous wastes. Prerequisite: senior/ *CE 527/627, 528/628 This course is the same as G 477/577; course graduate standing in civil engineering or consent Finite Elements in Structural Mechanics may be taken only once for credit. of instructor. (4, 4) CE 454 CE 484 Principles of stiffness analysis of structures, Urban Transportation Systems (4) Engineering Project Management (3) essentials of the finite element formulation of Urban street patterns and transportation demand, Engineering process including owner-design elastic problems with applications to structural highway capacity analysis, process of urban professional-constructor relationships, procure- mechanics, plates and shells, and other related transport planning, travel-demand forecasting ment procedures, project evolution; contracts, problems utilizing digital computers. Prerequi- and its application to traffic studies. Develop- dispute resolution, bonds, warranties; construc- site: CE 524/624. ment of transport models, multiple regression tion documents, including specifications; cost *CE 529/629 analysis, models of land use and trip genera- estimating, planning, and scheduling; construc- Structural Dynamics (4) tions, stochastic trip distribution models, appli- tion administration; group process, diversity, and Determination of normal modes and frequencies cations and case studies. Route assignment leadership. Prerequisite: senior standing in civil for structural systems. Transient and steady state analysis and traffic flow theory. Prerequisite: engineering. response. Derivation and solution of governing CE 351. CE 494 equations using matrix formulation. Analysis of CE 456/556 Civil Engineering Design (3) linear response of structures to dynamic load- Traffic Engineering (4) Synthesis of civil engineering specialties in a ings. Stresses and deflections in structures. Pre- Traffic system components, traffic stream char- diverse multi-disciplinary project. Teamwork requisite: CE 423/523. acteristics, traffic studies and data collection, approach in design of components and systems *CE 530/630 volume studies, speed, travel-time, delay and to meet stated objectives. Consideration of alter- Energy Principles in Structural Mechanics pedestrian studies, capacity analysis, freeway native solutions, methods, and products includ- (4) systems, weaving sections, ramp junctions, rural ing constraints such as economic factors, safety, Review of stress and deformation; material highways, signalized and unsignalized intersec- reliability, and ethics. Preparation of design doc- behavior; theorem of virtual work, stationary tions, signal coordination, arterial operations, uments, including: memoranda, computations, value of potential and complementary potential; and access management. Prerequisite: CE 454. drawings, cost estimates, specifications, bidding reciprocal theorems, Engesser’s theorem, and *CE 457/557 materials; written and oral presentations. Two Rayleigh-Ritz method; thermoelastic behavior. Pavement Design (4) lectures, one 3-hour design project laboratory Prerequisite: CE 420/520. Pavement structure classification and compo- period. Prerequisite: senior standing in civil *CE 535/635 nents, wheel loads and design factors, stresses in engineering. Prestressed Concrete Design (4) flexible pavements, subgrade strength and evalu- CE 501 Analysis and design of components of pre- ation, design methods, material characteristics, Research (Credit to be arranged.) stressed concrete structures with reference to stresses in rigid pavements, design of concrete Consent of instructor. current codes. Prerequisite: CE 434. pavements, joints and reinforcement, condition CE 503 *CE 537/637 surveys. Prerequisite: CE 351. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Earthquake Engineering (4) *CE 464/564 Consent of instructor. Response of structures to ground motions; determination and use of response spectra; seismic Hydrologic and Hydraulic Modeling (4) CE 504 Development and application of models for Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to design criteria and provisions for buildings and hydrologic and hydraulic analysis and design. be arranged.) other structures; and review of current practices Hydrologic processes related to rainfall-runoff Consent of instructor. for earthquake resistant design. Prerequisite: CE 529/629. modeling, including infiltration, overland flow, CE 505 watershed and channel routing. Application of Reading and Conference (Credit to be HEC 1 and TR 20 to model streamflow including arranged.)— development of input data. Model calibration Consent of instructor. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 223

*CE 539/639 ing. Prerequisites: Mth 252, Ph 201, Stat 244; *CE 573/673 Advanced Steel Design (4) recommended: ESR 320 and/or an undergradu- Numerical Methods in Environmental and Analysis and design of metal structures includ- ate course, such as CE 464. This course is the Water Resources Engineering (4) ing connections, plate girders, composite steel- same as ESR 525; course may be taken only Introduction to the mathematical solution of par- concrete construction, design loads, structural once for credit. tial differential equations by finite difference and systems, and bracing. Prerequisite: CE 333. finite element techniques. Development of solu- CE 566/666 tion approaches to water quality and hydraulic *CE 541/641 Environmental Data Analysis (4) Advanced Soil Mechanics (4) Application of probabilistic and statistical problems in surface and groundwater systems. Study of the advanced principles of soil behavior models to the description of environmental data. Analysis of model sensitivities, calibration and related to stress-strain, shear strength, perme- Techniques of exploratory analysis, distribution verification. Prerequisite: senior or graduate ability, and consolidation. Prerequisite: CE 444. fitting, Monte Carlo simulation, univariate and standing in civil engineering. *CE 544/644 multivariate regression, time series analysis and *CE 575/675 Advanced Shallow Foundation Design (4) forecasting. Prerequisites: CE 464/564, Stat 460. Advanced Physical/Chemical Environmental Engineering Processes (4) Advanced topics in settlement and bearing *CE 569/669 capacity analysis of shallow foundation; applica- Theoretical and laboratory analysis of major Groundwater Hydrology (4) physical and chemical processes used to treat tion of numerical schemes to foundation design. Principles of flow and contaminant transport in Prerequisite: CE 444. water, wastewater, industrial and hazardous porous media and application to problems of wastes. Analysis of reactor hydraulics, reactor * CE 546/646 water supply and contaminant transport. Topics kinetics, coagulation, flocculation, solid-liquid Numerical Methods in Geotechnical include: properties of porous media; Darcy’s law Engineering (4) separation processes, adsorption, and gas trans- and aquifer equations; solution for steady and fer. Prerequisite: CE 474/574. Application of finite difference and finite ele- unsteady flow problems; flow net analysis; ment methods to the solution of soil-structure regional vertical circulation; unsaturated flow; *CE 576/676 problems, stability of soil masses and foundation well dynamics and pump test analysis; surface- Environmental Fluid Mechanics II (4) installation. Use of commercial computer pro- groundwater interactions; water quality and con- Introduction to the fundamentals of the fluid grams in working applied problems. taminant transport; transport models; transport dynamics of natural surface waters by analysis Prerequisite: CE 444. in heterogeneous porous media and tracer test. of the governing equations of mass, momentum, and heat conservation. Applications include tur- *CE 547/647 Prerequisite: senior/graduate standing in civil Earth Dams (4) engineering. bulence modeling, finite depth water motions, stratified flow phenomena, and seiche phenom- Design, construction, and operation of earth and *CE 570/670 earth-rock dams; seepage analysis, slope stabil- ena. Prerequisites: CE 572/672 or EAS 361, CE Groundwater Modeling (4) 362, 371. ity, and construction procedures. Emphasis The objective is to give students a good introduc- includes both the design of new structures and tion to practical groundwater flow and contami- *CE 578/678 the evaluation of safety of existing facilities. Pre- nant transport modeling. Designed as hands-on Water Quality Modeling (4) requisite: CE 442. and application oriented. Covers the fundamen- Introduction to descriptive modeling approaches tal equations, numerical methods, and modeling for analyzing water quality changes in lakes, res- CE 549/649 ervoirs, rivers, and estuaries. Applications Deep Foundation Design and Analysis (4) techniques with emphasis on conceptual model- Comprehensive study of both driven and augered ing and teaching students how to solve real include modeling dissolved oxygen, tempera- pile foundations, including concrete, steel, and world problems using an interactive groundwa- ture, nutrients, and algal dynamics. Prerequi- timber. In-depth review of design methods for ter modeling and visualization system. Specific sites: EAS 361, CE 371. axial and lateral capacity. Special emphasis on topics include conceptual representations and *CE 591/691 the differences between driven piles and drilled grid design, selecting model boundaries, sources Engineering Optimization (4) shafts, including the role of full-scale load test- and sinks, profile models, special needs for tran- Development of optimization methods applica- ing in the semi-empirical methods. Introduction sient simulations, calibration, verification, sensi- ble to the solution of engineering problems. to group theory in elasticity and plasticity. Pre- tivity analysis, and several hands-on projects on Conditions for optimality, univariate, and multi- requisite: CE 444. modeling groundwater contamination, well-field variate search methods, constrained optimization. Particular techniques include gradient- *CE 552/652 management, and remediation system. Prerequi- Highway Design for Capacity (4) site: CE 569/669. based methods, linear programming, and dynamic programming. Prerequisite: graduate Principles of highway capacity, traffic character- * CE 571/671 standing in engineering. istics, operational analysis, design and planning Stochastic Subsurface Hydrology (4) of freeways, multi-lane and two-lane rural high- A probabilistic approach to analyzing the effects CE 601 ways, intersections and arterials, transit facili- of complex heterogeneity of subsurface environ- Research (Credit to be arranged.) ties. Prerequisite: CE 454. ment on field-scale ground-water flow and con- Consent of instructor. *CE 561/661 taminant transport. Classical transport processes; CE 603 Water Resource Systems Analysis (4) heterogeneity/ uncertainty and probabilistic rep- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) A development of quantitative techniques used resentations; temporally variable subsurface Consent of instructor. in the analysis of water resource systems for flow and lumped parameter water quality mod- CE 604 planning, design and operation. Emphasis is els; spatial variability in subsurface flow; con- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to placed on the physical, legal and economic taminant transport processes in heterogeneous be arranged.) aspects and their incorporation into simulation media; geostatistical methods, measurement Consent of instructor. models. Applications include reservoir systems conditioning and parameter estimation; field CE 605 for water supply and hydropower, irrigation applications of stochastic methods. Emphasis is Reading and Conference (Credit to be planning and operation, and water quality man- placed on analysis of field-scale heterogeneous arranged.) agement. Prerequisite: CE 464/564 or equiva- groundwater systems. Prerequisite: CE 569. Consent of instructor. lent. *CE 572/672 CE 606 *CE 565 Environmental Fluid Mechanics I (4) Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Watershed Hydrology (4) Introduction to the basic physical processes Consent of instructor. Study of the movement and storage of water in which transport pollutants in natural waters; CE 607 watersheds, emphasizing physical processes. mathematical formulations. Use of predictive Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Includes systems analysis of watersheds, precip- mathematical models as a basis for water and air Consent of instructor. itation, snowmelt, infiltration, evapotranspira- quality management. Prerequisites: EAS 361, CE 610 tion, ground-water flow, stream flow generation, CE 371. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) open channel flow, hydrograph analysis, and an Consent of instructor. introduction to watershed hydrological model- 224 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CS 163 CS 251 COMPUTER SCIENCE Data Structures (4) Logical Structures (4) COURSES Data abstraction with formal specification. Ele- Introduction to logic from a computational view- mentary algorithm analysis. Basic concepts of point. Propositional calculus, first order predi- CS 105 data and its representation inside a computer. cate calculus, formal reasoning. Resolution and Computing Fundamentals I (4) Linear, linked, and orthogonal lists; tree struc- natural deduction. Applications to program cor- Intended as a computer literacy course for non- tures. Data structures are implemented as data rectness and automatic reasoning. Proof tech- CS majors. Introduces what computers are and abstractions. Sorting and search strategies. Data niques. Programming problems introduce use of how they can be used. Focus is placed on defin- management. Prerequisite: CS 162. a logical language. Prerequisite: CS 250. ing the difference between hardware and software, and then on using computers with various CS 199 CS 252 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Computational Structures (4) application software packages (e.g., word pro- CS 200 Elementary algebraic structures, Boolean alge- cessors, spreadsheets, data base managers, desk- bra; regular languages and finite automata; con- top publishing, and graphics). Various operating Computer Organization and Assembly Language (4) text-free languages and pushdown automata; systems will be introduced: DOS/Windows, Introduction to computer organization, number automata as computation devices; Turing MAC, and UNIX. Students will learn file and representation and digital logic, hardware inter- machines; Chomsky language hierarchy; directory management. Each of the following rupts, input/output programming, systems soft- Church’s thesis, computation models and their concepts will be introduced: the central process- ware, operating systems interface, assembly equivalence; solvability and unsolvability; the ing unit, I/O, secondary storage, communica- language programming, macros, linking and halting problem; use of a declarative language. tions, files and databases, information systems, loading. Prerequisite: CS 162. Prerequisite: CS 251. programming languages, emerging applications, and privacy and security. Prerequisite: Mth 111. CS 201 CS 299 Computer Architecture (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) CS 106 Study of the interrelationship and interaction of CS 300 Computing Fundamentals II (4) various parts of computer systems, digital logic, Intended as an introduction to programming for Elements of Software Engineering (4) instruction sets, processing and control units, Practical techniques of program development for non-CS majors. First, students will learn what a hardwired and microprogrammed control units, medium-scale software produced by individuals. program is and how to think about solving prob- buses, input-output, arithmetic and logic pro- Software development from problem specifica- lems with algorithms. Then, the course will tran- cessing, memory system hierarchies, virtual tion through design, implementation, testing, sition to teaching an introduction to structured memory. Prerequisite: CS 162, 200. and maintenance. The fundamental design tech- programming using tools such as VISUAL niques of step-wise refinement and data abstrac- BASIC and Pascal; students will learn about CS 202 tion. A software project will be carried through comments, variables, decision statements, loops, Programming Systems (4) Students will become familiar with the language the development cycle. Prerequisite: CS 202. and how to organize information. Introduces and operating system environment used in most algorithm design and computer programming CS 301, 302 upper-division courses in the Computer Science using a current computer language. Emphasis is Languages and Compiler Design (4, 4) major curriculum. Use of the file system, operat- on structured programming methods. Surveys Principles of programming languages and lan- ing-system calls, and shell-level programming; common algorithms for data manipulation, guage implementation by compilation. Tech- low-level debugging of high-level programs. searching, and sorting. Summarizes the relation- niques of language definition. Run-time Programming exercises will include applications ships between structured programming lan- behavior of programs. Compilation by recursive from data structures (e.g., B-trees) and memory guages such as FORTRAN, COBOL, C, and descent. Use of LR compiler-generation tools. management techniques. Prerequisites: CS 163, Pascal. Prerequisite: CS 105. Design and implementation of a compiler for a 201. small language. Prerequisites: CS 202, 252, 300. CS 107 Computing Fundamentals III (4) CS 207 CS 303 Intended as an introduction to object-oriented Introduction to Programming in Cobol (3) Operating Systems and Concurrent Introduction to the programming language, programming for non-CS majors. First, students Programming (4) COBOL. Fundamentals of data processing. Pre- Introduction to the principles of operating sys- will learn the ease with which object-oriented requisite: Mth 111. tems and concurrent programming on uni- and programs can be developed using many short multi-processor computers. Operating system sample programs. Covers the fundamentals of CS 208 services, file systems, resource management. object-oriented programming and helps students Introduction to Programming in FORTRAN The concept of a process; process cooperation think about object-techniques in creating and (3) Design and construction of computer programs. and interference. Design and coding of concur- using applications with languages such as C++ Use of the FORTRAN language to solve prob- rent programs. Design of operating systems. or SmallTalk. Prerequisite: CS 106. lems over a wide range of applications. The Includes programming assignments in concur- CS 161 course is introductory in nature and is not rent programming. Each student will make a Introduction to Computer Science I (4) intended for students with previous knowledge short oral presentation during the term. Prerequi- Introduction to fundamental concepts of com- of FORTRAN. Prerequisite: Mth 111. sites: CS 202, 252, 300. puter science. Problem solving, algorithm and program design, data types, control structures, CS 250 CS 304 and subprograms. This course is primarily Discrete Structures (4) Operating Systems Design and Introduction to notations and techniques to rep- Implementation (4) designed for CS majors. Prerequisite: Mth 111. resent and analyze computational objects. Sets, Design and implementation of a small object- CS 162 bags, and tuples. Functions: combining opera- oriented operating system in a simulated or vir- Introduction to Computer Science II (4) tions and properties. Relations: equivalence and tual environment. The class will have a heavy Introduction to software design, use of a variety order. Inductive definition of computational programming component. Lectures will focus of data structures, data abstraction, and recur- objects. Elementary combinatorics. Program- first on the assignments and second on the study sion. Application of recursion in software ming problems introduce use of a functional lan- of operating systems internals as appropriate to design. Program correctness, verification, and guage. Prerequisites: CS 163, Mth 252. the assignments. Assignment tasks may include testing. Students will write a substantial com- the construction of a scheduling system, inter- puter program during the term. Prerequisite: CS process communication facilities such as mes- 161. saging and semaphores, a simple file system, simple device drivers, and debugging/logging facilities in the virtual operating system. Three lecture hours plus extensive time out of class programming. Prerequisites: CS 303. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 225

CS 350 CS 430/530 CS 454/554 Algorithms and Complexity (4) Foundations of Logic Programming (4/3) Software Engineering (4/3) Techniques for the design and analysis of algo- Introduction to theory of logic programming. Current methodologies for the development of rithms. Case studies of existing algorithms (sort- Models, unification, and fixed points. Declara- large, industrial strength software systems. ing, searching, graph algorithms, dynamic tive and procedural semantics. Negative issues. Topics include requirements, specification, programming, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier Topics from deduction and perpetual processes. design, testing, project management, and group transform.) NP-Completeness. Prerequisite: CS Prolog will be introduced as an instance of a dynamics. Will include a large team project. Pre- 252. logic programming language to study the results requisite: CS 301. CS 399 of theory. Prerequisite: CS 252. CS 457/557 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) CS 438/538 Functional Languages (4/3) Consent of instructor. Computer Architecture (4/3) Introduction to functional notation, recursion, CS 401 Processors, memory hierarchy, and bus systems. higher-order functions, reasoning about func- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Multi-level caches and cache coherence in MP tions, and models for the evaluation of applica- Consent of instructor. systems. Arithmetic algorithms. RISC vs. CISC tive expressions. Use of functional languages. CS 404 instructions, pipelining, and software pipelining. Prerequisites: CS 202, 252. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Superscalar, superpipelined, and VLIW architec- CS 458/558 be arranged.) tures. Connection networks. Performance evalu- Programming Languages (4/3) Consent of instructor. ation, simulation, and analytic models. In-depth study of current and historical issues in CS 405 Performance enhancement through branch pre- the design, implementation, and application of Reading and Conference (Credit to be diction and out-of-order execution. Prerequisite: programming languages. Topics range from arranged.) CS 302 or 303. basic to advanced. Areas include syntax, seman- Consent of instructor. CS 441/541 tics, scoping, typing, abstraction, exceptions, CS 406 Artificial Intelligence (4/3) and concurrency. Computational paradigms such Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to the basic concepts and tech- as functional, logic, and/or object oriented are Consent of instructor. niques of artificial intelligence. Knowledge rep- analyzed. Several “recent” programming lan- CS 407 resentation, problem solving, and AI search guages used. Prerequisite: CS 302. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) techniques. Program will be written in one of the CS 481/581, 482/582 Consent of instructor. AI languages. Prerequisites: CS 202, 252. Theory of Computation (4/3, 4/3) CS 409/509 CS 444/544 Computability theory; study of models of com- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to Database Systems (4/3) putation (Turing, Church, Kleene), recursive Consent of instructor. Introduction to basic concepts of database sys- function theory, properties of recursive, and tems. Database system architecture; relational recursively innumerable sets. Prerequisite: CS 410 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) data model and languages; implementation of CS 252. Consent of instructor. database applications; physical data organiza- CS 487, 488 tion, design and tuning; and query processing. Software Engineering Capstone (3, 3) CS 415/515 Prerequisite: CS 303. Advanced Parallel Programming (4/3) Emphasizes teamwork in small groups on a sub- Advanced course on parallel languages and pro- CS 445/545 stantial project that will be performed for a real gramming techniques. Introduces the fundamen- Implementation of Database Management customer. Projects are chosen so as to provide tals of and different approaches to parallel Systems (4/3) interdisciplinary content with project proposals computing and establishes first-hand experience Components of database management system being solicited from the community at large. in programming actual parallel computers. Pre- and how they are implemented, including perfor- Projects that involve students as well as custom- requisites: CS 302 and working knowledge of C, mance considerations. Components will include ers from other disciplines are encouraged. Lec- Fortran and Unix. concurrency control and crash recovery, operator tures will be directed towards the management evaluation, query evaluation, query optimization, of software development projects such as those CS 420/520 and physical storage management. Environments being carried out by the teams. It is the intent of Object-oriented Programming (4/3) will include parallel and distributed database The fundamental concepts of object-oriented the course to provide a capstone experience that systems and decision support systems. Prerequi- integrates the materials contained in the remain- programming languages, including data abstrac- site: CS 444/544. tion and typing, class inheritance and generic der of the CS curriculum through work on a types, prototypes and delegation, concurrency CS 447/547, 448/548 project that applies this material in another disci- control and distribution, object-oriented data- Computer Graphics (4/3, 4/3) pline. Each team member will contribute to the bases, and implementation. To illustrate these This course will provide an introduction to design, documentation, and testing phases of the issues, programming assignments in languages graphics systems and applications. Basic struc- project. This course creates an obligation for such as Smalltalk, Eiffel and C++ will be given. ture of interactive graphics systems, characteris- participation for two consecutive quarters. Pre- Prerequisite: CS 302. tics of various hardware devices. Control of requisites: senior standing. For CS majors: CS display devices, implementation of simple pack- 302, 303, 350. Non-CS majors: permission of CS 425/525 ages, device independence, and standard pack- the instructor. Distributed Systems (4/3) ages. Distributed architectures for graphics, CS 501 Basic concepts in distributed systems including hidden line and hidden surfaces algorithms, rep- networking concepts, remote procedure calling, Research (Credit to be arranged.) resentations of curves and surfaces. Prerequi- Consent of instructor. file servers and shared file systems, protection sites: CS 202, Mth 343. and security issues. These concepts will be illus- CS 503 trated with case studies of systems such as CS 451/551 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Locus, Sun NFS, Argus, Xerox Distributed File Numerical Computation (4/3) Consent of instructor. System, Cambridge Distributed Computing Sys- Introduction to numerical methods. Includes CS 504 tems, Amoeba, Mach, Apollo Domain, and the topics from elementary discussion of errors, Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Grapevine mail system. Prerequisite: CS 202. polynomials, interpolation, quadrature, linear be arranged.) systems of equations, and solution of nonlinear Consent of instructor. equations. Prerequisites: Mth 343; CS 200, 208. CS 505 Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. CS 506 Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. 226 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CS 507 CS 560 order logic, temporal logic), formal specifica- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Human-Computer Interaction (3) tions, theorem proving systems, circuit verifica- Consent of instructor. Introduction to the basic theory of human-com- tion, microprocessor verification, and system CS 510 puter interaction. Principles of human cognition software verification. Prerequisites: CS 301, Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) and interface design, interface evaluation tech- 303. niques. Several prototyping tools will be pre- Consent of instructor. CS 583 CS 533 sented. A project is required. Prerequisites: Stat Automata and Formal Languages (3) Concepts of Operating Systems (3) 460, CS 202. An advanced study of the theory of automata, Survey of concepts and techniques used in CS 570 formal languages and computational complexity. modern operating systems. Sample concepts Algorithm Design and Analysis (3) Main subjects are finite state concepts, formal covered are concurrency, IPCs, scheduling, An advanced in-depth study in the design and grammars, computability, Turing machines, and resource allocation, memory management, file analysis of algorithms. Topics include models of computational complexity. Prerequisite: CS 482. computation, sorting, data structures, graph systems, and security. Techniques for imple- CS 585 menting operating systems taught through a pro- algorithms, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier Cryptography (3) gramming project. Prerequisite: CS 303. transform, polynomial arithmetic, pattern match- The goal of cryptography is the encoding of CS 546 ing, and NP-complete problems. Prerequisite: information via a cryptographic system. Cryp- Data Models and Languages (3) CS 350 or equivalent. tanalysis studies the breaking of cryptosystems. Semantic data models, object-oriented data- CS 572 This course focuses on cryptography but with bases, the object-relational data model, deduc- Operating System Internals (3) respect to cryptanalysis. An overview of classi- tive query languages, multidatabase systems, Internals of a specific operating system includ- cal systems with an in-depth examination of advanced relational database theory. Readings ing structure of the kernel, block buffering modern cryptosystems. This includes block and lectures, exams, and a substantial project cache, file system structure and system calls, algorithms such as DES; public-key cryptosys- that will involve surveying the literature in a process structure and scheduling, memory man- tems, such as RSA; and one-way functions. major area of database research. Prerequisites: agement, device driver interface, and interpro- Additional topics include cryptographic proto- CS 444/544 and either graduate standing or CS cess communication. Prerequisite: CS 303. cols, signature schemes, pseudo-random number 251. CS 573 generation, Shannon’s information theory, and CS 549 Computer Communications (3) stream ciphers. Prerequisite: CS 252. Computational Geometry (3) Layers of the ISO/OSI reference model; basics Perspective and projective geometry. Analytic of computer telecommunications, networking projective geometry, projective lines and projec- technology; communications protocols, their ELECTRICAL AND tive planes. Projective transformations of lines function and impact on the performance of com- COMPUTER ENGINEERING and planes. Homogeneous coordinates. Applica- puter communications; traffic patterns in a data COURSES tions to two-dimensional computer graphics. network. Prerequisites: CS 303, Stat 460. Conic sections in design. Prerequisites: CS 163 CS 574 ECE 171 and 451. Internetworking Protocols (3) Digital Circuits (4) Advanced study of the protocols and algorithms Foundation course in digital design. Topics such CS 550 as number systems, basic logic gates, TTL Parallel Algorithms (3) used in the Internet (IETF) family of networking Definition and nature of parallel computation. protocols. For example, ARP, IP, UDP, TCP, device parameters, Boolean algebra, logic circuit Parallel computation from the point of view of multicasting, routing protocols like RIP and simplification techniques, timing analysis, the hardware/architecture, program/scheduling, and OSPF, and application protocols like DNS, NFS, application of MSI combinational logic devices, algorithms. Why and how parallel computation SNMP, FTP and HTTP. Issues such as address- programmable logic devices, flip-flops, synchro- is different from serial computation. Examples ing, name service, protocol design, and scale- nous state machines and counters. Introduces to highlight the differences. Parallel algorithms ability will be explored. Prerequisite: CS 303. students to a systematic design methodology. in general: illustration of the most important fea- Uses computer-based tools such as schematic CS 575 capture programs, programmable logic develop- tures and techniques. Illustration of the limita- Computer Systems Analysis (3) tions. A survey of major results, general form of An advanced course on computer systems. ment programs, and digital circuit stimulators. results, limitations on speed-up. Prerequisite: Topics include operating systems, performance ECE 199 CS 350. evaluation, device analysis, construction and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. CS 555 proof of monitors, file systems, objects and pro- Software Specification and Verification (3) cesses, reliability, and protection. Prerequisites: ECE 201, 202, 203 Theoretical and practical aspects of the software CS 303, Stat 460. Electrical Engineering Laboratory I, II, III development process or software lifecycle. (1, 1, 1) CS 576 Prerequisites, or concurrent enrollment in: ECE Covers the first part of the cycle: formulating the Computer Security (3) external requirements, specifying what the soft- Introduction to the principles of computer secu- 221, 222, 223, 271. Pass/no pass only. ware is to do, and the abstract design. Emphasis rity. Development of the notion of security ECE 221 will be on the formal aspects of specification and through formal models and the examination of Electric Circuits (4) verification. existing secure systems. Systems intended for Experimental laws, network theorems, and com- the protection of classified information as well puter analysis techniques of electrical circuit CS 556 analysis. Network responses to various forcing Software Implementation and Testing (3) as commercial systems will be examined. Pre- Theoretical and practical aspects of the software requisite: CS 303. functions using time-domain and phasor-domain methods. Prerequisite: Mth 253. development process or software lifecycle. CS 577 Covers the second part of the cycle: detailed Compiler Construction (3) ECE 222 design, implementation in a programming lan- An advanced course on compiler construction. Signals and Systems (4) guage, testing, and maintenance. Emphasis will Topics include LL(k) and LR(k) parsing, code Step and impulse response of electric circuits, be on the technical aspects of software testing. generation, error recovery, and local and global introduction to the frequency domain, Laplace optimization. Prerequisite: CS 302. and Fourier transforms, convolution integrals, CS 559 and spectra Bode plots. Block diagrams and Software Measurement and Models (3) CS 579 transfer functions. Prerequisites: ECE 221, Mth Survey, evaluation, and application of software Formal Verification of Hardware/Software measurement techniques and models. Particular Systems (3) 256 or concurrent. emphasis on product metrics such as Software Introduction to the formal verification of func- Science, Cyclomatic Complexity, and Function tional correctness of hardware and software sys- Points. tems. Topics to be covered include: formal logics for system verification (first-order logic, higher- S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 227

ECE 223 ECE 332 ECE 413 Feedback and Control (4) Electromagnetic Systems (4) Senior Project Development II (2) Stability concepts for linear time- invariant net- Review of electromagnetic wave propagation; Continues development of the design projects works, Routh-Hurwitz criterion. Stability design of transmission lines, waveguides, reso- started in ECE 412 or UnSt 421 to their conclu- through feedback, Nyquist, and root-locus nators, and antennas. Prerequisite: ECE 331. sion. Each student maintains a log of his or her design methods. Compensation methods derived ECE 371 individual work and turns in weekly progress from Bode plots. Introduction to state space Microprocessors (4) reports. Each group prepares a final written system analysis. Prerequisite: ECE 222. This course covers the fundamentals of micro- report and delivers a final oral report to the entire ECE 271 processor architecture, software development, class. Note: Non ECE/CpE majors are welcome Digital Systems (4) and hardware interfacing. Emphasis is placed on in this class, but they do not need it to fulfill the Second course in a sequence of digital and eight bit microprocessor systems. Machine and University Capstone requirement. microprocessor courses. Covers shift register assembly language programming, applications devices and circuits; design, timing analysis, and of microprocessors in controls, microprocessor application of synchronous state machine cir- systems design, and memory and I/O interfacing cuits using discrete devices and programmable are among the topics studied. Laboratory work logic devices; timing analysis of asynchronous includes several software and hardware develop- state machines, arithmetic circuits and devices; ment projects. Prerequisite: ECE 271. internal architecture of a microprocessor; design ECE 401 and interfacing of memory systems; and an Research (Credit to be arranged.) introduction to design for test techniques. Rein- Consent of instructor. forces the systematic design methodology, docu- ECE 404 mentation standards, and use of computer-based Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to tools introduced in ECE 171. Prerequisite: ECE be arranged.) 171. Consent of instructor. ECE 301, 302, 303 ECE 405 Electrical Engineering Laboratory IV, V, VI Reading and Conference (Credit to be (1, 1, 1) arranged.) Prerequisites: ECE 201, 202, 203; prerequisites Consent of instructor. or concurrent enrollment in: ECE 321, 322, 323, ECE 406 331, 332, 371. Pass/no pass only. Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) ECE 321 Consent of instructor. Electronics I (4) ECE 407 Introduction to solid state electronics, leading to Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) the physical properties and characteristics of Consent of instructor. solid state electronic devices. Analysis and ECE 410 design of diode, bipolar junction, and field-effect Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) transistor circuits. Application of a computer- Consent of instructor. aided design (CAD) tool such as SPICE. Prereq- uisite: ECE 223. ECE 411 Industry Design Processes (2) ECE 322 Design methodologies will be discussed as a Electronics II (4) framework for solving broadly defined technol- Study of digital circuits used in various logic ogy problems. Interdisciplinary organizational families. Analysis of electronic amplifiers using principles will be presented as tools in the design small-signal models of electronic devices. Intro- process and as a foundation for the subsequent duction to feedback amplifier analysis and project course. Lectures, weekly and term case design. Review of transfer function and Bode studies. Prerequisites: quantitative modeling, analysis. Computer-aided design. Prerequisite: communication skills applicable to technical ECE 321. oral and written presentation; for electrical engi- ECE 323 neers, senior standing in the University and com- Electronics III (4) pletion of all junior-level required ECE classes; Introduction to differential and operational for non-ECE majors, consent of amplifier circuits. Study of operational amplifier instructor. design techniques involving current mirrors and ECE 412 active loads. Design and analyze active filters, Senior Project Development I (4) waveform generators, and large-signal electronic In this course, groups of three to five students amplifiers. Computer-aided design. Prerequi- will apply the structured design methodology site: ECE 322. learned in ECE 411, ME 491, and UnSt 421 to ECE 331 original projects with the assistance of faculty Electromagnetic Principles (4) and industrial/community advisers. After initial Review of vector calculus, electric and magnetic research, each student group will prepare a writ- fields, Maxwell’s equations in integral and dif- ten and oral project proposal. Each student is ferential form, Poisson’s equation, Laplace’s required to keep a log of his or her individual equation, uniform plane waves. Prerequisites: design work and to turn in weekly progress Mth 256, Ph 223. reports. At periodic intervals, each group will give an oral progress report to the entire class. In addition to the direct design work, this class also includes talks by industry speakers on topics such as group dynamics, interdisciplinary interaction, communication, documentation, patents, human factors, and engineering ethics. Prerequi- site: ECE 411, ME 491, or UnSt 421 (Industry Design Processes). 228 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ECE 415/515 ECE 426/526 ECE 455/555 Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices (4) Digital Integrated Circuit Design II (4) AI: Neural Networks I (4) Solid-state electronic devices; operation, fabrica- Students are instructed in methods and the use of Introduces approach for developing computing tion and applications; single crystal growth, p-n computer-aided design tools for the design and devices whose design is based on models taken junction, diodes, bipolar junction transistors, testing of large-scale integrated digital circuits. from neurobiology and on notion of “learning.” MOS capacitor, FETs. Course provides students A design project is an integral part of this course. A variety of NN architectures and associated with a sound understanding of existing devices Prerequisite: ECE 425/525. computational algorithms for accomplishing the and gives the necessary background to under- ECE 431/531 learning are studied. Experiments with various stand the problems and challenges of the micro- Microwave Circuit Design I (4) of the available architectures are performed via a electronic manufacturing. Prerequisite: Ph 318, Passive microwave components. Design of simulation package. Students do a major project ECE 323. microstrip circuits. Active high frequency on the simulator, or a special programming ECE 416/516 devices. Microwave computer aided design. project. Prerequisites: senior standing in ECE/ Integrated Circuit (IC) Technologies (4) Prerequisite: ECE 332. CPE or CS, or graduate standing. Microelectronic processing of solid-state devices ECE 432/532 ECE 456/556 and integrated circuits. A base for understanding Microwave Circuit Design II (4) AI: Neural Networks II (4) more advanced processing and what can and Small-signal amplifier design for gain and noise. Focuses on applications. Topics in fuzzy set the- cannot be achieved through IC fabrication. Oxi- Non-linear effects and nonlinear circuit design. ory, control theory, and pattern recognition are dation, diffusion, and ion implantation will be Oscillator design. Introduction to MMIC design. studied and incorporated in considering neural discussed. Bipolar, CMOS and BiCMOS fabri- Design project is an integral part of this course. networks. A design project (using NN simulator) cation processes. DRAM technology. Defining Prerequisite: ECE 431/531. in selected application area is done by each stu- system rules for IC layout. Packaging and yield. ECE 441/541 dent. Prerequisite: ECE 455/555. New technologies, such as Wafer-Scale Integra- Electrical Energy Systems Design I (4) ECE 461/561 tion and Multi-Chip Modules, will be discussed. Three-phase power, per unit system of calcula- Communication Systems Design I (4) Students will be introduced to the concept of tions, impedance and reactance diagrams, nodal An introduction to signals and noise in electrical designing for manufacturability. Prerequisite: equations, bus admittance and impedance matri- communication systems; signal spectra and fil- ECE 415/515. ces, transformer and synchronous generator ters, noise and random signals, baseband trans- ECE 418/518 modeling, symmetrical components, and fault mission of analog and digital signals, linear Linear System Analysis I (4) studies using symmetrical components. Prereq- modulation and exponential modulation. Prereq- Advanced concepts of continuous-time signals, uisite: ECE 332. uisite: ECE 222. systems, and transforms. Signals: periodicity, ECE 442/542 ECE 462/562 orthogonality, basis functions; system: linearity, Electrical Energy Systems Design II (4) Communication Systems Design II (4) super-position, time-invariance, causality, stabil- Fault studies with admittance and impedance Study of the relative merits of communication ity, and convolution integral; transforms: Fourier matrices, system protection fundamentals, dc systems, noise in continuous wave and pulse series and Fourier transform, Hilbert and Hartley transmission, solution of linear algebraic equa- modulation schemes, information theory, digital transform, Laplace transform. Prerequisites: tions as applied to power flow methods, indus- data systems, and advanced topics. Prerequisite: ECE 222. trial grounding practices. Prerequisite: ECE 441/ ECE 461/561. ECE 419/519 541. ECE 478/578 Linear System Analysis II (4) ECE 445/545 Intelligent Robotics I (4) Advanced concepts of discrete-time signals, sys- Power Electronic Systems Design I (4) Basic problems of intelligent robotics. Comput- tems, and transforms. Signals: periodicity, Basic DC-to-DC switching converter topologies ers for logic and logic programming. Hardware orthogonality, basis functions; system: linearity, are presented. Operation in various modes is for artificial intelligence. Formulation and reduc- super-position, time-invariance, causality, stabil- examined. Steady state design is undertaken tion of problems. Tree-search methods and ity, and convolution sum; transforms: Z Trans- using state space techniques and equivalent cir- architectures. Predicate calculus and resolution form, discrete Fourier transform and Fast Fourier cuit modeling. Design issues concerning semi- method. Methods of formulating and solving transform, discrete Hilbert and Hartley trans- conductor devices and magnetics design are also problems in logic programming. Unification in form; State Space description of a system. Pre- addressed. Prerequisite: ECE 322. hardware. Fuzzy logic and fuzzy logic machines. requisite: ECE 418/518. ECE 446/546 Machines for logic programming and artificial ECE 421/521 Power Electronic Systems Design II (4) intelligence. Reasoning by analogy and induc- Analog Integrated Circuit Design I (4) Dynamic analysis of DC-to-DC converters is tion: application of associative processors. Pre- Modeling of IC devices: transistors, capacitors, presented using state space techniques and the requisite: ECE 485/585 or 425/525. resistors. Temperature and device parameter method of equivalent circuit modeling of the ECE 479/579 variation effects. Building blocks of analog inte- switching device. Different control techniques Intelligent Robotics II (4) grated circuits: current sources and mirrors, gain such as current programming and sliding mode Sensors. Computer vision hardware. Problems in stages, level shifters, and output stages. Design control are introduced. Inverter and input current image processing, vision, manipulation, and of operational amplifiers; frequency response, waveshaping rectifier circuits are also intro- planning. Machines for image processing and feedback, and compensation; stability and noise duced. Prerequisite: ECE 445/545. computer vision. Morphological processors. in IC circuits; CAD tools for circuit design and ECE 451/551 Manufacturing inspection. Non-numeric com- testing. Prerequisite: ECE 323. Control Systems Design I (4) puters. Path planning. Localization. Use of rea- ECE 422/522 State space description of linear systems. Signal soning and learning. Applications in scheduling, Analog Integrated Circuit Design II (4) flow graphs. Discrete-time control systems: Z- planning, and assignment. Computer architec- Analysis and design of MOS operational ampli- transforms, recursion, sampling, sampling theo- tures for robotics. Integrated robotic systems for fiers, noise in IC circuits, design of wideband rem, design via Z-transform method, Z-plane manufacturing. Architectures of comprehensive amplifiers, principles of microwave circuit (root locus, etc.), Bode plot, phase space, etc. mobile robots. Robots in health care. System design, design of impedance matching circuits, Prerequisite: ECE 223. integration. Examples of application. Prerequi- comparators, voltage regulators, analog multipli- site: ECE 478/578. ECE 452/552 ers and modulators, CAD tools for circuit design Control Systems Design II (4) and testing. Prerequisite: ECE 421/521. Controllability, observability, identification, and ECE 425/525 stability of linear systems (continuous and dis- Digital Integrated Circuit Design I (4) crete). Use of analog and digital computers in Students in electrical and computer engineering control systems. Implementation issues. Prereq- are introduced to the analysis and design of digi- uisite: ECE 451/551. tal integrated circuits. A design project is an integral part of this course. Prerequisite: ECE 323. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 229

ECE 485/585 ECE 523/623 ECE 566/666 Microprocessor System Design (4) Analog Integrated Circuit Design III (4) Digital Signal Processing (4) Advanced topics in microprocessor technology Integrated-circuit oscillators and timers, fre- Study of discrete time signals and systems. emphasizing newer generations of microproces- quency-to-voltage converters, phase-locked-loop Mathematics of discrete time systems in time sors. Hardware and software design for different circuits, IC filters, self-tuning filters, digital-to- and frequency domains. Discrete Fourier Trans- microprocessor systems and bit slice design are analog converters, analog-to-digital converters, form, FFT algorithms and applications, digital major components of this course. Independent CAD tools for circuit design and testing. Prereq- filter design, random signals in digital linear sys- design projects are heavily emphasized as part of uisite: ECE 422/522. tems form the foundations of this course. Prereq- the lab work. Prerequisite: ECE 371. ECE 527/627 uisite: ECE 565/665. ECE 486/586 High-performance Digital Systems (4) ECE 567/667 Computer Architecture (4) The use of computer-aided design tools in high- Statistical Communications Theory (4) An introduction to the key concepts of computer performance digital systems is explored. The As an advanced course in communication the- system architecture and design. Topics include trade-offs between automated and hand design ory, topics of statistical decision, estimation, and the design and analysis of instruction set archi- are examined in the context of performance vs. modulation theory are introduced. Statistical tectures, memory systems, and high-perfor- development time. The impact of new develop- aspects of transmission detection and error mance IO systems; basic CPU implementation ments in MOS circuit technology are also exam- detection/correction schemes are covered. Pre- strategies; basic pipelined CPU implementation; ined. Prerequisite: ECE 426/526. requisites: ECE 461/561, 565/665. performance analysis; and a survey of current ECE 528/628 ECE 568/668 architectures. Prerequisite: ECE 485/585. Layout Techniques (4) Introductory Image Processing (4) ECE 491/591 Methodologies and strategies used to lay out Two-dimensional systems, image perception, Laser Systems Design I (4) electronic circuits. Full-custom and semi-custom image digitization (sampling and quantization), Laser topics: especially design of laser, fiber- approaches. Gate arrays, standard cells, cell gen- image transforms (Fourier, Cosine, K-L trans- optic, and related optical systems. Formation and erators, building blocks, and sea-of-gates tech- forms), image enhancement (histogram equal- propagation of modes and beams, matrix meth- nologies. Hierarchical circuit description, layout ization, filtering, spatial operation). Prerequisite: ods for the analysis and synthesis of optical sys- process, and manufacturability. Layout problem graduate standing. tems. Prerequisite: ECE 331. as a constrained optimization problem. Applica- ECE 569/669 ECE 492/592 tion of graph theory and mathematical optimiza- Advanced Image Processing (4) Laser Systems Design II (4) tion techniques to VLSI layout synthesis. Introduction to random fields, image representa- Interaction of light with atoms, Maxwell- Overview of the most important combinatorial tion by stochastic models, image restoration Schrödinger analysis and rate equation approxi- problems in circuit layout and descriptions of (Wiener and Kalman filtering), image coding mations. Effects of gain, dispersion, and satura- their solutions. Prerequisite: graduate standing. and compression predictive and transform cod- tion in the design of laser amplifiers and ECE 529/629 ing, vector quantization). Prerequisites: ECE oscillators. Prerequisite: ECE 331. Performance-driven Layout (4) 565/665, 568/668. ECE 501 Floor planning, placement, routing, compaction, ECE 570/670 Research (Credit to be arranged.) design rule verification, and module generation. Computer Vision (4) Consent of instructor. Description and analysis of algorithms used in Image detection and registration, image analysis ECE 503 layout synthesis. Timing-driven layout tech- (texture extraction, edge detection, segmenta- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) niques for performance optimization. Applica- tion), image reconstruction (radon transform, Consent of instructor. tion Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC) using Fourier reconstruction), stereo imaging and traditional semicustom techniques and new ECE 504 motion analysis, pattern recognition (recogni- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Application-Specific programmable logic tion, classification and clustering). Prerequisite: be arranged.) devices, FPGAs, EPLDs. Fitting problem for ECE 568/668. Consent of instructor. architecture-specific EPLDs. Prerequisite: ECE ECE 572/672 528/628. ECE 505 Advanced Logic Synthesis (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be ECE 533/633 Boolean and multivalued algebras. Cube calcu- arranged.) Advanced Electromagnetics (4) lus and its computer realization. Basic operators Consent of instructor. Advanced course in electromagnetics. Mathe- and algorithms of function minimization. ECE 506 matical methods, electrostatics, boundary value Decomposition and factorization theories. Multi- Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) problems, magnetostatics, time varying fields, level minimization. Orthogonal expansions and Consent of instructor. plane waves. Prerequisite: ECE 331. tree circuits. Cellular logic and its applications to ECE 507 ECE 543/643 Field Programmable Gate Arrays. Spectral Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Electric Energy Systems Control (4) theory of logic optimization. Ordered Binary and Consent of instructor. State estimation, security and contingency moni- Multiple-Valued Decision Diagrams. Design for toring, automatic generation control, economic speed, testability, power consumption, reliabil- ECE 510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) dispatch, optimal power flow, power system sta- ity, Reed-Muller forms, and EXOR circuits. Consent of instructor. bility, unit commitment and pool operation. Pre- Technology mapping. Transduction method. requisite: ECE 442/542. Modern logic synthesis programs, systems, and ECE 511/611, 512/612, 513/613 methodologies. Project that continues in ECE Solid State Electronics I, II, III (4, 4, 4) ECE 553/653 The solid state electronics course sequence deals Control Systems Design III (4) 573. Prerequisite: graduate standing in electrical with advanced topics in solid state device phys- Topics in modern feedback control theory of engineering. ics and modeling. Following a discussion on nonlinear and multivariable systems, including ECE 573/673 semiconductor properties and modeling as a considerations of stochastic and optimal control. Control Unit Design (4) function of doping and temperature, advanced Design methods on computer workstations. Pre- Synchronous logic, Finite State Machines: and bipolar transistor structures and MOS transistors requisite: ECE 452/552. Moore and Mealy models. Design of FSMs from will be treated in detail. Device models aimed at ECE 565/665 regular expressions, nondeterministic automata, numerical circuit simulators will be discussed. Signals and Noise (4) Petri Nets and parallel program schemata. Parti- Prerequisite: ECE 323. Students are introduced to “noise” as it appears tioned control units. Cellular automata. Realiza- in communication and control systems, its math- tion, minimization, assignment and ematical and statistical properties and practical decomposition of FSMs. Partition and decompo- filtering methods to minimize its impact on sys- sition theory and programs. Micro-programmed tems. Advanced topics in filter and estimation theory are also introduced. Prerequisite: graduate standing in electrical engineering. 230 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

units. Microprogram optimization. Theory and ECE 589/689 EMgt 520/620 realization of asynchronous, self-timed and self- Performance Analysis of Local Area Management of Engineering and Technology synchronized circuits. Project continuation. Pre- Networks (4) (4) requisite: ECE 572/672. Studies the structure and performance of local Study of fundamental concepts of engineering computer networks. Emphasis on performance and technology management to provide the stu- ECE 574/674 issues for common protocols used in local com- dents with an in-depth understanding of the High-level Synthesis and Design Automation (4) puter networks, specifically, polling networks, underlying principles of this discipline. Innova- Comprehensive design automation systems. rings networks, and random-access networks. tion process, technological change, technical Problems of system and high-level synthesis. Allows the student to analyze network perfor- organizations, motivation and leadership theo- Register-transfer and hardware description lan- mance and read the current literature. ries applicable to engineers and scientists, engi- guages. Data path design: scheduling and alloca- ECE 593/693 neering and RD projects, resource management tion. Design methods for systolic, pipelined, Advanced Laser Systems (4) in current and emerging technologies, and strate- cellular and dynamic architectures. System Transient phenomena in lasers including slow gic management of technological system inter- issues. System-level silicon compilers. Group and fast pulsations and instabilities. Semiclassi- faces are included in the course. Ongoing project: using high-level tools for design of a cal and quantum mechanical effects on laser per- engineering management research is critically complete VLSI ASIC chip or FPGA architec- formance and applications. Prerequisite: ECE evaluated in classroom discussions. Case studies ture: vision, DSP, or controller. Prerequisite: 492/592. and a term project are included. Prerequisite: ECE 573/673. ECE 595/695 graduate standing. ECE 575/675 Optoelectronics I (4) EMgt 522/622 Computational and Research Tools in Techniques of optoelectronic systems including Communication and Team Building in Electrical Engineering (4) optical modulation, deflection, and detection. Engineering Management (4) Introduction to the major computer and compu- Anisotropic media, electro-optics, nonlinear Developing high performance teams for the tational research tools in electrical engineering. optics, harmonic generation. Prerequisite: engineering-driven companies; fundamental UNIX, C, concepts in computer networks and ECE 331. concepts that make an effective team; building a high-performance team; the keys to high perfor- departmental software packages are introduced. ECE 596/696 Prerequisites: graduate standing and high level Optoelectronics II (4) mance; converting risks into assets; the power of programming language. Nonlinear optics, parametric oscillation, fre- commitment and discipline, and constructive quency conversion, self-focusing, acousto- communication; getting results through team ECE 576/676 dynamics, creative problem solving, and interac- Computational Methods in Electrical optics, Brillouin scattering, Raman scattering, Engineering (4) magneto-optics, opto-optics. Prerequisite: ECE tive exercises. Prerequisite: graduate standing or Students are introduced to optimization methods 595/695. eligibility of admission to engineering management program. used in electrical engineering including methods ECE 601 from linear, nonlinear, integer and dynamic pro- Research (Credit to be arranged.) EMgt 525/625 gramming. A number of numerical methods for Strategic Planning in Engineering ECE 603 Management (4) solving nonlinear and partial differential equa- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) tions are discussed. Prerequisite: ECE 575/675. Critical issues in shaping the competitive strat- ECE 604 egy for the engineering-driven companies in a ECE 577/677 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to turbulent business environment; key steps and Interactive Computer Graphics (4) be arranged.) An introduction to the principles of interactive end results of the planning process; corporate ECE 605 computer graphics including logical devices, mission; Key Result Areas (KRAs) and situa- Reading And Conference (Credit to be tional analysis including strengths, weaknesses, physical devices, transformation, viewing and arranged.) clipping in two and three dimensions. Prerequi- opportunities, and threats in KRAs. Identifying ECE 606 site: ECE 575/675. planning assumptions, critical issues, setting Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be objectives, formulating strategy. Leadership, ECE 587/687 arranged.) organizational culture, and structure to support Advanced Computer Architecture I (4) ECE 607 the implementation of a strategic plan as well as An advanced course in computer system archi- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) the strategic control systems. Case studies, pre- tecture and design. Key topics include advanced ECE 610 sentations, term projects, teamwork, and interac- CPU implementation techniques including pipe- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) tive exercises. Prerequisite EMgt 520/620. lining, dynamic instruction issue, superscalar architectures, and vector processing; high-per- EMgt 530/630 formance memory and IO systems design; an ENGINEERING Decision Making in Engineering and introduction to parallel computers; and a survey Technology Management (4) MANAGEMENT COURSES Decision and value theory concepts are applied of current literature in computer architecture and to technical and management decisions under of current advanced computer systems. Students EMgt 501 uncertainty. Multicriteria decisions are analyzed. will begin a project that will be completed in Research (Credit to be arranged.) Subjective, judgmental values are quantified for ECE 588/688. Prerequisite: 486/586. EMgt 503 expert decisions and conflict resolution in strate- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) ECE 588/688 gic decisions involving technological alterna- Advanced Computer Architecture II (4) EMgt 504 tives. Hierarchical decision modeling approach Discussion of parallel computer architectures Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to is introduced. Individual and aggregate decisions be arranged.) and their uses. Key topics include MIMD archi- are measured. Decision discrepancies and group tectures; associative processing; shared-memory EMgt 505 disagreements are evaluated. Case studies are and message-passing architectures; dataflow and Reading and Conference (Credit to be included in the course. Prerequisites: EMgt 520/ arranged.) reduction architectures; special-purpose proces- 620, knowledge of probability/statistics. sors; design and analysis of interconnection net- EMgt 506 works; and an overview of parallel software Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) EMgt 535/635 issues. Students will complete the project started Engineering Economic Analysis (4) EMgt 507 Economic evaluation of engineering and R&D in ECE 587/687. Prerequisite: ECE 587/687. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) projects is discussed from the engineering man- EMgt 510 agement viewpoint. Time value of money, tax Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) considerations, break-even sensitivity analyses, project evaluations under uncertainty, risk shar- S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 231

ing, capital budgeting, and multicriteria deci- *EMgt 551/651 and resistance to re-engineering. Case studies, sions are studied. Case discussions are included Manufacturing Systems Management (4) presentations, term projects, and teamwork are in the course prerequisite: Linear algebra, proba- Traditional and emerging techniques in manu- included in the course. Prerequisite: EMgt 560/ bility/statistics. facturing management; the evolution of concepts 660. from EOQ to MRP and JIT including what has EMgt 537/637 EMgt 565/665 Productivity Analysis (4) gone wrong with them. Other management level Research Methods for Engineering Productivity analysis techniques, applications, issues including shop floor control, production Management (4) and case studies are covered from engineering scheduling, and inventory management. Prereq- Research methods in engineering management; and management perspectives. Topics covered uisite: EMgt 550. statistical techniques including proper selection, include benchmarking, process analysis, produc- EMgt 552/652 use, and interpretation of parametric and non- tion functions, parametric productivity analysis Intelligent Manufacturing Systems (4) parametric tests along with factor and discrimi- techniques, and nonparametric productivity Introducing the student to applications of AI/ nant analysis. Design of experiments and model analysis techniques. Prerequisites: linear pro- expert system tools for solving manufacturing misspecification. The use of statistical software. gramming, probability/statistics. system design and management problems. First Prerequisites: graduate standing, probability and part of the course: Introduction of the basic con- EMgt 540/640 statistics. Operations Research in Engineering and cepts of intelligent manufacturing, knowledge- *EMgt 571/671 Technology Management (4) based (KB) techniques, and software used in the Expert Systems in Engineering (4) The use of operations research techniques in design of products, processes, facilities, and Insights into artificial intelligence exposing stu- making engineering management decisions; management systems required to manufacture a dents to the building of expert systems (ES) with application and interpretation of linear program- product. Second part: KB techniques and soft- an emphasis on solving a variety of engineering ming and goal programming; problem formula- ware used in the design of products, processes, management problems; components of ES and tions; mathematical model building; the basic facilities, and management systems required to an emphasis on solving a variety of engineering principles behind the simplex algorithm and manufacture a product. Third part: Integration of management problems; components of ES and multiple objective linear optimization; postopti- KB techniques for designing an intelligent man- design methodology; principles of heuristic and mality analysis from the viewpoint of technol- ufacturing system; current and future research in logic programming; fundamental issues related ogy management; other operations research each of the functional areas. Prerequisite: EMgt to knowledge acquisition, representation, infer- techniques such as queuing models; a term 550/650. encing, and learning; design of inference engines project involving an actual operational problem. EMgt 553/653 and their implementation. Fuzzy reasoning, Prerequisites: linear algebra and probability/sta- Manufacturing Systems Simulation (4) neural nets, and learning mechanisms and a tistics. Introduction of discrete simulation techniques review of some of the more popular AI and ES EMgt 545/645 for the modeling of random processes and prob- shells. Project Management in Engineering (4) abilistic events in the simulation of manufactur- EMgt 589 Critical issues in the management of engineering ing systems; concepts of systems modeling with Capstone Project (4) and high technology projects; analysis of time, emphasis on the use of an animated simulation Capstone project for the M.S. degree in engi- cost, performance parameters form the organiza- package throughout the course. Prerequisite: neering management; can be taken in lieu of tional, people, and resource perspectives; project EMgt 550, basic knowledge of probability and master’s thesis or EMgt 590 to satisfy curricu- planning evaluation and selection, including statistics. lum requirements. Students conduct individual project selection models; project and matrix EMgt 555/655 research on a project approved by the faculty organizations; project teams; scheduling with Technology Marketing (4) member who supervises the work. Findings are CMP/PERT algorithms; budget and schedule This course is designed to introduce students to presented in the form of a report after being control; termination of projects Case discussions the special issues faced by managers marketing accepted by the supervising professor. Prerequi- and term project are included in the course. Pre- technological products in markets characterized sites: EMP core. requisites: EMgt 520/620, EMgt 530/630. by rapid environmental change. Topics will EMgt 590/690 EMgt 546/646 include an examination of the marketing/engi- Engineering Management Synthesis (4) Project Scheduling and Network Analysis (4) neering /manufacturing interface, product inno- This is the capstone course in the Engineering An-in-depth study and review of the major prob- vation strategies, value-based pricing, buyer Management Program. It synthesizes the con- lems and analytical techniques used in the plan- behavior and strategic selling, competitive cepts and methodologies of engineering and ning and scheduling of major industrial projects. market analysis and positioning, and distribution technology management into an individual or Specific focus on two primary areas: (1) network strategies. Emphasis is placed on strategies for group project. The research base for the project analysis used in the planning of projects, and (2) marketing technology products in industrial mar- may come from any combination of the study scheduling analysis used in the scheduling of kets. areas covered in the Engineering Management resources during the course of a project. Model- EMgt 560/660 Program. ing techniques such as CPM/PERT, GERT, etc. Total Quality Management (4) EMgt 601 in conjunction with mathematical programming Critical principles and procedures of quality Research (Credit to be arranged.) management in a competitive global environ- and computer simulation. Emphasis on solving EMgt 604 real-world project schedules. Prerequisites: ment; contemporary definitions of quality; qual- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to probability/statistics, linear algebra, EMgt 545/ ity in production/services; quality economics; be arranged.) quality philosophies; planning, organizing, and 645. EMgt 605 *EMgt 550/650 controlling for quality; human resource and Reading and Conference (Credit to be Manufacturing Systems Engineering (4) empowerment strategies, and QC tools. Case arranged.) studies, presentations, term projects, and team- Underlying concepts of manufacturing or pro- EMgt 606 duction systems; product and process planning; work. Prerequisite: graduate standing, or eligi- Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be job/flow shops; group technology, and flexible bility of admission to the engineering arranged.) management program. manufacturing cells. Prerequisite: graduate EMgt 607 standing or eligibility for admission to the engi- EMgt 563/663 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) neering management program. Re-engineering the Technical Enterprise (4) EMgt 610 This course presents the critical issues in re- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) inventing the engineering-drive companies in the real world. The basic building blocks, re-engineering stages and key success factors are covered. Also reviewed are the tools, challenges, 232 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

convection, and heat exchanger design; study of *ME 415/515 MECHANICAL radiation concepts and radiation exchange Advanced Topics in Energy Conversion (4) ENGINEERING COURSES between surfaces. Prerequisites: Mth 256, ME Topics chosen for relevancy to current techno- 321, EAS 361. logical practice concerned with energy conver- ME 199 sion. Examples include cogeneration, combined Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ME 351 cycles, gas power plants in the Northwest, wood Consent of instructor. Vibrations and System Dynamics (4) An introduction to vibrations and system waste utilization, advanced engine design and ME 241 dynamics for single and multiple degree-of-free- combustion systems, and energy conversion sys- Manufacturing Processes (4) dom linear systems. The course includes: free tems pollution control. Each offering of this Study from the designer’s viewpoint of the prin- and forced vibrations; resonance; modeling of course will focus on a different single selected cipal manufacturing processes utilized. Includes mechanical, fluid, and electrical systems; topic. casting, forming, material removal, and joining Laplace transformations; and dynamic system *ME 416/516 processes. Process selection will be discussed in response in the time and frequency domains. Internal Combustion Engines (4) terms of the economics, process effects on the Computer analysis and solution techniques will Chemical equilibrium, fuel chemistry and prop- products, and dimensional and quality of the fin- be utilized. Prerequisites: EAS 215, Mth 256, erties, thermodynamics of combustion reactions, ished product. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequi- EAS 361, ECE 221, ME 352. engine processes as ideal engine cycles, engine site: EAS 213. combustion processes, engine performance, * ME 352 engine simulation, and vehicle emissions. Pre- ME 304 Numerical Methods in Engineering (4) Energy and Society (4) Introduction to numerical methods used in engi- requisite: ME 322, ME 323, EAS 361. Study of the energy problem: a complex societal neering. Topics include: number representation *ME 417/517 problem which has a major technical compo- and truncation errors, integration, differentiation, Gas Turbines (4) nent. Designed to help nonscience majors under- interpolation and approximation, linear system Introduction to the thermodynamic analysis of stand the technical side of the energy problem as of equations, non-linear equations, and solution the performance of gas turbine engines. Study of well as the multidisciplinary effects of technical of differential equations. Prerequisites: EAS gas turbines for rotary power output as well as decisions on the social, political, and economic 101, Mth 256. aircraft propulsion. Rotary power analysis framework. Examination of energy requirements focuses on the different gas turbine cycles, and usage, energy resources, methods for pro- ME 401 including combined cycles. Aircraft propulsion ducing energy, environmental and economic Research (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. analysis focuses on turbojets, turbofans, turbo- implications of energy production, energy con- props, ramjets, and advanced concepts. Prerequi- servation, and energy policies. Power production ME 404 sites: ME 322. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to techniques utilizing coal, nuclear, solar, wind, * geothermal, and other energy sources will be be arranged.) ME 418/518 Consent of instructor. Analysis of Powerplant Cycles (4) studied. Prerequisite: upper- Review of thermodynamic cycle analysis for division standing. ME 405 power generation systems. Advanced treatment Reading and Conference (Credit to be ME 313 arranged.) of conventional Rankine and gas turbine power- Analysis of Mechanical Components (4) Consent of instructor. plant cycles. Analysis of advanced energy con- Stress and deflection analysis of structural com- version cycles and schemes, including combined ponents including review of stress and strain; ME 406 cycles, binary cycles, cogeneration, and fluid- curved beams; pressure vessels, impact loading, Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. ized bed reactors. Application to power genera- stability, and energy methods. Topics will be tion such as geothermal electric and solar synthesized in a design project. Prerequisites: ME 407 thermal electric. Utilization of garbage and EAS 212, Mth 256. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) wood wastes. Project required. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. ME 314 ME 322 or equivalent and consent of instructor. ME 410 Analysis and Design of Machine Elements (4) ME 420/520 Analysis and design of machine elements and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Thermal Systems Design (4) systems, covering failure theories, fatigue, fas- Introduction to the design of thermal systems for teners, welds, gears, springs, bearings, introduc- ME 411/511 HVAC, energy conversion, and industrial pro- tion to stochastic design. Topics will be Engineering Measurement and cess applications. Procedures for selection of synthesized in a design project. Prerequisites: Instrumentation Systems (4) fluid flow equipment, heat exchangers, and com- Principles and applications of measurement ME 313. bustion equipment. Modeling performance of methods and instrumentation techniques, as used components and systems. Cost estimation and ME 321 in various engineering disciplines, are studied. Engineering Thermodynamics I (4) economic evaluation. Design optimization. Pre- Examination of general measurement concepts Study of energy sources and utilization; First and requisites: ME 323, EAS 361. Second Laws of thermodynamics; closed and and instrumentation characteristics. Specific devices for measuring such parameters as dis- ME 421/521 control volume systems: thermodynamic pro- Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning cesses and cycles; thermodynamic properties; placement, force, strain, pressure, flow, temperature, motion, time, and frequency are discussed. Design Fundamentals (4) heat power systems; Prerequisites: Ph 223, Fundamental principles and methods of control- Testing and verification of theory, design, and Mth 253. ling living space environments; design of heat- laboratory evaluation of mechanical components ing, ventilating, air conditioning, and ME 322 and systems are also made. Lecture and labora- refrigeration systems for residential, commer- Applied Fluid Mechanics and tory. Prerequisites: ECE 221, senior standing in Thermodynamics (4) cial, and industrial purposes. Topics include: engineering. Internal flow, external flow, and compressible moist air properties (psychometrics), air condi- flow. Lift and drag. Turbomachinery, combus- *ME 413/513 tioning processes, indoor air quality (comfort tion, and psychometry. Prerequisites: EAS 361, Engineering Material Science (4) and health), heat transmission in building struc- Study of materials with emphasis on solids; ME 321. tures, solar radiation, space heating and cooling effect of microstructure and macrostructure on load analysis, energy calculations, and air condi- ME 323 properties; equilibrium and non-equilibrium Heat Transfer (4) tioning systems and equipment. Prerequisites: multiphase systems; effects of mechanical and Fundamentals of engineering heat transfer with ME 323. design applications; steady-state and transient thermal stresses, electromagnetic fields, irradia- analysis of conduction in one and two dimen- tion, and chemical environments, surface and sions; concepts of convection, forced convec- related phenomena; examples from metallic, tion, internal and external flows, natural ceramic, polymeric, and composite materials. Prerequisites: EAS 213. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 233

*ME 422/522 *ME 437/537 *ME 447/547 Building Energy Use Analysis and Design (4) Mechanical Systems Design (4) Transfer and Rate Processes (4) A detailed examination of the analysis of annual Design of integrated mechanical systems includ- An advanced treatment of heat, mass, and energy use of residential and commercial building advanced design of machine elements, statis- momentum transfer. Development of the conser- ings. Emphasis on microcomputer simulation tical and optimal design methods, and design of vation laws, transport laws, transport properties, techniques for analysis of building energy use mechanism systems. Computer design methods and basic analytic solutions. Applications to heat and study of energy-efficient building design. will be introduced and used extensively through- transfer equipment, catalytic reactors, drying Topics include: heat loss and gain in buildings, out the course. Prerequisites: ME 351, 314. processes. Prerequisites: ME 323, EAS 361, heating and cooling load calculations, energy *ME 441/541 senior or graduate standing. use analysis (including bin type, daily, and Advanced Fluid Mechanics (4) *ME 448/548 hourly analysis procedures), daylighting in com- Partial differential equations governing the con- Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics (4) mercial buildings, and introduction to analysis servation of mass, momentum, and energy of Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is pre- and design of active and passive systems utiliz- Newtonian fluids are derived. Dimensional anal- sented as a design tool for analyzing flow and ing solar energy for space and water heating. ysis is used to simplify the governing equations heat transfer. Algorithms implemented in com- Project in design/simulation. Prerequisites: ME and in particular justify the assumption of mercial CFD packages are reviewed. Training in 323, ME 421/521, familiarity with use of com- incompressible flow. Exact solution of the use of a commercial code is provided. Case stud- puters and spreadsheets. Navier-Stokes equations are presented. Bound- ies reinforce fundamental understanding of flow *ME 423/523 ary layer approximations to the governing equa- and heat transfer, and highlight the implementa- Fundamentals of Building Science (4) tions are derived, and both exact and integral tion-specific aspects of commercial codes. An Introduction to the fundamental concepts of solutions are obtained. Prerequisite: EAS 361. independent project is required. Prerequisite: building science. Buildings as a system, includ- *ME 442/542 ME 441/541. ing interactions among subsystems such as heat- Advanced Heat Transfer (4) ME 452/552 ing and cooling, ventilation, the thermal Advanced treatment of the principles of conduc- Control Engineering I (4) envelope, air leakage, and occupants. Building tive and convective heat transfer. Analytic and Introductory controls class offered to upper-divi- energy efficiency. Performance and economic numerical solutions of heat conduction prob- sion mechanical engineering undergraduates and analysis of residential heating, cooling, and ven- lems. Laminar and turbulent convective heat graduate students. Includes classical theory as tilating systems. Indoor air quality and other transfer. Prerequisites: ME 322, 323. applied to linear systems with topics: mathemat- health and safety issues, including assessing and *ME 443/543 ical modeling of control systems; transfer func- resolving moisture problems. Applications of Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics (4) tions and block diagrams; transient response; diagnostic tools. Lecture plus in-field demon- Thermodynamics of physical and chemical sys- stability; root-locus method; frequency response stration and laboratory. Group project involving tems with engineering applications: basic ther- method; and control system design techniques. diagnostic analysis of student homes. Prerequi- modynamic relationships; advanced techniques Computer analysis and solution techniques will site: ME 421/521. for their use; systems of variable composition; be utilized. Prerequisites: upper division ME ME 424/524 heat effects for reacting systems; equations of undergraduate or graduate student; Mth 256; HVAC System Design and Controls (4) state, phase, and chemical equilibria for ideal ECE 221; ME 351. Design of HVAC equipment, integration of sys- and nonideal systems. To include one or more of ME 453/553 tems, and design of controls for buildings. several special topics: chemical kinetics; reactor Control Engineering II (4) Application of HVAC fundamentals. Subjects analysis fundamentals; second law analysis of Continuous control system design and applica- include: building, block and zone load estimates; thermodynamic systems; introduction to statisti- tions using transfer function and state variable air/hydronic systems design; refrigeration; air cal thermodynamics; advanced energy conver- approaches. Introduction to digital control handling units; cooling and heating plants; basic sion systems. Prerequisite: ME 321. system design, including: transfer function and control concepts; sensors and actuators; pneu- *ME 444/544 state space formulation, and time and frequency matic, electronic, and digital controls; HVAC Combustion (4) domain analysis techniques. Computer analysis subsystem and controls; complete HVAC sys- Fundamental concepts of the complex phenom- and solution techniques will be utilized. Prereq- tems and controls. Prerequisites: ME 421/521 ena involved in combustion: thermodynamics, uisite: ME 452/552. and 351. fluid mechanics, gas phase chemical kinetics and ME 455/555 *ME 425/525 turbulence. Specific topics include: closed vessel Finite Element Modeling and Analysis (4) Advanced Topics in Building Science (4) explosions, detonations, flammability, flames, The finite element method as related to the solu- Advanced design or analysis topics will be pre- heterogeneous combustion, ignition, and com- tion of mechanical design problems including sented. Topics will be chosen for relevancy to bustion and the environment. Prerequisites: ME thermal stress analysis. Various element formu- current technological practice concerned with 322, 323. lations will be discussed, and existing commer- building science. Examples include clean room *ME 445/545 cial codes will be used to demonstrate modeling design, advanced computer simulation tech- Advanced Topics in Thermal and Fluid and analysis techniques. Prerequisite: ME 455: niques such as advanced building energy use Sciences (4) ME 314; ME 555: graduate standing in engi- simulation or attic and wall moisture modeling, Course topics are chosen for relevancy to current neering. and advanced lighting design for commercial technological practice concerned with thermal *ME 457/557 buildings. Each offering of this course will focus and fluid sciences. Each offering of this course Introduction to Robotics (4) on a different single selected topic. focuses on a specific area and is not a survey. Robot kinematics dynamics and control; basic ME 431/531 Examples include thermal management of components of robots: controllers, power sup- Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems (4) electronic equipment and theoretical fluid plies and end effectors; industrial applications of Fluid control and fluid power devices and com- mechanics. robots using peripheral devices, sensors, and ponents; application of Boolean algebra in con- *ME 446/546 vision. Prerequisite: ME 351. trol circuit design; fluid power circuit analysis; Compressible Flow (4) *ME 458/558 design methodology; component selection, Introduction to compressible flow (gas dynam- Principles Of CNC Machining (4) system maintenance, and troubleshooting. ics). Isentropic flow in varying area ducts (noz- A study of principles of machining, tool path Prerequisite: EAS 361. zles, diffusers). Adiabatic flow in constant area generation and analytic geometry, part design ducts with friction. Frictionless flow in constant and programming, integration of CAD/CAM area ducts with heat transfer. Normal, oblique, software, structure and control of CNC and moving shock waves. Detonation and defla- machines, and introduction to computer-integration. Applications. Prerequisites: ME 322, grated-manufacturing. Prerequisite: ME 241 and EAS 361. senior standing in mechanical engineering. Lec- ture and laboratory. Prerequisites: ME 241 and senior standing in mechanical engineering. 234 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*ME 463/563 ME 504 *ME 587/687 Advanced Topics in Control Engineering (4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Statistical Process Control (4) Mathematical foundations and applications of be arranged.) Application of statistical methods to process and various advanced topics in control engineering Consent of instructor. quality control. Control chart construction and for both continuous- and discrete-time systems. ME 505 interpretation for variables and attributes. Funda- Prerequisite: ME 453/553. Reading and Conference (Credit to be mental concepts in acceptance sampling. Some ME 471/571 arranged.) aspects of life testing and reliability. Prerequi- Process Measurement and Control (4) Consent of instructor. site: Mth 460. Introduction to process control hardware, soft- ME 506 *ME 588/688 ware, and interfacing. Lecture topics include: Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Design of Industrial Experiments (4) number systems, hardware concepts, data move- Consent of instructor. Presents the statistical basis of industrial experiment, programming, and interfacing. Lab exer- ME 507 mentation used in process and design improve- cises involve the use of microcomputers Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ment. Topics include model building, interfaced and programmed for various control Consent of instructor. randomized and blocked designs, Latin squares, and data acquisition applications. Lecture and ME 510 analysis of variance, factorial designs, fractional laboratory. Prerequisites: ME 411/511; ECE Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) factorial designs, time series analysis, and evolu- 201, 221. Consent of instructor. tionary operations. Prerequisite: Stat 460. *ME 481/581 *ME 512/612 *ME 596/696 Mechanical Tolerancing (4) Advanced Vibrations (4) Design Optimization (4) Presents the principles of current dimensioning Vibration analysis of single and multiple degree Application of Numerical Optimization tech- and tolerancing standards including their syntax, of freedom systems. Topics include: (1) model- niques to engineering design process. Mathemat- meaning, methods of verification, and their rela- ing of linear systems using matrix methods; (2) ical theory of optimization and application tion to design requirements. Statistical tech- modal analysis; (3) general forcing and Fourier problems in structural and machine component niques for tolerance analysis and synthesis series methods; (4) random and self excited design will be discussed. The course involves relevant to various assembly and fit require- vibrations; (5) nonlinear vibrations. Prerequisite: computer-aided design optimization projects. ments. Other topics include standards of surface ME 351. Prerequisite: graduate standing in engineering. roughness, limits and fits, and relevant hardware *ME 532/632 ME 601 and software products. A term project on a Turbomachinery (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) mechanical part product intended for manufac- Application of thermodynamics and fluid Consent of instructor. turing is required. Prerequisites: ME 241, 491 mechanics principles to the analysis and design ME 603 concurrently. of various types of turbomachinery, including Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) ME 488 pumps, fans, compressors, and turbines. An Consent of instructor. Design of Experiments (2) advanced unified treatment is presented. Theory, ME 604 Presents the methods of planning the data collec- operation, performance, use, and selection of Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to tion scheme in industrial experimentation. turbomachines are discussed. Prerequisites: ME be arranged.) Topics to be covered are methods of statistical 322, 331. Consent of instructor. inference, randomization, blocking, empirical ME 551/651 ME 605 and mechanistic model building using factorial, Engineering Analysis (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be fractional factorial designs, and least squares Application of mathematical techniques to the arranged.) methods. Prerequisite: Stat 460. solution of controls, dynamics, mechanical, and Consent of instructor. ME 491 transport phenomena problems. Emphasis given ME 606 Design Process (2) to modeling, physical interpretation, and nor- Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Design methodologies will be discussed as a malization. Topics include modeling, linear sys- Consent of instructor. framework for solving broadly defined technol- tems, partial differential equations, and complex ME 607 ogy problems. Interdisciplinary organizational variables. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) principles will be presented as tools in the design *ME 554/654 Consent of instructor. process and as a foundation for the subsequent Integrated Computer-aided Design (4) ME 610 project course. Lectures, weekly and term case Presents several design analysis computer pro- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) studies. Prerequisites: ME 314, ME 351. grams in an integrated fashion. Topics include Consent of instructor. ME 492 geometric modeling, motion simulation, and Conceptual Design Project (4) finite element analysis. Emphasizes the under- Application of design methodology to original standing of the fundamentals, proper use of pro- projects performed by groups of 3 to 5 students grams, and interpretation of results. under faculty and industrial adviser. Design pro- Prerequisites: EAS 215, ME 314. cess will encompass engineering analysis and *ME 562/662 broader factors such as group organization, Engineering Numerical Methods (4) interdisciplinary interaction, and communica- Numerical methods applied to engineering prob- tion. The problem definition to alternative selec- lems. Coverage includes interpolation, integration phases will be emphasized. Lectures, group, tion, root solving, solution of boundary value and class presentations. Prerequisite: ME 491. and initial value problems, solution of linear sys- ME 493 tems. Programming will include Fortran or C, Detailed Design Project (4) MATLAB and Maple. Prerequisites: ME 352. Application of design methodology to original *ME 565 projects begun in ME 492. The alternative selec- Advanced Finite Element Applications (4) tion to implementation phases will be empha- Discussion and implementation of advanced ele- sized. Lectures, group and class presentations. ment types and modeling techniques in finite Prerequisites: ME 492. element analysis; topics include plate and shell ME 501 elements, non-linear problems (geometric, mate- Research (Credit to be arranged.) rials, and gap/contact), frequency and buckling, Consent of instructor. thermal conduction, and steady-state flow prob- ME 503 lems. Implementation of the above topics using Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) available commercial finite element analysis Consent of instructor. codes. Prerequisite: ME 455/555.

SCHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

ROBERT SYLVESTER, DEAN 349 LINCOLN HALL, (503) 725-3105 www.fpa.pdx.edu/

B.A., B.S.—Architecture, Art, Art School is committed to the study and prac- History, Music, and Theater tice of architecture, art, music, and theater Arts arts within a nuturing environment, which B.M.—Music encourages individual growth and imagina- Minor in Architecture, Art, tion. Located in the heart of Portland, the Music, Jazz Studies, and The- School resides within the Park Blocks of ater Arts downtown, in which the major arts organi- Secondary Education Program in zations are based, such as the Portland Art Art, Music, and Theater Arts Museum and the Portland Center for the M.F.A.—Art Performing Arts. We view this as our M.A.T., M.S.T.—Music extended campus. Within blocks of the M.M.—Music School reside theaters, galleries, profes- M.A.—Theater Arts sional studios, and design and architectural ﬁrms, which provide a stimulating environ- The mission of the School of Fine and ment in which our students develop Performing Arts is based upon the belief through interactions and internships. The that all students make the most creative combination of a celebrated faculty and a progress when taught by professional professional arts environment creates excit- working artists in a thriving urban environ- ing and challenging undergraduate and ment and through faculty and student col- graduate programs with high professional laborations with the region’s major arts standards. organizations and arts professionals. The

ARCHITECTURE

229 Shattuck Hall graduate liberal arts education for the stu- (503) 725-8405 dent planning to enter a graduate level www.fpa.pdx.edu/architecture.html professional degree program in architecture. Approximately 180 architecture B.A., B.S.—Architecture majors share a core curriculum together Minor—Architecture with 300 art students to explore architecture as a communicative, humanistic, and Architecture at Portland State University is public art which emerges from a synthesis an aesthetically focused program within of design, fine arts, humanities, and tech- the context of cultural and political issues. nology. This broad exposure assures stu- With close ties to the Department of Art, dents of career flexibility within the full the program provides a balanced under- range of the environmental design fields.

236 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

The architecture program is designed to Requirements for Major. In addition Requirements for Major with develop the student’s creative faculties and to the general University requirements for a Concentration in Architectural sense of critical judgment as well as funda- degree, the student who majors in architec- Project Management. In addition to mental skills and techniques. A major asset ture is expected to meet the following the general University requirements for a of the program is its location in Portland, departmental requirements: degree, the student who specializes in one of the few centers of creative architec- Credits architectural project management is tural and urban design practice in the west- Art 131, 132, or 133 Introduction to expected to meet the following departmen- ern United States. Faculty are practicing Drawing...... 3 tal requirements: professionals and artists, and since PSU ArH 204, 205, or 206 History of Credits uses the Portland region as a laboratory, Western Art ...... 6 Art 131, 132, or 133 Introduction to there is extensive involvement by the Art Studio elective ...... 6 Drawing...... 3 region’s architectural community as Arch 200 Introduction to Architecture...... 4 BA 101 Introduction to Business...... 4 adjunct faculty, guest lecturers, critics, and Arch 220 Design Drawing ...... 4 BA 221 Introduction to Accounting...... 4 Arch 280, 281 Design Fundamentals BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial mentors. PSU students not only observe, Studio I, II ...... 8 but participate in one of architecture’s most Accounting ...... 4 dynamic environments. Portfolio Review/Selected Admissions BA 223 Decision Making with Accounting Arch 330, 331 Twentieth Century Information ...... 4 Among the new initiatives in the depart- Architectural History and Theory ...... 8 Arch 200 Introduction to Architecture...... 4 ment is the cooperative program with Arch 380, 381, 382 Architecture Design Arch 201, 202, 203 Construction Project Clackamas Community College offering a Studio I, II, III ...... 18 Management I, II, III...... 18 specialization in architectural project man- CE 415, 416 Structural Analysis and Arch 299 Construction Codes and agement. Design for Architects ...... 8 Compliance ...... 6 Most states require that an individual Arch 460, 461 Architectural Building Arch 299 Cooperative Work Experience intending to become an architect hold an Technology I, II...... 8 Building Construction...... 4 accredited architectural degree. There are Arch 480, 481, 482 Architectural Design Arch 220 Design Drawing ...... 4 two types of degrees that are accredited by Studio IV, V, VI ...... 18 Arch 280, 281 Fundamentals of Design ...... 8 Portfolio Review/Selected Admissions the National Architectural Accrediting Total 91 Board: (1) the Bachelor of Architecture and Arch 340 The Profession of Architecture . . . . .4 In order to enroll in the 300-level archi- (2) the Master of Architecture. A master’s Arch 425, 426 Architectural Computer tecture design studios, all students must Graphics I, II ...... 8 program will be shorter for students having submit a portfolio of work for evaluation Arch 460, 461 Architectural Building a preprofessional bachelor’s degree. This and approval. Portfolio reviews occur at the Technology I, II...... 8 four-year, preprofessional degree, such as end of spring term and Summer Session. Arch 410 Developing as a Professional ...... 4 the one at PSU, is not accredited by Contact department office for details. Arch 410 Specifications Interpretation ...... 4 NAAB. The preprofessional program is All students must obtain an adviser for useful to those wishing a foundation in the Total 91 academic planning of their program. Apply field of architecture, as preparation for This program is a cooperative program through the department office. either continued education in a master of with Clackamas Community College. Most Architecture courses taken under the architecture first professional degree proof the first two years of coursework will be undifferentiated grading option (pass/no gram or for employment options in fields done on CCC’s campus. All students must pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling related to architecture. obtain an adviser for academic planning of department major requirements. All archi- their program. Apply through the PSU tecture courses used to satisfy the depart- Department of Architecture or at CCC’s mental major requirements, whether taken Building Construction departmental office. in the department or elsewhere, must be In order to enroll in the 300- and 400- graded C- or better. level architectural management courses, all students must submit a portfolio of work for evaluation and approval. Portfolio reviews occur at the end of spring term and Summer Session. Contact department for details. Requirements for the Minor. To earn a minor in architecture a student must complete 43 credits including the following: Credits Art 131, 132, or 133 Introduction to Drawing...... 3 ArH 204, 205, or 206 History of Western Art ...... 6 Art Studio elective ...... 6 Arch 200 Introduction to Architecture...... 4 Arch 220 Design Drawing ...... 4 Arch 280, 281 Design Fundamentals Studio I, II ...... 8 Adviser-approved upper-division credits in architecture ...... 12

Total 43

S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 237

Architecture courses taken under the Arch 280, 281 Arch 420/520 undifferentiated grading option (pass/no Design Fundamentals Studio I, II (4, 4) Advanced Architectural Graphics and Media pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling Studio investigations of fundamental design con- (2) cepts, issues, and process. Projects and exercises Studio assignments exploring a full range of department minor requirements. focusing on the concepts of making three- graphic representational techniques and media. Eighteen of the final 24 credits must be dimensional forms—organization, proportion, Exploratory drawing and modeling work taken in residence at PSU. scale, human activities, and introductory site and addressing the visualization of ideas in architec- The Department of Architecture building design relationships. The release of the ture, including: speculative thought and concept reserves the right to retain for archival or student’s potential creative capabilities is a pri- formation; studies of light and shadow; explora- exhibition purposes any student work exe- mary concern of the course. Includes individual tion of color and texture of materials; and the cuted as part of a Department of Architec- criticism, lectures, and seminars. Courses must composition of appropriate and coherent forms ture instructional program. In addition, the be taken in sequence. Open to non-majors. Pre- of visual presentation. department reserves the right to document, requisite: Arch 200 and 220. Arch 425/525, 426/526 reproduce, and publish images of any such Arch 330, 331 Architectural Computer Graphics I, II (4, 4) Twentieth Century Architectural History and Introduction to computer-aided design. Courses student work in PSU publications, printed Theory (4, 4) focus on software as used in architectural field or electronic, for the purposes of research, Introduction to the history and theories of Mod- (e.g. AutoCAD). Arch 425 introduces various publicity, and outreach, giving publication ernism from the late 19th century to present day. methods for constructing, editing, and display- credit to the creator/student. Explores diverse, contemporary issues with a ing two dimensional architectural drawings. focus on the relationship between theory and the Arch 426 introduces methods for creating, modi- art and craft of building. Selected topics will fying, and visualizing three dimensional archi- COURSES emphasize the probing of philosophical and tectural forms. Must be taken in sequence. ideological aspects of current practice. Prerequi- Prerequisite: Arch 220, 280, 281. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not site: 6 credits lower-division art history. offered every year. Arch 430/530 Arch 340 Contemporary Architectural Theory (4) Arch 199 The Profession of Architecture (4) Seminar course investigating architectural theory Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to the profession and practice of and critical thought by examination of key texts Arch 200 architecture. Topics include education, licensure, and contemporary architectural works. Introduction to Architecture (4) specialized body of knowledge, ethics, and the Introductory course designed to introduce con- Arch 460/560, 461/561 range of issues that have an impact on the design Architectural Building Technology I, II cepts, theories, and practices of the discipline of of the built environment. (4, 4) architecture. Includes a study of perceptual, A two-quarter sequence introducing technolo- environmental, technical, and organizational Arch 367 Fundamentals of Environmental Design (4) gies involved in the design and construction of concepts through lectures and individual projects Basic concepts of climate and impacts on per- buildings. Topics include construction materials in observing architectural spaces and forms. sonal comfort. Thermal, lighting, and acoustical and methods, envelope design, mechanical sys- Open to non-majors and those considering the topics covered. Design approaches and concepts tems, thermal, and other environmental building profession. discussed from large urban siting projects to systems. Prerequisite: Arch 200. Arch 201, 202, 203 individual buildings in order to minimize Arch 480, 481, 482 Project Management I, II, III (6, 6, 6) mechanical systems and reduce energy use. Architectural Design Studio IV, V, VI Series of courses designed to develop in students Alternative energy sources and building materi- (6, 6, 6) construction project management techniques for als introduced. Prerequisite: junior year stand- Advanced investigations of architectural and profitable construction administration. Students ing. urban design issues in concluding series of stu- will demonstrate knowledge of course material dios. Projects include the design of private and by completing projects in light construction Arch 380, 381, 382 Architectural Design Studio I, II, III (6, 6, 6) public buildings which require comprehensive, administration. Coursework includes utilization Studio investigations of architectural designs integrative design development. Includes indi- of estimating, critical path, and presentation based on supporting human activities, structure, vidual criticism, lectures, and seminars. Courses computer software relevant to current practices. and theory. Continued study of design process must be taken in sequence. Prerequisites: Arch Arch 201: emphasis on estimating, construction and methods encompassing concepts of architec- 380, 381, 382. sequence scheduling, critical path, specification ture, landscape architecture, and interior design. Arch 580, 581, 582 interpretation and design standards necessary for Includes individual criticism, lectures, and semi- Graduate Architectural Design Studio successful administration of construction I, II, III (6, 6, 6) projects. nars. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prereq- uisites: Arch 280 and 281. Studio projects and critical discussions address- Arch 202: developing standards of performance, ing themes and issues pertinent to the imagina- bidding, contracts and liability, production Arch 399 tive design of architectural intervention in urban scheduling, and techniques for controlling a Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) profitable construction project. environments. Encouraging experimental Arch 401/501 engagement with relations of material, form, Arch 203: developing customer service plans, Research (Credit to be arranged.) customer relations, quality control, project eval- human habitation, and cultural meaning. Must Arch 404/504 be taken in sequence. uation, and planning for future opportunities. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Prerequisite: Building construction certificate be arranged.) program, instructor’s consent, or equivalent. Courses must be taken in sequence. Arch 405/505 Reading or Studio and Conference (Credit to Arch 220 be arranged.) Design Drawing (4) Lectures and exercises to develop skills in Arch 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) graphic visualization, representation, and communication as used in architecture and related Arch 408/508 design fields. Concepts and conventions, from Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) freehand to electronic media design and produc- Arch 410/510 tion, will be used as a means to imagine, Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) develop, and represent design ideas. Open to non-majors. Prerequisite: Art 131.

238 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ART

239 Neuberger Hall Requirements for Studio Eighteen of the final 24 credits must be (503) 725-3515 Major. In addition to the general Univer- taken in residence at PSU. www.fpa.pdx.edu/art.html sity requirements for a degree, the student Art History Major: B.A. who majors in art is expected to meet the Degree Only. The major in art history is B.A., B.S.—Concentration in following departmental requirements: offered for students desiring an emphasis in Drawing/ First Year Credits history and liberal arts areas rather than Painting/Printmaking, Graphic Art 115, 116, 117 Basic Design ...... 9 studio skills. It includes Basic Design, Design, Sculpture Art 131, 132, 133 Introduction to Drawing . . . .9 Introduction to Drawing, and History of B.A. only—Art History, Concen- ArH 204, 205, 206 History of Western Art . . . .9 Western Art in the first year and upper-divi- tration in Art History Second Year Credits sion art history courses in selected periods Minor in above concentrations Total of 15-24 credits distributed as follows— with related courses in other fields, as Secondary Education Program 9-18 credits from the study concentration plus approved by an adviser. The art history M.F.A. 6-12 additional credits chosen from lower- major requires a minimum of 90 credit division art courses outside the study concen- hours. tration. (Consult departmental adviser for UNDERGRADUATE study concentration sheets. All prerequisites ART EDUCATION: SECONDARY PROGRAMS must be observed.) ...... 15-24 EDUCATION PROGRAM Grades K through 12. Students who Third and Fourth Years Credits Many prominent Northwest painters and Upper-division art history varies with wish to teach art in the public schools must sculptors began their professional careers concentration...... 8-12 first complete the art major before applying by studying art at Portland State University. Upper-division drawing varies with to the School of Education for teacher An even greater number of successful and concentration...... 0-9 training in the graduate program. productive people have used their training Upper-division approved art electives varies Prospective teachers should contact the in the Department of Art as the basis for with concentration...... 0-9 art education adviser in the Department of Plus complete requirements for a study Art before beginning the program. careers in commerce, industry, education, concentration ...... 36 and a variety of fields limited only by The requirements for the standard imagination. Art, which requires personal Total 90-96 teaching license include 45 credits of upper-division or graduate work earned initiative and imagination and develops (Study concentrations: Art History, Drawing/ skills in mental and manual dexterity, can Painting/Printmaking, Graphic Design, and subsequent to receipt of a bachelor’s provide the student with a background well Sculpture. Requirements sheets for each of degree. The 45 credits are in addition to suited for applications that are wide reach- these study concentrations are available in the those required for the basic teaching ing and greatly rewarding. Department of Art office.) license. For the standard endorsement in Art programs are designed to develop Of the total credits in art, at least 36 must be art, the student must take 15-30 credits of the student’s creative faculties, a sense of upper-division work. art education adviser-approved graduate- level work distributed to strengthen the stu- critical judgment, and fundamental skills All students must obtain an adviser for dent’s background in art. Each student’s and techniques. In each of the concentra- academic planning of their program by the program is tailored to meet the needs of the tions within the art major, the principal and second year. individual and the requirements of the stan- supporting courses have one general pur- Courses taken under the undifferenti- dard endorsement and the standard license. pose: to instill a mature, professional atti- ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not See page 191 for the required education tude toward the process of artistic creation be accepted toward fulfilling department courses. and expression. major requirements. Although licensure requirements are At the same time, the program seeks to Requirements for the Minor. To incorporated into degree programs, provide a balance that will permit the stu- earn a minor in art a student must complete changes by the Oregon Teacher Standards dent a choice upon graduation. The alterna- 45 credits including the following: tives are: (1) to undertake formal graduate and Practices Commission during the life Credits of this catalog may alter the requirements. study; (2) to begin a professional career in Art 115, 116, 117 Basic Design ...... 9 the fine or applied arts; or (3) to combine It is imperative that the prospective teacher Art 131, 132, 133 Introduction to Drawing . . .9 be in touch with the art education adviser the student’s degree program with the basic ArH 204, 205, 206 History of Western Art . . . .9 teaching norm in order to qualify to teach 18 adviser-approved credits from one of the from the beginning, as applicants for licen- in Oregon public schools. study concentrations, including at least sure must meet the commission require- The major in art requires a minimum of 9 credits of upper-division courses: Art His- ments in force at the time of the licensure 90 credits in art courses. Included are tory, Drawing/Painting/Printmaking, Graphic application. extensive experiences in studio work and a Design, or Sculpture ...... 18 For School of Education requirements, see page 191. comprehensive study of the history of art. Total 45 Programs in the Department of Art are accredited by the National Association of Courses taken under the undifferenti- Schools of Art and Design. ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling department minor requirements.

S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 239

GRADUATE COURSES PROGRAMS Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not The Department of Art offers the Master of offered every year. Fine Arts degree in painting, sculpture, and ART HISTORY COURSES painting/sculpture. The M.F.A. program is ArH 199 designed to prepare individuals for careers Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) in the fine arts and in higher education. ArH 204, 205, 206 History of Western Art (3, 3, 3) MASTER OF FINE ARTS A historical survey of the visual arts from prehis- Admission Requirements. Applica- toric up to the modern world (c. 1800). Selected tion for admission must be made by Febru- works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and ary 1 prior to the fall term the student other arts are studied in relation to the cultures intends to begin work toward the degree. producing them. Open to nonmajors. Accepted students are expected to be in ArH 207 full-time residence beginning fall term. History of Western Art: The Modern World The Department of Art Graduate (3) Admissions Committee bases its decisions This lecture course will survey the visual arts as well as the architecture of Europe and America, on the applicant’s undergraduate prepara- from the beginning of the 19th century to the tion in art, personal letter of intent, three present day. letters of recommendation from undergrad- ArH 311, 312, 313 uate instructors and especially on the port- History of Asian Art (4, 4, 4) folio of creative work. A survey of art and architecture of Asia from Applicants must have a B.A., a B.S., or prehistoric times to the 19th century. The art and a B.F.A. degree with a concentration in architecture (including ceramics, sculpture, drawing, printmaking, painting, sculpture painting, textiles, and other utilitarian imple- or related field. Application is a dual pro- ments—e.g., ritual bronze vessels of China) of cess between the Department of Art and the Asia will be presented in context of chronology, source (indigenous or foreign influence), site and Office of Admissions. Contact the depart- in relation to the forces of each society’s ment for complete application materials. culture, religion, politics, geography, and his- Degree Requirements. The student tory. Buddhism, Hinduism, Confucianism, Shin- will complete at least 90 credits which toism, Taoism, Shamanism, symbolism, and must be distributed in the following way: mythology are basic to the arts of Asia. ArH 311: South Asia (India) and Southeast Asia (Sri Credits Lanka, Cambodia, Thailand, Burma, and Indo- Art History ...... 18-24 nesia). ArH 312: China and Korea. ArH 313: Thesis ...... 9 Japan. Open to non-majors. Electives ...... 6-12 Studio work in one area of concentration *ArH 321 (drawing/painting/printmaking or Survey of Korean Art (4) A chronological survey of art and architecture of sculpture)...... 45-51 Korea, and its uniqueness, in the context of East Graduate seminar ...... 6 Asian art history. Prehistoric arts, as well as During the first two terms in residence tomb paintings, and artifacts recognizing Bud- each M.F.A. student will choose an adviser dhism’s effect on Korea’s sculptural, painting, in the appropriate area of interest. Together and architectural heritage. Also treats Confu- with the adviser, the student will work out a cianism shaping Korean ink painting, folk paint- proposal for a thesis (usually a series of ing, and porcelains. Open to non-majors. paintings, prints, or sculptures). At candi- ArH 399 dacy review, during spring term of the first Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) year, the student will present an exhibition ArH 401/501 of work and a thesis proposal to a faculty Research (Credit to be arranged.) committee. If the work and thesis proposal ArH 404/504 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to are approved, the candidate will spend the be arranged.) second year of the program completing the ArH 405/505 thesis and writing a thesis report. Reading and Conference (Credit to be The candidate will stand for a second arranged.) faculty review to approve the completed ArH 407/507 thesis and thesis report and present an exhi- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) bition of the thesis during the spring term ArH 410/510 of the second year. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) A maximum of 15 graduate credits may be transferred into the program with adviser approval. Students in the M.F.A. program are provided with studio space for a maximum period of two years. Elizabeth Mead (right), Art

240 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

*ArH 411/511 *ArH 439/539, 440/540 *ArH 486/586, 487/587 Chinese Buddhist Art (4) History of Architecture (4, 4) American Art and Architecture 17th through A concentrated study of the Buddhist art of A history of architecture from Prehistory to 19th Centuries (4, 4) China and Central Asia. Buddhist art of caves of Post-Modernism. Open to non-majors. Prerequi- ArH 486/586: Colonial through the Early the Six-dynasties period (220-589 C.E.) to the sites (for art and art history majors only): ArH Republic. ArH 487/587: Jacksonian to the 20th Tang period will be covered in-depth. Basic con- 204, 205, 206. century. Open to non-majors. Prerequisites (for cepts of Buddhism, such as Hinayana, Mahay- *ArH 450/550 art and art history majors only): ArH 204, 205, ana, and Tantric Buddhism; arts related to Great Periods and Themes in Art and 206. specific sects; and the iconography and stylistic Architecture (4) ArH 490/590 changes will be covered. Open to non-majors. A concentrated study of the art and/or architec- History of Modern Design (3) *ArH 412/512 ture of a major historical period, for example: A history of industrial and applied design from Japanese Buddhist Art (4) Pre-Columbian art and architecture; Native c. 1800 to the present, focusing on the changes A survey of the Japanese Buddhist art and archi- American art of the Pacific Northwest; Islamic in style within the field, but also on the intercon- tecture, including: sculpture, painting, Shingon art and architecture; Symbolism; and others. nection between the art of design and other Buddhist art, Zen garden and architecture, and Maximum: 8 credits. Open to non-majors. Pre- forms of visual expression. ink paintings through selected examples from requisites (for art and art history majors only): *ArH 491/591, 492/592, 493/593 the 6th century to the 18th century. Open to non- ArH 204, 205, 206. Modern Art (4, 4, 4) majors. *ArH 451/551, 452/552, 453/553 A survey of the mainstream of modern art *ArH 415/515 Ancient Art (4, 4, 4) including cultural influences, trends in style and Issues in Asian Art (4) Art and architecture of the ancient world from expression, and comparative relationships in the Issues in Asian art may be keyed to museum Paleolithic through Roman times. ArH 451/551: visual arts. From 19th century Romanticism, exhibitions or deal with thematic topics or spe- Prehistoric, Egyptian, Mesopotamian. ArH 452/ Realism, and Impressionism through the varied cific media. Examples include Buddhist or other 552: Aegean and Greek. ArH 453/553: Etruscan movements of the 20th century. Open to non- religious art, tomb art, ceramics, special topics in and Roman. Open to non-majors. Prerequisites majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history Korean art, or the work of Asian-American art- (for art and art history majors only): ArH 204, majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. ists. Open to non-majors. 205, 206. *ArH 498/598, 499/599 *ArH 422/522 *ArH 456/556, 457/557, 458/558 Art Since WWII (4, 4) Chinese Painting (4) Medieval Art (4, 4, 4) Introduction to early Modernist movements in A concentrated study of the Chinese paintings A three-term sequence covering the art and Europe and America. ArH 498/598: painting, from the 3rd century B.C.E. to the 18th century. architecture of medieval Europe, approximately sculpture, and architecture to 1975. ArH 499/ Open to non-majors. from the conversion of Constantine to the Black 599: painting, sculpture, architecture and perfor- *ArH 423/523 Death (c. 300 - c. 1350 A.D.). ArH 456/556: mance from 1975 to present. Open to non- Japanese Painting (4) Early Christian, Byzantine, Early Medieval (to majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history A survey of Japanese painting from the 4th cen- 800); ArH 457/557: Carolingian, Ottonian, majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. Recom- tury to the 19th century. Buddhist paintings, ink Romanesque; ArH 458/558: Gothic. Open to mended: ArH 491, 492, 493. non-majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history paintings, and decorative paintings. Open to ART COURSES non-majors. majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. * Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not *ArH 425/525 ArH 461/561 offered every year. Modern Japanese Painting (4) Northern Renaissance Art (4) Recent scholarship in the history of modern Manuscript illumination, painting, and sculpture Art 115, 116, 117 Japanese paintings and prints, from the Meiji, in the Netherlands, Germany, and France from Basic Design (3, 3, 3) A three-term introductory sequence; a series of Taisho, and Showa periods covers major themes the late 14th to the 16th century. Open to non- studio participation exercises using tools, media of Japan’s westernization in a new light. The majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history and materials in the study of design elements issues revolve around westernization: conflict majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. and principles fundamental to the visual arts. Art and nationalism. New art forms, the revival of * ArH 471/571, 472/572, 473/573 115: Two-dimensional graphic illusion, empha- traditional styles, reclining women’s theme, and Italian Renaissance Art (4, 4, 4) sis on manipulation of surface elements which the gaze of subjects will be explored. Open to Painting, sculpture, and architecture from the control imagery and expression. Art 116: Theory non-majors. 13th to the 16th century in Italy. Open to non- majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history and application of color. Art 117: Three-dimen- ArH 426/526 majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. sional form and space with emphasis on nature African Art (4) of materials, spatial organization and expressive * Examination of selected African art forms, ArH 476/576, 477/577 composition. styles, and traditions. Emphasis on the context of Baroque Art (4, 4) the art and artist and their relationship to politics A study of European art and architecture from Art 131, 132, 133 and society in African history. Open to non- the late 16th to the late 18th century. ArH 476/ Introduction to Drawing (3, 3, 3) An introduction to drawing with a year-long majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history 576: Italy and France; ArH 477/577: Flanders, emphasis upon individual studio instruction.Art majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. This course is Holland, and Spain. Open to non-majors. Prereq- 131: Emphasis on observation and various the same as BSt 470/570; course may be taken uisite (for art and art history majors only): ArH means for finding two-dimensional linear equiv- only once for credit. 204, 205, 206. alents for three dimensional space. Still life * *ArH 430/530, 431/531 ArH 481/581, 482/582 material will be used extensively. Art 132: Con- Women in the Visual Arts (4, 4) 19th Century Art (4, 4) cepts and skills developed in Art 131 will be The study of the art of women in various media A survey of painting and sculpture in the 19th applied with a broader range of media and sub- (painting, sculpture, architecture, printmaking, century. ArH 481/581: Neoclassicism, Romanti- ject matter. Tone will be used more extensively. photography, textiles, illuminated manuscripts, cism, and Realism; ArH 482/582: Impressionism Approximately one-half of the term will be and mixed media). A two-term sequential and Post-Impressionism. Open to non-majors. devoted to introductory figure drawing with class—ArH 430/530: 11th century (medieval) in Prerequisites (for art and art history majors some work from the model. Art 133: Experi- Europe through the 18th century; ArH 431/531: only): ArH 204, 205, 206. ences of Art 131 and Art 132 will be developed 19th century and 20th century America and further by extended exploration of various media Europe. Open to non-majors. Prerequisites (for including some use of color. Subject matter will art and art history majors only): ArH 204, 205, include landscape and still life. Some imaginary 206. or conceptual problems will extend the student’s grasp of composition. Courses should be taken in sequence. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 241

Art 199 ronment with a camera. Emphasis on visual Art 315, 316, 317 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) communication. No darkroom work. The Applied Design (3, 3, 3) Art 201, 202, 203 medium is color slide film, commercially pro- Study of form as related to function in nature Applied Design (3, 3, 3) cessed. Course may be repeated for maximum of and in manufactured products. Investigation into Introduction to three-dimensional design as it 9 credits. application of materials as related to specific applies to manufacturing and product design. design problems. Discussions of the humanistic Art 261 responsibilities of the designer. Prerequisites: Study of visual implications of human factors in Photography (3) design of utilitarian objects. Studio exercises in Study of the camera and processes used in pho- Art 201, 202, 203. planning, visualization, and presentation of tography; variables of modern cameras including Art 320, 321, 322 designs for manufactured and hand-crafted utili- exposure and focusing controls, film and film Graphic Design II (3, 3, 3) tarian objects. Prerequisites: Art 115, 116, 117. processing, enlarging, mounting and finishing A three-term, intermediate sequence studio Art 218 prints. Slide lectures on history of photography, course that explores the application of images, Calligraphy (3) concerns of composition, emotional impact, signs and typography to design solutions of A studio course in calligraphic lettering with the qualities of light and expression. Discussion of visual communication. A variety of assignments broad-edged pen. Students will study the Roman professional careers in photography. Maximum: will be completed that explore the development alphabet in three forms: capitals, minuscules and 6 credits. of graphic images through many variations of a cursives. Emphasis will be on learning correct single idea. Courses must be taken in sequence. Art 270 Prerequisites: Art 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229. weights, proportions, and forms of letters. Prac- Introduction to Printmaking (3) tical skills required to shape letters with the pen A laboratory course in graphic media which may Art 326, 327, 328 will be learned. Principles of good lettering, his- include lithography, intaglio, wood cut, serigra- Computer Graphics II (3, 3, 3) torical development of alphabets, materials and phy, collography, and monoprint. Emphasis is on Art 326: Emphasis is on publication and print drawing tools, letter and word spacing, layout the development from drawing studies to the media design for digital and offset reproduction. and composition, and presentation of artwork graphic media. Maximum 9 credits. Prerequisite: Primary applications are: QuarkXPress, Adobe will be covered. Prerequisites: Art 115, 116, 117. Art 131, 132, 133. Photoshop, and Adobe Illustrator. Emphasis is Course may be repeated to a maximum of 9 placed on design, work flow, production, and Art 281 color prepress. Art 327: Emphasis is on the cre- credits. Painting (3) Art 224, 225, 226 A three-term introduction to the principles and ation of digital illustration through vector-based Graphic Design I (3, 3, 3) practice of painting. Topics include basic theory and pixel-based tools and techniques using Three-term introductory sequence that focuses and use of color and composition. Assignments Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop, and other on graphic arts production processes (manual involve both conceptual approaches and direct relevant applications. Art 328: Emphasis is on and electronic), visual design, design theory, observation using still life, figures, and land- current topics in computer graphics with work principles and practices of graphic design, and scape. Maximum 9 credits. It is recommended completed from selected applications. Students processes that lead to creative problem solving that the course be taken in a fall, winter, spring using state-of-the-art computer graphics technol- techniques. Must be taken concurrently with Art term sequence. Open to non-majors. Prerequi- ogy explore visual concepts. Graphic design 227, 228, 229 Computer Graphics I. Variety of sites (for art and art history majors only): Art majors must take two of the three courses studio assignments that involve students with 116, 131, and 132 offered. Prerequisites: Art 224, 225, 226, 227, two-dimensional design theory and will be final- 228, 229. Courses do not need to be taken in Art 291, 292, 293 sequence. ized/output in the Computer Graphics I course. Sculpture I, II, III (4, 4, 4) Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequi- Art 291-Mass: students will be introduced to *Art 340 sites: Art 115, 116, 117. working in three dimensions through observa- Advanced Photography (3) Art 227, 228, 229 tion and those materials that lend themselves to Study of photography as a visual language. Stu- Computer Graphics I (3, 3, 3) forms that produce actual mass and volume. dents work on extended assignments that explore Three-term introductory sequence to the Macin- Some work from a life model. Plaster mold- technical, aesthetic, and ethical issues of photo- tosh as a tool for electronic graphic arts design making will be included. Art 292-Plane: an graphic communication. Emphasis on the photo- and production. Must be taken concurrently with approach to three dimensions that involves con- graphic series, with either a documentary or Art 224, 225, 226 Graphic Design I. The two structive techniques. Mass and volume will be conceptual approach. Maximum: 9 credits. sequences work in harmony to instruct in design achieved through planer construction. Art 293- Prerequisite: 3 credits in Art 261. principles and practices and computer applica- Space: focus on how an object exists in space Art 350 tions which allow students to produce their ideas and how that space makes an object. Both planer Life Drawing (3) from Graphic Design I. Art 227: Students survey and mass forms will be considered. Prerequisite: A studio course that develops observation and tools and techniques in graphic environment Art 117 or consent of instructor. perception. Later, analytic skills are combined applications such as, paint (SuperPaint), draw with personal expression and invention. A vari- *Art 294 (MacDraw), photo imaging (Adobe Photoshop), Watercolor (3) ety of media is used to explore the implications illustration (Adobe Illustrator), and layout The technique and use of watercolor and of line and modeled form. Maximum: 18 credits. (QuarkXpress). Art 228: graphics environments gouache, with special attention to their charac- Prerequisites: Art 131, 132, 133. are explored through individual projects corre- teristics as painting media. Primary emphasis on Art 373 sponding to Graphic Design I assignments. landscape material. May be substituted for Art Creative Sculpture (4) Computer graphics theory and production issues 133 or be used as a lower-division art elective. A creative study of all aspects of sculpture discussed. Students gain working knowledge of Maximum: 9 credits. Prerequisite: Art 131 and involving various media such as clay, plaster, the Macintosh through a variety of design 132 or equivalent. wood, stone, and the metals, with emphasis, as assignments. Art 229: graphics environments necessary, on architectural sculpturing. Prerequi- with greater emphasis on typography as image. Art 299 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) site: 12 credits in elementary sculpture. Maxi- Full color (CMYK) design solutions empha- mum: 18 credits. Art 312 Art sized. Working knowledge of the Macintosh *Art 381, 382, 383 continues with solutions to more involved design in the Elementary School (3) Art studio: exercises, problems and projects Watercolor (3, 3, 3) assignments. Course is a prerequisite to upper using tools, media, materials and equipment An introduction to watercolor with emphasis on division computer graphics courses. Prerequi- applicable to elementary teaching levels. Devel- its uses as a painting medium. Art 381: Transpar- site: Art 115, 116, 117. opment of attitudes toward art and understanding ent watercolor including means of color, compo- Art 260 of child growth and development. sition, and technical control; landscape and still Photographic Seeing (3) life subject matter. Art 382: Expansion of means Introduction to visual literacy. Students learn developed during first term to include wet-into- photographic seeing, design principles, and wet, gouache, and other variations. Art 383: composition as they investigate the urban envi- More advanced development of means intro- 242 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

duced during first two terms with emphasis on Art 466, 467, 468 nation with architecture. Maximum: 12 credits on-site landscape painting. It is recommended Graphic Design III (3, 3, 3) Art 490 only. Prerequisites: upper-division that the course be taken in sequence. Prerequi- A three-term sequence of advanced graphic standing, 12 credits in painting. design studio assignments that offer students site: 9 credits in watercolor-Art 294 or drawing † design problems of greater complexity and Art 491/591 Art 131, 132, 133. Current Concerns in Studio Art (3) broader scope than experienced in Graphic Art 390 An advanced studio course that focuses on con- Intermediate Painting (3) Design II. Emphasis on design theory, computer temporary issues including cultural influences, Study of painting concepts, composition, and oil graphics, practical application of “real-world” trends in style and expression, and comparative painting techniques. Form and content relation- design problems and professionalism in finished relationships in the visual arts. Experimental ships are explored through assigned independent artwork. These courses must be taken in materials, methods, and concepts optional. and group problems. Maximum: 9 credits. Pre- sequence. Prerequisites: Art 320, 321, 322. Emphasis on the creative aspects. Analytical- requisite: 9 credits of lower-division painting. Art 469 conceptual approach to the various media. Art 391 Graphic Design Studio/Internship (4) Studio work with individual criticism related to Advanced Drawing (3) An advanced course in creative problem solving the student’s personal direction. Maximum: 12 Second-year sequence in drawing with increas- where real world projects are completed in a credits Art 491 only. Prerequisites: one course ing emphasis on the analysis of structural, classroom environment or off campus at busi- each in elementary sculpture and elementary formal and aesthetic relationships in the expres- ness locations. Student participants will work painting. either in class with their instructor or off campus sion of space and form. A variety of media will †Art 494/594, 495/595, 496/596 be used, including watercolor and synthetic resin with a creative art director. This is a required one-term course for students majoring in graphic Advanced Sculpture Topics (4, 4, 4) or acrylic media. Prerequisite: 6 credits of lower- Art 494/594, 495/595: series of rotating topics design with the explicit intent of having students division drawing. Maximum: 12 credits. that address current conceptual approaches and do actual projects that are client-oriented and issues in the arts including: installation, site spe- Art 399 where the student is completely responsible for Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) cific, space/body, language, and materials. Art the design, production, cost estimates, and moni- 496/596 independent projects: acting as a cap- Art 401/501 toring the printing of the project. Prerequisites: stone course within the concentration the student Research (Credit to be arranged.) Art 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 320, 321, 322. Prerequisite: consent of instructor and chair of will be expected to develop their own criteria Department of Art. Art 470 and issues that result in a body of work which Graphic Design/Portfolio (3) Art 402/502 exhibits a focused direction. Prerequisite: upper A required one-term course for students major- division standing; 12 credits in sculpture. Maxi- Art Studio for Elementary and Secondary ing in graphic design with the explicit intent of Education (1-6) mum: 16 credits. developing a portfolio that depicts, in a consis- Designed for the education student who may Art 503 elect regular studio instruction in sculpture, tent and professional manner, the cumulative creative, conceptual, and technical abilities they Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) painting, drawing, ceramics, jewelry and metal- *Art 513 smithing, textiles, or graphic design as fits the amassed over four years. Prerequisites: Art 320, 321, 322, and 466, 467. Art in the Elementary School (2) need of the student’s teaching concentration. Methods and field experience: a lecture seminar Arrangements must be made for placement in Art 479 and studio participation course with assigned specific studio classes. Enrollment restricted to Advanced Printmaking (3) field experience. Students develop attitudes A laboratory course in graphic media in which elementary education M.A.T./ M.S.T. candidates toward an understanding of children’s creative the student will specialize in one of the follow- and art students in a certification program only. development through course planning in arts and ing techniques: lithography, intaglio, wood cut, Credit not transferable to any other graduate pro- crafts. Prerequisites: Art 312 and admission to serigraphy, collograph, or monoprint. Maximum gram. Maximum: 18 credits. the teacher education program. 9 credits. Prerequisite: 9 credits of Art 270. Art 404/504 * *† Art 514, 515, 516 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Art 482/582 Art in the Secondary School (3, 3, 3) be arranged.) Anatomy for Artists (3) Methods and materials for teaching and coordi- An analytical investigation of the construction of nating art programs in grades K-12, with empha- Art 405/505 the human figure with emphasis on those aspects Reading or Studio and Conference (Credit to sis on organizing demonstrations, lectures, and which most determine surface form and action. be arranged.) visual presentations. Observations at various Prerequisites: Art 131, 132, 133. Art 406/506 school levels. Seminars and participation in Projects (Credit to be arranged.) †Art 488/588 intercultural, special, and individualized educa- Art 407/507 Advanced Sculpture Welding (4) tion applied to art. Research into the art commu- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Constructivist approaches to working with the nity as a resource, art as a career, and art and Terms, section, instructor, and hours to be focus on steel. Welded metal sculpture fabrica- technology. Developing courses of study that arranged. Consent of instructor and chair of tion using gas, electric, and heliarc welding sequence a program balance with two- and Department of Art required. methods. Experimental materials, methods, and three-dimensional studio experiences, art his- concepts optional, consistent with the facilities tory, appreciation, and methods of criticism Art 408/508 and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. Pre- Workshop (Credit to be Arranged.)— appropriate to student level. Art 514, art educa- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. requisite: 12 credits in elementary sculpture. tion methods of instruction, organization of art Art 410/510 †Art 489/589 materials and tools. Art 515, technology (media- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Sculpture Casting (4) computer) application to art, research in field for Maximum: 12 credits in one area. Prerequisite: Bronze casting using the lost wax investment art education, art history, multicultural art consent of instructor and chair of Department of method. Experimental materials, methods, and resources, world issues in art education. Art 516: Art. concepts optional, consistent with the facilities philosophy of art education, problems in field of and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. Pre- † art education. Prerequisite: Art Department port- Art 436/536, 437/537, 438/538 requisite: 12 credits in elementary sculpture. folio review required for admission. Painting (3, 3, 3) Advanced painting problems based on various †Art 490/590 subjects. Work may include various media. Advanced Painting (3) May be offered with specific subtitles such as Advanced painting theory and practice with spe- Figure Painting, Landscape Painting, or others. cial emphasis on problems in color and composi- Prerequisite: 9 credits in Art 281. Maximum: tion; varied media and techniques are explored 12 credits. with some problems selected involving coordi-

† 500-level classes intended for M.F.A. students only. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 243

MUSIC

231 Lincoln Hall the fields of performance, conducting, Credits (503) 725-3011 composition, and/or scholarship. Many are Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 www.fpa.pdx.edu/music.html leaders in music around the Northwest and Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear elsewhere. Training...... 3 Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 B.A., B.S.—Music Programs in the Department of Music are accredited by the National Association Mus 191, 192, 193 Class Piano ...... 6 Minor in Music; Minor in Jazz Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 Studies of Schools of Music. Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight Singing/Ear B.M.—Performance; Concentra- Requirements for Major. The Training and Keyboard Harmony ...... 3 tion in Jazz Studies term “music major” should be understood ◊Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History II ...... 12 Music Education Certification in its practical sense to designate students Mus 311 Counterpoint ...... 2 Program (K-12) earning departmental degrees whether their Four credits selected from the following: . . . . .4 M.A.T., M.S.T.—Music degrees are departmental or in general Mus 312 Counterpoint M.M.—Performance; Conducting studies (arts and letters). Students seeking Mus 318 Instrumental Arranging the B.A. or B.S. in music must complete Mus 319 Choral Arranging the Mus 414, 415 Composition I NDERGRADUATE Mus 314, 315, 316 Harmonic and Structural U following courses: Analysis ...... 6 PROGRAMS Credits Mus 320 Fundamentals of Conducting ...... 2 Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 Mus 481 Pedagogy ...... 3 The Department of Music is located within Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Mus 194, 394 Chamber Music; Mus 198, the hub of musical activity in the Pacific Training...... 3 398 Jazz Lab Ensemble ...... 6 Northwest, only three blocks from the Port- Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 †Mus 195, 395 Band; Mus 196, 396 land Center for the Performing Arts. It Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 Orchestra; Mus 197, 397 Chorus ...... 12 maintains close ties to the Oregon Sym- Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight Singing/Ear †MuP 190, 290, 390, 490 Applied Music phony, Portland Opera, Portland Sym- Training and Keyboard Harmony ...... 3 (minimum of 6 credits of 490) ...... 24 ¤ phonic Choir, and Portland Youth Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History ...... 12 Mus 188 Performance Attendance . . (no credit) † Philharmonic, among other organizations. Mus 195, 395 Band; Mus 196, 396 Orchestra; Mus 48 Junior Recital (30 minutes minimum) ...... (no credit) Faculty and students alike interact with Mus 197, 397 Chorus ...... 12 †MuP 190, 290, 390, 490 Applied Music Mus 49 Senior Recital ...... (no credit) these performing organizations in various (minimum of 6 upper-division credits) . . . .12 Elective music courses to be taken from the ways. Both traditional and innovative Mus 351 Accompanying (required of piano following areas: Music History, Music Litera- musical opportunities through the study of majors only in lieu of 2 credits of Mus 395, ture, Composition, Theory, Applied Music, classical performance, jazz, performance Mus 396, or Mus 397)...... (2) Pedagogy, pedagogy, music history, theory, conduct- ‡Mus 47 Final Project or Mus 48 Junior Practicum, Conducting, additional Ensemble ing, composition and music education are Recital ...... (no credit) Performance, Instrumental Techniques. . . . .18 available for PSU students who live in the ¤Mus 188 Recital Attendance (required Mus 351 Accompanying (required of piano community or in campus housing. through MuP 390) ...... (no credit) majors only in lieu of 2 credits of Mus 395, Mus 396, or Mus 397)...... (2) Faculty members in the Department of Music Electives ...... 12 Music are internationally recognized per- Total 76 Total 123 formers, conductors, composers, and schol- The credits in applied music are divided A minimum of 6 of the 12 credits of ars. From the beginning of their studies, 3 credits at each level. With departmental large ensemble must be completed at the music majors and minors study with some approval this distribution may be altered; upper-division level. of the finest faculty in the nation in the however, a minimum of 6 of the 12 credits Bachelor of Music in Perfor- string, wind, percussion, piano, and vocal must be completed at the upper-division mance with Jazz Emphasis. In addi- areas. Standards are high as students level. A minimum of 6 of the 12 credits of tion to meeting the general University pursue the conservatory-like Bachelor of band, orchestra, or chorus must be com- degree requirements, music majors seeking Music degree or the more general Bachelor pleted at the upper-division level. the professional music degree (Bachelor of of Arts or Science in Music. After gradua- In addition to meeting the general Uni- Music in performance with a jazz empha- tion, students continue in our excellent versity degree requirements, music majors sis) must complete the following courses: graduate programs or enter other excellent seeking the professional music degree graduate programs, often as teaching assis- (Bachelor of Music in performance) must tants, or pursue careers in studio or public complete the following courses: school teaching. Our graduates have con- sistently demonstrated their excellence in

† Music majors and minors and jazz majors and minors must enroll in Applied Music and the related large ensemble (Mus 195/395, 196/396, 197/397, 198/398) each term. ‡ All B.A./B.S. candidates must complete a ﬁnal project consisting of one of the following: a half recital (Mus 48); a 20-minute Brown Bag performance; a performance project; or regular performance on area recitals. ¤ To be taken concurrently with Applied Music each term through completion of MuP 390. Student attends eight Brown Bag performances. ◊ Six credits also count toward the required 18 upper-division distribution credits required outside of the major. 244 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Credits Mus 355 Jazz History (Prerequisite: Mus 201 Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 or 261)...... 4 GRADUATE Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Mus 424 Jazz Arranging ...... 2 PROGRAMS Training...... 3 MuP 190 Applied Music ...... 2 Mus 191, 192, 193 Classical Piano ...... 6 MuP 290 Applied Music ...... 2 Advisers: B. Browne, R. Dobson, H. Gray, D. Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 MuP 390 Applied Music ...... 2 Jimerson, S. Martin, M. Shotola (Graduate Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 Mus 198 Jazz Lab Band...... 3 Coordinator), T. Stanford, W. Tuttle Mus 320 Fundamentals of Conducting ...... 2 Mus 398 Jazz Lab Band...... 3 The Department of Music offers graduate Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight-Singing/Ear Mus 194 Chamber Music...... 3 work in music leading to the degrees of Training and Keyboard Harmony ...... 3 Mus 394 Chamber Music...... 3 † Master of Music (M.M.) in performance Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History ...... 12 and Master of Music in conducting, as well Mus 271, 272, 273 Jazz Improvisation ...... 6 Total 36 as a Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.) Mus 471, 472, 473 Advanced Jazz All courses used to satisfy the depart- Improvisation ...... 6 and a Master of Science in Teaching ment major or minor requirements, (M.S.T.). The M.A.T./M.S.T. degrees are Mus 355 Jazz History...... 4 whether taken in the department or else- ‡MuP 190, 290, 390, 490 Applied Music general master’s degrees in music. Gradu- (6 credits of 390 and 6 credits of 490) . . . . .24 where, must be graded C or above. ate students in music may also pursue rec- Mus 198 Jazz Lab Band...... 6 MUSIC EDUCATION: ommendation for standard certiﬁcation. Mus 394 Chamber Music Jazz Combos...... 6 CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (K- This curriculum differentiates between spe- Mus 398 Jazz Lab Band...... 6 12) cialists in vocal music and instrumental Mus 424, 425, 426 Instrumental Jazz Advisers: B. Browne, D. Jimerson (Coordina- music, but candidates in both areas com- Arranging ...... 6 tor), W. Tuttle Mus 474, 475 MIDI Applications ...... 4 plete a core of required courses. Mus 344 Jazz Keyboard Fundamentals ...... 2 The music education program is a graduate For admission to graduate study the stu- ¤Mus 188 Performance Attendance . . . no credit curriculum designed to prepare students for dent must hold a bachelor’s degree repre- Mus 48 Junior Recital ...... no credit licensure for teaching in the state of Ore- senting a course of study equivalent to that Mus 49 Senior Recital ...... no credit gon. The courses listed below are under- pursued by PSU undergraduates in music. graduate courses designed to prepare the In addition to meeting the general require- Total 118 student for the graduate curriculum in ments for admission to graduate study in Requirements for a Minor in music education. The student must com- the University, each student must success- Music. To earn a minor in music, a stu- plete a bachelor’s degree. fully take the music entrance examination dent must complete 35 adviser-approved prepared by and administered in the credits (17 credits must be in residence at Technical Courses Credits Mus 235, 236, 237 Wind and Percussion Department of Music. Portland State University), to include the Instruments ...... 3 M.A.T./M.S.T. PROGRAM following: Mus 321 Instrumental Conducting...... 2 Credits Mus 324 Choral Conducting ...... 2 Core Curriculum Credits ◊ Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 Mus 328 Introduction to Musical Careers . . . .2 Two of the following:...... 4 Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Mus 332, 333, 334 Stringed Instruments and Mus 560 Music History: Medieval Period Training...... 3 Vocal Techniques ...... 3 Mus 561 Music History: Renaissance Period ◊ Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 Mus 409 Practicum (2 terms; taken with Mus 562 Music History: Baroque Period ‡MuP 190 Applied Music ...... 3 Mus 328 & 484) ...... 2 Mus 563 Music History: Classical Period ◊ ‡Mus 195 Band; Mus 196 Orchestra; Mus 484 Music with Children ...... 3 Mus 564 Music History: Romantic Period Mus 197 Chorus ...... 6 Mus 565 Music History: Early 20th Century Upper-division Music History or World Total 17 Mus 566 Music History: Music Since 1950 One of the following: ...... 3 Music...... 4 Other Music Courses Credits Mus 532 Band Literature ‡MuP 290 Applied Music ...... 3 Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 Mus 533 Orchestral Literature Mus 188 Performance Attendance Music 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Mus 534 Choral Literature (6 terms) ...... (no credit) Training...... 3 One of the following: ...... 3 ‡Mus 395 Band; Mus 396 Orchestra; Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 Mus 521 Band Arranging Mus 397 Chorus ...... 3 Mus 188 Performance Attendance Mus 522 Orchestral Arranging (9 terms) ...... (no credit) Mus 523 Advanced Choral Arranging Total 35 ‡Mus 195, 196, 197 Band, Chorus, or One of the following: ...... 3 Orchestra ...... 6 Requirements for a Minor in Mus 541 Advanced Conducting (Instrumental) Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 Jazz Studies. To earn a minor in jazz Mus 542 Advanced Conducting (Choral) Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight-Singing/Ear Training studies, a student must complete 36 All of the following: and Keyboard Harmony ...... 3 adviser-approved credits (17 credits must Mus 511 Research Methods (Music) ...... 3 Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History ...... 12 Mus 520 Analytical Techniques ...... 3 be in Mus 314, 315, 316 Harmonic and Structural MuP 590 Applied Music ...... 2 residence at Portland State University), to Analysis ...... 6 MuP 591 Applied Music-Secondary include the following: Mus 320 Fundamentals of Conducting ...... 2 Instrument (may substitute MuP 590 ‡Mus 395, 396, 397 Band, Orchestra, Credits credits with adviser approval)...... 2 or Choir ...... 3 Mus 271, 272, 273 Jazz Improvisation ...... 6 Ensemble: Chosen with advice of graduate MuP 190, 290, 390 Applied Music Mus 471, 472, 473 Advanced Jazz faculty ...... 3 (minimum of 3 credits of MuP 390) ...... 9 Improvisation ...... 6 Education/Pedagogy (chosen with adviser’s Total 66 assistance) ...... 9

† Six credits also count toward the required 18 upper-division distribution credits required outside of the major. ‡ Music majors and minors and jazz majors and minors must enroll in Applied Music and the related large ensemble (Mus 195/395, 196/396, 197/397, 198/398) each term. ¤ To be taken concurrently with Applied Music each term through completion of MuP 390. Student attends eight Brown Bag performances. ◊ Practicum Mus 409 must be taken with both Mus 328 and 484. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 245

Elective Studies ...... 10 compared to departmental and University Mus 195 Music electives chosen from the following requirements for the basic norm will also Band (1) areas: applied music, theory, arranging, com- be added to the requirements when making Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. position, music history, music literature, peda- up the planned continuing license program. Mus 196 gogy, education, conducting, or additional There is no final examination required for Orchestra (1) ensemble performance Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. this program. Mus 197 Total 45 Chorus (1) Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. M.M. PROGRAM COURSES Mus 198 Master of Music in Performance Credits Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Jazz Lab Band (1) †MuP 590 Applied Music ...... 12 offered year. Performance of jazz literature in a big bandset- Mus 506 Project and Graduate Recital ...... 2 ting. Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be Mus 594, 595, 596, 597, 598 Chamber Music Mus 110 Basic Materials (4) requested. and/or Ensemble ...... 3 Basic course in the theory, structure, and litera- Mus 199 Mus 520 Analytical Techniques...... 3 ture of music, requiring no previous musical Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Mus 560-566 Music History ...... 4 experience. Prepares students for enrollment in Mus 530, 531, 533, 534, 536 Music Mus 201, 202 Music Theory. Introduction to Music (4, 4) Literature...... 6 Mus 111, 112, 113 Designed for non-majors. Course involves lec- Mus 581, 582, or 583 Pedagogy ...... 3 tures, reading, and listening. Course may empha- Mus 511 Research Methods...... 3 Music Theory I (3, 3, 3) Provides a thorough ground-work in the size music of different world cultures. Electives (Determined in conjunction melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic elements of Successively the course deals with elements of with adviser) ...... 9 music with written exercises and analysis based music and small forms (201), and large forms of Total 45 on the styles of Bach, Haydn, Mozart, music and categories of musical literature (202). Beethoven, and other 17th and 18th century Mus 203 Master of Music in Conducting Credits composers. Registration in the appropriate Music in the Western World (4) †Mus 541, 542, 543 Conducting ...... 9 Sight-Singing/Ear Training course is required. Designed for music majors and others with the Mus 506 Conducting Project ...... 3 An entrance placement examination will be ability to read music. Introduction to the great Mus 520 Analytical Techniques...... 3 given. Basic Keyboard Skills is recommended composers and their compositions within a his- Mus 513 Score Reading...... 3 for music majors and minors. torical framework. Mus 595, 596, 597 Ensemble...... 3 Mus 114, 115, 116 Mus 522 or 521 Orchestra or Band Arranging. .3 Mus 211, 212, 213 Sight-Singing/Ear Training (1, 1, 1) Music Theory II (3, 3, 3) Mus 523 Choral Arranging ...... 3 Studies to develop the ability to sing notation at Continuation of the study of harmony. Introduc- Mus 560-566 Music History ...... 4 sight and to recognize and notate aural patterns. tion to harmonic counterpoint. Composition in Mus 530, 531, 532, 533, 534, 536 Music Registration in the appropriate Music Theory I small forms in various 18th, 19th, and 20th cen- Literature...... 3 course is required. tury idioms. Registration in the appropriate Key- Mus 511 Research Methods...... 3 board Harmony, Sight-Singing and Ear Training Electives (Determined in conjunction Mus 188 Performance Attendance (No credit.) course is required. Prerequisites: Mus 111, 112, with adviser) ...... 8 The student is expected to attend a minimum of 113, 114, 115, 116 and passing keyboard proficiency test. Total 45 eight live performances approved by the Depart- ment of Music for each term registered. It is Mus 214, 215, 216 All degree candidates take a final writ- expected that students will register for Perfor- Sight-Singing/Ear Training and Keyboard ten examination which covers three areas: mance Attendance concurrently with registration Harmony (1, 1, 1) music education or pedagogy, music the- for Applied Music until the requirement for Per- Application of theoretical principles to the key- ory, and music history, as well as perfor- formance Attendance is completed. board; understanding more advanced theory mance or conducting for the M.M. degrees. Mus 189 through the keyboard. Elementary score reading, A final oral examination also may be Repertoire Study (1) keyboard harmonization of folk tunes, advanced work in sight-singing and ear training. Registra- required. Study and performance of selected repertoire. Available only to students enrolled in large tion in the appropriate Music Theory course is CONTINUING TEACHING ensemble, chamber music or applied music. Pre- required. Prerequisites: Mus 111, 112, 113, 114, LICENSE requisite: consent of instructor. 115, 116 and passing keyboard proficiency test. Students may elect a program leading to MuP 190 Mus 235, 236, 237 the completion of requirements for the con- Applied Music (1-4) Wind and Percussion Instruments (1, 1, 1) Freshman year. Individual instruction in organ, A study of the wind and percussion instruments tinuing teaching license, but not the M.A.T. of the orchestra and band for students in the or M.S.T. degree. This nondegree, license piano, harpsichord, voice, guitar, orchestral and band instruments. Maximum: 12 credits. Prereq- teacher education program. program emphasizes flexibility of choice uisite: approval of faculty applied music supervi- Mus 261, 262 from among various upper-division and sor. History of Rock Music (4, 4) graduate music courses, while including Mus 191, 192, 193 Traces the history and development of a popular the education components required for Class Instruction (2, 2, 2) music style in the United States, Great Britain, licensure recommendation as listed on Class instruction in instruments or voice. Offer- and other parts of the world. Includes other types page 191. ings include piano, guitar, and voice. of popular music in the twentieth century. A program containing a minimum of 45 Mus 194 approved credits is outlined for each stu- Chamber Music (1) dent with the assistance of the assigned Instruction in the art of small ensemble perfor- adviser. Any deficiencies in the student’s mance; the established repertory of string, wind, baccalaureate degree program or initial keyboard, or vocal chamber music. Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. Prerequisite: license program which may appear when consent of instructor.

† Master of Music candidates must continue to register for applied music credits if a performance major, and conducting credits if a conducting major, until the completion of the Graduate Project or Recital, even if this exceeds the 12 credit minimum. 246 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Mus 271, 272, 273 *Mus 328 Jazz Improvisation (2, 2, 2) Introduction to Musical Careers (2) Introduces the fundamentals of jazz improvisa- Introduction to various career choices in music. tion. Beginning jazz skills include scales, song Emphasis on music education. Concurrent forms, melodic patterns, and repertoire develop- enrollment in an appropriate practicum (Mus ment. Instructor approval required. 409) required. Prerequisites: Mus 111, 203. MuP 290 Mus 332, 333, 334 Applied Music (1-4) Stringed Instruments and Vocal Techniques Sophomore year. Continuation of MuP 190. (1, 1, 1) Maximum: 12 credits. Prerequisites: MuP 190 A study of stringed instruments (Mus 332, 333) and audition. and vocal and guitar techniques (Mus 334). For Mus 301, 302 students in the teacher education program. Survey of Music Literature (4, 4) Mus 344 For non majors; study of the history of music Jazz Keyboard Fundamentals (2) through examination of the literature of particu- Study of the basic jazz keyboard fundamentals lar periods as follows: Mus 301: Music from for jazz instrumentalists. Covers basic chord 1700 to 1875; Mus 302: Music from 1875 to voicings, chord scale relationships, accompani- present. ment techniques, and reharmonization tech- Mus 304, 305, 306 niques. Prerequisites: Mus 191, 192, 193. Music History (4, 4, 4) Mus 351 Intensive analytical study of the history of music Accompanying (2) in the Medieval and Renaissance Periods (Mus Theoretical and practical study of the art of 304), Baroque and Classical Periods (Mus 305) accompanying vocal and instrumental solos and and Romantic and 20th century periods (Mus performing duo-sonatas. 306). Prerequisites: Mus 113, 203. Mus 355 Mus 311, 312, 313 Jazz History (4) Counterpoint (2, 2, 2) Examines the development of jazz from its Afri- Intensive study of music reﬂecting the poly- can and European roots and its origins in New phonic impulse; analysis and application to exer- Orleans to its ﬂorescence in Chicago and New cises in two-, three-, and four-voice York. Covers period from about 1900 to 1960. counterpoint. Prerequisites: Mus 211, 212, 213. Focuses on important musicians and major musi- Mus 314, 315, 316 cal styles. Prerequisite: Mus 201 or 261. Harmonic and Structural Analysis (2, 2, 2) Mus 360 Thorough study of formal analysis, including the The Guitar: its History and Music (4) phrase unit, period, two- and three-part song This course is designed to explore the origins of forms, developed ternary forms, sonata, sym- the guitar by examining its history, repertoire phony, concerto, etc. Prerequisites: Mus 211, and performers. The course will look at all 212, 213. aspects of the guitar’s history from the related Mus 318 ancient Sumerian stringed instruments to the Instrumental Arranging (2) modern-day electric guitar. Prerequisite: Mus Fundamentals of arranging music for instrumen- 110 or 191. tal ensembles. Emphasis on basic principles of Mus 374, 375 orchestration and their practical applications. World Music (4, 4) Prerequisite: Mus 213. Study of the major musical cultures of Asia, the Mus 319 Middle East, and sub-Saharan Africa. Explores Choral Arranging (2) social and cultural contexts, instrument types, Fundamentals of arranging music for vocal and structural organization of the music. Empha- ensembles. Emphasis on basic principles of sis on listening. Prerequisites: Mus 110, 111, SATB writing. Prerequisite: Mus 213. 201, 203. Mus 320 Mus 376 Fundamentals of Conducting (2) American Musical Traditions (4) The basic principles of conducting as they apply Examines the diversity of musical traditions to both instrumental and vocal ensembles. Basic found in American history and culture. Included baton technique and beat patterns. Development are African-American, Anglo-American, of an independent use of the hands. Fundamen- Hispanic, and Native-American musical tals of score reading, both instrumental and cultures, in the areas of folk, popular, and classi- vocal. Prerequisite: Mus 213. cal music genres. Prerequisite: Mus 110, 201, or 261. Mus 321 Instrumental Conducting (2) The principles of conducting and training instrumental organizations. Prerequisite: Mus 320. Mus 324 Choral Conducting (2) The principles of conducting and training choral organizations. Prerequisite: Mus 320. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 247

Mus 381 aration, vocal arranging techniques, rehearsal Mus 437/537, 438/538 Music Fundamentals (4) techniques, and MIDI applications. Instructor Keyboard Literature (3, 3) Basic musicianship for the elementary teacher. approval required. A study of Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and Twentieth Century literature for keyboard instru- Mus 389 Mus 427/527 Repertoire Study (1) Opera Workshop (1) ments. In addition to providing an overview of Study and performance of selected repertoire. A workshop in preparing and performing oper- the historical development of keyboard music, Available only to students enrolled in large atic literature for advanced singers. Prerequisite: specific works from the repertoire of each period ensemble, chamber music or applied music. consent of instructor through audition. will be selected for intensive study and perfor- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. mance. Intended primarily for piano or harpsi- Mus 428/528 chord majors. Prerequisite: by audition. MuP 390 Opera Production (2) Applied Music (1-4) Annual production of a major operatic work. Mus 441/541, 442/542, 443/543 Junior year. Continuation of MuP 290. Maxi- Designed for singers, orchestral instrumentalists, Advanced Conducting (3, 3, 3) mum: 12 credits. Prerequisites: MuP 290 and and technical support staff in the areas of cos- A study of technical and interpretative problems audition. tuming, set design, and other areas. Casting for encountered in the rehearsal and conducting of Mus 394 production is by audition during winter quarter. standard symphonic or choral literature. Experi- Chamber Music (1) ence in conducting this literature. Particular Mus 430/530 attention given to the problems facing the public Instruction in the art of small ensemble perfor- Song Literature (3) mance; the established repertory of string, wind, Study of the solo literature for voice through school music director. Prerequisite: Mus 321 or keyboard, or vocal chamber music. Maximum: 6 analysis of scores and recordings and live perfor- 324. credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. mances. Historical perspectives from Elizabe- Mus 451/551, 452/552, 453/553 Mus 395 than song to 20th-century art songs. Advanced Keyboard Skills (3, 3, 3) Band (1) Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, 306. This course investigates and applies advanced Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. theoretical concepts to keyboard playing and Mus 431/531 improvisation. Applications include sightread- Mus 396 Chamber Music Literature (3) Orchestra (1) Historical survey of the music associated with ing, transposition, harmonization, and figured Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. the chamber music repertoire from 1600-1950. bass reading. Prerequisite: by audition. Mus 397 Emphasis on analysis of scores and recordings. Mus 471/571, 472/572, 473/573 Chorus (1) Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, 306. Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2, 2, 2) Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. Advanced concepts of jazz improvisation. Prin- Mus 432/532 ciples of pentatonics, diminished harmonies, Mus 398 Band Wind Literature (3) inside-outside playing, synthetic scales, and free Jazz Lab Band (1) A study of literature for ensembles of wind and Performance of jazz literature in a big band wind/percussion instruments from about 1600 to improvisation. Instructor approval required. Pre- setting. Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be the present. Historical perspective will be gained requisites: Mus 271, 272, and 273. requested. through reading, style-analysis, and listening. Mus 474/574, 475/575 Midi Applications (2, 2) Mus 399 Attention will be given to the practical application of band literature in elementary and second- Study of the fundamentals of MIDI and com- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) puter music programs. Includes work on synthe- Mus 401/501 ary teaching situations. Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, 306. sizers, sequencing, and notation software. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. Mus 433/533 Orchestral Literature (3) Mus 481/581, 482/582, 483/583 Mus 404/504 Pedagogy (3, 3, 3) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to A historical survey of the music associated with the symphony orchestra from the development Methods, materials, curriculum, and philosophi- be arranged.) cal bases for teaching in a private studio and Mus 405/505 of each orchestral instrument to the present day. Intensive study of those works of great signifi- classroom with focus on individual and group Reading and Conference (Credit to be instruction. Prerequisites: Mus 213, 216, 304, arranged.) cance is achieved through score study and analy- Consent of instructor. sis of several interpretations through recordings. 305, 306. Mus 407/507 Attention will be given to the practical applica- Mus 484/584 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tion of orchestral literature in elementary and Music with Children (3) Consent of instructor. Recent topics have secondary teaching situations. Prerequisites: Methods and materials for teaching general included Style Analysis; Style Criticism; Music Mus 304, 305, 306. music classes in the elementary school. Designed for the music specialist; required of all History; Music in the Elementary School; Semi- Mus 434/534 nar in Composition. Choral Literature (3) students who seek a basic teaching certificate in This course offers an investigation and analysis music. It is presupposed that all students have Mus 408/508 performing and theoretical skills and at least one Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) of literature for choir of all sizes, for secular and sacred use, particularly in relation to use in year of music history. Concurrent enrollment in Mus 409/509 an appropriate practicum (Mus 409) required. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) public school at the junior high and high school levels and in church choir situations. A survey of Prerequisite: upper-division standing in music. Mus 410/510 the development of choral literature from c. 1400 Mus 485/585, 486/586, 487/587 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) to the present, with examples via listening and Diction for Singers: Italian, German, and Mus 414/514, 415/515, 416/516 study of scores, will be included. Prerequisites: French (2, 2, 2) Composition (2, 2, 2) Mus 304, 305, 306. Designed for singers and other musicians inter- The course involves the study of 20th century ested in classical vocal literature in Italian, Ger- composition techniques. Students will compose Mus 436/536 man, and French. It presents the principles of chamber works using techniques studied in the Opera Literature (3) lyric diction and provides practice in the skills class. Prerequisites: Mus 311, 312, and 316. An intensive study of the development of opera in western music, from the works of Monteverdi needed to sing the language correctly, idiomati- Mus 424/524, 425/525, 426/526 in the early 17th century to the important operas cally, and expressively. Instrumental Jazz Arranging (2, 2, 2) of this century. Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, In-depth study and application of the fundamen- 306. tals of composing and arranging for small to large jazz ensembles. Subjects included are history, transposition, instruments, forms, harmonic and melodic construction, rhythm section, voic- ing, moving harmonization, score and part prep- 248 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

MuP 490 bility found in the public schools. Prerequisite: forum for problem solving and dealing with spe- Applied Music (1-4) successful completion of the department’s grad- cial issues and problems in current choral music Senior year. Continuation of MuP 390. Maxi- uate entrance examination. education. mum: 12 credits. Prerequisites: MuP 390 and Mus 523 Mus 589 audition. Advanced Choral Arranging (3) Advanced Instrumental Methods (3) MuP 491/591 Study of voice types, text setting, and techniques Designed for the experienced teacher. In addi- Applied Music in Secondary Area (1-2) of writing for various combinations of voices. tion to studies of current methods and trends in Private instruction in voice, keyboard, guitar, Practice in arranging melodies for two-, three, instrumental music teaching, the course also pro- and orchestral or band instruments, not to and four-part choruses, mixed and unmixed, vides a forum for problem solving and dealing include the student’s major performance area in such as those encountered in the public schools. with special issues and problems in current order to extend the performance skills of the Prerequisite: successful completion of the music education. music specialist in the public schools. Graduate department’s graduate entrance examination. MuP 590 students not passing MuP 590 audition will be Mus 560 Applied Music (1-4) assigned MuP 591. Music History: The Medieval Period (2) Individual instruction in organ, piano, harpsi- Mus 503 Intensive, analytical study of the history of chord, voice, guitar, and orchestral and band Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) music of the Middle Ages and its relationship to instruments. Maximum: 12 credits. Prerequisite: Mus 506 contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: audition. Graduate Project or Recital (2-3) successful completion of the department’s grad- Mus 594 Final conducting project or performance recital uate entrance examination. Normally limited to Chamber Music (1) required for all Master of Music degrees. graduate music majors only. Instruction in the art of small ensemble perfor- Mus 511 Mus 561 mance; the established repertory of string, wind, Music Research Methods (3) Music History: The Renaissance Period (2) keyboard, or vocal chamber music. Maximum: 6 A systematic study of research techniques and Intensive, analytical study of the history of credits. Prerequisite: graduate standing in music. materials in music history, literature, and music music from 1400 to 1600 and its relationship to Mus 595 education. Emphasis on the use of library contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: Band (1) resources and practical applications of research successful completion of the department’s grad- Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate techniques. Prerequisite: graduate standing in uate entrance examination. Normally limited to standing in music. music. graduate music majors only. Mus 596 Mus 512 Mus 562 Orchestra (1) Graduate Theory Review (3) Music History: The Baroque Period (2) Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate A course designed for graduate students who Intensive, analytical study of the history of standing in music. need to review their knowledge of basic theoreti- music from 1600 to 1750 and its relationship to Mus 597 cal concepts. Can be taken for credit but will contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: Chorus (1) not be applied toward completion of degree successful completion of the department’s grad- Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate requirements. uate entrance examination. Normally limited to standing in music. graduate music majors only. Mus 513 Mus 598 Score Reading (3) Mus 563 Jazz Lab Band (1) Techniques for reading and studying scores with Music History: The Classical Period (2) Performance of jazz literature in a big bandset- a goal of performance. Intensive, analytical study of the history of ting. Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate *Mus 517, 518, 519 music from 1750 to 1825 and its relationship to standing in music. Advanced Harmony (2, 2, 2) contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: A study of the harmonic practices of the late successful completion of the department’s grad- 19th and 20th centuries. Written work, analysis, uate entrance examination. Normally limited to SPECIALIZED and theoretical research. Prerequisite: Mus 316. graduate music majors only. COURSES Mus 520 Mus 564 Analytical Techniques (3) Music History: The Romantic Period (2) *Mus 10, 20, 30, 40 A study of the formal structure of musical com- Intensive, analytical study of the history of Repertoire Class (No credit) positions of various styles with the purpose of music from 1825 to 1900 and its relationship to For music majors, taken concurrently with MuP discovering the sources of unity, variety, order, contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: 190, 290, 390, 490. Weekly performance of and expression present in them. Prerequisite: successful completion of the department’s grad- music from a speciﬁed list of repertoire. successful completion of the department’s graduate entrance examination. Normally limited to Mus 47 uate entrance examination. graduate music majors only. Final Project (No credit) All Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Mus 521 Mus 565 degree candidates must complete a ﬁnal project Band Arranging (3) Music History: Early 20th Century (2) Designed to develop fundamental skills in Intensive, analytical study of the history of consisting of one of the following: 1) a half arranging music for concert, marching and stage music from 1900 to 1950 and its relationship to recital, 2) a 20-minute Brown Bag performance, bands, and small wind and/or percussion ensem- contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: 3) a performance project, 4) regular perfor- bles, such as those encountered in the public successful completion of the department’s grad- mances on area recitals. schools. Transcription skills also will be studied. uate entrance examination. Normally limited to Mus 48 Emphasis will be on practical application of graduate music majors only. Junior Recital (No credit) material presented. Prerequisite: successful com- Required for students in the Bachelor of Music Mus 566 in Performance program. Public recital during pletion of the department’s graduate entrance Music History: Music Since 1950 (2) examination. Intensive, analytical study of the history of the junior year (30 minutes minimum). Mus 522 music since 1950 and its relationship to contem- Mus 49 Orchestral Arranging (3) porary historical events. Prerequisite: successful Senior Recital (No credit) Instruction in writing for instruments used in completion of the department’s graduate Music majors must present all or part of a recital large orchestras, showing basic techniques of entrance examination. Normally limited to grad- during their senior year. scoring for string quartet, woodwind and brass uate music majors only. quintet, and percussion ensemble. Practical Mus 588 application through scoring of piano music for Advanced Choral Methods (3) various orchestral groups of the nature and capa- Designed for the experienced teacher. In addition to studies of current methods and trends in choral music teaching, the course also provides a S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 249

THEATER ARTS

127 Lincoln Hall 8 credits chosen from the following: ...... 8 TA 354 Theater Workshop II: Technical (503) 725-4612 TA 467, 468 Modern Theater I and II Theater ...... 2 www.fpa.pdx.edu/theaterart.html TA 471 Theater History: Periods/Topics TA 421 Costume Design...... 3 TA 472 Theater History: Major Figures 2 credits of TA 355 Theater Workshop II: 17 B.A., B.S. Mgmt/PR...... 2 7 elective credits selected from the following: .7 Minor Upper-division research or production TA 312 Scene Painting (3) Secondary Education Program project ...... 6 TA 406 Special Projects (TBA) [Max: 6 cred- M.A.—Theater Arts its] 62 TA 414 History of Decor (4) The theater arts major, depending on TA 430 Scene Design III (3) [Max: 6 credits] UNDERGRADUATE area of interest and career aspirations, will Courses in the Lighting and/or Costume areas. PROGRAMS select one of three options: Total 86 a. the General option, Through classroom study, studio/labora- The Lighting track adds the following require- tory preparation, and University Theater b. the Performance option, ments to the core: production, the Department of Theater Arts c. the Design/Technical Theater option. TA 252 Makeup ...... 2 is committed to providing liberal-arts based The Theater Arts General option adds TA 313 Scene Design II...... 3 preprofessional training which effectively the following requirement to the core: TA 314 Lighting Design I ...... 3 balances theory and practice. Students TA 315 Technical Theater Drawing ...... 2 Credits TA 317 Theater Technologies ...... 2 seeking professional or educational 24 elective credits from the Theater Arts TA 354 Theater Workshop II: Technical careers, preparing for advanced degree pro- curriculum with at least 16 carrying Theater ...... 2 grams, or pursuing nonmajor study of the numbers 300 or above...... 24 TA 421 Costume Design...... 3 arts will participate in a production program encompassing new, modern, and clas- Total 86 17 sic works interpreted to confront and The Performance option adds the 7 elective credits selected from the following: .7 illuminate the diverse concerns of contem- following requirements to the core: TA 406 Special Projects (TBA) [Max: 6 cred- porary life. Credits its] The theater arts faculty encourages a TA 144 Voice for the Actor I ...... 3 TA 435 Lighting Design II (3) [Max: 6 credits] firm grounding in all aspects of theater and TA 147 Movement for the Actor ...... 3 Courses in the Scenography and/or Costume areas. emphasizes the need for individual excel- TA 252 Makeup ...... 2 TA 341, 342 Intermediate Acting I and II . . . . .8 lence. Faculty are active participants in the Total 86 Portland theater community and have 16 The Costume track adds the following require- worked and continue to work as actors, 8 elective credits selected from the ments to the core: directors, designers, and consultants for following: ...... 8 TA 252 Makeup ...... 2 many of the area’s professional theaters. TA 145 Acting Workshop (2) TA 313 Scene Design II...... 3 Because of Portland State’s urban location, TA 241 Improvisational Acting I (3) TA 354 Theater Workshop II: Technical students in the department have been able TA 344 Voice for the Actor II (3) Theater ...... 2 to work in and for local theater companies TA 346 Stage Dialects (4) TA 326 Pattern Development or TA 327 and are encouraged to do so. TA 353 Theater Workshop II: Acting/ Costume Technology...... 4 Both majors and minors are urged to Directing (1-3) TA 421 Costume Design...... 3 TA 425 History of Dress I...... 4 arrange with the departmental office for an TA 441 Acting Studio (4) TA 455 Directing II (4) adviser. 18 TA 460 Advanced Directing (3) Requirements for Major. In addi- 6 elective credits selected from the following: .6 tion to meeting the general University Total 86 TA 325 Costume Construction (2) degree requirements, the major in theater The Design/Technical Theater option TA 326 Pattern Development (4) arts will meet the following core require- consists of three tracks. The theater arts or TA 327 Costume Technology (4) ments: TA 406 Special Projects (TBA) [Max: 6 cred- major electing this option will choose to its] Credits focus in one of the following areas: Sce- TA 426 History of Dress II (4) TA 111, 112 Technical Theater I and II ...... 6 nography, Lighting, or Costume. Courses in the Scenography and/or Lighting TA 114, 115 Technical Theater Production areas. I and II...... 2 The Scenography track adds the following requirements to the core: TA 141, 142 Acting I and II ...... 8 Total 86 TA 301 Script Analysis ...... 4 TA 252 Makeup ...... 2 TA 311 Scene Design I ...... 4 TA 313 Scene Design II...... 3 Courses taken under the undifferenti- TA 316 Technical Theater Lab...... 2 TA 314 Lighting Design I ...... 3 ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not TA 321 Costuming...... 4 TA 315 Technical Theater Drawing ...... 2 be accepted toward fulfilling department TA 330 Multicultural Theater ...... 4 TA 317 Theater Technologies ...... 2 major requirements. TA 364 Directing I ...... 4 At least 16 credits of upper-division TA 464, 465 Development of Dramatic Art theater arts courses, including 2 credits I and II...... 8 from TA 355, must be taken in residence at Portland State University. 250 PORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Requirements for a Minor. To SECONDARY EDUCATION MASTER OF ARTS OR earn a minor in theater arts a student must PROGRAM MASTER OF SCIENCE complete 28 adviser-approved credits (12 Adviser: W.M. Tate Prospective graduate students who plan to credits must be taken in residence at Port- It is imperative that the student who wishes earn an M.A. or M.S. degree should present land State University), to include the fol- to teach theater arts in secondary school be a minimum of 24 credits in theater arts, lowing: in contact with the Department of Theater including 8 credits in acting, 4 credits in Credits Arts secondary education adviser as early directing, 8 credits in technical theater, and One of the following sequences: ...... 8 as possible, so that various options and 4 credits in costuming, or equivalent com- TA 111, 112 Technical Theater I and II taken requirements can be fully explained and a petencies as determined by the department. with TA 114, 115 Technical Theater program of study developed. Individual students may be required to Production (8) complete additional graduate and under- TA 141, 142 Acting I and II (8) graduate courses to make up for deficien- Theater Arts electives (at least 12 upper- GRADUATE cies. division) ...... 16 PROGRAM The Master of Arts degree is recom- Four credits chosen from: ...... 4 mended for students who want to focus The Theater Arts Department offers the TA 464, 465 Development of Dramatic Art their graduate study on research and schol- I and II degrees of Master of Arts and Master of arship in the history, literature, and criti- TA 467, 468 Modern Theater I and II Science. The program of each graduate cism of the theater and who may also plan TA 471, 472 Theater History student is planned in consultation with the to continue their graduate work in a doc- departmental adviser. Total 28 toral program in theater. The Master of Sci- A prospective student shall be admitted ence degree is suggested for students who Courses taken under the undifferenti- to graduate study after the department has wish to focus more intensively on perfor- ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not reviewed the student’s qualifications and mance and production areas in preparation be accepted toward fulfilling department recommended acceptance into the specific for a career in the professional theater and/ minor requirements, with the exception of degree program. or further degree work in a Master of Fine TA 101 Theater Appreciation, TA 131 The prospective M.A./M.S. graduate Arts theater program. Understanding Movies, and TA 135 Classic student who, after initial admission to the All master’s degree students must suc- Movies. graduate program, does not enroll for cessfully complete a minimum of 45 grad- classes within one calendar year shall have uate credits with at least 33 credits of admission to the degree program canceled. approved courses in theater arts. Twelve Degree Requirements. University credits may be taken in approved areas out- master’s degree requirements are listed on side the Department of Theater Arts. In page 56. Specific departmental require- addition, the student must successfully ments are listed below. complete one of the following projects, for which no fewer than 6 graduate credits in theater arts will be given: (1) a research thesis on an approved topic from the fields of theater history, theory, practice, or dramatic literature and criticism; (2) two papers of appropriate length on subjects chosen from the fields of theater history, theory, practice, or dramatic literature and criticism; (3) a project in directing, scene design, lighting design, acting, or costume design; or (4) the composition of two one- act plays or one full-length play. An oral examination is required. The Master of Arts student must demonstrate competence in the use of a foreign language and will typically complete the degree program with a thesis, playwriting, or two paper project. The Master of Sci- ence student must demonstrate expertise in skills pertaining to either advanced theater performance or design and will typically complete the degree program with a project in directing, acting, scene design, costume design or lighting design, a project in playwriting, or a two-paper project. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 251

TA 147 TA 316 COURSES Movement for the Actor (3) Technical Theater Lab (2) Introduction to concepts and techniques of theat- Laboratory course designed to allow students to Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not rical movement and physical theater. Will utilize further develop stagecraft skills and gain addi- offered every year. a variety of relaxation, centering, stylization, and tional practical production experience. Prerequi- TA 101 imagery exercises designed to increase body site: TA 111, 112, 114, 115. Theater Appreciation (4) awareness and expressiveness. Skills in ensem- *TA 317 This course is intended as a general introduction ble, mime, mask, and light acrobatics will be Theater Technologies (2) to the art of the theater: acting; directing; play- developed. Study and practical application of advanced writing; scenic, costume, and lighting design. TA 199 techniques and materials in all aspects of stage- Emphasis is placed on theater as a performing Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) craft, including properties design and construc- art today rather than upon the history or origins tion and special effects. Prerequisite: TA 111, of the theater. The class, in part, involves atten- TA 241, 242 Improvisational Acting I, II (3, 3) 112, 114, 115, 316. dance at live performances and events in the Seeks to acquaint the student through exercises, Portland area. TA 321 theater games, and study of basic techniques for Costuming (4) TA 111, 112 creative role playing with the skills and tech- An introduction to the theory, techniques, and Technical Theater I, II (3, 3) niques necessary for improvisational acting and design principles of contemporary stage cos- First term of sequence concerns the planning and development of material for public performance. tume. Prerequisite: TA 301. building of sets and stage properties, and the Must be taken in sequence. production organization skills needed to mount TA 325 Costume Production (2) theatrical productions. Second term adds ele- TA 252 Makeup (2) A study and practical application of stage cos- ments of stage lighting, scene painting, and the- A study of the basic principles of the art and tume construction techniques, beginning and ater sound. Both terms require a three-hour lab technique of stage makeup. advanced. Students will participate in the con- period per week and participation in departmen- TA 253 struction of costumes for departmental produc- tal productions presented that term. Must be tions. Prerequisite: 3 credits of theater arts. taken in sequence. Workshop Theater I (1-3) Training in theater production through the inten- Maximum 6 credits. TA 114, 115 sive study and rehearsal of scenes and plays. *TA 326 Technical Theater Production I, II (1, 1) Maximum: 12 credits. Pattern Development (4) Attached lab to TA 111, 112 will combine A study and practical application of the methods skills in practical construction of stage sets with TA 299 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) for creating patterns for theatrical costumes, actual production experience on department pro- including flat drafting, draping, and period pat- ductions. TA 301 Script Analysis (4) tern adaptation. Prerequisites: TA 321, 325. TA 131 Examination and analysis of fundamental princi- *TA 327 Understanding Movies (4) ples of dramatic structure, form, and style Costume Technology (4) An introductory course in film appreciation with through study and analysis of representative A study and practical application of costume special emphasis on cinema as a dramatic art. plays selected from major periods. Emphasis on craft and decorative techniques, including fabric Elements to be considered will include cinema- the production implications of selected texts. dyeing and painting and accessories fabrication. tography, performance, edited image, and sound. Prerequisite: TA 321. Selected films will be shown. TA 311 Scene Design I (4) TA 330 TA 135 A study of visual arts principles as related to Multicultural Theater (4) Classic Movies (4) scenic design. Projects in stage geography, Exploration of the diversity of our society Study and analysis of representative films with design composition, and visual imagery are used through theater—comparing and contrasting the special emphasis on the importance of directo- to develop the student’s communication skills in works of certain ethnic specific writers and those rial concept and the screenplay. Relationships the area of scenic design. Prerequisites: TA 111, writers often considered to be in the mainstream between film and theater will be examined. 112, 114, 115, 301, 316. of the modern theater. TA 141, 142 *TA 312 TA 341, 342 Acting I, II (4, 4) Intermediate Acting (4, 4) This sequence is concerned with both the Scene Painting (3) Training to extend the student’s basic skills in Study and practice in acting technique, scene method and the techniques of the actor. Must be traditional methods and techniques of scene analysis, and interpretation of dramatic materials taken sequentially. Students are urged to present painting. Prerequisites: TA 111, 112, 114, 115, for performance. Must be taken in sequence. themselves in public performance during the 316. Prerequisites: TA 141, 142. sequence. TA 313 *TA 344 TA 144 Scene Design II (3) Voice for the Actor II (3) Voice for the Actor I (3) Basic principles of scenic design for the theater. An intermediate course in the principles of voice An introductory course in basic principles and Prerequisites: TA 311, 315. production for the stage, concepts and tech- techniques of voice production specifically for niques for adapting the voice to various stage stage performance including physiology, breath TA 314 Lighting Design I (3) environments, and techniques necessary for ana- support and resonance, articulation and lyzing stage speech problems and developing projection. Study of the history and practice in lighting theater productions together with considerations of appropriate solutions. Prerequisite: TA 144. * TA 145 contemporary technical innovations in the field. *TA 346 Acting Workshop (2) Prerequisites: TA 112, 301, 315, 316. Stage Dialects (4) Rehearsal, performance, and analysis of scenes An introduction to the method and techniques of directed by Directing I students for studio pre- *TA 315 Technical Theater Drawing (2) dialect production for theatrical performance, sentation and critique. Prerequisite: TA 141. including a survey of basic American, English, Maximum: 6 credits. An introductory course designed to develop drafting and drawing skills in the student and to and European dialects. * TA 146 help prepare him/her for future design and tech- TA 353 Acting/Playwriting Workshop (3) nical work in the theater. Prerequisites: TA 111, Workshop Theater II: Acting-directing (1-3) Readings, discussions, and walk-throughs of 114. Workshop in acting-directing. Maximum: 6 plays written by Playwriting II students. Prereq- credits toward major requirements. Prerequisite: uisite: TA 142. consent of instructor. 252 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

TA 354 *TA 441/541 Workshop Theater II: Technical Theater Acting Studio (1-5) (1-3) Advanced studio work and individual projects in Workshop in technical theater. Maximum: 6 acting to consist of analysis, preparation, credits toward major requirements. Prerequisite: rehearsal, and studio performance of dramatic consent of instructor. material representing a range of forms and TA 355 styles. Maximum: 18 credits. Prerequisites: 16 Workshop Theater II: Management And credits of acting or equivalent plus instructor Public Relations (1-3) approval based on audition and/or interview. Workshop in theater management and public TA 455/555 relations.Maximum: 6 credits toward major Directing II (4) requirements. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advanced practice in analysis and directing of TA 364 plays for public performance. Prerequisites: TA Directing I (4) 111, 112, 114, 115, 316, 364. Study and practice in play analysis and directing *TA 460/560 of scenes. Prerequisites: TA 141, 142, 301. Advanced Directing (3) TA 399 Speciﬁc problems in directorial methods and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) styles for presentation in public performance. TA 401/501 Prerequisite: TA 455 or equivalent experience. Research (Credit to be arranged.) TA 464/564, 465/565 TA 404/504 Development of Dramatic Art (4, 4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Survey of dramatic literature and theater history be arranged.) from ancient times to the emergence of the TA 405/505 modern theater in the 19th century. The course is Reading and Conference (Credit to be chronological in its presentation but each term arranged.) may be taken separately. TA 406/506 TA 467/567, 468/568 Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Modern Theater I, II (4, 4) TA 407/507 A consideration of theater and drama from the Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) late 19th and early 20th century to the present. Recent topics have included Introduction to Representative plays chosen from continental Playwriting, Multicultural American Drama, European, English, Irish, and American reperto- Dramatic Criticism, Woman and Theater, and ries. Examination of key directors and trends in Performing Arts Management. staging. Course may be taken out of sequence. TA 408/508 Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) TA 471/571 TA 409/509 Theater History: Periods and Topics (1-4) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Concentrated study of a particular period and/or TA 410/510 topic in theater history: for example, The Classi- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) cal Theater Tradition, The Medieval and Renais- sance Theater, The Emergence of the Bourgeois *TA 414/514 History of Decor(4) Theater, The Nineteenth-Century Theater, and A historical survey of period decor focusing on Theatrical Expressionism. Prerequisite: TA 464 furniture and interior architectural detail from and 465 or appropriate sophomore inquiry Egyptian to modern times with emphasis on course. periods most commonly used in theater produc- TA 472/572 tion. Prerequisite: 6 credits of theater arts. Theater History: Major Figures (1-4) Concentrated study of the contribution of one or *TA 421/521 Costume Design (3) more major theater artists: for example, Ibsen, An in-depth study of costume design principles. Stanislavsky, Appia, Brecht, and Artaud. Prereq- Emphasis is placed on the design of costumes uisite: upper-division standing. for speciﬁc plays, using a variety of styles and TA 474/574, 475/575 rendering media. Prerequisites: TA 321, 325. Playwriting I, II (4, 4) A sequence in playwriting involving analysis of *TA 425/525, 426/526 History of Dress I, II (4, 4) dramatic structure, practical application of play- Historical survey of dress in Western civilization writing techniques. Must be taken sequentially. from ancient Egyptian to modern times with Prerequisite: 8 credits of TA and/or English. emphasis on the aesthetic, cultural, and political TA 503 expressions of clothing. Course may be taken Thesis—(Credit to be arranged.) out of sequence. Prerequisite: upper-division TA 511 standing. Introduction to Theater Research (2) TA 430/530 An introductory course in research methods and Scene Design III (3) bibliography for graduate study in theater. Advanced study of scenic design problems and concept development. Maximum: 6 credits. Pre- requisite: TA 313. TA 435/535 Lighting Design II (3) Advanced practice in lighting design skills and techniques, including image projection. Students will participate in departmental productions. Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: TA 314.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

JAMES H. WARD, DEAN EILEEN M. BRENNAN, ASSOCIATE DEAN 400 UNIVERSITY CENTER BUILDING, 527 SW HALL, (503) 725- 4712 www.ssw.pdx.edu/

M.S.W. grams, public welfare and human service Ph.D. agencies, schools, hospitals and health care centers, courts, family service agencies, The Graduate School of Social Work offers correctional services, community planning the only accredited graduate social work agencies, legislative offices, child and education programs in Oregon. The School youth service agencies, neighborhood cen- was established at Portland State Univer- ters, multicultural service centers, and pro- sity in 1962 by a resolution of the Oregon grams for persons who are elderly. Each Legislature. Two degree programs are student’s program of study consists of a offered by the School: a Master of Social combination of required and elective Work (M.S.W.) degree, which is fully courses. The required core courses are in accredited by the Council on Social Work the following areas: (1) social work prac- Education, and a Ph.D. degree in Social tice, (2) social welfare policy and services, Work and Social Research. (3) human behavior in the social environ- In addition to the two degree programs, ment, and (4) research. Core courses also the School is composed of four other edu- cover content in the following areas: eco- cational components: Extended Studies nomic and social justice, populations at Program in Social Work, which offers non- risk, ethics and values, and diversity. Also, degree programs; the Regional Research students participate in field instruction Institute for Human Services, a research during each of the two years of full-time facility developed by the Graduate School study. of Social Work for applied research and Three plans of study are available. In development; the Child Welfare Partner- the two-year (six-term) option, students ship, a cooperative program with the State enroll in two or three courses and partici- Office for Services to Children and Fami- pate in a field practicum each term. In the lies; and the Center for the Study of Mental three-year (nine-term) option, students Health Policy and Services, which is a enroll in two courses per term in the first social work research development center. year and complete additional courses and practica during the next two years. In Sep- GRADUATE tember 1997, a three-year distance learning PROGRAMS option admitted a cohort of students in four sites around the state of Oregon to a con- MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK centration in direct human services prac- The Master of Social Work degree program tice. In the four-year option, students enroll is designed to prepare graduates for entry in two classes per term in the first and third into advanced practice in either Direct years and field practicum and one class per Human Services, Community-Based Prac- term in the second and fourth years. Day tice, or Social Service Program Manage- and evening sections of many courses are ment. Students may focus their studies on a available. selected field of service: mental health; Also, a certificate in gerontology may children, youth, and families; the elderly; be obtained through the Institute on Aging health care; and services to the homeless while the student completes requirements among others. for the M.S.W. degree. The curriculum combines concurrent on-campus coursework and field work in a range of human service organizations. Typ- ical practice settings are mental health pro-

254 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Admission to the M.S.W. Pro- Degree Requirements. The Portland Degree Requirements. The course of gram. Students are admitted fall term State University general master’s degree study is focused for each student by analy- only. Admission is selective; applications requirements are listed on page 56. The sis of a specific social problem. The course and all supporting materials must be sub- social work graduate student is expected to of study consists of three major compo- mitted by February 1 for consideration for complete a minimum of 90 quarter credits nents: required and elective coursework; admission in September. Early submission of required and elective courses of which required and elective practicum experi- of application materials is encouraged. Fur- 54 credits are in classroom instruction and ences; and dissertation research. A compre- ther information and application forms research and 36 credits are in field instruc- hensive examination must be passed. An may be obtained by writing: Graduate tion. Research requirements may be satis- oral dissertation defense provides a final School of Social Work, Portland State Uni- fied by completion of 8 credits in research opportunity for examination of the social versity, courses. problem on which work has focused. P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR 97207. The Course Requirements. Each doc- telephone number is (503) 725-3949 or PH.D. IN SOCIAL WORK AND toral student is required to select a social SOCIAL RESEARCH 725-4712. problem for study. In the course of doctoral The Graduate School of Social Work offers The M.S.W. program of the Graduate studies, the student will become knowl- the Ph.D. in Social Work and Social School of Social Work is open to qualified edgeable about the theoretical background Research. The program offers a unique graduates from colleges and universities of necessary to understand this area of interest opportunity to integrate practice, policy, recognized standing. Undergraduate prepa- and proficient in the methodology appro- and research. The program prepares stu- ration should include a broad background priate for study of the problem. dents to understand critical social welfare in liberal arts and sciences including The coursework for the program con- problems, to conduct research and policy human biology, social sciences, and sists of three elements: core requirements analysis related to solutions, to take humanities. Competence in written and designed to ensure a solid foundation in the responsibility for program development spoken English is important for social work history, theory, and organization of social and administration in the human services, practice. Students whose native tongue is responses to social problems; social and to teach and provide leadership. The not English should include the scores of the research methods and statistics and super- Regional Research Institute for Human Test of English as a Foreign Language vised research practicum experience; and Services, the Center for the Study of (TOEFL). Students who have completed up elective courses related to the student’s Mental Health Policy and Services, and the to one year of study toward the M.S.W. plan of study. Students declare a cognate Child Welfare Partnership with the Oregon degree at another graduate school of social area and must take 8 quarter credit hours State Office of Services for Children and work accredited by the Council on Social outside of the Graduate School of Social Families are major resources for the pro- Work Education may apply for admission Work in that substantive area. Up to 21 gram. and transfer of credits. credits may be taken in departments or pro- Students admitted to the master’s programs other than social work. Each stu- gram are required to be in continuous dent’s program will be individually enrollment unless an approved leave of planned and approved. absence has been granted. A student who A research practicum is required. This withdraws from the School must reapply. involves participating in ongoing, agency- based research under the direction of a qualified supervisor. A teaching practicum (M.S.W. required) may be elected. Comprehensive Examination. A written comprehensive examination is taken in two parts. The first part is taken after completion of foundation coursework. The second part is written when coursework is substantially complete.

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 255

Dissertation. After successful com- Residence. The program will require child welfare programs. All components of pletion of the comprehensive examination, the equivalent of approximately three the partnership are jointly administered by the chairperson and dissertation committee year’s full-time work to complete if the stu- SCF and PSU. will be appointed. The student will develop dent enters with an M.S.W. Three consecu- The SCF/PSU Partnership is a national a dissertation proposal which will be tive terms must be spent in full-time model for restructuring human service defended orally before the dissertation residence (9 credit hours or more) on cam- delivery. It improves opportunities for cur- committee and other interested faculty and pus. The minimum credit hour requirement rent child welfare workers who wish to students. When the proposal has been for the Ph.D. is 90, of which at least 27 gain additional professional training, it approved by the dissertation committee and must be devoted to the dissertation. The directs new social work graduates into by the University Human Subjects Portland State University general doctoral public service, and it enhances professional Research Review committee, the student degree requirements are listed on page 53. and training curriculum through the use of will be considered a candidate for the evaluation data. Ph.D. in social work and social research. EXTENDED Further information may be obtained by A dissertation must be completed follow- STUDIES writing to the Graduate School of Social ing the outlines of the approved proposal. Work, Portland State University, P.O. Box Students must maintain continuous regis- The Extended Studies Program of the 751, Portland, OR 97207. tration while engaged in dissertation Graduate School of Social Work is research. designed to address the post-master’s edu- CENTER FOR THE STUDY Final Examination. At the comple- cational needs of social workers and other OF MENTAL HEALTH tion of doctoral work, the student will human service professionals; develop and POLICY AND SERVICES defend the completed dissertation before sustain staff training and education pro- the dissertation committee and other inter- grams in collaboration with state and local The Graduate School of Social Work added ested faculty and doctoral students. The agencies; and make extended studies in the another structural component in May 1996, student is expected to demonstrate knowl- area of social work and social problems the Center for the Study of Mental Health edge of the social problem selected for accessible statewide. Policy and Services: a Social Work study, as it relates to the dissertation, and to In cooperation with professional organi- Research Development Center (CMHPS). show that the dissertation is a contribution zations, the Extended Studies Program in The purpose of the CMHPS is to pro- to knowledge in the problem area. Social Work is prepared to provide confer- duce high-quality social work researchers Admission to the Ph.D. Pro- ences, lectures, new career learning, and in an active program of public mental gram. Applicants for admission to this recent information on practice, human health research. This will be accomplished program must have a master’s degree in behavior, policy, management, supervision, through: (1) an organized program of fac- social work or have a master’s degree in a and ethics. Further information may be ulty development; (2) recruitment, sup- related field enhanced by experience in the obtained by writing the Graduate School of port, and mentorship of doctoral students in field of social welfare. Students with a Social Work, Portland State University, mental health research; (3) expansion and master’s degree in another field may enter a P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR 97207. strengthening of current relationships with combined program, in which they work other research organizations at Portland simultaneously toward the M.S.W. and State University, Oregon Health Sciences Ph.D. degrees. Applicants must have dem- CHILD WELFARE PARTNERSHIP University, and community agencies as onstrated capacity for creative and inde- research collaborators and research practi- pendent work. At least two year’s practice In 1994, the Graduate School of Social cum sites; and (4) enhancement of the experience in social work or a related field Work and the State Office for Services to institutional infrastructure, including a spe- is recommended. Students must apply to Children and Families (SCF) entered into a cialized mental health library collection. and be accepted into the doctoral program partnership aimed at improving the deliv- The faculty development program con- after admission to the University as a grad- ery of child welfare services to abused and sists of an annual series of advanced uate student. As part of the admission pro- neglected children and their families research workshops open to all faculty and cedure, students must furnish: throughout Oregon. The SCF/PSU Partner- students, a more specific training/consulta- ■ transcripts of undergraduate and gradu- ship consists of three interdependent com- tion series for each of two core research ate studies; ponents: areas, and individual faculty development ■ scores for the Graduate Record Exami- 1. advanced social work education; plans funded by the CMHPS. nation (GRE) and Miller Analogies A research design/statistical consulting Test; 2. child welfare training programs; and group works with the study teams, pilot ■ an example of scholarly writing; 3. child welfare quality assurance and project investigators, and other faculty and ■ names of four references, two of whom evaluation. students wishing to develop research must be academic; The advanced social work education projects. Research and research develop- ■ a statement outlining the social problem component provides advanced education ment activities are focused on mental area in which the student plans to do through a master’s degree for SCF employ- health issues for both children and adults. research; and ees and PSU graduate students interested in Cultural competence issues are addressed ■ a personal statement. public child welfare careers. The School of for all CMHPS activities. Application must be made by March 1; Extended Studies trains SCF staff and case- admission to the program is in the fall term workers who provide services to families only. and children. Foster and adoptive parents also receive training through this program. The Child Welfare Partnership in conjunction with the Regional Research Institute for Human Services provides applied research and evaluation for improvement of

256 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SW 502 SW 531 COURSES Laboratory (Credit to be arranged.) Generalist Social Work Practice II (4) Based on the generalist social work practice Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not SW 503 Thesis I, II III (Credit to be arranged.) principles, assessment and goal formulation offered every year. SW 504 aspects of the change process emphasized at SW 301 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to multiple levels: individual, family, group, orga- Introduction to Social Work (3) be arranged.) nization, and community. Family-centered An introduction to the profession and practice of approach is focused upon. Development of inter- social work. Assists students to clarify decisions SW 505 Reading and Conference (Credit to be viewing skills related to assessment with cultural concerning selection of social work as a profes- arranged.) considerations. Collaboration and teamwork sion; relates beginning social science theory to examined. Introduction to evaluation. Applica- the profession. Prerequisites: 3 credits of psy- SW 506 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) tion of strengths and ecological systems perspec- chology and 3 credits of sociology. tives to assessment. Prerequisite: SW 530; SW 507 SW 399 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) corequisite SW 500. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) SW 508 SW 532 SW 405 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Generalist Social Work Practice III (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Based on the generalist social work practice arranged.) SW 510 model, intervention and evaluation at multiple Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. levels: individual, family, group, organization, SW 407 SW 520 and community. Family-centered approach with Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Social Work and Social Welfare Policy (4) emphasis on strategies of promoting empower- Course defines and describes social welfare Consent of instructor. ment, equity, and social justice. Development of policy and the policy-making process. Examines interviewing skills for intervention and role dis- SW 410 historical and contemporary issues and their engagement. Examination of the entire change Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) impact on the profession of social work and the Restricted to students in the Child and Family process with focus on evaluation strategies and institution of social welfare. Emphasis is given Studies degree program. technologies. Prerequisite: SW 531, corequisite to the development of policy-practice skills from SW 500. SW 500 the perspective of a worker in a human service Field Instruction I-VI (Credit to be organization. Highlights the relationships arranged.) between social problems, social policies, social SW 501 programs, and social work practice. Data Analysis in Social Work Research (Credit to be arranged.) SW 522 Focuses on advanced techniques of qualitative Issues in Child Welfare (4) and quantitative data analysis/interpretation for Discusses the rapid change in the goals and social work practice and program evaluation. methods of child welfare agencies, those agen- Emphasis on comparing, contrasting, and com- cies charged with the protection of children and bining these processes of social research, includ- the provision of permanency in their lives. ing conceptualization, operationalization and Analysis of the formation of policy to reflect measurement, sampling, data collection, data empirically based knowledge, ever changing analysis, probability, and descriptive and infer- community forces, and developing practice wis- ential statistics. Introduction to the production of dom. Explores major issues facing child welfare research through secondary analysis and/or orig- services today. Develops skills for policy inal research. Prerequisite: SW 550. change. Prerequisite: SW 520. SW 523 Health Care Policies and Programs (4) Advanced policy course analyzes the history of selected health care policies, programs, and disease categories within the context of social work practice in health care. Contemporary outcomes in current health and service delivery systems presented from a policy perspective. Develops skills for policy change. Prerequisite: SW 520. SW 530 Generalist Social Work Practice I (4) Overview of the major influences on the service delivery system with special emphasis on the multiple roles of the generalist social worker, social work values, and ethics. Development of interviewing skills with focus on engagement, development of rapport, definition of purpose, and advocacy. Introduction to theory and the change process at five levels of social work practice: individual, family, group, organization, and community. Special attention to the issues of cultural diversity and populations at risk. Based on the strengths and ecological systems perspectives. Corequisite: SW 500.

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 257

SW 533 SW 545/645 SW 558 Advanced Practice for Direct Human Advanced Theories of Human Behavior in the Treatment of Sexual Abuse (4) Services I (4) Social Environment (4) Examines the impact on and treatment of child Reviews the problem-solving process and intro- Provides an opportunity for students to explore sexual abuse with adults, children and families. duces the process of constructing a frame of ref- current theoretical developments in the social Emphasis is on an integrative biopsychosocial erence or model of practice. Addresses the and behavioral sciences which apply to social model, identifying acute and long term sequelae, evaluation of practice and theories for under- work practice including populations at risk. traumatic and developmental effects, and various standing individuals and how they both seek and Taught in different sections each of which covers intervention modalities. The relationship of clin- resist change. Application of theories to the social and cultural contexts for human behavior ical narrative to contemporary social discourse direct social work practice process with consid- in the social environment. May be repeated for about sexual abuse explored, including contem- eration of the importance of culture, strengths, additional credit. Prerequisite: SW 540. porary debates and controversies in the field. and empowerment. Prerequisite: SW 532; coreq- SW 546 Research, clinical knowledge, developmental uisite: SW 500. Human Sexuality and Social Work (4) theory, and policy implications investigated and SW 534 Physiological, psychological and cultural per- analyzed in light of current constructions of Advanced Practice for Direct Human spectives of human sexuality presented and dis- sexual abuse as a clinical and social problem. Services II (4) cussed. Application of social work assessment Clinical and policy practice case presentation Addresses the family of origin perspective on and change strategies relevant to personal and and consultation included. Prerequisite: family systems theory. Both the worker’s and the interpersonal dynamics of sexual and intimacy SW 532. client’s families of origin considered as sources concerns. Prerequisites: SW 532, 540. SW 559 of influence on the intervention process. Pro- SW 550 Brief Therapy and Other Short-term Social vides advanced consideration of family centered Foundation of Social Work Research (4) Work Interventions (4) practice and integration of other theories with Introduction to research in social work. Stresses Overview of brief therapy theories, principles, family systems theory. Prerequisite: SW 533; the importance of research to social work prac- and interventions including crisis intervention. corequisite: SW 500. tice and policy. Introduction to qualitative and Application to a variety of clients in a diversity SW 535, 536 quantitative social work research, group designs, of settings. Client selection, assessment, goals Advanced Community-Based Practice I, II (4, single case studies, and evaluation of programs and objectives, intervention, and evaluation cov- 4) and of practice. Introduction to critical consump- ered. Additional focus on types of crisis inter- Emphasizes the person-environment interplay tion of research, to ethics of social work ventions with integration of applicable theories with a focus on collaborative partnerships research. Considers scientific method, system- and strategies. Includes case presentations. Pre- between local citizens, leaders, associations, and atic inquiry, relation of theory to research, prob- requisite: SW 532. institutions. Discusses assessment, planning and lem formulation, measurement, sampling, SW 560 intervention at the individual, family, neighbor- design, and data collection. Social Work with Lesbians, Gay Males, and hood, and service delivery system levels. Uti- Bisexuals (4) lizes an assets-based, community development SW 554 Social Work and Health Care (4) Designed for social work students who want to perspective to assist individuals, families and Presents an overview of social work across acquire information on social work with and on communities in identifying and meeting commu- health care settings and systems. Physiological, behalf of lesbians, gay men, and bisexuals. Edu- nity needs. Focuses on working as a team, utili- psychosocial, and cultural components of illness cates students to problems lesbians, gay men, zation of community resources, and selection of considered for individuals, families, and groups. and bisexuals face as the result of oppression as appropriate intervention strategies. Explores Multidisciplinary teamwork, crisis intervention, well as to the strengths and resilience of this individual and community resilience while and ethical dilemmas in health care practice population. Provides academic and experiential assisting in implementing local strategies that explored. Prerequisite: SW 532. content necessary for: understanding the culture strengthen protective factors and lower risk fac- and social reality of lesbian, gay and bisexual SW 555 tors for ethnically and culturally diverse fami- people; examining societal and internalized lies, schools, neighborhoods and communities. Social Work Perspectives on Mental Health Disorders (4) homophobia and heterosexism; developing prac- Prerequisite: SW 532; corequisite: SW 500. Explores the major mental disorders from an tice skills, and identifying policy issues relevant SW 537, 538 understanding of the biological, psychological, to lesbian, gay, and bisexual rights. Advanced Social Service Program social, and cultural determinants of mental ill- SW 561 Management I, II (4, 4) ness. Emphasis given to the changing roles of Clinical Social Work with Groups (4) Examines ways of providing high quality, effec- social workers who work with people diagnosed Deals with the theory and practice of clinical tive, culturally appropriate social work services. with a mental illness. Topics include history and social work within the wide range of groups in Emphasizes interpersonal and technical skills to theories of mental illness, DSM IV classification which social workers participate as workers and manage social work programs, teams, and work systems, biopsychosocial model assessment co-workers. Articulates issues related to group groups. Courses focus upon managing organiza- which includes diagnostic interviewing, spe- process and development as to their effect on the tional issues and human resources. Builds on the cialty topics (e.g., homelessness, poverty) and group experience. Includes leadership strategies philosophy of consumer-centered management. critique of conventional and emerging empirical and diverse populations. Prerequisites: SW 532. Prerequisite: SW 532; corequisite: SW 500. perspectives. Prerequisite: SW 532. SW 562 SW 540 SW 557 Social Work with the Dying and Their Human Behavior in the Social Environment Social Work with Depressed Clients (4) Families (4) (4) Depression is the leading mental health problem Examination of death at all stages of the life Examines the biological, psychological, social, known today. Because depressive disorders are cycle with exploration of its effects on the indi- and cultural factors interacting across the life characterized by a complex of biological, psy- vidual, the family, and the helper. Review of course from infancy to old age. Discusses and chosocial, and intrapsychic components, this theory and research about grief and reconsidera- critiques major theoretical approaches to human course will take a multi focal approach to assess- tion of schema about grief resolution. Coping development in its social and cultural contexts. ment and treatment. The goal is for students to emphasized, given unique cultural and religious Considers populations at risk and the impacts of be able to determine the most effective interven- differences. Consideration of the role of technol- racism and other forms of oppression on devel- tions for particular subgroups of depressed cli- ogy in end-of-life decision making. Discusses opment. Emphasis on the sources of diversity ents. Includes dual diagnosis and suicide social service assistance for persons with HIV/ such as ethnicity, race, gender, sexual orienta- assessment. Prerequisite: SW 532. AIDS, their families, partners, and friends. Pre- tion, and handicapping conditions. requisite: SW 532.

258 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SW 563 SW 566 SW 572 Social Work with Children and Their Staff Development and Supervision (4) Women’s Issues in Social Work Practice (4) Families (4) Supervision and staff development presented and Examines the experience of women from devel- Explores clinical social work practice with trou- examined in relation to direct management and opmental, multi-cultural, and gender perspec- bled children and their families. Critically exam- community-based social work practice. Roles of tives. Policy and practice considerations are ines theories of normal and abnormal supervision in a variety of contexts addressed. addressed and applied to circumstances and con- development as well as alternative models of Models and techniques compared and integrated cerns of women as a group. intervention and their applications. Delineation with relevant theoretical perspectives. Prerequi- SW 573 and demonstration of specific clinical strategies site: SW 532. Social Work with Populations at Risk (4) and techniques with opportunities to practice SW 567 Community Practice with the Considers forces associated with identification and apply to field work. Prerequisite: SW 532. Long-term Mentally Ill (4) of groups at risk. Examines selected sub-groups SW 564 Focuses on the characteristics of people with using homeless mentally ill people as exemplars. Social Work with Adolescents and Their long-term mental illness, the impact of the ill- Discusses the structural and cultural differences Families (4) ness on the individuals and their families, and associated with risk. Reviews and explicates pol- Explores clinical social work practice with trou- the basic practice principles that contribute to icies, principles, and practice of social work with bled adolescents and their families. Critically effective community practice with this popula- populations at risk. examines theories of normal and abnormal tion. Topics include psychosocial rehabilitation, SW 574 development as well as alternative models of case management, psychopharmacology, dual Social Work with the Frail Elderly (4) intervention and their applications. Delineation diagnosis, and advocacy. Deinstitutionalization Focuses on social work with the frail and vulner- and demonstration of specific clinical strategies and other relevant policies are reviewed. Stu- able aged. Social, psychological, physical, and and techniques with opportunities to practice dents are expected to incorporate clinical field environmental aspects of frailty and vulnerabil- and apply to field work. Prerequisite: SW 532. work with mentally ill populations or families ity in old age are studied, and social work inter- into class assignments/projects. Prerequisite: ventions with this population are explored. SW 532. SW 575 SW 570 Ethnic Competence in Social Work Practice Program Evaluation (4) (4) Models of program evaluation, organizational Examines different perspectives on acquiring context of evaluation and relationship to treat- ethnic competence. Reviews different practice ment, supervisory, and managerial functions in methods such as ethnic sensitive practice, cul- human service organizations. Focuses on the tural awareness, counseling cross culturally and process of conducting a program evaluation, culturally competent practice. Each of the with emphasis on data analysis. Computerized approaches will be examined to determine their database management models reviewed in rela- relevance, foci, and methods for promoting ser- tion to evaluation activities. Prerequisite: SW vices which are sensitive to, and appropriate in, 550. Satisfies requirement for SW 501. the cultural context of the client system. SW 571 Employs a systems framework for understanding Social Work with Alcoholics and Their the impact of cultural differences on the helping Families (4) process. Students will also learn how values and Examination of the development of alcoholism, customs of the larger society shape experiences assessment, diagnosis, and work with alcoholics and life chances for ethnically diverse people. and/or their family members. Focus on practical SW 576 skills as well as theory. Prerequisite: SW 532. Developing Culturally Competent Organizations (4) Covers the cultural competence model and how organizations and systems prepare for diversity. The genesis and the elements, principles, and value base of the model explored. Examples for agencies and systems preparing for diversity presented. Terminology, theory, and cross-cultural literature are employed by students developing action plans to promote greater competency in agencies and organizations.

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 259

SW 577 SW 622 SW 641, 642 Social Work with Addictive Behaviors (4) Social Problem Analysis: Evaluation Phase Research Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Presents the basic concepts of addiction, as they (4) Participation in a research study under the super- relate to: various types of chemical dependency Evaluation phase of the problem solving process vision of appropriate faculty. Opportunity to and other addictive behaviors such as eating dis- applied to social problems. Focus on evaluation master research skills which fit the student’s orders; basic information concerning selected of decisions and their implementation in social learning needs. Time on site working on the drugs; current approaches of intervention with agencies. Multi-level monitoring (population-at- project is 200 hours: this can be in a block or the addict; and, the role of contextual systems, risk, programs, and client) taught as part of con- spread over up to three quarters, the pattern to be with emphasis on the family. Also considers tinuing intervention planning. Attention given to determined by student and principal investigator how the addictive behavior affects contextual developments in client tracking, quality control, on the project. Portfolio of research experiences systems. multi-level impact analysis, policy/practice out- developed. Prerequisite: SW 632. SW 578/678 come measurement, research design and statisti- SW 650 Social Work in the Juvenile and Criminal cal analysis. Internet search techniques and History and Philosophy of Social Welfare and Justice Systems (4) database management techniques taught. Refor- Social Work (4) Grapples with the problem of criminal and delin- mulation of problems as the outcome of evalua- History, philosophy, and ethics of social welfare quent behavior. Considers current controversies tion to help students tie together the phases of and social work. Focus is on the interaction of concerning the origin and meaning of the behav- problem solving. Prerequisite: SW 621. social work and social welfare developments ior; the socio-economic and multi-cultural char- SW 630 with wider economic, social, and political acteristics of contemporary life contributing to Empirical Methods of Knowledge Building in forces. Major philosophical, theoretical, and delinquency and crime; social work’s role in the Social Work (4) political issues, the growth and impact of profes- “people-processing system”; the major current Examines the assumptions and paradigms under sionalization, and the development of social treatment modalities and inquiry into their effec- which research is developed in social work. work methods. Traces historical changes in tiveness; social policy issues confronting the Research methodology for both quantitative and social work’s identification of and response to juvenile justice system; and current policy and qualitative approaches is applied to research in vulnerable practice trends toward incarceration and away an agency setting. Alternative methods of moni- populations. from rehabilitation. Prerequisite: toring of practice effectiveness and evaluating SW 651 SW 520. agency service data discussed. Research meth- Integrative Writing Seminar (4) SW 580 odology of positivist research examined. Ethical Course addresses integration of social work the- Case Management in Human Services (4) issues in research which involves data generated ory, practice, policy, and research. Synthesis Presents the development, concepts, and practice by vulnerable populations discussed. Empha- developed through writing of manuscript for principles utilized in the design and delivery of sizes the social implications of the use of submission to professional journal, a grant appli- case management within the human service area. research findings. cation, or other suitable product. Assistance with Emphasizes strengths and relationships. Per- SW 631 submission provided. Prerequisite: completion spectives of client, direct service practitioner, Empirical Methods in Social Work Research of Part I of comprehensive examinations. planner, and the administrator explored. (4) Provides preparation in the selection of research SW 690 SW 601 Teaching Practicum (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) designs and statistical methods appropriate for Focuses on the practical aspects of teaching in social work research questions. Discusses the social work field. Salient theoretical and SW 603 descriptive and inferential statistical methods Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) practical issues in adult learning explored. Con- common in social work research and considers SW 605 siders the fundamental ideas of social work edu- validity and reliability issues in measurement. cation. Discusses curriculum planning and issues Reading and Conference (Credit to be Empirical social work studies analyzed and dis- arranged.) around human diversity and teaching. Distance cussed. Includes an application and analysis lab- learning issues and techniques examined. Sup- SW 607 oratory. Prerequisite: SW 630. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ports student teaching experiences. SW 632 SW 700 SW 610 Empirical Methods of Data Analysis in Social Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Postbaccalaureate Professional Development Work Research (4) (Credit to be arranged.) SW 620 Using existing data bases from social service Social Problem Analysis: Assessment Phase agencies and studies at the Regional Research (4) Institute, course provides substantial laboratory First in a three course sequence. Focuses on the experience in data analysis and interpretation. assessment phase of the problem solving process Emphasis placed on strategies of analysis, applied to the student’s selected social problem. including multivariate and nonparametric tech- Emphasis on gathering the information neces- niques, with comparison of findings obtained by sary for a comprehensive analysis of the social alternative statistical procedures. Additional problem. Involves examination of the major emphasis on interpretation and presentation of models of society and relevant cultural, histori- analysis to highlight policy implications. Prereq- cal, and policy-practice issues. uisite: SW 631. SW 621 SW 640 Social Problem Analysis: Intervention Phase Research Practicum Seminar (2) (4) Seminar designed to enable students to explore Intervention phase of the social problem solving together their experiences in their respective process applied to the student’s selected social research projects. Students will gain apprecia- problem. Focus is on the development of a multi- tion of the entire process as well as a deepening level intervention plan based on review of empir- knowledge through comparison of experiences. ical literature. Program theory and theories of Pass/no pass only. Prerequisite: SW 632. change will be explored. Analysis of policy-level interventions and related effectiveness literature. Construction of logic models. Integration of policy and practice will be emphasized. Prereq- uisite: SW 620. 260 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

REGIONAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE FOR HUMAN SERVICES

120 Ondine The aim of the institute is to improve ■ A national clearinghouse to provide (503) 725-4040 the manner in which social services and information in the field of children’s service delivery systems are designed, mental health. N.M. Koroloff, Director managed, and evaluated. Motivated by a ■ A study of supported housing services concern for social change, the institute is for persons with severe mental illness. The Regional Research Institute for Human prepared to examine all aspects of the com- ■ Development of an empowerment- Services was established in 1972 by the plex process by which human service poli- based approach to helping children with Graduate School of Social Work at Port- cies and services are initiated and modified. challenging behavior in Head Start pro- land State University with a grant from the By bringing a range of consumers, family grams. Social and Rehabilitation Service (HEW). members, and researchers into its activities, ■ A project comparing consumer- and The RRI has undertaken more than 125 the institute creates new approaches to old nonconsumer-operated assertive case projects, several of them national in scope, problems. It strives to set high standards management teams for persons with in such fields as youth services, aging ser- for applied social research and to provide a major mental illnesses. vices, family and child welfare, child care, research environment for graduate training. ■ Evaluation of a strengths/needs based employment, criminal justice, alcohol and Some recent projects: approach to the delivery of child drug services, rehabilitation, child and ■ Participation in a national study of man- welfare services. adult mental health, and self-help and sup- aged care for Medicaid women and Each project is developed with the port groups. A national program of children in rural Oregon. collaboration of some sector of the com- research in the field of mental health was ■ Development of ways for parents and munity, and an advisory group is often initiated in 1984 when the Research and professionals to collaborate on behalf of associated with each program. Staff from Training Center on Family Support and children with emotional disabilities. state and local agencies, consumers of ser- Children’s Mental Health began. In 1996, ■ Development and testing of ways to vices and their families, as well as repre- the Center for the Study of Mental Health increase family participation in service sentatives from education, industry, Policy and Services was funded—the delivery systems. medicine, law, and social work contribute fourth social work research development ■ A study of integrated services for their knowledge and experience to the center in the nation. women affected by violence and dual institute. The institute enjoys a base of support diagnosis. from the University and has received more than $27 million in grants and contracts.

COLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

NOHAD A. TOULAN, DEAN WALTER G. ELLIS, ASSOCIATE DEAN ELLSWORTH P. INGRAHAM, ASSOCIATE DEAN 101 COLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS †, (503) 725-4043 www.upa.pdx.edu/

B.A., B.S., M.S.—Administration justice system. The B.A. or B.S. in health of Justice education provides training for many pro- B.A., B.S.—Health Education fessional careers in health promotion and B.A., B.S.—Community Develop- health education. Students may choose ment from four tracks: community health, health B.A., B.S.—Political Science and fitness, school health, and health sci- Minor in Administration of Jus- ences. In addition, a student may add tice coursework necessary to qualify for appli- Minor in Athletic Training cation to the fifth-year teacher education Minor in Community Develop- program. The B.A. or B.S. in political sci- ment ence prepares students pursuing careers in Minor in Health political science, public administration, Minor in Political Science international organizations, domestic gov- Graduate Certificate in Gerontol- ernment, communications, or law. ogy Graduate students can select from M.A., M.S.—Health among a wide variety of degrees. The M.S. M.A., M.S.—Political Science in administration of justice permits stu- M.P.A. dents to understand the complex interac- M.P.H. tions among functional parts of the adult M.U.R.P. criminal justice system. The Graduate Cer- M.U.S. tificate in Gerontology enables students to Ph.D.—Public Administration and develop an understanding of the needs and Policy problems of the elderly in urban areas. The Ph.D.—Urban Studies, Urban M.A./M.S. in health education is designed Studies: Regional Science to prepare students for professional careers in education or research in fields of health The College of Urban and Public Affairs at promotion and disease prevention, and Portland State University allows students wellness. The Master of Public Adminis- with interests in urban problems and pro- tration (M.P.A.) is designed for persons cesses to take advantage of the resources of aspiring to positions of management in an urban university situated in a major met- government and related areas. The Master ropolitan area. Opportunities for urban of Public Health degree (M.P.H.) prepares education are available through nine gradu- practitioners and researchers to identify ate degree programs and four undergradu- and meet the health needs of defined popu- ate degree programs. Undergraduate lations. The M.A./M.S. in political science students may also complement any bache- is designed to prepare students for Ph.D. lor’s degree offered by the University with work in political science or public adminis- a minor in community development, politi- tration and policy, to pursue graduate-level cal science, health education, or athletic work in law, or to enter public and private training by simultaneously conforming to sector jobs requiring advanced knowledge their curricular requirements. of the political process. The Master of The B.A. or B.S. degree in administra- Urban and Regional Planning (M.U.R.P.) tion of justice prepares students for a vari- permits students to develop professional ety of public service careers in the criminal planning skills, and the Master of Urban

† The College of Urban and Public Affairs will be located in 750 Urban Center effective winter term.

262 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Studies (M.U.S.) permits development of ine the linkages among international, In completing these requirements stu- urban research capabilities. The Ph.D. national, regional, and local institutions. At dents may pursue a course of doctoral stud- program in urban studies prepares students the same time, it takes into consideration ies on a full- or part-time basis. for academic employment and research. the fact that both public policy and admin- Continuous Enrollment The Ph.D. in public administration and istration increasingly involve a wide vari- All students admitted to the Ph.D. program policy prepares students for careers in ety of institutional actors, partnerships, and must be continuously enrolled until gradu- public affairs and administration, including cooperative relationships among govern- ation, except for periods when they are college-level teaching. ments, non-governmental organizations, absent by approved leave. Taking 3 credits The Maurie Clark Fellowship is not for profit agencies, and private per term during the regular academic year awarded annually to an outstanding full- industry. will constitute continuous enrollment. Fail- time Ph.D. student. The recipient must be a Degree Requirements ure to register without an approved leave doctoral candidate with an approved disser- Prerequisites. The Ph.D. program in may result in termination of students tation outline who intends to use the fel- public administration and policy is admission. lowship to support research activities. The designed for students with a wide variety of Specialization Admissions Committee reviews applica- undergraduate and master’s level back- tions and selects a number of qualified can- Each doctoral student chooses an area of grounds. However, students are required to specialization. The specialization is pur- didates whose names are forwarded to the have completed basic statistics before dean for final review and selection. sued through coursework completed as part entry into the program or as soon after of the student’s 24-credit specialization UPA Memorial Award. One award entrance as possible. Entering students is given annually to an outstanding student field and preparation of a dissertation would also be well advised (but are not research in this area. in the College of Urban and Public Affairs. required) to have completed courses in The award is given to students who are As indicated above, students plan their micro and macro economics, American specialization coursework with a three- recommended by their divisions and government, and introduction to public chosen by a faculty committee. member faculty committee chosen by the administration prior to, or shortly after, student for this purpose (field committee). admission. It should be noted that no credit Typical specializations pursued by PAP INTERDIVISIONAL toward the degree is awarded for remedial students are: governance studies, health PROGRAMS work in basic statistics or any of the recom- policy, education policy, international and mended courses noted above. comparative governance, urban affairs, PH.D. IN PUBLIC Coursework. The doctoral degree in administration of justice, not-for-profit ADMINISTRATION AND public administration and policy requires studies, environmental and natural resource POLICY 85 hours of required and elective course- policy, human resource administration, Coordinator: Henry D. Kass work and completion of a dissertation for public finance and budgeting, and organi- The Ph.D. in public administration and 27 hours of credit. The coursework and dis- zational theory and development. policy is an interdisciplinary program that sertation requirements are shown below: Coursework Selection involves faculty throughout the entire Col- Foundational Core (18). The student is In planning their field elective and disserta- lege of Urban and Public Affairs and other expected to complete six, 3-credit core tion concentration courses, students may units of the University. The degree prepares courses. This body of coursework is designed utilize course offerings from appropriate the student to conduct advanced research, to bring all students to an advanced conceptual departments throughout the University. exercise critical judgment, and provide level in the field of governance and to relate These courses may also include up to 15 highly competent operational support in theories of governance explicitly to the admin- hours of independent reading and confer- the world of public affairs and service. Stu- istrative and policy process. ence coursework. dents who graduate from the program are Field Work (49). Students in the program are well suited to occupy a variety of positions required to complete 49 hours in two field Comprehensive Examinations in these areas, including: college-level areas as follows: In order to evaluate one’s ability to inte- teaching, advanced research, consultation, Public Administration and Policy (25 hours) grate, analyze, and critique the diverse and policy advocacy and administration at Specialization Field (24 hours) materials and ideas presented in the PAP These courses are chosen by the student with the either executive or senior staff levels. curriculum, students are required to com- advice of a faculty committee convened for plete a two-part comprehensive examina- The curriculum seeks to prepare stu- this purpose. Field work is designed to enable dents with a firm theoretical grasp of the the student to perform advanced research and tion. Part A of the examination covers the processes and institutions associated both analysis, particularly in the area of his or her 18 credit hours of foundational core with policy formation and those involved in dissertation. courses and is given when the student fin- ishes this course sequence. Part B of the administration. Accordingly, the intellec- Research Methods (18). The research methods tual foundation of the curriculum is the sequence covers the basic philosophy of comprehensive examination covers all concept of governance, which examines the inquiry in contemporary social science, coursework done in the student’s two field complex and often ambiguous relationship research design, introduction to qualitative areas (public administration/policy and between policy and administration as it research methods, and advanced work in specialization). It is prepared by the faculty takes place within an evolving constitu- quantitative methods. committee that assisted the student in tional framework. Dissertation Course Concentration (20). This selecting field coursework and is adminis- In addition, the concept of governance body of coursework is selected by the student tered as soon as practicable after comple- upon which the curriculum is built recog- and dissertation committee. It is designed to tion of field work. Part B consists of a nizes an emerging world in which the fate provide the specific substantive and method- written examination followed after a two- of nations and local communities is tied ological background necessary to write the stu- week interval with an oral examination. equally to global economic and political dent’s dissertation. events. Thus, it goes beyond the study of Dissertation Research Credits (27). national policy and administration to exam-

C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 263

Advising Program Rules Additional Rules All incoming students in the PAP Ph.D. Limitation on Graduate/Under- Additional rules governing satisfactory program are advised by the program coor- graduate Courses. Students in the PAP completion of field area examinations, pre- dinator for the first quarter of their course- program are strongly advised to use not sentation of dissertation colloquia, defense work. They are then assigned a faculty more than 12 credits of courses offered of dissertation, and timely completion of member who is their academic adviser simultaneously at the 400- and 500-level in doctoral program requirements appear in until completion of part A of the compre- support of their degree programs. Courses the General Handbook for the Public hensive exam. Prior to embarking on their must be an integral part of the student’s Administration and Policy Doctoral Pro- field studies, students select and recruit a program and courses with the same content gram. Students are responsible for main- field study committee composed of a chair- must not be available on a purely graduate taining a personal familiarity with the rules person and two additional faculty mem- basis. and regulations governing the doctoral pro- bers. As indicated, this committee will Limitation on By-Arrangement gram. prepare the student’s part B comprehensive Courses. Admitted Ph.D. students may examinations. Finally, when students are utilize no more than 12 credits of by- INTERINSTITUTIONAL ready to begin work on their dissertations, arrangement classes (501/601 and 505/ PROGRAMS they select and recruit a dissertation com- 605). In cases where more than 12 credits mittee to advise them composed of a chair- are needed because of the lack of regularly MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH person and three members. The Office of scheduled classes, a waiver must be sub- The School of Community Health and the Graduate Studies and Research appoints an mitted for approval by the student’s adviser Division of Public Administration jointly additional member to the committee and program director. offer the M.P.H. degree as participants in a making a total of five members. It should Continuous Enrollment. All stu- statewide, tri-university public health pro- be noted students may retain prior advisers dents admitted to the Ph.D. program in gram, consisting of Portland State Univer- and committee members or select entirely Public Administration and Policy must be sity, Oregon Health Sciences University, new personnel for their dissertation continuously enrolled until graduation, and Oregon State University. Students in committees. except for periods in which they are absent the Portland metropolitan area take a An effective working relationship with by approved leave. Taking 3 credits per common core of five courses taught on the faculty advisers is crucial to the quality and term during the regular academic year will campuses of OHSU and PSU. These core success of doctoral studies. Students constitute continuous enrollment. Failure courses cover the essential knowledge should make every effort to keep in touch to register without an approved leave may areas of public health as set forth by the with advisers and committee members result in termination of student admission. Council on Education for Public Health, throughout their doctoral work. Grade Requirement. A student the national accrediting body for graduate Dissertation Requirements who receives more than 9 credits of grades schools of public health and graduate pro- The dissertation process is designed to of C+ or below in all coursework attempted grams in community health/preventative evaluate the student’s ability to success- after admission to the Ph.D. program will medicine. The core courses consist of: bio- fully conduct a significant, independent be dropped from the program. statistics, epidemiology, environmental and applied research project. As such, it repre- Performance in Core Courses. A occupational health sciences, health sys- sents the culmination of a student’s doc- grade of C+ or below received for work tems organization, and social and behav- toral studies and must effectively performed in a core course is not consid- ioral sciences. Specialty tracks of health demonstrate the student’s capacity to con- ered passing. A PAP doctoral student who education/health promotion and health duct research of a professional quality. receives a grade of C+ or below in any one administration and policy are provided by After completing the comprehensive of the core course offerings during fall or the School of Community Health and the examination series, a student should form winter terms may not proceed to take the Division of Public Administration, respec- his or her dissertation committee. This core course offerings in the subsequent tively. Please refer to the departmental list- committee advises the student during the term until the course in which a failing ings for information on specific degree entire dissertation process. As soon as pos- grade was received has been repeated, and requirements and admission criteria. sible after appointment of the student’s dis- the failing grade is replaced with a passing sertation committee, he or she should begin grade of B- or better. to frame a dissertation research proposal Additional Information and with the advice and assistance of the com- Applications mittee. This proposal is presented to the For additional information on the applica- faculty and students in a formal collo- tion process, enrollment procedures, resi- quium. If the proposal is approved by the dency requirements, leave of absence, committee, the student starts work on his or grading policies, etc., please obtain a copy her dissertation project. A minimum of one of the College of Urban and Public Affairs year (27 credit hours) of dissertation Doctoral Procedure Handbook and rele- research is required and there is a five year vant Office of Graduate Studies and limit on the time allowed to complete the Research requirements. project. During the time a student is com- For application materials or further pleting the dissertation project he or she information contact Coordinator, Ph.D. must be continuously enrolled for three Program in Public Administration and Pol- credits each quarter. When the dissertation icy, c/o Office of the Dean, College of is finished an oral defense of the findings is Urban and Public Affairs, 101 Urban and held, and, if approved by the student’s Public Affairs Building, P.O. Box 751, committee, requirements for the degree are Portland, OR 97207-0751. Telephone (503) completed. 725-5143; e-mail: [email protected].

264 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SCHOOL OF COMMUNITY HEALTH

212 Peter Stott Center † be taken to complete the Oregon Continu- ATHLETIC TRAINING MINOR, (503) 725-4401 ing Teaching License in Physical Educa- (503) 725-5649 www.upa.pdx.edu/PHE/ tion. The minor prepares individuals for part- or All courses taken for the teaching field full-time careers in the athletic training B.A., B.S.—Health Education requirement must be passed with a C- or field, i.e., school related athletic programs, Minor in Health Education better grade and must average a 3.00 GPA. (if licensed to teach) college/university, or Minor in Athletic Training Prospective teachers should contact the professional sports. Completion of the M.A., M.S—Health Education School of Community Health for specific coursework and 1500-hour clinical experi- M.P.H.—Participating school in requirements. ence qualifies students to take the National Master of Public Health Athletic Trainers’ Association Board of UNDERGRADUATE Certification Examination. The athletic Health education is an eclectic discipline training minor is open to all students in the that seeks to bridge the gap between scien- PROGRAMS University on a space-available basis. tific health discoveries and their application The undergraduate health education curric- Because admission is selective, students to daily living. Health educators seek both are encouraged to file an application with to aid in the voluntary selection of healthy ulum is designed around a common core of courses and four separate tracks: commu- the athletic training curriculum director behavior patterns for people and to encour- early in their academic careers. Internship age the development of environmental con- nity health, health and fitness promotion, school health, and health sciences. The coursework is limited to students who have ditions that support good health. Interest in applied and have been accepted into the health education/health promotion has school health track prepares students with the academic content in health education program. opened new opportunities for health educa- A candidate for this minor is required to tors in community, business and industry, required for admission into the Graduate Teacher Education Program. The health satisfy all University requirements for a school, and medical care settings. The baccalaureate degree with an academic School of Community Health offers pro- sciences track provides students who wish to be admitted into professional programs major in one of the related fields of study grams leading to degrees at both the under- offered at Portland State. All candidates graduate and graduate levels. Both levels in medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, or occupational therapy the opportunity to who plan to work as athletic trainers in the provide training for professional careers in public schools should be licensed teachers. health education, health promotion, and learn health education content and methods while completing specified science prereq- Athletic Training Minor health-related fields. The baccalaureate Requirements. Completion of all degrees provide the necessary background uisites. All four tracks prepare students with the entry-level health education com- requirements for graduation with an aca- for advanced studies leading to graduate demic major in one of the fields in which degrees in health-related fields such as petencies recommended by the National Commission for Health Education Portland State University offers an under- medicine, physical therapy, dentistry, and graduate degree. nursing. The School also offers minors in Credentialing. health education and A grade of C- or better is required in all B.A./B.S. IN HEALTH athletic training. A variety of professional coursework required for degrees in the EDUCATION courses are open to all students in the School of Community Health, including All students wishing to earn the B.A./B.S. University. core, required, and elective courses. With degree in health education must complete the exception of practicum and/or intern- the requirements listed in the common core SECONDARY EDUCATION ship credits, courses taken under the undif- plus the requirements listed in one of the ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) tracks which follow. PROGRAM will not be accepted toward fulfilling the Common Core Requirements Credits majors or minors offered within the Students who wish to become licensed Bi 301, 302, 303 Human Anatomy and School. Health education majors and teachers in health education must complete Physiology...... 4, 4, 4 minors must fulfill all general University a required list of courses or their equivalent Stat 244 Statistics...... 4 requirements in addition to specific School before applying to the Graduate School of PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life...... 4 requirements. Majors and minors may not PHE 363 Communicable Diseases and Education for admission into the Graduate take required courses under the pass/no Chronic Health Problems ...... 4 Teacher Education Program (see require- pass option. PHE 350 Health and Health Systems...... 4 ments page 191). These courses are PHE 448 Health Education Techniques and required whether the applicant holds a Strategies...... 4 degree in the field or holds a degree in PHE 471 Program Planning/Evaluation in another subject field. Courses in the School Health Education...... 4 of Community Health can be taken to com- PHE 404 Internship ...... 12 plete the Oregon Continuing Teaching Core total 48 License in Health, and selected courses can

† The School of Community Health will be located in 450 Urban Center effective winter term.

C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 265

Community Health Track. In PHE 461 Therapeutic Exercise and PHE 450 Epidemiology (4) addition to the previously listed common Rehabilitation (2) PHE 453 Reproductive Health of Women (4) core requirements, students pursuing the PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease PHE 456 Health Aspects of Aging (4) community health track must complete the Prevention (4) PHE 457 Death Education (4) following requirements: PHE 467 Mind/Body Health: Human PHE 459 Therapeutic Modalities (2) Potential (4) PHE 460 Injury Evaluation/Rehabilitation (2) List A PHE 475 Fitness Testing (4) PHE 461 Therapeutic Exercise and Choose 16 credits from the following:...... 16 UnSt 421 Health Related Senior Capstone (6) Rehabilitation (2) PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease Children & Youth (4) Track total 40 Prevention (4) PHE 410 Community Building and Public School Health Track. In addition PHE 473 Physiology of Exercise (4) Health (4) to the previously listed common core PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and Training PHE 435 Crime, Violence, and Personal requirements, students pursuing the school (4) Safety (4) PHE 475 Fitness Testing (4) PHE 446 Community Health Principles and health track must complete the following UnSt 421 Health Related Senior Capstone (6) requirements: Practices (4) List B: Preprofessional Science Requirements PHE 450 Epidemiology (4) Credits Choose one of the following options: Premedi- PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease PHE 252 First Aid ...... 4 cine, Predentistry, Prephysical Therapy, Preoc- Prevention (4) PHE 275 Stress Management...... 4 cupational Therapy. Referring to the table PHE 480 Controversial Issues in Health (4) Psy 311 Human Development ...... 4 below for that option, complete the minimum UnSt 421 Health Related Senior Capstone (6) PHE 326 Drug Education...... 4 number of science credits indicated for each List B PHE 335 Human Sexuality ...... 4 department under that option. In choosing Choose 24 credits from the following:...... 24 PHE 355 Consumer Health ...... 4 which courses to complete in a given depart- PHE 275 Stress Management (4) PHE 365 Health Promotion for Children ment, you should verify for yourself the spe- PHE 326 Drug Education (4) and Youth...... 4 cific prerequisites required by the professional PHE 335 Human Sexuality (4) PHE 425 Nutrition for Health ...... 4 school(s) to which you intend to apply for PHE 345 Acquaintance Rape (4) PHE 443 Environmental Health...... 4 admission. You may make use of advising PHE 355 Consumer Health (4) Ed 420 Introduction to Education and sheets for each option provided by the College PHE 410 Minority Health (4) Society...... 4 of Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising Center PHE 425 Nutrition for Health (4) PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease which summarize prerequisites for profes- PHE 443 Environmental Health (4) Prevention or PHE 467 Mind/Body Health: sional schools in Oregon and selected schools PHE 453 Reproductive Health of Women (4) Human Potential ...... 4 in the Pacific Northwest. PHE 454 Maternal and Child Health (4) PHE 456 Health Aspects of Aging (4) Track total 44 PHE 457 Death Education (4) PHE 467 Mind/Body Health: Human Minimum Credits Premedicine Predentistry Prephysical Preoccupational Potential (4) Therapy Therapy Biology 15 15 15 15 Track total 40 Chemistry 32 28 28 Physics 15 15 15 5 Health and Fitness Track. In Math/Stat 4 4 4 addition to the previously listed common Psychology 12 16 Sociology 4 core requirements, students pursuing the Computer Science 3 health and fitness track must complete the Subtotal credits 66 58 74 47 following requirements: Credits from List A 16 16 16 16 List A Total Track Credits 82 74 90 63 Required courses ...... 16 PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries (4) Health Sciences Track. In addi- Health Minor. Students wishing to PHE 473 Physiology of Exercise (4) tion to the previously listed common core† PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and complete a minor in health must complete Training (4) requirements, students pursuing the health the core courses plus courses listed in one PE 185 Fitness Activities (4) sciences track must complete the following of the following options: requirements: List B Core requirement Choose 24 credits from the following:...... 24 List A Bi 301, 302 Anatomy and Physiology ...... 8 PHE 252 First Aid (4) Choose 16 credits from the following:...... 16 PHE 350 Health and Health Systems...... 4 PHE 275 Stress Management (4) PHE 252 First Aid (4) PHE 363 Communicable Diseases and PHE 326 Drug Education (4) PHE 275 Stress Management (4) Chronic Health Problems ...... 4 PHE 341 Development and Management of PHE 326 Drug Education (4) PHE 448 Health Education Techniques and Health/Fitness Programs (4) PHE 355 Consumer Health (4) Strategies...... 4 PHE 345 Acquaintance Rape (4) PHE 361 Care and Prevention Injuries (4) PHE 355 Consumer Health (4) PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for Subtotal 20 PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology (4) Children and Youth (4) PHE 410 Athletic Training Administration (2) PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology (4) PHE 425 Nutrition for Health (4) PHE 410 Minority Health (4) PHE 435 Crime, Violence, and Personal PHE 410 Maternal and Child Health (4) Safety (4) PHE 425 Nutrition for Health (4) PHE 450 Epidemiology (4) PHE 446 Community Health Principles and PHE 456 Health Aspects of Aging (4) Practices (4) PHE 459 Therapeutic Modalities (2) PHE 460 Injury Evaluation (2)

† Students electing the health sciences track will be required to complete an internship of 4-8 credits, depending on the academic objectives and needs of the student.

266 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Option I tion, health and fitness promotion, human PHE 326 PHE 355 Consumer Health ...... 4 performance (or the equivalent), or com- Drug Education (4) PHE 443 Environmental Health...... 4 plete prerequisites established by the Examines various approaches to drug education PHE 450 Epidemiology ...... 4 with an emphasis on prevention models. Epide- School of Community Health. Additional miology of and trends in drug use in the U.S. and PHE 471 Program Planning and Evaluation in admission requirements include a cumula- Health Education...... 4 effects on society. Reviews current and contro- PHE 480 Controversial Issues in Community tive undergraduate GPA of 3.00 or higher, versial issues and legal information on drug use Health ...... 4 completion of the Graduate Record Exami- effects. nation, three academic letters of recom- PHE 335 Subtotal 20 mendation, and a 500-word essay. Human Sexuality (4) Option II Students completing the M.P.H. degree A survey of the psychological, physiological, PHE 326 Drug Education...... 4 must complete at least 60 credits with a and behavioral aspects of human sexuality, with PHE 335 Human Sexuality ...... 4 cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higher, includ- particular emphasis on the influence of popular PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for ing a core of 15 credits, 45 required credits culture on these dimensions. Children and Youth ...... 4 in the concentration, and an internship. *PHE 341 PHE 425 Nutrition for Health ...... 4 Upon entering the programs students must Development and Management of Health/ PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease Fitness Programs (4) Prevention ...... 4 choose between concentrations in commu- Survey of organization and management of com- nity health and risk reduction. Program munity, commercial, and corporate health/fitness Subtotal 20 electives must be approved by an adviser programs. Emphasis on planning, organizing, Option III and should be chosen based on a predeter- financing, staffing, and managing health/fitness PHE 252 First Aid ...... 4 mined elective focus. In addition, a com- programs. Out of class, on-site visitation PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries . . . . .4 prehensive written exam must be required. PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology...... 4 successfully passed. PHE 345 PHE 473 Physiology of Exercise...... 4 Students pursuing an M.A./M.S. degree Acquaintance Rape and Self-protection (4) PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and Training. . .4 Examines the cognitive issues leading to in health education must complete at least acquaintance rape (i.e., aggressive male behav- Subtotal 20 45 graduate credits with a cumulative GPA ior, lack of assertive behavior, belief in social of 3.00 or higher, including a core of 21-27 myths, vulnerability from use of alcohol, drugs). Total 40 credits, depending on whether a final Class involves lectures/films/speakers and prac- project (6 credits) or a thesis (9 credits) is tical self-protection techniques. Athletic Training Minor. (See elected. Students must determine a concen- *PHE 346 page 264) tration, including approved electives, in Crime, Violence, and Personal Safety (4) Credits consultation with the academic adviser. Examines crime and violence in the United Bi 301, 302 Anatomy and Physiology ...... 4, 4 Within a concentration, students may States, develops prevention and protection strat- PHE 425 Nutrition for Health ...... 4 design a program aimed at health evalua- egies to minimize risk; explores crime statistics, the circumstances that put us most at risk, and PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries . . . . .4 tion, health program planning, worksite PHE 363 Communicable Diseases and who the criminal tends to be. Personal projection Chronic Health Problems ...... 4 health and fitness promotion, or some other devices and available community services are PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology...... 4 special interest within the framework of the discussed. PHE 404 Internship ...... 6-9 School of Community Health. PHE 350 PHE 410/510 Athletic Training Health and Health Systems (4) Administration ...... 2 OMMUNITY HEALTH An overview of the organization, financing, and PHE 459/559 Therapeutic Modalities ...... 2 C delivery of health services in the United States, PHE 460/560 Injury Evaluation...... 2 COURSES with particular emphasis on analysis from pro- PHE 461/561 Therapeutic Exercise and fessional, organizational, community, and sys- Rehabilitation ...... 2 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not tems perspectives. offered every year. PHE 473/573 Physiology of Exercise ...... 4 PHE 355 *PHE 199 Consumer Health Issues (4) Total 42-45 Special Studies (1-3) Identifies and critically analyzes issues related to PHE 252 the production, marketing, and consumption of GRADUATE First Aid (4) health-related goods and services. Media mes- PROGRAM Emergency care for various types of injuries: sages about consumer health issues are exam- assessment, life threatening injuries, medical ined; topical and timely research is analyzed. emergencies, and special situations. Additional Prerequisite: PHE 295. The School of Community Health offers training for childbirth and CPR for adult, infant, the Master of Public Health degree concen- and child. Course leads to Red Cross PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries (4) tration, Health Education/Health Promo- certification. Introduction to the prevention, recognition, care, tion, in cooperation with Oregon Health *PHE 275 and rehabilitation of injuries resulting from par- Sciences University and Oregon State Uni- Stress Management (4) ticipation in activity. Practical skills are demon- versity. The School also offers graduate An overview of the physiology of stress, stress strated and practiced with emphasis on student work leading to the Master of Arts and the triggers, assessment of stress, and stress man- participation. Prerequisites: Bi 301, 302. agement techniques and strategies. Master of Science degrees. PHE 363 The School of Community Health PHE 295 Communicable Diseases and Chronic Health graduate programs are designed to prepare Health and Fitness for Life (4) Problems (4) Examines scientific literature regarding lifestyle Reviews etiology, epidemiology, and approaches students for professional work in the fields choices that promote optimal health and func- to prevention of infectious and chronic diseases. of community health, health education, and tioning. Behaviors regarding self-protection, Aspects of risk factors, transmission, pathogene- health promotion in a wide variety of set- self-care, and health promotion are compared to sis, immunology, case management, and control tings. recommendations emerging from this literature. programs are discussed. Basic human physiolog- To be considered for admission to the ical processes are reviewed. Prerequisites: Bi graduate degree program, a student must 301, 302. have a bachelor’s degree in health educa- C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 267

PHE 365 cesses. Course includes field work in a commu- PHE 466/566 Health Promotion Programs for Children and nity health agency. Prerequisite: six credits of Mind/Body Health: Disease Prevention (4) Youth (4) PHE coursework or community health experi- An investigation of the integral relationship Provides an understanding of factors that influence. between body and mind and how that relation- ence health status and development of children ship manifests itself in health, illness, and pro- and youth in the United States. Particular atten- PHE 448 motes healing. Philosophical and scientific Health Education Techniques and Strategies tion will be directed at health promotion pro- (4) foundations of mind/body health are explored. grams for children, youth, and families in school Introduces students to basic techniques and strat- Mind/body research and its application within and community settings. Includes a service egies used in planning and carrying out health allopathic medicine is examined as is research component. education programs in a variety of settings. Spe- and practice in complementary fields of medi- PHE 370 cial emphasis is given to scope and sequencing cine and health care. Prerequisites: Psy 204, Applied Kinesiology (4) skills, objective writing, selection/development PHE 363. Overview of anatomical and mechanical bases of of health education resources/materials, and PHE 467/567 human movement. Review of biomechanical methods for and use of technology in the deliv- Mind/Body Health: Human Potential (4) principles with applications to exercise and ery of health education programs. Prerequisite: Theory and research in the human potential health. Prerequisite: Bi 301. junior standing and 12 credits in PHE. movement is integrated with research in mind/ body medicine to produce an expanded under- PHE 401/501 PHE 450 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Epidemiology (4) standing of human transformative capacities. Consent of instructor. Introduces principles and methods of epidemio- Transformative practices including meditation, PHE 402/502 logical investigation of infectious/non-infec- yoga, imagery, biofeedback, and sport are exam- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) tious diseases. Illustrates methods by which ined. Elements common to all transformative practices are identified. Prerequisite: PHE 466/ PHE 404 properly conducted studies of the distribution Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to and dynamic behavior of disease in a population 566. be arranged.) can contribute to understanding of etiologic fac- PHE 471 A work related experience designed to connect tors, modes of transmission, and pathogenesis of Program Planning and Evaluation in Health and integrate theory with specific activities in a disease. Prerequisite: PHE 363. Education: Theory and Skill Development (4) “real” environment under supervision. Field * Examines program planning models for health PHE 453/553 education. Includes needs assessment; program hours for students taking the internship will be Women’s Reproductive Health (4) 30 hours per credit per term. Additionally, Critical review of current public health and goals and objectives; program content and meth- students will be expected to attend scheduled socio-political issues in women’s reproductive odologies, evaluation, budgeting, and proposal seminars. health. Both national and international topics are writing. Students will gain practical experience in program planning and evaluation through PHE 405/505 discussed. Students apply health knowledge in Reading and Conference (Credit to be identifying and seeking solutions to the issues community-based learning. Field work required. arranged.) which concern health care providers, consumers, Prerequisites: senior standing and 12 credits in Consent of instructor. and policy makers. Prerequisite: PHE 335. PHE. PHE 406/506 PHE 456/556 PHE 473/573 Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Health Aspects of Aging (4) Physiology of Exercise (4) Examination of physiological responses and PHE 407/507 Examines the myths versus realities regarding Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) changes in functional capacity and health that adaptations to exercise, with a focus on the inter- Maximum: 9 credits. may occur with age. Ways to extend potential action of metabolic, endocrine, neuromuscular, and maximize capacities throughout life are dis- circulorespiratory, and environmental factors PHE 408/508 related to fitness and health. Prerequisites: Bi Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) cussed. Prerequisites: PHE 295, Bi 302. 301, 302. PHE 409/509 PHE 457/557 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Death Education (4) PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and Training (4) PHE 410/510 Identifies and examines the meaning of death in life. Topics include: attitudes towards death; Focuses on the basic principles and skills needed Selected Topic (Credit to be arranged.) for developing and implementing physical fit- PHE 425/525 decisions that surround death; grieving/coping; death and the health care system; social/cultural ness programs. Emphasis includes: appropriate/ Nutrition for Health (4) safe training procedures and the underlying prin- Examines basis for and quality of current nutri- and legal issues. Prerequisite: six hours of PHE coursework. ciples which support such methods, applications tional requirements, standards, and guidelines. to younger and older populations, gender differ- * Studies evidence regarding current food fads and PHE 459/559 ences, motivational strategies and health behav- controversies. Analyzes personal dietary prac- Therapeutic Modalities (2) ior theory, and exercise leadership skills. A An overview of the indications, contraindica- tices. Prerequisite: six hours in PHE coursework significant portion of the course involves experi- tions, clinical application, pain management, and or consent of instructor. ential learning. Prerequisites: PHE 295, 473. * physical principals of common therapeutic PHE 443 PHE 475/575 Environmental Health (4) modalities used in the training room or sports medicine setting. Prerequisite: PHE 361. Fitness Testing (4) Designed to enable the student to understand and Theory and application of assessment methods/ * evaluate complex environmental health issues PHE 460/560 tools used to evaluate physiological function induced by waste products generated by modern Injury Evaluation (2) relating to fitness and health, including labora- An in-depth study of upper and lower body inju- technology. Specific topics include water quality, tory and field tests. Significant emphasis on ries resulting from participation in activity. air quality, solid and hazardous waste, occupa- developing skills necessary for conducting tests Emphasis will be on clinical evaluation skills. tional health, ionizing and non-ionizing radia- on apparently healthy individuals. Assessment Prerequisite: PHE 361. tion, chemical contamination of foods, food categories include anaerobic performance, mus- additives, animal transmission of disease, noise, *PHE 461/561 cular strength and endurance, flexibility, body and selected current topics. Therapeutic Exercise and Rehabilitation (2) composition, cardiovascular function. Prerequi- Provides a foundation of the current trends in Prerequisite: six hours of PHE. sites: Mth 111, PHE 473. PHE 446 therapeutic exercise and rehabilitation. Uses a Community Health Principles and Practices systematic approach to evaluation and exercise (4) program development, techniques, indications, Provides an overview of the scope of problems contraindications, and exercise progression. Pre- in the field of community health. Examines dis- requisite: PHE 361. ease prevention/control, community health service delivery, the structure of official/unofficial agencies, and policy/decision-making pro- 268 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PHE 480 PHE 521 immune function; cancer; obesity/weight con- Controversial Issues in Community Health Research Design in Health: Traditional trol; bone health; mental health. Prerequisite: (4) Approaches (3) PHE 473. Examines controversial issues in the field of Introduction to traditional methods of designing community health (e.g., violence, women’s and conducting research as they are currently PHE 577 Exercise and Nutrition (3) health, medical technology, access to health ser- practiced in the fields of health education and The physiological processes which govern the vices). Group presentations required. Prerequi- health/fitness promotion. Topics include: digestion and use of essential nutrients, the mod- sites: senior status and 12 credits of PHE. descriptive, historical, and evaluative research ifications which are needed as a result of exer- PHE 503 methods, plus experimental, quasi-experimen- cise, and the role that exercise and nutrition play Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) tal, and non-experimental designs and review in the diseases of overabundance. Prerequisites: of statistical concepts. Prerequisite: graduate PHE 504 Ch 250, PHE 473. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to standing. * PHE 580 be arranged.) PHE 531 Concepts of Environmental Health (3) PHE 512 Women and Exercise: Physiological Aspects An intensive course designed to familiarize stu- Principles of Health Behavior I (3) (3) dents with fundamentals of environmental health Overview of physiological and health-related Presents an overview of the biological, psycho- from a scientific and conceptual perspective. effects of exercise on women. Emphasis on the logical, behavioral, sociocultural, and environ- Topics are considered within multi-causal, eco- responses and adaptations to exercise specific to mental factors that function in the promotion of logical, adaptive systems, and risk-assessment women. Topics include gender differences, the health and prevention of disease. Theories devel- frameworks. Includes consideration of biologi- menstrual cycle, pregnancy, menopause, and oped to explain health and illness behaviors at cal, chemical, and physical agents in the envi- osteoporosis. Prerequisite: PHE 473/573. intrapersonal, interpersonal, and group/commu- ronment which influence public health and well- nity levels are introduced. Ethical issues *PHE 542 being. Prerequisite: graduate standing. involved in health-related behavior change are Programs in Sex Education (3) examined. Satisfies the core M.P.H. requirement. Designed to provide elementary, junior high PHE 601 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: graduate standing. school, senior high school teachers and other PHE 605 PHE 513 professionals with appropriate content and materials for teaching in the area of human sexuality. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Principles of Health Behavior II (3) arranged.) A postmodern approach to health behavior The course will examine the controversial issues theory and its applications. Major theories are related to sex education instruction and will critiqued from positivist, social constructionist, review available materials and curricula in the SERVICE COURSES IN and critical theory perspectives. Feminist and field. Prerequisite: PHE 231/Psy 299. PHYSICAL EDUCATION empowerment-based approaches are contrasted *PHE 543 with traditional behavioral interventions. Ethi- Drug and Alcohol Education (3) †PE 185 cal implications of postmodern orientations to This course is designed to familiarize students Physical Education: Co-ed (1) health behavior are explored. Prerequisite: with principles and programs in dealing with A variety of activities taught for physiological PHE 512. problems of drug and alcohol use/abuse. and recreational values. Prevention models are emphasized. Prerequisite: *PHE 518 †PE 280 Topics in Health Education (3) PHE 326. Physical Education Service Courses: Women In-depth analysis of recent research and related PHE 549 (2) program developments on one or more health- Quantitative Analysis in Health Studies (3) A variety of activities taught for physiological related topics. Topics vary according to term and Application of quantitative methods to topics in and recreational values. Two hours per week instructor. Course may be taken more than once health studies. Topics include: computer applica- plus field trips and extended experiences. tions for health studies research and univariate on different topics. Topics include: death and †PE 285 dying, nutrition, international health, environ- and multivariate techniques for analysis of data Physical Education Service Courses: Co-ed mental health, exercise, special populations, per- relating to health studies. Prerequisite: Mth 243, (2) sonal safety, and disease. Prerequisite: graduate 244. A variety of activities taught for physiological standing. PHE 550 and recreational values. Two hours per week *PHE 519 Health Promotion Program Planning (3) plus field trips and extended experiences. Current Issues in Public Health (3) Addresses practical applications of health pro- Course provides a broad overview of recent motion theories. Presents examples of planning, research and related program developments on implementation, and evaluation of health promo- current public health issues. Issues may include: tion programs in a variety of settings as guides AIDS; sexually transmitted diseases; maternal for the development of health promotion pro- and child health; international health; alcohol, grams. tobacco, and drugs; nutrition; environmental *PHE 558 health; exercise; gerontology; and mental health. Health Curriculum (3) Prerequisite: graduate standing. Designed to make a critical analysis and evalua- PHE 520 tion of the total school health program; to Research Design: Nontraditional Approaches develop analytical skills of the prospective (3) health educator in special methods, techniques, Presents the philosophical and theoretical bases and tools relating to instruction, and to allow the supporting the development of alternate research student an opportunity to organize and present paradigms in human inquiry. Essential character- materials which will provide the student with an istics of three major alternate paradigms (inter- effective background for future practical use in pretivist, constructivist, and critical theory) are the field. Prerequisite: graduate standing. introduced. Validity, reliability, and related con- PHE 576 cepts are examined from the perspective of each Exercise And Health (3) paradigm. Alternate strategies for inquiry are Exploration of research dealing with relation- presented and ethical considerations related to ships between exercise and health. Topics qualitative forms of inquiry are addressed. Pre- include: cardiovascular disease; diabetes; requisite: graduate standing.

† Not more than 12 credits in any combination of numbers may be applied to the 180-credit requirement. Additional fees will be charged for these courses. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 269

MARK O. HATFIELD SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT

The Mark O. Hatfield School of Govern- officer, investigator, trial assistant, proba- before registration. Majors are required to ment is one of three schools within the Col- tion and parole officer, and correctional achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in the lege of Urban and Public Affairs. It consists counselor. The undergraduate program also following AJ core courses: of three academic divisions: Administra- provides academic preparation for Core Courses Credits tion of Justice, Political Science, and advanced study leading to graduate degrees AJ 200 Introduction to Adult Criminal Justice Public Administration. The School also in the administration of justice, law, and Process ...... 4 contains three institutes: the Criminal Jus- other related fields, including such PSU AJ 210 Introduction to Juvenile Justice tice Policy Research Institute within programs as Master of Public Administra- Process ...... 4 Administration of Justice; the Executive tion, Master of Urban Studies, Ph.D. in AJ 220 Crime Literacy...... 4 Leadership Institute; and Institute for Non- urban studies, and Ph.D. in public adminis- AJ 330 Crime Control Theory and Strategy . . .4 profit Management within Public Adminis- tration and policy. AJ 380 Criminal Justice Research ...... 4 tration. A fourth institute, the Columbia/ Students with other career objectives AJ 409 Senior Practicum ...... 8 AJ 410 Special Topics (selected from a variety Pacific Policy Institute for Energy and the and with an interest in justice-related issues of 4-credit courses designed to meet profes- Environment, is a private nonprofit organi- are invited to enroll in any division course sional interests) ...... 12 zation affiliated with the School. The for which prerequisites are met. AJ 420 Criminal Law and Legal Reasoning . . .4 Public Administration and Policy Ph.D. is In addition to the important skills and AJ 440 Constitutional Criminal Procedures . . .4 an interdisciplinary program administra- knowledge that may be acquired from other AJ 460 Court Procedures ...... 4 tively housed in the Office of the Dean of curricula within the University, students AJ 490 Senior Colloquium ...... 4 the who major in administration of justice are Total AJ core credits 56 College of Urban and Public Affairs. presented with an opportunity to attain the following specific characteristics that are Supporting Courses Credits necessary for successful careers in the jus- CS 105 Computing Fundamentals ...... 4 DMINISTRATION tice field: Sp 215 Introduction to Intercultural A Communication ...... 4 ■ Knowledge of the causal theories of OF JUSTICE Phl 202 Elementary Ethics ...... 4 criminal and delinquent behavior; the Psy 434 Introduction to Psychopathology . . . .4 313 College of Urban and Public legal framework within which justice Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 Affairs † should be administered; historical and Soc 337 Minorities...... 4 (503) 725-4014 contemporary justice processes; and the Soc 418 Criminology and Delinquency ...... 4 www.upa.pdx.edu/AJ/ problems of administering justice and their potential solutions. Total supporting credits 28 ■ Professional ability to be literate, B.A., B.S. articulate, scientific, thinking, reason- Total major requirements 84 Minor able, and practical. Pass/no pass credits will be allowed for M.S. ■ Personal qualities of being ethical those courses listed above that are offered Ph.D.—Participating division in and compassionate. only on a pass/no pass basis. Urban Studies Doctoral Pro- Requirements for a Minor. To gram and Public Administra- The achievement of these important characteristics is facilitated through a pro- earn a minor in administration of justice a tion and Policy Doctoral student must complete a minimum of 31 Program gram of study that requires students to complete certain lower-division courses credits (13 credits of which must be taken before enrolling in upper-division courses. in residence at PSU), to include the follow- UNDERGRADUATE Course prerequisites are enforced to ensure ing: PROGRAM that students have acquired the necessary Required of all minors Credits knowledge and skills to fully benefit from AJ 200, 210, 220, 330 ...... 16 Administration of justice is an academic more advanced courses. Five upper-division AJ electives (must discipline that critically examines the Cooperative education placements in be approved by an administration of justice adviser) ...... 15-20 establishment of legal norms and their use Portland metropolitan area administration by public and private agencies to control of justice agencies are available to qualified Total 31-36 such symptoms of social disorder as crime, students. All courses submitted to satisfy the delinquency, mental illness, civil wrongs, Requirements for Major. In addi- and discrimination. The undergraduate requirements for a minor in Administration tion to meeting the general University of Justice must be passed with a grade of administration of justice program at Port- degree requirements, students who major land State University focuses on the major “C” or above. Courses taken under the in administration of justice must complete undifferentiated grading option (pass/no problems of crime and delinquency. A a set of special degree core and supporting major goal is to prepare undergraduate stu- pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling courses. Some of these courses have pre- division minor requirements. dents to compete for a limited number of requisites and students should read course such entry positions as law enforcement descriptions in the current PSU Bulletin

† The Division of Administration of Justice will be located in 550 Urban Center effective winter term. 270 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

GRADUATE Degree Requirements. Students AJ 302 must complete the following 45 credits: Police Dynamics (3) PROGRAM A critical examination of the various profes- Substantive Core Courses Credits sional and community influences on police The Division of Administration of Justice AJ 511 Historical Perspective of Criminal behavior, together with the social problems gen- offers a program of graduate study and Justice ...... 3 erally created by such forces, and potential research that leads to a Master of Science AJ 515 Theories of Crime and Justice ...... 3 remedial actions. in Administration of Justice, with a concen- AJ 520 Legal Perspective of Criminal Justice . .3 *AJ 317 AJ 530 Political/Economic Perspectives of Correctional Practices (3) tration in the adult criminal justice system. Criminal Justice ...... 3 This degree provides qualified students Analysis of the various treatment and rehabilita- AJ 550 Comparative Perspective of Criminal tion practices attempted with various types of with an opportunity to understand the com- Justice ...... 3 offenders in both an institutional setting and in plex interactions among the functional Research Core Courses the community; includes an examination and parts of the adult criminal justice system, USP 530 Research Design ...... 3 evaluation of behavior modification, psychiatric i.e., law making, law enforcement, adjudi- PA 551 Data Analysis and Statistics for Public and psychological approaches, group treatment cation, and treatment of criminals by public Administration ...... 3 methods, reality therapy, as well as other lesser- and private agencies. Supporting Elective Courses ...... 18 known approaches. A general systems approach is focused Thesis ...... 6 AJ 330 by a sequence of advanced perspective Crime Control Theory and Strategy (4) seminars which consider the major social Total 45 An analysis of the methods used to control crime forces that influence the performance of the A thesis must be written and orally in American society. Emphasis on understanding defended to demonstrate mastery of the the sometimes conflicting goals of the criminal. system. A set of research courses presents Justice system; attention is given to the general the skills necessary to apply knowledge knowledge in the substantive core courses categories of general and specific deterrence, toward the solution of system-wide prob- and skill in its application to create new aggressive enforcement, situational and environ- lems. Elective courses permit students to knowledge and to solve system-wide prob- mental defensive measures, and modification of specialize in areas of personal interest. lems. the social order. Special attention will be given Administration of justice graduate Due to present scheduling restrictions, to how other countries control crime and the courses also support other PSU degree pro- students may not be able to complete all problems of comparison because of political and grams, such as the Master of Public degree requirements until the end of their cultural differences. Prerequisites: AJ 220, Soc Administration, Master of Urban Studies, second academic year in this program. 200, or Psy 204. Ph.D. in urban studies, and Ph.D. in public AJ 355 Perspectives on Terrorism (3) administration and policy. COURSES A survey of international and domestic terror- Admission Requirements. ism, the organizations, philosophies, key play- Admission is made fall term only. All stu- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not ers, counter-terror organizations, and response. dents must meet the following require- offered every year. Investigation of the social, psychological, cul- ments: AJ 199 tural, historical, political, religious, and eco- 1. An earned baccalaureate degree in a Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) nomic dynamics of the phenomena will provide Pass/no pass option. discipline that provides necessary aca- preparation for discussion of possible approaches to control. demic preparation for the program of AJ 200 Introduction to Adult Criminal Justice study, e.g., administration of justice, crimi- AJ 380 Process (4) Criminal Justice Research (4) nology, criminal justice, political science, An open system analysis of the decisions made A critical examination of the usefulness and lim- public administration, and sociology. Stu- in the adult criminal justice process. Contempo- itations of research related to criminal justice dents without adequate undergraduate rary problems and issues, shifting emphases, activities, procedures, and programs. Empirical preparation may be required to success- replacement of one ideology with another, and criminal justice studies analyzed and discussed. fully complete supplemental graduate-level current operational practices will be analyzed Prerequisite: completion of all lower-division courses designated by the Division of focusing around these critical decisions. Alterna- major requirements and AJ 330. tives and the dilemmas of changes in policing, Administration of Justice. AJ 401/501 prosecution, court administration, and correc- Research (Credit to be arranged.) 2. Satisfactory scores on the verbal, quan- tional programs will be considered. Consent of instructor. titative, and analytical sections of the GRE AJ 210 AJ 404/504 General Test. Introduction to Juvenile Justice Process (4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to 3. A written statement of academic and A general overview of the various activities and be arranged.) professional goals and their relationship to decisions involved in the processing of young Consent of instructor. law violators. Examination of the justice system AJ 405/505 the Master of Science in administration of specially designed to handle children, consider- justice program of study, supplemented by Reading and Conference (Credit to be ation of the many stages in the system, and con- arranged.) an oral interview with program faculty. siderations of issues in juvenile justice policy Consent of instructor. formulation. 4. Applicants whose native language is AJ 407/507 not English must present a minimum score AJ 220 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) of 560 on the Test of English as a Foreign Crime Literacy (4) Consent of instructor. A comprehensive survey of the historical trends Language (TOEFL). AJ 409 and current picture of crime in America that 5. A GPA of 3.0 or higher. Senior Practicum (8) examines: (1) methods used to collect crime Placement in an administration of justice profes- data, (2) factual aspects of specific crimes, sional organization with supervision and evalua- including definitions and analytical statistics, tion of work performance by both agency and (3) characteristics of victims and arrestees, (4) University staff. Minimum 8 credits required public opinion, and (5) personal protection. with a total maximum of 16 credits that can be applied toward the administration of justice degree. Prerequisites: senior status and a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in AJ core courses. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 271

AJ 410/510 to interested students and faculty. Prerequisites: Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) completion of all other AJ major requirements POLITICAL Consent of instructor. Pass/no pass option. and scheduled to graduate at end of term in AJ 420 which AJ 490 is taken. SCIENCE Criminal Law and Legal Reasoning (4) AJ 503 † Study of the basic concepts related to criminal Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) 117 Cramer Hall law, including: historical development, legal ele- AJ 509 (503) 725-3921 ments of crime and proof, defenses and mitiga- Graduate Practicum (3) www.upa.pdx.edu/POLISCI/ tion, reasonable doubt, and presumptions of fact; A work-experience placement in a criminal jus- with particular emphasis on the application of tice agency with supervision and evaluation of logical reasoning to make legal decisions. Pre- B.A., B.S. work performance by both agency and Univer- Minor requisites: completion of all lower-division sity supervisors. Consent of instructor. major requirements, AJ 330 and 380, and senior Secondary Education Program— status. (Normally offered fall term only.) AJ 511 Social Science Historical Perspective of Criminal Justice (3) AJ 440 A chronological survey of significant social M.A., M.S. Constitutional Criminal Procedures (4) events and trends in Western and Eastern civili- M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General A critical examination of the legal controls on zations that have influenced crime and the devel- Social the administration of criminal justice, with spe- opment of law, the police, the courts, and Science) cial attention to current court decisions related to corrections and have formed the interrelation- Ph.D.—Participating division in such issues as search and seizure, admissions ships among these parts of the criminal justice and confessions, wiretapping and eavesdrop- Public Administration and system. Prerequisite: admission to graduate pro- Policy Doctoral Program ping, right to counsel, fair trial, self incrimina- gram in AJ. tion, cruel and unusual punishment. Prerequisite: AJ 420. (Normally offered winter term only.) AJ 515 Theories of Crime and Justice (3) UNDERGRADUATE AJ 450/550 A comprehensive survey of the major theories of PROGRAMS Comparative Perspective of Criminal Justice criminal justice. The course will overview theo- (3) ries from the biological, psychological, social The program in political science leading to An exploration of international criminal justice learning, critical, labeling, social-disorganiza- systems that compares and contrasts the general tion, conflict, and culture-conflict perspectives the B.A. or B.S. degree is designed to meet features and cultural foundations of criminal jus- and the philosophical discourses on justice of the needs of the liberal arts major who tice procedures and institutions in different Hume, Mills, Kant, Rawls, and others. Prerequi- wishes to learn more about public and countries throughout the world. Prerequisites: AJ site: admission to graduate program in AJ. international affairs, government, and the 450: AJ 100, 200, 330; AJ 550: admission to demands of citizenship. It is appropriate for graduate program in AJ. AJ 520 Legal Perspective of Criminal Justice (3) professionally motivated students who AJ 460 An advanced course that examines the legal wish to pursue careers in political science, Court Procedures (4) environment within which the criminal and public administration, international organi- General review of the major activities and proce- quasi-criminal justice systems function, with dures involved in the conduct of criminal trials, zations, domestic government, communi- particular emphasis on philosophical and proce- cations, education, or law. It is also with extensive use of mock trial exercises. Pre- dural issues related to deprivation of liberty deci- requisite: AJ 440. (Normally offered spring term sions. Prerequisite: admission to graduate appropriate for inquiring students desiring only.) program in AJ. to learn more about the way human beings * live together and the structures and institu- AJ 470 AJ 530 Management of Justice Agencies (3) Economic and Political Perspective of tions they have developed (or might A comprehensive and critical evaluation of the Criminal Justice (3) develop) to facilitate social cooperation important theories, practices, and current An advanced course that explores the political and conflict management. research related to the organizational structure and economic influences on the formulation and Requirements for Major. Stu- and administrative activities of such agencies as administration of public policies related to crim- police departments, courts, and prisons. Prereq- dents seeking to major in political science inal justice system issues. Prerequisite: admis- may choose a course of study from the uisites: completion of all lower-division major sion to graduate program in AJ. requirements, AJ 330, 380, and senior status. three options available in the Division. The *AJ 480/580 basic major option offers a traditional Community-based Treatment of Offenders (3) course of study in political science that An analysis of the history, philosophy, theory, involves some exposure to three basic areas and function of probation, parole, pardon, half- of the discipline. The “politics of diversity” way houses, work release centers, and other option offers students the opportunity to forms of community-based treatment; evaluation pursue an interdisciplinary course of study, of the effectiveness of treatment of the offender in the community; contemporary usage of the under the supervision of a member of the presentence investigation report, selection, political science faculty, in some aspect of supervision, and release of probationers and the politics of diversity. The “politics of parolees; exploration of current innovations in conflict and cooperation” option offers stu- corrections such as use of volunteers and offend- dents the opportunity to pursue an interdis- ers as correctional manpower resources. Prereq- ciplinary course of study, again under the uisites: AJ 480: senior status, completion of supervision of a member of the political lower-division major requirements, and AJ 330, science faculty, in some aspect of the poli- 380; AJ 580: admission to graduate program in tics of conflict and its resolution at the AJ. national and international level. Specific AJ 490 details regarding each of these majors, Senior Colloquium (4) An integration of important administration of including their requirements, are set forth justice concepts and knowledge for graduating below. majors, who will individually prepare a research Once a student has been admitted to paper on a selected problem and present findings Portland State University, upper-division

† The Division of Political Science will be located in 650 Urban Center effective winter term. 272 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

courses used to meet political science Politics of Conflict and Coop- Students are encouraged to take political major requirements must be taken at the eration. The politics of conflict and science courses that complement their aca- University. Courses taken at another col- cooperation option allows students to select demic interests and scholarly goals. The lege or university must have received prior an independent and interdisciplinary political science minor is designed to be as approval from the Division of Political Sci- course of study that focuses on some aspect flexible as possible to facilitate this end. ence. All courses used to satisfy political of the politics of conflict and cooperation. Students considering a minor in political science major requirements, whether taken Students choosing this option must select a science are strongly encouraged to consult at PSU or elsewhere, must be graded C or faculty adviser from the political science with a political science adviser to work out above. faculty who will supervise the students’ an instructional program that meets their Basic Major. In addition to meeting program and advise them on how to pro- needs. the University’s general education require- ceed. This option encourages students to ments, a student wishing to pursue a basic identify some basic issue area or problem SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM major in political science must take a mini- area that involves the politics of conflict mum of 48 credits in political science dis- and cooperation that will become the sub- (See General Studies: Social Science tributed as follows: ject of analysis and research. Courses asso- page 112.) 1. PS 200 Introduction to Politics ciated with the politics of conflict and One 400-level course in each of the cooperation option are arranged under three fields listed below: three topical headings: conflict and cooper- Area I—American Politics ation in America, international conflict and Area II—International/Comparative cooperation, and theories of conflict and Politics cooperation. Information regarding the Area III—Political Theory/Methodol- courses associated with each of these areas ogy is available at the division office. This option also requires students to select four 2. Additional electives to make a total of courses from outside political science as a at least 48 credits in political science. A part of the major requirements. These minimum of 32 of the 48 credits must be courses are to be selected with the advice from upper-division courses. and consent of a student’s adviser. A list of Politics of Diversity. The politics outside courses is available at the division of diversity option allows students to select office. an independent and interdisciplinary Basic course requirements for the poli- course of study that focuses on some aspect tics of diversity and politics of conflict and of the politics of diversity. Students choos- cooperation options are as follows: ing this option must select a faculty adviser 1. Select an adviser. from the political science faculty who will 2. PS 200 Introduction to Politics supervise the student’s program and advise them on how to proceed. This option 3. 44 total credits in the Division of Politi- encourages students to identify some basic cal Science, with 32 of these being upper- issue area or problem area that involves the division work politics of diversity that will become the 4. 16 credits of upper-division work from subject of analysis and research. Divisional selected courses outside political science, courses associated with the politics of adding up to 60 total credits diversity option are arranged under three 5. A relevant 407 seminar (part of the 44 topical headings: diversity in America, credits of divisional work) regional and global diversity, and diversity 6. Preparation and submission of a con- and justice. Information regarding the cluding essay, prepared under the adviser’s courses associated with each of these areas supervision, on a topic of the student’s is available at the division office. This choosing. (Four credit hours of PS 401 will option also requires students to select 4 be devoted to the essay and will count as courses from outside political science. part of the 44 credits of political science These courses are to be selected with the work required.) advice and consent of a student’s adviser. A list of recommended outside courses is Requirements for Minor. To earn available at the Political Science Office. a minor in political science, a student must complete 28 credits in political science (of which 15 must be taken in residence at PSU). This must include the following: 1. PS 200 Introduction to Politics 2. One 400-level course in two of the fields of the discipline listed above 3. Additional upper-division political science electives (no more than 8 credits of PS 404, 405, 409, 410) to total 16 credits. All courses submitted to satisfy the requirement for a minor in political science must be passed with a grade of C- or above. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 273

GRADUATE degree requirements are listed on page 56. required, taking place during the following Specific divisional requirements follow. two weeks. PROGRAMS Candidates for the Master of Arts MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER degree must pass an examination in a for- The Division of Political Science offers OF SCIENCE eign language administered by the Depart- graduate work leading to the Master of Arts All candidates for a master’s degree in ment of Foreign Languages and and Master of Science degrees. The divi- political science must complete 48 gradu- Literatures. Candidates for the Master of sion also offers Master of Arts in Teaching ate credits from course offerings. Students Science degree must pass an examination and Master of Science in Teaching (Gen- are expected to pass written examinations in statistical application administered by eral Social Science) degrees with a political in two of the five following fields of study: the Division of Political Science or com- science concentration for students pursuing 1. American politics a career in teaching. Political science is one plete for credit two graduate-level political 2. International politics of five participating disciplines offering a science methods courses. The foreign lan- major concentration in the Public Adminis- 3. Comparative politics guage examination or the statistical appli- tration and Policy Ph.D. program; for infor- 4. Political theory cation examination must be completed by the sixth week of the term in which the mation relating to this program, see 5. Methodology candidate expects to receive the degree. page 286. In addition, students are required to take The Division of Political Science offers Candidates must check with the respective PS 593, Philosophy of Social Science, and departments for dates and times of exami- work in political theory and philosophy, to complete and defend a master’s thesis or methodology, international relations and nations in order to meet the above deadline. a substantial research paper. Specific Thesis and Substantial organization, comparative politics, Ameri- requirements are as follows: can politics, American federalism, public Research Paper. Candidates must policy, public law, political parties, and 1. PS 593 Philosophy of Social Science submit a thesis or substantial research political economy. 2. 20 credits in each of the two fields to be paper to be followed by an oral examina- For admission as a regular degree stu- prepared for examination purposes tion. The substantial research paper must dent, the applicant must: 3. 2 graduate (500-level) seminars (cred- be equivalent to a thesis, but need not meet its to be included in credits for field exami- the formal requirements of the graduate 1. Have at least a B average for all work school and library. in the junior and senior years, or must have nations) completed a minimum of 12 credits in 4. 6 credits of thesis or research paper MASTER OF ARTS IN graduate-level courses with at least a 3.10 work. TEACHING AND MASTER OF GPA (on a 4.00 point scale). 5. 4 credits may be taken outside political SCIENCE IN TEACHING 2. Submit satisfactory scores on either the science with an adviser’s approval. Program with a political science concentra- verbal and quantitative sections of the tion will be designed to enhance the candi- Graduate Record Examination or the Total credits: 50 dates’ capacity to meet their particular Miller’s Analogy Test. The Miller’s Anal- teaching responsibilities. See page 47 for Students who wish to earn an M.S. in University requirements for these degrees. ogy Test is given on campus by Counsel- political science are required to take PS ing and Testing Services. 595 Research Methods for Political Sci- 3. Request that two letters of recommen- ence as part of their program. Those seek- COURSES dation be sent directly to the Division of ing an M.A. in Political Science must pass Political Science from faculty members at an examination in one foreign language to Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered every year. colleges or universities previously attended be administered by the Department of For- or from others in a position to comment on eign Languages and Literatures. PS 101 United States Government (4) the student’s academic and professional Examinations. Candidates for the An examination is made of American govern- background and experience. M.A. and M.S. degrees will be required to ment in theory and practice. Topics include: the 4. Forward to the division a 500-word take a three-hour examination on each of constitutional foundations of American govern- statement concerning the applicant’s aca- the two fields of concentration. These writ- ment; federalism, civil liberties, and civil rights; demic and professional goals. (This state- ten examinations normally will be taken Congress and the legislative process; the presi- ment should indicate the student’s desired during the term in which the candidate will dency and modern bureaucracy; the Supreme Court and judicial policy-making. fields of concentration.) complete 44 credits of the graduate pro- PS 102 5. Submit, if the applicant is a foreign stu- gram. The written examinations may be followed by an oral examination at the United States Politics (4) dent whose major language is not English, Introduction to issues and trends in political cul- a satisfactory score on the Test of English option of the candidate’s examiners. ture, political behavior, and public policy mak- as a Foreign Language. The candidate who is planning to take ing. Topics include: public opinion, political the examinations in a particular term must parties and pressure groups, elections and voting Students applying for admission to the notify the divisional graduate secretary of behavior, political participation, the role of the fall term who wish to be considered for such intention by the Friday of the second media, policy making, the budget process, graduate fellowships should complete their week of that term. The candidate must by domestic policy, and national security policy. applications by May 1. Other students that time have consulted with the two fac- PS 199 should have completed their applications at ulty examiners about the books, articles, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) least three weeks prior to the first day of and other materials in the two fields over Consent of instructor. the term in which they plan to enroll. which the student will be examined. PS 200 Degree Requirements. Programs Examinations will not be given in the Introduction to Politics (4) leading to the different master’s degrees Basic introduction to the central themes and fun- absence of such consultation. The written damental issues of political life. Examines the offered by the Division of Political Science examinations will be given in the eighth are designed to be completed in four aca- nature and meaning of politics and political week of the term (sixth week if it is association in both domestic and international demic terms. The University’s master’s Summer Session) with the orals, if settings. Fundamental concepts and ideas associated with government, and politics more gener- 274 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ally, are explored, along with the nature of short- and long-term origins of current conflicts, PS 361 political culture and the way this culture is the emergence of political movements around Introduction to the Politics of the Middle East reflected in the institutions and operations of environmental issues, alternative world views (4) government. regarding nature, and the distinctiveness of poli- Introduction to Middle Eastern political systems. Focus will be on the nature of traditional poli- PS 203 tics around these issues. Specific conflicts will be examined, including the relationship between tics, modernization and political development in Intro to State and Local Politics (4) the region, social stratification, institutions of Provides an introduction to the role and structure human attempts to control nature and human government, and the political systems of of state and local governments, and examines the hierarchies, population, water, and conservation selected Middle East countries. Prerequisite: PS forces that influence subnational politics. Topics of biodiversity. 204 or 205. include federalism, intergovernmental relations, PS 321 elections, the policy-making process, and the The Supreme Court and American Politics (4) PS 362 problems confronting states and communities. Basic introduction to the relation between law Arab-Israeli Conflict (4) Examination of the conflicting ideological per- PS 204 and politics in America through an analysis of the work of the U.S. Supreme Court. The course spectives, the formation of the state of Israel, rise Comparative Politics (4) of Arab nationalism, emergence of Palestinian A general survey of theories, concepts, and uses selective case law in order to explore the nationalism, the Arab-Israeli wars, rise of Pales- methods employed in comparative politics. place of the court in America’s constitutional tinian activism, diplomatic efforts at partial set- Attention given to political behavior, structures, structure, the way the court forms and shapes tlements, and possibilities of a comprehensive and processes. policy through constitutional interpretation, and the way political forces and influences shape settlement. Special attention is given to those PS 205 elements opposed to a final settlement of the International Politics (4) Court practices, judicial selection, and the decision making processes. Recommended: PS 221. conflict, both within Israel and among the Pales- An analysis of the nature of relations among tinian and greater Arab communities. Prerequi- nations, with specific reference to contemporary PS 325 site: PS 204, 205, or 361. international issues. Motivating factors will be Politics and the Legal Enforcement of Morals examined, including nationalism, economic (4) PS 380 rivalries, and the quest for security. Also treated Critical examination of law as a mechanism for Women and Politics (4) Analysis of the political role of women in poli- will be the problem of national sovereignty and the enforcement of moral standards. The limits tics. Reviews the historical and contemporary its relationship to international cooperation, of law and political authority more generally are analyses of women’s participation and status in changing threats to international security in the explored through an analysis of specific problem politics. Prerequisite: PS 101 or 102. post-Cold War era, and the increasing impor- areas associated with the legal enforcement of tance of international economic competition and morality. These include, but are not limited to: PS 381 cooperation. the use of criminal justice to enforce standards Introduction to Theory (4) of conventional morality, political tolerance, General introduction to the problems of political PS 221 civil disobedience, and the politics of law and theory. A selective survey of the political ideas Introduction to Public Law (4) of Plato, Machiavelli, Locke, Rousseau, Mill, Introduction to the nature and function of public order. Recommended: PS 221. and Marx which introduced some of the major law in the United States. The course focuses on *PS 331 traditions of political thought in the west. The fundamental problems of jurisprudence, the rela- Oregon Politics (4) foundations of the communitarian, republican, tion between law and politics, the nature and An examination of political structures and policy and liberal political discourse are examined and function of the court system, judicial process, trends in the state of Oregon. Attention is given discussed. Recommended: PS 200. and the workings of the criminal justice system. to local governments as well as state government with special emphasis upon the relationships *PS 312 PS 385 Legislative Process (4) among different governmental entities. Modern Ideologies (4) An examination of the role of legislatures in PS 343 An examination of the enduring political images state politics. Particular attention is given to the Conflict and Cooperation in World Politics (4) of the modern world. Attention is given to the forces that shape legislative elections, the rela- This course focuses on substantive global prob- new, developing ideologies in the Third-World tionship between legislatures and governors, and lems and issues areas such as war, conflict reso- countries and the new left as well as to the more efforts to reform legislative politics. Recom- lution, nationalism, arms races, and global traditional concerns of liberalism, communism, mended: PS 101 and 102. scarcities. The historical roots of the problems as and fascism. well as their contemporary manifestations are * PS 313 PS 387 The Power Game: A Simulation of examined using both substantive and theoretical Politics and Fiction (4) Washington Politics (4) materials. The sources of conflict and conflict This course explores various themes associated Examines the nature of political power, the com- resolution are also examined. Prerequisite PS with politics as they are presented in fictional plexities involved in policy-making, and the rela- 205. media. The course integrates traditional aca- tionship between the major political actors in PS 345 demic material with novels, film, television, Washington, D.C. The course revolves around a U.S. Foreign Policy: The Cold War and poetry, etc., in order to expand student awareness simulation of the U.S. government in which stu- Beyond (4) of politics and public life. Prerequisite: dents play the roles of real members of Con- Analysis of the U.S. foreign policy process, its PS 200. gress, the executive branch, interest groups, and motives, objectives, and manner of implementa- PS 399 the press. tion, in the major developments of each adminis- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tration since 1945. Emphasis is on U.S. relations PS 318 PS 401/501 Media, Opinion and Voting (4) with the U.S.S.R/Russia and the Third World. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Examines the impact of the media and other Prerequisite: PS 205. Consent of instructor. social forces on public opinion and political par- PS 352 PS 403 ticipation in America. The course pays particular Western European Politics (4) Honors Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) attention to the formation, direction, and inten- An analysis of the political systems, processes, Consent of instructor. sity of public opinion, and its relationship to and politics in major countries of Western PS 404/504 voting and policy decisions. Provides opportu- Europe, with special reference to France and Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to nity for students to create simulated TV cam- Germany, as well as an overview of Italy, Swe- be arranged.) paign advertisements. Recommended: PS 102. den, or Switzerland. Also a short look at the PS 405/505 organizations for European integration. Prereq- *PS 319 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Politics of the Environment (4) uisite: PS 204 or 205. arranged.) The human relationship with nature is a source of much political conflict and has been since the emergence of the state. This course explores the C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 275

PS 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) *PS 419/519 *PS 443/543 Reading and discussion about an area of political Political Reform (4) Resolving International Conflicts (4) science, with a research project required. Enroll- Examines the concerns that drive the demand for A seminar that explores different kinds of inter- ment limited. political reform in America, and how specific national disputes and actual conflicts in order to PS 409/509 reform proposals may affect the political system. identify and assess theories, analytical frame- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) The first part of the course focuses on a variety works, and methods of conflict resolution, man- Consent of instructor. of proposals to open up the electoral system and agement, and prevention. Emphasis is on to improve representation. The second part understanding the roots of conflicts and tech- PS 410/510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) examines various reforms that are designed to niques that may be appropriate to different levels Consent of instructor. make the government work more effectively and and dimensions of conflict. efficiently. * PS 412/512 PS 444/544 The Presidency (4) PS 422/522 International Political Economy (4) Analysis of the institution, functions, and prob- Constitutional Law (4) A study of the contending theories of interna- lems of the presidency. Special attention given to A study of the way in which the Supreme Court tional political economy: power and interdepen- presidential elections, presidential powers, rela- has shaped and influenced governmental struc- dence, Regime Theory, dependency, integration, tions with media, presidential leadership. White ture and political power. Special attention is and functionalism, as well as the ideologies of House staff, executive-legislative relations, and given to judicial decisions in the areas of federal- political economy-the liberal, national, and the presidential role in domestic, economic, for- ism, separation of powers, the commerce clause, Marxist perspectives. Also considered are the eign policy making and execution. Prerequisites: and the authority of the presidency. Prerequisite: politics of trade, aid, and investment. Prerequi- PS 101 and 102. PS 321. site: PS 205 or 441. PS 413/513 PS 423/523 PS 445/545 Congress (4) Civil Liberties (4) American Foreign Policy (4) Study of the structure, organization, powers and A study of Supreme Court decisions that affect Contemporary foreign relations of the United operations of Congress. Topics covered include: individual rights and liberties. Areas of concen- States; objectives, world, and domestic factors the evolution of Congress, congressional recruit- tration include, but are not limited to, freedom of affecting American foreign policy; governmental ment and elections, legislative functions, the speech and press, religious liberty, criminal jus- institutions concerned with development and membership, the leaders, the committee system, tice, racial justice, gender justice, and the right to execution of foreign policy; major issues and the rules and procedures, executive-legislative privacy. Prerequisites: PS 321 or 221. problems. relations, pressure groups, lobbying, and reform. *PS 425/525 PS 446/546 Prerequisites: PS 101 and 102. Women and the Law (4) National and International Security Policies Examines the relationship between women and (4) PS 414/514 the law. The first half of the course considers A comparison of national and international secu- Issues in Public Policy (4) A study of selected major policies and programs several theories of women’s equality. During the rity systems, strategies, and policies. Emphasis of governmental regulation and service. Empha- second half of the course students will apply will be on the current issues arising in these sis is placed upon the formation, administration, these theories to a variety of problems in gender security systems and on the problems that arise and substantive content of policies in such areas justice. Substantive issues covered may include: when their needs conflict. Particular emphasis as transportation, public utility regulation, medi- sexual harassment, abortion, fetal protection pol- will be placed on contending theories of national cal care, civil rights, education, agriculture, natu- icies, and pornography. and international security. Prerequisite PS 205 ral resources, and antitrust laws and the PS 431/531 or 441. preservation of competition. Prerequisite: State and Local Politics (4) *PS 447/547 PS 215. Intensive examination of the role of the states International Organization (4) and cities in the federal system. The course pays The nature and extent of the organization of PS 416/516 particular attention to the importance of political interaction among nations. Focus on the United Political Parties and Elections (4) Nations, but illustrations and generalization An examination of political parties and elections culture in shaping state politics and power rela- from a wide range of regional and functional in America. Covers such topics as: the changing tionships between the different levels and organizations including the specialized agencies. role of party organizations, machine politics, branches of government. Oregon’s political Emphasis on the processes of communication, electoral rules, candidate recruitment, the nomi- experiences are used as example and for compar- interaction, and negotiation within the organiza- nation process, campaign strategies and tactics, ison. Recommended: PS 203. tional environment. campaign finance, and electoral reform. Recom- PS 441/541 mended: PS 101 and 102. World Politics (4) PS 448/548 This course introduces students to the various International Law (4) PS 417/517 levels of analysis used in explaining world polit- Introduction to public international law. Particu- Interest Groups (4) lar emphasis is placed on the interplay of politics This course analyzes the role of interest groups ical events. Examined are a number of concep- and law in the international system. Types of in the political process. Particular attention is tual elements of world politics, e.g., power, law, sources of law, law creating agencies, law given to why some interests are more successful interdependence, integration, and levels of anal- applying agencies are considered. Contemporary at forming groups and influencing politics than ysis, as well as certain substantive elements, e.g., substantive issues in international law will be others. The course also examines techniques international law and organization. Contrasts are discussed. Prerequisite PS 205 or 441. used to lobby legislatures, the executive branch, drawn between power seeking and order-seeking and the courts. Recommended: PS 101 and 102. behaviors of nation states. Prerequisite *PS 449/549 PS 205. International Environmental Politics *PS 418/518 PS 442/542 and Law (4) Contemporary Political Protest in America Explores various environmental problems and (4) Contemporary Theories of World Politics (4) Analyzes the role of social movements in recent This course presents an examination of the major issue areas that exist between and among nation- American history. The course blends theoretical theories and methodological techniques states. There will be an exploration of the politi- readings with empirical research into specific employed in the analysis of world politics. Both cal difficulties that impede solutions and the var- movements. Movements considered include but qualitative and quantitative methods will be ious pathways that may lead to environmental are not limited to: civil rights, the new left, used, evaluated, and applied to problems of cooperation. There will also be a focus on the public interest reform, the freeze movement, the research on world politics. Techniques of international legal regimes and international women’s movement, the Christian Right, and the research design construction will be emphasized. institutions designed to regulate environmental paramilitary/skinhead movement. Prerequisite: PS 441. problems. 276 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PS 451/551 PS 487/587 from a number of departments and pro- British and Commonwealth Governments (4) American Political Thought: 1820 to the grams, such as political science, econom- A study of the constitutional development, the Present (4) ics, administration of justice, urban studies political processes, and the political cultures of The development from 1820 to the present of the United Kingdom and selected member coun- American political thought about government and planning, gerontology, and commu- tries of the Commonwealth. and its proper relation to life, liberty, property nity health. Adjunct faculty members are also drawn from the governmental, non- PS 462/562 and the pursuit of happiness. Topics considered International Relations in the Middle East (4) include democratization and the Jacksonian profit, and health communities. Examination of the external dimension of period, slavery and the nature of the Union, The Division of Public Administration Middle East politics; the role of the great pow- Social Darwinism and industrialization, the pro- admits students with a variety of under- ers; brief analysis of the British and French roles gressive period, the coming of the welfare state, graduate degrees in the social sciences, as since 1945; extended analysis of American and and contemporary concerns. Attention given to well as in business, the humanities, and the Soviet/Russian policy in the Middle East. Spe- bringing to the surface the fundamental, often inarticulate, patterns, and presuppositions of sciences. It accepts full- and part-time stu- cial attention will be given to new patterns of dents, those who have had governmental international relations in the Middle East in the American thought about political things. and nonprofit experience, and those who post-Cold War, post-Gulf War era. Prerequisite: PS 493/593 PS 361. Philosophy of the Social Sciences (4) have not. To accommodate students who are currently working in governmental and PS 466/566 An analysis of the central problems associated Politics of East Asia (4) with the idea of a “science of society” to a “sci- nonprofit organizations, the program offers Analysis of the principal developments and insti- ence of politics.” The philosophical foundations sections of all required courses during the tutions, formal and informal, that shape govern- of empirical social science are critically exam- evening, late afternoon, or weekends. ment and politics in China, Japan, and Korea. ined and discussed along with the foundations of Admission Requirements. In interpretive social science, critical social sci- PS 468/568 determining admission to the Division of International Politics of East Asia (4) ence, feminism, post modernism, and rational choice theory. Recommended: PS 381. Public Administration, the faculty assesses Examination of the foreign policy motives, the applicant’s preparation for and commit- objectives, and systems of the major East Asian PS 495/595 ment to the unique demands of a public states: China, Japan, and Korea. Attention is paid Research Methods for Political Science (4) in particular to the political economy of regional Introduction to an examination of methodologi- service career. It considers the following: and extra-regional relationships. cal issues and statistical techniques for empirical 1. The appropriateness and quality of aca- political research. Major topics include but are PS 479/579 demic preparation demonstrated by the Transitions to Democracy (4) not limited to issues in designing political breadth and content of prior academic Comparative analysis of political systems which research, survey research, the role of hypothesis coursework. A minimum GPA of 3.00 in testing, and the major statistical tools commonly have experienced a transition from an authoritar- undergraduate coursework is generally ian to a democratic regime. Attention is given to employed in empirical political analysis. Prerequisites: Mth 243, 244. expected of students seeking regular the conditions supportive of democratic transi- admission status. tion and to the problems of maintaining demo- PS 503 cratic stability. Prerequisite: PS 204. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) 2. Three independent assessments of the Pass/no pass option. PS 482/582 applicant’s ability to perform adequately in Liberalism and Its Critics (4) graduate studies and potential for high- Critical examination of the theory and practice level performance in public service. The of liberalism as an ongoing tradition. The basic PUBLIC three letters of assessment, on forms pro- elements of liberalism are identified and dis- ADMINISTRATION vided by the Division of Public Adminis- cussed and criticisms of the liberal tradition, as tration, should be provided by faculty offered by communitarians, classical republi- members from colleges or universities pre- cans, feminists, and postmodernists, are exam- 224 College of Urban and Public ined. Liberal responses to these criticisms are Affairs † viously attended or from other persons in a also explored. Recommended: PS 381. (503) 725-3920 position to comment on the applicant’s academic background and professional PS 483/583 www.upa.pdx.edu/PA/ Justice in the Modern World (4) experience. One letter should be from the Critical analysis of the nature and meaning of M.P.A. applicant’s current employer, if any. social justice. Special attention is given to liberal M.P.A.: Health Administration 3. A resume of professional work experi- theories of justice, questions of distributive jus- ence, if any. tice, justice and the rule of law, inter-genera- M.P.H.—Participating Division in tional justice, and political alternatives to the Masters of Public Health 4. A 500-word statement concerning the liberal vision of social justice. Recommended: Ph.D.—Participating Division in applicant’s professional goals and how the PS 381. Public Administration and specific master’s degree relates to the PS 486/586 Policy achievement of his or her goals. This state- American Political Thought: 1600 to 1820 (4) Doctoral Program ment should indicate whether the student The development from 1600 to 1820 of Ameri- The Division of Public Administration plans to participate in the program on can political thought about government and its a full- or part-time basis and when pro- proper relation to the individual and society. offers professionally oriented programs designed for persons in positions of man- gram requirements are expected to be com- Specific topics considered include the English pleted. background; the colonial mind; ideas informing agement in federal, state, and local govern- the revolution; the creation of the Constitution; ment; not-for-profit agencies, hospitals, 5. A TOEFL score of 550 is required of and the ratification debates; the Jeffersonian and and other health care organizations; or every applicant whose first language is not Hamiltonian conflict; John Marshall and the those intending such careers who desire English. This is a requirement even if the expansion of national power. Attention given to preparation for administrative leadership in applicant has earned an undergraduate bringing to the surface the fundamental, often public service. In addition to its own fac- degree in the United States. inarticulate, patterns, and presuppositions of ulty and courses, the Division of Public American thought about political things. Administration draws faculty and courses

† The Division of Public Administration will be located in 650 Urban Center effective winter term. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 277

6. In addition to the above, the Master of Area IV—Field of Specialization (15 credits) Natural Resources Policy and Public Health (M.P.H.) degree requires Specialty areas and courses must be approved by Administration. The Division of Public completion of an undergraduate course in the student’s adviser. The Division of Public Administration also offers a new concen- statistics and the GRE. Administration offers specialty areas and tration and course offerings in the area of courses in public sector personnel and labor natural resources and the environment. The The Division of Public Administration relations, the management of nonprofit organi- maintains the same application deadlines zations, health policy and administration, and emphasis is on policy and administration. published for the University. Admission is natural resources policy and administration. Courses include: Natural Resources Policy open fall, winter, and spring terms, and Specialty areas may also be selected from and Administration, Water Resources Summer Session. other departments or divisions within the Uni- Policy and Administration, Energy versity and may be put together as multi-disci- Resources Policy and Administration, and M.P.A. DEGREE plinary endeavors. other specialty offerings in natural REQUIREMENTS resources. Total Credits: 60 Area I—Substantive Core (30 Credits) Health Policy and Administra- PA 511 Public Administration (3) DIVISION SPECIALIZATIONS tion. The Division of Public Administra- PA 513 Administrative Ethics and Values (3) Public Sector Human Resource tion offers a broad specialty area in health (Prerequisite: PA 511) policy and administration which gives stu- PA 533 Public Policy: Origins and Processes (3) Management and Labor Rela- PA 534 Administrative Law and Policy tions. The Division of Public Administra- dents the needed conceptual and technical Implementation (3) tion offers an integrated concentration of skills in health administration for hospitals, PA 540 Administrative Theory and Behavior (3) course offerings for students desiring to health maintenance organizations, and (Prerequisite: PA 511) emphasize personnel administration, public health-related governmental organizations. PA 551 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- sector labor relations, and the management Course offerings are available in health tion I (3) (Prerequisite: recent course in basic of human resources. Course offerings policy and administration, health planning, statistics) include Human Resource Management in health economics, budgeting and finance. PA 552 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- the Public Sector; Discrimination Law; Requirements for the specialty health tion II (3) (Prerequisite: PA 551) degrees (M.P.A.: HA and M.P.H.) are indi- PA 582 Public Budgeting (3) Affirmative Action; Public Sector Collec- PA 585 Financial Management in the Public tive Bargaining: The Legal Framework; cated below. Sector (3) (or economics course approved by Public Sector Collective Bargaining: Nego- Other Specialty Areas. The adviser) tiations and Impasse Resolution; Public courses for a specialty in Administration of PA 590 Human Resource Management in the Sector Collective Bargaining: Administer- Justice to be provided by the Administra- Public Sector (3) ing the Agreement; and Labor Law. tion of Justice Division will be available by Area II—Skill Development Nonprofit Management. For stu- the 1998-99 academic year. In addition, the (9 Credits) dents interested in the operation of non- Division of Public Administration is devel- Three of the following: profit organizations, the Division of Public oping specialty areas in Public Policy and PA 510 Intercultural Communications in the Administration offers a substantial spe- in Budgeting and Financial Management. Public Sector (3) cialty and number of courses in the man- PA 510 Research and Information Skills in agement of nonprofit organizations. Course Public Policy and Administration (3) PA 532 Organization and Methods (3) offerings include: Introduction to Nonprofit (Prerequisite: PA 540) Management, History and Foundations of PA 536 Strategic Planning (3) Nonprofit Sector, Grantwriting for Non- PA 545 Organization Development (3) profits, Nonprofit Accounting, Managing (Prerequisite: PA 540) Nonprofit Boards of Directors, Financial PA 547 Interpersonal Communications in the Management of Nonprofits, and Strategic Public Sector (3) Planning for Nonprofits. PA 548 Advocacy in the Public Sector (3) PA 550 Managing Information Resources (3) PA 555 Program Evaluation & Management (3) PA 557 Operations Research in Public Management (3) Area III—Integrative Experience (6 credits) Integrative Experience is offered under two options and is available to students only after they have completed 42 credits in their master’s program. Option 1 is intended for “in-service” students, those who have had limited or no administrative experience. Option 2 is for those students who have had at least three years of full-time administrative or management experience in public, non-profit, and/or health care organizations. Option 1: PA 509, Organizational Experience (6). Pass/no pass only. or Option 2: PA 508, Reflective Practice Workshop: Case Development (3) and PA 512, Case Analysis (3) 278 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

M.P.A.: H.A. DEGREE Option 1: PA 509, Organizational 3. M.P.H. Elective Courses (12 credits) The Division of Public Administration Experience (6) Pass/no pass only. In consultation with his or her adviser, the stu- offers a Master of Public Administration: or dent selects elective credits from appropriate Health Administration degree. Students Option 2: PA 508, Reflective Practice course offerings of the participating universi- admitted to this degree are required to com- Workshop: Case Development (3), and ties. Elective courses may be selected to reflect PA 512, Case Analysis (3) an area of special interest. The choice of elec- plete 60 credits of coursework. Area IV—Field of Specialization (15 credits) tive courses should relate to the broad disci- For students interested in geriatrics, pline of public health and its support gerontology, and the administration of Core Specialization Courses (6 credits) PA 570 Health Administration (3) disciplines. aging programs, the Institute of Aging pro- PA 571 Health Policy (3) 4. Field Work (6 credits) vides a Graduate Certificate in Gerontol- Three courses selected from the following PA 509 Organizational Experience (6) ogy, which may be earned in conjunction (9 credits): with the M.P.A.: H.A. degree. PA 510 Managed Care (3) Total Credits: 60 Degree Requirements PA 510 Building Healthy Communities (3) PA 572 Health Politics (3) ACCREDITATION Area I—Substantive Core (30 Credits) PA 577 Health Care Law & Regulation (3) PA 511 Public Administration (3) PA 578 Continual Improvement in Health The Master of Public Administration and PA 540 Administrative Theory & Behavior (3) or Care (3) PA 510 Organizational Behavior in Health (3) PA 587 Financial Management in Health the Master of Public Administration: (Prerequisite: PA 511) Services (3) Health Administration degrees are accred- PA 533 Public Policy: Origins and Processes (3) PA 589 Research Methods in Health ited by the National Association of Schools PA 534 Administrative Law and Policy Services (3) of Public Affairs and Administration. The Implementation (3) Other health-related courses not listed may be Master of Public Health degree has PA 551 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- selected in consultation with the adviser. received pre-accreditation from the Coun- tion I (3) (Prerequisite: recent course in basic cil on Education for Public Health. statistics) Total credits: 60 PA 552 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- tion II (3) (Prerequisite: PA 551) M.P.H. DEGREE PH.D. IN PUBLIC PA 573 Values and Ethics in Health (3) or The Division of Public Administration ADMINISTRATION AND PA 513 Administrative Ethics and Values (3) offers the Master of Public Health degree POLICY (Prerequisite: PA 511) with a specialty track in health administra- PA 582 Public Budgeting (3) tion and policy as part of the Oregon MPH The Division of Public Administration PA 586 Introduction to Health Economics (3) Consortium offered by Portland State Uni- cooperates with other divisions in the Col- PA 590 Human Resource Management in the versity, Oregon State University and Public Sector (3) lege of Urban and Public Affairs to offer an Oregon Health Sciences University. Stu- interdivisional degree in public administra- Area II—Skill Development (9 Credits) dents admitted to the health administration tion and policy. For details, see the pro- Three of the following: and policy track of the M.P.H. degree are PA 545 Organization Development (3) gram description on page 262. (Prerequisite: PA 540) required to complete 60 hours of course- PA 576 Strategic Planning in Health (3) or work. Instruction is provided at COOPERATIVE DEGREE PA 536 Strategic Planning (3) Portland State University and Oregon Health Sciences University. PROGRAMS IN PA 579 Health Care Information Systems COMMUNITY HEALTH Management (3) or PA 550 Managing Degree Requirements Information Systems (3) CARE SYSTEMS PA 588 Program Evaluation & Management in 1.M.P.H. Core Courses (15 credits) AND PUBLIC HEALTH Health Services (3) or PA 555 Program Eval- PH 512 Epidemiology Survey (3) uation and Management (3) PH 525 Biometry Survey (3) The Division of Public Administration at Substitutions of other skill development courses PHE 580 Concepts of Environmental Health (3) Portland State University maintains a coop- offered by the Division of Public Administra- erative degree program with the Depart- tion are allowed with consent of adviser. PHE 512 Principles of Health Behavior (3) PA 574 Health Systems Organization (3) ment of Community Health Care Systems, Area III—Integrative Experience (6 credits) 2.Health Administration and Policy Required School of Nursing, The Oregon Health Sci- Integrative Experience is offered under two ences University. Students trained as Reg- options and is available to students only after Concentration (27 credits) they have completed 42 credits in their mas- PA 540 Administrative Theory and Behavior (3) istered Nurses at an accredited institution, ter’s programs. Option 1 is intended for “in- PA 570 Health Administration (3) and who have been admitted to both the service” students, those who have had limited PA 571 Health Policy (3) Division of Public Administration and the or no administrative experience. Option 2 is PA 573 Values and Ethics in Health (3) School of Nursing, are able to simulta- for those students who have had at least three PA 586 Introduction to Health Economics (3) neously earn the M.P.A. and the M.S.N. years of full-time administrative or manage- And 12 credits from the following: degrees. Curriculum requirements for the ment experience in public, non-profit, and/or PA 576 Strategic Planning in Health two degrees are jointly administered by the health care organizations. Services (3) PA 577 Health Care Law and Regulation (3) two institutions. The total required credits PA 578 Continual Improvement in Health for the two degrees are less than if each Care (3) degree were taken separately. Requests for PA 579 Health Care Information Systems information on the cooperative degree pro- Management (3) gram and admission requirements should PA 587 Financial Management of Health be directed to the respective departments. Services (3) The Division of Public Administration PA 588 Program Evaluation and Management along with the School of Community in Health Services (3) Health, College of Urban and Public PA 589 Research Methods in Health Services (3) Affairs at Portland State University, collab- orates with the Oregon Health Sciences University and Oregon State University in offering the Oregon Master of Public Health degree. Coursework can be taken at C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 279

any one of the participating institutions. EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP PA 508 The three universities jointly administer the INSTITUTE Reflective Practice Workshop: Case 239 College of Urban and Public Affairs Development (3) M.P.H. degree program. This workshop is designed to provide the mid- (503) 725-8216 career student with administrative experience an INTERINSTITUTIONAL The Executive Leadership Institute’s mis- opportunity to develop the skills of reflective COOPERATION AND sion is to meet the needs of public service practice. It requires students to prepare a written PROGRAM MERGER practitioners by serving as the external administrative case problem based on significant delivery arm of the Division of Public issues and incidents in their own practice. Cases must be suitable for classroom level classes. Pre- Portland State University and Lewis & Administration. The Institute accom- plishes this mission through the following requisites are at least three years of full-time Clark College, a small private institution in administrative or management experience in a southwest Portland, were authorized to five sets of activities: (1) master’s degree public, non-profit, and/or health care organiza- provide M.P.A. degrees in the fall of 1976. preparation at near-in, off-campus sites; (2) tion and 42 hours of completed course work For twenty years the faculty of the two research; (3) technical assistance to agen- toward the degree. degree programs cooperated in academic cies in managing technological and organi- PA 509 and other professional endeavors. In the zational innovations; (4) continuing Organizational Experience (6) fall of 1996, the Lewis & Clark program professional education; and (5) commu- This offering is a Public Service Internship or merged with Portland State. The Lewis & nity and professional service. Problem Analysis Project and is required of all “in-service” students, those who have limited or Clark public administration faculty became COLUMBIA PACIFIC INSTI- no administrative experience. The student is Portland State faculty and students who TUTE AND THE CENTER FOR expected to complete a field experience with an had been admitted to the graduate public WATERSHED AND COMMU- appropriate agency, culminating in a project administration program at Lewis & Clark NITY HEALTH report systematically analyzing an administra- were admitted to Portland State. 205 College of Urban and Public Affairs tive problem that is both instructive to the stu- The Lewis & Clark program brought (503) 725-8101 dent and of importance to the agency. Students with it to Portland State specialty areas in The Columbia Pacific Institute (CPI) and also attend several seminars to aid them to inte- natural resources policy and administration Center for Watershed and Community grate their field experience with their course- and nonprofit management, as well as two work and cultivate the habit of reflective Health (CWCH) are not organizationally practice. PA 509 is available to master’s degree institutes: The Institution of Nonprofit part of the Hatfield School of Government, students only after they have earned 42 credits in Management and the Executive Leadership but they are important entities affiliated their programs. Pass/no pass only. Institute. These institutes, which are inte- with the School and housed within it. Both PA 510 gral parts of the Division of Public Admin- the CPI and the CWCH work closely with Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) istration, are described below. the faculty, students, and staff of the Divi- PA 511 INSTITUTE FOR NONPROFIT sion of Public Administration, providing Public Administration (3) MANAGEMENT research and evaluation opportunities, The role of administration in a democratic 239 College of Urban and Public Affairs internship and program administrative society. The course surveys the field, the devel- (503) 725-8221 experience, and links with practitioners in opment of the profession and practices in public their fields. administration, and examines the legal, histori- The Institute for Nonprofit Management, cal, economic, and political foundations of established in 1993, serves the professional The Columbia Pacific Institute was the American governmental and nonprofit leadership and management of the non- organized in 1996 to add another voice to traditions. the regional debate over the uses of the profit community. The Institute offered the PA 512 first graduate and noncredit courses in non- Northwest’s natural resources, including Case Analysis (3) profit studies in the Northwest and is con- the restructuring of the electric utility This course is designed to provide mid-career sidered a leading program for nonprofit industry and reconsideration of the institu- students with administrative experience an management and professional education. tions governing the Columbia River. opportunity to develop skills in the areas of The Center for Watershed and Commu- reflective practice, administrative problem solv- Graduate and noncredit courses as well ing, consulting, and coaching. Students will be as certificates, seminars, conferences, nity Health was organized in 1997 to explore ways to link environmental and required to present the case problem they devel- forums, and community workshops are oped in PA 508, Reflective Practice Workshop: offered through the Institute. The Institute economic goals within watersheds to Case Development, as the basis of an exercise in provides more than 20 course offerings in enhance both economic and community administrative problem solving and coaching for the noncredit program which are designed well-being. their fellow students. Prerequisite: PA 508. to provide practical skill-based education PA 513 for nonprofit managers. Adjunct faculty COURSES Administrative Ethics and Values (3) members from the nonprofit community Explores values, ethics, and morality in public complement full-time faculty. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not sector administration. It considers such concepts offered every year. and issues as the following: personal and profes- Graduate students interested in a spe- sional values and roles; the myth of value neu- cialization in nonprofit studies may choose PA 501 trality; the public interest; values, ethics, and Research (Credit to be arranged.) from more than 10 courses, both theoretical change; value trade-offs; ethical ambiguities; and applied, to complement their M.P.A. PA 504 ethical codes, fiscal ethics, and ethics and degree requirements. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to administrative discretion. be arranged.) PA 505 PA 515 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Public Works Administration (3) arranged.) A general overview of administrative practices in public works, including an evaluation of orga- PA 507 nizational practices, project management, and Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) relationships to political processes. The course will consider actual problems in the administration of public works. 280 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PA 520 analysis; procedures analysis; forms control; PA 543 Management of Not-for-profit Organizations management by objectives; management infor- Creating Collaborative Communities (3) (3) mation systems. Prerequisite: PA 540. Collaboration is perceived as an important Deals with a wide range of management needs, method for addressing complex community problems, and issues of not-for-profit organiza- PA 533 Public Policy: Origins and Process (3) issues through alliances with other organizations tions. It considers such items as the following: Drawing on the general concept of the policy in the nonprofit, for-profit, and government orga- the executive director as manager; working with cycle, this course explores the central actors, nizations. This course introduces students to the a policy board; volunteer/staff relations; person- processes, and issues associated with the forma- theory and practice of collaboration through in- nel administration; budgeting and financial man- tion of public policy. The course gives particular class and “living” case studies in agement; fund raising and sources of revenue; weight to interaction among the three branches the community. Students will learn the success long-range planning; and community organiza- of government, interest groups, and the private factors, barriers to, and preconditions of collabo- tion. sector. Tensions between technocratic and politi- ration at the intraorganizational, interorganiza- PA 521 cal approaches to policy development also tional, and intersectoral levels. They will explore History And Foundations of the Nonprofit receive attention, as do intergovernmental the potential for using collaboration in a variety Sector (3) concerns. of community settings. Provides an introduction to the history and PA 534 PA 545 development of the private, nonprofit sector in Organization Development (3) the United States. It explores theories and con- Administrative Law and Policy Implementation (3) A consideration of organization development as cepts that describe the social, political, legal, and When policies receive the formal status of laws, a strategy for organizational change. This course economic meaning of volunteerism, philan- they acquire a special significance for the execu- emphasizes concepts and methodologies relating thropy, and the nonprofit sector as a sector sepa- tive and judicial branches. This course examines to organizational problem diagnosis, action rate from government and business. It provides a the process of policy implementation through the research, planned change, change implementa- specific focus on the relationship of nonprofit to use of administrative discretion and the rule- tion and evaluation, and the development of government in the delivery of public services making process. Delegation of legislative power, appropriate interpersonal competencies and within the context of a welfare state. judicial review, informal adjudication, and the skills. Focuses on the public manager as change PA 522 role of the administrative law judge are empha- agent. Managing Nonprofit Boards (3) sized. The limits of discretionary authority are PA 547 Addresses the history and functions of boards in explored. Students address the theoretical, prac- Interpersonal Communications in the Public the nonprofit sector, including an examination of tical, and ethical issues in implementation, Sector (3) the roles of boards in governance and leadership; giving particular attention to the relationship Explores the theory and practice of human com- policy and administration; decision-making pro- between stated goals and actual outcomes. munication in an organizational context. Special cesses; board-staff relations; resource develop- emphasis will be placed on theories of task- ment; board composition and recruitment; ethics PA 535 Administrative Law and Regulation (3) group communication, interpersonal conflict res- and liability; and current research on boards and The constitutional basis for administrative law; olution and cross-value (intercultural, intereth- organizational effectiveness. the Administrative Procedures Act; promulgat- nic) communication. Various exercises will PA 524 ing regulations: notice, hearings and reasoning emphasize skills in verbal presentation, group Financial Management in Nonprofit processes; practical problems in rule making; communications, and interpersonal communica- Organizations (3) administrative adjudication: discovery, hearings, tion in the context of status, cultural, ethnic, and Designed to provide participants without formal and decisions; informal administrative decisions: gender differences. accounting or finance training with the concep- fairness vs. efficiency; technical law: jurisdic- PA 548 tual framework and practical tools needed to tion, standing, rightness, court procedures; Advocacy Roles in Public Management (3) provide strong fiscal management and fiscal designing administrative procedures to reach Explores the skills of advocacy as they relate to leadership in the nonprofit environment. For stu- good decisions quickly with reasonable the duties of the public administrator. The basic dents with formal finance and/or accounting resources; freedom of information; current principles of argumentative procedure are background, the course will provide opportuni- administrative law problems. emphasized with a focus on oral advocacy, brief- ties to compare and contrast fiscal management ing arguments, and conducting public hearings. objectives and functions in nonprofit with those PA 536 Strategic Planning (3) Videotape will be used to help develop the oral found in for profit and/or governmental entities. communication skills of the advocate. It is structured to illustrate the nonprofit fiscal Provides an overview of the application of planning systems to public sector functions and PA 550 management cycle: planning, execution, record- Managing Information Resources (3) ing, reporting, and monitoring. explores newer “stakeholder” theories of planning, planning models, and the step-by-step pro- Considers information management and com- PA 525 cess for initiating and engaging in strategic puter information systems as they affect public Grantwriting for Nonprofit Organizations (3) planning processes at various levels of govern- management and public policy. Basic concepts The process of grant acquisition, beginning with ment. Through the use of case studies and hands- are covered, and emphasis is placed on the use of the formulation of a fundable idea and conclud- on exercises, students are exposed to practical computerized information technologies as man- ing in an application and its review. Students are applications of strategic planning approaches agement tools for public sector administrators. expected to identify potential funding sources, and techniques. Substantial use is made of case studies to high- initiate inquiries, and develop an application for light how the public sector manager may most funds to support a program or study of special PA 540 appropriately and effectively use computer interest. The steps in this process are discussed Administrative Theory and Behavior (3) Managing organizational systems to accomplish resources and avoid inappropriate and mislead- in general terms and in the context of each stu- ing use of these resources. dent’s application. The focus is the development purposeful outcomes. Attention is given to how of grants from private rather than public funders. formal structures and informal processes influ- PA 551 ence organizational goals in public and nonprofit Analytic Methods in Public Administration I PA 532 environments. This includes theories of organi- (3) Organization and Methods (3) zational, group, and individual behavior, such as Topics to be covered include: research design, Designed to familiarize students with the sub- organizational design, power and authority, lead- sampling theory, techniques of data collection, stance and range of work performed by manage- ership, team work, communications, work tabulation and presentation; sampling theory, ment analysts in the public sector, commonly design, and motivation. Emphasis is on manag- statistical reasoning and analytic techniques of referred to as organization and methods. Empha- ers and managing in public purpose organiza- estimation and hypothesis testing; and computer sis will be on developing skills and the ability to tions by reviewing major theories, and their applications for statistical analysis. Prerequisite: conduct management analysis studies. Specific application and effective use. recent course in basic statistics. content will include: conducting reorganization studies; work measurement and productivity C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 281

PA 552 PA 565 PA 570 Analytic Methods in Public Administration II Natural Resource Policy and Administration Health Administration (3) (3) (3) An examination of issues related to the adminis- A continuation and expansion of topics covered Reviews the history, politics, and institutions tration of health care systems. Topics include: in PA 551, focusing on analytic methods used in related to current environmental and natural changing patterns of health care, budget and research and evaluation of public sector policies, resource policy and its administration. Reviews financial management techniques, and political systems, and programs. Topics to be covered policy domains like land and forest, water, influences on health administration. may include: qualitative and quantitative appli- energy, fish and wildlife, and environmental PA 571 cations in research design and data collection; quality. Special attention is paid to policy and Health Policy (3) statistical modeling, forecasting, program evalu- administrative governance issues like sustaining Centers on an investigation of the public policy ation, and other areas of applied research. Pre- common pool goods, structuring intergovern- process as it affects the health care field. Specific requisite: PA 551. mental relations, and evaluating policy imple- health care policies and programs are used to PA 555 mentation strategies of direct production, explore the characteristics of the health care Program Evaluation and Management (3) planning, regulation, and changing market policy process and the factors involved in the Examines program evaluation from the perspec- incentives. A central premise is that natural formulation, implementation, and evaluation of tive of the public administrator. Covers the major resource administrators face a policy arena that health care policies and programs. is intrinsically problematic because of the approaches, methods, and concepts in the field PA 572 of program evaluation. Topics include impact dynamic nature of social values about natural Health Politics (3) assessment, research design, qualitative evalua- resources, the long time horizon implicit in This course is designed to survey the interwork- tion methods, performance auditing, benefit-cost resource systems, the broadening geographic ings of health care legislation. By examining the analysis, and other selected topics. scale considered in natural resources decisions, nuts and bolts of health law development, a PA 557 and the interdependency of social and ecological better understanding of health policy develop- Operations Research in Public communities. Recommended as a first course in ment within the context of the political system Administration (3) the environmental and natural resource adminis- can be realized. Health legislation is examined in Addresses the need for today’s public administration specialization. terms of historical analysis and the legislative trators to have some understanding of the PA 566 process, including the role of interest groups, the increasingly important tools of management sci- Water Resources Policy and Administration use of information in the political system, the ence and operations research. It has no prerequi- (3) role of bureaucracy, and the budget process. site: quantitative or technical background is not Reviews the history, politics, and institutions related to current water policy and administra- PA 573 required. A variety of topics will be covered, Values and Ethics in Health (3) with some flexibility in choice of topics accord- tion in the United States. Examines policy his- Explores a number of issues and questions in ing to students’ interest. Topics include: linear tory leading to present institutional and legal health care, including the following: conflicting programming, queueing, simulation, decision arrangements for federal, tribal, regional, state, and competing values; making choices by policy analysis, forecasting, PERT/CPM, inventory and local water quality and quantity decision makers and health care professionals and admin- analysis, and replacement analysis. Methods making. Attention is given to the industrial istrators as to who gets what health services; the taught in the course will be in the context of development of the East and created water conflict between money and profits and the con- public administration. resources of the arid West as a way to understand cept that all people within the American demo- PA 558 changing social sentiments toward water and cratic system are entitled to at least basic health Public Productivity Analysis (3) water policy. Examines the evolution of purpose care. An examination of theoretical issues, method- in pollution laws from human health protection to include ecosystem health protection and PA 574 ological problems, applications and current Health Systems Organization (3) developments in public productivity. Topics explores implementation of such protection through “watershed” approaches to land use and Course focus is on the manner in which health include concepts or organizational effective- care in the United States is organized and admin- ness, performance indicators, human relations water quality management by NGO’s, and federal, state, and local government. A major theme istered, as well as the forces which are influenc- approaches, system analysis, and recent efforts ing change in the structure and delivery of health to improve governmental productivity. is the problem of developing coherent water policies in a policy arena which has divided author- services. Specific topics of analysis and discus- PA 561 sion include: structure of the health care system, Public Bureaucracy: Political and Legal ity, plural traditions, and multiple resource and social issues. the providers, health care personnel, financing Aspects (3) health care, planning, and evaluation. An examination of the theoretical and practical PA 567 role of public bureaucracy in the formation, Energy Resources Policy and Administration PA 575 (3) Health Planning I (3) planning, and administration of public policy. An investigation of the theory and philosophy of Issues and concepts in the planning and manage- Reviews the history, politics, and institutions related to current energy policy and administra- health planning. Specific topics include evalua- ment of public policy will be analyzed. The role tion of community health needs, comprehensive of the bureaucracy in contemporary government tion with particular attention to the Pacific Northwest and development of hydroelectric health planning, and the relationship of health will be critically reviewed. Issues of responsive- planning to administration. ness, responsibility, equity, organizational struc- power. National energy policy history is ture, effectiveness, and efficiency will be reviewed including political, financial, and envi- PA 576 assessed. Administrative procedures and law will ronmental problems. Explores the roles of inter- Strategic Planning in Health Services (3) be addressed in the context of bureaucratic pro- est groups; state, local, national, and Introduces general concepts, models, and theo- cesses and decision making. international governments; and regional govern- ries of strategic planning and develops them in ing institutions. It explores the changing distri- terms of applications in the health services PA 563 industry. Through participation in an actual stra- Citizens and Administration (3) bution of social costs and benefits as both a cause and result of policy change. Passage of the tegic planning process, students will gain experi- This course analyzes modern civic life and its ence and some expertise in the planning, challenges. Its major focus is the often ambigu- 1980 Northwest Power Act, the Northwest Power Planning Council created in the act, and decision-making, and conduct of strategic plan- ous relationship between citizens and adminis- ning. Prerequisite: PA 570. trators in the political system. Other topics the implementation of the act will be studied, emphasized are: transformation of civic life in as will current issues like energy conservation, PA 577 modern times, declining citizen trust in govern- regional power planning, deregulation and Health Care Law and Regulation (3) ment, modern approaches to citizen participation the status of institutions involved in energy Formulated to give students a working knowl- in government, and the future of “civism” in the policy, and Columbia basin fish and wildlife edge of substantive law and legal procedures as United States. conservation. they relate to the health field. Among the topics considered are negligence, vicarious liability, labor law, criminal aspects of health care law, 282 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

and courtroom procedures. National and state health care policy reform proposals are also dis- PA 585 PA 588 cussed, as are other contemporary topics such as Financial Management in the Public Sector Program Evaluation and Management In assisted suicide, abortion, and AIDS. Prerequi- (3) Health Services (3) sites: PA 570, 571, 574. An investigation of the sources, methods, and Introduces the theory and practice of program mechanisms available for financing public orga- evaluation in the health services system. PA 578 nizations in a dynamic and complex environ- Includes multiple methods and uses of evalua- Continual Improvement In Health Care (3) ment. It includes a consideration of the tion from the perspectives of managers, health Intended to introduce students to the concepts of administrative and behavioral as well as the eco- professionals, and health services researchers, continual improvement and illustrate applica- nomic dimensions of financing public organiza- with an emphasis on the utilization of evaluation tions of these concepts in health care. The basic tions. The examination identifies and explores findings in program planning and management content will be drawn from the industrial quality the skills which are appropriate for managing in health services. Course learning will be syn- improvement literature; this will be elaborated contemporary public finance systems. Among thesized through a community-based learning through presentation and analysis of health care the specific topics considered in this course are experience involving working with a community case studies. Students will gain an understanding the following: tax and nontax sources of reve- partner to develop an evaluation framework and of different approaches to process improvement nue; intergovernmental fiscal relations; debt methodology for an existing or proposed health and quality management and will be prepared to management; productivity; rate analysis; cash program. apply this knowledge in the practice setting. Pre- flow management; and managing fiscal requisite: PA 570. PA 589 retrenchment. Research Methods in Health Services (3) PA 579 PA 586 Provides an introduction to traditional methods Health Care Information Systems of designing and conducting health services Management (3) Introduction to Health Economics (3) Two foci: health information systems and health Focuses on defining and measuring the perfor- research. It is intended that at the completion of care organization re-engineering. The first focus mance of the health care sector, defining and the course students will understand multiple looks at information systems in health care as explaining microeconomic concepts, and evalu- approaches to health services research, be able to clinical care and operational management tools. ating various policy initiatives to improve effi- be both participants in and consumers of the Included are business needs, the relationship ciency, equity, and technological progress in research process, and will be competent in con- between organizational needs and technology health care. Specific topics include description ducting critical appraisals of the health services capabilities, and the management and control of of the health care industry, production of health, literature and in writing research proposals. IS resources. The focus on health care organiza- measurement of health care price changes, Prerequisites: PA 570; 512, 525. tion re-engineering includes the role of evolving theory of demand for health care, theory of pro- technologies in development of the community duction and cost, measurement of inputs and health resource and information needs in the outputs, cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness anal- shift from inpatient clinical settings to commu- ysis, and structure and functioning of markets. In nity provider networks. addition, the role of government in a private economy in dealing with market failure is dis- PA 582 cussed, especially as it relates to the goal of Public Budgeting (3) assuring universal access to health care. Does Focuses on the major dimensions of public not require any specific preparation in econom- sector budgetary systems. Major emphasis will ics or mathematics, although graphical presenta- be devoted to the local budget processes. Topics tion of economic concepts is emphasized. will include basic concepts of public budgeting, Prerequisite: PA 570. the budget cycle, budget strategy, planning and presentation, alternative budgeting systems, the PA 587 budget as a political and management tool. Financial Management of Health Services (3) Focuses on the analysis and administration of PA 583 resources in the health care field. Among the Advanced Budgeting Concepts and specific topics included in this course are finan- Techniques (3) Investigates how budgeting can be used to cial statements, budgeting, cash flow, costing, review, analyze, and establish public policy and capital decision making, sources of capital and administrative accountability. Students learn operating funds, depreciation and government how to: 1) design the best budget system to fit reimbursement schemes, and human resources various political environments; 2)review the planning and management. Prerequisites: PA effectiveness and efficiency of programs through 570, 571, 574. budget analyses; and 3)use the budget to clarify public policy issues and establish management accountability for performance. The mechanics of public budgeting will also be discussed in detail, including developing a budget calendar, making fund balance estimates, balancing reve- nues and expenditures, and monitoring the approved budget. Students should have practical experience or a previous course in budgeting. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 283

PA 590 public sector collective bargaining law; the administrative rule making and policy imple- Human Resource Management in the Public Oregon Employment Relations Board (ERB)— mentation; examining the role ambiguity created Sector (3) its structure and operation, the rules of procedure for career administrators in carrying out their Administration and management of human of ERB, major functional areas of ERB-bargain- responsibilities within the American rule of law resource systems in public sector and nonprofit ing unit determination, representation and decer- system. Prerequisite: admission to the Ph.D. pro- organizations. Focus is on the underlying values tification procedures, unfair labor practices, the gram in public administration and policy. of human resource management, related public conduct of elections, the Oregon Mediation Ser- policies, structural patterns, and the functional PA 613 vice, impasse procedures and continuing legal Institutional Foundations of Governance (3) areas of HRM systems. Specific attention will be issues (mandatory vs. permissive home rule and This course examines the basic concept of gov- directed to the strategic roles of human resource sovereignty bargaining in good faith). This ernance in the context of the nation state and its management in day-to-day operations, merit course is a prerequisite for PA 596 and PA 597. political economy. Particular attention is paid to system concepts and practices, position and archetypical systems, structures, and functions wage classification systems, methods of securing PA 596 Public Sector Collective Bargaining: of governance which developed in the modern a qualified labor force, and labor relations. Legal Negotiations and Impasse Resolution (3) era. This material is then related to the develop- requirements in each of these areas will be Deals with the diversity of roles of the parities in ment of the American administrative state. Pre- examined. Emphasis will be on learning by negotiation; planning for negotiations; develop- requisite: admission to the Ph.D. program in doing through use of skill-building exercises, ment of original demands and fallback positions; public administration and policy. simulation and analysis of case materials, review negotiation strategy and tactics; the major issues of relevant case law, administrative rule-making, PA 614 in negotiating; and the diversity and similarity of Contemporary Governance (3) and current literature. This course serves as a negotiations in state government, cities, coun- foundation for PA 591. Contemporary factors impacting governance ties, school districts, and higher education. A world wide: political instability and fragmenta- PA 591 mock negotiation case will be bargained. This tion of government; erosion in the jurisdiction Policy Issues in Public Human Resource course will also deal with the process of media- and power of the nation state and its causes; the Management (3) tion, fact-finding, and interest arbitration. Pre- search for new approaches and substitutes to Provides an in-depth analysis of evolving issues requisite: PA 595. in the management of human resource systems government; accelerated blurring of sector in public sector and nonprofit organizations. PA 597 boundaries—increasing use of third party pro- Public Sector Collective Bargaining: viders; and non-political boundaries. Prerequi- Topics for analysis vary from term-to-term. Administering the Agreement (3) Examples of topics include: the design and site: admission to the Ph.D. program in public Deals with the nature of the collective bargain- administration and policy. implementation of employee performance evalu- ing agreement; the establishment of grievance ation programs; determining training needs and procedure; the meaning of a grievance; the pro- PA 615 planning a programmed response; compensa- Administrative Process (3) cessing of grievances; and continuing grievance The purpose of this course is to explore the tion systems, including problems of wage com- problems such as discipline, transfers, senority, pression; negotiated wage settlements and other nature of the administrative process and its rela- overtime, work assignments, insubordination, tionship to organizational structure, process, and economic benefits related to wages and salaries; layoff, recall, and manning requirements. employee morale and motivation incentives; and behavior within the broader context of program- Emphasis will be on the use of case materials to matic and organizational governance. Emphasis occupational health and safety issues. Noted illustrate these problems. Also includes a discus- practitioners from the region are frequent guests will be placed on the following topics: the influ- sion of arbitration followed by a mock arbitra- ence of structural alternatives on behavior; value of the class. This course is a continuation of tion session. Prerequisite: PA 595. material covered in PA 590. Students may take systems and normative prescriptions; organiza- this course without completing PA 590. PA 601 tional culture; and the influence of the adminis- Research (Credit to be arranged.) trative process on the way in which agencies PA 593 formulate and implement policy within the con- Discrimination Law (3) PA 603 Examines state and federal laws prohibiting dis- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) text of their respective legislative mandates. Pre- crimination, the major legal theories of proof, PA 605 requisite: admission to the Ph.D. program in the employer’s defenses against discrimination Reading and Conference (Credit to be public administration and policy. charges, the administrative agencies involved, arranged.) PA 616 the complaint process, and remedies for viola- PA 607 Policy Process (3) tions. It is recommended that this course be Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) This course focuses on the politics of the policy taken prior to taking PA 594. PA 610 process. It examines the role, influence, and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) interaction of legislatures, executives, bureaucra- PA 594 cies, courts, policy communities, and citizens. Affirmative Action Planning (3) PA 611 Designed to instruct the student in the affirma- Theoretical Foundations of Governance (3) The course follows the stages of policy develop- tive action requirements imposed on federal con- This course analyzes the foundational, political, ment: problem definition, agenda setting, bud- tractors by federal laws, presidential executive social, and economic theories which have geting, authorization, implementation, and orders and implementing regulations. Lectures, shaped institutions and processes of governance oversight. Case material is taken from federal, reading, and discussions will be directed toward during the modern era. Prerequisite: admission state, and local governments with special consid- an exploration of federal and state case law, the to the Ph.D. program in public administration eration given to the intergovernmental aspects of enforcement agencies in the administrative pro- and policy. the policy process. Prerequisite: admission to cess, complaint investigation, resolution of non- PA 612 the Ph.D. program in public administration and compliance, and the elements of an affirmative Governance, Public Administration, and Rule policy. action compliance program, including the con- of Law Systems (3) PA 618 cepts of availability and goals. Recommended This course provides students with an under- Political and Organizational Change (3) that students have had PA 593. standing of the ways in which the “rule of law” An investigation into the nature of change, par- influences the theory and practice of governance ticularly its political and organizational manifes- PA 595 and public administration. This understanding is tations. The focus is on change as a process (i.e., Public Sector Collective Bargaining: The Legal Framework (3) developed by comparing rule of law systems how it happens) as well as a product (i.e., the The history and development of public sector with other ways of creating social order and outcome). Conceptual and theoretical concerns collective bargaining in the United States. Spe- organizing community life; examining the ori- in understanding change, the sources of political cifically included: the role and importance of gins of the rule of law within both liberal demo- and organizational change, change in the gover- public sector collective bargaining law; the cratic theory and the American constitutional nance system, change in contemporary society, diversity of collective bargaining laws; compari- tradition; exploring the distinctive institutional and managing in complex and nonprofit organi- son of various state laws with proposed national role that administration plays in the American zations will be examined. legislation; an in-depth analysis of Oregon’s rule of law system through its participation in 284 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SCHOOL OF URBAN STUDIES AND PLANNING

341 College of Urban and Public regional, or local governments. Commu- Community Development Affairs † nity development practitioners work on a Concentrations (29-30 credits) (503) 725-4045 range of issues including housing, commu- Students will choose to concentrate their work in www.upa.pdx.edu/USP/ nity organizing, transportation, the environ- one of the following areas. Each field of con- ment and economic development. The centration includes a set of required USP courses and elective community development- B.A., B.S.—Community Develop- major prepares students for postbaccalaureate employment or graduate work in a related courses from the School of Urban Stud- ment ies and Planning and from other departments, Minor in Community Develop- professional academic field. including: Black Studies, Economics, Finance, ment The curriculum is grounded in applied Geography, History, Political Science, Sociol- Graduate Certificate in Gerontol- social science and incorporates a great deal ogy, and Speech Communication. Lists of ogy of field research. The program takes advan- elective courses for each field of concentration M.U.R.P. tage of the wealth of resources available in are available from the school office. M.U.S. the Portland metropolitan area and draws Community Organization Ph.D. from a variety of academic disciplines and and Change Credits departments. Students specialize in one of USP 311 Introduction to Urban Planning . . . . .4 The School of Urban Studies and Planning three areas of concentrated study: commu- USP 426 Neighborhood Conservation and provides an interdisciplinary approach to nity organization and change, housing and Change ...... 4 understanding the urban setting. The economic development, or communication USP 450 Citizen Participation ...... 4 school’s programs are structured to allow and community development. USP 428 Concepts of Community students living or working in the Portland Development ...... 3 Students may also pursue a 27-credit metropolitan area to take advantage of Elective credits from approved list ...... 16 minor in community development. the broad range of resources available at Admission. Students must be for- Total 31 Portland State University and in the mally admitted to the community develop- community. or ment program by submitting an application Opportunities for urban education are to the School of Urban Studies and Plan- Housing and Economic available through five programs. Under- Development Credits ning. Candidates are selected based on graduates can major in community devel- USP 311 Introduction to Urban Planning . . . . .4 written statements of intention. Fall enroll- opment or complement their bachelor’s USP 312 Urban Housing and Development . . .4 ment is strongly recommended to allow degree in another field by simultaneously USP 427 Downtown Revitalization ...... 3 students to take core classes in sequence USP 428 Concepts of Community meeting the curricular requirements for a and to create a community environment Development ...... 3 minor in urban studies. Students wishing to among each group of students. Elective credits from approved list ...... 16 pursue issues related to working with the Majors in community development elderly may complement their other Total 30 must complete the following degree degrees by meeting the requirements for a requirements. Substitution of coursework is or graduate-level certificate in gerontology. acceptable only by permission from the Students interested in developing profes- Communication and Community faculty adviser. Development Credits sional planning skills may pursue a Master USP 311 Introduction to Urban Planning . . . . .4 of Urban and Regional Planning. Interest in Major in Community Develop- USP 426 Neighborhood Conservation and developing urban research capabilities may ment Change ...... 4 be pursued through a Master of Urban Freshman/Sophomore: Credits USP 428 Concepts of Community Studies.Individuals desiring higher levels Sophomore Inquiry Community Studies Development ...... 3 of research skills and/or academic employ- Cluster course ...... 4 USP 450 Citizen Participation ...... 4 ment may choose the Ph.D. in urban Stat 243 Introduction to Probability and Two of the following five courses:...... 8 studies. Statistics ...... 4 Sp 215 Introduction to Intercultural Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 Communication (4) Ec 201 or 202 Principles of Economics...... 4 Sp 218 Interpersonal Communication (4) UNDERGRADUATE PS 200 Introduction to Politics ...... 4 Sp 322 Political Communication (4) PROGRAMS Sp 337 Communication and Gender (4) Total credits 20 Sp 437 Urban Communication (4) Elective credits from approved list ...... 11 The School of Urban Studies and Planning Required Core Courses: Credits offers an undergraduate major in commu- USP 301 Theory and Philosophy of Community Total 34 nity development. Community develop- Development ...... 4 ment is a process in which people act USP 302 Methods of Community together to promote the social, economic, Development ...... 4 political, and physical well-being of their USP 303 Community Development Field Seminar ...... 4 communities. Career opportunities are available in not-for-profit organizations, Total credits 12 private consulting firms, and state,

† The School of Urban Studies and Planning will be located in 350 Urban Center effective winter term. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 285

Field Experience (6 credits) oped in conjunction with School faculty, Gerontology addresses the social Participants in the field experience will work in may be offered as a second specialization. issues, problems, policies, and programs small groups and may be drawn from other Faculty groups specify field-specific course that affect the quality of life for our rapidly majors as well as community development. requirements, including methodology aging population. Students have the oppor- This capstone will represent a concerted effort courses and courses essential to a multidis- tunity to work directly with faculty on pub- to engage a community problem systemati- ciplinary approach. These groups work licly- and privately-funded research at the cally, from every relevant standpoint, and to place it in critical perspective. Each student closely with students to develop coherent College’s highly regarded Institute on will prepare a senior paper that explicates the specializations that prepare each individual Aging. Adult development and aging is field experience and explores the nature of to do doctoral-level research in that field. approached from a multidisciplinary and community development as it is informed by Planning focuses on the development collaborative perspective. Faculty research that experience. and implementation of mechanisms for interests include: family caregiving and organizing social, economic, political, and work-family balance, social networks and Total credits required for the major: 68-72 environmental change at the local, state, widowhood, diversity in aging, long-term Requirements for a Minor. To and regional levels. The field includes care policy and programs, housing environ- earn a minor in community development a study of the relationships and interactions ments, development and evaluation of student must complete 27 credits (18 cred- among public and private institutions, orga- training for health professionals, and plan- its must be in residence at PSU). These nizations, citizens, and landscapes; the ning for the aging of the baby-boom gener- courses should include a Sophomore design of processes for facilitating dialogue ation and beyond. As a state with a national Inquiry community studies course or its among public actors; and the tools for plan- reputation as a leader in the development of equivalent, USP 311 and USP 428. Courses ning analysis and evaluation. As a pioneer community-based, long-term care, Oregon taken under the undifferentiated grading in state land use law and a place in which provides a unique environment for the option (pass/no pass) will not be accepted planning discourse is highly visible, study of aging processes, policies, and ser- toward fulfilling divisional minor Oregon provides a rare vantage point for vices. requirements. the study of planning history, planning pro- Social Demography provides train- cesses and strategies, and professional ing in the tools of demographic analysis, GRADUATE practice. with particular attention to the methods of PROGRAMS Community Development deals data collection, techniques of demographic with the dynamics of neighborhood and analysis, and the interpretation of research PH.D. IN URBAN STUDIES community formation and change and with findings. Social demography involves the Dynamic metropolitan regions are increas- public policies that address the needs of use of the principles and methods of ingly seen as central to economic, social, groups and places within contemporary demography in decision-making and plan- and political development throughout the society. The rich civic culture of Portland ning problems in both public and private world. Composed of one or more central and the Pacific Northwest and the region’s settings. Graduates in the field of social cities, suburbs, and adjacent agricultural connections to the Pacific Rim provide demography use demographic data to iden- and natural areas, they are the essential numerous examples for study and analysis. tify and analyze important population building blocks of the global economy and Within the broad field of Community trends and their consequences for work in the sources of social and political innova- Development, students can address such government agencies, research organization. Understanding metropolitan regions topics as ethnic and neighborhood history, tions, and corporations. Faculty in the area and their problems and analyzing policies housing and economic development, the of social demography have training in to shape their evolution are major concerns roles of public and nonprofit institutions in demography, sociology, geography, and of the Urban Studies doctoral program. The community building, mediation and con- statistics. Faculty research includes popula- program explores these issues from multi- flict resolution, changing patterns and sys- tion distribution and migration, interna- disciplinary and interdisciplinary points of tems of communication, and the changing tional migration, fertility and family view. Through participation in classes and meanings of place. planning, marriage and divorce, public seminars and supervised research and Policy Analysis provides an oppor- policy uses of demographic data and esti- teaching activities, Ph.D. tunity for students to identify urban prob- mates, and demographic methods. students prepare for careers in institutions lems, contemporary and historical policy issues, and stakeholders in the policy pro- PH.D. IN URBAN STUDIES: of higher education and in research REGIONAL SCIENCE cess. It also allows for analysis of the organizations. Regional science brings a variety of social effects of policies and of the historical and Core Requirements. Beginning in science perspectives to bear in analyzing political contexts in which they emerge. the fall quarter, all entering doctoral stu- the growth and development of metropoli- Students may approach this field from any dents participate in a year-long research tan areas, states, and regions. The regional combination of applied, theoretical, or crit- seminar and take an accompanying course science program shares the same core ical perspectives, such as program evalua- in research design. In addition to grounding requirements as the Urban Studies Ph.D. tion, policy critique, or historical analysis. students in the research process, this team- Beyond these, students in regional science Students should identify at least one sub- taught seminar surveys the field of urban design a program of study around two field stantive policy area (such as transportation, studies and the diversity of theoretical and areas. housing, the environment, aging, commu- methodological approaches to research The first field, shared by all regional nity development, or information infra- taken by School faculty. A paper is science students, includes a three-course structure) and complete a course of study required at the end of the seminar. sequence providing the field’s conceptual in that area. Field Area Requirements. Doc- foundations: toral specializations are available in the fol- USP 676 Activity Location lowing areas of advanced interdisciplinary USP 672 Regional Economic Development study: planning, community development, USP 636 Economic and Political Decision- policy analysis, gerontology, and social Making demography. Each student offers two fields of specialization, at least one of which should be chosen from among those listed above. A student-nominated field, devel- 286 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

The first field also contains two Plus one of the following Applications Graduates of the program will acquire required methods courses: seminars: ...... 4 skills suiting them for employment in USP 515 Economics: Applications in USP 510 Statistical Methods in Regional Sci- public agencies and private firms involved Urban Studies (4) ence and Planning in the urban development process. The pro- USP 516 Political Science: Applications in USP 510 Econometrics for Public Policy Analy- gram offers six fields of specialization, to Urban Studies (4) sis USP 517 Sociology: Applications in allow the graduate either to enhance previ- The second field is designed around one Urban Studies (4) ous work experience or to enter the job of four substantive areas: transportation, USP 518 Psychology: Applications in market with defined specializations. These housing, economic development, or envi- Urban Studies (4) are: ronment. USP 519 Geography: Applications in ■ Urban Transportation The only required course in the second Urban Studies (4) ■ Land Use field is USP 691 Current Research in Soon after the completion of the core ■ Urban and Regional Analysis Regional Science. Subject to prior faculty courses, each student is required to take the ■ Community Development group approval, students may organize common core examination. This examina- ■ Environment second field areas around a topic other than tion is offered each year during fall and ■ Policy Planning and Administration the four identified above. It is recom- spring terms. Degree Requirements: Master of mended that the second field include addi- In addition to the urban studies core Urban and Regional Planning courses, M.U.S. students are required to tional methods courses that support the Core Courses (36 credits): field’s topical focus. For example, in the complete two research methods courses: transportation field area the supporting USP 530 Research Design ...... 4 Planning Sequence Credits methods courses might include coverage of USP 532 Data Collection...... 4 USP 540 History and Theory of Urban demand modeling, cost-benefit analysis, Planning I ...... 3 Total credits upon completion of USP 541 History and Theory of Urban GIS, and spatial analysis. required courses: 27 Planning II ...... 3 Students in the regional science pro- USP 595 Reshaping the Metropolis...... 3 gram must pass a comprehensive examina- Field-Area Requirements. The Methods Sequence tion in their two field areas. This is a single student selects a pattern of coursework that equips him or her for research in areas of USP 531 Geographic Data Analysis and examination, developed in consultation Display ...... 2 with two members of the regional science applied interest. Field areas may focus on urban aspects of social science theory, in USP 533 Planning Analysis ...... 3 faculty group. USP 535 Metropolitan Data Analysis ...... 3 one of the fields emphasized in the urban PH.D. IN PUBLIC studies Ph.D. program or on a substantive Analytical Methods ADMINISTRATION AND issue of particular concern to the student. USP 510 Legal Processes in Urban Planning . .1 USP 515 Economics: Applications to Urban POLICY Relevant courses are available within the The School of Urban Studies and Planning Studies ...... 4 School of Urban Studies and Planning and USP 525 Design Analysis in Planning ...... 1 cooperates with other schools in the Col- in many other departments within the Uni- USP 543 Geographic Applications to lege of Urban and Public Affairs to offer an versity. Nineteen credits of field-area Planning ...... 3 interdisciplinary degree in public adminis- coursework are required. Workshops (10 credits) tration and policy. For details, see the pro- Research Requirements. The USP 558 Planning Workshop...... 9 gram description on page 262. M.U.S. degree provides for thesis and non- USP 559 Planning Practice Workshop...... 1 MASTER OF URBAN STUDIES thesis options. The thesis option requires Specializations (36 credits). The Master of Urban Studies provides registration for 6 credits of USP 503 Thesis training for students seeking employment and completion of a formal thesis. The Total Credits 72 in public and private urban research organi- nonthesis option requires preparation of a Field Paper/Project. Each student zations. For some students, employment substantial research paper (involving regis- must prepare and defend a research paper opportunities can be found in colleges tration in 6 credits of USP 501 Research) or project in their field of specialization offering two-year degree programs. and successful completion of a written field demonstrating their ability to integrate and The M.U.S. degree requires a total of 52 area examination. apply material from their coursework. Each credits. M.U.S. students pursue a common Social and Policy Research student must register for USP 501 core of courses dealing with the analysis of Option. Students with a primary interest Research. Up to 6 credits of USP 501 may urban phenomena (25 credits). Each stu- in advancing their urban research skills be counted toward meeting the field area dent also defines a field area which is pur- may choose a specialized field area in requirement. sued through coursework (21 credits) and social and policy research. This field requires completion of the following: GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN individual research leading to a thesis or GERONTOLOGY Credits research paper (6 credits). In addition, the The Graduate Certificate in Gerontology degree provides for a specialized option in USP 534 Data Analysis ...... 4 USP 536 Policy Evaluation Methods ...... 3 provides multidisciplinary specialized social and policy research. training for postbaccalaureate students Core-Area Requirements. The USP 563 Program Evaluation ...... 3 Additional courses within the field ...... 9 interested in acquiring or upgrading skills urban core-area requirements for the appropriate to working with the aged in a M.U.S. degree include the following Total 19 variety of settings. The certificate program courses: Students selecting this option must provides training in any one of the follow- Credits present a thesis. ing subspecialty areas: human services USP 511 Urban Social Structure ...... 3 planning and assessment; program admin- USP 512 Urban Political Structure ...... 3 MASTER OF URBAN AND istration; research and evaluation; counsel- USP 513 Urban Economic and Spatial REGIONAL PLANNING ing and direct services; and health and Structure ...... 3 The Master of Urban and Regional Plan- long-term care. Students need not be USP 514 Urban Studies Theory ...... 3 ning program provides diversified prepara- USP 569 History of Urban Development . . . . .3 enrolled in a degree program to receive the tion for professional planning practice. Graduate Certificate in Gerontology. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 287

The certificate program consists of an since a student must be admitted as a regu- required course. All such requests should eight-course format (24 credits minimum) lar graduate degree student to hold an assis- be made within one year after entrance to made up of two components, a multidisci- tantship. the program. plinary core and an area of subspecializa- Second-year M.U.R.P. students may Limitation on Graduate/Under- tion. The multidisciplinary core will apply for the David Evans and Associates graduate Courses. Students in the provide students with a general multidisci- Scholarship. Two thousand dollars is M.U.R.P., M.U.S., and Ph.D. programs are plinary introduction to the field of aging awarded each year. strongly advised to use no more than 12 while the area of subspecialization will In addition, many students find opportu- credits of courses offered simultaneously at provide in-depth training which will nities for part-time work in the Portland the 400- and 500-level in support of their uniquely fit a student’s career interest. area. The faculty maintain contact with a degree programs. Courses must be an inte- number of public agencies that have such gral part of the student’s program and ADMISSION positions. courses with the same content must not be available on a purely graduate basis. All qualified applicants receive consider- PROGRAM Limitation on By-Arrangement ation for admission without regard to sex, RULES Courses. Admitted Ph.D. and master’s race, handicap, age, creed, marital status, students may utilize no more than 12 cred- or national origin. Advanced Standing in Urban its of by-arrangement classes (501/601 and In addition to the general University Studies and Planning Graduate 505/605). In cases where more than 12 requirements listed on page 47, the student Program. A total of 72 credits in nondis- credits are needed because of the lack of should arrange for the School of Urban sertation graduate training is required of all regularly scheduled classes, a waiver must Studies and Planning to receive: Graduate Ph.D. students. Ph.D. students are also be submitted for approval by the school Record Examination scores (advanced required to take a minimum of 27 disserta- Curriculum Committee and by the school optional)—not required for applicants to tion credits. For students with a master’s director. the Master of Urban and Regional Plan- degree in a related discipline, a maximum Continuous Enrollment. All stu- ning; three recommendations from individ- of 24 advanced standing credits may be dents admitted to the M.U.R.P., M.U.S., uals familiar with the student’s academic or requested. All such requests must be and Ph.D. programs in urban studies must professional background on the forms pro- accompanied by a listing of previous grad- be continuously enrolled until graduation, vided; and a personal essay. uate work for which advanced standing is except for periods in which they are absent Ph.D. applicants are strongly urged to sought. by approved leave. Taking 3 credits per complete successfully an introductory The Master of Urban Studies program term during the regular academic year will sequence of statistics courses before enter- requires a minimum of 52 credits in gradu- constitute continuous enrollment. Failure ing the program. The doctoral applicant’s ate courses, of which at least 36 must be to register without an approved leave may personal essay should include a discussion taken at Portland State University. A maxi- result in termination of student admission. of the field area(s) in which the applicant mum of 17 credits of advanced standing Grade Requirement. A student intends to concentrate and ideas about credit may be requested. The Master of who receives more than 9 credits of grades research topics that are of interest. Urban and Regional Planning program of C+ or below in all coursework attempted For the M.U.R.P. program, students are requires a minimum of 72 credits in gradu- after admission to an urban studies gradu- admitted fall and winter terms. There are ate courses of which at least 48 must be ate degree program will be dropped from no spring term admissions. For the M.U.S. taken at Portland State University. A maxi- that program. A student attempting both a program, students are admitted fall, winter, mum of 24 credits of advanced standing master’s and a Ph.D. degree in urban stud- and spring terms. For the doctoral pro- credit may be requested. ies may receive no more than 9 credits of grams, students are admitted fall term only. An M.U.R.P. student may request C+ or below in both programs. The deadline for fall term applications is advanced standing for the 1-credit USP 559 February 1; winter term deadline is Sep- Planning Practice Workshop. If advanced RESEARCH tember 1; and spring term deadline is standing credit is approved, the student is FACILITIES November 1. Students interested only in considered to have fulfilled the internship the Graduate Certificate in Gerontology requirement. Such advanced standing The School of Urban Studies and Planning may request application forms from the credit will be included in the 24-credit benefits from the activities of four research Institute on Aging. maximum for all advanced standing; only units: the Center for Population Research professional work completed within seven and Census, the Center for Urban Studies, FINANCIAL AID years of the date the degree is granted can the Institute on Aging, and the Institute of be included. Portland Metropolitan Studies. These units Financial aid programs are administered Requirements with regard to both the provide numerous opportunities for student without regard to race, creed, national ori- pattern of coursework and total credits involvement in research projects through gin, handicap, marital status, or sex. The must be satisfied prior to either advance- graduate assistantships, research credit, school awards a significant number of ment to candidacy in the Ph.D. program or and informal participation in current stud- graduate assistantships to qualified stu- graduation in the M.U.S. and M.U.R.P. ies. dents. Assistantship awards are reviewed programs. A student is not obligated to annually and can be renewed for up to two enroll in a required course if that student COURSES additional years. More advanced students has already acquired knowledge of the sub- may compete for dissertation fellowships. ject matter through earlier graduate course- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Applications for graduate assistantships work. In such cases, the student may offered every year. and fellowships should be submitted to the request exemption from the course. Per- USP 199 Special Studies (Credit to be school by February 1. New students seek- mission is granted only after obtaining arranged.) ing financial support must complete their written verification from the instructor that USP 299 Special Studies (Credit to be application for admission by February 1, the student has met the requirements of the arranged.) 288 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

USP 301, 302, 303 USP 405/505 USP 428/528 Community Development Colloquium Reading and Conference (Credit to be Concepts of Community Development (3) (4, 4, 4) arranged.) An investigation of models and perspectives on Three-term sequence limited to majors in com- Consent of instructor. community development. Both structural and munity development that introduces them to the USP 407/507 dynamic concepts related to processes of com- field. USP 301: Theory and Philosophy of Com- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) munity-based change will be explored, including munity Development. 1) New approaches to the Urban Agriculture. Historic Preservation and methodological approaches for assessing com- philosophy of community; 2) theory and com- Rehabilitation. Neighborhood Planning. Urban munity settings, and the various roles and rela- parative practice, and 3) case study of local History. Other selected topics. tionships in a community-based decision theory and practice, presentation of an in-depth USP 408/508 environment. Includes required field observa- case study from the Pacific Northwest. USP 302: Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) tion. USP 312 recommended. Graduate students Methods of Community Development. Review Urban Investigation. Land Use. Field Tech- undertake a substantial independent project in of community organization, community and net- niques. Neighborhood Analysis. addition to other course requirements. work analysis, organizational development and USP 409/509 USP 430 management, strategic planning, management Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Urban Studies Research Methods (4) issues, and approaches to evaluation. USP 303: Consent of instructor. This course introduces students to social Community Development Field Seminar. Partic- research in urban studies. It deals with hypothe- ipant observation through placement in a com- USP 410 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) sis development, research design, and munity-based organization actively engaged in Consent of instructor. approaches to the measurement of urban phe- community development activities on behalf of a nomena. It also treats the application of quantita- specific community, and critical reflection on the USP 423/523 tive data analysis to typical problems in urban placement experience. The Development Process (3) Evaluates the new public/private partnerships studies and planning. Prerequisites: Mth 243 and USP 311 which are necessary for downtown redevelop- 244 or equivalent. Introduction to Urban Planning (4) ment, historic rehabilitation, integrated mixed- *USP 445/545 An interdisciplinary perspective on planning the- use urban centers, urban villages, and new com- Cities and Third World Development (4) ories, principles, and practice. Focuses on the munities. Analyzes the critical conceptual, feasi- Critical survey of historical, economic, cultural, planning process, particularly at the local level. bility, and deal-making phases of the political, and urban aspects of Third World Explores the political, economic, social, and development process, as well as the development development, starting with the colonial era. His- legal forces that influence the planning function and management stages. Examines the new affir- torical patterns of integration of the Third World and the roles of planners. Changing concepts in mative roles played by both public and private with the emerging world market system. Covers practice are also considered. Prerequisite: upper- developers, as well as unusual joint development problems of the post-independence period, division standing. entities. Considers innovative concepts of incre- focusing on urban sectoral issues and policy USP 312 mental growth, land and development banking, alternatives. Specific topics include trade, invest- Urban Housing and Development (4) shared parking, and alternative development pat- ment, industrialization, finance, technology Problems of housing, development, and redevel- terns. Prerequisites: USP 311 and 428. transfer, political participation, land use, hous- opment in an urban setting are analyzed from ing, transportation, information, infrastructure, economic, demographic, and planning perspec- USP 425 Community and the Built Environment (4) population growth, social services, militarism, tives. Introduction to the nature of the urban Application of psychological and social con- and cultural conflict. economy and residential location, with a focus cepts to understanding community and its rela- USP 450/550 on housing problems and their associated social, tionship to the built environment and urban Concepts of Citizen Participation (4) physical, and racial aspects. Role of federal and design. The use of space in interpersonal rela- Examination of principles, methods, and pro- community-based housing policies and pro- tions (personal space, territoriality, privacy); the grams for giving explicit attention to the per- grams. Prerequisite: USP 311. impact of crowding and density on social rela- spectives of citizens in the development and USP 313 tions. The functioning of social networks in the implementation of public policies and programs. Urban Planning: Environmental Issues (4) city: Sets citizen participation in its historical context Environmental issues and problems are evalu- types of communities, creating intentional with an assessment of its impact to date. Partici- ated in the context of planning alternatives. Par- communities. pation from the perspective of both the citizen ticular emphasis on the economic and social and the government will be covered as will the implications of environmental problems. The USP 426/526 Neighborhood Conservation and Change (4) variety of approaches for achieving participation planner’s concern for achieving balance between The dynamics of neighborhood development, goals and objectives. these factors is explored through an analysis of including economic and institutional factors in USP 454/554 various planning approaches, e.g., environmental neighborhood change; neighborhood definition The Urban School and “At Risk” Status (3) impact studies, land use controls, and resource and image, residential choice; residential segre- Draws upon theory, research, and practice for the analysis. USP 311 recommended. gation; neighborhoods in the political process; examination of the conditions of being “at-risk” USP 385 and neighborhood conservation strategies. Pre- in urban schools. Explores the family, commu- History of American Cities (4) requisite: junior standing. Graduate students nity, and school environments and their relation- Traces the evolution of urban centers from the undertake a substantial independent project in ships in the hindrance of development of colonial period to the present. Focuses on the addition to other course requirements. children and youth leading to their “at-risk” sta- developing system of cities, on growth within tus. This course is cross-listed as EPFA 456/556. USP 427/527 cities, and on the expansion of public responsi- May be taken only once for credit. bility for the welfare of urban residents. Particu- Downtown Revitalization (3) This course deals with the growth and revitaliza- USP 455/555 lar attention is given to the industrial and modern tion of downtowns and commercial districts. It Land Use: Legal Aspects (3) eras. Prerequisite: upper division standing. Also examines the evolution of downtown core areas, Land use and planning from the legal perspec- listed as Hst 337. May be taken only once for introduces the theoretical explanations for com- tive. Includes historical review of attitudes credit. mercial location, and looks at approaches for toward property tenure and ownership; the rela- USP 399 maintaining activities in older commercial areas. tionship between local planning and regulations; Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) The major emphasis is on the United States, with and current issues and perspectives on land use USP 401/501 some attention to the experience of other including emerging state and federal roles. Grad- Research (Credit to be arranged.) nations. Graduate students undertake a substan- uate students undertake a substantial indepen- Consent of instructor. tial independent project in addition to other dent project in addition to other requirements. USP 404/504 course requirements. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 289

USP 456/556 USP 516 including writing, presentations, interpersonal Urban Transportation: Problems and Policies Political Science: Applications in Urban dialogue, and group process. Prerequisite: (3) Studies (4) USP 531. An introduction to urban transportation policy A graduate-level introduction to the field of from a historical and political perspective. His- political science for urban studies students. USP 534 Data Analysis (4) torical developments in transportation policy are Major emphasis on the traditional concerns of Application of multivariate statistical analysis in traced from the early streetcar days up through value conflict and resolution, the rise and fall of an urban context. Emphasis on applications of the present. Federal, state, and local transporta- liberalism, political institutions, policy forma- various techniques within the general linear tion policies are examined for their impact on tion, and cities, states, and American govern- model. Prerequisite: USP 532. The laboratory urban spatial and economic development. An ment. The student investigates particular areas (USP 534L) must be taken concurrently. Prereq- overview of current issues in transportation within political science that are cognate with the uisite: USP 430. policy and planning includes transportation student’s disciplines. USP 535 demand management strategies, transit-oriented USP 524 design, road pricing, and alternative transporta- Metropolitan Data Analysis (3) Site Planning (3) Introduction to primary data acquisition and tion modes. The intersection of environmental An exploration of the subject with emphasis on and transportation policy is also examined, as is elementary statistical analysis for planners. Pre- practical applications. The class will consist of a requisite: undergraduate statistics introduction. the decision-making structure at the local, series of progressively difficult site planning regional, and state level. exercises supported by lectures and presenta- USP 536 Policy Evaluation Methods (3) USP 503 tions. Students will be exposed to the geological, aesthetic, environmental and legal aspects of site Focuses on the methodological issues that must Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) be addressed in attempting to evaluate programs USP 510 planning. Attention will be focused on environ- mentally sensitive lands, preservation of wildlife and policies. Course offers an introduction to a Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) variety of techniques useful in policy evaluation. USP 511 habitat and natural vegetation, compatibility with surrounding development, and both zoning Topics which may be covered include difference Urban Social Structure (3) equations, Markov models, and queuing models. In this seminar, we examine the city as a field of and subdivision codes. The exercises will explore methods of subdivision, planned unit, A section of the course considers the method- social interaction, as a built form, as a part of a ological issues that arise in cost-benefit analysis, system of cities, and as an epiphenomenon of and cluster developments. Prerequisites: USP 525 or 311 and 421. Graduate students undertake such as present value calculations, determining political and economic forces. Two themes recur the value of nonmarket benefits, and correctly throughout our examination. The first considers a substantial independent project in addition to other course requirements. evaluating costs. Prerequisite: USP 515 or the extent to which cities enhance or inhibit equivalent. human interaction and human need for commu- USP 525 nity. The second considers the extent to which Design Analysis in Planning (1) USP 538 Approaches to the analysis of design issues in Grantwriting (3) urban development and its consequences are the This course is intended to familiarize students result of inevitable economic forces or are the urban planning. The definition of urban space through mass, rhythm, and scale. Design and with the principles and procedures of funding result of the continual and purposeful adapta- acquisition for urban and public services, to tions by human agents. urban circulation. Planning tools for the implementation of design goals. develop expertise in evaluating grant proposals, USP 512 and to acquaint students with funding sources Urban Political Structure (3) USP 530 for public and nonprofit agencies and with the An introduction to the political aspects of urban Research Design (4) federal and local review processes. Students will areas. Provides an overview of the structure and Principles of research design, including philo- be required to study and critique existing propos- operation of local governments, how they are sophical bases of scientific research, approaches als, examine successful and unsuccessful pro- constrained by and interact with other levels of to research, problem identification, problem posals, and develop proposals in their areas of government and how the existence of many local statement, development of research questions, interest. governments in an urban area affects political development of research hypotheses, and the decision making. It will also consider political relationship of research hypotheses to modes of USP 540 data gathering and analysis. The laboratory History and Theory of Planning (3) questions that are of particular importance in The evolution of the urban planning field from urban areas; how different responses arise (530L) must be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: USP 430. its 19th century European origins through 20th between urban areas; and how these different century U.S. history provides the setting for crit- responses then influence the urban areas. USP 531 ical analyses of the internal dimensions and USP 514 Geographic Data Analysis and Display (2) external relations of the theory and practice of Urban Studies Theory (3) Introduction to using spreadsheet software, planning. Specific topics include: problems of Theories of urban development and urban life in graphic displays of data, and desktop mapping rationality in forecasting, analysis, decision historical and comparative context. Basic inter- packages, as a means to explore and analyze making and design; philosophical issues and disciplinary approaches to urban analysis. geographic information. political-organizational contexts of professional Examination of selected thematic issues that cut USP 532 activity; and the place of planning in the political across disciplinary boundaries and relate to spe- Data Collection (4) economy of U.S. metropolitan development. cific policy areas. Prerequisites: completion of The acquisition of data for research in an urban two of the following four courses, USP 511, 512, context. Emphasis is on the concepts, terminol- USP 541 History and Theory of Planning II (3) 513, and 569. ogy, and methods related to the use of survey Continuation of USP 540 focusing on theoretical USP 515 research and secondary data. Prerequisite: USP and practical issues involved in plan implemen- Economics: Applications in Urban Studies (4) 430 and/or an introductory undergraduate statis- tation. Topics include alternative institutional Prepares students for advanced urban studies tics sequence and USP 530. The laboratory (USP approaches to implementing plans, such as gov- seminars requiring a background in urban eco- 532L) must be taken concurrently. ernment production, regulation, the use of nomic analysis. Microeconomic analysis of indi- USP 533 market mechanisms, and various forms of copro- vidual and firm behavior is developed with Planning Analysis (3) duction; and professional roles associated with emphasis on applications to urban studies. Introduction to applied research in planning with implementation alternatives, such as investor, Topics which may be covered include: land use emphasis on problem definition, planning/policy developer, regulator, negotiator, mediator, and and land rents, urban structure, poverty, housing research design, collection and analysis of sec- facilitator. Prerequisite: USP 540. and slums, transportation, environmental quality, ondary data, and the use of qualitative observa- * and local government finance. tions.Other topics include land use surveying USP 542 Land Use Implementation (3) and the development of communication skills, An examination of alternative approaches to implementation of plans. Topics include: regulatory tools, e.g., zoning and subdivision ordi- 290 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

nances; review functions, e.g., design review and USP 559 administrative review; and programs, e.g., Planning Practice Workshop (1) growth management, capital improvements, Involves the completion of a 400-hour internship community development, housing assistance as part of the M.U.R.P. program. Content of the plans; and political-procedural issues, e.g., internship and expectations for it are negotiated permit streamlining, cost impacts. among the student, the academic adviser, and the field sponsor. Student must also participate in a USP 543 Geographic Applications to Planning (3) colloquium which will emphasize planning criti- Urban ecology/land use/cartography; metropoli- cism at the level of the job, the organization, and tan commercial structure/analog method of the issues with which the organization is con- market area analysis; graph analysis and gravity cerned. concepts within transportation analysis; urban USP 560/660 climate, geomorphology, and ecosystems/ Policy Process (3) McHarg method/floodplain zoning. Focuses on the politics of the policy process. It examines the role, influence and interaction of USP 544 Urban Transportation Planning (3) legislatures, executives, bureaucracies, courts, Principles of urban transportation planning. policy communities and citizens. Follows the Urban transportation problems and policy for- stages of policy development: problem defini- mation. Techniques used in transportation plan- tion, agenda setting, budgeting, authorization, ning. Prerequisite: USP 519. implementation and oversight. Case material is taken from federal, state, and local governments USP 547 with special consideration given to the intergov- Planning for Developing Countries (3) The nature of the urban and regional planning ernmental aspects of the policy process. process in developing countries. Tools, USP 561/661 approaches and/or improvisations utilized in Policy Analysis: Theoretical Foundations (3) regions where date and information are unreli- Theories and ideologies of modern age that able or insufficient. Relationship of planning guide and constrain policy formation, adminis- process to the economic and political realities of tration and evaluation. Of particular concern is developing nations. The impact of rapid social the understanding of the concepts of individual- change and social conflict on the urban and ism, collectivism and community developed by regional development process. Differences the philosophers and social and behavioral scien- between poor and rich countries in planning tists of this period. approaches and expectations. USP 562/662 USP 548 Policy Implementation (3) Administrative Law (3) Critical analysis of how policies are imple- Introduction to the legal and decision-making mented. Examination of different theoretical and implications of administrative rules, regulations practical approaches to studying policy imple- and forums at federal and local levels of govern- mentation. Emphasis on case studies of the ment. Emphasis on the functional and opera- implementation of current policy initiatives, tional consequences of administrative law on the including identification of policy goals, actors in planning functions and the emerging importance the policy process, intergovernmental relations of rule making and policy analysis in urban plan- and conflicts, revision processes, enforcement ning in the United States. issues, and the role of bureaucracy. Examination of how various stakeholders and actors in the USP 549 policy process can have an impact on the imple- Regional Planning Methods (3) Techniques and methodological approaches uti- mentation process. lized in the preparation of regional development USP 563/663 plans. Application of various methods of analy- Program Evaluation (3) sis with a focus on the regional planning process This course is designed as a graduate introduc- for urban regions. Techniques include the identi- tion to the field of evaluation research and pro- fication of regional development issues, nature gram evaluation. Topics covered include and direction of growth, regional goal formula- contemporary and emerging theoretical perspec- tion, establishment of development strategies, tives on evaluation research, experimental and and delineation of urban growth boundaries. quasi-experimental design, internal and external Attention is paid to the role of regional planning validity and reliability, measurement, analysis of in the economic development process and the change, ethical issues in evaluation, administra- techniques utilized in assessing the economic tion of program evaluation. impact of development strategies. USP 558 Planning Workshop (3, 6) Organized team approach to a current planning problem in the Portland metropolitan area. Focus on applied planning practice, field investigation, data analysis, written and oral communication. Work program includes strategies, methods, and skills needed to identify issues and draw together all participants in the search for solutions. Emphasis is on the blending of practical skills with knowledge gained from core-area courses. Two-term sequence, credit for first term dependent upon successful completion of second term. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 291

USP 564 USP 572/672 analysis, estimating the social profitability of Political and Administrative Issues in Aging Regional Economic Development (3) land development, cost-benefit analysis applied (3) This course focuses on methods of analyzing to freeway location, techniques for valuation of Coverage of organizational dynamics as related why regions differ economically, how they inter- nonpriced resources, measuring municipal reve- to the elderly including the provision and use of relate, and why and how they react to changes in nue and expenditure impacts, gravity models and services. Covers voting behavior and advocacy economic policies and conditions. Part of the transport demand estimation, economic base as well as administrative and legal issues that are course will be devoted to a study of models of analysis for employment and population impact particularly applicable to the elderly. regional structure and growth, such as economic assessment, estimating air and noise pollution *USP 566/666 base or input-output, and the strengths and associated with land development. Prerequisite: National Urban Policy (3) weaknesses of each in modeling the regional USP 515. Examination of the federal government’s economy. The remainder of the course will be USP 579 involvement with urban issues from a historical concerned with the development of models for Metropolitan Fiscal Structure (3) and political perspective. Focus on policies per- use in regional forecasting and/or evaluation of The course will focus on the following topics: taining to social welfare and economic develop- policy changes on regional development. Prereq- the tax burdens, fiscal resources and expenditure ment, with an overview of other policy arenas uisite: USP 515. patterns of local governments in metropolitan such as housing, health, and education. Critical USP 573/673 areas. The impact of revenue sharing and cate- analysis of how and why the federal government Housing Economics (3) gorical grants. The spatial distribution of local responds to urban crises with national policy ini- Looks at the economics of real estate and hous- government services, transfer payments, and tax tiatives and how changes in political regime cor- ing, including land rent, interest rates, apartment burdens. Review of literature on the urban-sub- respond with changes in policy emphases and rents, and housing prices, using an economic urban exploitation thesis, the Tiebout-Oates perspectives. framework. Basic concepts in urban economics model, etc. Prerequisite: USP 515. such as land rents, externalities, and public USP 567/667 USP 581/681 Urban Housing Policies (3) goods are reviewed. Explores the technique most Environmental Psychology (3) Review of the history and the role of public commonly used in real estate and housing eco- Examination of the relationship between people policy in the housing sector. Study of past and nomics: hedonic pricing. Explores the rationale and their physical environments. Specific topics current trends in the delivery of housing services and impact of government intervention in the include human spatial behavior (personal space in urban areas. The basic philosophies related to private real estate market. and territoriality), the contribution of the behav- the supply of housing are analyzed and exam- *USP 574/674 ioral sciences to architectural and urban design, ined relative to current trends in the delivery of Spatial Analysis (3) community and neighboring in the city, housing services in urban areas. Critical review The use of geographically coded data to identify and environmental cognition. USP 518 of the role of the federal government and the and anticipate future patterns of human activity recommended. construction industry. Equal attention to the role in metropolitan areas and systems of cities. of public housing and the impact of urban USP 582/682 Emphasizes techniques to establish whether the Poverty, Welfare, and Income Distribution (3) renewal. Active participation in discussion and a characteristic landscapes associated with static Looks at the problem of poverty in the United research paper are required. and dynamic models of behavior are present. States and the various programs designed to alle- *USP 568/668 Diffusion processes, expanded location theories, viate or reduce the level of poverty. Looks at the National Long-term Care Policy (3) and models of decision making from spatially measurement of the poverty level, the competing This course examines the need for long-term arrayed cues receive particular attention. Prereq- theories of poverty, and the related problems of care services and the risk factors associated with uisite: USP 532. racial discrimination. Looks at the rationale utilization of them as well as familiarizing stu- USP 575 behind our anti-poverty programs and assesses dents with the financing and delivery mecha- Urban Service and Facility Planning (3) how well those programs are meeting their nisms in long-term care, both public and private. Examination of process of converting land to intended goals. The policy issues in current long-term care initi- urban use, with particular emphasis on fiscal atives are explored. USP 583/683 impacts and the planning and financing of urban Urban Stress (3) USP 569 services and facilities. Examines economic, The city as a source of stress; physiological and History of Urban Development (3) engineering, and design issues associated with psychological response to stress; processes of This course aims toward a better understanding the provision of urban infrastructure. Prerequi- adaptation. Among the sources of stress consid- of the nature of cities, their functions, and their site: USP 515. ered will be density, noise, spatial mobility. evolution. It reviews the history of city develop- USP 576/676 Impact of stressors on mental and physical ment and analyzes the rise of the metropolis and Activity Location (3) health; techniques of assessing stress; social changes in social, economic, and political sys- The location of human activities in urban sys- means of reducing stress. USP 528 tems. Emphasis is placed on the origin of con- tems. Location of economic activities where recommended. temporary urban phenomena, problems, and profit maximization is desired, and location deci- policies in the developed and developing worlds. USP 586/686 sions with equity maxima. Prerequisite: Urban Social Networks (3) USP 570/670 USP 519. Analysis of the social psychological and anthro- Transportation and Land Use (3) USP 577/677 pological literature on social networks: the struc- An analysis of transportation and land use inter- Urban Environmental Management (3) ture and content of interpersonal networks actions in urban areas. The impact of highway An accelerated survey of principles, concepts, (including kinship, friendship, instrumental) in and transit changes on travel behavior and loca- and techniques employed in the management of an urban setting. Specific topics will include: the tional decisions are examined. Prerequisites: urban environmental problems, with particular nature of interpersonal ties in the city, urban USP 515 and 544. emphasis to “best practice” and emerging ideas. migration and networks, access to urban USP 571/671 Selected topics may include: watershed steward- resources, methods of analyzing personal and Environmental Policy (3) ship, brownfield development, green spaces, pro- group networks. Prerequisite: USP 517 or 518. Surveys federal, state, and international environ- tection or urban wildlife, stormwater USP 587/687 mental policy-making with an emphasis on pro- management, urban agriculture, residential tox- Perspectives on Aging (3) cess design. Political and technical objectives for ics. An introduction to the field of gerontology is policy, the roles and responsibilities of institu- USP 578/678 presented from the perspectives offered by mul- tions, federal-state tensions, representation and Impact Assessment (3) tiple disciplines, including sociology, psychol- analysis of stakeholding interests, the role of the Empirical techniques employed in measuring the ogy, biology, economics, political science, and media, and environmental justice are key ele- impacts associated with land use change. Topics: demography. Stereotypes of aging and theoreti- ments. Topical areas include issues concerning goals achievement matrix approaches to impact cal frameworks for understanding aging are resource management as well as pollution assessment, trade-offs between community and examined, as are normal age-related changes, the prevention. regional welfare, distance and time in urban 292 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

impact of social, political, and economic condi- USP 595 USP 636 tions on the process of aging, and the myriad Reshaping the Metropolis (3) Economic and Political Decision Making (3) consequences of a growing population of elders. Examination of the contrast between classic This course is designed to show the student the models of metropolitan settlement and new pat- difference between economic decisions made USP 588/688 U.S Health Care System: Historical, terns emerging in the late twentieth century. through a market process reflecting individual Comparative, and Political Perspectives (3) Land use changes in the context of new patterns preferences, and the collective or political deci- Survey of the historical development of the of economic activity; ideas about the physical sions which attempt to allocate resources for the health care system in the United States, focusing form of the good city and the societal implica- production of goods not provided in the market- on relationships between professionals, health tions of development patterns; issues of residen- place. The technical, philosophical, and social care institutions, and government. The changing tial choice, community change, globalization, problems raised by the attempt to provide a structure of the U.S. system will be compared and environmental protection as affected by met- rational framework for making policy decisions with developments in other countries, and the ropolitan growth. in this nonmarket public goods area constitute politics of current policy proposals will be *USP 596/696 the main emphasis of the course. Illustrative analyzed. Theory of Urban Form (3) applications to public goods high on the agenda for political decision are used to develop the the- USP 589/689 Seminar which addresses itself to two basic Economics of Aging (3) questions: what forces determine urban form oretical concepts and exemplify the empirical Objectives are (1) understand the roots of and, how do these forces interact. Urban form in problems inherent in the process. Prerequisite: income inequality between the aged and non- this seminar is interpreted as more than just USP 515. aged; (2) review the economic and policy factors physical form-it includes political, social, eco- USP 664 that influence the decision to retire; (3) under- nomic, cultural, etc., individually and combined. Organizational Theory and Behavior (3) stand the political economy of old age income Participants prepare and present a major research The first part of this seminar is dedicated to a support in the U.S. and abroad; (4) explore the paper on subjects of theoretical relevance to review of the major theories of how we should history, operation, and policy questions of our urban form. organize ourselves to work together. The goal is major public pension system, social security; USP 601 to gain an understanding of organizational and (5) discuss private pensions in relationship Research (Credit to be arranged.) thought; what we used to think and why and to U.S. income maintenance policy. USP 603 what we now think and why. The second part is Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) focused on the theory and practice of organiza- USP 591 tional development, the most contemporary and Geographic Information Systems I: USP 605 Introduction (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be perhaps most promising movements in this field. The use of computers in Geographic Information arranged.) Prerequisite: admission to the doctoral programs in the School of Urban and Public Affairs. Systems (GIS) and mapping. Includes theory of USP 607 databases related to geographic information Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) USP 691 management and practical aspects of database USP 610 Current Research in Regional Science (3) design. Students will use a variety of programs Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Focused reading and advanced student research for mapping and spatial analysis of geographic on emerging topics and issues in the field of USP 615 regional science. Prerequisite: Consent of information. Each student completes a series of Economic Analysis of Public Policy (4) exercises demonstrating a variety of approaches Introduction to the use of microeconomic analy- instructor. to the analysis and display of spatial data. Pre- sis in the evaluation of public policy. Intended USP 692 requisite: Geog 270 or equivalent experience in for entering graduate students with a limited Current Research in Policy Analysis (3) cartography. Students enrolling in this class must background in economics. Develops basic ana- Focused reading and advanced student research register for a computer lab section. Also listed as lytic methods and emphasizes application of the on emerging topics and issues in the field of Geog 488/588, may only be taken once for analysis to issues of public policy. Prepares stu- policy analysis. Prerequisite: Consent of credit. dents for advanced classes that use this type of instructor. USP 592 analysis. USP 693 Geographic Information Systems II: USP 631 Current Research in Urban and Regional Applications (4) Research Utilization and Implementation (3) Structure (3) Analysis and applications of geographic infor- Evaluates the consumption and utilization of Focused reading and advanced student research mation systems concepts and technology to land research by alternative audiences. An under- on emerging topics and issues in the field of planning and management issues. The multipur- standing of the concept of expertise and the ana- urban and regional structure. Prerequisite: Con- pose land information systems concept is used as lytical and political role of the analyst and sent of instructor. an organizing device for spatial registration of analysis. The significance of the dissemination data layers to achieve data sharing and compati- and evaluation of research processes and prod- bility among functions. User needs assessment ucts. Prerequisite: admission to the Ph.D. pro- and systems design provides the basis for sys- gram in Public Administration and Policy or tems procurement, implementation, and use. consent of instructor. Prerequisites: Geog 488/588 or USP 591, and USP 519 or 543. Students enrolling in this class USP 635 must register for a computer lab section. Also Regional Science Theory (3) listed as Geog 492/592, may only be taken once This course covers theoretical subjects in the for credit. field of regional science associated with loca- tional and regional development analysis, and analysis pertaining to regional development planning.Prerequisite: USP 634. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 293

RESEARCH INSTITUTES

CENTER FOR POPULATION CENTER FOR public. In conjunction with the graduate programs in urban studies and planning, RESEARCH AND CENSUS PUBLIC HEALTH STUDIES the center provides students with numerous opportunities for research 101 Harder House 212 Peter W. Stott Center experience through graduate assistantships, (503) 725-3922 (503) 725-4401 research credit, and informal project partic- The Center for Population Research and Portland State University is the home of the ipation. Census provides a setting for demographic Center for Public Health Studies. Although The center also houses the Community research within the College of Urban and no degree program is offered, students may Environmental Services (CES) Program. Public Affairs. The Population Center pro- elect to take a concentration of courses in CES provides assistance to local communi- vides a research and teaching focus for the public health. ties, governmental agencies, and private investigation of the causes and conse- Course offerings are interdisciplinary organizations on a contractual basis. The quences of demographic change in current and are designed to provide fundamental mission of CES is to provide students with society. preparation for entry-level positions in the opportunity to develop leadership, prac- As the lead agency of the Oregon State public health-related areas, particularly tical job skills, and civic responsibility, Data Center Program, the Population those involving environmental quality con- through education, service, and research Center has access to the various files pro- cerns. Courses introduce multidisciplinary which address environmental issues and duced by the U.S. Bureau of the Census. aspects of public health and emphasize the resource sustainability. This information includes current and past scientific basis for prevention and control census data for the State of Oregon, infor- of infectious and noninfectious diseases. CRIMINAL JUSTICE mation from the monthly Current Popula- Students generally pursue degrees in POLICY RESEARCH tion Surveys, and the results from such related disciplines such as health educa- INSTITUTE other Census Bureau surveys as the Ameri- tion, biology, chemistry, political science, can Housing Survey, American Community sociology, and preprofessional programs in 313 College of Urban and Public Survey, and the Survey on Income and Pro- allied health. In addition, the Center for Affairs gram Participation. These data are housed Public Health Studies maintains ongoing (503) 725-4014 in the Population Center’s library and are multidisciplinary research activities consis- available to faculty, students, and the tent with its aim and other departmental The institute has recently been approved as public. In addition to providing outreach to interests. an operating unit by the University and the Oregon’s counties and communities, Oregon University System. The institute is the Population Center faculty teach courses CENTER FOR a multi-disciplinary research unit serving in applied demography. URBAN STUDIES the entire PSU community, but affiliated One of the important responsibilities of with the Administration of Justice Division the Population Center is to produce the 322 College of Urban and Public of the School of Government. It is designed official population estimates for Oregon’s Affairs to provide policy makers throughout the counties and incorporated cities. The Popu- (503) 725-4020 state with a forum in which issues of policy lation Center also provides population pro- and practice may be explored, using objec- jections for Oregon’s cities and counties. The Center for Urban Studies, established tive performance-based criteria. It is also Typical research activities found within the in 1966, is a multidisciplinary research unit designed to bring together the varied Population Center include enrollment fore- in the College of Urban and Public Affairs. resources of Portland State University and casts for school districts, market analysis The center’s primary research emphases coordinate those resources with other insti- for housing projects, survey research on include: urban services, determinants of tutions of higher education to address population issues, social and economic fac- property value, transportation, regional issues emanating from the justice commu- tors affecting demographic change, popula- economic analysis, geographic information nity. The institute has an external advisory tion distribution and population migration, systems, and regional decision making. In board, representing a broad cross-section population geography, and demographic addition to its research function, the center of justice agencies, which serves to focus methods. Population Center staff regularly serves as a resource for community service attention on issues of concern to the com- assist city, county, and state governments to units of local government. munity, state, and region. on examination of population issues. Publications of the center include Projects currently underway, or recently CPRC’s current staff includes personnel reports on fiscal analyses of municipal ser- completed by faculty associated with the trained in demography, sociology, geogra- vices provision, transportation investment institute include: phy, statistics, and data processing. This analysis, analyses of urban services, eco- ■ Evaluation of the Oregon “Boot Camp” variety of expertise enables the Population nomic and urban development, transporta- programs. Center to provide an eclectic and multidis- tion and land use interactions, transit ■ System modeling of the Multnomah ciplinary approach to population research. finance, special needs transit programs, County justice system to advise on jail traffic monitoring, travel behavior, transit capacity. and parking, recycling, and various aspects ■ Evaluation of the Portland Police of geographic information systems. Bureau’s Domestic Violence Reduction The center has sponsored conferences Unit. on important urban topics for the interested 294 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

■ Development of an evaluation and development courses relating to adult The institute sponsors research projects assessment system for the Governor’s development and aging, which can lead to designed to address current and emerging Juvenile Crime Prevention Program. the Graduate Certificate in Gerontology. issues of regional significance. The insti- ■ Evaluation of training materials for (See Graduate Programs, Urban tute’s governing board identifies research domestic violence prevention activities. Studies and Planning.) issues that have substantial benefit to the ■ Assessment of the impacts of prison sit- The Institute also provides special ser- area. Projects include forums and seminars, ing in multiple communities within vices to the community through the Senior a web page, publications that showcase the Oregon. Adult Learning Center, which sponsors region, and a clearinghouse for reports and programs that serve persons of retirement studies. INSTITUTE age. While administratively located within ON AGING Further information about the Institute, Portland State’s College of Urban and including criteria for admission to the Public Affairs, the institute is a resource for 122 College of Urban and Public Graduate Gerontology Certificate Program, all departments and for all higher education Affairs is available through the Institute on Aging institutions in the state. (503) 725-3952 main office, 122 Urban and Public Affairs, or you may visit our Website at TRANSPORTATION As a multidisciplinary center of gerontol- www.upa.pdx.edu/ioa. STUDIES CENTER ogy, the Institute on Aging is a research and training center concerned with adult devel- INSTITUTE OF PORTLAND 322 College of Urban and Public opment and aging. Major work focuses on METROPOLITAN STUDIES Affairs the problems, policies, and program alter- (503) 725-4020 natives which affect the lives of older 208 Harder House adults. The program draws students and (503) 725-5170 The Transportation Studies Center is a faculty from health and physical education, research unit that is organized within the psychology, public administration, social The Institute of Portland Metropolitan Center for Urban Studies. It is supported by work, sociology, speech and hearing sci- Studies is an independent and neutral orga- grants and contracts from the U.S. Depart- ences, and urban studies. nization through which community issues ment of Transportation, the Oregon Depart- Research activities of the institute are can be addressed by higher education. As a ment of Transportation, and Tri-Met and designed to provide faculty and students part of the College of Urban and Public emphasizes (1) transportation planning, (2) with appropriate learning experiences Affairs at Portland State University, and in technology transfer, (3) research on trans- while simultaneously investigating critical conjunction with Oregon Health Sciences portation and land use interactions, and (4) issues concerning the elderly. Past research University, the institute is able to bring the financing of transportation systems. projects, technical assistance activities, resources of the academic community to The center, in addition to its primary short-term training, and field course bear on present and future problems in the functions in the areas of generation and arrangements have been conducted in six-county metropolitan area. dissemination of information, encourages cooperation with a wide variety of commu- The institute is committed to providing and coordinates research activities of Uni- nity agencies, both public and private, service to the community while also serv- versity faculty. The center serves to foster including state and local area agencies on ing as a catalyst, bringing together people an interdisciplinary approach to transporta- aging, mental health clinics, hospitals, and information to address the most critical tion issues by staffing the activities of the long-term care facilities, banking institu- issues in our region. The institute offers a Transportation Research Group. This group tions, offices of city and county commis- “neutral table,” where issues and ideas can is made up of faculty and students, from sioners, legislative committees, and other be discussed in an atmosphere promising all parts of campus, with transportation universities. Funding for this work has no repercussions. The institute acts as a interests. been awarded by national, state, and local facilitator in discussions, providing objec- governmental agencies as well as national tive data for decision making but having no and local private foundations. stake in the decision. The Institute offers, through appropriate departments, a number of survey courses, research seminars, and policy and program

SCHOOL OF EXTENDED STUDIES

SHERWIN L. DAVIDSON, DEAN CHERYL LIVNEH, ASSOCIATE DEAN GLEN SEDIVY, ASSISTANT DEAN EXTENDED STUDIES BUILDING, 1633 S.W. PARK, (503) 725-4721 www.extended.pdx.edu

The School of Extended Studies is a major Studies with business minor undergraduate provider of continuing adult education in degree. In 1996 it partnered with the Grad- Oregon. Working together with campus uate School of Social Work to launch the and community partners, Extended Studies Statewide M.S.W. distance learning pro- provides a vital link that responds to new gram, the first of its kind in the United opportunities with innovative programs for States. meeting the growing continuing education needs of the region. Recognized nationally INFORMATION for its commitment to excellence, Extended Call (503) 72-LEARN Studies has received numerous awards for E-mail: [email protected] its programming, including: U.S. Depart- http://extended.pdx.edu ment of Housing and Urban Development Mail: PO Box 1491, Portland, OR 97207 Community First Award; National Univer- Registration, (503) 725-4832 sity Continuing Education Association Accounts Payable/Receivable, (NUCEA) Outstanding Credit Program (503) 725-4819 Award; NUCEA Exemplary and Innovative Program Award; Region X Head Start PROGRAMS Award. Each year, in cooperation with other academic units, Extended Studies COMMUNITY PROGRAMS offers over 1,600 courses, seminars, and (503) 725-4864 workshops, totaling more than 60,000 Develops and delivers continuing educa- registrations. tion and training programs such as the Extended Studies delivers both credit Northwest Community Development and noncredit programs spanning many Academy and the Collaborative Commu- fields of study. Subjects range from conflict nity Health Leadership Program to pro- management and multimedia professional mote community development throughout to teacher education and the arts. Offerings the region. In partnership with the College include degree-oriented courses as well as of Urban and Public Affairs, programs are customized professional development developed for both the public sector and offerings (programs/instructional pack- nonprofit community. ages/workshops/training/educational CONTINUING EDUCATION/ opportunities) designed to meet the specific GRADUATE SCHOOL OF needs of the community. Courses are EDUCATION (CE/ED) offered in the evenings, on weekends, and (503) 725-4670 in daytime short-course formats to accom- Provides credit and noncredit professional modate the schedules of working adults. development for PreK-12 educators, In addition to year-round professional administrators, and support staff; post sec- development opportunities, Extended Stud- ondary educators and administrators; the ies coordinates a comprehensive Summer broad spectrum of human service profes- Session. Courses are taught by Portland sionals (e.g., counselors, social workers, State University faculty and visiting faculty psychologists); and training professionals. and are offered in formats ranging from Courses and workshops are offered on two-day workshops to eight-week courses. campus, at a variety of sites throughout the In partnership with the School of Busi- state, and by contract on-site in school dis- ness Administration, Extended Studies tricts and human service agencies. Offer- offers the Statewide M.B.A. distance learn- ings include: off-site master’s degrees, ing program and the off-campus Liberal administrative licensure programs, the

296 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

added elementary endorsement, the ESL/ PROFESSIONAL Bilingual endorsement, the special educa- DEVELOPMENT CENTER, 725- tion continuing endorsement, and a number 4820 of certificate of completion programs (e.g., Quality programs developed to meet the SUMMER SESSION Training and Development, Child and Ado- needs of the business community. Courses (503) 725-3276 lescent Treatment, Early Intervention/Early and seminars are taught from a practical Childhood Special Education, Instructional perspective and scheduled during times Approximately 1,200 courses are offered Technology, and Standards-Based Educa- convenient for most working adults. Offer- June-August for academic credit through tion). ings include award-winning certificate of the more than 40 departments that com- completion programs, focused seminars, prise PSU. Formal admission is not CONTINUING EDUCATION specialized refresher courses, and custom- required for Summer Session and all stu- PRESS 725-4891 ized on-site training programs. Topics dents are charged in-state tuition, except Publisher of a series of Italic Handwriting include: human resource management, non-residents taking 9 credit hours or books and materials for adults and chil- multimedia professional, project manage- more. dren, as well as other varied titles includ- ment, executive assistant, engineering and Summer Session offers the greatest posing: Getting Funded: A Complete Guide to technical communications, environmental, sible flexibility in scheduling, with classes Proposal Writing by Mary S. Hall; The Art international/ESL, Tax Institute, and work- starting throughout the summer in formats of Legal Interpretation by Constance E. place conflict resolution. Catalog available. that include two-day workshops through Crooker; Helping Children Heal From one-, two-, four-, and 11-week courses. Loss: A Keepsake of Special Memories by PSU’S BEAVERTON SITE, Sequential courses are offered to enable Laurie Van-Si and Lynn Powers; and Work- CAPITAL CENTER, 725-4849 students to complete a full year of courses ing on the Bomb by Stephen L. Sanger. Brings PSU offerings to Washington (languages, science) in one term. Brochures and detailed information on County. Serves as a training and education In addition to on-campus courses, there publications available upon request. center for PSU undergraduate and graduate are several programs offered off campus degrees, certificate of completion pro- and abroad. Students may choose from a DEGREE COMPLETION grams, and on-site customized training. variety of special events, including con- Designed specifically for working adults certs, recitals, and lectures. Summer ses- wanting to complete their bachelor’s PSU’S CLACKAMAS SITE, sion highlights include: degree evenings and weekends. Available METRO CENTER IN ■ Bel Canto Vocal Training Institute at four sites: Beaverton and Clackamas CLACKAMAS COUNTY, 725- 4849 ■ Chamber Music for Strings (725-4849), Salem (399-5262), and Down- PSU’s newest off-campus site. Students ■ Chamber Winds town main campus (725-3822). can now take courses in Clackamas ■ Deutsche Sommershule am Pazifik DISTANCE LEARNING, 725- County. Degree completion program ■ Haystack Program in the Arts and 4863 begins Fall 1999. Catalog available. Sciences Instructors combine a variety of technolo- ■ International Visiting Professors gies (telephone, video, computer, e-mail, PSU SALEM CENTER, 399-5262 ■ Kodaly Certificate of Completion and Internet) for course delivery. Extended Extends PSU offerings to the Salem com- Program Studies works with PSU academic units to munity and explores ways that the institu- ■ PIP Fest (Portland International deliver master’s degrees in education, busi- tions in the Oregon University System can Performance Festival) ness administration, social work, and cooperatively serve the Salem area. Serves ■ Self-Enhancement, Inc. Music Camp public administration. as a training and education center for PSU degree completion, certificate of comple- The Summer Session office is located in EARLY CHILDHOOD tion programs, and training in child wel- the School of Extended Studies building, TRAINING CENTER (ECTC), fare, as part of the Child Welfare 1633 S.W. Park Avenue, Portland, Oregon. 725-4815 Partnership. Open weekdays 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Provides credit and noncredit courses, con- throughout the year. A PSU Summer Ses- ferences, workshops, on-site consultation, PSU STATEWIDE M.B.A., sion catalog is issued in early April. To and technical assistance to individuals and M.S.W., M.P.A, 725-4822 request a copy, call (503) 72-LEARN, or programs serving children age 0-5 and Delivers PSU’s M.B.A, M.S.W., and write to: PSU Summer Session P.O. Box their families. ECTC administers the M.P.A. programs to admitted students in 1491 Portland, Oregon 97207 Region X Head Start Quality Center and remote locations throughout the state. Quality Center for Disabilities Services. The center also publishes The Oregon Assessment Tool for Young Children. INDEPENDENT STUDY, 725- 4865 University and high school credit courses offered by correspondence, with e-mail/ online support. These self-paced courses are open to anyone at any time. Catalog available.

INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS

OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS

KIMBERLEY A. BROWN INSTITUTE FOR THE VICE PROVOST STUDY OF U S LATIN 201 SIXTH AVENUE BUILDING . .- (503) 725-3455 AMERICAN RELATIONS www.oaa.pdx.edu/International/ Director: Friedrich Schuler 116 Sixth Avenue Building, (503) 725-8195 The Office of International Affairs houses The Institute for the Study of U.S.-Latin International Education Services (Interna- American Relations provides an opportu- tional Student and Faculty Services and nity to explore and study Latin American Study Abroad), the Global Graduates pro- countries, cultures, economies, and societ- gram, the Institute for Asian Studies, the ies. This includes foreign relations between Institute for the Study of U.S.-Latin Ameri- Latin America and Asia, Africa, Europe, can Relations, and the Middle East Studies and North America. The institute empow- Center, and is the administrative office for ers the student to examine the social, politi- the International Studies Bachelor of Arts cal, economic and cultural complexity of Program of the College of Liberal Arts and Latin American countries from a student Sciences. Information on International perspective. The institute has links with the Studies can be found on page 128. social service community in the greater Portland Metropolitan area and their con- INSTITUTE FOR nections with Latin America, as well as the ASIAN STUDIES Latin American Trade Council of Oregon. Through the institute’s library, students can Director: Linda Walton enhance their work toward a degree in 123 Sixth Avenue Building, (503) 725-8571 associated disciplines. Students can also The Institute for Asian Studies coordinates gain skills for employment in business, Asia-related university and community government, national and international programs to promote the development of non-governmental agencies, social work, Asian and Asian-American studies at Port- and academia. land State University and in the metropolitan area. The institute, in conjunction with MIDDLE EAST Friends of Asian Studies, links student and STUDIES CENTER community interests by underwriting student scholarships, international confer- Director: Jon E. Mandaville ences, library acquisitions, faculty 122 Sixth Avenue Building, (503) 725-5467 development, teacher workshops, and The Middle East Studies Center (MESC) is public programs such as the annual Trena the first federally supported undergraduate Gillette Memorial Lecture which brings to program in the United States for Arabic campus experts on various Asian topics. language and area studies. Dating from The institute also coordinates various 1961, the Center’s mandate today is to sup- events, including guest speakers and visit- port the academic study of the Middle East ing scholars from East Asia (China, Japan, at PSU and to provide Oregon’s commu- Korea). nity with information on the peoples, cultures, languages, and religions of the region in an open and objective atmosphere. MESC is one of PSU’s oldest and flourish- ing institutional bridges between the campus—its resources and expertise—and

298 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

the community. MESC also serves as a Branford Price Millar Library’s largest regional information center providing sup- specialized collection is the substantial port to business, media, and educational Middle East vernacular holdings, a nation- systems throughout the Northwest. ally recognized resource owing its existence to the federal Foreign Language and GLOBAL GRADUATES Options in Middle Eastern Studies: INTERNSHIP PROGRAM ■ Bachelor of Arts Degree in Interna- Area Studies Acquisition Program, aug- tional Studies with a concentration in mented through private donations over the years. The collection includes a number of Coordinators: Arlene Brockel and Ron Witczak the 123 Sixth Avenue Building, (503) 725-5895 Middle East. rare books and is available to the public The Global Graduates Internship Program ■ Middle East Studies Certificate comple- through local and Internet online access. is administered by the Oregon University ments a Bachelor of Science or Arts A number of scholarship and fellowship System and is another way PSU students degree in any other PSU degree opportunities are available to students in can augment their program of study. Partic- program. support of Middle East language and area studies. These include the Elizabeth Ducey ipation in Global Graduates will enable MESC participates in a number of con- Scholarship Fund, the Patricia and Gary students from all fields of study to acquire sortia programs with universities and orga- Leiser Scholarship in Middle Eastern Lan- international experience for credit as part nizations world-wide that maximize guages, and the recently established Noury of their degree program. resources and expand student opportuni- Al-Khaledy Scholarship in Arabic Studies The benefits gained from an interna- ties. Such activities, dating from 1991, (see page 27 for details). tional internship are numerous: personal include: a consortium with the University growth and better understanding of world of Washington’s Center for Middle Eastern COMMUNITY OUTREACH affairs; competitive advantage in the job Studies as a national resource center with PSU’s mission as an urban university market; proficiency of foreign language funding from the Department of Educa- includes a strong commitment to commu- and an understanding of foreign cultures; tion’s Title VI program; participation in the nity outreach with service at its core. knowledge of professional practices in Western Consortium for Middle East Stud- MESC’s outreach program supports the another country; maturity and confidence; ies which sponsors an annual intensive following activities: and professional contacts for your future summer language and area studies program ■ Teacher workshops career. (hosted by PSU in 1990 and 1996); mem- ■ Free, public lending library of over 500 Global Graduates offers internships bership in national and international aca- educational resources housed in “Build- throughout the world in private-sector demic and professional organizations ing Bridges,” a community resource companies, government agencies, and non- including the Middle East Studies Associa- center for international, peace, and mul- profit organizations. The latest information tion, Middle East Outreach Council, ticultural education, 121 Sixth on available internships and application National Council on U.S.-Arab Relations, Avenue Building information can be found on the Global American Institute for Yemeni Studies, ■ Guest lectures and presentations by Graduates Website: www.orst.edu/dept/ American Research Institute in Turkey, and PSU faculty, students, and friends int_ed/global_grads. Scholarship funding others. In 1994 MESC entered into a part- ■ Public school curriculum development is available. nership with Osh State University (Kyr- ■ Northwest Model League of Arab gyzstan) which promotes student and States (hosted by PSU in 1994 and NTERNATIONAL faculty exchanges and cooperation in vari- 1995) I ous disciplines. ■ Sponsorship of public lectures, confer- EDUCATION SERVICES ences, speakers’ bureau, cultural and Director: Dawn L. White arts events including plays, concerts, 101 Sixth Avenue Building dance performances, films, and The Office of International Education Ser- museum exhibits vices provides a variety of academic and ■ Cooperating with local organizations, support services to international students including: American-Arab Anti-Dis- and faculty and to students studying abroad crimination Committee, Institute for through PSU-sponsored programs. Judaic Studies, Oregon Interreligious Committee for Peace in the Middle East, Muslim Educational Trust, Iranian Women’s Association, Turkish-Ameri- can Student Cultural Association, and the refugee resettlement network ■ Cooperating with other educational service organizations such as World Affairs Council of Oregon, Oregon International Council, and public and private schools.

O FFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 299

IES/STUDENT AND FACULTY University System (OUS), universities AUSTRALIA: Wollongong SERVICES offering programs abroad jointly, such as Council on International Educational Exchange 120 Sixth Avenue Building, (503) 725-4094 the Northwest Council on Study Abroad (CIEE) Program The International Education Services staff (NCSA†), and educational associations Environmental sciences and health sci- who work with admitted international stu- such as the Council on International Edu- ences are the focus of this program held at dents, visiting scholars, and international cational Exchange (CIEE). the University of Wollongong, located faculty are a central source of information The office also seeks to facilitate teach- south of Sydney on the southeast coast of on the services available to these groups. ing and other opportunities abroad for fac- Australia. The program is offered fall or The office works closely with sponsoring ulty and to develop bilateral exchanges spring semester or for an academic year. agencies, diplomatic missions, the Immi- with universities abroad which will provide Students are housed in university dormito- gration and Naturalization Service, and exchange opportunities for both faculty and ries or off campus. other government agencies to resolve aca- students. AUSTRIA: Vienna demic, financial, and immigration issues. The University supports a long-standing Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) Services offered to international stu- tradition that study of other cultures and Program dents and scholars include: places is an essential component of modern The beautiful city of Vienna is home to this ■ An intensive orientation program for all education. fall term and spring semester program. In incoming international students and fac- The office houses the Study Abroad both programs, German language study is ulty; Library, which catalogs thousands of an integral component, but the other ■ Opportunities to live in American opportunities for overseas study. People courses, taught in English, vary. The homes and visit with American families seeking information on academic programs emphasis fall term is on international busi- through a host family network; offered by educational institutions in this ness and European studies, while the spring ■ An English conversation program country and abroad are welcome to read program is more centered on the humani- which promotes both conversation and the materials available in the office. Quali- ties. Students live with host families and cross-cultural understanding between fied students planning to travel or study enjoy academic excursions in and outside international and American students; abroad may also purchase the International Vienna. ■ Participation in the International Cul- Student Identity Card—good for discounts, BELGIUM: Brussels tural Service Program (ICSP) which identification, and insurance—in the Office Council on International Educational Exchange sponsors cultural presentations by inter- of International Education Services. (CIEE) Program nationals throughout the greater Port- Advisers in the Office of International Held at the Universite Libre de Bruxelles, land metro area. Students at PSU are Education Services provide guidance and this program features study of French and invited to apply for this program, and assistance for students who seek to enrich Dutch languages as well as social sciences, those selected receive a partial tuition their university education through study humanities, and international relations. credit; abroad. The University’s study abroad Students can apply for spring semester or ■ Sponsorship of a wide variety of educa- opportunities are highlighted in the follow- full academic year. Housing is in student tional and social events for international ing sections. Because these programs offer residences or private homes. students with University and commu- residence credit and home campus registra- BRAZIL: São Paulo nity groups; tion, participating students who are eligible Council on International Educational Exchange ■ for financial aid at PSU may apply it, in Provision of technical immigration (CIEE) Program most cases, to these study programs. assistance for visiting scholars and fac- The University of São Paulo is home for ulty in securing legal employment at this fall or spring semester or academic PSU; PROGRAMS year program emphasizing acquisition of ■ Assistance to various departments at Portuguese language skills necessary to PSU in meeting the legal requirements ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires take courses in Portuguese in a wide range for employment for visiting scholars Council on International Educational Exchange of academic fields. Housing is in boarding (CIEE) Program and faculty. houses or shared apartments. An advanced social studies program is For information about international stu- CHILE: Santiago dent admissions, call the Office of Admis- offered fall and spring semesters at the Universidad de Buenos Aires and the Council on International Educational Exchange sions, International Student Admissions, (CIEE) Program (503) 725-3511. Argentine branch of the Facultad Lati- noamericana de Ciencias Sociales The Universidad de Chile and the Pontifi- For information about the English as a cia Universidad Católica de Chile jointly Second Language program (ESL), call (FLASCO). Students live in homestays or in student residences. host this program, offered fall and spring the ESL program in the Department of semesters with a year-long option. Courses Applied Linguistics, 467 Neuberger Hall, AUSTRALIA: Perth in the liberal arts and social sciences are (503) 725-4088. Council on International Educational Exchange offered on both campuses. Housing is in (CIEE) Program private homes with Chilean families. IES/STUDY ABROAD Murdoch University, located in Perth on 101/102 Sixth Avenue Building, (503) 725-4011 the southwest coast of Australia, is the site CHINA: Beijing The Office of International Education Ser- of this program offered fall and spring Oregon University System (OUS) Program vices sponsors a wide variety of study semesters. Students may enroll in a wide Intensive study of Chinese language is the abroad programs for PSU students year- range of course offerings in the liberal arts, focus of this fall semester program held at round. The University administers some of sciences, and social sciences. Housing is in the Chinese Institute of Nationalities. The these programs directly, while others are university dorms. program also provides the opportunity to conducted in cooperation with the Oregon learn about minority peoples of China. A

† NCSA members: University of Alaska-Anchorage, University of Alaska-Fairbanks, Central Washington Univer- sity, Oregon State University, University of Oregon, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, Univer- sity of Washington, Washington State University, Western Oregon University, Western Washington University.

300 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

three-week excursion to a minority region DENMARK: Copenhagen tures course choices offered in English or in China is included. Students live in the Denmark’s International Study (DIS) Program French. Housing is with French families. Institute’s dormitory for foreign students PSU students can study a variety of topics Students interested in summer study at and scholars. at the University of Copenhagen. Semester CIDEF have several options in terms of CHINA: Beijing and year-long programs are offered in length of study, curriculum, and housing. Council on International Educational Exchange humanities and social sciences, interna- FRANCE: Haute Bretagne (CIEE) Program tional business, architecture and design, Council on International Educational Exchange Peking University is host for this program, and marine environmental studies. Summer (CIEE) Program available fall and spring semester, which programs in architecture and design and Students take classes through the Division offers Chinese language and area studies. “Europe in Transition” are also available. for Foreign Students at the University of Students reside in dormitories on campus. Courses are taught in English by Danish Haute Bretagne in Rennes, choosing from a An eight-week summer program focusing professors. Participants live with Danish variety of academic subjects, mainly in the on Chinese language is also available. families or in student residence halls. humanities. Students are housed in French CHINA: Nanjing DENMARK: Copenhagen homes or in university residences. Council on International Educational Exchange Oregon University System (OUS) Program FRANCE: Lyon (CIEE) Program Students currently enrolled in PSU’s Oregon University System (OUS) Program Nanjing University hosts this fall and Master of Business Administration pro- This year-long program is open to qualified spring semester program, with a year-long gram are eligible to apply for study fall students with intermediate or advanced option, in which participants study semester at the Copenhagen School of Eco- proficiency in French. Students with two Chinese and area studies. Housing is in nomics and Business Administration. Par- years of college-level French may enroll in dormitories. ticipants may choose to live in dormitories a language institute at a Lyonnaise univer- CHINA: Shanghai or with host families. sity; students with at least three years may Council on International Educational Exchange DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Santi- enroll in regular university courses at one (CIEE) Program ago of four other institutions. Apartments or Held at Fudan University, this fall or spring Council on International Educational Exchange student dormitories are available for semester program provides participants (CIEE) Program lodging. with Chinese language study and course Spanish language and Caribbean area stud- FRANCE: Paris offerings in international studies. An inten- ies are the focus of this program offered Council on International Educational Exchange sive Chinese language program is also fall and spring semesters, with a full-year (CIEE) Program offered during the summer. Students in option. Advanced Spanish language stu- A critical studies program emphasizing lit- both programs stay in the university dents are enrolled at the Pontificia Univer- erary criticism, film studies, and philoso- dormitory. sidad Católica Madre y Maestra phy is offered fall and spring semesters and CHINA: Zhengzhou (PUCMM), a private institution located in a academic year at the Paris Center for Criti- suburb of Santiago. Lodging is with This exchange program with Zhengzhou cal Studies and the University of Paris III. Dominican families in private homes. University, PSU’s sister university in Students locate their own housing with Henan Province, offers students the chance ECUADOR: Quito help from program staff. to study Chinese for fall or spring semester Oregon University System (OUS) Program FRANCE: Poitiers (or both). Located near the Yellow River Two opportunities exist in Quito. The first Oregon University System (OUS) Program about 450 miles south of Beijing, Zheng- is a fall term or year-long program, held at Most students in this year-long program are zhou is an industrial city of more than one the Pontificia Universidad Católica del enrolled at the Institute for Foreigners at million. Housing is in the University of Ecuador (PUCE), offering courses in Span- the University of Poitiers, studying French Zhengzhou’s student dormitory. ish language and Latin American Studies. language and literature. Regular classes at The courses are designed for foreigners COSTA RICA: Monteverde the University of Poitiers are available to and are taught in Spanish. The second pro- Council on International Educational Exchange students with sufficient academic prepara- (CIEE) Program gram, offered at the Universidad San Fran- tion. Students may live in dormitories or This fall or spring semester program focus- cisco de Quito (USFQ), is available fall apartments or with French families. term, spring semester, or all year. Designed ing on tropical biology, ecology, and con- GERMANY: State of Baden- for students whose Spanish language skills servation is held at the Monteverde Württemberg are at the intermediate and advanced levels, Institute in west central Costa Rica. Stu- Oregon University System (OUS) Program the program places students in regular dents live at a biological station next to a In this exchange program with several uni- courses with Ecuadorian students. In both rainforest. During the week prior to exams, versities in the German state of Baden- programs, lodging is with Ecuadorian host participants live with rural Costa Rican Württemberg, students enroll in cooperat- families. families. An eight-week summer program ing universities including Freiburg, Heidel- is also offered. ENGLAND: Please see Great berg, Hohenheim, Konstanz, Mannheim, CZECH REPUBLIC: Prague Britain, page 301. Stuttgart, Tübingen, and Ulm. Housing is Council on International Educational Exchange FRANCE: Angers in university dormitories. (CIEE) Program Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) GERMANY: Tübingen Social science, humanities, and Czech lan- Program Oregon University System (OUS) Program guage are offered at Charles University, The language, culture, and traditions of A 15-week intensive German language where students live in dormitories. The France are the focus of this term-long pro- program is offered in the spring to students program is available fall and spring semes- gram located in western France in the who have completed two quarters of first- ters. A three-week summer business pro- beautiful Loire Valley. Offered every fall, year college level German. The intensive gram is also offered. winter, and spring quarter, the program is format enables students to complete the held in the Centre International d’Etudes first year and the entire second-year Françaises (CIDEF) on the campus of the sequence in German language. Housing is Catholic University of the West and fea- in university dormitories. O FFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 301

GHANA: Legon INDONESIA: Java KOREA: Seoul Council on International Educational Exchange Council on International Educational Exchange Oregon University System (OUS) Program (CIEE) Program (CIEE) Program Students may study at Yonsei University Most fields of study are available at the The Institut Keguruan Dan Ilmu Pendidi- and/or Ewha University, located within University of Ghana, host of this new pro- kan (IKIP) Malang in Java is host of this walking distance of each other in Seoul. gram open for fall and spring semester and fall and spring semester program. Partici- Classes in the program, offered through the academic year study. Twi language and pants study Indonesian language and litera- international division at each university, are area studies are also offered. Housing is in ture, performing arts, development studies, taught in English. The curriculum includes student residences on campus. and social science. Housing is in Indone- Korean language and area studies. Housing GREAT BRITAIN: London sian homes. is in university dormitories, although pri- Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) ITALY: Macerata vate arrangements may be made. Program Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) MEXICO: Cholula Historic London is the setting for this term- Program Oregon University System (OUS) Program long program offered every fall, winter, The lovely hill town of Macerata, located Participants study Spanish language and and spring quarter. Courses in the liberal in east central Italy near the Adriatic Sea, is courses relevant to Latin America at the arts and social sciences are integrated with the site of this semester-long program Universidad de las Américas fall or spring academic excursions. Students live with available fall, winter, and spring terms. Par- semester (or both). Two years of college- British families. ticipants study Italian language at the Uni- level Spanish is required. Participants live GREAT BRITAIN: Reading versity of Macerata and enroll in in dormitories or with host families. international studies courses taught in This direct exchange program with the MEXICO: Mexico City English by Italian professors. Students live University of Reading allows PSU students Oregon University System (OUS) Program with Italian families or in apartments to spend a quarter or an academic year Universidad Iberoamericana (UIA) in shared with other students. studying a wide range of courses covering Mexico City is host to this fall and spring the liberal arts and social sciences, business ITALY: Siena semester and academic-year program offer- studies, education, and engineering. The Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) ing students with intermediate to advanced city of Reading is situated on the River Program skills in Spanish language to continue Thames, about 40 miles west of London. Italian language, humanities, and social Spanish study and take humanities and Students live in residence halls on campus. science are emphasized in this term-long social science courses taught in Spanish. program located in the Tuscan hills of cen- GREECE: Athens Housing is with Spanish families for the tral Italy. Focus of the program is on Italian Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) first semester. Program language, offered at all levels, and other courses taught in English. Lodging is in THE NETHERLANDS: Amster- Courses in modern Greek, history, art his- dam tory, and political science are featured in shared apartments; a limited number of homestays is available. Council on International Educational Exchange this fall and spring quarter program held at (CIEE) Program the Athens Centre in the heart of Athens. JAPAN: Tokyo International relations, social science, and All courses are taught in English, with the Oregon University System (OUS) Program Dutch language are features of this fall exception of modern Greek. Excursions in Participants attend Aoyama Gakuin Uni- semester program held at the University and around Athens and the Greek Islands versity’s School of International Politics, of Amsterdam. Housing is in student complement the coursework. Lodging is in Economics, and Business (SIPEB), study- residences. ing Japanese language, although other apartments. POLAND: Warsaw coursework is offered in English. This 10- HUNGARY: Budapest Council on International Educational Exchange Council on International Educational Exchange month program follows the Japanese aca- (CIEE) Program (CIEE) Program demic calendar, beginning in April and Hosted by the Warsaw School of Econom- Budapest University of Economic Sciences ending in February. Housing is in univer- ics, participants study Polish language, is host for this fall and spring semester pro- sity dormitories. humanities, and social science. The program, which offers courses in Hungarian JAPAN: Tokyo gram is offered fall and spring semester. language, humanities, and social science. Oregon University System (OUS) Program Housing is in dormitories. Students live in apartments with other The 10-month program, beginning in RUSSIA: St. Petersburg program participants or with Hungarian August at Waseda University, offers a vari- Council on International Educational Exchange families. ety of courses, taught in English, in liberal (CIEE) Program HUNGARY: Szeged arts and social sciences as well as Asian The Council offers several options at St. Students can attend this program fall or studies. Lodging is with Japanese families. Petersburg University: spring semester (or both) at Jozsef Attila JAPAN: Tokyo 1. Russian language programs offered fall University in Szeged, Hungary, studying Council on International Educational Exchange and spring semesters and during the aca- Hungarian language and culture. Classes (CIEE) Program demic year, geared for students at the inter- through the Institute for Foreigners are Offered at the Ichigaya campus of Sophia mediate and advanced levels of Russian. offered in English, although participants University, this program is designed for 2. A summer program emphasizing with proficiency in Hungarian may enroll students with an interest in Japanese busi- Russian language study. directly in the university, choosing from a ness and economics as well as area studies 3. A Russian Language for Research wide range of courses within the fields of and Japanese language. Non-language Program offered fall and spring semester arts and letters, social science, and science. courses are taught in English. Available fall and during the academic year. Student dormitories or shared apartments and spring semesters, as well as all year, 4. A summer program emphasizing are housing options for students. the program includes company visits, cul- Russian language for research. tural activities, and field trips. Students are 5. A summer program focusing on lan- housed with Japanese families. guage and business in Russia. Housing is with Russian families or in a university dormitory. 302 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

RUSSIA: St. Petersburg/Moscow SPAIN: Seville TUNISIA: Monastir American Council of Teachers of Russian Council on International Educational Exchange Council on International Educational Exchange (ACTR) Program (CIEE) Program (CIEE) Program Students enroll in the Department of Rus- The University of Seville is host to two This six-week summer program focuses on sian as a Foreign Language at one of sev- CIEE-sponsored programs available fall art history in Tunisia, in conjunction with eral institutions in St. Petersburg or and spring semesters and for an academic an archaeological field work project in Moscow. Programs are available fall and year. Humanities and social sciences are Monastir. Students are housed in apart- spring semesters or for the academic year. the focus of the Liberal Arts Program, ments. In while the Business and Society Program is VIETNAM: Hanoi addition, an eight-week summer program is designed for students specializing in these Council on International Educational Exchange offered. Housing is in university areas. (CIEE) Program dormitories. A third program at the University of Vietnam National University is host of this SOUTH AFRICA: Cape Town Seville, available fall or spring semester, is fall and spring semester program, in which Council on International Educational Exchange designed for intermediate level students of Vietnamese language, civilization, and his- (CIEE) Program Spanish. This Language and Society pro- tory are the focus of study. Participants stay The University of Cape Town is host to a gram also includes courses in the humani- in foreign student guest houses or private new spring semester or South African aca- ties and social sciences. residences. demic year (February-December) program. In addition, CIEE also offers a summer The academic program allows students to program in art restoration and art history, OTHER pursue academic studies in a number of held at the Council Study Center at the PROGRAMS disciplines while providing first-hand Escuela de Artes Aplicadas. For all programs in Seville, students knowledge of contemporary South African FULBRIGHT PROGRAM life and society. live in private homes or residencias (boarding houses). Adviser: Dawn L. White SPAIN: Alicante Portland State participates in the Interna- Council on International Educational Exchange TAIWAN: Taipei Council on International Educational Exchange tional Educational Exchange Program (CIEE) Program authorized by the Fulbright-Hays Act. Held at the University of Alicante, this fall (CIEE) Program Participants study Chinese language, Awards available include those offered by and spring semester program, with a year- the U.S. government, foreign governments, long option, balances language instruction humanities, economics, and social sciences at National Chengchi University. The pro- universities, and private donors. Grants are with area studies courses in the history, cul- available to qualified graduating seniors ture, and economy of Spain, taught in gram is available fall and spring semesters and academic year. and graduate students for advanced English. In addition, a six-week summer research, to qualified faculty for lecturing THAILAND: Khon Kaen program provides Spanish language study and research, and to teachers for teacher and an introduction to contemporary trends Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE) Program exchange programs. in Spanish culture. In both programs, stu- Grants for Graduate Study dents live with Spanish families. Two programs are held at Khon Kaen Uni- versity. The first, held fall semester, offers Abroad. Fulbright opportunities are SPAIN: Barcelona coursework in Thai language and literature, announced annually about May 1, and Institute for Social and International Studies women’s and development studies, and applications should be prepared as soon as (ISIS) Program possible. The deadline for submission of Students can spend fall, winter, and/or public health. The second is a six-week summer program in Thai language and application materials to the Fulbright spring quarters on this international studies adviser is the last week of September 1998 program. ISIS also offers a four-week development studies. Housing for both programs is student dormitories; in addition, for the 1999-2000 academic year. The Ful- summer program. Courses are selected bright program adviser disseminates infor- each term from such fields as political sci- semester students have the option of private housing. mation about grant opportunities and ence, economics, history, sociology, and art assists in processing grant applications. history, all taught in English. Spanish lan- TRINIDAD: Port-of-Spain University Lecturing/Advanced guage instruction, offered at all levels, is an Aspects of Caribbean history and culture Research. The Office of International integral part of the curriculum. Housing is are the focus of this program, which begins Education Services provides information to with Spanish families or in residencias. on the PSU campus during the first eight faculty on grants for university lecturing or SPAIN: Oviedo weeks of winter term and concludes with a advanced research. Application deadline is Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) two-week field experience in the Carib- August 1. Program bean. The program is designed as a short- Opportunities Abroad for An intensive Spanish language program term community-based learning experience Teachers. The U.S. Information Agency offered to students with at least one year of integrated into the curricula of Interna- sponsors teaching positions abroad and prior college-level Spanish is available at tional Studies and Black Studies. Depend- summer seminars for teachers and profes- the University of Oviedo. Located in north ing on faculty research interests and sors through its Opportunities Abroad for central Spain just a few miles from the expertise, students are involved in archaeo- Teachers program. Interested persons coast, Oviedo reflects both its pre-Moorish logical research, museum studies, and cul- should apply by October 15 directly to the past and elements of European Spain. The tural studies. U.S. Information Agency. Interviews for program is available fall term, spring Oregon-area applicants are arranged by the semester, and all year. Students in the pro- Fulbright adviser at PSU and are held on gram live with Spanish families, although campus in December. housing at the university is an alternative option. S UPPLEMENTAL PROGRAMS 303

SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAMS

ARMY RESERVE OFFICER SCHOLARSHIPS MS 131, 132, 133, and 231, 232, 233 Army ROTC offers competitive scholar- Basic Course: Physical Fitness TRAINING CORPS (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1) 943-7353 ships that pay up to $16,000 in tuition and Open to all students. Series with different roles fees, a book allowance of $450 per school for students at different levels in the program. year, and a $150 per month tax free stipend The Military Science Program is designed Participate in and learn to lead a physical fitness during the school year. These scholarships to provide college students on-campus program. Emphasis on the development of an are available to freshmen or sophomore individual fitness program and the role of exer- instruction and experience in the art of students in three- and two-year increments. cise and fitness in one’s life. organizing, motivating, and leading others. Competition for the scholarships is avail- It includes instruction to develop self-disci- MS 199 able to all students, even if not enrolled in Special Studies (Credit to be arranged) pline, physical stamina, and professional the program. More information is available Open to all students. bearing. Army ROTC classes are designed by calling the Military Science Program, MS 211 to be taken along with the student’s other 943-7353. Self/Team Development (2) normal academic curriculum. Enrolling in Learn/apply ethics-based leadership skills that Military Science classes does not obligate develop individual abilities and contribute to the students to serve in the Army. Upon com- COURSES building of effective teams of people. Develop pletion, the student is eligible for commis- skills in oral presentations, writing concisely, sioning as a second lieutenant into the The term Basic Course refers to first- and planning events, coordination of group efforts, land navigation, and basic small group dynam- Active Army, Army Reserve, or National second-year courses, MS 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, and 213, which are designed for beginning ics. Two-hours and a leadership lab, MS 221, Guard. Army ROTC offers 2-, 3-, and 4- students who may want to try Military Science plus optional participation in a one-hour session year scholarships worth over $16,000 per without obligations. A number of popular or of physical fitness two times a week, MS 231. year. challenging extracurricular activities are associ- MS 212/213 ated with these courses. Fundamentals of Team Training I and II PROGRAMS (2, 2) Basic Program. The Basic Program is MS 111 Introduction to Leadership (1) Introduction to individual and team aspects in voluntary and comprised of the 1-2 credit Increase self-confidence through team study and small unit operations. Includes use of radio com- lower-division courses listed below. The activities in basic drill, physical fitness, rappel- munications, making safety assessments, move- Basic Program is normally completed ling, first aid, survival skills, and making presen- ment techniques, planning for team safety/ during the freshman and sophomore years, tations. Learn fundamental concepts of security and methods of pre-execution checks. and it, or credit for equivalency, is a prereq- leadership in a profession in both classroom and Learn techniques for training others as an aspect uisite for the Advanced Program. Students outdoor laboratory environments. One-hour and of continued leadership development. Two-hours a leadership lab, MS 121, plus optional partici- and a leadership lab, MS 222 or 223, plus may alternatively satisfy the Basic Program optional participation in a one-hour session of requirements by previous military experi- pation in a one-hour session of physical fitness two times a week, MS 131. physical fitness two times a week, MS 232 or ence or by completing the following class: 233. MS 240 Leadership Intern Program. MS 112,113 Introduction to Decision Making I & II MS 240 There is no obligation incurred from (1, 1) Leadership Intern Program (6) participation in the Basic Program classes. Learn/apply principles of effective leading. A five-week summer course conducted at Fort The students decide if they wish to apply Reinforce self-confidence through participation Knox, Kentucky. The student receives pay. for the Advanced Program. in physically and mentally challenging exercises Travel, lodging, and most meal costs are Advanced Program. Students who with upper-division military science students. defrayed by the Army. No military obligation wish to apply for the two-year Advanced Develop communication skills to improve indi- incurred. Learn and apply principles of leadership, develop communication skills, organiza- Program, comprised of the 3-credit upper- vidual performance and group interaction. Relate organizational skills to improve individ- tional effectiveness, and ethics integration. division classes listed below, must apply ual performance and group interaction. Relate Practice leading groups from 9-40 students. and be accepted. Students in the Advanced organizational ethical values to the effectiveness Spaces are limited. Candidates can apply for a Program receive a $150 per month stipend of a leader. One hour and a leadership lab, MS space any time during the school year prior to while in school. 122 or 123, plus optional participation in a one- the summer. Pass/no pass only. Other Programs. Provisions exist hour session of physical fitness two times a week, MS 132 or 133. The Advanced Course is open only to students for a number of special programs depend- who have completed the Basic Course or earned ing on student qualifications and curricu- MS 121, 122, 123, and 221, 222, 223 placement credit for it (various methods). The lum, including the Simultaneous Basic Course: Leadership Laboratory (1, 1, 1, Advanced Course is designed to qualify a stu- Membership Program (SMP). 1, 1, 1) Open only to students in the associated Military dent for a commission as an officer in the United States Army. Students must complete a five- COMMISSIONS Science course. Series with different roles for students at different levels of the program. Learn week Advanced Leadership Course during the Students who complete the Advanced Pro- summer, usually between the junior and senior gram are eligible for appointment and com- and practice basic leadership and development skills. Build self-confidence and team-building years. The courses must be taken in sequence mission by the President of the United leadership skills that can be applied throughout unless otherwise approved by the Professor of States as officers in the U.S. Army. life. Military Science. Students receive $150.00 per Having received a commission, the month during the school year. officer may serve full time in the Active Army or serve as a member of the Army Reserve or National Guard. 304 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

MS 311 MS 411 Leading Small Organizations I (3) Leadership Challenges and Goal Setting (3) PSU LINK Series of practical opportunities to lead small Plan, conduct, and evaluate activities of the orga- (503) 725-3430 groups, receive personal assessments and nization. Articulate goals and put plans into encouragement, and lead again in situations of action to attain them. Assess organizational Karen Tosi , Coordinator increasing complexity. Uses small unit training cohesion and develop strategies for improve- Portland State University is committed to and opportunities to plan and conduct training ment. Develop confidence in skills to lead for lower-division students both to develop such people and manage resources. Learn/apply vari- serving the needs of the metropolitan area skills and as a vehicle for practicing leading. ous policies and programs in this effort. Three- by providing an academic environment for Three-hours and a required leadership lab, MS hours and a required leadership lab, MS 421, intellectually gifted students. The LINK 321, plus required participation in a one-hour plus required participation in a one-hour session Program makes it possible for selected session of physical fitness three times a week, of physical fitness three times a week, MS 431. gifted high school students to attend the MS 331. MS 412, 413 University for part-time advanced study in MS 312, 313 Transitions in Leading (3, 3) a particular academic discipline. The Pro- Leading Small Organizations II and III Continues the methodology from MS 411. Iden- gram is designed to serve those students (3, 3) tify and resolve ethical dilemmas. Refine coun- who have exhausted all coursework in a Continues methodology of MS 311. Analyze seling and motivating techniques. Examine particular discipline at their high schools. tasks, prepare written or oral guidance for team aspects of tradition and law as it relates to lead- members to accomplish tasks. Delegate tasks ing as an officer in the Army. Three-hours and a If a student in the field of mathematics, for and supervise. Plan for and adapt to the unex- required leadership lab, MS 422 or 423, plus example, is ready to go beyond the study of pected in organizations under stress. Examine required participation in a one-hour session of calculus, he/she can enroll in a mathemat- and apply lessons from leadership case studies. physical fitness three times a week, MS 432 or ics class at the University, while simulta- Examine importance of ethical decision making 433. neously maintaining his/her high school in setting a positive climate that enhances team schedule. To qualify for the Program, stu- performance. Three-hours and a required leader- CHALLENGE dents must be recommended to the ship lab, MS 322 or 323, plus required participa- University by their school district and must tion in a one-hour session of physical fitness PROGRAM three times a week, MS 332 or 333. (503) 725-3430 successfully complete the LINK admissions process. First opportunity goes to MS 321, 322, 323 and 421, 422, 423 Advanced Course: Leadership Laboratory (1, Karen Tosi , Coordinator high school seniors. If there is space avail- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1) able after seniors have been accommo- Open only to students in the associated Military The Challenge Program is a cooperative dated, other qualified applicants may be Science course. Series with different roles for program between Portland State University accepted into the Program. students at different levels in the program. and metropolitan area high schools. It pro- Involves leadership responsibilities for the plan- vides high school seniors an opportunity to ning, coordination, execution, and evaluation of take regular college courses on their own CHIRON STUDIES various training and activities with Basic Course campuses. PROJECT students and for the ROTC program as a whole. Students who have a cumulative grade (503) 725-4452 Students develop, practice, and refine leadership point average of 3.00 or above after the skills by serving and being evaluated in a variety completion of six high school semesters (or Jennifer Hamilton, Student Develop- of responsible positions. the equivalent in high school credits) are ment Adviser MS 331, 332, 333 and 431, 432, 433 eligible to enroll in the Challenge Program. Advanced Course: Physical Fitness Chiron Studies Project is a student-oriented (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1) School district staff members review tran- program funded by student incidental fees. Required of students in MS 311, 312, 313 and scripts of high school students who wish to The purpose of the program is to support 411, 412, 413 of which this program is an inte- enroll in Challenge courses and select the development of courses not normally gral part. Series with different roles for students those students who have demonstrated sub- offered by the academic departments. at different levels in the program. Participate in stantial academic achievement. Students Instruction in Chiron courses is conducted and learn to plan and lead physical fitness pro- may enroll for a maximum of two classes with faculty sponsorship; these courses are grams. Develops the physical fitness required of per quarter. an officer in the Army. Emphasis on the develop- approved in the same manner as other ment of an individual fitness program and the The Challenge Program currently offers courses by the appropriate departments and role of exercise and fitness in one's life. introductory college courses in computer deans. science, English, foreign languages, his- MS 340 The program’s objectives are: Advanced Leadership Intern Program (3) tory, and mathematics. Course content is ■ To provide a structure within the Uni- A five-week camp conducted at Ft. Lewis, Wash- identical to that offered to Portland State versity where students can participate ington. Only open to students who have com- University students on the home campus. actively in implementation of courses. pleted MS 311, 312, and 313. The student College-level texts and materials are used. ■ To encourage the formal use of student receives pay. Travel, lodging, and most meal Midterm and final examinations are sched- learning through teaching, tutoring, and costs are defrayed by the Army. The course envi- uled concurrently with University testing. advising. ronment is highly structured and demanding, Students who successfully complete ■ stressing leadership at small unit levels under To supplement and enhance existing varying, challenging conditions. Individual lead- their Challenge Program coursework are departmental offerings. ership and basic skills performance are evaluated entitled to a regular Portland State Univer- ■ To foster the development of alternative throughout the camp. Graded on a pass/no pass sity transcript. The credit earned by the stu- learning formats and seek, generally, to basis only. dent can be transferred to a large number of improve the experience of undergradu- MS 405 colleges and universities regionally and ate education. Reading and Conference (Terms and credit to nationally. Proposal forms are available in 441 be arranged.) Smith Memorial Center. Consent of Instructor.

DIRECTORIES

MEMBERS OF THE OREGON OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM Eastern Oregon University BOARD OF HIGHER La Grande EDUCATION Oregon Institute of Technology Klamath Falls The Oregon State Board of Higher Education, Oregon State University the statutory governing board of the seven- Corvallis campus Oregon University System, is composed of 11 members appointed by the Governor and Portland State University confirmed by the Oregon State Senate. Nine Portland members are appointed to the Board for four- Southern Oregon University year terms; two members are students, appointed Ashland for two-year terms. University of Oregon Terms expire June 30 Eugene Tom Imeson, Portland 1999 Western Oregon University President Monmouth Diane Christopher, Jacksonville 1999 Oregon Health Sciences Vice President University* Herbert Aschkenasy, Salem 2001 Portland David Koch, Eugene 2000 The Chancellor’s Office of Academic Affairs provides coordination and service to assure that James Lussier, Bend 2001 a broad-based continuing education program is Gail McAllister, Burns 1999 available through the member institutions. Esther Puentes, Salem 2000 An interinstitutional booklet, The OUS View- Don VanLuvanee, Portland 2000 book, lists fields of study at all Oregon Univer- sity System institutions and offers other Katie Van Patten, Eugene 1999 important information for prospective students. Jim Willis, Salem 2001 For a free copy, write The OUS Viewbook, Phyllis Wustenberg, Bay City 2000 Oregon University System, P.O. Box 3175, Eugene, OR 97403-0175. OFFICERS OF THE SYSTEM *Affiliated Joseph W. Cox, Ph.D. Chancellor INSTITUTIONAL EXECUTIVES Shirley Merritt Clark, Ph.D. Daniel O. Bernstine, LL.M. Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs President Portland State University William H. Anslow, M.B.A. Vice Chancellor for Finance and Administration Phillip Creighton, Ph.D. President Robert Dryden, Ph.D. Eastern Oregon University Vice Chancellor for Engineering and Computer Science Martha Anne Dow, Ph.D. President Diane Vines, Ph.D. Oregon Institute of Technology Vice Chancellor for Corporate and Public Affairs and Board Secretary Paul Risser, Ph.D. President The Oregon University System, organized in Oregon State University 1932, provides educational opportunities to young people and adults throughout the state of Stephen J. Reno, Ph.D. Oregon. Member institutions are elements of an President articulated system, parts of an integrated whole. Southern Oregon University Opportunities for general education are distrib- Dave Frohnmayer, J.D. uted as widely as possible throughout the state, President while specialized, professional, and technical University of Oregon programs are centered at specific institutions. Betty J. Youngblood, Ph.D. President Western Oregon University

306 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ACADEMIC Dilafruz R. Williams (1990) Ph.D. PORTLAND Director of Community/University Melissa Endicott (1994) B.S. AFFAIRS OFFICE OF Partnerships; Professor of Educa- Program Assistant. B.S. 1994 STATE THE PROVOST tion. B.Sc. 1970, B.Ed. 1975, Portland State University. UNIVERSITY M.Ed. 1978 Bombay University; Patrick Feeney (1990) J.D. Mary Kathryn Tetreault (1999) M.P.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1987 Syracuse Program Development Specialist. Ed.D University. Faculty members are listed with B.S. 1968 Oregon State University; Provost; Professor of Education. Shelly P. Bird (1998) B.S. J.D. 1972 University of their B.A. 1961 Benedictine College; Program Coordinator. B.S. 1986 Washington. programs. Academic faculty are M.A.T. 1966 University of Chi- Utah State University. listed starting on page 311. The cago; Ed.D. 1979 Boston Univer- Virginia Fink (1997) M.A. dates in parentheses indicate the sity. Seanna Kerrigan (1995) M.Ed. Early Childhood Special Educa- beginning of academic service at Capstone Coordinator. B.A. 1991, tion/Disabilities Specialist. B.A. Janine M. Allen (1995) Ph.D. Portland State University. The ear- M.Ed. 1994 Ohio University. University of Alabama; M.A. Cali- Vice Provost and Dean of Enroll- fornia State University, San Fran- liest date shown is 1955, the year in Janelle Voegele (1997) M.A. ment and Student Services. B.S. scisco. which Portland State became a 1973 University of Nebraska-Kear- Development Program Coordina- degree-granting ney; M.A. 1979 University of tor. B.A. 1991, M.A. 1999 Portland Mary Foltz (1992) B.S. institution. The faculty listings were Nebraska-Lincoln; Ph.D. 1995 State University. Early Childhood Education compiled in February 1999 and University of Oregon. Specialist. B.S. 1976 University of may not include changes and SCHOOL OF Oregon. appointments made after that time. Sherwin L. Davidson (1989) EXTENDED STUDIES Ph.D. AND SUMMER Vicky Glenzer (1998) M.S. Vice Provost and Dean, School of SESSION Program Development Specialist. FFICE OF THE Extended Studies; Professor of B.A. 1985, M.S. 1990 University of O Sherwin L. Davidson (1989) Oregon. PRESIDENT Social Science. B.A. 1967 Bowling Ph.D. Green State University; M.A. 1972 Vice Provost and Dean, School of Michael Griggs (1992) M.F.A. Western Michigan University; Extended Studies; Professor of Program Development Specialist, Daniel O. Bernstine (1997) LL.M. Ph.D. 1978 University of Utah. President. B.A. 1969 University of Social Science. B.A. 1967 Bowling Summer Session. B.A. 1968 California, Berkeley; J.D. 1972 Roderic C. Diman (1960) Ph.D. Green State University; M.A. 1972 Antioch College; M.F.A. 1972 Northwestern University School of Vice Provost and Special Assistant Western Michigan University; Boston University. Law; LL.M. 1975 University of to the President; Professor of Span- Ph.D. 1978 University of Utah. Nancy Goldman (1975) B.S. Wisconsin Law School. ish. B.A. 1957 Trinity College; Cathie Anderson (1995) B.A. Special Projects Assistant to the M.A. 1958, Ph.D. 1971 University Program Assistant. B.A. 1994 Dean. B.S. 1976 Portland State Roderic C. Diman (1960) Ph.D. of Wisconsin. Vice Provost and Special Assistant Marylhurst College. University. to the President; Professor of Span- James Coyle (1998) B.A. Linda Anderson (1996) B.A. Brad Hansen (1995) Ph.D. ish. B.A. 1957 Trinity College; Coordinator, Academic Affairs Program Assistant. B.A. 1989 Coordinator, Multi-Media Profes- M.A. 1958, Ph.D. 1971 University Administrative Support Center. Portland State University. sional Program. B.A. 1974 Univer- of Wisconsin. B.A. 1998 University of California, sity of Oregon; M.A. 1976 Berkeley. Francis Bates (1997) M.Ed. University of Cincinnati; Ph.D. Amy Ross (1993) B.A. Program Specialist. B.A. State Uni- Executive Assistant to the Linda I. Devereaux (1984) B.A. 1985 University of Northern versity of New York; M.Ed. Wayne Colorado. President. B.A. 1994 Portland State Research Assistant. B.A. 1975 State University. University. Portland State University. Steve Harmon (1985) M.A. Lola Bichler (1995) B.S. Donna R. Kiykioglu (1995) B.S. Program Development Specialist. AFFIRMATIVE Program Assistant, Continuing B.A. 1983, M.A. 1988 Portland ACTION Executive Assistant to the Provost. Education. B.S. 1991 Portland B.S. 1984 Portland State Univer- State University. Robert L. Vieira (1979) Ed.D. State University. sity. Rachelle Herbert (1994) B.F.A. Director of Affirmative Action. Johnnie Cain (1995) D.B.A. B.A. 1972 University of California, JoEllen Lucke (1995) B.S. Program Assistant. B.F.A. 1983 Early Childhood Education Academy of Art-San Francisco. Irvine; M.Ed. 1977 Oregon State Executive Assistant to the Vice Specialist. D.B.A. 1978 Western University; Ed.D. 1996 Portland Provost. B.S. 1980 Portland State Colorado University. Margaret Herrington (1981) State University. University. M.A. Chris Cartwright (1996) M.P.A. Annie Gubitosi-White (1997) Katherine C. Sinback (1998) B.A. Program Development Specialist. Program Specialist. B.A. 1979 Uni- B.A. 1974 Boise State University; M.S. Assistant to the Vice Provost. B.A. versity of Michigan; M.P.A. 1990 Assistant Director of Affirmative 1994 James Madison University. M.A. 1993 Portland State Indiana University. University Action. B.A. 1988 University of Kay E. Vorderstrasse (1997) B.A. California, Riverside; M.S. 1994 Beryl Cheal (1994) M.A. Elizabeth La Croix (1998) M.S. Scholarship and Events Coordina- Early Childhood Education Spe- Portland State University. tor. B.A. 1992 Pacific Lutheran Early Childhood Education Spe- cialist. B.A. 1959 University of cialist. B.S. 1988 University of Melinda Lucky (1997) B.A. University. Laverne; M.Ed. 1975, M.A. 1985 Assistant to the Director of Affir- Oregon; M.S. 1992 Colorado State Ben E. Waisanen (1997) University of Washington. University. mative Action. B.A. 1990 Portland Computer Support Specialist. State University. Patricia Cornman (1993) M.A. Cheryl Livneh (1987) Ed.D. CENTER FOR Program Assistant. B.A. 1967 Director, Continuing Education, GOVERNMENT Trenton State College; M.A. 1985 School of Education. B.A. 1972 ACADEMIC Antioch University. RELATIONS EXCELLENCE Miami University, Ohio; M.S. 1974 Deborah Murdock (1993) M.A. Devorah A. Lieberman (1987) Richard A. Dewey (1991) M.S. University of Wisconsin, Madison; Assistant to the President for Gov- Ph.D. Program Development Specialist. Ed.D. 1986 Boston University. ernment Relations. A.B. 1978 San Director, Teaching and Learning B.A. 1965 University of California, Samuel Lowry (1993) M.A. Diego State University; M.A. 1981 Excellence; Professor of Speech Berkeley; M.S. 1970 San Diego University of Oregon. Program Coordinator, Professional Communication. B.A. 1975 Hum- State University. Development. B.A. 1977 Portland boldt State University; M.A. 1977 Kristine Elkin (1996) B.F.A. State University; M.A. 1992 Uni- San Diego State University; Ph.D. Program Assistant. B.F.A. 1975 versity of California at Los Ange- 1984 University of Florida. Minneapolis College of Art and les. Design. Thomas Luba (1998) M.S. Director, Distance Learning. B.S. 1978 Oregon State University; M.S. 1997 Purdue University.

D IRECTORIES 307

Christina Luther (1998) M.A. Victor Walsh (1998) M.P.A. INTERNATIONAL Dawn L. White (1978) B.A. Program Assistant. B.A. 1988, Director, Professional Develop- AFFAIRS Director of International Exchange M.A. 1993 Portland State Univer- ment Center. B.A. Fort Lewis Kimberley A. Brown (1989) Ph.D. Programs. B.A. 1979 Portland sity. College; M.P.A. 1985 Harvard Vice Provost, International Affairs; State University. University. Mark Mentzer (1997) B.A. Associate Professor of Applied Ron L. Witczak (1996) B.A. Registration Coordinator. B.A. Marilyn Webb (1992) M.A. Linguistics and International Stud- Study Abroad Adviser. B.A. 1991 1989 University of Wisconsin. Director of Salem Center; Director ies. B.A. 1974 Macalester College; Oregon State University. of Child Welfare Partnership M.A. 1977, Ph.D. 1988 University Katherine Morrow (1998) B.A. Birol Yesilada (1998) Ph.D. Program. B.A. 1963 University of of Minnesota. Program Assistant. B.A. 1991 Professor of Political Science and Illinois; M.A. 1972 University of Willamette University. Anne Bender (1980) B.A. International Studies; Turkish Washington. Study Abroad Adviser. B.A. 1982 Political Economy and Trade Chair. Carillon J. Olmsted (1974) B.A. Portland State University. Director of Training, Early Child- GRADUATE STUDIES B.A. 1977 University of California, hood Training Center; Senior AND RESEARCH Arlene Brockel (1999) B.A. Berkeley; M.A. 1979 San Fran- Instructor. B.A. 1963 Lewis & William H. Feyerherm (1990) Global Graduates Adviser and cisco State University; Ph.D. 1984 Clark College. Ph.D. Co-coordinator; Assistant to the University of Michigan. Vice Provost for Research and Director, Institute for Asian Elizabeth Putnam (1999) B.A. COLLEGE OF Dean Studies. B.A. 1999 Portland State Program Specialist. B.A. Oregon LIBERAL ARTS AND of Graduate Studies; Professor of University. State University. SCIENCES Social Work. B.A. 1970 Northern Jean Campbell (1998) Ph.D. Karen Hanson (1994) B.A. Betty Jean Repp (1996) Ph.D. Illinois University; Ph.D. 1977 Assistant Director, Middle East Health Services Adviser. B.A. 1992 Program Specialist. B.A. 1991 State University of New York, Studies Center. B.A. 1968, Univer- University of Oregon. Portland State University; M.A. Albany. sity of California, Santa Barbara; 1994, Ph.D. 1997 Oregon State Frosti McClurken-Talley (1995) James R. Pratt (1994) Ph.D. M.Ed. 1975, Ph.D. 1987 University University. B.S. Associate Vice Provost for of Oregon. Academic Adviser. B.S. 1971 Rebecca Robinson (1996) B.S. Research, Professor of Environ- Debra Z. Clemans (1997) M.A. Rochester Institute of Technology. Program Assistant II. B.S. 1972 mental Sciences. B.A. 1971 Uni- Executive Assistant to the Vice Lewis & Clark College. versity of Washington; M.S. 1981 Provost. B.A. 1993, M.A. 1995 Robert Mercer (1990) M.A. Patricia Rumer (1995) Ph.D. Eastern Washington University; Portland State University. Senior Adviser. B.A. 1983, M.A. Director of Community Programs. Ph.D. 1984 Virginia Polytechnic 1986 Portland State University. Institute and State University. Christina Luther (1998) M.A. A.B. 1962 Occidental College; International Student Adviser. B.A. Karen Tosi (1979) M.A. M.A. 1966 University of Califor- Karin Jewel Alspach (1995) B.A. 1988, M.A. 1993 Portland State Coordinator, Challenge/LINK Pro- nia, Los Angeles; Ph.D. 1981 Port- Information Specialist. B.A. 1994 University. gram; Research Assistant. B.A. land State University. Portland State University. 1964, M.A. 1976 Portland State Jon E. Mandaville (1965) Ph.D. University. Steffen Saifer (1986) Ed.D. Martha Berry Clarke (1997) Director, Middle East Studies Cen- Early Childhood Education M.A. ter; Professor of History and Inter- LIBRARY Specialist; Instructor. B.A. 1973 Compliance Specialist. B.A. 1994 national Studies. B.A. 1959 C. Thomas Pﬁngsten (1980) University of Vermont; M.Ed. 1979 University of Kentucky; M.A. 1998 Dartmouth College; Diploma M.L.S. Towson State University; Ed.D. Georgetown University. Islamics 1961 Edinburgh Univer- Director, Library; Professor. A.B. 1996 Portland State University. Martha Kierstead (1998) B.A. sity (Scotland); M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1962 Stanford University; M.A. Glen Sedivy (1994) M.B.A. Contracts Specialist. B.A. 1984 1969 Princeton University. 1965 University of Hawaii; M.L.S. Director of Registration and University of Oregon. Jennifer McNabb (1998) M.A. 1966 University of California, Budget. B.A. 1979, M.B.A. 1981 Berkeley. Maureen Orr Eldred (1986) B.A. International Student Adviser. B.A. University of Oregon. Coordinator of Graduate Studies. 1986, M.A. 1992 West Virginia Daphne T. Allen (1970) M.B.A. Jennifer Shay (1997) B.A. B.A. 1996 Portland State University. Business Administration and Eco- Program Assistant. B.A. 1993 Cali- University. Linda Morrell (1997) B.A. nomics Librarian; Associate Pro- fornia State University, Fullerton. Research Assistant, Middle East fessor. B.A. 1964 Portland State Bernadene A. Pilip (1984) M.S. University; M.Libr. 1965 Univer- Charles H. Smith (1995) M.A. Studies Center. B.A. 1996 Portland Systems Coordinator. B.S. 1971 sity of Washington; M.B.A. 1978 B.S. 1981 Texas Christian Univer- State University. University of Oregon; M.S. 1988 University of California, Los Ange- sity; M.A. 1982 Michigan State Portland State University. Frederick M. Nunn (1965) Ph.D. les. University. Professor of History and Interna- Judy A. Anderson (1998) M.L.S. Teresa Snyder (1997) B.S. INSTITUTIONAL tional Studies. B.A. 1959 Univer- Systems Librarian; Assistant Pro- Program Assistant. B.S. 1996 RESEARCH AND sity of Oregon; M.A. 1963, Ph.D. fessor. B.A. 1968 Concordia Col- Portland State University. PLANNING 1963 University of New Mexico. Kathi A. Ketcheson (1985) Ph.D. lege, Minnesota; M.L.S. 1992 Friedrich Schuler (1990) Ph.D. John Stebner (1997) B.S. Director, Institutional Research and University of Arizona. Director, Institute for the Study of Program Assistant. B.S. 1997 Planning; Research Assistant Pro- U.S.-Latin American Relations; Sarah E. Beasley (1997) M.A.I.S. Portland State University. fessor. B.A. 1979 University of Associate Professor of History and Education/Social Science Librar- Washington; M.P.A. 1983, Ph.D. Laurisa Stubbleﬁeld (1995) B.A. International Studies. B.A. 1982 ian; Assistant Professor. B.A. 1984 1996 Portland State University. Program Assistant. B.A. 1986 Freie Universitaet Berlin, West Goshen College; M.I.L.S. 1989 University of Iowa. Lina Lu (1999) Ed.D. Berlin; M.A. 1983 University of University of Michigan; M.A.I.S. Polly Taylor-Magnent (1998) Research Assistant. B.A. 1973 Texas, Austin; Ph.D. 1990 Univer- 1996 Oregon State University. M.Ed. Northeast Normal University sity of Chicago. Michael S. Bowman (1992) (China). M.A. 1988, M.A. 1992, Early Childhood Special Educa- Teresa Taylor (1990) M.A. M.Libr. Ed.D. 1997 Portland State tion Specialist. B.S. 1983 Lewis- Study Abroad Adviser. B.S. 1970 Engineering Librarian; Assistant University. Clark State College; M.Ed. 1991 University of London (England); Professor. B.S. 1984, M.Libr. 1986 University of Idaho. Juliette Stoering (1998) M.A. M.A. 1980 Reading University University of Washington. Jill Townley (1997) B.A. Research Assistant. B.A. 1990 Uni- (England). Laurence L. Bruseau (1968) versity of Puget Sound; M.A. 1994 Program Assistant. B.A. 1992 Linda Walton (1980) Ph.D. M.L.S. University of Victoria (British George Fox University. Director, Institute for Asian Stud- Database Management Librarian; Columbia) Judy Van Dyck (1992) B.A. ies; Professor of History and Inter- Associate Professor. B.A. 1961 Program Development Coordina- national Studies. B.A. 1969 Northwestern University; M.L.S. tor. B.A. 1981 University of Wellesley College; Ph.D. 1978 1962 University of Michigan. Oregon. University of Pennsylvania. 308 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Evelyn I. Crowell (1972) M.L. William B. Wilson Jr. (1976) ADMISSIONS Linda Fishman (1999) Ph.D. Interlibrary Loan Librarian; Asso- M.L.S. AND RECORDS Psychologist. B.A. 1989 Florida ciate Professor. B.A. 1959 Port- Cataloger; Associate Professor. Agnes A. Hoffman (1996) M.B.A. Atlantic University; M.S. 1992, land State University; M.L. 1961 A.B. 1965 Harvard University; Director of Admissions and Ph.D. 1994 University of Miami. University of Washington. M.A. 1967 University of Florida; Records. B.A. 1973 Washington Robbie Jessen (1996) B.S. Jerome A. DeGraaff (1975) M.A. M.L.S. 1970 University of Western State University; M.S.J. 1974 Testing and Assessment Specialist. Social Science Librarian; Associate Ontario (Canada). Northwestern; M.B.A. 1977 B.S. 1987 Portland State Univer- Professor. B.A. 1964 University of Janet K. Wright (1986) M.F.A. Portland State University. sity. California, Davis; M.L.S. 1967 Arts and Humanities Librarian; Robert B.Tufts (1978) M.A. Tim Hagge (1992) M.S.W. University of Washington; M.A. Professor. B.A. 1964 Portland State Registrar. B.A. 1967 Cleveland Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1986, 1974 California State University, University; M.L.S. 1968 University State University; M.A. 1972 Case M.S.W. 1992 Portland State Sacramento. of Oregon; M.F.A. 1979 Idaho Western Reserve University. University. State University. Kathy L. Dusky (1990) M.L.S. Rowanna Carpenter (1998) Eugene E. Hakanson (1966) Cataloger; Associate Professor. Emeriti Faculty M.P.A. Ed.D. B.A. 1978 Boise State University; Kenneth W. Butler (1955) M.A. Admissions Counselor. B.A. 1992 Counselor; Professor. B.A. 1961 M.S. 1985 Portland State Univer- Professor Emeritus. A.L.A. Leeds University of Hawaii; M.P.A. 1997 University of Northern Iowa; M.S. sity; M.L.S. 1992 University of School of Librarianship (England); Portland State University. 1963 University of Wisconsin; Pittsburgh. B.A. 1953, M.A. 1958 University Ed.D. 1967 Indiana University. of Portland. Trevor Edelblute (1998) B.A. Sharon H. Elteto (1997) M.L.S. Ofﬁce and Information Systems Janice Klein Kettler (1988) Instruction/Bibliographic Librar- Patricia H. Byrd (1961) M.Libr. Manager. B.A. 1994 University of M.S.W. ian; Assistant Professor. B.A. 1990 Associate Professor Emerita. A.B. Idaho. Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1972, Portland State University; M.L.S. 1944 Willamette University; Paula J. Harris (1997) M.A. M.S.W. 1974 University of 1997 Emporia State University; M.Libr. 1959 University of Michigan. M.A. 1998 Portland State Washington. International Admissions Coordi- University. nator and Supervisor. B.B.A. 1983 Susan E. Platt (1992) M.S.W. Theodore C.W. Grams (1955) University of Mississippi; Ed.M. Coordinator, Alcohol and Drug Arthur Hendricks (1996) M.S. M.S.L.S. 1997, M.A. 1997 Oregon State Abuse Prevention Program. B.A. Assistant Systems Librarian; Assis- Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1947 University. 1976 Linﬁeld College; M.S.W. tant Professor. B.A. 1992, M.A. University of Washington; 1984 Portland State University. 1994 University of California, M.S.L.S. 1951 University of South- Rebecca Hunt Ingersoll (1998) Riverside; M.S. 1995 University of ern M.S. Candyce Reynolds (1988) Ph.D. Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. California. Admissions Counselor. B.A. 1992 Assistant Director, Counseling and University of Oregon; M.S. 1997 Psychological Services. B.A. 1979 Mary Ellen Kenreich (1992) Kathleen M. Greey (1968) M.A. Portland State University. University of California, Berkeley; M.L.S. Associate Professor Emerita. B.A. Marshal Jevning (1996) B.A. M.S. 1982, Ph.D. 1985 University Acquisitions Librarian; Associate 1959 Oregon State University; of Oregon. Professor. B.A. 1979 Capital M.A. 1960 University of Denver. Coordinator of Minority Recruit- University; M.L.S. 1980 Kent State ment. B.A. 1996 Portland State Rikki E. Schoenthal (1988) University. Joseph J. Kohut (1972) Ph.D. University. M.S.W. Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1960, Veda A. Kindle (1991) B.A. Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1971 Oren O. Ogle (1969) M.Libr. Ph.D. 1967 Ohio State University; Brooklyn College; M.A. State Uni- Cataloger; Associate Professor. Senior Assistant Director of M.S.L.S. 1970 Case Western versity of New York, Binghampton; B.S. 1965 Oregon State University; Admissions, Operations, and Aca- Reserve University. M.S.W. 1971 Michigan State M.Libr. 1969 University of demic Records Supervisor. B.A. University. Washington. Robert W. Lockerby (1967) M.S. 1971 Central Washington Univer- Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1965 Cal- sity. Dana Tasson (1998) M.D. Faye Powell (1985) M.A. ifornia State Polytechnic Univer- Psychiatrist. B.S. 1988, M.D. 1993 Social Science Librarian; Profes- Alicia Ortega (1998) B.A. sity; M.L.S. 1967 Immaculate University of Michigan. sor. B.A. 1962 Mercer University; Heart College; M.S. 1979 Portland Admissions Counselor. B.A. 1997 M.L.S. 1977 University of British State University. Oregon State University. EDUCATIONAL Columbia (Canada); M.A. 1982 CAREER CENTER EQUITY PROGRAMS San Francisco State University. Gwen E. Newborg (1969) M.A. Professor Emerita. B.A. 1968 Rosemarie Matthews (1992) B.S. AND SERVICES Terry A. Rohe (1983) M.L.S. Central Washington State College; Student Employment Coordinator. Paulette Watanabe (1987) M.P.H. Assistant Director for Technical M.Libr. 1969, M.A. 1977 Univer- B.S. 1992 Portland State Univer- Director, Educational Equity Pro- Services and Collection Develop- sity of Washington. sity. grams. B.A. 1968 University of ment; Professor. B.A. 1968, M.A. California, Santa Barbara; M.S. 1969, M.L.S. 1972 University of Anne G. McMahon (1969) M.L.S. Louise Paradis (1994) M.S. 1975 Southern Connecticut State Oregon. Associate Professor Emerita. B.A. Career Counselor. B.A. 1980, M.S. University; M.P.H. 1981 Columbia 1959 Marylhurst College; M.L.S. 1986 Bowling Green University; University. Wendy A. Stewart (1995) M.L.S. 1965 Pratt Institute. M.A. 1982 University of Michigan. Serials Librarian; Assistant Profes- R. Philip Dirks (1989) M.A. sor. B.A. 1982; M.L.S. 1995 Syra- Majel M. Warren (1964) B.S.L.S. Dee Thompson (1986) M.S. Director of Educational Talent cuse University. Associate Professor Emerita. A.B. Career Counselor. B.S. 1984, M.S. Search and Upward Bound. B.A. 1943 Asbury College; B.S.L.S. 1986 Portland State University. 1981, M.A. 1983 Iowa State Uni- Rosalind C. Wang (1985) 1945 George Peabody College for versity; M.A. 1987 University of M.S.L.S. COUNSELING AND Teachers. Southern California. Education Librarian; Professor. PSYCHOLOGICAL B.A. 1965 Soochow University SERVICES Sonceray Bonnell (1997) (Republic of China); M.S.L.S. OFFICE OF Mary Beth Collins (1981) M.S.W. M.A.L.S. 1967 University of Kentucky; M.A. STUDENT AFFAIRS Director, Counseling and Psycho- Ethnic Student Adviser. M.A.L.S. 1976 Long Island University. logical Services. B.A. 1967 Stan- 1997 Dartmouth College. Robert C. Westover (1971) Janine M. Allen (1995) Ph.D. ford University; M.S.W. 1978 Victoria L. Brooks (1997) B.S. M.L.S. Vice Provost and Dean of Enroll- University of Southern California. Instruction Coordinator in Upward Humanities Librarian; Professor. ment and Student Services. B.S. Layton Borkan (1986) M.S.W. Bound. B.S. 1987 California State B.A. 1965 University of Redlands; 1973 University of Nebraska-Kear- Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1967 University, Hayward. ney; M.A. 1979 University of M.A. 1969, M.L.S. 1971 University Stanford University; M.S.W. 1975 Inez Freeman (1991) B.S. of Oregon. Nebraska-Lincoln; Ph.D. 1995 Portland State University. University of Oregon. High School Adviser in Upward Richard Cohen (1987) M.D. Bound. B.S. 1974 Texas Women’s Consulting Psychiatrist. B.A. 1976 University. Evergreen State College; M.D. 1981 Chicago Medical School. D IRECTORIES 309

Kim L. Hills (1989) M.S.W. Margaret Banyan (1992) M.P.A. Susan Curran (1994) M.D. Marlin Grahn (1976) B.S. Instructor/In-Take Counselor, Adviser, Fine and Performing Arts Consulting Physician. B.S. 1979 Head Wrestling Coach. B.S. 1984 Educational Opportunity Program/ Groups. B.S. 1989 University of Maryville College; M.D. 1986 Portland State University. Student Support Services. B.A. University of Missouri. Oregon; M.P.A. 1991 Portland Mary Haluska (1990) B.S. 1980 Langston University; M.S.W. State University. Sandra J. Franz (1968) R.N. Assistant Softball Coach. B.S. 1995 Portland State University. Kathleen A. Cushing (1991) J.D. Administrative Director. R.N. 1968 1984 Portland State University. Andre Jackson (1998) B.S. Oregon Health Sciences University. Coordinator, Student Legal Ser- Montgomery J. Hawkins (1996) Middle School Education Adviser vices. B.S. 1980 University of Kathleen McAuliffe (1998) M.D. B.S. in Educational Talent Search. B.S. Santa Clara; J.D. 1986 University Staff Physician. B.S. 1972 Univer- Head Soccer Coach. B.S. 1990, 1996 Portland State University. of Santa Clara Law School. sity of Montana, Missoula; M.S. B.S. 1992 Oregon State University. Clevonne Jackson (1988) M.Ed. 1974 Duke University; M.D. 1979 Jennifer Hamilton (1997) M.S. Bruce Henderson (1998) B.S. Project Director, EOP/Student University of Washington. Adviser, Student Organizations and Assistant Women’s Basketball Support Services. B.S. 1971 South Leadership Development. M.S. Rosalie Movius (1995) M.D. Coach. B.S. 1984 Willamette Carolina State College; M.Ed. 1972 1997 Colorado State University. Staff Physician. B.A. 1973 Reed University. University of Virginia. College; M.A. 1975 Columbia Uni- David Martinez (1998) B.A. Jeff Hoover (1995) B.A. Eduardo Martinez-Zapata (1995) versity; M.D. 1992 Oregon Health Coordinator, Multicultural Center Assistant Football Coach. B.A. B.S. Sciences University. and Adviser, Student Organiza- 1991 University of California, Coordinator of the Underrepre- tions and Leadership Development. Catherine Thomasson (1997) Davis. sented Minorities Achievement B.A. 1996 Willamette University. M.D. Scholarship/Portland Teacher’s/ Ariko Iso (1996) M.A. Joshua Tabor (1997) M.A. Staff Physician. M.D. 1983 Wayne Diversity Achievement Scholar- Assistant Athletic Trainer. B.S. Adviser, Student Organizations and State University. ship Programs. B.S. 1993 Oregon 1993 Oregon State University; Leadership Development, Student State University. M.A. 1995 San Jose State Univer- Recreation Programs. M.A. 1997 sity. Jay Peterson (1998) M.A. Vermont College of Norwich OFFICE OF THE Instructor, Counselor, EOP/Stu- University. VICE PRESIDENT Michael C. Lund (1989) B.S. Assistant Athletic Director; Sports dent Support Services. M.A. 1997 Michele Toppe (1995) M.S. FOR FINANCE AND Portland State University. Information Director. B.S. 1987 Coordinator of New Student Orien- ADMINISTRATION Lewis & Clark College. Mark Turner (1998) M.A. tation Programs. B.F.A. 1990 High School Education Adviser Paciﬁc Lutheran University; M.S. George P. Pernsteiner (1995) Greg Lupfer (1995) B.S. in Educational Talent Search. B.S., 1998 Portland State University. M.P.A. Assistant Football Coach. B.S. 1994 Portland State University. M.S. 1998 Western Oregon Lisa C. Worsh (1997) M.Ed. Vice President for Finance and University. Adviser, Student Organizations and Administration. B.A. 1970 Seattle Teri Mariani (1976) B.S. Leadership Development. M.Ed. University; M.P.A. 1971 University Head Softball Coach. B.S. 1975 INFORMATION AND 1993 Bridgewater State College. of Washington. Portland State University. ACADEMIC SUPPORT Jay D. Kenton (1988) M.Ed. Anne McCoy (1996) B.S. CENTER STUDENT FINANCIAL Associate Vice President for Dan Fortmiller (1985) M.S. AID Senior Associate Athletic Director. Finance and Planning. B.S. 1981, B.S. 1989 University of Director, Information and Aca- Samuel Collie (1988) M.P.A. M.Ed. 1989 Oregon State Massachusetts. demic Support Center. B.S. 1980 Director. B.S. 1979 Oregon State University. Lewis & Clark College; M.S. 1989 University; M.P.A. 1985 Portland Daniel B. Meyer (1997) B.B.S. Portland State University. State University. A.J. Arriola (1993) M.S. Director of Game Operations. University Coordinator for Quality B.B.S. 1994 University of Wiscon- Mary Ann Barham (1992) M.S. Rachel Durbin (1997) M.S. Initiatives. B.A. 1970, M.S. 1995 sin-Madison. Coordinator, Mentor Program for Student Athlete Financial Aid Portland State University. Returning Women Students. Counselor/NCAA Compliance Christopher J. Miller (1997) B.A. B.A. 1972 University of San Fran- Coordinator. B.A. 1992 Washing- ATHLETICS Assistant Volleyball Coach. B.A. cisco; M.S. 1991 Portland State ton State University; M.S. 1998 Jim Sterk (1995) M.A. 1986 San Diego State University. University. Portland State University. Athletic Director. B.A. 1980 West- Robert L. Prince (1998) M.A. Kim Glanville (1997) M.Ed. Debbie A. Gadbaw (1991) B.A. ern Washington University; M.A. Assistant Football Coach. B.A. Coordinator, Academic Support Financial Aid Counselor. B.A. 1986 Ohio University. 1990, M.A. 1992 Humboldt State Services for Student Ahtletes. 1985 Washington State University. Rick Anderson (1998) B.S. University. M.Ed. 1997 Bowling Green State Assistant Football Coach. B.S. University. Katherine Goff (1986) B.S. Richard Rodgers (1997) B.A. Assistant Director. B.S. 1976 1996 Portland State University. Assistant Football Coach. B.A. Chris Goodrich (1986) M.P.A. Western Oregon University. Shaun Ball (1985) B.S. 1989 University of California, Coordinator, Veterans’ Services. Berkeley. Elizabeth M. Rushen (1999) B.S. Women’s Head Tennis Coach. B.S. B.S.W. 1977, M.P.A. 1979 Univer- 1975 Portland State University. sity of Oregon. Financial Aid Counselor. B.S. 1990 Sam Scuilli (1998) M.B.A. Portland State University. Carrie Lee Carlascio (1997) Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach. Lisa Wilson (1998) M.S. B.A. 1994 Stanford; M.B.A. 1997 Deanna Smith (1993) B.A. Executive Assistant to Athletic Coordinator of Disability Services Director. Santa Clara. for Students. B.S. 1983, M.S. 1986 Financial Aid Counselor. B.A. Florida State University. 1991 Portland State University. Robert A. Cole (1993) B.S. Larry J. Sellers (1966) M.A. Assistant Athletic Director, Sports Steve Woodburn (1996) B.A. Assistant Football Coach. B.S. Information Director. B.S. 1958 STUDENT Associate Director. B.A. 1987 1982 Widener University. University of Oregon; M.A. 1966 DEVELOPMENT Washington State University. Mark D. Criner (1993) B.S. Michigan State University. Susan Hopp (1993) M.S. Assistant Football Coach. B.S. Associate Vice Provost and Dean STUDENT HEALTH 1990 Boise State University. Joel Sobotka (1996) B.S. for Enrollment and Student Ser- SERVICES Men’s Head Basketball Coach. B.S. vices and Director, Student Devel- Michael Bower (1978) M.D. Michael Fletcher (1998) B.A. 1993 Arizona State University. opment. B.A. 1975 Stetson Medical Director; Consultant Director of Annual Fund/Ticket Chris Stanley (1995) M.A. University; M.S. 1979 Indiana Uni- Physician. B.S. 1969 University of Sales. B.A. 1997 Portland State Head Volleyball Coach. B.S. 1969 versity. Portland; M.D. 1973 St. Louis University. Portland State University; M.A. University. Kim Allen (1999) B.S. Mark Folsom (1998) B.A. 1974 University of California, Coordinator of the ASPSU Chil- Mark Bajorek (1996) M.D. Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach. Berkeley. dren’s Center. B.S. 1972 University Consulting Physician. B.S 1982, B.A. 1997 Seattle Paciﬁc Univer- of Southern California. M.D. 1986 Ohio State University. sity. 310 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Eric M. Stinson (1993) B.S. INFORMATION COMMUNITY Dona B. Beattie (1962) M.A. Head Golf Coach. B.S. 1992 TECHNOLOGIES PROGRAMS Professor Emerita. B.S. 1981 East- Portland State University. Bruce M. Taggart (1994) Ph.D. Clarence L. Hein (1978) M.C. ern Oregon State College; M.A. Jessica L. Trippet (1997) B.S. Executive Director, Information Manager of Community Programs. 1983 University of Wyoming. Assistant Women’s Basketball Technologies. B.S. 1978 Nichols B.S. 1965 Portland State Univer- Channing M. Briggs (1962) M.A. Coach. B.S. 1997 Portland State College; M.P.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1993 sity; M.C. 1969 University of Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1948 University. University of Connecticut. Washington. George Williams College; M.A. Amy Turner (1997) B.S. Mark Kramer (1998) M.Ed. DEVELOPMENT 1952 University of Chicago. Associate Athletic Director. B.S. Director, Instruction and Research Leslie Martin Aaron (1993) B.S. Thomas C. Burgess (1963) Ph.D. 1989 University of Massachusetts, Services. B.S. Bowling Green State Director, Special Campaigns. Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1942 Amherst. University; M.Ed. Kent State B.S. 1982 University of Oregon. University of Montana; Ph.D. 1954 University. University of Minnesota. Jason Tyrus (1996) B.A. James Draznin (1995) M.A. Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach. Lisa Yeo (1997) M.S. Director, Planned and Major Gifts. Katherine C. Corbett (1963) B.A. 1996 University of Director, Information Support B.A. 1977 University of California, M.A. Washington. Systems. B.A. 1978 Gettysburg Santa Cruz; M.A. 1983 University Professor Emerita. B.A. 1937, College; M.S. 1991 Shippensburg of California, Los Angeles. M.A. 1938 University of Oregon. Vic Venuta (1995) M.A. University. Assistant Football Coach. B.S. Heidi Gambee (1996) M.A. Margaret J. Dobson (1955) Ed.D. 1979 San Jose State; M.A. 1984 St. Timothy Johnston (1977) B.S. Associate Director, Annual Fund. Executive Vice President Emerita, Mary’s College. Associate Director, Telecommuni- B.A. 1985, M.A. 1987 Portland Professor Emerita of Health and cations. B.S. 1981 San Diego State State University. Physical Education. B.S. 1954, Timothy E. Walsh (1993) B.A. University. Head Football Coach. B.A. 1977 M.S. 1959, Ed.D. 1965 University Katrina Ratzlaff (1995) B.A. of Oregon. University of California, Riverside. Lorraine Duncan (1989) B.S. Director, Stewardship. B.A. 1983 Educational Multimedia Special- C. Edward Wingard (1997) B.S. Lewis & Clark College. Robert J. Gridley (1955) M.Ed. ist, Audio-Visual Services. B.S. Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1939 Uni- Financial Ofﬁcer. B.S. 1985 Uni- 1990 Dan Ryan (1997) B.A. versity of Oregon. versity of Oregon; M.Ed. 1956 Portland State University. Director, Annual Giving. B.A. 1985 Oregon State University. Lisa Workman (1996) B.A. University of Oregon. James G. Kimball (1972) M.A. Mary X. Grimes (1964) Ed.D. Assistant Women’s Basketball Assistant Manager, Television Ser- Donna Schaeffer (1992) M.S.W. Professor Emerita. B.S. 1947, M.S. Coach. B.A. 1995 Boise State vices; Professor. B.A. 1969, M.A. Director, Development. B.S. 1966, 1951 North Texas State University; University. 1972 University of Michigan. M.S.W. 1982 Portland State Ed.D. 1963 University of Denver. Keith Woodard (1987) B.A. University. Emeriti Faculty William H. Hamilton (1970) Assistant Men’s and Women’s Robert E. Walker II (1967) M.A. Terri Theisen (1997) M.A. Ph.D. Cross Country and Track Coach; Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1962, B.S. Director, President’s Associates University Professor Emeritus. Assistant Men’s Indoor Track 1964 Montana State University; and Research. B.A. 1989 Macal- B.A. 1943 Oberlin College; B.D. Coach. B.A. 1989 Lewis & Clark M.A. 1973 Michigan State ester College; M.A. 1996 Portland 1949 Union Theological Semi- College University. State University. nary; Ph.D. 1952 University of St. Kenneth Woodard (1983) B.A. Valerie Wright (1998) B.A. Andrews (Scotland); D.H.L. 1968 Men’s and Women’s Cross Country HUMAN RESOURCES Special Events Coordinator. B.A. Ripon College. and Track Coach; Men’s Indoor Edna Breinig Chun (1998) D.M. 1974 Sam Houston State. Robert A. Nicholas (1965) Ed.D. Track Coach. B.A. 1987 New York Associate Vice President for Dean Emeritus of Continuing Edu- State University, Albany. Human Resources. B.A. 1968 MARKETING AND Oberlin College; M.A. 1971 COMMUNICATIONS cation; Professor Emeritus. B.A. Jenny Yopp (1996) M.A. Columbia University; M.M. 1972, 1961 University of Wyoming; M.S. Women’s Head Basketball Coach. Jan Woodruff (1998) M.B.A. 1962 University of Oregon; Ed.D. D.M. 1982 Indiana University Director, Marketing and Communi- B.S. 1989 University of North School of Music. 1966 University of Wyoming. Carolina; M.A. 1991 University of cations. B.S. 1979 Oregon State Ronald F. Ronacher (1964) Ph.D. Maine. University; M.B.A. 1987 Portland State University. Counselor; Professor Emeritus. OFFICE OF B.A. 1957 Hamilton College; M.A. BUSINESS AFFAIRS UNIVERSITY Jeanie-Marie Price (1998) B.S. Cathy C. Dyck (1996) B.S. 1959 Ohio University; Ph.D. 1963 Integrated Marketing Program University of Utah. Director, Business Affairs. RELATIONS Manager. B.S. 1996 Boston B.S. 1981 University of Maryland. University. Bernard Ross (1977) Ph.D. Gary Withers (1996) J.D. University Professor Emeritus. Delores Wendler (1998) B.S. Vice President for University Rela- Julie Smith (1999) B.S. Associate Director, Business A.B. 1938 University of Oregon; tions. B.S. 1975 Lewis & Clark Integrated Marketing Program M.S. 1941 University of Pittsburgh; Affairs. B.S. 1994 Oregon State College; J.D. 1979 Lewis & Clark Manager. B.S. 1993 Oregon State University. Ph.D. 1958 University of Michi- College, Northwestern School of University. gan. Law. CAMPUS PUBLIC PUBLICATIONS Walter O. Shold (1964) Ed.D. SAFETY Jana Richardson (1998) B.A. Douglas H. Swanson (1988) B.S. Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1947 John M. Fowler (1994) M.S. University Relations Coordinator. Director, Publications. B.S. 1975 Eastern Oregon State College; Director of Public Safety, Campus B.A. 1990 University of Oregon. University of Oregon. M.Ed. 1950 University of Oregon; Public Safety Ofﬁce. B.A. 1975 ALUMNI RELATIONS Kathryn Kirkland (1987) B.S. Ed.D. 1961 Washington State Uni- University of California at Berke- versity. ley, M.S. 1985 San Jose State Patricia E. Squire (1989) M.P.A. Editor, PSU Magazine and Cur- University. Director, Alumni Relations. B.S. rently. Nancy J. Stuart (1965) B.A. 1968 University of Oregon; M.P.A. B.S. 1980 University of Oregon. Assistant Professor Emerita. B.A. FACILITIES AND 1995 Portland State University. 1947 Willamette University. AUXILIARY SERVICES Jennifer Wheeler (1996) B.B.A., ADMINISTRATIVE Robert Tayler (1960) M.A. Brian J. Chase (1992) M.U.P. B.A. FACULTY EMERITI Assistant Professor Emeritus. B.A. Director, Facilities and Auxiliary Assistant Director, Alumni 1955 Willamette University; M.A. Services. B.S. 1973, M.U.P. 1979 Relations. B.B.A., B.A. 1994 Idaho 1964 American University. Michigan State University Annabelle Alexander (1964) State University. M.Ed. William D. Williams (1965) B.D. Alan Brown (1996) M.A. Professor Emerita. B.S. 1962 Port- Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1944 Col- Assistant Director, Auxiliary Ser- land State University; M.Ed. 1964 lege of Idaho; M.A. 1950, B.D. vices. B.A. 1971 Rutgers Univer- University of Oregon. 1951 University of Chicago. sity, M.A. 1973 New York University. D IRECTORIES 311

ACADEMIC FACULTY

OLLEGE OF Associated Faculty Nancy Dollahite (1997) M.A.T. Emeriti Faculty C John Fagan (1992) Ph.D. Instructor in English as a Second Naguib A.F. Greis (1963) Ph.D. LIBERAL ARTS AND Adjunct Professor of Anthropology. Language. B.A. 1964 Pomona Professor Emeritus of Applied Lin- SCIENCES B.A., 1966, M.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1973 College; M.A. 1978 University of guistics. B.A. 1945 Cairo Univer- University of Oregon. Denver. sity (Egypt); Ed. Dipl. 1948 Ain Marvin A. Kaiser (1993) Ph.D. Patricia Kramer (1992) Ph.D. Michael J. Harvey (1988) M.A. Shams University (Egypt); Eng. Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Adjunct Assistant Professor of Senior Instructor in English as a Stud. Dipl. 1954 Exeter University Sciences; Professor of Sociology. Anthropology. B.A. 1972 Portland Second Language. B.A. 1971 (England); Ph.D. 1963 University B.A. 1961 Cardinal Glennon Col- State University; M.S. 1976 Uni- California State University, of Minnesota. lege; M.A. 1973 Kansas State Uni- versity of Oregon; Ph.D. 1979 Uni- Sonoma; M.A. 1980 Portland State Beatrice Oshika (1989) Ph.D. versity; M.S.W. 1977 University of versity of New Mexico. University. Professor Emerita of Applied Lin- Kansas; Ph.D. 1979 University of guistics. B.A. 1963, M.A. 1964, Nebraska. John K. Lundy (1984) Ph.D. Lena Koessler (1994) M.A. Adjunct Associate Professor of Instructor in English as a Second Ph.D. 1973 University of Michi- DEPARTMENT OF Anthropology. B.A. 1976, M.A. Language. B.A. 1990, M.A. 1992 gan. ANTHROPOLOGY 1977 Western Washington Univer- San Francisco State University. Helen Schley (1964) B.A. Faculty sity; Ph.D. 1983 University of Wit- Shirley A. Morrell (1979) M.A. Senior Instructor Emerita in watersrand (South Africa). Kenneth M. Ames (1984) Ph.D. Senior Instructor in English as a English as a Second Language. Professor of Anthropology. B.A. Susan I. Wolf (1990) M.D. Second Language. B.A. 1967, B.A. 1935 Reed College. 1967 George Washington Univer- Adjunct Assistant Professor of M.A. 1977, Cert-TESL 1977 Port- land State University. DEPARTMENT OF sity; M.A. 1969 University of New Anthropology. B.A. 1971 Univer- BIOLOGY Mexico; Ph.D. 1976 Washington sity of Portland; M.A. 1973 Port- Stephen Reder (1995) Ph.D. State University. land State University; Ph.D. 1977, University Professor. B.A. 1969 Faculty M.D. 1984 University of Connecti- David R. Boone 1998) Ph.D. Thomas Biolsi (1990) Ph.D. Stanford University; Ph.D. 1977 cut. Rockefeller University. Professor of Biology. B.S. 1973, Professor of Anthropology. B.A. Ph.D. 1977 University of Florida. 1975 Hofstra University; M.A. DEPARTMENT OF Judy Reed (1997) M.A. 1979, Ph.D. 1987 Columbia Uni- APPLIED Instructor in English as a Second M. Carol Alosi Carter (1995) Ph.D. versity. LINGUISTICS Language. B.A. 1989, M.A. 1991 Associate Professor of Biology. Virginia L. Butler (1994) Ph.D. Faculty University of Houston. B.A. 1966, M.A. 1971 California Assistant Professor of Anthropol- John Armbrust (1995) M.A. Lynn Santelmann (1998) Ph.D. State University, Long Beach; ogy. B.A. 1977 University of Geor- Instructor in English as a Second Assistant Professor of Applied Lin- Ph.D. 1980 Portland State Univer- gia; M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1990 Language. B.A. 1969 St. Mary’s guistics. B.A. 1989 University of sity. University of Washington. College; B.S. 1976 University of Minnesota; M.A. 1992, Ph.D. 1995 Larry I. Crawshaw (1976) Ph.D. Minnesota; M.A. 1992 Portland Sharon A. Carstens (1987) Ph.D. Cornell University. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1964 State University. Professor of Anthropology and Laura S. Shier (1997) M.A. University of California, Los Ange- International Studies. B.A. 1970 Kimberley A. Brown (1989) Ph.D. Instructor in English as a Second les; Ph.D. 1970 University of Cali- Michigan State University; M.A. Associate Professor of Applied Language. B.A. 1985, M.A. 1989 fornia, Santa Barbara; Post- 1972 University of Hawaii; M.A. Linguistics and International Stud- University of Wisconsin, Madison. Doctoral Fellowship (NIH) 1971 1976, Ph.D. 1980 Cornell ies. B.A., Secondary Teaching Cer- University of California, San University. Marjorie Terdal (1977) Ph.D. tiﬁcate 1974 Macalester College; Professor of Applied Linguistics. Diego. M.A. 1977, Ph.D. 1988 University Margaret C. Everett (1996) Ph.D. B.A. 1959 Taylor University; M.A. Deborah A. Dufﬁeld (1978) Ph.D. of Minnesota. Assistant Professor of Anthropol- 1963 Michigan State University; Professor of Biology. B.A. 1963 ogy. B.A. 1990 Smith College; Ruth Chapin (1989) M.A. Cert-TESL 1975 Portland State Pomona College; M.A. 1966 Stan- Ph.D. 1995 Yale University. Instructor in English as a Second University; Ph.D. 1985 University ford University; Ph.D. 1976 Uni- Marc R. Feldesman (1971) Ph.D. Language. B.A. 1970 University of of Oregon. versity of California, Los Angeles. Rochester; M.A. 1988 Portland Chair, Department of Anthropol- Judith Wild (1991) M.A. Richard B. Forbes (1964) Ph.D. State University. ogy; Professor of Anthropology. Instructor in English as a Second Professor of Biology. B.A. 1958 B.A. 1969 California State Univer- Tucker Childs (1996) Ph.D. Language. B.A. 1967 Brooklyn University of South Dakota; sity, Northridge; M.A. 1971, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Applied College; M.A. 1989 Portland State M.S. 1961 University of New 1974 University of Oregon. Linguistics. B.A. 1970 Stanford University. Mexico; Ph.D. 1964 University of Michele R. Gamburd (1995) University; M.Ed. 1979 University Margaret Young (1993) M.A. Minnesota. of Virginia; M.S. 1982 Georgetown Ph.D. Instructor in English as a Second Anthony K. Gamperl (1998) University; M.A. 1982, Ph.D. 1988 Assistant Professor of Anthropol- Language. B.A. 1972 University of Ph.D. University of California. ogy. B.A. 1987 Swarthmore Col- California; M.A. 1981 Portland Assistant Professor of Biology. lege; B.A. 1989 Oxford University; Jeanette S. DeCarrico (1977) State University. B.Sc. 1986, M.Sc. 1989 University M.A. 1992, Ph.D. 1995 University Ph.D. of Guelph; Ph.D. 1994 Dalhousie of Michigan. Chair, Department of Applied Lin- University. guistics; Professor of Applied Lin- Emeriti Faculty Stanley S. Hillman (1977) Ph.D. guistics. B.A. 1971, M.A. 1973, Jacob Fried (1965) Ph.D. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1970, Cert-TESL 1974 Portland State Professor Emeritus of Anthropol- M.A. 1972 California State Univer- University; Ph.D. 1980 University ogy. B.A. 1947 Temple University; sity, Fullerton; Ph.D. 1976 Univer- of Washington. Ph.D. 1952 Yale University. sity of California, Los Angeles. Thomas G. Dieterich (1979) Wayne Suttles (1966) Ph.D. Robert L. Millette (1984) Ph.D. Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Anthropol- Professor of Biology. B.S. 1954 Associate Professor of Applied ogy. B.A. 1941, Ph.D. 1951 Uni- Oregon State University; Ph.D. Linguistics. B.S. 1968 Stanford versity of Washington. 1964 California Institute of University; M.Ph. 1972, Ph.D. Technology. 1974 Yale University. 312 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Lester J. Newman (1964) Ph.D. Verne C. Reierson (1963) M.P.H. DEPARTMENT OF Carole R. Gatz (1964) Ph.D. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1955 Associate Professor Emeritus of CHEMISTRY Professor Emerita of Chemistry. Washington University; M.A. 1960 Public Health Studies and Biology. B.S. 1954 Iowa State University; University of Michigan; Ph.D. B.A. 1938 Willamette University; Faculty Ph.D. 1960 University of Illinois. M.P.H. 1949 University of Califor- Dean B. Atkinson (1997) Ph.D. 1963 Washington University. Gordon L. Kilgour (1968) Ph.D. nia, Berkeley. Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Richard R. Petersen (1970) Ph.D. B.S. 1989 University of Colorado; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Professor of Biology. B.S. 1965 Leonard Simpson (1968) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1995 University of Arizona. B.A. 1951, M.Sc. 1953 University University of Washington; Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Biology. of British Columbia (Canada); 1970 Duke University. B.A. 1955, M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1968 Gary L. Gard (1966) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1956 University of University of California, Berkeley. Professor of Chemistry. B.A. 1959, Washington. Anna-Louis Reysenbach (1999) B.S. 1960, Ph.D. 1964 University Ph.D. Mary L. Taylor (1962) Ph.D. of Washington. Alfred S. Levinson (1963) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biology. Professor Emerita of Biology. B.S. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.Sc. 1981 University of Witwa- 1954 University of Idaho; Ph.D. Bryant A. Gilbert (1995) Ph.D. B.A. 1954 Reed College; M.A. tersrand; B.Sc. 1982, Ph.D. 1987 1959 University of Illinois. Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 1957 Wesleyan University; Ph.D. University of Cape Town. B.S. 1986 University of Michigan; 1963 Indiana University. W. Herman Taylor Jr. (1961) Ph.D. 1991 Johns Hopkins John G. Rueter Jr. (1979) Ph.D. Ph.D. University. Raymond P. Lutz (1968) Ph.D. Professor of Biology. S.B. 1974, Professor Emeritus of Biology. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. S.M. 1977, Ph.D. 1979 Massachu- B.A. 1952, M.A. 1954 Duke Uni- Dirk Iwata-Reuyl (1994) Ph.D. B.S. 1953, M.S. 1955 University of setts Institute of Technology. versity; Ph.D. 1959 University of Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Florida; Ph.D. 1962 California Illinois. B.S. 1984 University of Alaska; Institute of Technology. Trygve Paul Steen (1970) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1992 Johns Hopkins Professor of Biology. B.A. 1962 Richard D. Tocher (1966) Ph.D. University. Philip C. Roberti (1955) Ph.D. Kenyon College; M.S. 1964, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Biology. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. 1967 Yale University; M.P.H. 1980 B.A. 1957 Stanford University; Jie Lin (1995) Ph.D. B.S. 1944, M.A. 1949 University of University of California, Berkeley. M.S. 1963, Ph.D. 1965 Assistant Professor of Chemistry Portland; Ph.D. 1953 Oregon State University of Washington. B.S. 1983, M.S. 1986 Xiamen University. Mark D. Sytsma (1998) Ph.D. University; Ph.D. 1994 University Associate Professor of Biology. John H. Wirtz (1957) Ph.D. of Rhode Island. Norman C. Rose (1966) Ph.D. B.S. 1978 University of Iowa; M.S. Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. 1984 University of Washington; Biology. B.S. 1952 Loyola Univer- David W. McClure (1966) Ph.D. B.S. 1950 University of California, Ph.D. 1992 University of Califor- sity; M.S. 1954 University of Wyo- Chair, Department of Chemistry; Berkeley; Ph.D. 1957 University of nia, Davis. ming; Ph.D. 1961 Oregon State Professor of Chemistry. B.S. 1958 Kansas. University. Washington State University; Ph.D. Robert Owen Tinnin (1969) Ph.D. 1963 University of Washington. Morris B. Silverman (1959) Ph.D. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1965, Associate Professor Emeritus of DEPARTMENT OF Robert J. O’Brien (1973) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1969 University of Califor- BLACK STUDIES Chemistry. A.B. 1948 Boston Uni- nia, Santa Barbara. Professor of Chemistry. B.S. 1966 versity; Ph.D. 1956 University of Faculty University of Santa Clara; Ph.D. Washington. Carol A. Wilson (1998) Ph.D. Koﬁ Agorsah (1992) Ph.D. 1970 University of Florida. Assistant Professor of Biology. Horace F. White (1965) Ph.D. Professor of Black Studies and David H. Peyton (1987) Ph.D. B.S. 1981, M.S. 1984 Portland International Studies. B.A. 1971, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. State University; Ph.D. 1996 Uni- Professor of Chemistry. B.S. 1977 B.A. 1947 Fresno State College; M.A. 1976 University of Ghana; Abilene Christian University; M.A. versity of California, Berkeley. Ph.D. 1983 University of M.S. 1950 Oregon State Univer- 1980, Ph.D. 1983 University of sity; Ph.D. 1953 Brown University. Randy D. Zelick (1986) Ph.D. California, Los Angeles. California, Santa Professor of Biology. B.A. 1974 Candice L. Goucher (1983) Ph.D. Barbara. Associated Faculty University of California, San Thomas M. Hard (1977) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Black Studies Gwendolyn P. Shusterman (1989) Diego; M.A. 1977 Boston Univer- Fellow in Chemistry. A.B. 1960 and International Studies; Professor Ph.D. sity; Ph.D. 1984 University of Cali- Harvard University; Ph.D. 1965 of Black Studies and International Associate Professor of Chemistry. fornia, Los Angeles. University of Wisconsin. Studies. B.A. 1975 University of B.S. 1979 University of California, Emeriti Faculty California, San Diego; M.A. 1978 Irvine; Ph.D. 1983 University of Shankar B. Rananavare (1996) Dennis W. Boddy (1964) Ph.D. Columbia University; Ph.D. 1984 California, Berkeley. Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of University of California, Los Ange- Research Associate Professor of Carl C. Wamser (1983) Ph.D. Biology. B.S. 1947, Ph.D. 1955 les. Chemistry. B.Sc. 1977 Bombay Professor of Chemistry. Sc.B. 1966 University of Washington. University (India); Ph.D Univer- Darrell M. Millner (1974) D.Ed. Brown University; Ph.D. 1970 sity of Missouri, St. Louis. Clyde L. Calvin (1968) Ph.D. Professor of Black Studies. B.S. California Institute of Technology. Professor Emeritus of Biology. 1969 California State Polytechnic Mingdi Yan (1998) Ph.D. CHICANO/LATINO B.S. 1960 Washington State Uni- College, Pomona; M.S. 1972, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. STUDIES versity; M.S. 1962 Purdue Univer- D.Ed. 1975 University of Oregon. B.S. 1988 University of Science Maria Alanis Ruiz (1980) M.S. sity; Ph.D. 1966 University of Ridwan L. Nytagodien (1997) and Technology of China; Ph.D. Associate Director. B.A. 1976 California, Davis. Ph.D. 1994 University of Oregon. University of Oregon; M.S. 1998 David T. Clark (1970) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Black Stud- Portland State University. Professor Emeritus of Biology. ies and International Studies. B.S. Emeriti Faculty B.A. 1949, M.A. 1951 University 1986 Towson State University, Bal- Dennis W. Barnum (1964) Ph.D. of Nebraska; Ph.D. 1955 University timore; M.S. 1990 Indiana State Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A. 1953, M.A. 1955 University of Illinois. University, Terre Haute; Ph.D. of Oregon; Ph.D. 1957 Iowa State Malcom S. Lea (1965) Ph.D. 1997 Howard University. University. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A. 1957, M.S. 1959, Ph.D. 1964 Bruce W. Brown (1963) Ph.D. Northwestern University. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S. 1949, M.S. 1952 Polytechnic Byron E. Lippert (1960) Ph.D. Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D. 1961 Professor Emeritus of Biology. University of Washington. B.S. 1954, M.S. 1957 University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1966 Indiana James W. Ferguson (1958) Ph.D. University. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A. 1929 Miami University; M.A. Ralph W. Macy (1955) Ph.D. 1931 Oberlin College; Ph.D. 1934 Professor Emeritus of Biology. University of Michigan. B.A. 1929 Linﬁeld College; M.A. 1931, Ph.D. 1934 University of Minnesota D IRECTORIES 313

CHILD AND FAMILY Emeriti Faculty DEPARTMENT OF David Arthur Holloway (1969) STUDIES Joseph C. Blumel (1957) Ph.D. ENGLISH Ph.D. Faculty/Program Advis- LL.D. Faculty Associate Professor of English. President, Portland State Univer- B.A. 1965 University of Puget ers Diana Abu-Jaber (1996) Ph.D. Sound; M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1975 sity, 1974-86; Distinguished Ser- Associate Professor of English. Colleen Dyrud (1995) B.A. vice Professor; Professor Emeritus University of Chicago. Practicum Supervisor, Child and B.A. 1980 State University of New of Economics. B.S. 1950, M.A. York, Oswego; M.A. 1982 Univer- Elaine E. Limbaugh (1970) M.A. Family Studies. B.A. 1978 Oregon 1956 University of Nebraska; Ph.D. State University. sity of Windsor; Ph.D. 1986 State Associate Professor of English. 1965 University of Oregon; LL.D. University of New York, Bing- B.S. 1950, M.A. 1969 University of Carol A. Morgaine (1995) Ph.D. 1976 University of Hokkaido hampton. Nebraska. Associate Professor, Child and (Japan). Jacqueline Arante (1985) M.A. Ray P. Mariels (1967) Ph.D. Family Studies; B.S. 1970, Kansas Giles H. Burgess (1969) Ph.D. State University; M.S. 1979 Port- Senior Instructor in English. B.A. Professor of English. B.S. 1961 Professor Emeritus of Economics. 1973 University of California, Ber- Portland State University; M.A. land State University; Ph.D. 1990 B.A. 1960, M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1973 University of Minnesota. keley, 1974 Oregon State Univer- 1963, Ph.D. 1967 University of University of Oregon. sity; M.A. 1979 Portland State Oregon. Cathleen L. Smith (1975) Ph.D. Nelson B. Crick (1967) Ph.D. University A. B. Paulson (1985) Ph.D. Coordinator, Child and Family Professor Emeritus of Economics. Studies; Professor of Psychology. Marjorie J. Burns (1972) Ph.D. Associate Professor of English. B.A. 1960, M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1967 Professor of English. B.A. 1963, B.A. 1966, M.A. 1967 University B.A. 1968, M.A. 1972, Ph.D. 1976 University of Colorado; J.D. 1982 University of Utah. M.A. 1968 Portland State Univer- of Chicago; Ph.D. 1974 State Uni- Northwestern School of Law, sity; M.A. 1969, Ph.D. 1978 Uni- versity of New York, Buffalo. Lewis & Clark College. DEPARTMENT OF versity of California, Berkeley. Nancy M. Porter (1968) M.A. ECONOMICS Richard B. Halley (1955) Ph.D. Peter Carafiol (1984) Ph.D. Professor of English. B.A. 1958 Faculty Professor Emeritus of Economics. Professor of English. B.A. 1970 Mt. Holyoke College; M.A. 1960 B.A. 1938, M.S. 1940 University Richard L. Brinkman (1961) Amherst College; M.A. 1972, Yale University. of Oregon; Ph.D. 1964 Stanford Ph.D. Ph.D. 1975 Claremont Graduate University. Shelley C. Reece (1969) Ph.D. Professor of Economics. B.S. 1953, School. Professor of English. B.A. 1958 B.A. 1954 Rutgers University; Hugh G. Lovell (1964) Ph.D. Henry Carlile (1967) M.A. Doane College; M.A. 1959, Ph.D. M.A. 1955 Fletcher School of Law Professor Emeritus of Economics. Professor of English. A.A. 1960 1967 University of Nebraska. and Diplomacy; Ph.D. 1965 Rut- B.A. 1947 Pomona College; Ph.D. Grays Harbor College; B.A. 1962, 1951 Massachusetts Institute of Christine M. Rose (1989) Ph.D. gers University. M.A. 1967 University of Technology. Associate Professor of English. John B. Hall (1985) Ph.D. Washington. A.B. 1971 Emmanuel College; Morton Paglin (1961) Ph.D. Professor of Economics. B.A. 1975 Duncan A. Carter (1987) Ph.D. A.M. 1977 Boston College; Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Economics Evergreen State College; M.A. Professor of English. B.A. 1968, 1985 Tufts University. and Urban Studies and Planning. 1981, Ph.D. 1984 The Graduate M.A. 1970 Washington State Uni- B.A. 1943 University of Miami; Francesca J. Sawaya (1995) Ph.D. Faculty, New School for Social versity; Ph.D. 1974 University of Ph.D. 1956 University of Califor- Assistant Professor of English. Research. Illinois. nia, Berkeley. B.A. 1984 University of California, Mary C. King (1992) Ph.D. Nathan Cogan (1976) Ph.D. Irvine; M.A. 1986 University of Thomas Palm (1967) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Economics. Professor of English and General York (England); M.A. 1988, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.A. 1979 Stanford University; Studies. B.A. 1962 San Francisco 1992 Cornell University. B.A. 1961 University of Colorado; M.A. 1986, Ph.D. 1991 University State College; M.A. 1965, Ph.D. M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1967 University Mary Seitz (1981) M.A. of California, Berkeley 1971 University of California, of Michigan. Senior Instructor in English. B.A. Patricia A. Koss (1997) Ph.D. Berkeley. 1964 University of Oregon; M.A. Thomas H. Tuchscherer (1966) Assistant Professor of Economics. John R. Cooper (1970) Ph.D. 1978 Portland State University. Ph.D. B.A. 1984 University of Calgary; Professor of English. B.A. 1954 Professor Emeritus of Economics. John V. Smyth (1998) Ph.D. M.A. 1987, Ph.D. 1993 Simon State University of New York, B.S. 1962, M.S. 1963 University of Chair, Department of English; Pro- Fraser University Albany; M.A. 1957, Ph.D. 1962 Illinois; Ph.D. 1973 Northwestern fessor of English. B.A., M.A. 1976 Kuan-Pin Lin (1979) Ph.D. Yale University. University. Cambridge University; Ph.D. 1982 Professor of Economics. B.L. 1970 Susan Danielson (1974) Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania. Harold G. Vatter (1965) Ph.D. National Chengchi University Associate Professor of English. Professor Emeritus of Economics. Primus St. John (1973) (Republic of China); M.A. 1973, B.A. 1966, M.A. 1969 University B.A. 1936 University of Wisconsin; Professor of English. Ph.D. 1977 State University of of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. 1990 Univer- M.A. 1938 Columbia University; New York, Stony Brook. sity of Oregon. Christine Thompson (1964) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1950 University of Califor- Thomas Potiowsky (1982) Ph.D. Professor of English. M.A. 1955, nia, Berkeley. W. Tracy Dillon (1993) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Economics; Dip.Ed. 1956 University of Edin- Associate Professor of English. burgh (Scotland); Ph.D. 1984 Uni- Professor of Economics. B.B.A. Helen L. Youngelson-Neal (1967) B.A. 1981, M.A. 1983 California Ph.D. versity of Oregon. 1975 Ohio University; M.A. 1977, State University, Fullerton; Ph.D. Professor Emerita of Economics. Ph.D. 1981 University of Colorado. 1988 University of California, Riv- Donald W. Tyree (1970) Ph.D. B.A. 1958 City College of New Abdul Qayum (1970) D.Sc. erside. Associate Professor of English. York; Ph.D. 1966 Columbia Professor of Economics. B.A. B.A. 1960 Carson-Newman Col- University. Carol Franks (1981) M.A. 1949, M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1956 Ali- lege; M.A. 1964 University of Chi- Senior Instructor in English. B.A. cago; Certificate in Victorian garh University (India); D.Sc. 1959 1970 University of North Dakota; Netherlands School of Economics. Literature 1966 University of M.A. 1981 Portland State London (England); Ph.D. 1978 Martin B. Schmidt (1994) Ph.D. University. University of Chicago. Assistant Professor of Economics. Gregory F. Goekjian (1970) Ph.D. Deeanne W. Westbrook (1971) B.A. 1988, M.A. 1990, Ph.D. 1994 Professor of English. B.A. 1964 Colorado State University. Ph.D. Northwestern University; M.A. Professor of English. B.A. 1969, Rajiv Sharma (1998) Ph.D. 1965 University of North Carolina; M.A. 1971 Portland State Univer- Assistant Professor of Economics. Ph.D. 1970 University of sity; D.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1978 Uni- B.S. 1993 Angelo State University, Pittsburgh. versity of Oregon. Texas; M.S. 1995, Ph.D. 1998 Sherrie L. Gradin (1994) Ph.D. University of Florida. Associate Professor of English. John F. Walker (1966) Ph.D. B.A. 1984, M.A. 1986 Portland Professor of Economics. B.S. 1960, State University; Ph.D. 1990 Uni- Graduate Certificate 1963, Ph.D. versity of New Hampshire. 1972 University of Utah. 314 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Anthony W. Wolk (1965) Ph.D. Margaret B. Palmer (1959) M.A. Philip H. Carver (1991) Ph.D. Gina Greco (1992) Ph.D. Professor of English. B.S. 1957, Assistant Professor Emerita of Adjunct Professor of Environmen- Associate Professor of French. M.A. 1959 Northwestern Univer- English. B.A. 1959 Portland State tal Sciences and Resources. B.A. B.A. 1985 Emory University; M.A. sity; Ph.D. 1965 University of University; M.A. 1960 University 1972 University of California, San 1989, Ph.D. 1992 Princeton Nebraska. of Portland. Diego; Ph.D. 1978 Johns Hopkins University. University. Emeriti Faculty Robert C. Tuttle (1955) Ph.D. Martha Hickey (1992) Ph.D. Judah Bierman (1955) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of English. Howard W. Cummins (1987) Associate Professor of Russian. Professor Emeritus of English and B.A. 1949, Ph.D. 1965 University Ph.D. B.A. 1972 Bucknell University; General Studies. A.B. 1939 Univer- of Washington. Adjunct Research Associate in M.A. 1975 University of Califor- Environmental Sciences and nia, Davis; Ph.D. 1985 Harvard sity of Washington; Ph.D. 1951 Hildegard M. Weiss (1955) M.A. Resources. B.A. 1959 Stanford University. University of California, Los Professor Emerita of English. B.A. University; M.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1972 Angeles. 1940 La Verne College; M.A. 1946 Laurence R. Kominz (1983) Ph.D. University of Oregon. Thomas C. Buell (1965) Ph.D. University of California, Los Professor of Japanese. B.A. 1974 Professor Emeritus of English. Angeles. Joseph Maser (1996) Ph.D. Colby College; M.A. 1976, Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of 1984 Columbia University. B.A. 1950 Princeton University; Robert I. Williams (1967) Ph.D. Environmental Science. B.S. 1971 M.A. 1960, Ph.D. 1965 University Associate Professor Emeritus of Jorge O. Lopez (1998) M.A. Pennsylvania State University; of Washington. English. A.B. 1957, M.A. 1960, Instructor in Spanish. B.A. 1992 Ph.D. 1977 University of Indiana. Georgia R. Crampton (1972) Ph.D. 1966 University of Califor- CUNY, Brooklyn College; M.A. Ph.D. nia, Berkeley. Alice Stewart (1984) M.D. 1995 Michigan State University. Visiting Professor of Environmen- Professor Emerita of English. B.A. Timm Menke (1988) Ph.D. ENVIRONMENTAL tal Sciences and Resources. M.A. 1949 College of St. Teresa; M.A. Associate Professor of German. PROGRAMS 1932, M.D. 1932 Cambridge Uni- 1963, Ph.D. 1967 University of B.A. 1972 Lawrence University; versity (England); M.A. 1974 Oregon. Faculty M.A. 1980, Ph.D. 1983 University Oxford University (England); Ivan Curcin (1969) D.Phil. William Fish (1998) Ph.D. of Washington. Associate Professor of Civil Engi- F.R.C.P. 1935 London (England). Professor Emeritus of English. DeLys Ostlund (1991) Ph.D. neering and Environmental Sci- Shanru Wang (1985) Diploma B.A. 1951 University of Zagreb Assistant Professor of Spanish. ences. B.S. 1979 University of Research Associate in Environmen- (Yugoslavia); B.Litt. 1960, D.Phil. B.A. 1983, M.A. 1985 University Florida; Ph.D. 1984 Massachusetts tal Sciences and Resources. Chem- 1968 Oxford University (England). of Utah; Ph.D. 1993 University of Institute of Technology. istry Diploma, 1953 Beijing Thomas Doulis (1972) M.A. Maryland. Roy W. Koch (1982) Ph.D., P.E. University (People’s Republic of Professor Emeritus of English. China). Linda Bryant Parshall (1975) B.A. 1955 LaSalle College; M.A. Professor of Civil Engineering and Environmental Sciences. B.S. Ph.D. 1963 DEPARTMENT OF Professor of German. B.A. 1966 Stanford University. 1972, M.S. 1973 Ohio State Uni- FOREIGN LANGUAGES versity; Ph.D. 1982 Colorado State Northwestern University; M.A. Carol J. Fokine (1984) M.A. University. AND LITERATURES 1968 Indiana University; Ph.D. Senior Instructor Emerita in Faculty 1974 University of London James R. Pratt (1994) Ph.D. English. B.A. 1979, M.A. 1983 Pelin Basci (1997) Ph.D. (England). Portland State University. Director, Environmental Programs; Professor of Environmental Sci- Assistant Professor of Turkish. Jonathan O. Pease (1986) Ph.D. Ross L. Garner (1967) Ph.D. ences. B.A. 1971 University of B.A. 1985, M.A. 1988 Ege Univer- Associate Professor of Chinese and Professor Emeritus of English. Washington; M.S. 1981 Eastern sity (Turkey); Ph.D. 1995 Univer- International Studies. B.A. 1975 B.A. 1936 Haverford College; Washington University; Ph.D. 1984 sity of Texas-Austin. Yale University; M.A. 1980, Ph.D. LL.B. 1939 University of Pennsyl- Virginia Polytechnic Institute and George T. Cabello (1975) Ph.D. 1986 University of Washington. vania; M.A. 1948 University of State University. Professor of Spanish. B.A. 1966, Earl L. Rees (1970) Ph.D. Hawaii; Ph.D. 1955 University of M.A. 1967 California State Univer- Professor of Spanish and Interna- Chicago. Yangdong Pan (1996) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Environmen- sity, Fresno; Ph.D. 1974 University tional Studies. A.B. 1961 Univer- Frederick Harrison (1962) Ph.D. tal Science. B.S. 1983 Hangzhou of Arizona. sity of Washington; M.A. 1966 Associate Professor Emeritus of Teachers College; M.S. 1988 Roderic C. Diman (1960) Ph.D. University of California, River- English. B.A. 1952 Whittier Col- Southern Illinois University; Ph.D. Vice Provost for Academic Affairs; side; Ph.D. 1977 University of lege; M.A. 1957, Ph.D. 1966 Uni- 1993 Bowling Green State Univer- Professor of Spanish. B.A. 1957 Southern California. versity of Washington. sity. Trinity College; M.A. 1958, Ph.D. Ma-Ji Rhee (1989) Ed.D. Michael A. Hollister (1966) Ph.D. Song Qian (1996) Ph.D. 1971 University of Wisconsin. Associate Professor of Korean and Professor Emeritus of English. Assistant Professor of Environmen- Louis J. Elteto (1970) Ph.D. Japanese. B.A. 1981 Seoul, Korea; B.A. 1960 University of Oregon; tal Science. B.S. 1985 Tsinghua Chair, Department of Foreign Lan- Ed.M. 1983, Ed.D. 1989 Rutgers M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1967 Stanford University; M.S. 1988 Nanjing guages and Literatures; Professor University. University. University; M.S. 1995, Ph.D. 1995 of German and Hungarian. B.A. Sandra Rosengrant (1981) Ph.D. Stanley L. Johnson (1955) Ph.D. Duke University. 1961, M.A. 1964 Kent State Uni- Professor of Russian. B.A. 1969 Professor Emeritus of English. J. Alan Yeakley (1994) Ph.D. versity; Ph.D. 1972 Louisiana State Indiana University; M.A. 1971, B.A. 1942 University of Utah; Assistant Professor of Environmen- University. Ph.D. 1976 Stanford University. Ph.D. 1954 University of Southern tal Sciences. B.S. 1986 East Texas William B. Fischer (1978) Ph.D. Dirgham H. Sbait (1985) Ph.D. California. State University; M.S. 1988 Uni- Professor of German. B.A. 1969, Professor of Semitic Languages Marjorie M. Kirrie (1958) M.A. versity of Texas; Ph.D. 1993 Uni- Ph.D. 1979 Yale University. and International Studies. B.A. versity of Virginia. Professor Emerita of English. B.A. Claudine G. Fisher (1972) A-es-L 1971 University of Haifa (Israel); 1952, M.A. 1958 University of Associated Faculty Professor of French. Lic-es-Lettres M.A. 1978, Ph.D. 1982 University of Washington. Oregon. Nancy J. Bowers (1995) Ph.D. 1964, Diplome d’Etudes 1965, Cer- Jae Num Lee (1967) Ph.D. Adjunct Research Associate in tiﬁcat d’Aptitude 1970 Bordeaux Cynthia Sloan (1992) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of English. Environmental Sciences and University (France); Aggregation- Assistant Professor of Spanish and B.A. 1958 Brown University; M.A. Resources. B.S. 1975 University of es-Lettres 1970 University of Paris Portuguese and International Stud- 1960 University of Idaho; Ph.D. Massachusetts; M.S. 1983 Virginia (France). ies. B.A. 1981 St. Louis University; 1968 University of New Mexico. Polytechnic Institute and State Steven Fuller (1990) Ph.D. M.A. 1983 Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D. 1994 Pennsylva- Associate Professor of German and University; Ph.D. 1995 Vanderbilt Carl Markgraf (1966) Ph.D. nia State University. University. Professor Emeritus of English. International Studies. B.A. 1982, A.B. 1951, M.A. 1954 University M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1990 Stanford of Portland; Ph.D. 1970 University University. of California, Riverside. D IRECTORIES 315

Stephen Wadley (1991) Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF Dale E. Courtney (1956) Ph.D. Georg H. Grathoff (1998) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chinese and GEOGRAPHY Professor Emeritus of Geography. Research Associate. B.A. 1986 International Studies. B.A. 1978 B.A. 1940 Western Washington Knox College; Diplom Georg- Brigham Young University; M.A. Faculty College of Education; M.A. 1950, August-Universitaet; Ph.D. 1996 1980, Ph.D. 1987 University of Barbara Brower (1994) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1959 University of University of Illinois, Urbana. Washington. Associate Professor of Geography Washington. and International Studies. A.B. Ansel G. Johnson (1973) Ph.D. Stephen Walton (1995) Ph.D. 1977, M.A. 1982, Ph.D. 1987 Uni- John O. Dart (1955) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Geology; Assistant Professor of French. A.B. versity of California, Berkeley. Professor Emeritus of Geography. Professor of Geology. B.A. 1965 1979 Harvard; B.A. 1987 Univer- B.A. 1946 Central Washington Linﬁeld College; Ph.D. 1973 sity of Washington; M.A. 1988 Teresa Bulman (1990) Ph.D. College; M.A. 1948, Ph.D. 1953 Stanford University. Associate Professor of Geography. University of Washington. Middlebury; Ph.D. 1992 University David Percy (1998) B.S. of Wisconsin-Madison. B.A. 1973 Mount Holyoke Col- lege; J.D. 1978 Georgetown Uni- Alexander R. Gassaway (1966) Research Assistant. B.S. 1999 Port- Suwako Watanabe (1990) Ph.D. versity Law Center; M.S.F.S. 1978 Ph.D. land State University. Professor Emeritus of Geography. Associate Professor of Japanese Georgetown University School of Curt D. Peterson (1989) Ph.D. B.A. 1950 University of Virginia; and International Studies. B.A. Foreign Service; M.S. 1986 Uni- Professor of Geology. A.A. College M.A. 1957 George Washington 1982 Hosei University (Japan); versity of Massachusetts, Amherst; of San Mateo; B.A. San Francisco University; Ph.D. 1971 Clark Uni- M.S. 1986, Ph.D. 1991 George- Ph.D. 1990 University of Califor- State University; Ph.D. 1983 versity. town University. nia, Davis. Oregon State University. Fritz Louis Kramer (1966) Ph.D. Patricia J. Wetzel (1984) Ph.D. Keith Hadley (1998) Ph.D. Martin J. Streck (1999) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Geography. Professor of Japanese and Interna- Assistant Professor of Geography. Assistant Professor of Geology. B.A. 1950 University of Washing- tional Studies. B.A. 1974, M.A. B.A. 1977 California State College, Diplom 1989 University of Tubin- ton; M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1957 Uni- 1976 Pennsylvania State Univer- Sonoma; M.A. 1984 University of gen (Germany); Ph.D. 1994 versity of California, Berkeley. sity; Ph.D. 1984 Cornell Univer- Wyoming; Ph.D. 1990 University Oregon State University. sity. of Colorado. D. Richard Lycan (1970) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty Emeriti Faculty Professor Emeritus of Geography Thomas Harvey (1990) Ph.D. Marvin Howard Beeson (1969) Jeanne Marie Bernard (1966) and Urban Studies and Planning. Associate Professor of Geography. Ph.D. B.A. B.S. 1956 University of Idaho; B.A. 1974 Antioch College; M.S. Professor Emeritus of Geology. Associate Professor Emerita of M.A. 1961 George Washington 1982 Pennsylvania State Univer- B.S. 1959, M.S. 1962 University of French. B.A. 1966 Portland State University; Ph.D. 1964 University sity; Ph.D. 1990 University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1969 University of University. of Washington. Minnesota. California, San Diego. Thomas M. Poulsen (1963) Ph.D. Franz Langhammer (1960) Ph.D. Daniel M. Johnson (1977) Ph.D. Gilbert T. Benson (1968) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of German. Professor Emeritus of Geography. Chair, Department of Geography; Associate Professor Emeritus of Diploma 1947 School of Journal- B.S. 1953 Oregon State University; Professor of Geography. B.A. 1967 Geology. B.S. 1952, M.S. 1953 ism (Germany); M.A. 1952, Ph.D. M.S. 1955, Ph.D. 1963 University University of Arizona; M.A. 1975, Stanford University; Ph.D. 1963 1956 Northwestern University. of Wisconsin. Ph.D. 1978 Arizona State Yale University. Wenceslao Miranda (1971) Ph.D. University. Larry W. Price (1968) Ph.D. Paul E. Hammond (1963) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor Emeritus of Geography. Gil Latz (1983) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Geology. Spanish. B.A. 1949 University of B.S. 1963 Eastern Illinois Univer- Professor of Geography and Inter- B.A. 1952 University of Colorado; Santiago (Spain); M.A. 1969 City sity; M.S. 1965, Ph.D. 1970 Uni- national Studies. B.A. 1974 Occi- M.A. 1958 University of Califor- College of New York; Ph.D. 1971 versity of Illinois. dental College; M.A. 1978, Ph.D. nia, Los Angeles; Ph.D. 1963 Uni- Columbia University. 1986 University of Chicago. DEPARTMENT OF versity of Washington. Laureen K. Nussbaum (1973) Joseph Poracsky (1982) Ph.D. GEOLOGY Leonard A. Palmer (1967) Ph.D. Ph.D. Professor of Geography. B.A. 1968 Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor Emerita of German. B.A. Faculty Clark University; M.A. 1981 Uni- Geology. B.S. 1953, M.S. 1960 1962 Portland State University; Scott F. Burns (1990) Ph.D. versity of Maryland; Ph.D. 1984 University of Washington; Ph.D. M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1977 Professor of Geology. B.S. 1969, University of Kansas. 1967 University of California, Los University of Washington. M.S. 1970 Stanford University; Ric Vrana (1997) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1980 University of Colorado. Angeles. David Romey (1965) M.A. Assistant Professor of Geography. Richard E. Thoms (1964) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Sherry L. Cady (1998) Ph.D. B.A. 1975 University of Akron; Professor Emeritus of Geology. Spanish. B.A. 1948, M.A. 1951 Assistant Professor of Geology. M.A. 1985, Ph.D. 1997 University B.S. 1957, M.S. 1959 University of University of Washington. of Washington. A.B. 1987, Ph.D. 1994 University of California, Berkeley. Washington; Ph.D. 1965 University Kazem Tehrani (1975) Ph.D. Martha A. Works (1985) Ph.D. of California, Berkeley. Associate Professor Emeritus. B.A. Kenneth M. Cruikshank (1994) Associate Professor of Geography Robert O. Van Atta (1956) Ph.D. 1964 Tehran University (Iran); Ph.D. and International Studies. B.A. Professor Emeritus of Geology. M.A. 1972 City University of New Assistant Professor of Geology. 1974 University of the Americas; B.S. 1949 University of Oregon; York; M.Phil. 1973, Ph.D. 1974 B.S. 1983 Pennsylvania State Uni- M.A. 1980 Arizona State Univer- B.D. 1956 Western Conservative Columbia University. sity; Ph.D. 1985 Louisiana State versity; M.S. 1987 University of Baptist Seminary; M.S. 1960 Uni- University. Cincinnati; Ph.D. 1991 Purdue Frank B. Vecchio (1960) Ph.D. University. versity of Oregon; Ph.D. 1971 Professor Emeritus of Spanish. Emeriti Faculty Oregon State University. Michael L. Cummings (1979) B.A. 1956 University of Portland; James G. Ashbaugh (1957) Ph.D. Ph.D. Associated Faculty M.A. 1959, Ph.D. 1963 University Professor Emeritus of Geography. Professor of Geology. B.S. 1971 Elizabeth Carter (1993) Ph.D. of Washington. B.A. 1950 Central Washington Col- Adjunct Research Associate in lege; M.A. 1953 University of Col- University of Wisconsin; M.S. Rita Rose Vistica (1975) Ph.D. Geology. B.S. 1981 Portland State orado; Ph.D. 1965 University of 1975 University of Minnesota; Associate Professor Emerita of University; M.S. 1985 University California, Los Angeles. Ph.D. 1978 University of Wiscon- French. B.A. 1956 Marylhurst sin. of British Columbia (Canada); College; M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1965 Clarke H. Brooke (1955) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1993 University of Lausanne Andrew G. Fountain (1998) Ph.D. Fordham University. Professor Emeritus of Geography. (Switzerland). B.A. 1942, M.A. 1950 University Assistant Professor of Geology and Michael L. Feves (1984) Ph.D. of Washington; Ph.D. 1956 Univer- Geography. B.S. 1975 St. Adjunct Professor of Geology. B.A. sity of Nebraska. Lawrence University; M.S. 1980 University of Alaska; Ph.D. 1992 1973 Reed College; Ph.D. 1977 University of Washington. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 316 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Dennis O. Nelson (1991) Ph.D. William L. Lang (1994) Ph.D. Basil Dmytryshyn (1956) Ph.D. INTERNATIONAL Adjunct Professor of Geology. B.S. Professor of History. B.A. 1964 Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. STUDIES 1967 Portland State University; Willamette University; M.A. 1966 1950, M.A. 1951 University of Ph.D. 1980 Oregon State Washington State University; Ph.D. Arkansas; Ph.D. 1955 University of Faculty University. 1974 University of Delaware. California, Berkeley. Kimberley A. Brown Ph.D. (Applied Linguistics) Jim E. O’Conner (1995) Ph.D. Thomas M. Luckett (1992) Ph.D. Gordon B. Dodds (1966) Ph.D. Vice Provost, International Affairs; Adjunct Associate Professor of Associate Professor of History. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Director, International Studies Geology. B.S. 1982 University of B.A. 1984 Oberlin; M.A. 1987, 1954 Harvard University; M.A. Program. Washington; M.S. 1985, Ph.D 1990 Ph.D. 1992 Princeton University. 1955 University of Illinois; Ph.D. University of Arizona. 1958 University of Wisconsin. Koﬁ Agorsah Ph.D. (Black Stud- Jon E. Mandaville (1965) Ph.D. ies) Thomas C. Pierson (1995) Ph.D. Professor of History and Interna- G. Bernhard Fedde (1958) J.D. Adjunct Associate Professor of tional Studies. B.A. 1959 Dart- Adjunct Professor Emeritus of His- L. Rudolph Barton M.Arch. (Art) Geology. B.A. 1970 Middlebury mouth College; Diploma Islamics tory and International Law. A.B. Lois Becker Ph.D. (History) College; M.S. 1972, Ph.D. 1977 1961 Edinburgh University (Scot- 1930 Williams College; J.D. 1936 University of Washington. land); M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1969 Prin- University of Oregon; A.M. 1964 Nancy Benson Ed.D. (Education) Oregon State University. James M. Pollock (1985) M.S. ceton University. Barbara Brower Ph.D. Adjunct Senior Research Assistant Frederick M. Nunn (1965) Ph.D. Jim F. Heath (1967) Ph.D. (Geography) in Geology. B.A. 1974 Reed Col- Professor of History and Interna- Professor Emeritus of History. Sharon A. Carstens Ph.D. lege; B.S. 1984, M.S. 1985 Port- tional Studies. B.A. 1959 Univer- B.B.A. 1953, M.A. 1955 University (Anthropology) land State University. sity of Oregon; M.A. 1963, Ph.D. of New Mexico; Ph.D. 1967 Stan- John J. Damis Ph.D. (Political 1963 University of New Mexico. ford University. James R. Pratt (1995) Ph.D. Science) Patricia Schechter (1995) Ph.D. Charles A. Le Guin (1959) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Geology. B.A. Margaret Everett Ph.D. Assistant Professor of History. A.B. Professor Emeritus of History. A.B. University of Washington; M.S. (Anthropology) 1981 Eastern Washington Univer- 1986 Mount Holyoke College; 1948 Mercer University; M.A. sity; Ph.D. 1984 Virginia Polytech- Ph.D. 1993 Princeton University. 1949 Northwestern University; Grant M. Farr Ph.D. (Sociology) Ph.D. 1956 Emory University. nic Institute and State University. Friedrich Schuler (1990) Ph.D. Steven Fuller Ph.D. (German) David G. Taylor (1981) Ph.D. Associate Professor of History and Thomas D. Morris (1967) Ph.D. Candice Goucher Ph.D. (Black Adjunct Research Associate in International Studies. B.A. 1982 Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Studies) Geology. B.S. 1973, M.S. 1977 Freie Universitaet Berlin, West 1961, M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1969 Uni- Portland State University; Ph.D. Berlin; M.A. 1983 University of versity of Washington. Mel Gurtov Ph.D. (Political Science) 1981 University of California, Texas, Austin; Ph.D. 1990 Univer- Michael F. Reardon (1964) Ph.D. Berkeley. sity of Chicago. Professor Emeritus of History and John B. Hall Ph.D. (Economics) Terry L. Tolan (1993) M.S. Linda A. Walton (1980) Ph.D. Humanities. B.S. 1960 Georgetown Laurence R. Kominz Ph.D. Adjunct Research Assistant in Professor of History and Interna- University; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. 1965 (Japanese) Geology. B.S. 1978, M.S. 1982 tional Studies. B.A. 1969 Wellesley Indiana University. Gil Latz Ph.D. (Geography) Portland State University. College; Ph.D. 1978 University of Morris K. Webb (1955) Ph.D. Pennsylvania. J. Alan Yeakley (1995) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Junghee Lee Ph.D. (Art) Adjunct Associate Professor of Ann Weikel (1967) Ph.D. 1937 Oklahoma Southeastern State Devorah A. Lieberman Ph.D. Geology. B.S. 1986 East Texas Professor of History. B.A. 1957 College; M.A. 1940 Oklahoma (Speech Communication) University; M.S. 1988 University Mount Holyoke College; M.A. University; Ph.D. 1951 University of Texas; Ph.D. 1993 University of 1959, Ph.D. 1966 Yale University. of Chicago. D. Richard Lycan Ph.D. (Geogra- phy, Urban Studies and Planning) Virginia. Emeriti Faculty Franklin C. West (1966) Ph.D. Jon E. Mandaville Ph.D. (History) DEPARTMENT OF Whitney K. Bates (1961) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. HISTORY Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. 1956 Reed College; M.A. 1958 Frederick M. Nunn Ph.D. 1941 University of Washington; University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1970 (History) Faculty M.A. 1948, Ph.D. 1952 University University of California, Berkeley. Lois Becker (1989) Ph.D. Ridwan Nytagodien Ph.D. of Wisconsin. Charles M. White (1955) Ph.D. Associate Professor of History and (Black Studies) Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. International Studies. B.A. 1976 Elliot Benowitz (1966) Ph.D. 1947, M.A. 1949 Michigan State Jonathan O. Pease Ph.D. University of Illinois at Urbana; Associate Professor Emeritus of University; Ph.D. 1959 University (Chinese) M.A. 1978, Ph.D. 1987 Stanford History. B.A. 1955 State University of Southern California. University. of New York, Albany; M.S. 1958, Earl Rees Ph.D. (Spanish) Ph.D. 1966 University of Associated Faculty Karen Carr (1992) Ph.D. Wisconsin. Ma-Ji Rhee Ed.D. (Korean, Japa- Associate Professor of History. Eleanor Ann Fulton (1991) Ph.D. nese) B.A. 1985 Cornell University; Bernard V. Burke (1967) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of His- Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. tory. B.S. 1976 Portland State Uni- Dirgham Sbait Ph.D. (Semitic M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1992 University Languages) of Michigan. 1951, M.A. 1955, Ph.D. 1966 Uni- versity; M.A. 1979, Ph.D. 1991 versity of Washington. University of Wisconsin, Madison. Friedrich Schuler Ph.D. (History) Timothy A. Garrison (1997) Ph.D. George A. Carbone (1961) Ph.D. Caroline P. Stoel (1974) J.D. Cynthia Sloan Ph.D. (Spanish and Assistant Professor of History. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Adjunct Associate Professor of Portuguese) 1939, M.A. 1941, Ph.D. 1947 Uni- History. A.B. 1935, J.D. 1937 Duke B.B.A. 1983, J.D. 1986 University Shawn Smallman Ph.D. (History) of Georgia; M.A. 1993 Clemson versity of California, Berkeley. University; M.A. 1973 Portland Gerald Sussman, Ph.D. (Urban University; Ph.D. 1997 University John P. Cavarnos (1964) D.Phil. State University. Studies and Planning, Speech of Kentucky. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Craig Wollner (1981) Ph.D. Communication) David A. Horowitz (1968) Ph.D. 1941 Boston University; M.A. Professor of Social Science. B.S. Professor of History. B.A. 1964 1942, Ph.D. 1947 Harvard Univer- 1966, M.A. 1969 Portland State Stephen Wadley Ph.D. (Chinese) Antioch College; Ph.D. 1971 Uni- sity; D.Phil. 1948 Athens Univer- University; Ph.D. 1975 University Linda A. Walton Ph.D. (Asia versity of Minnesota. sity (Greece). of New Mexico. Programs, History) David A. Johnson (1979) Ph.D. Victor C. Dahl (1958) Ph.D. Suwako Watanabe Ph.D. Managing Editor, Paciﬁc Historical Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. (Japanese) Review; Professor of History and 1950, M.A. 1951 University of International Studies. B.A. 1972 Montana; Ph.D. 1959 University of Patricia J. Wetzel Ph.D. (Japa- University of California, Irvine; California, Berkeley. nese) M.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1977 University Charles R. White Ph.D. (Univer- of Pennsylvania. sity Studies, Political Science, Urban Studies and Planning) D IRECTORIES 317

María Wilson-Figueroa Ph.D. Marjorie A. Enneking (1968) Mara Tableman (1990) Ph.D. Craig A. Magwire (1969) Ph.D. (Sociology) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathemati- Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Martha A. Works Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sci- cal Sciences. B.S. 1971 University cal Sciences. B.A. 1943 Nebraska (Geography) ences. B.A. 1962 Willamette Uni- of Pittsburgh; M.S. 1973 New State College; M.S. 1947 Univer- versity; M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 Mexico State University; Ph.D. sity of Michigan; Ph.D. 1953 Stan- Birol Yesilada Ph.D. Washington State University. 1984 Pennsylvania State Univer- ford University. (Political Science) John M. Erdman (1966) B.A. sity. Eugene A. Maier (1984) Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF Associate Professor of Mathemati- Kwok-Wai Tam (1966) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- MATHEMATICAL cal Sciences. B.S. 1957, B.A. 1957 Professor of Mathematical Sci- cal Sciences and Extended Studies. SCIENCES Lehigh University. ences. B.S. 1961, Ph.D. 1967 Uni- B.A. 1950, M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1954 versity of Washington. University of Oregon. Faculty Robert L. Fountain (1992) Ph.D. Lisa Byrd Adajian (1995) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathemati- Emeriti Faculty Vivienne H. Olson (1961) M.S. Assistant Professor of Mathemati- cal Sciences. B.A. 1975, M.A. Mildred L. Bennett (1956) B.S. Assistant Professor Emerita of cal Sciences. B.S. 1976 University 1979 University of Texas, Austin; Professor Emerita of Mathematical Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1946, of Oregon; M.A. 1990 San Diego M.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1985 University Sciences. B.S. 1942 Oregon State M.S. 1948 University of Pittsburgh. State University; Ph.D. 1995 Uni- of New Mexico. University. Charles W. Sinclair (1964) versity of Wisconsin-Madison. Gerardo A. Lafferriere (1990) Robert L. Broussard (1960) Ph.D. M.A.T. Assistant Professor Emeri- Jagdish C. Ahuja (1966) Ph.D. Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- tus of Mathematical Sciences. B.S. Professor of Mathematical Sci- Associate Professor of Mathemati- cal Sciences. B.S. 1944, Ph.D. 1943 Washington University; ences. B.A. 1953, M.A. 1955 cal Sciences. M.S. 1977 Univer- 1951 Louisiana State University. M.A.T. 1963 Reed College. sidad Nacional de La Plata Banaras University (India); Ph.D. John B. Butler (1961) Ph.D. Robert L. Stanley (1961) Ph.D. 1963 University of British Colum- (Argentina); Ph.D. 1986 Rutgers Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- University. Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- bia (Canada). cal Sciences. B.A. 1945 Swarth- cal Sciences and Systems Science. Charles B. Balogh (1964) Ph.D. M. Paul Latiolais (1989) Ph.D. more College; M.S. 1947 New B.S. 1943, M.A. 1947 University of Professor of Mathematical Sci- Professor of Mathematical Sci- York University; Ph.D. 1954 Uni- Washington; Ph.D. 1951 Harvard ences. M.S. 1954 University of ences. B.A. 1970 University of versity of California, Berkeley. University. Budapest (Hungary); Ph.D. 1965 Southwest Louisiana; Ph.D. 1984 E. Genevieve Stanton (1955) M.S. Tulane University. Frank S. Cater (1965) Ph.D. Oregon State University. Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Assistant Professor Emerita of F. Rudolf Beyl (1983) Ph.D. Leonard T. Nelson (1977) Ph.D. cal Mathematical Sciences. B.A. 1933 Associate Professor of Mathemati- Professor of Mathematical Sci- Sciences. B.A. 1956, M.A. 1957, St. Xavier College, Chicago; M.S. cal Sciences. Diplom-Mathema- ences and Education. B.S. 1960 St. Ph.D. 1960 University of Southern 1938 University of Chicago. tiker 1969 University of Frankfurt Cloud State College; M.A. 1963 California. Constance E. Stevens (1955) M.S. (Germany); Ph.D. 1972 Cornell Bowdoin College; Ph.D. 1968 Uni- Assistant Professor Emerita of versity of Michigan. George F. Coggins (1956) B.S. University. Assistant Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1933 Gavin Bjork (1966) Ph.D. Joyce O’Halloran (1987) Ph.D. Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1931 Alfred University; M.A. 1940 New Professor of Mathematical Sci- Professor of Mathematical Sci- Union College. York State College for Teachers; ences. B.S. 1974 University of M.S. 1949 University of Oregon. ences. A.B. 1956 Carroll College; Richard Byrd Crittenden (1969) M.A. 1958 University of Montana; Minnesota; Ph.D. 1979 University Selmo Tauber (1959) Ph.D., P.E. of Washington. Ph.D. Ph.D. 1966 Washington State Uni- Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- versity. Jeanette R. Palmiter (1990) Ph.D. cal Sciences and Systems Science. cal Sciences. Diploma Civil Engi- Steven A. Bleiler (1988) Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sci- B.A. 1957 Willamette University; neering 1943 Ecole Superieure Professor of Mathematical Sci- ences. M.S. 1959 University of Illinois; d’Ingenieurs, Beyrouth (Lebanon); ences. B.S. 1974 University of Wis- B.S. 1977, Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State Ph.D. 1964 University of Oregon. Lic.-es. Sc. 1947 Universite de consin; M.S. 1976 University of University; M.S. 1983 University Lyon (France); Ph.D. 1950 Univer- of Illinois. Mary Lou Daily (1963) Ph.D. sitat Wien (Austria); P.E. Illinois; Ph.D. 1981 University of Associate Professor Emerita of Oregon. Serge Preston (1989) Ph.D. Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1959 Dorothy J. Williams (1983) Ph.D. Branford R. Crain (1978) Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sci- College of St. Teresa; M.A. 1961 Professor Emerita of Mathematical Professor of Mathematical Sci- ences. M.S. (Equivalence) 1979 University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1972 Sciences. B.A. 1951, M.S. 1953 ences. B.S. 1964 University of Novosibirsk State University Oregon State University. University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1958 Florida; M.S. 1969, Ph.D. 1972 (USSR); Ph.D. 1978 Steklov Insti- University of Washington. tute of Mathematics (USSR). Phillip J. Gold (1964) Ph.D. Oregon State University. Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Vincent C. Williams (1965) Ph.D. Joseph R. Ediger (1993) M.S. Michael Shaughnessy (1993) cal Sciences. B.S. 1957 Polytech- Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Instructor in Mathematical Sci- Ph.D. nic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D. cal Sciences. B.A. 1955 University ences and Extended Studies. B.A. Professor of Mathematical Sci- 1961 New York University. of California, Berkeley; Ph.D. 1961 ences. B.A. 1968 Le Moyne Col- Harvard University. 1977 Bethel College, Kansas; M.S. J. Kenneth Harris (1962) Ph.D. 1994 Portland State University. lege; M.A. 1970 Indiana University; Ph.D. 1976 Michigan Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Associated Faculty Marek Elzanowski (1988) Ph.D. State University. cal Sciences. B.A. 1958, M.A. Farag Abdel-Salam Attia (1990) Professor of Mathematical Sci- 1959 Fresno State College; Ph.D. Ph.D. ences. M.S. 1971 University of Dan L. Streeter (1983) M.S. 1962 University of Oregon. Adjunct Associate Professor of Senior Instructor in Mathematical Mathematical Sciences. B.Sc. Warsaw (Poland); Ph.D. 1975 Insti- Bruce A. Jensen (1966) Ph.D. Sciences. B.S. 1980, M.S. 1982 1960 Ain Shams University tute of Fundamental Technological Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Portland State University. (Egypt); M.Sc. 1965 Purdue Research, Poland Academy of Sci- cal Sciences. B.A. 1952 Dana Col- University; Ph.D. 1969 Oregon ence (Poland). Leonard G. Swanson (1964) lege; M.S. 1955 University of State University. Eugene A. Enneking (1968) Ph.D. Ph.D. Wisconsin; Ph.D. 1966 University Chair, Department of Mathematical Professor of Mathematical Sci- of Nebraska. Nancy T. Waller (1979) Ph.D. ences. B.S. 1962 Portland State Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sciences; Professor of Mathemati- Ethel L. Lawrence (1964) B.S. University; M.A. 1965 University Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1971, cal Sciences. B.S. 1962 St. Martin’s Associate Professor Emerita of of Washington; Ph.D. 1970 Oregon M.S. 1972, Ph.D. 1976 Michigan College; M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1946 State University. State University. Washington State University. University of Oregon. 318 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF Mark Gurevitch (1958) Ph.D. Janice K. Haaken (1979) Ph.D. PHILOSOPHY PHYSICS Professor Emeritus of Physics. Professor of Psychology. B.A. A.B. 1938, Ph.D. 1947 University 1974 Faculty Faculty of California, Berkeley. University of Washington; Ph.D. Byron L. Haines (1965) Ph.D. Jonathan J. Abramson (1979) 1979 Wright Institute, Los Angeles. Chair, Department of Philosophy; Ph.D. Rudi H. Nussbaum (1959) Ph.D. Professor of Philosophy. B.A. 1958 Professor of Physics. B.S. 1968 Professor Emeritus of Physics. Leslie B. Hammer (1990) Ph.D. Bates College; M.A. 1963, Ph.D. City College of New York; M.A. Ph.D. 1954 University of Amster- Associate Professor of Psychology. 1966 University of Washington. 1970, Ph.D. 1975 University of dam (The Netherlands). B.S. 1985 James Madison Univer- Rochester. David I. Paul (1987) Ph.D. sity; M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1991 Bowl- Donald R. Moor (1964) Ph.D. ing Green State University. Professor of Philosophy. B.A. 1958 Erik Bodegom (1984) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Physics. University of British Columbia Chair, Department of Physics; Ph.D. 1956 University of Califor- Keith L. Kaufman (1998) Ph.D. (Canada); Ph.D. 1975 University of Professor of Physics. Ph.D. 1982 nia, Los Angeles. Chair, Department of Psychology; Oregon. Catholic University of America. Arnold D. Pickar (1963) Ph.D. Professor of Psychology. B.A. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. 1978, M.A. 1982, Ph.D. 1985 Uni- Peter M. Nicholls (1980) M.A. Lee W. Casperson (1983) Ph.D. versity of South Florida. Instructor in Philosophy. B.A. 1969 Professor of Electrical Engineering 1948 U.S. Merchant Marine Acad- Portland State University; M.A. and Physics. B.S. 1966 Massachu- emy; B.A. 1951 Cornell University; Thomas A. Kindermann (1989) 1976 University of Washington. setts Institute of Technology; M.S. Ph.D. 1962 University of Mary- Ph.D. land. Associate Professor of Psychology. Dan Passell (1964) Ph.D. 1967, Ph.D. 1971 California Insti- tute of Technology. Gertrude F. Rempfer (1959) B.A. 1976, M.S. 1980, University Professor of Philosophy. Ph.B. of Trier, (Germany); Ph.D. 1986 1949, M.A. 1954 University of Monica H. Halka (1996) Ph.D. Ph.D. Professor Emerita of Physics. B.S. Free University of Berlin (Ger- Chicago; Ph.D. 1964 Stanford Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S. many). University. 1986 Idaho State University; M.A. 1934, Ph.D. 1939 University of 1989 Johns Hopkins University; Washington. Eric S. Mankowski (1998) Ph.D. Michael Philips (1968) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology. Professor of Philosophy. B.A. 1964 Ph.D. 1993 University of New Pieter K. Rol (1992) Ph.D. Mexico. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. 1989 University of Washing- University of California, River- ton; M.A. 1992, Ph.D. 1997 Uni- side; Ph.D. 1971 Johns Hopkins Donald G. Howard (1965) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1960 University of Amster- dam (The Netherlands). versity of Illinois at Urbana- University. Professor of Physics. A.A. 1957, Champaign. A.B. 1959, Ph.D. 1964 University Cecil E. Sanford (1955) M.S. Emeriti Faculty of California, Berkeley. Dalton Miller-Jones (1992) Ph.D. Larry S. Bowlden (1968) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. 1947 Linﬁeld Col- Professor of Psychology. B.A., B.S. Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. Mohammad Aslam Khan Khalil 1962 Rutgers University; M.S. B.S. 1963, M.S. 1966 University of (1995) Ph.D. lege; M.S. 1949 University of Ore- gon. 1965 Tufts University; Ph.D. 1973 Utah; Ph.D. 1968 University of Professor of Physics. B.A. 1970 Cornell University. Washington. University of Minnesota; M.S. Raymond Sommerfeldt (1966) 1972 Virginia Polytechnic Institute; C. Kerth O’Brien (1987) Ph.D. Graham P. Conroy (1961) Ph.D. Ph.D. Ph.D. 1976 University of Texas, Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. Associate Professor of Psychology. Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. Austin; M.S. 1979, Ph.D. 1979 B.A. 1979 University of California, B.A. 1948 Stanford University; 1951 University of Oregon; M.S. Oregon Graduate Center, 1954, Ph.D. 1964 Oregon State Santa Cruz; M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1987 M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1957 University Beaverton. University of Michigan. of California, Berkeley. University. Pui-Tak Leung (1988) Ph.D. Makoto Takeo (1956) Ph.D. Nancy A. Perrin (1986) Ph.D. John L. Hammond (1962) Ph.D. Professor of Physics. B.S. 1976 Associate Dean, College of Liberal Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Chinese University of Hong Kong; Diploma 1943 Tohoku University Arts and Sciences; Professor of B.A. 1955 Kenyon College; Ph.D. M.A. 1979, M.Ed. 1979, Ph.D. Psychology. B.A. 1980 University 1965 Stanford University. (Japan); M.S. 1951, Ph.D. 1953 1982 State University of New York, University of Oregon. of California, Los Angeles; M.A. David H. Newhall (1955) Ph.D. Buffalo. 1983, Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State Uni- Associated Faculty versity. Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. Jack S. Semura (1973) Ph.D. B.A. 1939 Pomona College; M.A. Frank B. Thiess (1994) Ph.D. Ellen A. Skinner (1992) Ph.D. Professor of Physics. B.A. 1963, Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.A. 1941 University of California, Los M.S. 1965 University of Hawaii; Professor of Psychology. B.A. Angeles; Ph.D. 1948 Princeton 1956 Swarthmore College; Ph.D. 1977 Wright State University; M.S. Ph.D. 1972 University of 1963 Stanford University. University. Wisconsin. 1979, Ph.D. 1981 Pennsylvania Associated Faculty Xiaoliang Sunney Xie (1995) State Pavel K. Smejtek (1972) Ph.D. Ph.D. University. Patricia Backlar (1991) Professor of Physics. M.S. 1961 Research Associate Professor of Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.S. Cathleen L. Smith (1975) Ph.D. Leningrad Polytechnic Institute 1984 Peking University; M.S. Bioethics. (U.S.S.R.); Ph.D. 1965 Czechoslo- Coordinator, Child and Family 1987, Ph.D. 1990 University of Studies; Professor of Psychology. Robert J. Gould (1992) Ph.D. vak Academy of Sciences California, San Diego. Director, Conﬂict Resolution Grad- (Czechoslovakia). B.A. 1968, M.A. 1972, Ph.D. 1976 University of Utah. uate Program; Assistant Professor Emeriti Faculty DEPARTMENT OF of Philosophy. B.S. 1986 Portland Carl Bachhuber (1963) Ph.D. PSYCHOLOGY Lynne Steinberg (1998) Ph.D. State University; M.A.T. 1987 Associate Professor Emeritus of Faculty Assistant Professor of Psychology. Lewis & Clark College; Ph.D. 1993 B.A. 1976 Clark University; M.A. Physics. B.A. 1958 University of Barry F. Anderson (1968) Ph.D. University of Oregon. 1981, Ph.D. 1984 University of Minnesota; M.S. 1960, Ph.D. 1965 Professor of Psychology. B.A. Kansas. University of Washington. 1957 Stanford University; Ph.D. Laird C. Brodie (1955) Ph.D. 1963 Johns Hopkins University. Donald M. Truxillo (1994) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Dean E. Frost (1984) Ph.D. B.S. 1981, M.A. 1984, Ph.D. 1987 B.A. 1944 Reed College; M.S. Professor of Psychology. B.A. Louisiana State University. 1949 University of Chicago; Ph.D. 1977 Reed College; M.S. 1980, 1954 Northwestern University. Ph.D. 1981 University of Washing- Emeriti Faculty John Dash (1966) Ph.D. ton. Gerald Guthrie (1970) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. Beth L. Green (1996) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. 1955 Pennsylvania State Univer- Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A. 1962 Lewis & Clark College; sity; M.S. 1960 Northwestern Uni- B.S. 1987 Bridgewater College; M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 Clark versity; Ph.D. 1966 Pennsylvania M.A. 1990, Ph.D. 1993 Arizona University. State University. State University. D IRECTORIES 319

Roger D. Jennings (1969) Ph.D. Todd L. Duncan (1996) Ph.D. Sharon M. Lee (1998) Ph.D. Robert William Shotola (1970) Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Assistant Professor of Science Edu- Associate Professor of Sociology. Ph.D. B.A. 1959 University of California, cation and University Studies. B.S. B.A. 1975 University of Rochester; Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Berkeley; M.A. 1960 San Jose 1992 University of Illinois at M.A. 1978, Ph.D. 1982 Princeton B.A. 1953 North Texas State State College; Ph.D. 1963 Univer- Urbana-Champaign; M.Phil. 1994 University. University; M.A. 1966 University sity of Colorado. Cambridge University; Ph.D. 1997 Robert C. Liebman (1987) Ph.D. of New Mexico; Ph.D. 1969 University of Chicago. Robert E. Jones Jr. (1964) Ph.D. Professor of Sociology and Urban University of Wisconsin. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Michael J. Flower (1992) Ph.D. Studies. B.A. 1972 State University Associated Faculty B.S. 1957, M.S. 1961, Ph.D. 1963 Associate Professor of University of New York, Binghamton; M.A. Robert B. Everhart (1986) Ph.D. University of Utah. Honors and Science Education. 1977, Ph.D. 1981 University of Professor of Education and Adjunct B.A. 1964 Stanford University; Chadwick Karr (1960) Ph.D. Michigan. Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1962 M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1969 University Professor Emeritus of Psychology. José Antonio Padin (1995) Ph.D. College of Wooster; M.A.T. 1968, of Wisconsin. B.A. 1941, M.S. 1956, Ph.D. 1958 Assistant Professor of Sociology. Ph.D. 1972 University of Oregon. University of Washington. Linda A. George (1996) Ph.D. B.A. 1985 Haverford College; M.S. Donald K. Freeborn (1972) Ph.D. Assistant Professor, Center for Sci- Hugo M. Maynard (1967) Ph.D. 1989, Ph.D. 1998 University of Adjunct Professor of Sociology. ence Education. B.S. 1983 Loyola Professor Emeritus of Psychology Wisconsin. B.A. 1955 Lynchburg College; University; Ph.D. 1991 Portland and Urban Studies. A.B. 1959 Uni- Karen Seccombe (1998) Ph.D. M.H.A. 1957 Medical College of State University. versity of California, Berkeley; Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1979 Virginia; Ph.D. 1968 University of M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 University Julie Smith (1996) Ph.D. California State University; M.S.W. Michigan. of Oregon. Assistant Professor of University 1981 University of Washington; Merwyn R. Greenlick (1965) Studies and Science Education. James A. Paulson (1970) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1985 Washington State Ph.D. B.S. 1978, M.S. 1991 University of Professor Emeritus of Psychology. University. Vice President, Research, Kaiser Wisconsin at Eau Claire; Ph.D. B.A. 1963 University of Oregon; Michael A. Toth (1990) Ph.D. Foundation Hospitals, and Director, 1995 Oklahoma State. M.S. 1970, Ph.D. 1973 Stanford Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1960, Health Services Research Center; Adjunct Professor of Sociology and University. DEPARTMENT OF M.S. 1964, Ph.D. 1973 University of Utah. Social Work. B.S. 1957, M.S. 1961 Cord B. Sengstake (1964) Ph.D. SOCIOLOGY Wayne State University; Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Faculty Emeriti Faculty 1967 University of Michigan. B.S. 1955, M.S. 1959, Ph.D. 1963 Randall Evan Blazak (1995) Charles D. Bolton (1964) Ph.D. University of Oregon. David L. Morgan (1987) Ph.D. Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Sociology Professor of Urban Studies and Ronald E. Smith (1955) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Sociology. and Urban Studies and Planning. Planning; Adjunct Professor of Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A. 1985, M.A. 1991, Ph.D. 1995 B.A. 1947 University of Denver; Sociology. B.A. 1972, M.A. 1974, A.Sc. 1939 Weber State College; Emory University. M.A. 1948 Stanford University; Ph.D. 1977 University of Michi- Ph.D. 1959 University of Chicago. B.A. 1948, M.A. 1949, Ph.D. 1954 Johanna Brenner (1981) Ph.D. gan. University of Utah. Coordinator, Women’s Studies Leonard D. Cain, Jr. (1969) Ph.D. Clyde Riley Pope (1975) Ph.D. Edith B. Sullivan (1955) Ph.D. Program; Professor of Sociology Professor Emeritus of Sociology Adjunct Professor of Sociology. Professor Emerita of Psychology. and Women’s Studies. B.A. 1964 and Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. 1957 Anderson College; M.A. B.S. 1949, M.S. 1950, Ph.D. 1954 Reed College; M.A. 1970, Ph.D. A.B. 1948, M.A. 1949 Texas Chris- 1960 University of Chicago; Ph.D. University of Wisconsin. 1979 University of California, Los tian University; Ph.D. 1955 Univer- 1963 Angeles. sity of Texas, Austin. Morris Weitman (1963) Ph.D. University of Oregon. Professor Emeritus of Psychology Peter J. Collier (1997) Ph.D. Frederic H. Chino (1956) Ph.D. Ralph A. Schmoldt (1993) Ph.D. and Urban Studies. B.S. 1948 City Assistant Professor of Sociology. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Adjunct Assistant Professor of College of New York; M.A. 1953, B.S. 1987 Southern Oregon A.B. 1951 San Diego State Col- Sociology. B.A. 1969 Valparaiso Ph.D. 1960 New School for Social University, M.S. 1989, Ph.D. lege; A.M. 1952, Ph.D. 1965 Stan- University; M.A. 1971 St. Louis Research. 1997 Portland State University. ford University. University; M.Div. 1973 Concor- Frank Wesley (1958) D.Phil. Veronica Dujon (1995) Ph.D. Nanette J. Davis (1975) Ph.D. dia Seminary; M.A. 1981 Portland Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Assistant Professor of Sociology. Professor Emerita of Sociology. State University; Ph.D. 1991 B.A. 1950 Reed College; M.A. B.A. 1985 University of the West B.S. 1962 St. Cloud State Univer- University of Minnesota. sity; M.A. 1967 University of Min- 1955, Ph.D. 1958 Washington State Indies; M.S. 1989, Ph.D. 1995 Uni- DEPARTMENT OF University; D.Phil. 1964 Kultur- versity of Wisconsin. nesota; Ph.D. 1973 Michigan State University. SPEECH minister (Germany). Grant M. Farr (1975) Ph.D. COMMUNICATION Don C. Gibbons (1969) Ph.D. David F. Wrench (1966) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Sociology; Faculty Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1966, Professor Emeritus of Sociology B.A. 1954 Reed College; M.A. M.A. 1970, Ph.D. 1974 University and Urban Studies and Planning. Thomas G. Dolan (1985) Ph.D. 1958 University of Oregon; Ph.D. of Washington. B.A. 1950, M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1956 Associate Professor of Speech 1961 University of North Carolina. University of Washington. Communication. B.A. 1976 Carle- Kathryn A. Farr (1977) Ph.D. ton University; M.S. 1978 McGill Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1961 Nona Y. Glazer (1964) Ph.D. University (Canada); Ph.D. 1983 CENTER FOR Professor Emerita of Sociology. SCIENCE EDUCATION University of Oregon; M.A. 1975, University of Iowa. C.C.C. Ameri- Ph.D. 1979 Portland State B.A. 1955, M.A. 1957 University can Speech-Language-Hearing Faculty University. of Oregon; Ph.D. 1965 Cornell Association. William G. Becker (1983) Ph.D. University. Lee J. Haggerty (1971) Ph.D. Director, Center for Science Educa- Peter Ehrenhaus (1986) Ph.D. Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1964, Jan Hajda (1967) Ph.D. tion. Professor of Science Educa- Associate Professor of Speech M.S. 1966, Ph.D. 1972 University Professor Emeritus of Sociology. tion. B.S. 1975, M.S. 1976 DePaul Communication. B.A. 1973 Uni- of Wisconsin. B.A. 1952 Willamette University; University; Ph.D. 1981 Boston versity of Wisconsin, Madison; M.A. 1957, Ph.D. 1963 University M.A. 1975, Ph.D. 1979 University University. Marvin A. Kaiser (1993) Ph.D. of Chicago. Dean, College of Liberal Arts and of Minnesota. Marion Dresner (1995) Ph.D. Sciences; Professor of Sociology. Joseph F. Jones (1963) Ph.D. Amanda Feller (1996) M.S. Assistant Professor, Center for Sci- Professor Emeritus of Sociology. ence Education and School of Edu- B.A. 1961 Cardinal Glennon Col- Director of Forensics. B.A. Univer- lege; M.A. 1973 Kansas State Uni- B.A. 1961, M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1969 sity of Denver; M.S. 1995 Portland cation. B.A. 1974 State University University of Washington. of New York at Buffalo; M.S. 1978 versity; M.S.W. 1977 University of State University. Humboldt State University; Ph.D. Kansas; Ph.D. 1979 University of Earle H. MacCannell (1963) 1985 University of Michigan. Nebraska. Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A. 1950, B.S. 1952, M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1957 University of Washington. 320 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Lynn E. Fox (1998) Ph.D. Ellen S. Reuler (1990) M.A. James F. Maurer (1966) Ph.D. WOMEN’S STUDIES Assistant Professor of Speech Senior Instructor in Speech Com- Professor Emeritus of Speech PROGRAM Communication. B.A. 1971 Cali- munication. B.S. 1972, M.A. 1973 Communication. B.A. 1951, M.A. fornia State University; M.A. 1985 Northwestern University. C.C.C. 1961 Montana State University; Faculty Humboldt State University; Ph.D. 1974 American Speech-Language- Ph.D. 1968 Oregon Health Sci- Johanna Brenner (1981) Ph.D. 1998 University of Oregon; C.C.C. Hearing Association. ences University; C.C.C. American Coordinator, Women’s Studies 1985 American Speech-Language- Speech-Language-Hearing Associ- Program; Professor of Sociology L. David Ritchie (1990) Ph.D. Hearing Association. ation. and Women’s Studies. B.A. 1964 Chair, Department of Speech Com- Reed College; M.A. 1970, Ph.D. Leslie T. Good (l989) Ph.D. munication; Associate Professor of Joan McMahon (1972) M.S. 1979 University of California, Los Associate Professor of Speech Speech Communication. B.A. 1965 Associate Professor Emerita of Angeles. Communication. B.A. 1982, M.S. Reed College; M.U.P. 1972 Univer- Speech Communication. B.S. 1968, 1983 University of Oregon; Ph.D. sity of Oregon; M.A. 1985, Ph.D. M.S. 1970 Portland State Univer- Melissa Kesler Gilbert (1995) 1986 Stanford University. 1987 Stanford University. sity; C.C.C. 1970 American M.A. Speech-Language-Hearing Instructor, Women’s Studies Candace Gordon (1996) M.A. Hyla Rosenberg (1990) M.S. Association. Program. B.A. 1984 Ohio State Instructor in Speech Communica- Senior Instructor in Speech Com- University; M.A. 1989 University tion. B.S. 1968 Bradley Univer- munication. B.A. 1983 School of Larry Steward (1967) Ph.D. of Baltimore. sity; M.A. 1971 University of International Training, Brattleboro, Associate Professor Emeritus of Illinois; C.C.C. 1972 American Vermont; M.S. 1990 Portland State Speech Communication. B.S. 1963 COLLEGE OF Speech-Language-Hearing Associ- University. Portland State University; M.A. LIBERAL ARTS AND ation. 1965 Cornell University; Ph.D. Andrea B. Ruotolo (1998) M.A. SCIENCES EMERITI 1968 Pennsylvania State Univer- Mary E. Gordon-Brannan (1972) Instructor in Speech Communica- FACULTY sity. Ph.D. tion. B.A. 1986, M.A. 1987 Indiana William H. Hamilton (1970) Professor of Speech Communica- University; C.C.C. American Robert W. Vogelsang (1970) Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1965, M.S. 1967 Purdue Speech-Language-Hearing Ed.D. University Professor Emeritus. University; Ph.D. 1993 Wichita Association. Professor Emeritus of Speech B.A. 1943 Oberlin College; B.D. State University. C.C.C. 1967 Communication. A.A. 1950 Citrus 1949 Union Theological Semi- Gerald Sussman (1994) Ph.D. American Speech-Language-Hear- Junior College; B.A. 1953 Univer- nary; Ph.D. 1952 University of St. Professor of Speech Communica- ing Association. sity of California, Santa Barbara; Andrews (Scotland); D.H.L. 1968 tion and Urban Studies and Plan- M.A. 1958, Ed.D. 1965 Washing- Ripon College. Priya Kapoor (1995) Ph.D. ning. B.A. Fairleigh Dickinson ton State University; C.C.C. Amer- Assistant Professor of Speech University; M.A. University of the ican Speech- Language-Hearing Communication. B.A. 1987 Delhi Philippines; Ph.D. 1983 University CHOOL OF Association. S University, New Delhi, India; M.A. of Hawaii. BUSINESS 1991 Cornell University; Ph.D. Gisele Tierney (1991) M.S. UNIVERSITY HONORS 1995 Ohio University. ADMINISTRATION Senior Instructor in Speech Com- PROGRAM Lisa Letcher-Glembo (1995) munication. B.S. 1984, Certificate Faculty Roger S. Ahlbrandt (1993) Ph.D. Ph.D. Women’s Studies 1986, M.S. 1986 Petyr R. Beck (1997) Ph.D. Dean, School of Business Adminis- Assistant Professor of Speech Portland State University. Assistant Professor of Interdiscipli- tration; Professor of Business Communication; M.S. 1985 Uni- Franki Trujillo-Dalbey (1998) nary Studies, Social Sciences, Administration. B.E. 1963 Yale versity of South Florida; Ph.D. M.S. University Honors Program. B.A. University; M.B.A. 1965 Harvard 1989 University of Minnesota, Instructor in Speech Communica- 1989 University of Washington; Business School; Ph.D. 1972 Uni- Minneapolis; C.C.C. American tion. M.S. 1997 Portland State M.A. 1993, Ph.D. 1997 University versity of Washington. Speech-Language-Hearing Associ- University. of California, Irvine. ation. Accounting Faculty Michael J. Flower (1992) Ph.D. George Battistel (1994) Ph.D. Devorah A. Lieberman (1987) Emeriti Faculty LaRay M. Barna (1956) M.S. Associate Professor of Interdisci- C.G.A. (British Columbia) Assis- Ph.D. plinary Science Studies, University tant Professor of Business Admin- Professor of Speech Communica- Associate Professor Emerita of Speech Communication. B.S. 1944 Honors Program. B.A. 1964 Stan- istration. B.A. 1973 Simon Fraser tion. B.A. 1975 Humboldt State ford University; M.A. 1966, Ph.D. University; M.B.A. 1983 Univer- University; M.A. 1977 San Diego Northwestern University; M.S. 1970 Portland State University. 1969 University of Wisconsin. sity of British Columbia; Ph.D. State University; Ph.D. 1984 Uni- 1992 University of Oregon. versity of Florida. Robert L. Casteel (1966) Ph.D. Kathleen Merrow (1997) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Interdiscipli- Darrell Brown (1994) Ph.D. Tess Marino (1998) M.S. Professor Emeritus of Speech Communication. B.A. 1954 Pacific nary Studies, Social Sciences, Assistant Professor of Business Instructor in Speech Communica- University Honors Program. B.S. Administration. B.A. 1976, M.B.A. tion. B.A. 1970 Western Washing- University; M.A. 1960 University of Washington; Ph.D. 1969 Oregon 1988, M.A. 1990 Portland State 1982 University of Montana; Ph.D. ton State University; M.S. 1998 University; M.A. 1993, Ph.D. 1998 1994 University of Utah. Portland State University. Health Sciences University Medi- cal School; C.C.C. American Cornell University. Marlene Brown (1998) M.B.A., Douglas R. Martin (1992) Ph.D. Speech- Language-Hearing Associ- Michael F. Reardon (1964) Ph.D. C.P.A. Acting Director, Speech and Hear- ation. Professor Emeritus of History and Instructor in Business Administra- ing Sciences Program; Associate Humanities. B.S. 1960 Georgetown tion. B.A. 1974 Moorehead State Professor of Speech Communica- Francis P. Gibson (1955) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Speech University; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. 1965 University; M.B.A. 1977 Univer- tion. B.A. 1981 Wichita State Uni- Indiana University. sity of Montana. versity; M.A. 1983 California State Communication. B.A. 1937, M.A. University, San Diego; Ph.D. 1989 1938 Drake University; Ph.D. 1954 Lawrence P. Wheeler (1976) Anne L. Christensen (1989) Ph.D. Wichita State University; C.C.C. University of Southern California. Ph.D. Associate Professor of Business 1983 American Speech-Language- Theodore G. Grove (1970) Ph.D. Director, University Honors Pro- Administration. B.S. 1972, M.Ed. Hearing Association. Professor Emeritus of Speech gram; Associate Professor of 1974, Brigham Young University; Humanities and Applied Linguis- M.B.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1989 Univer- Susan B. Poulsen (1990) Ph.D. Communication. B.A. 1960, M.A. 1962 Washington State University; tics, University Honors Program. sity of Utah. Assistant Professor of Speech B.A. 1976, M.A. 1978 Portland Communication. B.S. 1958 Univer- Ph.D. 1965 Northwestern Univer- Michael C. Henton (1979) sity. State University; Ph.D. 1993 M.B.A., C.P.A. sity of Washington; M.S. 1970 Uni- University of Oregon. versity of Maryland, Baltimore; Stephen A. Kosokoff (1966) Ph.D. Instructor in Business Administra- Ph.D. 1988 University of Washing- Professor Emeritus of Speech tion. B.B.A. 1972 Pacific Lutheran ton. Communication. B.A. 1961 Uni- University; M.B.A 1973 Univer- versity of Washington; A.M. 1963 sity of Oregon; C.P.A. University of Illinois; Ph.D. 1966 University of Oregon. D IRECTORIES 321

H. Thomas Johnson (1988) Ph.D. Hjalmar J. Rathe (1964) M.B.A., Emeriti Faculty David Gerbing (1987) Ph.D. Retzlaff Professor of Quality Man- C.P.A. James H. Hugon (1962) Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- agement. A.B. 1960 Harvard Col- Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor Emeritus of Business tion. B.A. 1974 Western Washing- lege; M.B.A. 1961 Rutgers Business Administration. B.S. 1946 Administration. B.S. 1949, M.B.A. ton State College; M.A. 1976, University; Ph.D. 1969 University University of Washington; M.B.A. 1957 Northwestern University; Ph.D. 1979 Michigan State Univer- of Wisconsin. 1955 University of Oregon; C.P.A. Ph.D. 1964 University of sity. Raymond N. Johnson (1980) Donald L. Tang (1966) M.A., Washington. David L. Hansen (1999) M.B.A. Ph.D., C.P.A. C.P.A. Carl H. Pollock (1966) Ed.D. Instructor in Business Administra- Professor of Business Administra- Professor Emeritus of Business Associate Professor Emeritus of tion. B.S. 1989, M.B.A. 1997 tion. B.S. 1972 University of Ore- Administration. B.S., B.A. 1957, Business Administration. B.A. Portland State University. gon; M.A.S. 1974 University of M.A. 1961 University of North 1958, M.A. 1959, Ed.D. 1967 Gyeung-min Jomkin (1999) Ph.D. Illinois; Ph.D. 1981 University of Dakota; C.P.A. Colorado State University. Assistant Professor of Business Oregon; C.P.A. Finance Faculty William T. Schantz (1963) LL.M. Administration. B.S. 1989 Ewha William Kenny (1985) J.D., Leslie P. Anderson (1986) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business Womans University, Seoul, Korea; C.P.A. (Washington) Professor of Business Administra- Administration. B.S. 1956 M.S. 1991, Ph.D. 1996 Texas Tech Professor of Business Administra- tion. B.S. 1951, M.S. 1954, Ph.D. University of Oregon; J.D. 1960 University. tion. B.A. 1968 University of 1960 University of Wisconsin. Willamette University; LL.M. 1961 Jennifer C. Loney (1991) M.B.A. Washington; M.S. 1978 Golden New York University. Instructor in Business Administra- Gate University; J.D. 1973 John M. Bizjak (1998) Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1981, M.B.A. 1986 Port- Gonzaga University School of Assistant Professor of Business J. Howard Widdowson (1965) land State University. Law; C.P.A. Administration. A.B. 1983 Univer- Ph.D., C.L.U., C.P.C.U. sity of California, Berkeley; Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business R. Scott Marshall (2000) M.A. Donna R. Philbrick (1984) Ph.D. 1992 University of Utah. Administration. B.S. 1942, M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Business Professor of Business Administra- 1955 Temple University; Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1989 Wil- tion. B.S. 1975 University of Ore- Beverly Fuller (1987) Ph.D. 1963 University of Pennsylvania; lamette University; M.A. 1993 gon; M.B.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1984 Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S. 1966 Webster C.L.U. 1963 American College of George Washington University. Cornell University. Life Underwriters; C.P.C.U. 1967 College; M.B.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1987 Earl A. Molander (1975) Ph.D. Rodney Rogers (1995) Ph.D., American Institute of Property and Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Professor of Business Administra- C.P.A. Liability Underwriters. State University. tion. B.S. 1964 University of Wis- Assistant Professor of Business Gerald D. Wygant (1970) J.D. consin, Madison; M.B.A. 1966 Administration. B.A. 1980 Ohio Janet Hamilton (1986) Ph.D. Assistant Professor Emeritus of Harvard University; Ph.D. 1972 Northern University; M.B.A. 1981 Associate Professor of Business Business Administration. B.S. 1956 University of California, Berkeley. Bowling Green State University; Administration. B.A. 1976 Univer- sity of Washington; Ph.D. 1986 University of Oregon; J.D. 1960 Ph.D. 1995 Case Western Reserve Northwestern College of Law. Alan R. Raedels (1980) Ph.D. University; C.P.A. Michigan State University. Professor of Business Administra- Management Faculty tion. B.S., M.E. 1969 Colorado Richard Sapp (1978) Ph.D., Paula Hammond (1997) J.D. Hayward Andres (1995) Ph.D. State University; M.B.A. 1973 C.P.A. (Texas) Instructor in Business Administra- Assistant Professor of Business Portland State University; Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- tion. B.A. 1966, M.Ed. 1969 Uni- Administration. B.S. 1987 South- 1977 Purdue University. tion. B.B.A. 1970 University of versity of Oregon; J.D. 1984 Northwestern School of Law. ern University at New Orleans; Toledo; M.S. 1976, Ph.D. 1978 M.S. 1989 University of West Flor- David Raffo (1995) Ph.D. University of Houston; C.P.A. Mary H. Hankins (1997) M.S. ida at New Orleans; Ph.D. 1995 Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S.E. 1985 Uni- Richard H. Visse (1976) Ph.D., Instructor in Business Administra- Florida State University. versity of Michigan; M.S. 1992, C.P.A. tion. B.S. 1983 Susquehanna Talya N. Bauer (1994) Ph.D. M.M.E. 1993, Ph.D. 1995 Carnegie Professor of Business Administra- University; M.S. 1990 Drexel University. Assistant Professor of Business Mellon University. tion. B.S. 1966 University of Ore- Administration. B.S. 1989 Hum- gon; M.S.B.A. 1968 University of Chi-Cheng Hsia (1987) Ph.D. boldt State University; Ph.D. 1994 Neil Ramiller (1999) Ph.D. Denver; Ph.D. 1974 Arizona State Professor of Business Administra- Purdue University. Assistant Professor of Business University; C.P.A. tion. B.A. 1951 National Taiwan Administration. B.A. 1974, B.S. Steven N. Brenner (1971) D.B.A. 1982 Sonoma State University; Donald A. Watne (1976) Ph.D., University (Republic of China); Professor of Business Administra- M.B.A. 1987 University of Califor- C.P.A. M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1974 University tion. A.B. 1963, B.Eng. 1964 nia, Berkeley; Ph.D. 1996 Univer- Professor of Business Administra- of California. Dartmouth College; M.B.A. 1966, sity of California, Los Angeles. tion. B.A. 1960, M.A. 1961 Uni- Duncan Kretovich (1999) Ph.D. D.B.A. 1972 Harvard Business versity of Montana; Ph.D. 1977 Assistant Professor of Business School. Mary S. Taylor (1989) Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley; Administration. B.S. 1971, M.B.A. Associate Professor of Business C.P.A. 1972 Eastern Michigan University; Leland Buddress (1990) Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1971, M.A.T. Assistant Professor of Business School for International Training; Kristi Yuthas (1999) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1985 Michigan State Administration. B.S. 1968 Univer- M.A. Pennsylvania State Univer- Assistant Professor of Business University. sity of California, Berkeley; Ph.D. sity; Ph.D. 1989 University of Admistration. B.S. 1982, Ph.D. John Oh (1979) Ph.D. 1995 Michigan State University. Washington. 1990 University of Utah. Professor of Business Administra- Alan M. Cabelly (1980) Ph.D. Pamela Tierney (1992) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty tion. B.A. 1968 Howard Payne University; Ph.D. 1978 University Professor of Business Administra- Associate Professor of Business James R. Bentley (1969) Ph.D. of Virginia. tion. B.A. 1972 State University of Administration. B.A. 1986, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business New York, Stony Brook; M.B.A. 1992 University of Cincinnati. Administration. B.A. 1943 Stan- Shaﬁqur Rahman (1986) Ph.D. 1975 Pennsylvania State Univer- ford University; Ph.D. 1968 Uni- Professor of Business Administra- sity; Ph.D. 1979 University of Ellen L. West (1982) Ph.D. versity of Washington. tion. B. Com. Honors 1975 Dhaka Washington. Associate Dean of Undergraduate University (Bangladesh); M.B.A. Programs; Associate Professor of Michael R. Gaines (1965) Ph.D., 1979 University of Minnesota; Robert W. Eder (1991) D.B.A. Business Administration. B.A. C.P.A. Ph.D. 1986 University of Illinois. Professor of Business Administra- 1962 University of Oregon; M.A. Professor Emeritus of Business tion. B.A. 1971 Colorado College; 1970 Reed College; Ph.D. 1981 Admin-istration. B.A. 1957 Texas John W. Settle (1984) Ph.D. M.S. 1973 Case Western Reserve Oregon State University. A&M University; M.B.A. 1961 Associate Professor of Business University; D.B.A. 1982 University University of Denver; Ph.D. 1969 Administration. B.A. 1967 Pomona of Colorado. University of Washington; C.P.A. College; M.B.A. 1974, Ph.D. 1978 University of Washington. 322 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Alan R. Zeiber (1996) Ph.D. Robert R. Harmon (1979) Ph.D. Jack L. Taylor Jr. (1962) M.B.A. Christine Chaille (1991) Ph.D. Assistant Professor in Business Professor of Business Administra- Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor of Education. B.A. 1971 Administration. B.S. 1968 Syra- tion. B.S. 1972, M.B.A. 1973 Cali- Business Administration. B.S. 1961 University of California at Berke- cuse University. M.B.A. 1977 fornia State University, Long Portland State University; M.B.A. ley; M.A. 1973 San Francisco State University of Montana. Ph.D. 1996 Beach; Ph.D. 1979 Arizona State 1965 University of Portland. University; Ph.D. 1977 University Portland State University. University. June F. Underwood (1958) M.Ed. of California at Los Angeles. Emeriti Faculty Joanne M. Klebba (1985) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emerita of Thomas Goodman Chenoweth William F. Boore (1964) Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- Business Administration. B.S. (1988) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business tion. B.A. 1961 Marygrove Col- 1949, M.Ed. 1961 Oregon State Associate Professor of Education. Administration. B.S. 1942 Lehigh lege; M.S. 1973 University of University. B.A. 1967 San Francisco State Uni- University; M.S. 1950 Colorado Colorado; Ph.D. 1978 University of Alice M. Yetka (1976) Ed.D. versity; M.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1984 School of Mines; M.B.A. 1954 Minnesota. Professor Emerita of Business Edu- Stanford University. University of Chicago; Ph.D. 1963 Charla Mathwick (1998) Ph.D. cation. B.S. 1951 University of Emily C. de la Cruz (1992) Ph.D. University of Washington. Assistant Professor of Business Minnesota; M.A. 1956, Ed.D. 1963 Associate Professor of Education. Lewis N. Goslin (1968) Ph.D. Administration. B.S. 1980, M.B.A. Colorado State College. B.A. 1972, M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1992 Professor Emeritus of Business 1982 University of South Dakota; University of California. Ph.D. 1997 Georgia Institute of Administration. B.A. 1955 Penn- Robert B. Everhart (1986) Ph.D. Technology. GRADUATE sylvania State University; M.S. SCHOOL OF Professor of Education; Adjunct 1961 Carnegie-Mellon University; Candice Peterson (1997) Ph.D. Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1962 Ph.D. 1964 University of Washing- Assistant Professor. B.A. 1973 EDUCATION College of Wooster; M.A.T. 1968, ton. Virginia Polytechnic; M.B.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1972 University of Oregon. Ph.D. 1996 Portland State Phyllis J. Edmundson (1998) William A. Manning (1969) Ph.D. Gloria J. Faine (1996) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business University. Ed.D. Dean, Graduate School of Educa- Assistant Professor of Education. Administration. B.S. 1964, B.S. Alan J. Resnik (1976) Ph.D. B.S. 1970 Langston University; 1965 Oregon State University; tion; Professor of Education. B.A. Professor of Business Administra- 1968 Boise College; M.A. 1973, M.S. 1980 Northeastern State Uni- M.B.A. 1967, Ph.D. 1970 Univer- tion. B.S. 1967 University of Penn- versity; Ph.D. 1996 Oklahoma sity of Oregon. Ed.D. 1974 University of Northern sylvania; M.B.A. 1969 Tulane Colorado. State University. University; Ph.D. 1974 Arizona Roger L. Moseley (1967) Ph.D. Ruth A. Falco (1986) Ph.D. State University. Faculty Professor Emeritus of Business Associate Professor of Education. Joel R. Arick (1984) Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1951 Univer- Bruce L. Stern (1975) Ph.D. B.S. 1969, M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1983 Chair, Department of Special Edu- sity of Washington; M.B.A. 1953 Professor of Business Administra- University of Oregon. Harvard University; Ph.D. 1966 tion. B.S. 1968, M.B.A. 1969 Port- cation and Counselor Education; Ann Fullerton (1990) Ph.D. University of Washington. land State University; Ph.D. 1974 Professor of Education. B.S. 1975, Associate Professor of Education. Arizona State University. M.S. 1977 Portland State Univer- Leonard F. Robertson (1964) sity; Ph.D. 1981 University of B.S. 1977 Reed College; M.A. Ed.D. L. P. Douglas Tseng (1988) Ph.D. Oregon. 1980 Peabody College; Ph.D. 1990 Professor Emeritus of Business Associate Professor of Business Vanderbilt University. Education. B.A. 1955, M.A. 1956, Administration. B.B.A. 1977 Nancy Benson (1981) Ed.D. William D. Greenfield (1987) Ed.D. 1965 Colorado State Col- National Taiwan University; Associate Professor of Education. Ph.D. Professor of Education. B.A. lege. M.B.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1988 Univer- B.S. 1967 Northern State College; 1966 Miami University of Ohio; sity of Texas, Arlington. M.S. 1973, Ed.D. 1988 Portland Richard J. Robinson (1962) State University. Ph.D. 1973 University of New D.B.A. Mexico. Emeriti Faculty Susan M. Bert (1997) M.S. Professor Emeritus of Business Robert E. Dodge (1959) Ph.D. Administration. B.S. 1949, M.B.A. Instructor in Education. B.S. 1977 Paul Gregorio (1993) M.L. Professor Emeritus of Business Indiana State University; M.S. Assistant Professor of Education. 1950 Indiana University; D.B.A. Administration. B.A. 1934, M.A. 1966 University of Washington. 1981 University of Oregon. B.A. 1966 University of Redlands; 1951 University of Oregon; Ph.D. M.A. 1969 San Francisco State Grover W. Rodich (1966) Ph.D. 1956 New York University. Nancy G. Brawner-Jones (1993) University; M.L. 1979 University Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business Edward L. Grubb (1966) Ph.D. of Washington. Administration. B.S. 1951 Oregon Assistant Professor of Education. Professor Emeritus of Business B.A. 1972 Hendrix College; M.Ed. Cheryl Grindol (1990) M.S.Ed. State University; B.S. 1953 Univer- Administration. A.A. 1954 sity of Oregon; M.A. 1963 Sacra- 1975 University of Arkansas; Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education. Wenatchee Valley College; B.A. 1988 University of Oregon. B.A. 1972 Hastings College; mento State College; M.B.A. 1966 1956 University of Washington; Oregon State University; Ph.D. M.S.Ed. 1980 Northern Illinois M.S. 1960 University of Oregon; Barbara Bryan (1992) M.S. University. 1973 University of Oregon. Ph.D. 1965 University of Instructor in Education. B.S. 1972 Marketing Faculty Washington. Lewis & Clark College; M.S. 1979 Loyde Hales (1978) Ed.D. University of the Pacific. Chair, Department of Educational Scott A. Dawson (1985) Ph.D. Walter H. Kramer (1965) D.B.A. Associate Dean of Graduate Pro- Policy, Foundations, and Adminis- Professor Emeritus of Business David J. Bullock (1994) M.S. trative Studies; Professor of Educa- grams; Professor of Business Administration. B.S. 1946 DePaul Director, Metropolitan Instruc- Administration. B.S. 1978 Univer- tion. B.S. 1956, M.S. 1960, Ed.D. University; M.B.A. 1956 Univer- tional Support Lab. B.A. 1973 1964 University of Kansas. sity of Oregon; M.B.A. 1981, Ph.D. sity of Oregon; D.B.A. 1959 Indi- University of Oregon; M.S. 1985 1984 University of Arizona. ana University. Western Oregon State College. Ulrich H. Hardt (1974) Ph.D. Professor of Education. M.A. 1961 Don L. Dickinson (1998) M.B.A. D. James Manning (1960) Ph.D. Thomas D. Capuzzi (1978) Ph.D. Instructor in Business Administra- Lewis & Clark College; D.A. 1973, Professor Emeritus of Business Professor of Education. B.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1974 University of Oregon. tion. B.S. 1968, M.B.A. 1972 Administration. B.B.A. 1957 Uni- M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1968 Florida Portland State University. versity of Oregon; M.S. 1958 New State University. Samuel Henry (1992) Ph.D. Thomas R. Gillpatrick (1982) York University; Ph.D. 1966 Uni- Associate Professor of Education. James D. Carlile (1998) M.S. B.S. 1969 D.C. Teachers College; Ph.D. versity of Washington. Professor of Education. B.A. 1959, Professor of Business Administra- M.S. 1974, Ed.D. 1978 Columbia Donald D. Parker (1955) Ph.D. M.S. 1964, M.S. 1968 University University Teachers College. tion. B.S. 1975 California State Dean Emeritus, School of Busi- of Oregon. University, Bakersfield; M.B.A. ness Administration; Professor Micki M. Caskey (1998) Ph.D. 1977 Utah State University; Ph.D. Emeritus of Business Administra- 1985 University of Oregon. Assistant Professor of Education. tion. B.A. 1941 Linfield College; B.A. 1975 Chatham College; M.A. M.B.A. 1942 Northwestern Univer- 1980, Ph.D. 1997 University of sity; Ph.D. 1958 University of South Florida. Washington. D IRECTORIES 323

Jean E. Horton (1995) Ph.D. Leslie J. Munson (1998) Ph.D. Dilafruz R. Williams (1990) Ph.D. Phyllis J. Hochstettler (1967) Assistant Professor of Education. Assistant Professor of Education. Director of Community/University M.A. B.A. 1968, M.A.T. 1970 University B.A. 1970, M.S. 1973 University of Partnerships; Professor of Educa- Professor Emerita of Education. of Kansas; M.S. 1977 University of North Carolina; Ph.D. 1996 tion. B.Sc. 1970, B.Ed. 1975, B.A. 1937 Hastings College; M.A. Southern California; Ph.D. 1984 Vanderbilt University. M.Ed. 1978 Bombay University; 1955 University of Denver. University of Kansas. Ronald B. Narode (1990) Ed.D. M.P.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1987 Syracuse Errett E. Hummel (1955) D.Ed. J. William Hug (1998) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Education. University. Professor Emeritus of Education. Assistant Professor of Education. B.A. 1975, M.A.T. 1981, Ed.D. Elizabeth T. Wosley-George B.A. 1933 Paciﬁc University; M.A. B.S. 1987 Western Illinois Univer- 1989 University of Massachusetts. (1991) Ph.D. 1938, D.Ed. 1951 University of sity; M.S. 1995, Ph.D. 1998 Penn- Oregon. Gary R. Nave (1988) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Education; sylvania State University. Associate Professor of Education. Program Coordinator, Counselor Harold C. Jorgensen (1967) Ed.D. Stephen L. Isaacson (1995) Ph.D. B.A. 1970, M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1987 Education. B.A. 1977, M.Ed. 1979 Professor Emeritus of Education. Professor of Education. B.S. 1970 University of Oregon. University of Washington; Ph.D. B.S.Ed. 1954, M.Ed. 1956 Eastern University of Washington; M.S. 1990 Ohio State University. Washington State College; M.S. Karen J. Noordhoff (1994) Ph.D. 1974 Oregon College of Education; 1960, Ed.D. 1966 Oregon State Associate Professor of Education. Emeriti Faculty Ph.D. 1985 Arizona State University. B.S. 1969 Northwestern Univer- Alma I. Bingham (1955) Ed.D. University. sity; M.Ed. 1977 National College Professor Emerita of Education. Eric A. Kimmel (1978) Ph.D. Joseph S. Kaplan (1978) Ed.D. of Education; Ph.D. 1993 Michigan A.B. 1948 University of California, Professor Emeritus of Education. Professor of Education. B.A. 1960, State University. Los Angeles; M.A. 1952, Ed.D. A.B. 1967 Lafayette College; M.A. M.A. 1963 Trenton State College; 1957 Columbia University. 1968 New York University; Ph.D. Sorca M. O’Connor (1990) Ph.D. Ed.D. 1972 University of Oregon. 1973 University of Illinois. Associate Professor of Education. Chester Bowers (1992) Ph.D. Mary Kinnick (1981) Ph.D. B.A. 1962 State University of New Professor Emeritus of Education. Keith H. Larson (1964) D.Ed. Professor of Education. B.A. 1964 York, Albany; M.A. 1979 San Fran- B.S. 1958 Portland State Univer- Professor Emeritus of Education. University of California, Berkeley; cisco State College; Ph.D. 1986 sity; Ph.D. 1962 University of B.S. 1949, M.S. 1952, D.Ed. 1964 M.A. 1966 Syracuse University; Stanford University. California. University of Oregon. Ph.D. 1975 University of Colorado, Gayle Park (1994) M.Ed. Steve A. Brannan (1966) Ed.D. Madge Leslie (1965) C.A.S. Boulder. Instructor in Education. B.S. 1975, Professor Emeritus of Education. Professor Emerita of Education. David A. Krug (1972) Ph.D. M.Ed. 1976 University of Oregon. B.S. 1957 Portland State Univer- B.A. 1940 Willamette University; Associate Dean, School of Educa- sity; M.S. 1961 Oregon College of Kenneth D. Peterson (1987) Ph.D. M.A. 1959 San Francisco State tion; Professor of Education. B.S. Education; Ed.D. 1965 University Professor of Education. A.B. 1966 College; C.A.S. 1963 Syracuse 1968, M.S. 1969 Portland State of Northern Colorado. University of California, Berkeley; University. University; Ph.D. 1972 University M.A. 1969 San Jose State Univer- Carol Burden (1977) Ed.D. Donald J. Leu (1980) Ed.D. of Washington. sity; Ph.D. 1976 University of Cali- Associate Professor Emerita of Dean Emeritus, School of Educa- Rolla E. Lewis (1995) Ed.D. fornia, Berkeley. Education. B.S. 1958 Lewis & tion; Professor Emeritus of Educa- Assistant Professor of Education. Clark College; M.Ed. 1967, Ed.D. Douglas F. Sherman (1990) Ph.D. tion. B.A. 1942, M.A. 1951, Ed.D. B.A. 1974 California State Univer- 1970 University of Illinois. Associate Professor of Education. 1953 Columbia University. sity, Chico; M.A. 1984 St. Mary’s B.A. 1970 Williams College; David C. Cox (1984) Ph.D. John D. Lind (1971) Ed.D. College; Ed.D. 1995 University of M.A.T. 1971 Reed College; Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor Emeritus of Education. San Francisco. 1983 University of Oregon. Education. B.S. 1959, M.S. 1965 B.A. 1956, M.A. 1960, Ed.D. 1970 Cheryl L. Livneh (1987) Ed.D. Oregon State University; Ph.D. University of Montana. Donna R. Shrier (1993) M.A. Continuing Education Specialist; 1982 Ohio State University. Instructor in Education. B.A. 1976, Morton S. Malter (1955) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Education. M.A. 1978 University of Northern Zola T. Dunbar (1968) D.Ed. Professor Emeritus of Education. B.S. 1972 Miami University of Colorado. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A. 1942 Chicago Teachers Col- Ohio; M.S. 1974 University of B.S. 1957 Eastern Oregon State lege; M.S. 1945, Ph.D. 1948 Uni- Wisconsin, Madison; Ed.D. 1986 Dannelle D. Stevens (1994) Ph.D. College; M.Ed. 1965, D.Ed. 1979 versity of Chicago. Boston University. Associate Professor of Education. University of Oregon. B.A. 1965 University of California, Ronald G. Petrie (1975) Ed.D. Hanoch Livneh (1988) Ph.D. Berkeley; M.S. 1985 University of Colin George Dunkeld (1970) Professor Emeritus of Education. Professor of Education. B.A. 1971 Utah; Ph.D. 1993 Michigan State Ph.D. B.S. 1956 Oregon College of Edu- Hebrew University; M.A. 1973, University. Professor Emeritus of Education. cation; M.Ed. 1961, Ed.D. 1970 Ph.D. 1976 University of Wiscon- Advanced Teaching Certiﬁcate Oregon State University. sin, Madison. Joan Strouse (1985) Ph.D. 1953 National Froebel Foundation Professor of Education. B.S. 1973 Richard Sonnen (1978) Ed.D. Carol L. Mack (1986) Ph.D. (England); B.A. 1961, M.A. 1963 University of Colorado; M.A. Professor Emeritus of Education. Associate Dean, Graduate School University of Denver; Ph.D. 1970 1982, Ph.D. 1985 University of B.S. 1958 Oregon College of Edu- of Education; Associate Professor University of Illinois. Wisconsin, Madison. cation; M.Ed. 1965, Ed.D. 1971 of Education. B.M. 1977 Arizona Jean P. Edwards (1968) M.S. University of Oregon. State University; M.Ed. 1979 M. Carrol Tama (1984) Ph.D. Professor Emerita of Education. Southwest Texas State University; Professor of Education. B.A. 1965 B.S. 1965, M.S. 1967 University of Maxine L. Thomas (1966) Ed.D. Ph.D. 1987 University of Illinois. Alvernia College; M.A. 1973 Cali- Oregon. Associate Professor Emerita of fornia State College; M.Ed. 1977, Education. B.S. 1957 University of Sheldon S. Maron (1978) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1982 Syracuse University. Brad Eliot (1979) Ph.D. Iowa; M.S. 1971 Portland State Professor of Education. B.S. 1964, Professor Emeritus of Education. University; Ed.D. 1980 University Jacqueline B. Temple (1997) M.Ed. 1968 Boston College; Ph.D. B.A. 1956 Antioch College; M.A. of Oregon. 1973 University of Michigan. Ph.D. 1957 University of Chicago; Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education. George C. Timmons Jr. (1967) Glenn C. Maynard (1997) M.Ed. 1961 University of Wisconsin. B.A. 1968 Spelman College; M.Ed. D.Ed. Instructor in Education. B.S. 1971 1985 University of New Orleans; Michael A. Fiasca (1961) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Education. Portland State University; M.Ed Ph.D. 1997 University of Wiscon- Professor Emeritus of Education. B.S. 1948, M.Ed. 1952 Oregon 1977 Lewis & Clark College. sin-Madison. B.S. 1947 University of Wisconsin; State University; D.Ed. 1964 Russell Miars (1993) Ph.D. M.S. 1955, Ph.D. 1966 Oregon University of Oregon. Sandra Wilde (1992) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education. State University. Professor of Education. B.A. 1968 B.A. 1976 Kent State University; Carelton College; M.Ed. 1977 Uni- Ph.D. 1981 University of Iowa. versity of Toronto; M.A.T. 1973 University of New Hampshire; Ph.D. 1986 University of Arizona. 324 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Forbes W. Williams (1966) Ed.D. DEPARTMENT OF Associated Faculty Richard G. Hamlet (1988) Ph.D. Dean Emeritus of Undergraduate CIVIL ENGINEERING Carol Hasenberg (1995) M.S., Professor of Computer Science. Studies; Professor Emeritus of P.E. B.S. 1959 University of Wisconsin; Education. A.B. 1948 Whitman Faculty M.S. 1964 Cornell University; William Fish (1998) Ph.D. Instructor in Civil Engineering. College; M.A. 1950 University of B.L.A. 1980 Michigan State Uni- Ph.D. 1971 University of Washing- Oregon; B.A. 1955 Lewis & Clark Associate Professor of Civil Engi- ton. neering and Environmental versity; B.S. 1989, M.S. 1994 Port- College; Ed.D. 1965 Stanford Uni- land State University. Warren Harrison (1988) Ph.D. versity. Sciences and Resources. B.S.E. 1979 University of Florida, Ph.D. E. Scott Huff (1983) M.S., P.E. Professor of Computer Science. David E. Willis (1964) Ed.D. 1984 Massachusettes Institute of Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- B.S. 1978 University of Nevada, Professor Emeritus of Education. Technology. neering. B.S. 1972 University of Reno; M.S. 1981 University of B.S. 1939 Wichita University; M.S. Missouri, Rolla; Ph.D. 1985 M.M. Gorji (1981) Ph.D., P.E. Maine; M.S. 1975 Oregon State 1946, Ed.D. 1948 Columbia University. Oregon State University. University. Associate Professor of Civil Engi- neering. B.S. 1965, B.S.C.E. 1967 Azad Mohammadi (1998) Ph.D., James L. Hein (1976) Ph.D. Mary E. York (1972) Ph.D. California State Polytechnic Uni- P.E. Professor of Computer Science. Professor Emerita of Education. versity; M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1975 Adjunct Assistant Professor in B.A. 1964 Northern Michigan Uni- B.A. 1955 Arizona State Univer- University of California, Los Civil Engineering. B.S. 1982 Uni- versity; M.S. 1966 University of sity; M.A. 1961 Northern Arizona Angeles. versity of the East (Philippines); Michigan; Ph.D. 1973 Northwest- University; Ph.D. 1972 University M.S. 1986 Oregon State Univer- ern University. of Illinois. Dundar F. Kocaoglu (1987) Ph.D., P.E. sity; Ph.D. 1991 Colorado State Jingke Li (1990) Ph.D. University. Helen Gordon Child Director, Engineering Manage- Associate Professor of Computer Development Center ment Program; Professor of Civil Reynold D. Richwine (1994) Science. B.S. 1982 University of Engineering. B.S.C.E. 1960 Robert M.S., P.E. Science and Technology of China; Ellen J. Nolan (1991) B.A. College (Turkey); M.S.C.E. 1962 Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1990 Yale Director, Helen Gordon Child Lehigh University; M.S.I.E. 1972, neering. B.S. 1981, M.S. 1992 University. Development Center. B.A. 1982 Ph.D. 1976 University of Portland State University. University of California, Berkeley. Bart Massey (1998) Ph.D. Pittsburgh. J.H. Sigmund (1995) P.E., P.L.S. Assistant Professor of Computer Lolita Lawson (1989) M.S. Roy W. Koch (1982) Ph.D., P.E. Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- Science. B.A. 1987 Reed College; Coordinator, Student Parent Ser- Professor of Civil Engineering. neering. B.S. 1982 Portland State M.S. 1992, Ph.D. 1999 University vices. B.S. 1978 Emerson College; B.S. 1972, M.S. 1973 Ohio State University. of Oregon. M.S. 1979 Lesley College. University; Ph.D. 1982 Colorado Emeriti Faculty John McHugh (1993) Ph.D. William A. Parnell (1997) M.A. State University. Professor of Computer Science. Program Coordinator. B.A. 1989 H. Chik M. Erzurumlu (1962) B. Kent Lall (1977) Ph.D., P.E. B.S. 1963 Duke University; M.S. University of Oregon; M.A. 1993 Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Civil Engineering. 1974 University of Maryland; Portland State University. Dean Emeritus, School of Engi- B.S. 1961 Panjab University neering and Applied Science; Pro- Ph.D. 1983 University of Texas. (India); M.E. 1964 University of fessor Emeritus of Civil Sarah Mocas (1993) Ph.D. SCHOOL OF Roorkee (India); Ph.D. 1969 Uni- Engineering. Professional Degree Assistant Professor of Computer ENGINEERING AND versity of Birmingham (England). 1957 Technical University of Istan- Science. B.S. 1985 Tufts Univer- APPLIED SCIENCE Shu-Guang Li (1992) Ph.D., P.E. bul (Turkey); M.S. 1962, Ph.D. sity; M.S. 1989, Ph.D. 1993 North- Associate Professor of Civil Engi- 1970 University of Texas, Austin. eastern University. Robert D. Dryden (1995) Ph.D. neering. B.S. 1982, M.S. 1985 DEPARTMENT OF Leonard Shapiro (1987) Ph.D. Dean, School of Engineering and Chengdu University of Science and COMPUTER SCIENCE Professor of Computer Science. Applied Science; University Pro- Technology (China); M.S. 1988 B.A. 1965 Reed College; Ph.D. fessor of Engineering. B.S.I.E. University of Iowa; Ph.D. 1993 Faculty 1969 Yale University. 1967, M.S.I.E. 1968 Oklahoma Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Joseph Albert (1996) Ph.D. Andrew Tolmach (1992) Ph.D. State University; Ph.D. 1973 Texas Assistant Professor in Computer Associate Professor of Computer Tech University. Wendelin H. Mueller (1973) Science. B.S. 1980, M.S. 1981 Rice Science. A.B. 1981 Harvard Uni- Associated Faculty Ph.D., P.E. University; M.S. 1985 Oregon versity; M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1992 Professor of Civil Engineering. Sally J. Cross (1997) B.A. State University; Ph.D. 1996 Uni- Princeton University. B.S. 1962 St. Louis University; versity of Wisconsin. Development Director, School of M.S. 1966, Ph.D. 1972 University Associated Faculty Engineering and Applied Science. of Missouri, Rolla. Sergio Antoy (1990) Ph.D. Ralph L. London (1989) Ph.D. B.A. 1981 Barnard College, Professor of Computer Science. Adjunct Professor of Computer Columbia University. Franz N. Rad (1971) Ph.D., P.E. B.S. 1972 University of Genova, Science. B.A. 1958 Washington Chair, Department of Civil Engi- Italy; M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1987 Uni- and Jefferson College; M.S. 1960, Ronald W. Geason (1997) Ph.D. neering; Professor of Civil Engi- Chief Financial Ofﬁcer, School of versity of Maryland. Ph.D. 1964 Carnegie Mellon Uni- neering. B.S. 1968, M.S. 1969, versity. Engineering and Applied Science. Ph.D. 1973 University of Texas, James Binkley (1998) M.S. B.S. 1970 Valparaiso University; Austin. Network Scientist. B.A. 1973, M.S. Herbert G. Mayer (1988) Ph.D. M.P.P. 1972 University of Michi- 1981 Washington State University. Adjunct Assistant Professor of gan; Ph.D. 1988 Ohio State Univer- Trevor D. Smith (1983) Ph.D., Computer Science. M.S. 1973 sity. P.E. Cynthia Brown (1998) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Computer Technical University Berlin; M.S. Professor of Civil Engineering. 1982 University of California, San John A. Harris (1986) B.S. B.S. 1974 University of Aston Science; Professor of Computer Research Assistant in Engineering Science. B.S. 1965 Michigan State Diego; Ph.D. 1995 Technical (England); D.I.C., M.S. 1976 Impe- University Berlin. and Applied Science. B.S. 1981 rial College, University of London University; M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1977 Oregon State University. (England); Ph.D. 1983 Texas A&M University of Michigan. Kenrick Mock (1997) Ph.D. Janaka Jayawardena (1984) University. Laszlo Csanky (1983) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Computer Science. B.S. 1990, M.S. 1994, Research Assistant in Engineering Scott A. Wells (1987) Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Computer Science. and Applied Science. Dipl. Ing. 1967 Budapest Institute Ph.D. 1996 University of Califor- Professor of Civil Engineering. nia, Davis. Morgan D. Pope (1990) M.S. B.S. 1979, M.S. 1982 Massachu- of Technology (Hungary); Ph.D. Associate Dean for Outreach, setts Institute of Technology; Ph.D. 1974 University of California, Robert P. Rosenoff (1997) School of Engineering and Applied 1990 Cornell University. Berkeley. M.B.A. Science; B.S. 1959 University of Karla Steinbrugge Fant (1990) Adjunct Instructor of Computer Missouri; M.S. 1962 New Mexico B.S. Science. M.B.A. 1978 University Highlands University. Instructor in Computer Science. of Portland. B.S. 1980 Calfornia Polytechnic State University. D IRECTORIES 325

Rik Smoody (1992) M.S. Branimir Pejcinovic (1992) Ph.D. Alan (Oleksandr) Mishchenko DEPARTMENT OF Adjunct Instructor of Computer Associate Professor of Electrical (1998) Ph.D. MECHANICAL Science. B.A. 1976, M.S. 1978 Engineering. Dipl. Ing. 1983 Uni- Visiting Scientist in Electrical ENGINEERING University of California, Santa Bar- versity of Zagreb (Croatia); M.S. Engineering. M.S. Moscow Insti- bara. 1986, Ph.D. 1990 University of tute of Physics and Technology Faculty Baldwin vanderBiji (1989) M.S. Massachusetts. (Russia); Ph.D. Glushkov Institute Pah I. Chen (1966) Ph.D., P.E. of Cybernetics (Ukraine). B.A. Marek A. Perkowski (1983) Ph.D. Professor of Mechanical Engineer- 1972 University of California, Professor of Electrical Engineer- Sanjay S. Natarajan (1998) Ph.D. ing. B.S. 1960 Cheng Kung Uni- Santa Cruz; M.S. 1976 California ing. Adjunct Instructor in Electrical versity (Republic of China); M.S. State University, Hayward. B.Sc. 1967, M.Sc. 1970, Ph.D. Engineering. B.S. 1989, M.S. 1989, 1963, Ph.D. 1966 Virginia Poly- 1980 University of Warsaw Ph.D. 1992 Carnegie Mellon technic Institute. Emeritus Faculty (Poland). University. Maria Edith Balogh (1964) Ph.D. Faryar Etesami (1984) Ph.D., P.E. Professor Emerita of Computer Rolf Schaumann (1988) Ph.D. Hamid R. Rabiee (1996) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mechanical Science. M.S. 1954 University of Professor of Electrical Engineer- Adjunct Instructor in Electrical Engineering. B.S.M.E. 1978 Arya- Budapest (Hungary); Ph.D. 1965 ing. Dipl. Ing. 1967 University of Engineering. B.S. 1987, M.S. Mehr University of Technology Oregon State University. Stuttgart (Germany); Ph.D. 1970 1989 California State University at (Iran); M.S.M.E. 1980, Ph.D. 1983 University of Minnesota. Long Beach; Ph.D. 1996 Purdue University of Wisconsin. DEPARTMENT OF University. Xiaoyu Song (1998) Ph.D. Herman J. Migliore (1977) ELECTRICAL AND Associate Professor of Electrical Tawﬁk Rahal-Arabi (1994) Ph.D. D.Engr., P.E. COMPUTER Engineering. B.S. 1994 Changsha Adjunct Instructor in Electrical Associate Dean and Director of ENGINEERING Institute of Technology (China); Engineering. B.E. 1985 American Systems Engineering; Professor of Faculty M.S. 1986, Ph.D. 1991 University University of Beirut, M.S. 1987, Mechanical Engineering. B.M.E. Lee W. Casperson (1983) Ph.D. of Pisa (Italy). Ph.D. 1991 Syracuse University. 1968, M.E. 1969, D.Engr. 1975 University of Detroit. Professor of Electrical Engineer- Richard P. E. Tymerski (1988) Hamid R. Sharifnia (1992) M.S. ing. B.S. 1966 Massachusetts Insti- Ph.D. Adjunct Instructor in Electrical Gerald W. Recktenwald (1989) tute of Technology; M.S. 1967, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. B.S. 1980 Sharif Uni- Ph.D. Ph.D. 1971 California Institute of Engineering. B.Sc. 1977, B.E. versity of Technology (Iran); M.S. Associate Professor of Mechanical Technology. 1980, M.Eng.Sc. 1983 University 1988 Portland State University. Engineering. B.S. 1980 Cornell Malgorzata Chrzanowska-Jeske of New South Wales (Australia); University; M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1989 (1989) Ph.D. M.S. 1984 California Institute of ENGINEERING University of Minnesota. Associate Professor of Electrical Technology; Ph.D. 1988 Virginia MANAGEMENT C. William Savery (1980) Ph.D., Engineering. M.S. 1972 Technical Polytechnic Institute and State PROGRAM P.E. University of Warsaw (Poland); University. Faculty Professor of Mechanical Engineer- M.S. 1976 Tuskegee Institute; Paul Van Halen (1985) Ph.D. Timothy R. Anderson (1995) ing. B.S. 1957 University of Illi- Ph.D. 1988 Auburn University. Associate Professor of Electrical Ph.D. nois; M.S. 1960 University of W. Robert Daasch (1986) Ph.D. Engineering. M.S. 1975, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Engineering Washington; Ph.D. 1969 University Associate Professor of Electrical 1978 Catholic University of Management. B.S.E.E. 1990 Uni- of Wisconsin. Engineering. B.S. 1977 Oregon Leuven (Belgium). versity of Minnesota; M.S.I.E. Graig A. Spolek (1980) Ph.D., P.E. State University; Ph.D. 1982 Uni- 1992, Ph.D. 1995 Georgia Institute Chair, Department of Mechanical Emeriti Faculty of Technology. versity of Washington. B.C. Baumgartner (1956) B.A. Engineering; Professor of Mechan- Michael A. Driscoll (1988) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Engineering Dundar F. Kocaoglu (1987) Ph.D., ical Engineering. B.S. 1971, M.S. Associate Dean for Academic and Applied Science. B.A. 1935 P.E. 1973 University of Washington; Affairs; Associate Professor of Reed College. Director, Engineering Manage- Ph.D. 1980 Washington State Electrical Engineering. B.S. 1983, ment Program; Professor of Engi- University. Jack C. Riley (1962) M.S., P.E. neering Management and Civil M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1988 Michigan Associate Professor Emeritus of George A. Tsongas (1971) Ph.D., State University. Engineering. B.S.C.E. 1960 Robert P.E. Electrical Engineering. B.S. 1943, College (Turkey); M.S.C.E. 1962 Andrew M. Fraser (1992) Ph.D. M.S. 1950 Oregon State Univer- Professor of Mechanical Engineer- Lehigh University; M.S.I.E. 1972, ing. B.S. 1960, M.S. 1961, Engi- Associate Professor of Systems sity; Post Graduate 1951 Harvard Ph.D. 1976 University of Pitts- Science and Electrical Engineering. University. neering 1962, Ph.D. 1969 Stanford burgh. University. A.B. 1977 Princeton University; Associated Faculty Ph.D. 1988 University of Texas, Dragan Milosevic (1993) Ph.D. David A. Turcic (1992) Ph.D. Haitham Akkary (1998) Ph.D. Austin. Associate Professor of Engineer- Associate Professor of Mechanical Adjunct Instructor in Electrical ing Management. B.S. ChemE. Engineering. B.S. 1977, M.S. 1979, Douglas V. Hall (1990) Ph.D. Engineering. B.S. 1994, M.S. 1994 1974, M.B.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1981 Ph.D. 1982 Pennsylvania State Acting Chair, Electrical Engineer- Louisiana State University; Ph.D. Belgrade University. ing; Assistant Professor of Electri- 1998 Portland State University. University (Yugoslavia). cal Engineering. B.S. 1964 State Chien Wern (1995) Ph.D. Robert J. Albright (1998) Ph.D. University of New York, Albany; Associated Faculty Assistant Professor of Mechanical Adjunct Professor in Electrical M.S. 1992, Ph.D. 1995 Portland Tugrul U. Daim (1997) Ph.D. Engineering. B.S. 1990, M.S. 1991, Engineering. B.S. 1963, M.S. 1965 State University. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Ph.D. 1995 University of Oregon State University; Ph.D. Engineering Management. Washington. Yih-Chyun Jenq (1990) Ph.D. 1971 University of Washington. B.S.M.E. 1989 Bosphorus Univer- Professor of Electrical Engineer- Hormoz Zareh (1987) Ph.D. Stephen P. Jachim (1998) M.S., sity (Turkey), M.S. M.E. 1991 ing. B.S.E. 1971 National Taiwan Associate Professor of Mechanical P.E. Lehigh University; M.S.E.M. 1994, University (Taiwan); M.S.E.E. Engineering. B.S. 1980, M.S. 1982, Adjunct Instructor in Electrical Ph.D. 1997 1974, M.A. 1975, Ph.D. 1976 Prin- Ph.D. 1986 University of Texas, Engineering. B.S. 1976, M.S. 1982 Portland State University. ceton University. Arlington. University of Illinois. Tom Long (1992) Ph.D. George G. Lendaris (1970) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Engineering Emeriti Faculty Professor of Systems Science. B.S. David (Sungsyck) Jun (1998) Ph.D. Management. B.S.E.E. 1966, Carleton G. Fanger (1955) M.S., 1957, M.S. 1958, Ph.D. 1961 Uni- M.B.A. 1968 University of Dayton; versity of California, Berkeley. Research Professor in Electrical P.E. Engineering. B.S. 1978 Hanyang A.M.P. 1985 Harvard University; Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Fu Li (1990) Ph.D., P.E. University (Korea); M.S. 1982 Ph.D. 1998 Portland State Engineering. B.S. 1947, M.S. 1948 Associate Professor of Electrical Yonsei University (Korea); Ph.D. University. Oregon State University. Engineering. B.S. 1982, M.S. 1985, 1985 Korea University (Korea). Yong-In Shin (1999) Ph.D. Sichuan University; Ph.D. 1990, Adjunct Associate Professor of University of Rhode Island. Engineering Management. Ph.D. Erasmus University. 326 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Nan-Teh Hsu (1958) Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF ART Jean K. Glazer (1959) M.A. Hamilton Cheifetz (1977) Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Faculty Professor Emerita of Art. B.A. Professor of Music (cello, bass). Engineering. B.S. 1949 University 1940 University of Oregon; M.A. Keith Clark (1998) D.M.A. of Wisconsin; Ph.D. 1956 Califor- Susan Agre-Kippenhan (1995) 1948 Institute of Design, Illinois Associate Professor of Music; nia Institute of Technology. M.F.A. Institute of Technology. Associate Professor of Art. B.S. Orchestra Director. B.A. 1966, David A. Jannsen (1956) B.S. 1979 Skidmore College; M.F.A. Raymond M. Grimm (1956) M.S. M.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1971 University Associate Professor Emeritus of 1994 School of the Art Institute of Professor Emeritus of Art. B.F.A. of California, Los Angeles Mechanical Engineering. B.S. 1950 1953 Washington University; M.S. Chicago. Ruth A. Dobson (1977) M.M. Oregon State University. 1956 Southern Illinois University. Lisa F. Andrus-Rivera (1976) Professor of Music (voice, opera). Frank P. Terraglio (1966) Ph.D. Ph.D. James L. Hansen (1964) Cert-Fine B.M.E. 1968 University of Mon- Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Professor of Art. B.A. 1967 Bar- Arts tana; M.M. 1970 University of Cin- Engineering. B.S. 1949 University nard College; M.A. 1969, M.Phil. Professor Emeritus of Art. cinnati. of Portland; M.S. 1962, Ph.D. 1964 Cert-Fine Arts 1951 Portland 1976, Ph.D. 1976 Columbia Uni- Darrell Grant (1997) M.M. Rutgers University. Museum Art School. versity. Assistant Professor of Music (jazz). Associated Faculty Eleanor Erskine (1995) M.F.A. Frederick H. Heidel (1955) B.M. 1984 Eastman School of Gordon Ellison (1994) M.A. Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A. M.F.A. Music; M.M. 1986 University of Adjunct Assistant Professor of 1981 Kansas City Art Institute, Professor Emeritus of Art. B.S. Miami. 1938 University of Oregon; B.F.A. Mechanical Engineering. M.A. M.F.A. 1988 Cranbrook Academy Charles Gray (1988) M.M. 1942, M.F.A. 1956 Art Institute of 1966 University of Southern of Art. Professor of Music; Director of Chicago. California. Walton B. Fosque (1984) M.A. Jazz Studies. B.M. 1974 San Fran- David Reiser (1991) B.S. Professor of Art. B.A. 1971, M.A. James S. Hibbard (1967) M.A. cisco State University; M.M. 1988 Adjunct Assistant Professor of 1973 California State University, Professor Emeritus of Art. B.S. North Texas State University. 1965 Portland State University; Mechanical Engineering. B.S. 1984 Long Beach. Harold K. Gray Jr. (1977) M.M. M.A. 1966 University of Iowa. Portland State University. Susan J. Harlan (1992) M.F.A. Chair, Department of Music; Pro- Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A. L. Robert Kasal (1964) M.A. fessor of Music (piano). B.M. SCHOOL OF 1972, M.F.A 1975 University of Professor Emeritus of Art. B.F.A. 1969, M.M. 1970 Florida State Miami. 1957 University of Illinois; M.A. University. FINE AND 1969 University of California, Ber- David A. Jimerson (1983) M.M. PERFORMING ARTS Michihiro Kosuge (1978) M.F.A. keley. Professor of Art. B.A. 1961 Tokyo Associate Professor of Music Melvin Katz (1966) Cert-Fine Arts (voice, music education). B.A. Robert Sylvester (1997) M.S. Sumida Technical School of Archi- Professor Emeritus of Art. Cert- 1964 Portland State University; Dean, School of Fine and Perform- tecture (Japan); M.F.A. 1970 San Fine Arts 1953 Cooper Union. M.M. 1972 University of Arizona. ing Arts; Professor of Music. B.M. Francisco Art Institute. 1967, M.S. 1968 Juilliard School of Jane Kristof (1973) Ph.D. Claire C. Kelly-Zimmers (1971) Bryan Johanson (1978) B.S. Music. Professor of Art. B.A. 1950, M.A. Ph.D. Professor of Music (guitar). B.S. 1956 University of Chicago; Ph.D. Associate Professor Emerita of Art. 1975 Portland State University. DEPARTMENT OF A.B. 1960 Pembroke College in 1972 Columbia University. Lawrence W. Johnson (1989) ARCHITECTURE Brown University; M.A. 1967, M.M. Junghee Lee (1995) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1986 University of Iowa. Faculty Associate Professor of Art, B.A. Associate Professor of Music L. Rudolph Barton (1988) 1970 Seoul National University; Leonard B. Kimbrell (1962) (horns, theory). B.Mus. 1975 Uni- M.Arch. M.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1984 University Ph.D. versity of Puget Sound; M.M. 1978 Chair, Department of Architecture; of California, Los Angeles. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. The Cleveland Institute of Music. Associate Professor of Architecture 1942 Northwestern Louisiana State Mary H. Kogen (1979) M.M. and International Studies. B.Arch. William LePore (1997) M.S. College; M.S. 1950, M.F.A. 1954 Professor of Music (piano, peda- 1971 Tulane University; M.Arch. Assistant Professor of Art. B.S. University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1965 gogy). B.Mus. 1966, M.M. 1968 1981 Harvard University. 1980 Southern Oregon University; University of Iowa. M.S. 1989 University of Oregon. Northwestern University. Clive Knights (1995) M.Phil. Robert Morton (1963) M.F.A. Stephen H. Martin (1991) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Architec- Elizabeth Mead (1994) M.F.A. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Professor of Music (ethnomusicol- ture. B.A. 1981, Diploma in Archi- Assistant Professor of Art. B.F.A. 1953, M.F.A. 1957 University of ogy, history). B.A. 1971 University tecture. 1984 Portsmouth 1985 Philadelphia College of Art; Washington. of Hartford; M.A. 1974, Ph.D. Polytechnic; M.Phil. 1988 Univer- M.F.A. 1991 Southern Methodist Emily L. Young (1987) M.Ed. 1980 University of Washington. sity of Cambridge. University. Professor Emerita of Art. B.D. Ann Obenour (1995) D.M.A. Michihiro Kosuge (1978) M.F.A. Daniel Pirofsky (1998) B.A. 1960, M.Ed. 1964 University of Instructor of Music (bassoon). Professor of Art. B.A. 1961 Tokyo Assistant Professor of Art. B.A. Florida. B.A., B.M. 1972 University of Sumida Technical School of Archi- 1989 Naropa Institute. Washington; M.M. 1980, D.M.A. tecture (Japan); M.F.A. 1970 San DEPARTMENT OF Rita Robillard (1999) M.F.A. 1982 State University of New York Francisco Art Institute. MUSIC Chair, Department of Art; Professor at Stony Brook. Barbara A. Sestak (1982) of Art. Fine Arts Certificate 1966 Faculty Marilyn W. Shotola (1981) M.Arch. Professor of Architecture. Cooper Union; B.A. 1979, M.F.A. Ronald D. Babcock (1988) D.M.A. B.A. 1973 University of Pennsylva- 1981 University of California, D.M.A. Associate Professor of Professor of Music (flute); Gradu- nia; M.Arch. 1977 University of Berkeley. Music (trombone, theory). B.A. ate Coordinator. B.S. 1973 Portland Washington. 1979 Louisiana Tech University; Sue Taylor (1997) Ph.D. State University; M.M. 1985 North Assistant Professor of Art. B.A. M.M. 1981 University of Okla- homa; D.M.A. 1993 University of Texas State University; D.M.A. 1978 Roosevelt University; M.A. 1989 University of North Texas. 1981, Ph.D. 1996 University of North Texas. Chicago. Joel Bluestone (1989) D.M.A. Carol A. Sindell (1977) B.M. Associate Professor of Music (per- Professor of Music (violin, viola). Emeriti Faculty B.M. 1969 Oberlin College. Craig G. Cheshire (1964) M.F.A. cussion). B.A. 1981 University of Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. California, San Diego; M.M. 1983, Thomas S. Stanford (1981) 1958, M.F.A. 1961 University of D.M.A. 1987 State University of D.M.A. Oregon. New York, Stony Brook. Professor of Music (clarinet, his- Bruce S. Browne (1978) D.M.A. tory). B.M. 1965, M.M. 1967, Mary A. Constans (1968) M.S. D.M.A. 1983 University of Oregon. Professor Emerita of Art. B.S. Professor of Music; Director of 1956, M.S. 1965 University of Ore- Choirs. B.M.E. 1963 University of gon. the Pacific; M.M.E. 1967 Wichita State University; D.M.A. 1976 University of Washington. D IRECTORIES 327

Karen L. Strand (1989) M.M. Philip Neuman (1992) B.S. Sarah S. Bradley (1998) M.S.W. James L. Mason (1985) B.S. Associate Professor of Music Early Music. B.S. 1978 Southern Instructor of Social Work. B.A. Instructor in Social Work. B.S. (oboe). B.Mus. 1980 University of Oregon State College. 1976 University of California, 1976 Portland State University. Oregon; M.M. 1982 Eastman Santa Cruz; M.S.W. 1979 Colum- Ellen Masterson (1987) M.S.W. School of Music. DEPARTMENT OF bia University. THEATER ARTS Assistant Professor of Social Work. Tomas Svoboda (1970) M.M. Eileen Muench Brennan (1986) B.A. 1972 Pennsylvania State Uni- Professor of Music (composition). Faculty Ph.D. versity; M.S.W. 1976 Portland Prof. Diploma 1956, B.A. 1959, Sarah E. Andrews-Collier (1981) Associate Dean, Graduate School State University. B.A. 1962 Conservatory of Music M.A. of Social Work; Professor of Social Paula Bates Mike (1983) M.S.W. in Prague (Czechoslovakia); M.M. Professor of Theater Arts. B.A. Work. B.S. 1966 Mundelein Assistant Professor of Social Work. 1969 University of Southern 1969 Mills College; M.A. 1978 College; M.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1977 B.S. 1968 Southern Connecticut California. Portland State University; M.A. University of Notre Dame. 1996 University of London. State College; M.S.W. 1975 Port- William J. Tuttle (1977) D.M.A. Harold E. Briggs (1990) Ph.D. land State University. Professor of Music; Director of Jack Lee Featheringill (1970) Associate Professor of Social Pamela J. Miller (1993) Ph.D. Bands. B.M. 1964 Simpson Col- M.A. Work. B.A. 1977 Morehouse Col- Associate Professor of Social lege; M.M. 1966 Northwestern Professor of Theater Arts. B.S. lege; M.A. 1980, Ph.D. 1988 Uni- Work. B.A.S.W. 1976 Kent State University; D.M.A. 1977 Univer- 1953, M.A. 1970 Indiana versity of Chicago. University; M.S.W. 1978 Univer- sity of Texas, Austin. University. Linda Carter (1999) M.S.W. sity of Iowa; Ph.D. 1992 University Ileana Velazquez (1998) M.A. Glenn G. Gauer (1977) M.F.A. Instructor of Social Work; M.S.W. of Pittsburgh. Assistant Professor of Music Professor of Theater Arts. B.A. Distance Learning Option, Site Matthew J. Modrcin III (1985) (theory, composition). B.M. 1989 1968 University of Montana; Coordinator, LaGrande. B.S. 1976 Ph.D. Higher Institute of Arts, Havana M.F.A. 1973 Carnegie-Mellon Uni- University of Texas, Austin; Associate Professor of Social (Cuba); M.A. 1995 Dartmouth versity. M.S.W. 1981 University of Denver. Work. B.A. 1972 Washburn Uni- College. Bruce A. Keller (1988) M.A. Kevin J. Corcoran (1992) Ph.D. versity; M.S.W. 1974, Ph.D. 1985 Gerald Webster (1994) M.M. Associate Professor of Theater Professor of Social Work. B.A. University of Kansas. Professor of Music (trumpet). Arts. B.A. 1987, M.A. 1987 Case 1975, M.A. 1977 University of Kristine E. Nelson (1993) D.S.W. B.M.E. 1965, M.M. 1966 Indiana Western Reserve University. Colorado; M.S.W 1980, Ph.D. Director, M.S.W. Program; Profes- University. 1980 University of Pittsburgh. Scott W. Parker (1988) M.A. sor of Social Work. B.A. 1965 Emeriti Faculty Associate Professor of Theater Barbara J. Friesen (1983) Ph.D. Stanford University; M.S.W. 1970 Wilma F. Sheridan (1959) Ph.D. Arts. Professor of Social Work. B.A. Sacremento State University; Dean Emerita, School of Fine and B.A. 1976, M.A. 1977 Portland 1962 D.S.W. 1980 University of Califor- Performing Arts; Professor Emerita State University. Willamette University; M.S.W. nia, Berkeley. 1966 University of Michigan; of Music. B.M. 1945 Willamette William M. Tate (1968) M.A. Robert I. Paulson (1993) D.S.W. Ph.D. 1983 University of Washing- University; M.Mus.Ed. 1955 Lewis Chair, Department of Theater Arts; Director, Center for the Study of ton. & Clark College; Ph.D. 1979 Uni- Professor of Theater Arts. B.A. Mental Health Policy and Ser- versity of Oregon. 1966 Portland State University; Thomas L. Graham (1995) Ph.D. vices; Professor of Social Work. Gordon A. Solie (1960) M.M. M.A. 1967 University of Birming- Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1968 Brandeis University; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S. ham (England). B.A. 1975 Evergreen State College; M.S.W. 1972, D.S.W. 1977 Univer- 1959 Portland State University; Richard J. Wattenberg (1990) M.S.W. 1980 Portland State Uni- sity of California, Berkeley; M.S. M.M. 1968 University of Arizona. Ph.D. Associate Professor of The- versity; Ph.D. 1995 University of 1983 University of Cincinnati. Washington. William P. Stalnaker, Jr. (1968) ater Arts. B.A. 1971, Ph.D. 1979 Janet Putnam (1985) M.S.W. Ph.D. University of Wisconsin, Madison. Wendy Howard (1997) Ph.D. Director of Student Affairs; Assis- Professor Emeritus of Music. Emeriti Faculty Instructor in Social Work. M.S.W. tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Distance Learning Option Site 1973 Paciﬁc Lutheran University; B.A. 1947, M.A. 1951 Harvard Asher B. Wilson (1959) Ph.D. Coordinator, Bend. B.A. 1968 M.S.W. 1973 Portland State University; Ph.D. 1968 Princeton Professor Emeritus of Theater Arts. Goucher College; M.S.W. 1975 University. University. B.A. 1942, M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1962 University of Maryland; Ph.D. Stanford University. Linda S. Reilly (1987) M.S.W. S. John Trudeau (1955) B.M. 1988 Arizona State University. Dean Emeritus, School of Fine and Instructor in Social Work. B.A. Performing Arts; Professor Emeri- Pauline R. Jivanjee (1990) Ph.D. 1971 Boston University; M.S.W. tus of Music. B.M. 1954 New GRADUATE Assistant Professor of Social Work. 1981 Portland State University. B.Sc. 1971 University of Wales England Conservatory of Music. SCHOOL OF SOCIAL Joy L. Rhodes (1985) M.S.W. (U.K.); M.Sc. 1973 University of WORK Director, M.S.W. Distance Learn- Associated Faculty London (U.K.); Ph.D. 1992 Univer- ing Option; Assistant Professor of Obo Addy (1996) sity of Kansas. Composer/Singer/Musician. James H. Ward (1988) Ph.D. Social Work. B.A. 1973 Lewis & Dean, Graduate School of Social Risa Kiam (1997) M.S.W. Clark College; M.S.W. 1976 James DePreist (1981) M.A. Work; Professor of Social Work. Director of Field Instruction, Assis- Portland State University. B.S. 1958, M.A. 1961 University of B.S. 1960 North Carolina A & T tant Professor of Social Work. B.S. Julie M. Rosenzweig (1985) Ph.D. Pennsylvania. University; M.S.W. 1968 Univer- 1964 State University of New York, Director, GSSW Extended Studies sity of Maryland; Ph.D. 1974 Ohio Potsdam; M.S.W. 1974 University Huw Edwards (1996) M.M. Program; Associate Professor of State University. of Denver. B.A. 1986 University of Surrey, Social Work. B.S. 1970 University England; M.M. 1990 Southern Faculty Nancy M. Koroloff (1973) Ph.D. of California, Davis; M.S.W. 1976 Methodist University. Sandra C. Anderson (1978) Ph.D. Director, Regional Research Insti- California State University, Sacra- Jerry W. Harris (1988) D.Ed. Professor of Social Work. B.A. tute for Human Services; Professor mento; Ph.D. 1985 University of Music Education. B.M. 1955, 1964 University of Colorado; of Social Work. B.S. 1968 Univer- Kansas. sity of Oregon; M.S.W. 1972 Port- M.M. Ed. 1956 Lewis & Clark Col- M.S.W. 1967 University of Denver; Astrid I. Schlaps (1993) M.S.W. land State University; Ph.D. 1985 lege; D.Ed. 1966 University of Ore- Ph.D. 1976 Rutgers University. Instructor in Social Work. B.A. University of Oregon. gon. Fanda Glass Bender (1998) 1986, M.S.W. 1990 Portland State Monica Huggett (1999) M.S.W. Sara B. Marshall (1998) M.S.W. University. Instructor in Social Work. B.S.W. Baroque Violin. Instructor of Social Work. B.A. Joan F. Shireman (1985) Ph.D. 1973 East Tennessee State Univer- 1964 California State University, Professor of Social Work. B.A. Gayle Neuman (1992) B.S. sity; M.S.W. 1978 University of Los Angeles; M.S.W. 1971 Univer- 1956 Radcliffe College; M.A. Early Music. B.S. 1978 Southern sity of Calgary. Tennessee. Oregon State College. 1959, Ph.D. 1968 University of Chicago. 328 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Maria M. Talbott (1984) D.S.W. Michael Balter (1998) Ph.D. Betty Friedman (1996) M.S.W. Kay D. Mattson (1999) M.S.W. Associate Professor of Social Executive Director, Boys and Girls Clinical Social Worker/Consultant; Housing Services Program Work. B.A. 1974 Harvard Univer- Aid Society of Oregon; Adjunct Adjunct Instructor of Social Work. Administrator, Housing Services of sity; M.S.W. 1980, D.S.W. 1986 Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1970 Queens College; M.S.W. Portland; Adjunct Instructor of University of California, Berkeley. B.A. 1970, M.S.W. 1972 Univer- 1980 Portland State University. Social Work. B.A. 1985 George sity of Illinois; Ph.D. 1981 Nova Daniel D. Tovar (1993) Ph.D. David H. Fuks (1994) M.S.W. Fox College, M.S.W. 1990 Portland University. Assistant Professor of Social Work. Executive Director, Edgeﬁeld Chil- State University. B.A. 1969 University of Texas, El Ronni B. Batterman (1981) M.A. dren’s Center, Inc.; Adjunct Assis- Mary McCormack (1998) Ph.D. Paso; MS.Ed. 1974 Northern Illi- Clinical Social Worker, Jewish tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Program Evaluator, Organizational nois University, DeKalb; M.S.W. Family and Child Service; Adjunct 1972, M.S.W. 1974 University of Consultant; Adjunct Assistant 1989, Ph.D. 1992 University of Assistant Professor of Social Work. Michigan. Professor of Social Work. B.A. Maryland at Baltimore. B.S.N. 1972 University of Illinois; Lois Gold (1984) M.S.W. 1977 Georgian Court College; M.A. 1976 University of Chicago. Vikki L. Vandiver (1992) Dr.P.H. Adjunct Assistant Professor of M.A. 1979, Ph.D. 1989 Michigan Associate Professor of Social Carol Chism (1998) M.S.S.A. Social Work. B.S. 1967 University State University. Work. B.S. 1983 University of Clinical Social Worker; Adjunct of Pittsburgh; M.S.W. 1971 New Evelyn G. Morley (1993) M.S.W. Houston, Clear Lake; M.S.W. 1985 Instructor of Social Work. B. S. York University. Clinical Social Worker: Adjunct University of Houston; Dr.P.H. 1975 Cleveland State University; Marta Greenwald (1997) M.S.W. Instructor in Social Work. B.A. 1991 University of Texas. M.S.S.A. 1979 Case Western Clinical Social Worker; Adjunct 1966 University of Colorado; Reserve University. Goldye Wolf (1997) M.S.W. Instructor of Social Work. B.A. M.S.W. 1970 University of Hawaii. Instructor in Social Work, M.S.W. Gregory N. Clarke (1995) Ph.D. 1967, M.S.W. 1972 University of David S. Phillips (1995) Ph.D. Distance Learning Option Site Senior Investigator, Center for California, Los Angeles. Professor of Medical Psychology, Coordinator, Ashland. B.A. 1966 Health Research, Kaiser Perma- Susan C. Hedlund (1986) M.S.W. Professor of Public Health and Pre- University of California, Berkeley; nente; Adjunct Assistant Professor Medical Social Worker, Oregon ventive Medicine, Oregon Health M.S.W. 1972 University of of Social Work. B.A. 1979 Univer- Health Sciences University; Sciences University; Adjunct Pro- Michigan. sity of California, Los Angeles; Instructor in Social Work. B.S. fessor of Social Work. B.A. 1958 M.S. 1983, Ph.D. 1985 University Emeriti Faculty 1976 University of California, Wabash College; M.S. 1960, Ph.D. of Oregon. 1962 Purdue University. James L. Breedlove (1964) Davis; M.S.W. 1980 Portland State D.S.W. Mary Beth Collins (1984) M.S.W. University. Jillian Romm (1993) M.S.W. Director of Counseling and Psy- Professor Emeritus of Social Work. Jean E. Herrera (1983) M.S.W. Instructor and Counselor, Depart- chological Services; Adjunct Assis- B.S. 1951 Central Missouri State Chief, Social Work Service, Con- ment of Obstetrics and Gynecol- tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. College; M.S.W. 1954 University solidated Veterans Administration ogy, Oregon Health Sciences 1969 Stanford University; M.S.W. of Kansas; D.S.W. 1962 Case Medical Center, Portland/Vancou- University; Adjunct Instructor in 1978 University of Southern Cali- Western Reserve University. ver; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1970 Boston fornia. University; M.S.W. 1990 Portland Arthur C. Emlen (1965) Ph.D. Social Work. B.S. 1965 University Victoria Cotrell (1998) Ph.D. of Oregon; M.S.W. 1970 Portland State Professor Emeritus of Social Work. University. B.A. 1953, M.S.W. 1958 Univer- Assistant Professor, Human Devel- State University. opment and Family Studies, sity of California, Los Angeles; Steven Ickes (1998) M.S.W. Elizabeth D. Shell (1975) B.S. Oregon State University; Adjunct Ph.D. 1965 Tulane University. Assistant Director of Correctional Research Assistant, Regional Assistant Professor of Social Work. Programs, Oregon Department of Research Institute for Human Jack C. Finley (1967) Ph.D. B.S. 1972, M.S.W. 1976, Ph.D. Corrections; Adjunct Instructor of Services. B.S. 1971 Portland State Associate Professor Emeritus of 1990 University of Texas. University. Social Work. B.S. 1958 Lewis & Social Work. B.S. 1966, M.S.W. Clark College; M.S.W. 1961 Uni- Terry L. Cross (1987) M.S.W. 1968 Portland State University. Charles H. Shireman (1985) Executive Director, National Indian versity of Washington; Ph.D. 1986 Barry S. Kast (1990) M.S.W. Ph.D. Child Welfare Association; Assis- University of Oregon. Administrator, Mental Health and Adjunct Professor of Social Work. tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Developmental Disabilities Ser- B.A. 1939 University of Puget Gerald A. Frey (1970) Ph.D. 1974 Grove City College; M.S.W. vices Division; Adjunct Assistant Sound; M.S.W. 1954 University of Associate Professor Emeritus of 1977 Portland State University. Professor of Social Work. B.A. California, Los Angeles; Ph.D. Social Work. B.S. 1955, M.S.W. 1966 University of Chicago. 1957 Wayne State University; David L. Cutler (1990) M.D. 1986 Stanford University; M.A. Ph.D. 1974 Brandeis University. Professor and Director of Public 1971 State University of New York; Susan Snyder (1993) M.S.W. Psychiatry Training Program, M.S.W. 1975 Portland State Therapist/trainer/consultant; Guido Pinamonti (1969) D.S.W. Oregon Health Sciences University, University. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Professor Emeritus of Social Work. Department of Psychiatry; Adjunct David H. Kim (1986) M.S.W. Social Work. B.A. 1981 Pomona B.B.A. 1949 Loyola University; Professor of Social Work. B.S. President, Holt International Chil- College, M.S.W. 1984 Portland M.S.W. 1951 St. Louis University; 1962, M.D. 1967 Ohio State dren’s Services, Eugene, Oregon; State University. D.S.W. 1961 University of South- University. ern California. Adjunct Professor of Social Work. John Spence (1998) Ph.D. Benjamin deHaan (1993) Ph.D. B.A. 1959 Seoul National Social Work Consultant; Adjunct Norman L. Wyers (1974) D.S.W. Deputy Director, Oregon Depart- University (Korea); M.S.W. 1966 Assistant Professor of Social Work. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. ment of Corrections, Adjunct Portland State University. B.A. 1963 University of Washing- B.S. 1955 Oregon State University; Assistant Professor of Social Work. Paul E. Koren (1978) Ph.D. ton, M.S.W. 1968 Rutgers Univer- M.Ed. 1960 University of Oregon; B.S. 1973 Southern Oregon State Research Associate, Regional sity, Ph.D. 1987 University of M.S.W. 1964 University of Wash- College; M.P.A. 1993 Lewis & Research Institute for Human Ser- Washington. ington; D.S.W. 1975 Columbia Clark College; Ph.D. 1997 Portland vices. B.A. 1970 Duquesne Univer- University. State University. Barbara Sussex (1998) M.S.W. sity; M.S. 1975, Ph.D. 1978 Program Evaluator, Multnomah Associated Faculty Jae P. Douglas (1998) M.S.W. University of Utah. County; Adjunct Instructor of Aquene Amarys (1998) M.S.W. Project Manager, Center for Health Joy DeGruy Leary (1998) M.S.W. Social Work. B.A. 1968 University Medical Social Worker, Cottage Research, Kaiser Permanente; Consultant/Trainer; Adjunct of Michigan, Dearborn, M.S.W. Grove Hospital, Cottage Grove, Adjunct Instructor of Social Work. Instructor in Social Work. B.S. 1986 Portland State University. Oregon; Instructor of Social Work. B.A. 1986 University of Portland; 1986, M.S.W. 1988 Portland State Michael Taylor (1997) M.S.W. B.A. 1989 University of Oregon; M.S.W. 1988 Portland State University; M.A. 1995 Paciﬁc Program Administrator, Clacka- M.S.W. 1991 Portland State University. University. University. mas County Mental Health; Susan Eggman (1998) M.S.W. Adjunct Instructor in Social Work. Adjunct Instructor of Social Work. B.A. 1971 University of California, B.S. 1990, M.S.W. 1996 California Los Angeles; M.S.W. 1977 Port- State University, Stanislaus. land State University. D IRECTORIES 329

Kay Dean Toran (1971) M.S.W. Shu Liang (1998) Ph.D. Diane Yatchmenoff (1991) M.S. Deborah Lord (1995) Administrator, Children’s Services Research Associate, Regional Research Assistant, Regional Research Assistant, Child Welfare Division; Adjunct Associate Pro- Research Institute for Human Ser- Research Institute for Human Ser- Partnership. fessor of Social Work. B.A. 1964 vices. B.A. 1981 Xiangtun Teach- vices. B.A. 1969 Stanford Univer- Kirstin North (1997) M.S.W. University of Portland; M.S.W. ers’ Institute, (China); M.S. 1994 sity; M.S. 1981 Boston University. Research Assistant, Child Welfare 1970 Portland State University. Oregon State University; Ph.D. Partnership. B.S. 1996 Lewis-Clark 1997 Texas Tech University. CHILD WELFARE Aylee Welch (1998) M.S.W. PARTNERSHIP State College; M.S.W. 1997 Uni- Clinical Social Worker, Center for M.J. Longley (1997) Ph.D. versity of Kentucky, Lexington. Human Development; Adjunct Research Assistant, Regional Faculty Jeff Raponi (1997) B.A. Instructor of Social Work. B.S. Research Institute for Human Ser- Richard W. Hunter (1987) Ph.D. Research Assistant, Child Welfare 1989 Eastern Oregon University; vices. B.S. 1984 Portland State Executive Director Child Welfare Partnership. B.A. 1996 LeMoyne M.S.W. 1992 Yeshiva University. University; M.A. 1988 University Partnership, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S. 1976 Willamette College. Patricia A. Zimmerman (1998) of Alaska, Anchorage; Ph.D. 1998 University; M.S.W. 1978, Ph.D. Marilyn Webb (1994) M.S. M.S.W. Portland State University. 1999 Portland State University. Associate Academic Professional, Clinical Social Worker, Private A. Myrth Ogilvie (1996) M.S.W. Child Welfare Partnership. B.A. Practice; Adjunct Instructor of Research Assistant, Regional Monique Busch (1997) M.S.W. University of Illinois; M.S. Univer- Social Work. B.S. 1990, M.S.W. Research Institute for Human Ser- Graduate Education Associate sity of Washington. 1992 Portland State University. vices; Adjunct Instructor of Social Coordinator, Child Welfare Partner- Work. B.A. 1976 Linﬁeld College; ship; Assistant Professor of Social REGIONAL RESEARCH M.S.W. 1982 Portland State Work. B.A. 1986 Marylhurst Col- COLLEGE OF INSTITUTE FOR University. lege; M.S.W. 1996 Portland State HUMAN SERVICES University. URBAN AND PUBLIC Claire Poirier (1997) B.A. AFFAIRS Associated Faculty Research Assistant, Regional Mindy Holliday (1997) M.S.W. Karen L. Cellarius (1999) M.P.A. Research Institute for Human Ser- Graduate Education Coordinator, Nohad A. Toulan (1972) Ph.D. Research Assistant, Regional vices. B.A. 1965 Elms College. Child Welfare Partnership; Assis- Dean, College of Urban and Public Research Institute for Human Ser- tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Affairs; Professor of Urban Stud- vices. B.S. 1987 Georgetown Uni- Rachel L. Post (1998) M.S.W. 1980, M.A. 1985 Oakland Univer- Research Assistant. Regional ies and Planning. B.S. 1954 Uni- versity; M.P.A. 1995 Columbia sity; M.S.W. 1988 University of versity of Cairo (Egypt); M.C.P. University. Research Institute for Human Ser- Michigan. vices. B.A. 1988 New England 1959 University of California, Ber- Siobhan E. Colgan (1999) M.P.H. College; M.S.W. 1994 University Associated Faculty keley; Ph.D. 1965 University of Research Assistant, Regional of Wisconsin, Madison. Pennsylvania. Michelle Arensberg (1997) B.A. Research Institute for Human Ser- Ellsworth P. Ingraham (1996) vices. B.A. 1993 State University Michael D. Pullmann (1999) M.S. Research Assistant, Child Welfare Research Assistant, Regional Partnership. B.A. 1990 Evergreen M.B.A. of New York, Buffalo; M.S.W. Associate Dean, College of Urban 1997, M.P.H. 1997 University of Research Institute for Human Ser- State College. vices. B.S. 1995 California Poly- and Public Affairs; A.B. 1963 Clar- North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Paul Bellatty (1994) Ph.D. technic State University; M.S. 1998 emont McKenna College; M.S. Research Associate, Child Welfare Richard H. Dana (1988) Ph.D. Portland State University. 1963 School of Library and Infor- Research Associate, Regional Partnership. B.A. 1978 University mation Science, Simmons College, Research Institute for Human Ser- Lisa Shannon-Joseph (1998) of Rhode Island; M.S. 1982, Ph.D. Boston; M.B.A. 1969 Harvard Uni- vices. B.A. 1949 Princeton Univer- B.S.W. 1987 Oregon State University. versity. Research Assistant, Regional sity; M.S. 1951, Ph.D. 1953 Peter Coulson (1994) B.A. Research Institute for Human Ser- University of Illinois. Research Assistant, Child Welfare SCHOOL OF vices. B.S.W. 1995 Chadron State Partnership. B.A. 1990 George Fox COMMUNITY HEALTH Debra J. Elliott (1992) Ph.D. College. Research Associate, Regional College. Faculty Anu F. Shinnamon (1999) M.P.H. Research Institute for Human Ser- Tamara Dickerson (1995) B.S. Sally A. Althoff (1982) Ph.D. Research Assistant, Regional vices. B.S. 1982 University of Research Assistant, Child Welfare Associate Professor of Community Research Institute for Human Washington; M.A. 1988, Ph.D. Partnership. B.S. Western Oregon Health. B.S. 1966 Bowling Green Services. B.A. 1993 Clark Univer- 1994 Ohio State University. University. State University; M.Ed. 1968, sity; M.P.H. 1998 Portland State Ph.D. 1971 University of Toledo. Kaye J. Exo (1995) M.S.W. University. Mark Fenster (1998) Ph.D. Research Assistant, Regional Research Assoicate, Child Welfare Gary R. Brodowicz (1986) Ph.D. Jennifer S. Simpson (1998) Ph.D. Research Institute for Human Ser- Partnership. B.A. 1977 State Professor of Community Health. Research Associate, Regional vices. B.S. 1958, M.S. 1976 Uni- University of New York; M.A. B.S.Ed. 1977 University of Michi- Research Institute for Human versity of Wisconsin, Madison; 1981, Ph.D. 1987 Northwestern gan; M.A. 1981 Wake Forest Uni- Services. B.A. 1988 California M.S.W. 1989 Portland State Uni- University. versity; Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State versity. Lutheran University; M.A. 1991 University. Lutheran School of Theology, Noni Gibson (1997) B.S. Lynwood J. Gordon (1995) Chicago; Ph.D. 1997 Northwestern Research Assistant, Child Welfare Sherril B. Gelmon (1994) Dr.P.H. M.S.W. University. Partnership. B.S. University of Associate Professor of Community Research Assistant, Regional Portland. Health. B.S. 1978, M.H.S. 1983 Research Institute for Human Ser- Janet S. Walker (1998) Ph.D. University of Toronto; Dr.P.H. 1990 Don Grossnickle (1994) B.S. vices. B.A. 1987 Evergreen State Research Associate, Regional University of Michigan. Research Associate, Child Welfare College; M.S.W. 1995 Portland Research Institute for Human Ser- Partnership. B.S. 1971 Portland Mark Kaplan (1997) Dr.P.H. State University. vices. A.B. 1983 Harvard Univer- sity; M.A. 1992, Ph.D. 1997 State University. Associate Professor of Community Heidi Herinckx (1994) M.A. Health. B.S. 1975 University of University of Chicago. Glenn Huntley (1995) M.S. Research Assistant, Regional Miami-Florida; M.S.W. 1977 Ari- Research Assistant, Child Welfare Research Institute for Human Ser- Cindy L. Workman (1999) zona State University; M.P.H. Partnership. B.A. 1978 Evergreen vices. B.S. 1991 University of Ore- M.S.W. 1978, Dr.P.H. 1984 University of State College; M.S. 1996 Portland gon; M.A. 1993 Rutgers Research Assistant, Regional California, Berkeley. Research Institute for Human Ser- State University. University. Leslie McBride (1985) Ph.D. vices. B.S. 1979 West Virginia Uni- Constance Lehman (1997) Ph.D. Karen D. Lewis (1994) B.S. Associate Professor of Community versity; M.S.W. 1998 University of Research Associate, Child Welfare Research Assistant, Regional Health. B.S. 1975, M.Ed. 1976 Illinois, Urbana. Partnership. B.A. 1973 Syracuse Research Institute for Human University of Missouri; Ph.D. 1979 Services. B.S. 1987 University of University; M.S. 1989 Western Southern Illinois University. Oregon. Oregon University; Ph.D. 1995 University of Oregon. 330 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Judith L. Sobel (1985) Ph.D. Robert C. Scruggs (1960) M.S.T. Robert W. Lockwood (1975) J.D. Mel Gurtov (1986) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Community Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor of Administration of Jus- Professor of Political Science and Health. B.A. 1975 University of Health and Physical Education. tice. B.A. 1971 Kalamazoo Col- International Studies. A.B. 1963 California, Santa Cruz; M.A. 1977, B.A. 1958 Western Washington lege; M.A. 1971 University of Columbia University; M.I.A. and Ph.D. 1981 University of Minne- University; M.S.T. 1960 Univer- Michigan; J.D. 1974 University of Certificate 1965 School of Interna- sota; M.P.H. 1983 University of sity of Washington. Oregon. tional Affairs and East Asian Insti- California, Los Angeles. tute, Columbia University; Ph.D. Michael W. Tichy (1955) Ed.D. Gary R. Perlstein (1971) Ph.D. 1970 University of California, Los Lawrence Wallack (1999) Dr.P.H. Professor Emeritus of Health and Chair, Division of Administration Angeles. Director, School of Community Physical Education. B.S. 1947 East of Justice. Professor of Administra- Health. B.A. 1972 Franklin and Stroudsburg State Teachers Col- tion of Justice. B.A. 1961 Central Burton W. Onstine (1966) Ph.D. Marshall College; M.S. 1974 Uni- lege; M.S. 1951 University of College; M.A. 1965 University of Associate Professor of Political versity of Arizona; M.P.H. 1978, Southern California; Ed.D. 1960 Missouri, Kansas City; Ph.D. 1971 Science. B.A. 1954 Reed College; Dr.P.H. 1982 University of Califor- University of Wyoming. Florida State University. M.A. 1959 University of Washing- nia, Berkeley. Garland Trzynka (1966) M.S. ton; Ph.D. 1965 University of Associated Faculty North Carolina. James E. Wallis (1989) M.S. Associate Professor Emeritus of Anthony A. Lukin (1998) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Community Physical Education. B.S. 1953, International Criminal Justice Con- Melody Rose (1996) Ph.D. Health. Head Athletic Trainer; B.S. M.S. 1955 University of Oregon. sultant; Adjunct Assistant Professor Assistant Professor of Political Sci- 1983 Washington State University; of Administration of Justice. B.S. ence. B.A. 1988 University of Cali- M.S. 1984 University of Arizona. Associated Faculty fornia, Santa Cruz; M.P.A. 1991, Michael R. Skeels (1986) Ph.D. 1967 California State University; M.A. 1982 Columbia Pacific Uni- M.A. 1994, Ph.D. 1996 Cornell Emeriti Faculty Adjunct Professor of Community University. Charles J. Becker (1959) Ed.D. Health and Biology. B.S. 1970, versity; M.P.A. 1985, M.B.A. 1986 Associate Professor Emeritus of M.S. 1972 Wichita State Univer- City University, Seattle; Ph.D. Gary L. Scott (1979) Ph.D. Health and Physical Education. sity; M.P.H. 1986 University of 1984 Columbia Pacific University. Professor of Political Science. B.A. B.S. 1957, M.S. 1959 University of Washington; Ph.D. 1979 University Robert L. Mitchell (1997) M.S. 1968, M.A. 1970, Ph.D. 1973 Uni- Oregon; Ed.D. 1970 Brigham of Montana. Retired Agent, Federal Bureau of versity of Washington. Young University. Investigation; Adjunct Assistant MARK O. HATFIELD Charles R. White (1971) Ph.D. Oma E. Blankenship (1963) J.D. Professor of Administration of Jus- Associate Dean, University Stud- SCHOOL OF tice. B. of University Studies 1970 ies; Associate Professor of Political Professor Emerita of Physical Edu- GOVERNMENT cation. B.S. 1952 Oregon College University of New Mexico; M.S. Science, International Studies, and Mark O. Hatfield (1997) M.S. of Education; M.Ed. 1963 Univer- 1978 University of Portland. Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. Distinguished Professor of Govern- sity of Portland; J.D. 1972 North- 1965 Colorado College; M.A. 1968 ment. B.A. 1943 Willamette Emeriti Faculty western College of Law. Charles A. Tracy (1972) D.Crim. New Mexico State University; University; M.S. 1948 Stanford Ph.D. 1977 University of Arizona. Ralph S. Davis (1955) M.Ed. University. Professor Emeritus of Administra- Professor Emeritus of Physical tion of Justice. B.S. 1959 San Jose Birol A. Yesilada (1998) Ph.D. Education. B.S. 1949, M.Ed. 1965 Gretchen Miller Kafoury (1999) State College; M.Crim. 1965, Professor of Political Science and Oregon State University. B.A. D.Crim. 1976 University of Cali- International Studies; Turkish Coordinator of Internship fornia, Berkeley. Political Economy and Trade Chair. Margaret J. Dobson (1955) Ed.D. Programs. B.A. 1963 Whitman B.A. 1977 University of California, Executive Vice President Emerita; College. Division of Berkeley; M.A. 1979 San Fran- Professor Emerita of Health and Barbara K. Roberts (1998) Political Science cisco State; Ph.D. 1984 University Physical Education. B.S. 1954, Faculty of Michigan. M.S. 1959, Ed.D. 1965 University Associate Director for Leadership of Oregon. Development. A.E. Gordon Buffonge (1997) Emeriti Faculty Ph.D. Ralph E. Bunch (1970) Ph.D. Alice E. Lehman (1959) M.S. Division of Assistant Professor of Political Sci- Professor Emeritus of Political Sci- Professor Emerita of Physical Edu- Administration of ence. A.B. 1988 Bowdoin College; ence. B.S. 1951 Lewis & Clark cation. B.S. 1954, M.S. 1958 Justice M.A. 1991, Ph.D. 1998 Princeton College; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. 1968 Oregon State University. Faculty University. University of Oregon. Roy L. Love (1961) M.Ed. William H. Feyerherm (1990) Craig L. Carr (1985) Ph.D. Ladis K.D. Kristof (1971) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Ph.D. Professor of Political Science. A.B. Professor Emeritus of Political Sci- Physical Education. B.S. 1961 Vice Provost for Research and 1970 Brown University; M.A. ence. B.A. 1955 Reed College; Portland State University; M.Ed. Dean of Graduate Studies; Direc- 1974, Ph.D. 1978 University of M.A. 1956, Ph.D. 1969 University 1963 Oregon State University. tor, Criminal Justice Research and Washington. of Chicago. Policy Institute. B.A. 1970 North- Linda C. Neklason (1962) Ed.D. ern Illinois University; Ph.D. 1977 Richard L. Clucas (1995) Ph.D. David A. Smeltzer (1964) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emerita of State University of New York, Associate Professor of Political Professor Emeritus of Political Health and Physical Education. Albany. Science. B.A. 1980 University of Science. A.B. 1957 Wayne State B.A. 1956 Western Washington California, Irvine; M.A. 1984, University; M.A. 1958, Ph.D. 1964 University; M.S. 1961 University James P. Heuser (1996) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1990 University of Califor- University of Michigan. of Washington; Ed.D. 1975 Oregon Assistant Professor of Administra- nia, Santa Barbara. State University. tion of Justice. B.A. 1967 Univer- Associated Faculty sity of Arizona, Tucson; M.A. John Damis (1970) Ph.D. Lee V. Ragsdale (1966) Ed.D. Chair, Division of Political Sci- David M. Johns (1981) M.S., J.D. Dean Emeritus, School of Health 1969, Ph.D. 1973 University of Assistant Professor of Political Sci- Oregon. ence; Professor of Political Science and Physical Education; Professor and International Studies. A.B. ence. B.S. 1976 Portland State Uni- Emeritus of Health and Physical Annette I. Jolin (1990) Ph.D. 1962, A.M. 1964 Harvard Univer- versity; M.S. 1978, J.D. 1980 Education. B.S. 1938 Willamette Professor of Administration of Jus- sity; M.A., M.A.L.D. 1966, Ph.D. Columbia University Law School. University; M.S. 1952, Ed.D. 1966 tice. B.A. 1973, M.S. 1979, Ph.D. 1970 Fletcher School of Law and University of Oregon. 1985 Portland State University. Diplomacy, Tufts University. Jack S. Schendel (1978) Ed.D. Nella R. Lee (1995) Ph.D. Dean Emeritus, School of Health Associate Professor of Administra- and Human Performance; Professor tion of Justice. B.A. 1983 Univer- Emeritus of Health and Physical sity of Alaska, Anchorage; Ph.D. Education. B.A. 1954, M.S. 1960 1991 Rutgers University. Fresno State College; Ed.D. 1963 University of Oregon. D IRECTORIES 331

Division of Brian I. Stipak (1982) Ph.D. Daniel Harris (1994) Ph.D. Sy Adler (1981) Ph.D. Public Administration Professor of Public Administra- Adjunct Associate Professor of Director, School of Urban Studies tion. A.B. 1969 University of Cali- Public Administration. B.A. 1966, and Planning; Professor of Urban Faculty fornia, Davis; M.A. 1970, Ph.D. M.A. 1969, Ph.D. 1973 State Uni- Studies and Planning. B.A. 1971 Ronald C. Cease (1966) Ph.D. 1976 University of California, Los versity of New York at Stony University of Pittsburgh; M.C.P. Interim Director, Mark O. Hatﬁeld Angeles. Brook. 1973 Harvard University; Ph.D. School of Government; Chair, 1980 University of California, Russell Harding (1994) Ph.D. Division of Public Administration; Associated Faculty Berkeley. Professor of Public Administra- Lloyd Anderson (1977) B.S. Adjunct Assistant Professor of tion. B.A. 1953 Reed College; Adjunct Professor of Public Public Administration. B.A. 1978 Martha Bianco (1995) Ph.D. M.P.A. 1954 Syracuse University; Administration. B.S. 1950 Univer- Waikato University; M.P.P. 1982, Research Assistant Professor of Ph.D. 1965 Claremont Graduate sity of Ph.D. 1991 University of Welling- Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. School. Washington. ton (New Zealand). 1975, Ph.D. 1994 Portland State University. Jack Corbett (1996) Ph.D. Donald Balmer (1996) Ph.D. Mark C. Hornbrook (1988) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Public Adjunct Professor of Public Adjunct Professor of Public Nancy J. Chapman (1973) Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1965 Allegh- Administration. B.A. 1947, M.A. Administration. B.A. 1968, M.A. Professor of Urban Studies and eny College; Ph.D. 1974 Stanford 1949, Ph.D. 1956 University of 1969 University of Denver; Ph.D. Planning. B.A. 1964 University of University. Washington. 1975 University of Michigan. Oregon; Ph.D. 1969 University of California, Berkeley. Ronald Dowd (1996) Dr.P.H. Mark Bonanno (1995) J.D. James L. Koss (1982) M.B.A. Professor of Public Administra- Adjunct Associate Professor of Adjunct Associate Professor of Kenneth J. Dueker (1979) Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1962, M.S.P.A. 1964 Public Administration. B.S. 1985 Public Administration. B.I.E. 1967 Professor of Urban Studies and University of Southern California; University of Vermont; M.P.H. General Motors Institute of Tech- Planning. B.S. 1960, M.S. 1963, M.P.H. 1964, Dr.P.H. 1967 Univer- 1987 Boston University; J.D. 1994 nology; M.B.A. 1968 University of Ph.D. 1967 University of sity of California, Los Angeles. Lewis & Clark College. Denver. Washington. Walter G. Ellis (1976) Ph.D. Jack Collins (1996) LL.B. Eric Levine (1996) B.A. Barry Edmonston (1997) Ph.D. Professor of Public Administra- Adjunct Professor of Public Adjunct Associate Professor of Director of the Center for Popula- tion. B.A. 1963, M.P.A. 1965, Administration. A.B. 1952 Prince- Public Administration. B.A. 1968 tion Research and Census; Profes- Ph.D. 1971 University of Washing- ton Queens College. sor of Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. 1968, M.A. 1970 University ton. University; LL.B. 1958 Harvard Barbara Lombardo (1996) Ph.D. of Oregon; Ph.D. 1974 University University. Adjunct Associate Professor of Suzanne Feeney (1996) Ph.D. of Michigan. Associate Professor of Public Bob Doppelt (1996) M.S. Public Administration. B.A. Lafay- Administration. B.A. 1968 Oregon Adjunct Associate Professor of ette College, M.P.A. 1987, Ph.D. Karen Gibson (1998) Ph.D. State University; M.A. 1975, Ph.D. Public Administration. B.A. 1973 1990 University of Berkeley. Assistant Professor of Urban Stud- ies and Planning. B.A. 1980 Cali- 1984 University of Washington. Lewis & Clark College; M.S. 1975, Candice Morgan (1996) M.L.S. fornia State University, San M.S. 1976 University of Oregon. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Erna G. Gelles (1998) Ph.D. Francisco; M.S. 1991 Carnegie Public Administration. B.A. 1963 Assistant Professor of Public Angus Duncan (1996) B.A. Mellon University; Ph.D. 1996 University of California; M.L.S. Administration. B.A. 1974 Anti- Adjunct Associate Professor of University of California, Berkeley. och College; M.A.T.S. 1981 Col- Public Administration. B.A. 1967 1964 Columbia University. Charles H. Heying (1995) Ph.D. gate University; M.P.A. 1987 Harvard University Institute of Sharron Noone (1986) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Urban Stud- University of Missouri, Kansas Policy Studies; B.A. 1980 Portland Adjunct Assistant Professor of ies and Planning. B.A. 1967 City; Ph.D. 1994 University of State University. Public Administration. B.S. 1968 Creighton University; M.C.R.P. Georgia. Portland State University; M.P.A. Donna Fowler (1996) M.P.A. 1988 Iowa State University; Ph.D. 1986 Lewis & Clark College; Ph.D. Sherril B. Gelmon (1994) Dr.P.H. Adjunct Assistant Professor of 1995 University of North Carolina 1994 Oregon State University. Associate Professor of Public Public Administration. B.A. 1970 at Chapel Hill. Health. B.S. 1978, M.H.S. 1983 California State University at Long Paige Sipes-Metzler (1995) Ph.D. George C. Hough (1995) Ph.D. University of Toronto; Dr.P.H. 1990 Beach; M.P.A. 1981 Portland State Adjunct Assistant Professor of Research Associate Professor of University of Michigan. University. Public Administration. B.S. 1974 Urban Studies and Planning and University of Pennsylvania; M.S. Henry “Budd” Kass (1996) Ph.D. Linda Golaszewski (1996) M.A. Center for Population Research and 1977 University of California, San Professor of Public Administra- Adjunct Assistant Professor of Census. B.A. 1978 Loyola Univer- Francisco; Ph.D. 1986 University tion. B.A. 1956 Alfred University; Public Administration. B.A. 1975 sity (Chicago); M.A. 1980 Univer- of Southern California, Los Ph.D. 1969 American University. Loyola University; M.A. 1977 Uni- sity of Illinois; Ph.D. 1994 Angeles. Douglas Morgan (1996) Ph.D. versity of Illinois. University of Texas. Kathleen Sohl (1996) M.A.T. Professor of Public Administra- Stephen J. Heck (1985) M.P.A. Deborah Howe (1985) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of tion. B.A. 1965 Claremont McK- Adjunct Professor of Public Professor of Urban Studies and Public Administration. A.B. 1969 enna College; M.A. 1967, Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1968 Port- Planning. B.S. 1974 State Univer- University of Berkeley; M.A.T. 1971 University of Chicago. land State University; M.S.W. 1973 sity of New York, Syracuse; M.S. University of Washington; M.P.A. 1971 Reed College. Daniel E. O’Toole (1977) Ph.D. 1977, Ph.D. 1982 University of 1982 Professor of Public Administra- Richard C. Tracy (1989) M.P.A. Michigan. Portland State University. Adjunct Professor of Public tion. A.B. 1967 Occidental College; Elizabeth A. Kutza (1987) Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1968, B.A. M.P.A. 1971 California State Uni- Jeffrey Hammarlund (1996) Director, Institute on Aging; Pro- 1969, M.P.A. 1975 Golden Gate versity, Hayward; Ph.D. 1977 Uni- M.A. fessor of Urban Studies and Plan- University. versity of Southern California. Adjunct Associate Professor of ning. B.S. 1966 Loyola University Public Administration. B.S. 1972 Theresa Julnes Rapida (1988) Timothy D.W. Williams (1981) (Chicago); M.S. 1969 Boston Uni- Western Washington University; Ph.D. Ph.D. versity; Ph.D. 1977 University of M.A. 1975, M.S. 1977 University Associate Professor of Public Adjunct Professor of Public Chicago. of Wisconsin-Madison. Administration. B.A. 1968, Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1979, M.P.A. Robert C. Liebman (1987) Ph.D. 1971 University of Minnesota. 1982, Ph.D. 1988 University of Pamela Hanes (1989) Ph.D. Professor of Sociology and Urban Washington. Adjunct Associate Professor of Studies and Planning. B.A. 1972 Public Administration. B.S. 1974 SCHOOL OF URBAN Craig Shinn (1996) Ph.D. State University of New York, West Virginia University, Morgan- STUDIES AND Associate Professor of Public Binghamton; M.A. 1977, Ph.D. town; M.S.W. 1978 California PLANNING Administration. B.S. 1974 Univer- 1981 University of Michigan. State University, Sacramento; sity of Maine; M.P.A. 1984 Lewis Faculty Ph.D. 1986 University of Califor- Gerard C.S. Mildner (1991) & Clark College; Ph.D. 1992 Uni- Carl Abbott (1978) Ph.D. nia, Berkeley. Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Urban versity of Washington. Professor of Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. 1966 Swarthmore Studies and Planning. B.A. 1982 College; M.A. 1967, Ph.D. 1971 University of Chicago; Ph.D. 1991 University of Chicago. New York University. 332 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

David L. Morgan (1987) Ph.D. Gerald Sussman (1995) Ph.D. Alice U. Scannell (1988) Ph.D. Professor of Urban Studies and Professor of Urban Studies and Adjunct Assistant Professor of SYSTEMS SCIENCE Planning, and Sociology. B.A. Planning and Speech Urban Studies and Planning. A.B. PH.D. PROGRAM 1972, M.A. 1974, Ph.D. 1977 Uni- Communication. B.A. 1967 Fair- 1960 Smith College; M.R.E. 1963 versity of Michigan. leigh Dickinson University; M.A. Union Theological Seminary Faculty (NYC); Ph.D. 1989 Margaret B. Neal (1983) Ph.D. 1975 University of the Philippines; Nancy A. Perrin (1986) Ph.D. Portland State University. Professor of Urban Studies and Ph.D. 1983 University of Hawaii. Director, Systems Science Ph.D. Planning; Research Associate, Emeriti Faculty Edward J. Sullivan (1974) J.D. Program; Associate Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences; Pro- Regional Research Institute for Charles D. Bolton (1964) Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professor of fessor of Psychology. B.A. 1980 Human Services. B.A. 1974 Indi- Professor Emeritus of Sociology Urban Studies and Planning. B.S. University of California, Los Ange- ana University; M.U.S. 1979, Ph.D. and Urban Studies and Planning. 1966 St. John’s University; J.D. les; M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1986 Ohio 1985 Portland State University. B.A. 1947 University of Denver; 1969 Willamette University; M.A. 1972, Cert. Urban Studies 1974 State University. Connie Ozawa (1994) Ph.D. M.A. 1948 Stanford University; Portland State University. Associate Professor of Urban Stud- Ph.D. 1959 University of Chicago. Andrew M. Fraser (1989) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Systems ies and Planning. A.B. 1976 Uni- Leonard D. Cain, Jr. (1969) Ph.D. Keren B. Wilson (1983) Ph.D. Science. B.A. 1977 Princeton Uni- versity of California at Berkeley; Professor Emeritus of Sociology Adjunct Associate Professor of versity; Ph.D. 1988 University of M.A. 1978 University of Hawaii; and Urban Studies and Planning. Urban Studies. B.A. 1975 Univer- Texas, Austin. Ph.D. 1988 Massachusetts Institute A.B. 1948, M.A. 1949 Texas Chris- sity of Washington; M.P.A. 1977 of Technology. tian University; Ph.D. 1955 Univer- Seattle University; Ph.D. 1983 George G. Lendaris (1970) Ph.D. Portland State University. William A. Rabiega (1975) Ph.D. sity of Texas, Austin. Professor of Systems Science and Electrical Engineering. B.S. 1957, Professor of Urban Studies and Don C. Gibbons (1969) Ph.D. M.S. 1958, Ph.D. 1961 University Planning. B.S. 1965 Elmhurst Col- Professor Emeritus of Sociology MILITARY of California, Berkeley. lege; M.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1973 and Urban Studies and Planning. SCIENCE Southern Illinois University. B.A. 1950, M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1956 DEPARTMENT Martin Zwick (1976) Ph.D. Anthony M. Rufolo (1980) Ph.D. University of Washington. Professor of Systems Science. B.A. 1960 Columbia College; Ph.D. Professor of Urban Studies and Paul L. Niebanck (1993) Ph.D. Regina M. Largent (1996) M.A. 1968 Massachusetts Institute of Planning. B.S. 1970 Massachusetts Professor Emeritus of Urban Stud- Professor of Military Science. B.S. Technology. Institute of Technology; Ph.D. ies and Planning. A.B. 1961 Johns 1975 Florida State University; 1975 University of California, Los Hopkins University; M.C.P. 1963, M.A. 1986 University of Massa- Associated Faculty Angeles. Ph.D. 1966 University of Pennsyl- chusetts. Mark A. Bedau (1993) Ph.D. vania; M.A. 1990 Paciﬁc School of Adjunct Associate Professor of Ethan P. Seltzer (1992) Ph.D. Joseph L. Cramer (1998) B.A. Director, Institute of Portland Met- Religion, Graduate Theological Systems Science. B.A. 1977 Reed Union, Berkeley. Assistant Professor of Military Sci- College; M.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1985 ropolitan Studies; Associate Profes- ence. B.A. 1978 Southern Oregon University of California, Berkeley. sor of Urban Studies and Planning. Morton Paglin (1961) Ph.D. University. B.A. 1976 Swarthmore College; Professor Emeritus of Economics Wayne W. Wakeland (1976) Ph.D. Gary S. Cohn (1997) B.A. M.R.P. 1979, Ph.D. 1983 Univer- and Urban Studies and Planning. Adjunct Professor of Systems Sci- Assistant Professor of Military Sci- sity of Pennsylvania. B.A. 1943 University of Miami; ence. B.S. 1972, M.Eng. 1973 ence. B.A. 1989 University of Ph.D. 1956 University of Califor- Harvey Mudd College; Ph.D. 1977 Irina Sharkova (1992) Ph.D. Texas, Arlington. Research Assistant Professor in nia, Berkeley. Portland State University. Urban Studies and Planning and Associated Faculty Greg A. Ellsworth (1997) B.S. Emeriti Faculty Center for Population Research and Assistant Professor of Military Sci- Adrianne Brockman (1992) J.D. Harold A. Linstone (1970) Ph.D. Census. M.A. 1986 Moscow State ence. B.S. 1984 University of Adjunct Assistant Professor of Professor Emeritus of Systems Sci- University (Moscow, Russia); Idaho. Urban Studies and Planning. B.S. ence. B.S. 1944 City College of Ph.D. 1991 Institute of Geography 1962, M.U.P. 1977 Portland State Brian J. James (1998) B.A. New York; M.A. 1947 Columbia (Moscow, Russia) University; J.D. 1981 Northwestern Assistant Professor of Military University; Ph.D. 1954 University James G. Strathman (1982) Ph.D. School of Law. Science. B.A. 1990 Gonzaga of Southern California. Director, Center for Urban Studies; University. William P. Macht (1978) J.D. Beatrice T. Oshika (1989) Ph.D. Professor of Urban Studies and Adjunct Professor of Urban Studies John Gaines (1997) B.S. Professor Emerita of Systems Sci- Planning. B.A. 1973 University of and Planning. A.B. 1963 Princeton Senior Instructor. B.S. 1991 Troy ence. B.A. 1963, M.A. 1964, Ph.D. Iowa; M.A. 1975 University of University; J.D. 1967 University of State University. 1973 University of Michigan. Pennsylvania; Ph.D. 1981 Univer- Virginia Law School. sity of Iowa. Andrew T. Jones (1997) Instructor

A PPENDIX 333

APPENDIX

RESIDENCE CLASSIFICATION (2) “Financially independent” denotes a (4) The criteria for determining Oregon POLICY AND PROCEDURES person who has not been and will not be resident classification shall also he used to ln Oregon, as in all other states, instruction claimed as an exemption and has not determine whether a person who has fees at publicly supported four-year col- received and will not receive financial moved from Oregon has established a non- leges and universities are higher for non- assistance in cash or in kind of an amount Oregon residence. resident students than for resident students. equal to or greater than that which would (5) If institution records show that the resi- Currently, nonresident students are qualify him or her to be claimed as an dence of a person or the person’s legal cus- assessed instruction fees that approximate exemption for federal income tax purposes todian upon whom the person is dependent the full cost of instruction. by another person except his or her spouse is outside of Oregon, the person shall con- The current rules and amendments effec- for the current calendar year and for the tinue to be classified as a nonresident until tive November l, 1993, used in determining calendar year immediately prior to the year entitlement to resident classification is residency seek to ensure that only bona fide in which application is made. shown. The burden of showing that the res- Oregon residents are assessed the resident (3) A “dependent” is a person who is not idence classification should be changed is fee. Those rules-Oregon Administrative financially independent. on the person requesting the change. Rules, Chapter 580, Division 10 Board of Determination of Residence Residency Consideration Factors Higher Education-appear below. 580-10-030 (1) For purposes of admission 580-10-031 (1) The following factors, Only duly authorized admissions officers and instruction fee assessment, Oregon although not necessarily conclusive or have authority to apply and interpret these University System (OUS) institutions shall exclusive, have probative value in support rules and procedures. No other indication classify a student as Oregon resident or of a claim for Oregon resident or determination of residency by any other nonresident. ln determining resident or classification: institutional office, department, program, nonresident classification, the primary (a) Be primarily engaged in activities or staff represents the official institutional issue is one of intent. If a person is in other than those of a student and reside in determination of residency. Oregon primarily for the purpose of obtain- Oregon for 12 Summary of Key Considerations ing an education, that person will be con- consecutive months immediately prior to in Determining Classification as a sidered a nonresident. For example, it may the beginning of the term for which resi- Resident: be possible for an individual to qualify as a dent classification is sought; l. Establishment of a domicile in Oregon resident of Oregon for purposes of voting (b) Reliance upon Oregon resources for for a period of 12 months or more prior to or obtaining an Oregon driver’s license and financial support; the beginning of the term for which resi- not meet the residency requirements estab- (c) Domicile in Oregon of persons legally dency is sought. lished by these rules. responsible for the student; 2. Financial dependence on an Oregon resi- (2) An Oregon resident is a financially (d) Acceptance of an offer of permanent dent or financial independence. independent person who, immediately employment in Oregon; and 3. Primary purpose for being in Oregon prior to the term for which Oregon resident (e) Ownership by the person of his or her other than to obtain an education. classification is requested: living quarters in Oregon. 4. Nature and source of financial resources. (a) Has established and maintained a (2) The following factors, standing alone, 5. Various other indicia of residency, e.g., domicile in Oregon of not less than 12 do not constitute sufficient evidence to ownership of Oregon living quarters, per- consecutive months; and effect classification as an Oregon resident: manent Oregon employment, payment of (b) Is primarily engaged in activities (a) Voting or registration to vote; Oregon income taxes. other than those of being a college stu- (b) Employment in any position normally dent. (i) A student may be considered pri- filled by a student; OREGON BOARD OF HIGHER EDUCATION ADMINISTRATIVE marily engaged in educational activities (c) The lease of living quarters; RULES regardless of the number of hours for (d) Admission to a licensed practicing These are the rules the Board of Higher which the student is enrolled. However, a profession in Oregon; Education adopted to be effective Novem- student who is enrolled for more than (e) Automobile registration; ber 1, 1993. seven hours per semester or quarter shall (f) Public records, for example, birth and be presumed to be in Oregon for prima- marriage records, Oregon driver’s Residence Classification rily educational purposes. (ii) Such license; Definitions 580-10-029 For the purpose of period of enrollment shall not he counted (g) Continuous presence in Oregon rules 580-10-030 through 580-100-45, the toward the establishment of a bona fide during periods when not enrolled in following words and phrases mean: domicile of one year in this state unless school; (1) “Domicile” denotes a person’s true, the student proves, in fact, establishment (h) Ownership of property in Oregon, or fixed, and permanent home and place of of a bona fide domicile in this state pri- the payment of Oregon income or other habitation. It is the place where a person marily for purposes other than educa- Oregon taxes; or intends to remain and to which the person tional. (i) Domicile in Oregon of the student’s expects to return when the person leaves (3) An Oregon resident is also a person spouse; without intending to establish a new domi- who is dependent on a parent or legal cus- (3) Reliance upon non-Oregon resources cile elsewhere. todian who meets the Oregon residency for financial support is an inference of resi- requirements of these rules. dency in another state.

334 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

(4) The resident classification of a depen- (5) A person who continues to reside in (4) A person who seeks classification as a dent person shall be that of his or her par- Oregon after separation from the armed resident under these rules shall complete ents or legal custodians, or, in case of services may count the time spent in the and submit a notarized Residence Informa- divorce or other similar circumstances, the state while in the armed services to support tion Affidavit. The affidavit and all required parent or legal custodian upon whom the a claim for classification as an Oregon supportive documents and materials must person is financially dependent, unless the resident. be submitted by the last day to register for dependent has been in Oregon with the (6) The dependent child and spouse of a the term in which resident status is sought. other parent or a legal custodian and estab- person who is a resident under section (2) (5) No OUS institution is bound by any lished Oregon residency under these rules of this rule shall be considered an Oregon determination of residency except by duly 12 months prior to the term for which resident. “Dependent child” includes any authorized officials under procedures pre- Oregon resident classification is requested. child of a member of the armed forces scribed by these rules including timely sub- Evidence of Financial Depen- who: mittal of the notarized affidavit. dency (a) Is under 18 years of age and not mar- Review of Residence Classifica- 580-10-033 (1) In determining whether a ried, otherwise emancipated, or self-sup- tion student is financially dependent and porting; or Decisions by IRC whether his or her parent, or legal custo- (b) Is under 24 years of age, unmarried, 580-10-045 (1) An interinstitutional resi- dian has maintained a bona fide domicile in enrolled in a full time course of study in dency committee (IRC) is established con- Oregon for one year, a student must pro- an institution of higher learning, and sisting of the officers determining student vide: dependent on the member for over one- residence classification at Department (a) Legal proof of custodianship; half of his/her support. institutions and a member of the Chancel- (b) Evidence of established domicile of Residence Classification of Aliens lor’s staff appointed by the Chancellor. The parent or legal custodian; 580-10-040 (1) An alien holding an immi- member of the Chancellor’s staff, shall (c) The identification of the student as a grant visa or an A, E, G, H, I, K, L, N, R, serve as chairperson. A majority of the dependent on the federal income tax NATO, TC, TN, or TD visa, or granted ref- members of the Committee shall constitute return of the parents, or legal custodian. ugee or political asylum, Family Unity or a quorum A majority of a quorum may Additional documentation to substantiate Voluntary Departure in Lieu of Family make decisions. dependency during the current calendar Unity status, or otherwise admitted for per- (2) Residence cases of unusual complexity, year may be required at a later time if manent residence in the United States is especially where there may be conflict of deemed necessary by the institution. eligible to be considered an Oregon resi- rules, may be referred by an institution res- (2) A student who provides evidence that dent if OAR 580-10 030 is otherwise satis- idence classification office to the IRC for he or she is a dependent of a parent or legal fied. The date of receipt of the immigrant decision. custodian who has maintained a one-year visa, the date of approval of political (3) Any person who is aggrieved by the domicile in Oregon shall not he required to asylum or refugee status, or the date of institution residence classification may, establish a one-year domicile prior to clas- approval of lawful permanent residence, within ten (10) days of the date of mailing sification of resident status, provided such whichever is earlier, shall be the date upon or other service of classification decision, a student may not be classified as a resident which the 12 months and other residency appeal the classification to the IRC. An while receiving financial assistance from requirements under OAR 580-10-030 shall aggrieved person may supply written state- another state or state agency for educa- begin to accrue. ments to the IRC for consideration in tional purposes. (2) Notwithstanding any other rule, an reviewing the case and may also make an Residence Classification of Armed alien possessing a nonimmigrant or tempo- oral presentation to the IRC. The decision Forces Personnel rary, i.e., B, C, D, F, J, or M visa cannot be of the IRC shall be final unless appealed. 580-10-035 (l) For purposes of this rule, classified as a resident. (4) A person dissatisfied with the IRC deci- armed services means officers and enlisted Changes in Residence Classifica- sion may, within ten (10) days of the date personnel of the United States Army, Navy, tion of the mailing or other service of the IRC Air Force, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard. 580-10-041 (1) If an Oregon resident stu- decision, appeal the IRC decision to the (2) Notwithstanding OAR 580-10-030, dent enrolls in an institution outside of Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs or members of the armed services and their Oregon and later seeks to re-enroll in an designee. An appeal to the vice chancellor spouses and dependent children who reside OUS institution, the residence classifica- shall be in writing only. The vice chancel- in this state while assigned to duty at any tion of that student shall be reexamined and lor’s decision shall be final. base, station, shore establishment, or other determined on the same basis as for any (5) A person granted a meritorious hard- facility in this state, or while serving as other person. ship exception to residency under this rule members of the crew of a ship that has an (2) A person whose nonresident legal cus- prior to July 1, 1990, shall not lose the Oregon port of shore establishment as its todian establishes a permanent Oregon res- exception solely because of the repeal of home port or permanent station, shall be idence as defined in OAR 580-10-030 the exception authorization. considered residents for purposes of the during a term when the dependent is Residents Under WICHE instruction fee. enrolled at an OUS institution, may register 580-10-047 A certification officer, desig- (3) An Oregon resident entering the armed as a resident at the beginning of the next nated by the Board, shall determine the res- services retains Oregon residence classifi- term. idence classification of any person seeking cation until it is voluntarily relinquished. (3) Once established, classification as a res- certification as an Oregon resident, pursu- (4) An Oregon resident who has been in the ident continues so long as the student ant to the terms of the WICHE Compact. armed services and assigned on duty out- remains in continuous academic year Any person dissatisfied with the decision of side of Oregon must return to Oregon enrollment in the classifying institution. the certification officer may appeal to the within 60 days after completing service to lRC. The decision of the IRC shall be final retain classification as an Oregon resident. unless further appeal is made to the Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs pursuant to OAR 580-10-045 (4).

A PPENDIX 335

PAYMENT OF STUDENT FEES student’s completed application must be procedures to be followed in state entitle- Payment of Nonresident Instruc- received by the certifying officer on or ment funding and counting credit hours; tion Fee before October 15 of the year preceding action to be taken if students do not regu- 580-10-080 (1) All students who are classi- admission. An application received after larly participate in the academic program fied as nonresidents shall pay a non- resi- that date in an envelope postmarked not being pursued, and procedures for pro- dent fee. later than October 15 will be deemed to viding transcripts. (2) Refunds of the nonresident fee may be have been received on the 15th. Residency (c) If an approved agreement provides for granted if the student shows that the classi- shall be determined as of the date of the exchange of equal numbers of students, fication previously assigned was in error, application for WICHE certification, not as then unforeseen circumstances which but no such refund shall be made unless the of the date of expected admission or regis- later might cause a student to withdraw student applies and submits all supporting tration to an institution. (b) Persons apply- from the program shall not void the information for residency status prior to the ing for WICHE certification must be arrangements agreed upon by the two last day to register for the term in which the certified as Oregon residents and placed in institutions. student seeks change of ranked preference order within each pro- (d) Attendance at a Department institu- status. gram. Ranked preference order is deter- tion as an exchange student from another mined by a score based on the grade point state or country cannot be used in estab- WAIVER OF NONRESIDENT average of all college work plus .25 times lishing residence. INSTRUCTION FEE the number of years of residence in Oregon (3) Notwithstanding any other rule, and 580-10-081 (1) Notwithstanding the provi- up to a maximum of ten years. effective fall term of the 1989-90 academic sions of rule 580-10-080, the following (2) (a) The department and separate institu- year, a Department institution may provide nonresident students shall be permitted to tions may enter into agreements with indi- that a vacant WICHE opening may be pay instruction fees at the same rates as vidual institutions in other states or other occupied by a nonresident, non-WICHE Oregon resident students: countries whereby resident students speci- student who agrees not to seek residency (a) Students who are residents of the fied by name in the Oregon institutions status for the duration of the student’s State of Washington attending an Oregon may transfer to the other institution, and an degree program and who agrees to pay a institution and who are granted a tuition equal number of students specified by fee equal to the nonresident tuition fee for waiver under the terms of reciprocity name from the other institution may trans- the duration of that program. agreement; fer to the Oregon institution with a recipro- (b) All undergraduates attending Eastern cal waiving of additional fees ordinarily ENROLLMENT OF SPOUSE AND DEPENDENT CHILDREN Oregon State College; assessed to nonresident students in both 580-10-086 (1) The spouse and dependent (c) Graduate students who are residents institutions. children of regular Department staff mem- of a participating WICHE state enrolled (b) The recommendation for a student bers with a full-time equivalent of at least in a WICHE Regional Graduate Program exchange program, together with a copy .50 may enroll as students at resident fee or a WICHE northwest doctoral student of the proposed agreement between the rates in Department institutions. exchange program at a Department insti- institutions, shall be approved by the (2) The spouse and dependent children of tution; and Chancellor or designee before the Department visiting instructors from other (d) Students attending Oregon graduate exchange program is undertaken. Further, countries or other states with a full-time or professional schools under terms of the the program recommendation and the equivalent of at least .50 may enroll in WICHE Compact. proposed agreement between institutions Department institutions at resident fee rates (2) When provisions of this rule are limited shall set forth the reasons why the during the terms that the parent, guardian, to residents of specific states or counties, exchange would be of particular benefit or spouse is serving a Department institu- determination of residence in those states to the students in their chosen study pro- tion as a visiting instructor. or counties shall be made in the same grams and specify: fees to be paid by manner as for students claiming Oregon incoming and outgoing students; student residence. responsibility for costs of transportation, Student Exchanges housing, books, board and room, and 580-10-085 (1) (a) Under the WICHE Stu- other incidentals; responsibility of insti- dent Exchange Program, certification of tutions to assist students in obtaining students as Oregon residents for purposes housing, counseling, and interpreters; of attending institutions not under Board control or in other states shall be guided by rules set forth in Division 10. In order to be considered for WICHE certification, the

336 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

INDEX

Architecture, Department of, 235 A Area Studies Certificate Programs, Language C and, 129 Academic Affairs, Office of, 306 Army ROTC, 14, 303 Campus Christian Ministry, 34 Academic Appeals Board, 21 Art Education, Secondary Education Program, Campus Life, 33 Academic Committees, 21 238 Campus Public Safety, 42 Academic Credit, 20 Art Exhibition Committee, 38 Campus/Cityscape, 9 Academic Disqualification, 21 Art, Department of, 238 Cancellation of Admission to Graduate Program, Academic Faculty: Arts and Letters, Liberal Studies, 112 52 Administrative, 306 Arts, Master of Fine, 239 Capstone Requirement, 63 Regular, 311 Arts, Master of, 47 Career Center, 41 Academic Honesty, 35 Assessment, 19 Center for Black Studies, 79 Academic Load: Assistantships, Graduate, 49 Center for Population Research and Census, 293 Credit, 20 Associated Students of Portland State University Center for Public Health Studies, 293 Graduate, 51 (ASPSU), 34 Center for Science Education, 151 Undergraduate, 20 Athletic Grants-in-Aid and Scholarships, 26 Center for Urban Studies, 293 Academic Probation: Athletic Training Minor, 264 Certificate Options, College of Liberal Arts and Graduate, 52 Athletics, 34 Sciences, 62 Undergraduate, 21 Audit, 19, 51 Certificate Programs, 16 Academic Requirements Committee, 21 Challenge Program, 304 Academic Resources, 10 Checks and Tuition Credits, 27 Academic Standing: Chemistry, Department of, 79 Graduate, 52 B Chicano/Latino Studies, 83 Undergraduate, 21 Child and Family Studies, 84 Academic Support Program, 36 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 17 Child Care Resources, 40 Accessibility, 41 Bachelor of Arts Degree, 16 Child Development Center, Helen Gordon, 40 Accounting, 170 Bachelor of Music Degree, 16 Chinese, 106 Accounting, Postbaccalaureate Certificate in, Bachelor of Science Degree, 16 Chiron Studies, 38, 304 172 Bachelor’s Degree: Civil Engineering, Department of, 213 Accreditation, 10 Academic Credit, 20 Class Standing, 20 ACT, 11 Academic Standing: Warning, CLEP Examinations, 22 Administration of Justice, Division of, 269 Disqualification, and Requalification, 21 Club Sports, 38 Administration, Officers of, 306 Alternative Ways of Meeting Some University Clubs, 38 Admission Requirements, 11, 12 Requirements, 19 College Housing Northwest, 32 Admission Requirements: Application for a Degree, 19 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 61 International Students, 12 Credit by Examination, 22 College of Urban and Public Affairs, 261 Veterans’, 12 Cross-Listed Courses, 15 Community College Co-Admission Program, 14 Admission to Graduate Studies, 47 Double Major, 19 Community College Transfer, 14 Admissions: GPA Repeat Policy, 21 Community Counseling Specialization, Graduate Graduate, 47 Grade Point Average (GPA), 21 School of Education, 190 Undergraduate, 11 Grade Requirements for Graduation, 21 Community Health Care Systems Cooperative Advance Registration, 15 Grading System, 20 Degree, 278 Advanced Degrees, 45 Honors Degrees, 21 Community Health, School of, 264 Advanced Placement Program, 22 Key to Course Descriptions, 15 Community Health, School of: Advancement to Candidacy: Language Requirements, 19 Athletic Training Minor, 264 Doctoral, 54 Postbaccalaureate Studies, 19 Graduate Program, 266 Advertising Management, 171 Requirements for, 16 Secondary Education Program, 264 Advising, General Education Requirements, 36 Withdrawals, 20 Undergraduate Programs, 264 Advisory Committee for Doctoral Degrees, 53 Basic Graduate Fees, 49 Comprehensive Examination, Doctoral, 53 Affirmative Action, Office of, 42 Beta Alpha Psi, 39 Computer Engineering, 217 African Students, Association of, 38 Beta Gamma Sigma, 39 Computer Engineering, Graduate Degree in Aging, Institute on, 294 Biology, Department of, 71 Electrical and, 217 Agriculture, 144 Black Cultural Affairs Board, 38 Computer Labs, 42 Air Force ROTC, 14 Black Studies, Center for, 79 Computer Science, Department of, 215 Allied Health, 144 Black Studies, Department of, 76 Concurrent Enrollment, 15 Alpha Phi Sigma, 39 Board of Higher Education, Oregon State, 305 Conduct, Rights, Freedoms, and Alternative Means of Meeting Some University Box Office, 42 Responsibilities, Student, 35 Requirements, 19 Branford Price Millar Library, 42 Confirmation and Decision Notification, 26 Alumni Relations, 44 Budgets, Student, 25 Conflict Resolution, Master’s Degree in, 136 American College Test (ACT), 11 Bus Service, 41 Cooperative Degree Program in Community Anthropology, Department of, 64 Business Administration, School of, 169 Health Care Systems, 278 Appeals and Grievances, 21 Business Administration, School of: Correspondence Credit, 14 Appendix, 333 Accreditation, 10 Counseling and Psychological Services, 40 Application Fee, 11 Food Industry Management Certificate, 172 Counseling Courses, School of Education, 204 Application for a Degree: Graduate Programs, 173 Course Descriptions, Key to, 15 Doctoral, 52 International Business Studies Certificate, 172 Course Numbering System, 15 Graduate, 19 Master of International Management, 174 Courses: Master’s, 52 Minor, 171 Equivalent, 13 Undergraduate, 19 Postbaccalaureate Certificate in Accounting, Parallel, 13 Application for Financial Aid, 25 172 Repeat Policy, GPA, 21 Applied Linguistics, Department of, 68 Undergraduate Programs, 169 Repetition of Graduate, 50 Applied Science, School of Engineering and, 209 Business and Government Documents, 43 Arabic, 105 I NDEX 337

Credit by Examination: Reading Endorsement, 194 Advanced Placement Program, 22 Rehabilitation Counseling Specialization, 190 F CLEP Examinations, 22 Educational Advancement Program, 37 PSU Courses, 22 Educational Equity Programs, 36 Faculty Boards and Committees, 35 Credit Distribution and Limitations for Master’s Educational Grant Programs, 26 Faculty: Degrees, 51 Educational Loans: Academic, 311 Credit Regulations and Enrollment Policies, Graduate, 26, 50 Administrative, 306 Graduate, 50 Undergraduate, 26 Profile, 10 Credits, Accredited School Transfer, 13 Educational Media/School Librarianship, Family Studies, Child and, 84 Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 293 Program in, 192 Federal Direct PLUS Loans, 26 Cross-Listed Courses, 15 Electrical and Computer Engineering, Federal Direct Stafford Student Loans, 26 Curriculum and Instruction Courses, 197 Department of, 216 Federal Pell Grants, 26 Electrical and Computer Engineering, Graduate Federal Perkins Student Loan, 26 Degree in, 217 Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Emeriti Faculty, Administrative, 332 Grants, 26 D Employment, Student, 26 Federal Work-Study Programs, 26 Engineering and Applied Science, School of, 209 Fees: Dance Committee, 38 Engineering and Applied Science, School of: Graduate, 49 Deadline Appeals Board, 22 Accreditation, 209 Payment of Student, 335 Decision Notification, 26 Civil Engineering, Department of, 213 Tuition and Fees, 23 Degree Requirements: Computer Science, Department of, 215 Fellowships, Urban and Public Affairs, 262 Doctoral, 53 Electrical and Computer Engineering, Film Committee, 38 Master’s, 56 Department of, 216 Finance, 170 Undergraduate, 16, 17 Engineering Management, 211 Financial Aid, 25 Degrees: Graduate Programs, 210 Financial Assistance, Graduate, 49 Graduate, 45 Manufacturing Engineering, 212 Financial Management Association Honors Undergraduate, 11 Mechanical Engineering, Department of, 219 Society, 39 Delta Pi Epsilon, 39 Undergraduate Programs, 209 Fine and Performing Arts, School of, 235 Dental Hygiene, 144 Engineering Management, 211 Fine and Performing Arts, School of: Dentistry, 144 English as a Foreign Language, Test of Architecture, Department of, 235 Dependent Children, Enrollment of Spouse and, (TOEFL), 12 Art Education: Secondary Education Program, 335 English as a Second Language (ESL), 12 238 Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik, 105 English as a Second Language, Certificate in Art, Department of, 238 Development, Office of University, 44 Teaching, 69 Music, Department of, 243 Directories, 305 English as a Second Language, Intensive Theater Arts, Department of, 249 Disabled Student Services, 36 Program in, 68 Fine Arts, Master of, 239 Disciplinary Proceedings, 21 English for Non-Native Residents (ENNR), Fines, 24 Disqualification, Academic, 21, 52 Program in, 69 Food Industry Management Certificate, 172 Dissertation: English Language Competency Requirement, 12 Foreign Language Requirements: in Absentia, 54 English, Department of, 90 Bachelor of Arts, 19 Presentation, 54 English, Department of: Doctoral, 53 Proposal, 54 Writing, Master of Arts or Master of Science Master’s, 56 Diversity Achievement Scholarships, 37 in, 93 Foreign Languages and Literatures, Department Doctor of Education, 46, 188 Enrollment of Spouse and Dependent Children, of, 102 Doctor of Philosophy, 46 335 Foreign Literature and Language, Master of Arts Doctoral Degrees, General Requirements for, 53 Enrollment Policies, Graduate, 50 in, 104 Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Procedures for, Enrollment, 14 Foreign School Transfers, 13 55 Environmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral Foreign Student Application, 12 Doctoral Programs: Program Participating Departments: Forestry, 145 Education, 46, 188 Biology, 73 Foundation, PSU, 43 Electrical and Computer Engineering, 218 Chemistry, 80 Fraternities and Sororities, Social, 39 Environmental Sciences and Resources, 98 Civil Engineering, 214 Freedoms, Responsibilities, Conduct, and Mathematics Education, 131 Geography, 114 Rights, Student, 35 Public Administration and Policy, 286 Geology, 119 French, 106 Social Work and Social Research, 254 Physics, 140 Freshman Inquiry, 17, 63 Systems Science, 58 Environmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral Fulbright Program, 302 Urban Studies, 285 Program, 98 Full-time Student, Defined, 23 Double Major, 19 Environmental Sciences and Resources, Dual Master’s Degrees, 52 Graduate Programs in, 99 Environmental Studies, Undergraduate Program, 98 G ESL (English as a Second Language), 12, 68 E Eta Kappa Nu, 39 Gay, Bisexual Alliance, Lesbian (See Queers and European Studies Certificate, 129 Allies), 38 Economics, Department of, 86 European Studies, 129 GED, 11 Education, Doctor of, 46 Evening Classes, 10 General Arts and Letters, 112 Education, Graduate School of, Evening Schedule, 13 General Degree Requirements, 17 187 Examinations: General Education Requirement Exclusion List, Education, Graduate School of: Advanced Placement, 22 17 Accreditation, 187 CLEP, 22 General Education Requirements Advising, 36 Community Counselor Specialization, 190 Comprehensive Doctoral, 53 General Management, 170 Degree Programs, 187 Credit by, 22 General Requirements for Doctoral Degree, 53 Doctor of Education, 188 Final Master’s, 56 General Requirements for Master’s Degree, 56 Educational Media/School Librarianship, 192 Final Oral Doctoral, 54 General Science, 112 Graduate Teacher Education Program (GTEP), Preliminary Doctoral, 53 General Social Science, 112 191 Exchange Program, National Student, 14 General Speech Communication, 157 M.A./M.S. Education in Counseling, 189 Executive Leadership Institute, 279 General Studies, 112 M.A./M.S. Education in Curriculum and Executives, Oregon University System General Studies: Instruction, 189 Institutional, 305 Graduate Programs, 113 M.A./M.S. Education: Educational Policy, Expenses, 23 General University Requirements, 17 Foundations, and Administration, 189 Extended Studies, School of, 295 Geography, Department of, 114 Programs Leading to Licensure, 191 Geology, Department of, 118 338 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

German Summer School, 105 Loans and Work, Educational, 50 German, 107 M.A.T., M.S.T., 47 I Gerontology, Graduate Certificate in, 286 Master of Arts in Teaching, 47 Golden Key National Honorary, 39 Master of Arts or Master of Science— ID Cards, 15 Government Documents, Business and, 43 Education: IELP (Intensive English Language Program), 12 Government Relations, Office of, 44 Counseling, 189 Incompletes, 20, 50 Government, School of, 269 Curriculum and Instruction, 189 Information and Academic Support Center, 36 Government, Student, 34 Educational Policy, Foundations, and Information Center, 44 GPA Repeat Policy, 21 Administration, 189 Information Systems, 170 Grade Point Average, 21 Master of Arts, 47 Information Technologies, Office of, 42 Grade Requirements for Graduation, 21 Master of Education, 191 Institute for Nonprofit Management, 279 Grading System: Master of Engineering, 212 Institute of Portland Metropolitan Studies, 294 Graduate, 50 Master of Science in Teaching, 47 Institutional Executives of the Oregon University Undergraduate, 20 Master of Science, 47 System, 305 Graduate Assistants, 24 Master’s Degree Requirements, 56 Insurance, 41 Graduate Assistantships, 49 Master’s Degrees, Summary of Procedures for, Intensive English Language Program (IELP), 12 Graduate Certificate in Gerontology, 286 57 Intensive Program in English as a Second Graduate Council, 21 Microfilming, 54, 57 Language, 68 Graduate Degrees, 46 Minimum Enrollment, 51 Intercollegiate Athletics, 34 Graduate Fees, Basic, 49 Oregon Laurels Tuition Remission Program, Interdisciplinary Courses, 168 Graduate Governance, 45 50 International Business Studies Certificate, 172 Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty and Plagiarism, 53 International Education Services, 298 Integrity, 53 Postbaccalaureate Status, 48 International Management, Master of, 174 Graduate School of Social Work, 253 Probation, Academic, 52 International Programs (See Study Abroad Graduate Studies: Readmission After Disqualification, 52 Programs), 299 Academic Appeals Board, 21 Re-enrollment, 49 International Student Admissions, 12 Academic Honesty and Integrity, 53 Regular Status, 48 International Studies, 128 Academic Load, 51 Repeat of Courses, 50 Iota Sigma Psi, 39 Academic Probation, 52 Reservation of Work for Graduate Credit, 52 Italian, 108 Admission of Foreign Applicants, 48 Residence Credit, 51 Admission Requirements, University, 48 Scholarships, 50 Admission to, 47 Summary of Procedures for Doctoral Degrees, Admission, Exceptional, 49 55 J Application Documents, 48 Summary of Procedures for Master’s Degrees, Assistantships, 24, 49 57 Japanese, 109 Audit, 51 Systems Science Ph.D. Program, 58 Junior College Transfer, 14 Basic Graduate Fees, 49 Television Courses, 51 Justice, Administration of, 269 Cancellation of Admission, 52 Thesis, Master’s, 56 Conditional Status, 48 Time Limitation, Doctoral, 54 Correspondence Credit, 51 Time Limitation, Master’s, 57 Council, Graduate, 21 Transfer Credit, 51 K Credit Distribution and Limitations, Master’s, Withdrawals, 50 51 Graduate Teacher Education Program (GTEP), Credit Regulations, 50 191 Kappa Delta Pi, 39 Credit, Reservation of Work for Graduate, 52 Grants, 26 Key to Course Descriptions, 15 Deadline Appeals Board, 22 Grants: Korean, 109 Degree Application, 52 Federal Pell, 26 KPSU Radio, 38 Degrees, 46 Federal Supplemental Educational Departmental Requirements, 48 Opportunity, 26 Disqualification, 52 Oregon University System Supplemental L Dissertation in Absentia, 54 Tuition, 26 Dissertation Presentation, Doctoral, 54 State Need, 26 Doctor of Education, 46 Greek System, 39 La Raza, 38 Doctor of Philosophy, 46 Grievances, Appeals and, 21 Language and Area Studies Certificate Doctoral Candidacy, 55 Programs, 129 Doctoral Degree Requirements, 53 Language Requirement: Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Procedures for, Doctoral, 53 55 H Master’s, 56 Doctoral Pre-candidacy, 55 Late Fees, 24 Dual Master’s, 52 Health and Physical Education Requirement, 18 Latin American Studies Certificate, 129 Educational Loans and Work, 50 Health Care Systems, Cooperative Degree Latin, 109 Enrollment Policies and Credit Regulations, 50 Program in Community, 278 Law, 145 Examinations, Comprehensive Doctoral, 53 Health Services, Student, 40 Leave of Absence, Graduate, 52 Examinations, Final Master’s, 56 Hearing Sciences Program, Speech and, 157 Legal Services, 40 Examinations, Final Oral Doctoral, 54 Hebrew, 108 Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual Alliance (See Queers and Examinations, Preliminary Doctoral, 53 Helen Gordon Child Development Center, 40 Allies), 38 Fees, Basic, 49 High School College Course Transfer, 14 Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of, 61 Financial Assistance, 49 History, Department of, 123 Librarianship, Program in Educational Media, Foreign Applicants, 48 History, PSU, 9 School, 192 France, Lyon, 300 Hoffmann Hall, 42 Library Courses, Education, 202 General Information, 45 Honesty and Integrity, Graduate Policy on Library, Branford Price Millar, 42 General Requirements, 56 Academic, 53 Library: General Requirements, Doctoral, 53 Honorary, Professional, Social Affiliations, 39 Arts and Humanities, 43 Grading Scale, 50 Honors Degrees, 21 Business and Government Documents, 43 Grading System, 50 Honors Program, University, 164 Card Catalog, 43 Graduate Assistantships, 24, 49 Housing Northwest, College, 32 Divisional Libraries, 43 Graduate Degrees, 46 Human Resource Management Association, 39 Education, Social Science and, 43 Graduate Governance, 45 Human Resource Management, 170 Engineering, Science and, 43 Honesty and Integrity, Graduate Policy on, 53 Human Services, Regional Research Institute for, Holdings, 42 Incompletes, 50 260 Hours, 42 Language Requirement, Doctoral Degree, 53 Human Subjects Research Review Committee, Humanities, Arts and, 43 Language Requirement, Master’s Degree, 56 54 Interlibrary Loan Department, 43 Leave of Absence, 52 Hungarian, 108 Music Recordings and Scores, 43 Limitations for Faculty Members, 52 Part-time Student Privileges, 13 I NDEX 339

PORTALS, 43 History, 124 Persian, 109 PSU Online Catalog, 43 International Economics, 86 Pharmacy, 146 Reserve Library, 43 International Studies, 129 Phi Alpha Theta, 39 Science and Engineering, 43 Mathematical Sciences, 130 Phi Kappa Phi 39 Social Science and Education, 43 Philosophy, 135 Phi Sigma Iota, 39 Linguistics, Department of Applied, 68 Physics, 140 Philosophy, Department of, 135 Literary Arts Committee, 38 Professional Writing, 91 Philosophy, Doctor of, 46 Littman Gallery, 44 Psychology, 146 Physics, Department of, 139 Loans, 26 Sociology, 154 Pi Mu Epsilon, 39 Loans: Speech Communication, 157 Pi Sigma Alpha, 40 Federal Direct PLUS Loans, 26 Minors, Urban and Public Affairs: Plagiarism, 53 Federal Direct Stafford Student, 26 Athletic Training Minor, 264 Political Science, Division of, 271 Federal Perkins Student, 26 Community Development, 285 Popular Music Board, 38 Lockers, 44 Health, 265 Population Research and Census, Center for, 293 Lost and Found, 44 Political Science, 272 PORTALS, 43 Mu Phi Epsilon, 39 Portland Area Library System, 43 Multicultural Center, 33 Portland Metropolitan Studies, Institute on, 294 Music Committee, 38 Portland State University Student Conduct Code, M Music Education, Certification Program (K-12), 35 244 Portland State University, 9 Management, General, 170 Music, Campus Activities, 33 Portuguese, 110 Management, Human Resources, 170 Music, Department of, 243 Postbaccalaureate Certificate in Accounting, 172 Manufacturing Engineering, 212 Postbaccalaureate Studies, 19 Marketing and Communications, Office of, 44 Preliminary Examination, Doctoral, 53 Marketing, 171 Preprofessional Programs, 144 Master of Arts (TESOL), 69 N Preprofessional Programs: Master of Arts Degree, 47 Agriculture, 144 Master of Arts in French, 104 National Student Exchange Program, 14 Allied Health: Chiropractic, Clinical Master of Arts in German, 104 Nonaccredited Transfers, 13 Laboratory Services, Cytotechnology, Master of Arts in Spanish, 104 Nonadmitted Students, 13 Naturopathic Medicine, Occupational Master of Arts in Teaching, 47 Nonprofit Management, Institute for, 279 Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, Master of Education, 191 Nonresident Instruction Fee, Waiver of, 335 Physician Assistant, Radiation Therapy, and Master of Engineering, 212 Northwest Interinstitutional Council on Study Veterinary Medicine, 144 Master of International Management, 174 Abroad (NICSA), 299 Dental Hygiene, 144 Master of Science Degree, 47 Nursing, 145 Dentistry, Medicine, Osteopathy, and Podiatry, Master of Science in Teaching, 47 Nursing: 144 Master of Social Work Program, 253 Cooperative Degree Program in Community Forestry, 145 Master’s Degree, General Requirements for, 56 Health Care, 278 Law, 145 Master’s Degrees, Dual, 52 Preprofessional Program in, 145 Nondegree, 16 Master’s Degrees, Summary of Procedures for, Transferring Credits, 14 Nursing, 145 57 Pharmacy, 146 Master’s Degrees: Transferring Credits, 14 Conflict Resolution, 136 President, Office of the, 306 Writing, 93 O Presidents, Oregon University System Mathematical Sciences, Department of, 130 Institutional, 305 Mathematics Education, Ph.D Program, 131 Officers of Administration, Portland State Presidents, Portland State University, 9 Mechanical Engineering, Department of, 219 University, 306 Probation, Academic: Media Services, Educational, 42 Ombuds Office, 43 Graduate, 52 Medical Insurance Plan, 41 Oregon Resident Transfer Students Undergraduate, 21 Medicine, 144 Admission Requirements, 12 Professional Affiliations, 39 Mentor Program for Returning Women Students, Oregon State Board of Higher Education, 305 Professional Programs and Schools, Admission 36 Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices to, 13 Microcomputer Labs, 42 Commission, 187 Professional Writing Minor, 91 Microfilming, 54, 57 Oregon University System (OUS): Program in English for Non-Native Residents Middle East Area Studies, 129 305 (ENNR), 69 Middle East Studies Center, 297 Members of the, 305 Project PLUS, Talent Search, 37 Middle East Studies Certificate, 129 Officers of, 305 Provost, Office of the, 306 Military Science Program, 303 Supplemental Tuition Grants, 26 PSU Link, 304 Millar Library, Branford Price, 42 Organizations, Student, 38 Psychological Services, Counseling and, 40 Minimum Enrollment, Graduate, 51 Osteopathy, 144 Psychology, Department of, 146 Minor, 16 Outdoor Program, 38 Public Administration and Policy Ph.D., 262 Minors, Engineering: Out-of-State Students, Admission Requirements, Public Administration, 276 Minor in Computer Science, 215 12 Public Health Studies, Center for, 293 Minor in Electrical Engineering, 217 Public Health, Master of, 263, 266 Minor in Environmental Engineering, 213 Publications, Office of, 44 Minors, Fine and Performing Arts: Publications, Student, 34 Architecture, 236 P Art, 238 Music, 244 Parking Office, 44 Q Theater Arts, 250 Part-time Students, 13 Minors, Liberal Arts and Sciences: Part-time Students: Anthropology, 64 Admitted, 13, 23 Queers and Allies, 38 Applied Linguistics, 68 Advance Registration, 15 Biology, 72 Defined, 13, 23 Black Studies, 77 Expenses, 23 Chemistry, 80 Graduate, 19 Computer Applications, 62 Library Privileges, 13 Economics, 86 Nonadmitted, 13, 23 Environmental Studies, 98 Parking, 41 Foreign Languages and Literatures, 103 Revolving Charge Account Plan, 24 General Information, 61 Senior Citizens, 13, 24 Geography, 114 Withdrawals and Fee Refunds, 24 Geology, 119 Payment of Student Fees, 335 340 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Rights, Freedoms, Responsibilities, and Statement of Student Rights, Freedoms, and R Conduct, Student, 35 Responsibilities, 35 ROTC, Air Force, 14 Student Affairs, Office of, 35 Reading Examinations, Graduate, 105 ROTC, Army, 14, 303 Student Athlete Academic Adviser, 36 Reading, Basic and Standard Endorsement in, Russian, 110 Student Budgets, 25 194 Student Conduct Code, 35 Readmission After Disqualification, Graduate, Student Development, 37 52 Student Employment: Reciprocity, Tuition, 24 S Federal Work Study, 26 Re-enrollment: Student Exchanges, 14, 335 Graduate, 49 Safewalk Service, Women’s Union, 39 Student Financial Aid, 25 Undergraduate, 13 SAT, 11 Student Government, 34 Refunds, 24, 25 Schedule of Classes, 13, 15, 19 Student Health Services, 40 Regional Research Institute for Human Services, Scheduling Office, Campus, 44 Student Legal Services, 40 260 Scholarships, 27 Student Organization Committee, 39 Registration: Scholarships: Student Organizations, 38 Advance, 15 Athletic Grants-in-Aid, 26 Student Parent Services, 40 Procedures, 14 Graduate, 31 Student Participation on Faculty Boards and Regular Students: Undergraduate, 27 Committees, 35 Defined, 23 Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), 11 Student Publications, 34 Withdrawing from School, 24 Scholastic Standards Committee, 21 Student Resource Center, 39 Rehabilitation Counseling Specialization, School School Librarianship, Program in Educational Student Rights, Freedoms, Responsibilities, and of Education, 190 Media, 192 Conduct, 35 Religious Activities, 34 School of Business Administration, 169 Student Services, 35 Repeat of Courses, Graduate, 50 School of Community Health, 264 Student Services: Repeat Policy, GPA, 21 School of Education, Graduate 187 Academic Support Program, 36 Requalification, Academic, 21 School of Engineering and Applied Science, 209 Alumni Relations, 44 Requirements: School of Extended Studies, 295 Career Center, 41 Admission to Graduate Courses and Programs, School of Fine and Performing Arts, 235 Child Care Resources, 40 48 School of Government, 269 Counseling and Psychological Services, 40 Admission to Undergraduate Studies, 11 School of Social Work, Graduate, 253 Disabilities Union, Students with, 38 Alternative Means of Meeting Some School of Urban Studies and Planning, 284 Disability Services for Students, 36 University Requirements, 19 Science Education, Center for, 151 Educational Equity Programs, 36 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 17 Science Endorsement, Integrated, 113 General Education Requirements Advising, 36 Bachelor’s Degree, 16 Science, General Studies, 113 General, 35 Committee, Academic Requirements, 21 Science, Master of, 47 Health, 40 Departmental and School Majors, 18 Second Baccalaureate Degree, 19 Helen Gordon Child Development Center, 40 Departmental Graduate, 48 Senior Citizen Fee Schedule, 24 Housing, 32 Distribution, 17 Short-Term Loans, 26 Information and Academic Support Center, 36 Doctoral Degree, 53 Sigma Xi, 40 Legal, 40 Double Major, 19 Smith Memorial Center, 42, 43 Mentor Program for Returning Women Entrance, 11 Social Science, 112 Students, 36 Foreign Language, 19 Social Sororities and Fraternities, 39 Parent Services, 40 Foreign Language, Doctoral Degree, 53 Social Studies Endorsement, 113 Placement, 41 Foreign Language, Master’s Degree, 56 Social Studies Endorsement, Standard, 113 Student Athlete Academic Adviser, 36 General University, 17 Social Work, Graduate School of, 253 Student Employment, 26 Grade Requirements for Graduation, 21 Social Work, Graduate School of: Tutorial and Learning Skills Program, 36 International Students, 12 Accreditation, 253 Veterans’ Services, 36 Master’s Degree, General Requirements for, 56 Extended Studies, 255 Student Support Services, 37 Residence, Doctoral Degree, 53 Master’s Degree Program, 253 Students with Disabilities Union, 38 Undergraduate, 16 Ph.D. Program, 254 Students: Veterans’ Admission, 12 Regional Research Institute for Human Domestic, 11 Writing, 19 Services, 260 Graduate, 45 Research Institutes: Sociology, Department of, 153 International, 12 Center for Black Studies, 79 Sophomore Inquiry, 17, 63 Nonadmitted, 13 Center for Population Research and Census, Sororities and Fraternities, Social, 39 Part-time, 13 293 Spanish, 110 Part-time, Defined, 23 Center for Public Health Studies, 293 Speakers Board, 38 PSU, 33 Center for Urban Studies, 293 Special Education Courses, 204 Regular Student, Defined, 23 Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 293 Special Education, 190 Returning after an Absence, 13 Executive Leadership Institute, 279 Special Events, 34 Senior Citizens, 24 Institute for Nonprofit Management, 279 Special Regulations, Graduate: Transfer Credit, 13 Institute of Portland Metropolitan Studies, 294 Academic Probation, 52 Transfer, 12 Institute on Aging, 294 Cancellation of Admission to Graduate Study Abroad Programs: Regional Research Institute for Human Program, 52 105, 299 Services, 260 Degree Application, 52 Argentina, Buenos Aires, 299 Transportation Studies Center, 294 Disqualification, 52 Australia, Perth, 299 Reservation of Work for Graduate Credit, 52 Dual Master’s Degrees, 52 Australia, Wollongong, 299 Reserve Library, 43 Exceptional Admission Procedures, 49 Belgium, Brussels, 299 Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC), 303 Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty and Brazil, São Paulo, 299 Residence, Degree Credit: Integrity, 53 Chile, Santiago, 299 Graduate, 51 Leave of Absence, 52 China, Beijing, 299, 300 Undergraduate, 18 Limitations for Faculty Members, 52 China, Nanjing, 300 Residence, Oregon, for Fee Matters, 333 Readmission After Disqualification, 52 China, Shanghai, 300 Resource Center, Student, 39 Speech and Hearing Sciences Program, 157, 158 China, Zhengzhou, 300 Responsibilities, Conduct, Rights, and Speech Communication, Department of, 157 Costa Rica, Monteverde, 300 Freedoms, Student, 35 Sports and Recreation, 34 Czech Republic, Prague, 300 Returning Students, 13 Spouse and Dependent Children, Enrollment of, Denmark, Copenhagen, 300 Returning Women Students, Mentor Program 335 Dominican Republic, Santiago, 300 for, 36 Standard Teaching License, 113 Ecuador, Quito, 300 Review, The Portland State University, 34 State Board of Higher Education, 305 France, Angers, 300 Revolving Charge Account Plan, 24 State Need Grants, 26 France, Haute Bretagne, 300 France, Paris, 300 I NDEX 341

France, Poitiers, 300 Time Limitation: Upper-Division Cluster, 63 Germany, Baden-Württemberg, 300 Doctoral, 54 University, 9 Germany, Tübingen, 300 Master’s, 57 Upward Bound Program, 37 Ghana, Legon, 301 TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language), Urban and Public Affairs, College of, 261 Great Britain, London, 301 12 Urban and Public Affairs, College of: Great Britain, Reading, 301 Transcripts, 11 Admission, 287 Greece, Athens, 301 Transfer Credits, 13, 51 Center for Population Research and Census, Hungary, Budapest, 301 Transfer Evaluations, 12 293 Hungary, Szeged, 301 Transfer Students, 12 Center for Public Health Studies, 293 Indonesia, Java, 301 Transportation Studies Center, 294 Center for Urban Studies, 293 Italy, Macerta, 301 Transportation, 41 Community Health, School of, 264 Italy, Siena, 301 Tri-Met Tickets and Passes, 41 Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 293 Japan, Tokyo, 301 Tuition and Fees Chart, 24 Financial Aid, 287 Mexico, Cholula, 301 Tuition and Fees Chart, Graduate, 49 Government, School of, 269 Poland, Warsaw, 301 Tuition and Fees, 23, 24 Government, School of: Russia, St. Petersburg, 301 Tuition and Fees: Administration of Justice, 269 Russia, St. Petersburg/Moscow, 302 Audit, 24 Political Science, 271 South Korea, Seoul, 301 Calculations, 24 Public Administration, 276 Spain, Alicante, 302 Chart, 24 Graduate Certificate in Gerontology, 286 Spain, Barcelona, 302 Credits, Tuition, 27 Institute of Portland Metropolitan Studies, 294 Spain, Seville, 302 Late Fees, 24 Institute on Aging, 294 Taiwan, Taipei, 302 Other Special Fees, 24 Interdivisional Programs, 262 Thailand, Khon Kaen, 302 Part-time Students, 23 Interinstitutional Programs, 263 The Netherlands, Amsterdam, 301 Reciprocity, 24 Master of Public Administration, 276 Tunisia, Monastir, 302 Refund Schedule, 24, 25 Master of Public Health, 263 Vietnam, Hanoi, 302 Revolving Charge Account Plan, 24 Master of Urban and Regional Planning, 286 Study Resource Fees, 24 Self-Support, Extended Studies, and Non- Master of Urban Studies, 286 Summer Study (See Study Abroad Programs), Credit, 24 Ph.D. in Urban Studies, 285 299 Senior Citizens, 24 Research Institutes, 293 Supplemental Programs: Student Status, 23 Transportation Studies Center, 294 303 Withdrawals and Fee Refunds, 24 Urban Studies and Planning, 284 AFROTC, 14 Turkish, 111 Urban and Regional Planning, Master of, 286 Army ROTC, 14, 303 Tutorial and Learning Skills Program, 36 Urban Studies and Planning, School of, 284 Challenge Program, 304 Tutoring: Urban Studies, Center for, 293 Chiron Studies, 38, 304 Student, 36 Urban Studies, Doctoral Program in: PSU Link, 304 Veterans’, 36 Economics, 86 Supply and Logistics Management, 171 Geography, 115 Systems Science Ph.D. Program: Political Science, 273 Admission and Advising, 58 Psychology, 147 Anthropology, 65 U Sociology, 154 Business Administration, 176 Urban Studies, Master of, 286 Civil Engineering, 214 Undergraduate: Urban Studies, Ph.D. in: Economics, 86, 87 Academic Appeals Board, 21 Public Administration and Policy, 278 Engineering Management, 212 Academic Load, 20 General Information, 58 Academic Requirements Committee, 20, 21, Mathematical Sciences, 132 22 Mechanical Engineering, 220 Admissions, 11 V Requirements, 59 Appeals and Grievances, 21 Sociology, 154 Bachelor’s Degree Requirements, 16 Validation of Out-of-Date Graduate Credit, 57 Credit by Examination, 22 Vanguard, 34 Financial Aid, 25 Veterans’ Admission Requirements, 12 General Education Requirement, 17 Veterans’ Services, 36 T Grading Scale, 20 Visitor Information Center, 44 Grading System, 20 Vocational and Technical Schools, 14 Talent Search, 37 Institutional Programs, 303 Tau Beta Pi, 40 Requirements, 16, 17 Teaching English as a Second Language, Scholarships and Awards, 27 (TESL), 69 Scholastic Standards Committee, 21 W Teaching English to Speakers of Other Student Rights, Freedoms, Responsibilities, Languages (TESOL), 69 and Conduct, 35 Waiver of Nonresident Instruction Fee, 335 Teaching License, Standard, 113 Supplemental Programs, 303 Welcome to PSU, 9 Teaching, Master Arts in, 47 Transfer Credits, 13 Withdrawals and Fee Refunds, 20 Teaching, Master of Science in, 47 Tuition and Fees, 24 Women Students, Mentor Program for Technical and Vocational Schools, 14 United Indian Students in Higher Education, 39 Returning, 36 Television Course Credit, Graduate, 51 University Development, Office of, 44 Women’s Studies, 165 TESL (Teaching English as a Second Language), University Honors Program, 164 Women’s Union Resource Center, 39 69 University Inquiry, Transfer Transition, 64 Women’s Union Safewalk, 39 TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of Other University Relations, Office of, 44, 310 Work-Study, Federal, 26 Languages), Master of Arts, 69 University Services, 41 Writing Requirements, 18, 19 Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), University Studies, 17 Writing, Master of Arts of Master of Science in, 12 University Studies: 93 Theater Arts, Department of, 249 Capstone Requirement, 63 Theater, Campus Activities, 35 Freshman Inquiry, 63 Thesis, Master’s, 56 Sophomore Inquiry, 63 Ticketmaster, 42 University Inquiry, Transfer Transition, 64

P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY CAMPUS 343

NOTES

P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PO Box 751 Portland, OR 97207-0751 www.pdx.edu/

ADMISSIONS INFORMATION In metropolitan Portland: (503) 725-3511 Toll free: 1-800-547-8887

CAMPUS CONTACTS Academic Affairs, 349 Cramer Hall...... (503) 725-3422 Admissions and Records, 113 Neuberger Hall ...... (503) 725-3511 Affirmative Action, 122 Cramer Hall ...... (503) 725-4417 Bookstore, 1880 SW Sixth Avenue...... (503) 725-3780 Campus Public Safety, 1939 SW Broadway ...... (503) 725-4404 Extended Studies, School of, 109 Extended Studies Bldg. (503) 725-4862 Finance and Administration, 297 Extended Studies Bldg.(503) 725-4444 Financial Aid, Student, Neuberger Hall Lobby ...... (503) 725-3461 Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer Hall ...... (503) 725-8410 Housing, College Housing Northwest, 2121 SW Broadway, Suite 111, Portland, OR 97201...... (503) 725-4333 Library ...... (503) 725-4617 Ombuds Office, 169 Cramer Hall ...... (503) 725-5901 President’s Office, 341 Cramer Hall ...... (503) 725-4411 Registrar, Neuberger Hall Lobby ...... (503) 725-3435 Registration Touchtone:...... (503) 725-NROL (6765) Web:...... www.pdx.edu/ Student Affairs, 433 Smith Memorial Center ...... (503) 725-4422 Summer Session, 101 Extended Studies Bldg...... (503) 725-8500